Volume 03—Power Distribution And Control Assemblies

: Pdf 86658-Attachment 86658-Attachment 786685 Batch10 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 552

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 3 Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Eaton Corporation
Electrical Sector
1111 Superior Ave.
Cleveland, OH 44114
United States
877-ETN-CARE (877-386-2273)
Eaton.com
© 2010 Eaton Corporation
All other trademarks are property
of their respective owners.
All Rights Reserved
Printed in USA
Publication No. CA08100004E / MSC
December 2010

Volume 3:

Power
Distribution
and Control
Assemblies

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies
Tab 1—Medium Voltage Busway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T1-1

Tab 2—SPD, Power Conditioning,
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-1

Tab 3—Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T3-1

Tab 4—Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T4-1

Tab 5—Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . . . . .

V3-T5-1

Tab 6—Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . . . . .

V3-T6-1

Tab 7—Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T7-1

Tab 8—Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T8-1

Tab 9—Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-1

Tab 10—Power System Studies, Field Services
and Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-1

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-A1-1

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-A2-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-A3-1

3

Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings
Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.

Terms and Conditions
All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.

Technical and Descriptive Publications
This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21
Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.

WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.

These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.

Copyright ©2014 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Introduction

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,
control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.

Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
●

Reliability—maintain the
appropriate level of power
continuity without
disruption or unexpected
downtime

●

Efficiency—minimize
energy usage, operating
costs, equipment footprint
and environmental impact

●

Safety—identify and
mitigate electrical hazards
to protect what you value
most

Using the Eaton Catalog Library
As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
●

●

●

●

●

●

Volume 1—Residential
and Light Commercial
(CA08100002E)
Volume 2—Commercial
Distribution (CA08100003E)
Volume 3—Power
Distribution and Control
Assemblies (CA08100004E)
Volume 4—Circuit
Protection (CA08100005E)
Volume 5—Motor Control
and Protection
(CA08100006E)
Volume 6—Solid-State
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)

●

●

●

●

●

Volume 7—Logic Control,
Operator Interface and
Connectivity Solutions
(CA08100008E)
Volume 8—Sensing
Solutions (CA08100010E)
Volume 9—Original
Equipment Manufacturer
(CA08100011E)
Volume 10—Enclosed
Control (CA08100012E)
Volume 11—Vehicle and
Commercial Controls
(CA08100013E)

●

●

●

●

Volume 12—Aftermarket,
Renewal Parts and Life
Extension Solutions
(CA08100014E)
Volume 13—Counters,
Timers and Tachometers
(CA08100015E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 14—Fuses
(CA08100016E)—Available
in electronic format only
Volume 15—Solar Inverters
and Electrical Balance of
System (CA08100018E)

These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
●

The Consulting Application
Guide (CA08104001E)

●

The Eaton Power Quality
Product Guide (COR01FYA)

If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

i

Introduction

Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton's products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit”.

Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.

Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.

Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.

ii

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Busway
Nonsegregated Phase 600V—
Bus Run Section

End View

1.1

Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T1-2
V3-T1-2
V3-T1-3
V3-T1-3
V3-T1-3

1
1
1
1
1

Learn
Online

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T1-1

1.1
1

Medium Voltage Busway
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Contents

Nonsegregated Phase 600V, 10 kV BIL–5 kV, 60 kV BIL–15 kV,
95 kV BIL–38 kV, 170 kV BIL

Description

1

Page

Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

V3-T1-3
V3-T1-3
V3-T1-3

1
1
1

Typical 5/15 kV Bus Run Section

End View

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

Eaton’s nonsegregated phase
bus runs are designed for use
on circuits whose importance
requires greater reliability
than power cables provide.
Typical of such applications
are the connections from
transformers to switchgear
assemblies in unit
substations, connections
from switchgear assemblies
to rotating apparatus, and
tie connections between
switchgear assemblies.
Nonsegregated phase
bus is an assembly of bus
conductors with associated
connections, joints and
insulating supports confined
within a metal enclosure
without interphase barriers.
The conductors are adequately
separated and insulated from
each other and ground by
insulating bus supports. Each
conductor for 2400V service
and above is insulated with a
fluidized bed epoxy coating
throughout that reduces the
possibility of corona and
electrical tracking.

Ease of Installation

Construction

Conductors

Because of its compact
dimensions, relative light
weight and user-friendly
design, nonsegregated phase
bus is easily installed. The
inherent rigidity of the design
permits hanging rods to be
spaced approximately every
4 ft (1.2m) for indoor bus
runs, and allows supporting
frames to be spaced
approximately every 8 ft
(2.4m) for outdoor runs.
Standard length of bus
run sections is 100 inches
(2540 mm) or less.

Enclosures are fabricated from
11-gauge aluminum, and are
welded for maximum rigidity.
11-gauge steel and stainless
steel are options. Removable
covers are secured with bolts
for ease of access when
making joints and subsequent
and periodic inspection.

All conductors are 100%
conductivity copper bars.
Bus joints are made by solidly
bolting the bus bars together
with splice plates on each
side. All joint surfaces are
silver-plated to ensure
maximum conductivity
through the joint. Tin-plating
is also available. After bolting,
each standard joint is covered
by a preformed, flameretardant insulating boot,
providing full insulation for
bus conductors. These
boots are easily removable
for inspection of the joints at
any future time.

1
1
1
1

Short-Circuit Force
Withstand Ability
Nonsegregated phase
bus runs in 600V, 5 kV
and 15 kV are designed
to withstand three-phase
and phase-to-ground shortcircuit current of 78 kA rms
asymmetrical (132 kA peak)
for 10 cycles and 50 kA rms
symmetrical for 2 seconds.
Momentary 4-cycle withstand
ratings up to 158 kA peak
(98.8 kA rms asymmetrical)
are also available. For 27 kV
nonsegregated phase bus
runs, short-circuit withstand
ratings of 64 kA rms
asymmetrical (108 kA peak)
for 10 cycles and 40 kA rms
symmetrical for 2 seconds
are standard.

1
V3-T1-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Enclosures are painted with
a baked-on polyester powder
coat paint system resulting
in a very durable finish with
uniform thickness and
gloss. This cosmetically
pleasing finish minimizes
the risk of problems in harsh
environments. The standard
color is ANSI-61 light gray,
and special paint colors are
available upon request.
Stainless steel hardware
option is available.
Expansion joints are supplied
in all straight bus runs at
approximately 50 ft (15.2m)
intervals to allow for the
expected expansion when the
conductors are energized and
are carrying rated current.

Temperature Rise
The bus will be capable
of carrying rated current
continuously without
exceeding a conductor
temperature rise of 65°C
above an outside ambient
temperature of 40°C, as
required by ANSI Standard
C37.23.

A variety of terminations is
available to accommodate
most termination
requirements. Bus runs can
be terminated with flexible
shunts, potheads, porcelain
bushings, or conductor stub
ends for connection to riser
bars in switchgear assemblies.

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

1.1

Medium Voltage Busway
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Standards and
Certifications

Technical Data and Specifications

The metal-enclosed bus
runs are designed for 600V,
5 kV, 15 kV, 27 kV and 38 kV
service in accordance with
ANSI C37.23. 600V, 5 kV and
15 kV bus is available with
continuous current ratings of
1200, 2000, 3000, 3200 or
4000A. 27 kV and 38 kV bus
is available in 1200 and
2000A continuous ratings.

Available Nonsegregated Bus Ratings per ANSI/IEEE Standard C37.23-1987

Tests

Rated
Maximum
Voltage
kV rms

Rated
Power
Frequency
Hz

Power
Frequency
Withstand 1 Min.
Dry kV rms

Impulse
Withstand
(1.2 x 50 microsec)
kV Peak

Rated
Continuous
Current
Amperes

0.635

60

2.2

10

0.635

The design of nonsegregated
bus runs has been tested per
ANSI C37.23. Certification of
momentary current testing,
impulse testing and heat rise
are available upon request.

4.76

60

60

2.2

19

10

60

Seismic Application
Bus run assemblies are
designed to meet Uniform
Building Code (UBC) and
California Code Title 24 for
Seismic Zones 4, 3, 2A, 2B,
1 and 0. Complete guidelines
for proper supports are
provided on each seismic
specified order.

●
●

●

Technical Data:
TD01702001E
Brochure: BR01702001E
Final Fit Program:
SA01702001E
Consulting Application
Guide, CA08104001E

Rated Short-Time
Short-Circuit
Withstand Current
(kA rms Symmetrical)

Rated Momentary
Short-Circuit
Withstand Current
10 Cycle

2 Sec.

1 Sec. 1

kA Peak

kA rms
Asym.

1200
2000
3000
4000
5000

49

69

132 2

78 2

1200
2000
3000
3200

63

1200
2000
3000
4000
5000

49

89

170

100.8

—

132

78

60

1200
2000
3000
3200

63

—

170

100.8

8.25

60

36

95

1200
2000
3000
4000
5000

41

—

111

66

8.25

60

36

95

1200
2000
3000
3200

63

—

170

100.8

15

60

36

95

1200
2000
3000
4000
5000

48

—

130

77

1200
2000
3000
3200

63

36

95

1
1
1
1
1

19

60

1

1

60

15

1

1

4.76

Additional Information
●

1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

—

170

100.8

1
1

27

60

60

125

1200
2000

40

—

108

64

1

38

60

80

170

1200
2000
3000
3200
4000
5000

40

—

104

64

1
1
1

Notes
1 This is a value calculated from 2 second short-circuit current withstand rating based on relationship l2t = constant.
2 For 600V application, 4-cycle momentary current withstand rating up to 158 kA peak (98.8 kA rms asymmetrical) is also available.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T1-3

1.1
1

W

1

C

1

2

W

W
3
H

Bus

CL

CL

Optional
Ground Bus

1
1

CL

Bus

1
1

Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Medium Voltage Nonsegregated Phase Bus—Standard Configurations

1
1

Medium Voltage Busway

1

C

1

2

2

3

3
H

Optional
Ground Bus

Layout 1

Bus

C

CL

CL

1

2

3

1

2

3
H

Optional
Ground Bus

CL
Layout 3

Layout 2

Bus Duct Rated 49 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Seconds

Wire

Voltage
(kV) 1

Ampere
Rating

Layout
Number

Width

Height

Conductor
Centerline

Conductor
Size

Phase-Phase
Conductor
Spacing

Bracing
Supports 2

Optional
Ground
Bus

Average
Weight
Per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3

Standards
Listing

1

Aluminum Enclosures

1

0.635/5/15

1200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 3

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

38 (17)

CSA

0.635/5/15

2000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

47 (21)

CSA

1

0.635/5/15

3000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

68 (31)

CSA

0.635/5/15

3200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

68 (31)

—

1

0.635/5/15

4000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

101 (46)

CSA

1

3

4

1
1
1

0.635/5/15

5000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

118 (54)

CSA

0.635/5/15

1200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 3

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

48 (22)

CSA

0.635/5/15

2000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

60 (27)

CSA

0.635/5/15

3000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

88 (40)

—

0.635/5/15

3200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

88 (40)

—

0.635

4000

5

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

4.00

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

127 (58)

—

Steel Enclosures (Steel, Stainless Steel and Galvanized Steel)
3

0.635/5/15

1200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 3

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

58 (26)

CSA

1

0.635/5/15

2000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

67 (30)

CSA

1

0.635/5/15

3000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

106 (48)

—

0.635/5/15

3200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

106 (48)

—

0.635/5/15

4000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

154 (70)

—

0.635/5/15

5000

3

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

154 (70)

—

0.635/5/15

1200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 3

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

72 (33)

CSA

0.635/5/15

2000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

84 (38)

CSA

0.635/5/15

3000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

124 (56)

—

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

4

0.635/5/15

3200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

124 (56)

—

0.635

4000

5

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

4.00

Glass polyester

0.25 x 2

188 (85)

—

Notes
1 All phase conductors above 635V are fully insulated with epoxy insulation for the rated maximum voltage. Epoxy insulation is available at 600V as an option.
2 Optional poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy bracing supports are available. Consult factory.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy support bracing.
For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

1
1
1
1
1
V3-T1-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

1.1

Medium Voltage Busway
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

Medium Voltage Nonsegregated Phase Bus—Standard Configurations
W
Bus

CL

C

1

2

3

N
H

Bus

CL

CL

Optional
Ground Bus

1

W
1

C

1

2

2

3

3

N

1

N
H

Optional
Ground Bus

Layout 4

1

CL

1

Layout 5

1
1

Bus Duct Rated 63 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Seconds

Wire

Voltage
(kV) 1

Ampere
Rating

1

Ground
Bus

Average
Weight
Per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3

Standards
Listing

1
1

Layout
Number

Width

Height

Conductor
Centerline

Conductor
Size

Phase-Phase
Conductor
Spacing

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

48 (22)

CSA

Bracing
Supports 2

Aluminum Enclosures
3

4

0.635/5/15

1200

0.635/5/15

2000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

48 (22)

CSA

0.635/5/15

3000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

78 (35)

CSA

0.635/5/15

3200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

78 (35)

—

0.635/5/15

4000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

105 (48)

—

0.635/5/15

5000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

121 (55)

—

1
1
1
1

0.635/5/15

1200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

61 (28)

—

0.635/5/15

2000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

61 (28)

—

0.635/5/15

3000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

101 (46)

—

0.635/5/15

3200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

101 (46)

—

0.635

4000

5

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

4.00

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

128 (58)

—

1

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

68 (31)

—

1

1

Steel Enclosures (Steel, Stainless Steel and Galvanized Steel)
3

4

0.635/5/15

1200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

0.635/5/15

2000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

68 (31)

—

0.635/5/15

3000

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

89 (40)

—

0.635/5/15

3200

1

20.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

89 (40)

—

0.635/5/15

4000

2

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

134 (61)

—

0.635/5/15

5000

3

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

160 (73)

—

0.635/5/15

1200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

85 (39)

—

0.635/5/15

2000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.375 x 6

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

85 (39)

—

0.635/5/15

3000

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

115 (52)

—

0.635/5/15

3200

4

26.00

17.38

8.13

(1) 0.5 x 8

5.38

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

115 (52)

—

0.635

4000

5

35.75

17.38

8.13

(2) 0.5 x 6

4.00

Glass polyester

0.25 x 3

188 (85)

—

1
1
1
1
1
1

Notes
1 All phase conductors above 635V are fully insulated with epoxy insulation for the rated maximum voltage. Epoxy insulation is available at 600V as an option.
2 Optional poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy bracing supports are available. Consult factory.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or poly/epoxy support bracing.

1

For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

1

1
1
1
1
1
1

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T1-5

1.1
1
1
1

W
C

Bus CL

Ground Bus

2

W
3

1

W

2

2

1

3

Bus CL

3

Bus CL

H

H

CL
CL

Ground Bus
Layout 8

CL

Ground Bus

Layout 10

Layout 9

27 kV Bus Rated up to 108 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second

1
1

1

H

1

1

Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

27 kV/38 kV Nonsegregated Phase Bus—–Standard Configurations

1
1

Medium Voltage Busway

Wire
Type

Rated
Maximum
Voltage
kV 1

Rated
Cont.
Current
Amperes

Enclosure
Material
Layout
No.

Std.

Enclosure
Size (Inches)

Opt.

W

H

C

Number
of Bars
Ph and
Size, Cu
(Inches) 1

Insulating
Supports

Ph-Ph
Bus
Spacing
(Inches)

Std.

Opt. 2

Optional
Ground
Bus, Cu
(Inches)

Approx.
Average
Weight
per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3

5

6

Listing

CSA

UL

27

1200

8

Aluminum

—

30.00

21.13

10.00

(1) 0.25 x 4

7.00

4

0.25 x 2

37 (17)

Yes

No

1

27

2000

8

Aluminum

—

30.00

21.13

10.00

(1) 0.50 x 4

7.00

4

5

6

0.25 x 2

49 (22)

Yes

No

27

1200

8

—

Steel

30.00

21.13

10.00

(1) 0.25 x 4

7.00

4

5

6

0.25 x 2

37 (17)

Yes

No

1

27

2000

8

—

Steel

30.00

21.13

10.00

(1) 0.50 x 4

7.00

4

5

6

0.25 x 2

49 (22)

Yes

No

Optional
Ground
Bus, Cu
(Inches)

Approx.
Average
Weight
per Foot
Lbs (kg) 3

1

3

38 kV Bus Rated up to 104 kA Peak Momentary, 40 kA rms Symmetrical 2 Second

1

Rated
Cont.
Current
Amperes

Enclosure
Material

Enclosure
Size (Inches)

Number
of Bars
Ph and
Size, Cu
(Inches)

Insulating
Supports

Listing

1

Wire
Type

Rated
Maximum
Voltage
kV 1

1

3

38

1200

9

Aluminum

—

40.25

21.50

11.00

(1) 0.25 x 4

10.50

Epoxy

—

—

0.25 x 3

61 (28)

Yes

No

38

2000

10

Aluminum

—

40.25

21.50

11.00

(1) 0.38 x 4

10.50

Epoxy

—

—

0.25 x 3

89 (40.4)

Yes

No

1
1
1
1
1
1

Layout
No.

Std.

Opt.

W

H

C

Ph-Ph
Bus
Spacing
(Inches)

Opt. 2

Std.

CSA

UL

38

1200

9

—

Steel

40.25

21.50

11.00

(1) 0.25 x 4

10.50

Epoxy

—

—

0.25 x 3

88 (40)

No

No

38

2000

10

—

Steel

40.25

21.50

11.00

(1) 0.38 x 4

10.50

Epoxy

—

—

0.25 x 3

116 (53)

No

No

Notes
1 All bus bars for applications above 600V are fully insulated with fluidized epoxy coating for the rated maximum voltage.
2 Check with Eaton for availability.
3 Add 3 lbs to the weights shown when using poly/porcelain or epoxy insulating supports in place of glass polyester.
4 Glass polyester.
5 Polyester/porcelain.
6 Epoxy.
For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V3-T1-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Busway
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus

1.1

Nonsegregated Phase Bus Electrical Properties and Watt Loss Data

Wire
Type
3

3

3

4

4

3

3

1

Electrical Properties

Rated
Max.
Voltage

Cont.
Rated
Current

Conductor (Copper)
Thick

Enclosure

Width

Size

μOHM/PH/FT

μμF/PH/FT

DC

60 Hz

Cap to Grd

kV

Ampere

No./Ph Inch

Inch

Phase Arrang.

Material

W x H (Inches)

R 20°C

R

XL

Z = R+jXL

Cg

0.635/5/15

1200

1

0.50

3.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

20.00 x 17.38

5.5

7.1

49.8

50.3

2.2

0.635/5/15

2000

1

0.38

6.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

20.00 x 17.38

3.7

4.7

37.0

37.3

4.4

0.635/5/15

3000

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

20.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.

31.1

31.3

5.9

0.635/5/15

3200

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

20.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

31.1

31.3

5.9

0.635/5/15

4000

2

0.50

6.00

1-1-2-2-3-3

Aluminum

35.75 x 17.38

1.4

1.8

35.6

35.6

5.9

0.635/5/15

5000

2

0.50

8.00

1-1-2-2-3-3

Aluminum

35.75 x 17.38

1.0

1.3

32.9

32.9

7.8

0.635/5/15

1200

1

0.50

3.00

1-2-3

Steel

20.00 x 17.38

5.5

7.1

49.8

50.3

2.2

0.635/5/15

2000

1

0.38

6.00

1-2-3

Steel

20.00 x 17.38

3.7

4.7

37.0

37.3

4.4

0.635/5/15

3000

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3

Steel

20.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

31.1

31.3

5.9

0.635/5/15

3200

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3

Steel

20.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

31.

31.

5.9

0.635/5/15

4000

2

0.50

8.00

1-1-2-2-3-3

Steel

35.75 x 17.38

1.0

1.3

32.9

32.9

7.8

0.635/5/15

5000

2

0.50

8.00

1-2-3-1-2-3

Steel

35.75 x 17.38

1.0

1.3

14.6

14.6

7.4

0.635/5/15

1200

1

0.50

3.00

1-2-3-N

Aluminum

26.00 x 17.38

5.5

7.1

49.8

50.3

1.5

0.635/5/15

2000

1

0.38

6.00

1-2-3-N

Aluminum

26.00 x 17.38

3.7

4.7

37.0

37.3

3.1

0.635/5/15

3000

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3-N

Aluminum

26.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

31.1

31.3

4.1

0.635/5/15

3200

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3-N

Aluminum

26.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

31.1

31.3

4.1

0.635

4000

2

0.50

6.00

1-1-2-2-3-3-N-N

Aluminum

35.75 x 17.38

1.4

1.8

35.6

35.6

4.9

0.635/5/15

1200

1

0.50

3.00

1-2-3-N

Steel

26.00 x 17.38

5.5

7.1

49.8

50.3

1.5

0.635/5/15

2000

1

0.38

6.00

1-2-3-N

Steel

26.00 x 17.38

3.7

4.7

37.0

37.3

3.1

0.635/5/15

3000

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3-N

Steel

26.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

41.1

41.2

4.1

0.635

3200

1

0.50

8.00

1-2-3-N

Steel

26.00 x 17.38

2.1

2.7

41.1

41.2

4.1

0.635

4000

2

0.50

8.00

1-1-2-2-3-3-N-N

Steel

35.75 x 17.38

1.0

1.3

32.9

32.9

6.6

27

1200

1

0.25

4.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

30.00 x 21.00

8.3

10.6

51.6

52.7

1.7

27

2000

1

0.50

4.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

30.00 x 21.00

4.1

5.3

24.8

25.4

1.7

27

1200

1

0.25

4.00

1-2-3

Steel

30.00 x 21.00

8.3

10.6

51.6

52.7

1.7

27

2000

1

0.50

4.00

1-2-3

Steel

30.00 x 21.00

4.1

5.3

24.8

25.4

1.7

38

1200

1

0.25

4.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

40.25 x 21.50

8.3

10.6

61.3

62.3

2.0

38

2000

2

0.38

4.00

1-2-3

Aluminum

40.25 x 21.50

4.1

5.3

59.0

59.2

2.0

38

1200

1

0.25

4.00

1-2-3

Steel

40.25 x 21.50

8.3

10.6

61.3

62.3

2.0

38

2000

2

0.38

4.00

1-2-3

Steel

40.25 x 21.50

4.1

5.3

59.0

59.2

2.0

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Note
For dimensions in mm, multiply inches by 25.4.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T1-7

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors
and Harmonic Filters
Industrial Surge Protection Products

2.1

Surge Protection and Power Conditioning
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.2

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—NEMA 1 Enclosure

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44
V3-T2-55
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
V3-T2-67
V3-T2-71

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—April 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T2-1

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Contents

Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection

Description

2

Page

Introduction
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2

Introduction

2

Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection

2
2
2
2
2
2

●

●

SPD Series for Integration
into Electrical Distribution
Equipment
SPD Series for Mounting
External to Electrical
Distribution Equipment

SPD Series Sidemount Units
Specification grade surge
protective devices for
installation external to
electrical distribution
equipment.

Critical Load Protection
Series filtering and surge
protection for critical singlephase loads.
●
●
●

SPD Series Integrated Units
Specification grade surge
protective devices installed
within Eaton’s electrical
assemblies.

●

●

●

2

Current ratings up to 60A
120 and 240 Vac units
24 and 48 Vdc units
DIN mounting available on
some models
Up to 80 kA of peak surge
protection
Most AC units are UL 1449
3rd Edition and UL 1283
5th Edition listed

2
2
2

SPD Series Sidemount Unit

Commercial and Light
Industrial Surge Protection
Eaton’s SPV series is a
commercial grade and light
industrial surge protective
device (SPD) that combines
surge suppression
components and EMI/RFI
filtering, providing effective
protection for sensitive
electronic loads.
Surges (also known as
transients), due to lightning,
utility grid switching,
switching of external/internal
inductive or capacitive loads,
and other sources, travel on
power line conductors
throughout the electrical
distribution system, causing
system operating problems
and equipment downtime.

2
2
2
2
2

SPD Series Integrated Unit

2

SPV Series

2

AEGIS Products

2
V3-T2-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Surge Protection for Sub-Panel and OEM Applications
In today’s business
environment that calls for 24
hours a day, 7 days a week
uptime and reliability, Eaton’s
CVX050 and CVX100 surge
protective devices (SPDs)
ensure that a customer’s
investment in equipment and
processes is protected from
the damaging effects of
voltage transients. Designed
for installation on service
entrance, branch panels or
individual equipment
disconnects, the CVX050/100
provides enhanced surge
protection for mission-critical
applications.

Panelboards with Integrated
Surge Protective Devices
●
Available in standard and
custom configurations
●
Ratings:
●
120/240 Vac, singlephase, three-wire
●
208Y/120 Vac, threephase, four-wire
●
480Y/277 Vac, threephase, four-wire
●
600Y/347 Vac, threephase, four-wire (other
voltage configurations
are available)
●
●

●
●

●

2
2
2
2
2
2
Surge Protective Devices can be
Integrated within a variety of Eaton
Electrical Assemblies

Copper bus
12, 18, 24, 30, 36 and
42 circuits
Bolt-on branch breakers
A full range of factory
installed modifications
and accessories
Fully rated or series rated

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Power Conditioning
Sag Ride-Through (SRT)
The sag ride-through (SRT)
is a power conditioner that
corrects voltage sags to
maintain uptime and
productivity.

Electronic Voltage
Regulator (EVR)
The electronic voltage
regulator (EVR) is designed
to meet the needs of
customers who experience
voltage regulation problems
due to brownout conditions
from their electric utilities.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR)

Sag Ride-Through (SRT)

2
2
2

Facility-Wide Power Protection Solutions
A facility-wide protection
approach should be
employed to address power
quality issues. This approach
minimizes overall lifecycle
costs and optimizes facility
uptime. The following is a
recommended design
approach for implementing
facility-wide Eaton power
protection solutions.

2

The most accepted design methodology is based on two concepts:
1. Ensure proper grounding conditions exist.
All forms of power protection/conditioning
rely on good grounding, bonding and
earthing practices.

2. Surge protection should be installed
at key distribution panels and
critical loads.

2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-3

2.1
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Application Description

Application Recommendations for Surge Products
Application Type

Eaton’s Surge Product

Features and Competitive Advantages

Design build

SPD Series integrated units

Ideal package for any commercial facility

Chain stores

SPD Series sidemount units

Cost-effective, reliable protection using the SPD Series or SPV units

Small facilities

SPV units

Light Commercial

SP1 units

2

CVX units

2

Large Projects

2

SPD Series integrated units in panelboards, switchboards,
MCCs, switchgear, busway and automatic transfer switches

Able to meet competitors’ surge protection specifications

Commercial
Government

SPD Series sidemount units

Wall space savings by using integrated SPD Series units

2

Schools

SPV units

Quick-ship capabilities from Eaton assembly satellites and service centers

Institution

AEGIS units for critical load applications

Power conditioning capability for a wide variety of applications

2

Military

Power conditioners (EVR and SRT units)

Including:

Increased surge protection performance by using integrated SPD Series units

Industrial

2

Including:

SPD Series integrated units in panelboards, switchboards,
MCCs, switchgear, busway and automatic transfer switches

Increased surge protection performance by using integrated SPD Series units

2

Small and large facilities
WWTP

SPD Series sidemount units

MCCs with SPD Series units installed protect drives from damage

SPV units

2

AEGIS products protect expensive critical loads from harmful damage

AEGIS units for critical load applications such as PLCs,
robotics applications, etc.

EVR units correct voltage regulation problems

2

Power conditioners (EVR and SRT units)

Wall space savings by using integrated SPD Series units

SRT units correct voltage sag problems

OEM

2

Any OEM customer including:

SPD Series integrated units

Years of experience in a variety of OEM applications

Integrators

SPD Series sidemount units

Application assistance and recommendations

2

Medical equipment

SPV units

Small footprint enables integration in a variety of applications

Automation and control

SP1 units

Ability to meet customized requirements

2

CVX units
AEGIS units for critical load applications

2

Telecommunications

2

Including:

Panelboards and automatic transfer switches with integrated SPD Series units

Ability to meet customized requirements

Cellular sites

SPD Series sidemount units

Application assistance and recommendations

2

Microwave

SPV units

PCS

SP1 units

2

Paging systems

CVX units

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Contents

SPD Series Sidemount Units

Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Learn
Online

2
2
2

Product Overview
Product Description
Eaton’s SPD series surge
protective devices are the
latest and most advanced
UL® 1449 3rd Edition certified
surge protectors. Units are
available integrated within
Eaton electrical assemblies,
including panelboards,
switchboards, motor
control centers, switchgear,
automatic transfer switches
and bus plugs.

SPD Series Integrated Units

Features, Benefits and Functions
A complete offering of
sidemount units designed
for mounting external to
electrical distribution
equipment is also available.
Application of SPD Series
units throughout a facility
will ensure that equipment
is protected with the safest
and most reliable surge
protective devices available.
SPD Series units are available
in all common voltages and
configurations and also
in a variety of surge current
capacity ratings from 50
through 400 kA. Three
feature package options are
also available to choose from,
ensuring the proper unit is
available for a variety of
applications.

●

●

●

●

●

Uses self-protected metal
oxide varistor (MOV)
technology
Three feature package
options
True protection status
indicators report the status
of the protection elements,
not the status of the
applied power
Available integrated
within the following
Eaton electrical assemblies:
panelboards, switchboards,
motor control centers,
switchgear, automatic
transfer switches and
bus plugs
10-year warranty (15-year
warranty with registration)

Safety Features
●
All units use self-protected
metal oxide varistor
technology (MOV) as their
core surge suppression
component. Usage of this
technology ensures safe
operation when the unit is
subjected to abnormal
conditions such as
temporary overvoltage or
high fault current
conditions. Under such
conditions, the selfprotected MOVs are
removed from the circuit
quickly and safely before a
potentially unsafe condition
can occur
●
SPD Series units contain
no replaceable parts such
as surge modules, fuses,
or surge counter memory
backup batteries. This
prevents potential arc flash
and shock hazards, as the
units require no periodic
service or user intervention
after installation
●
Integrated versions of the
unit are factory installed
and sidemount versions
are factory sealed. These
important safety measures
further enhance user
safety

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-5

2.1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Three Feature Package
Options Available
The SPD Series provides
users with the option of
selecting between three
feature packages. These
feature packages are the
basic, standard and standard
with surge counter. The
proper feature package
can be selected based on
the requirements of the
application or specification.
A side by side comparison of
the individual features found
in each package is below.
Basic Feature Package
The basic feature package is
perfect for applications where
basic, cost-effective, safe and
reliable surge protection is
required, but budgets don’t
allow for extra, additional
features. Rather than
sacrifice performance or
safety due to cost, SPD
Series units with the basic
feature package provide you
with high-performing surge
protection without sacrificing
safety or reliability. The basic
feature package provides
the same level of surge
protection and safety
provided by the standard and
standard with surge counter
feature packages minus
some of the features found in
them. The package contains
dual-colored protection status
LEDs that report the true
status of the protection in
each phase/mode. All fourwire plus ground units also
contain an additional set of
dual-colored protection status
LEDs that report the status
of the protection in the
neutral/ground mode.

Standard Feature Package
The standard feature package
includes all of the features
found in the basic feature
package, plus an audible alarm
with silence button, EMI/RFI
filtering, and a form ‘C’ relay
contact that can be used for
remote annunciation of the
SPD’s status. The audible
alarm activates and the form
‘C’ relay contact changes state
when any loss of protection is
detected or a fault condition
exists with the unit. Should
such a condition occur, the
audible alarm can be silenced
by pressing the silence button.
The EMI/RFI filter provides up
to 50 dB of noise attenuation
over the range of 10 kHz
through 100 MHz.
Standard with Surge
Counter Feature Package
The standard with surge
counter feature package
includes all of the features
found in the standard feature
package plus a six-digit surge
counter with a reset button.
The surge counter indicates
the ongoing count of the
number of surges the unit has
been exposed to and stores
them in nonvolatile memory.
Should power to the SPD
Series unit be completely
interrupted, the surge counter
will recall and display the
surge count prior to the
interruption when power is
restored. Unlike many surge
protectors, the SPD Series’
surge counter memory
feature does not require a
backup battery that would
require periodic replacement
in order to achieve its
memory functionality.

Side-By-Side Comparison of the SPD Series’ Available
Feature Packages
Feature Package Comparison

Basic

Standard

Standard with
Surge Counter

Surge protection using self-protected
MOV technology

■

■

■

Dual-colored protection status indicators
for each phase

■

■

■

Dual-colored protection status indicators
for the N-G protection mode

■

■

■

Audible alarm with silence button

■

■

Form ‘C’ relay contact

■

■

EMI/RFI filtering, providing up to 50 dB of
noise attenuation from 10 kHz to 100 MHz

■

■
■

Surge counter with reset button

Standards and Certifications
●

●

Integrated versions of
the unit are UL 1449
3rd Edition recognized
components for the
United States and Canada,
covered by Underwriters
Laboratories certification
and follow-up service
Sidemount versions are
UL 1449 3rd Edition listed
devices and are also
CSA approved

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●

●

20 kA nominal discharge
current (In) rating
(maximum rating
assigned by UL)
50 through 400 kA surge
current capacity ratings
200 kA short-circuit current
rating (SCCR)

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

SPD Series Unit Integrated within an Eaton Panelboard

2.1

Contents
Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-8
V3-T2-8
V3-T2-9
V3-T2-10
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD Series for Integration into Electrical Distribution Equipment

2

Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s SPD Series surge
protective devices are the
latest and most advanced
UL 1449 3rd Edition certified
surge protectors. SPD Series
units are available in all
common voltages and
configurations, and also in
a variety of surge current
capacity ratings from
50 to 400 kA.

The SPD Series is available as
an integrated device within
the following Eaton electrical
assemblies:

2

●
●
●
●
●

●

Panelboards
Switchboards
Motor control centers
Switchgear
Automatic transfer
switches
Bus plugs

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

Uses thermally protected
metal oxide varistor (MOV)
technology
Three feature package
options
10-year warranty

The Integrated SPD
Performance Advantage
Installation conductor length
is the single most important
factor related to an SPD’s
performance. Performance
decreases as the connected
conductor length increases.
Integrating the SPD within the
electrical assembly provides
the best possible surge
protection by keeping
installation conductor lead
lengths as short as possible.
Integrating the SPD within
an electrical assembly can
decrease let-through
voltages by hundreds of volts,
providing you with the best
possible surge protection for
sensitive electronic loads.

2
2
2
2
2
2
In this installation, the SPD Series
is mounted directly to the panelboard’s
bus bars. This type of installation
will provide the best possible surge
protection by minimizing the
connected lead length.

2
2
2
2
2
2
The SPD Series is also available as an
integrated unit interfaced via a circuit
breaker resident in the electrical
assembly. This installation keeps
connected lead lengths short while
providing a means of disconnecting
power to the unit quickly and easily.

CA08100004E—April 2014

2
2

Remote Display Mounting
Option Available
The SPD Series offers the
option of mounting its display
remotely from the device.
This is useful for applications
where OEMs or other
integrators would like to
embed the unit within a piece
of equipment and still be able
to view its display.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-7

2
2
2

2.1
2

●

2
2

Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Standards and Certifications

2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters

●

UL 1449 3rd Edition
recognized component
for the United States
and Canada, covered by
Underwriters Laboratories
certification and follow-up
service
UL 1283 (Type 2
SPDs only)

2
2
2

Catalog Number Selection

2

SPD Series Units Mounted Internal to Electrical Distribution Equipment

2

SPD 250 480D 2 J

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

kA Rating
050 = 50 kA per phase
080 = 80 kA per phase
100 = 100 kA per phase
120 = 120 kA per phase
160 = 160 kA per phase
200 = 200 kA per phase
250 = 250 kA per phase
300 = 300 kA per phase
400 = 400 kA per phase

2

2

Application—Integrated Units 2

Series
SPD = Surge protective device

A = Panelboards (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E), direct bus mounted
B = Switchgear (includes remote display)
C = Panelboards (PRL1a, 2a, 3a, 3E, 4), switchboards,
busway
J = Motor control centers

Voltage Code
240S = 120/240 single split-phase
208Y = 120/208 wye (4W+G)
220Y = 127/220 wye (4W+G)
400Y = 230/400 wye (4W+G)
480Y = 277/480 wye (4W+G)
600Y = 347/600 wye (4W+G)
240D = 240 delta (3W+G)
480D = 480 delta (3W+G)
600D = 600 delta (4W+G)
240H = 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) on ‘B’ phase 1

Feature Package
1 = Basic
2 = Standard
3 = Standard + surge counter

Notes
1 Please consult the factory for 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) applications with high leg on ‘C’ phase.
2 Units used in PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 3E panelboard applications are available in 50–200 kA ratings only. Use the ‘C’ option for
PRL1a, 2a, 3a and 3E panelboard applications when unit is connected through a circuit breaker.
Example: SPD250480D2J = SPD Series, 250 kA per phase, 480D voltage, standard feature package, motor control center application.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Technical Data and Specifications

2
2

SPD Series Specifications
Description

Specification

Surge capacity ratings available

50, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400 kA per phase

2
2

Nominal discharge current (In)

20 kA (maximum rating assigned by UL)

Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

200 kA

SPD type

Basic feature package = Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications)
Standard and standard with surge counter feature packages = Type 2

2
2

Single split-phase voltages available

120/240

Three-phase wye system voltages available

120/208, 127/220, 230/400, 277/480, 347/600

Three-phase delta system voltages available

240, 480, 600

Input power frequency

50/60 Hz

2

208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes

0.5W

2

400Y, 480Y and 480D voltage codes

1.1W

600Y and 600D voltage codes

1.3W

2

208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes

0.6W

2

400Y, 480Y and 480D basic voltage codes

1.7W

600Y and 600D voltage codes

2.1W

2

Power consumption (basic units):

Power consumption (standard and standard with surge counter units):

Protection modes

2

Single split-phase

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

Three-phase wye

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

Three-phase delta

L-G, L-L

Three-phase high-leg delta

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

2
2
2

Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV):
240S, 208Y, 220Y and 240H MCOV

150 L-N, 150 L-G, 150 N-G, 300 L-L

400Y and 480Y MCOV

320 L-N, 320 L-G, 320 N-G, 640 L-L

600Y MCOV

420 L-N, 420 L-G, 420 N-G, 840 L-L

240D MCOV

320 L-G, 320 L-L

480D MCOV

640 L-G, 640 L-L

600D MCOV

2
2
2
2

840 L-G, 840 L-L

Ports

1

Operating temperature

–40°F through 122°F (–40°C through 50°C)

Operating humidity

5% through 95%, noncondensing

2
2

Operating altitude

Up to 16,000 ft (5000m)

Seismic withstand capability

Meets or exceeds the requirements specified in IBC 2006, CBC 2007 and UBC Zone 4

Form C relay contact ratings

150 Vdc or 125 Vac, 1A maximum

2

Form C relay contact logic

Power ON, normal state—NO contact = open, NC contact = closed
Power OFF or fault state—NO contact = closed, NC contact = open

2

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation

Up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-9

2.1

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
50–200 kA Integrated Units

2
0.04
(1.0)

2.02
(51.2)

0.95
(24.1)

2
3.42
(86.9)

2

NEUTRAL

2.52
(64.0)

2

3.45
(87.6)

NEUTRAL

CAUTION

Mounting
3.42
(86.9)

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

SURGE
GROUND

SURGE GROUND

Terminals
8.74
(222.0)
9.50
(241.3)

250–400 kA Integrated Units
Mounting
8.80
(223.5)
3.42
(86.9)

4x Mounting
2.52
(64.0)

2

SURGE GROUND

2

2

NEU/GND
36 IN. LBS.

NEUTRAL

NEUTRAL

5.78
(146.8)

2

2

4.66
(118.4)

4.85
(123.2)

2

2

5.40
(137.2)

CAUTION

TORQUE

1.71
(43.4)

2

2

NEU/GND
36 IN. LBS.

2

SURGE
GROUND

TORQUE

2

Mounting
3.42
(86.9)

FORM “C” CONTACTS

3.42
(86.9)

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

NEUTRAL

2

4x #10–32 x 0.38 DP
Brass Terminals

NEUTRAL

2

0.22
4x Mounting
(5.6)

3.42
(86.9)

0.26
(6.6)

SURGE
GROUND

2

4.66
(118.4)

NEU/GND
36 IN. LBS.

2
2

5.40
(137.2)

TORQUE

2
2

2.02
(51.2)

SURGE
GROUND

2

0.22 3x Bus Mounting
(5.6)

SURGE GROUND

2

Bus 0.34
(8.6)

4.40
(111.8)

NEUTRAL

2

0.19
4x Mounting
(4.8)

Mounting
8.80
(223.5)

FORM “C” CONTACTS

2

Dimensions

SURGE
GROUND

2

Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

NEUTRAL

2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters

Terminals
8.74
(222.0)
9.50
(241.3)

0.22
4x Mounting
(5.6)
4x #10–32 x 0.38 DP
Brass Terminals

Weights
●
50–200 kA units
approximately 3.5 lbs
(1.6 kg)
●
250–400 kA units
approximately 7.0 lbs
(3.2 kg)

2
2
V3-T2-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Eaton SPD Series Sidemount Unit Mounted Externally to an Eaton Panelboard

2.1

Contents
Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7

2
2
2
2

V3-T2-12
V3-T2-13
V3-T2-14
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD Series for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment

2

Product Description

2

Eaton’s sidemount versions
of the SPD Series surge
protective devices are the
latest and most advanced
UL 1449 3rd Edition listed
surge protectors. Application
of SPD Series units
throughout a facility will
ensure that equipment is
protected with the safest and
most reliable surge protective
devices available. Units are
available in all common
voltages and configurations,
and also in a variety of surge
current capacity ratings from
50 through 400 kA. Three
feature package options are
also available to choose from.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

Uses self-protected metal
oxide varistor (MOV)
technology
Three feature package
options
15-year warranty

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

UL 1449 3rd Edition
listed device
Canadian Standards
Association (CSA)
UL 1283 (Type 2
SPDs only)

2
2
2
2
2
All SPD Series sidemount units come
prewired and include a factoryinstalled conduit interface,
making installation very easy.

2
2
2
2
2

All SPD Series units are factory sealed,
ensuring that the user/installer has
no potential of coming into contact
with harmful voltages present
inside the unit.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-11

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2

Catalog Number Selection

2

SPD Series Units for Mounting External to Electrical Distribution Equipment

2

SPD 250 480D 2 K

2
2

kA Rating
050 = 50 kA per phase
080 = 80 kA per phase
100 = 100 kA per phase
120 = 120 kA per phase
160 = 160 kA per phase
200 = 200 kA per phase
250 = 250 kA per phase
300 = 300 kA per phase
400 = 400 kA per phase

2
2
2
2
2

Application—Sidemount Units

Series
SPD = Surge protective device

K
L
M
N
O
P
Q

Voltage Code
240S = 120/240 single split-phase
208Y = 120/208 wye (4W+G)
220Y = 127/220 wye (4W+G)
400Y = 230/400 wye (4W+G)
480Y = 277/480 wye (4W+G)
600Y = 347/600 wye (4W+G)
240D = 240 delta (3W+G)
480D = 480 delta (3W+G)
600D = 600 delta (4W+G)
240H = 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) on ‘B’ phase 1

2

Notes
1 Please consult the factory for 240 high-leg delta (4W+G) applications with high leg on ‘C’ phase.
2 NEMA 1 flushmount units are available in 50–200 kA ratings only.

2

Example: SPD250480D2K = SPD Series, 250 kA per phase, 480D voltage, standard feature package, housed in NEMA 1 enclosure.

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

NEMA 1 enclosure
NEMA 1 flushmount enclosure 2
NEMA 1 enclosure with internal disconnect
NEMA 4 enclosure
NEMA 4 enclosure with internal disconnect
NEMA 4X enclosure (stainless steel)
NEMA 4X enclosure with internal disconnect
(stainless steel)

Feature Package
1 = Basic
2 = Standard
3 = Standard + surge counter

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-12

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Technical Data and Specifications

2

SPD Series Specifications
Description

2

Specification

2

Surge capacity ratings available

50, 80, 100, 120, 160, 200, 250, 300, 400 kA per phase

Nominal discharge current (In)

20 kA (maximum rating assigned by UL)

Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

200 kA

2

SPD type

Basic feature package = Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications)
Standard and standard with surge counter feature packages = Type 2

2

Single split-phase voltages available

120/240

Three-phase wye system voltages available

120/208, 127/220, 230/400, 277/480, 347/600

2

Three-phase delta system voltages available

240, 480, 600

Input power frequency

50/60 Hz

2
2

Power consumption (basic units):
208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes

0.5W

400Y, 480Y and 480D voltage codes

1.1W

600Y and 600D voltage codes

1.3W

2

208Y, 220Y, 240S, 240D and 240H voltage codes

0.6W

400Y, 480Y and 480D basic voltage codes

1.7W

2

2

Power consumption (standard and standard with surge counter units):

600Y and 600D voltage codes

2

2.1W

Protection modes

Single split-phase

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

Three-phase wye

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

Three-phase delta

L-G, L-L

Three-phase high-leg delta

L-N, L-G, N-G, L-L

2
2
2

Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV):
240S, 208Y, 220Y and 240H MCOV

150 L-N, 150 L-G, 150 N-G, 300 L-L

400Y and 480Y MCOV

320 L-N, 320 L-G, 320 N-G, 640 L-L

600Y MCOV

420 L-N, 420 L-G, 420 N-G, 840 L-L

240D MCOV

320 L-G, 320 L-L

480D MCOV

640 L-G, 640 L-L

600D MCOV

840 L-G, 840 L-L

Ports

1

Operating temperature

–40°F to 122°F (–40°C to 50°C)

2
2
2
2
2

Operating humidity

5% through 95%, noncondensing

Operating altitude

Up to 16,000 ft (5000m)

Seismic withstand capability

Meets or exceeds the requirements specified in IBC 2006, CBC 2007 and UBC Zone 4

Enclosure dimensions and weights

Refer to figures on Pages V3-T2-14–V3-T2-15 for enclosure dimensions and weights

Form C relay contact ratings

150 Vdc or 125 Vac, 1A maximum

Form C relay contact logic

Power ON, normal state—NO contact = open, NC contact = closed
Power OFF or fault state—NO contact = closed, NC contact = open

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation

Up to 50 dB from 10 kHz to 100 MHz

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-13

2.1
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Flushmount Enclosure,
Weight = 6.8 lbs

50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure,
Weight = 6.8 lbs
7.28
(184.9)
5.27
(133.9)

2

1.00
(25.4)

7.28
(184.9)
5.27
(133.9)

Flushmount Panel
(4) #8–32 Flat Hd Screws

2
2
2
2

10.48
(266.2)
10.48
(266.2)

12.05
(306.1)
5.24
(133.1)

2
2

0.78
(19.8)

2
2

2.00
(50.8)
3.48
(88.4)
4.41
(112.0)

7.47
(189.7)

0.40
(10.2)

250–400 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure,
Weight = 13.5 lbs

2

5.47
(138.9)

2

0.78
(19.8)
2.00
(50.8)

12.05
(306.1)

11.25
(285.8)

0.68
(17.3)

5.24
(133.1)

Ø0.20
(Ø5.1)

2

8.00
(203.2)

11.25
(285.8)
0.68
(17.3)

1.00
(25.4)

14.00
(355.6)

Ø0.20
(Ø5.1)

3.48
(88.4)
4.41
(112.0)

5.00
(127.0)
7.47
(189.7)
11.00
(279.4)

0.11
(2.8)
1.76
(44.7)

0.40
(10.2)
0.98
(24.9)

50–400 kA Units in a NEMA 1 Rated Enclosure with Internal
Disconnect, Weight = 14.7 lbs
1.00
(25.4)

9.14
(232.2)

6.69
(169.9)

2
2
2
2
2
2

12.05
(306.1)

10.48
(266.2)
0.67
(17.0)

5.24
(133.1)

0.78
(19.8)

11.25
(285.8)

2.00
(50.8)

5.76
(146.3)

Ø0.20
(Ø5.1)

7.47
(189.7)

0.40
(10.2)

6.69
(169.9)

2

0.66
(16.8)

12.30
(312.4)

0.78
(19.8)

2.75
(69.9)

Ø0.20
(Ø5.1)

5.76
(146.3)
6.55
(166.4)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-14

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

11.50
(292.1)

10.73
(272.5)

2.61
(66.3)

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

11.14
(283.0)

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
50–400 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure with
Internal Disconnect, Weight = 27.5 lbs
13.50
(342.9)

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

12.50
(317.5)
10.98
(278.9)

11.28
(286.5)

0.76
(19.3)

0.65
(16.5)
2.60
(66.0)

6.00
(152.4)
8.65
(219.7)

5.39
(136.9)

Ø0.33
(Ø8.4)

3.36
(85.3)
7.68
(195.1)

2

10.18
(258.6)

12.47
(316.7)

Ø0.33
(Ø8.4)

2
2

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

2

11.75
(298.5)

0.76
(19.3)

0.65
(16.5)

4.10
(104.1)

7.68
(195.1)

2

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

5.49
(139.4)

2
2

11.28
(286.5)

12.50
(317.5)

2
2

250–400 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure,
Weight = 14.6 lbs

10.98
(278.9)

2
2

0.65
(16.5)
0.76
(19.3)

2
2

12.28
(311.9)

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

5.49
(139.4)

12.75
(323.9)

11.98
(304.3)
3.12
(79.2)

11.75
(298.5)

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

SPD Series
Surge Protective Device

50–200 kA Units in a NEMA 4 or 4X Rated Enclosure,
Weight = 14.6 lbs

6.00
(152.4)

8.65
(219.7)

2
2

Ø0.33
(8.4)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-15

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Contents

SPV

Description

2

Page

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-17
V3-T2-17
V3-T2-17
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPV Surge Protective Device

Features
●

Product Description
Eaton’s SPV series is a
commercial grade and light
industrial surge protective
device (SPD) that combines
surge suppression
components and EMI/RFI
filtering, providing effective
protection for sensitive
electronic loads. Surges (also
known as transients), due to
lightning, utility grid
switching, switching of
external/internal inductive or
capacitive loads, and other
sources, travel on power line
conductors throughout the
electrical distribution system,
causing system operating
problems and equipment
downtime. Use of the SPV
units can prevent these costly
occurrences and equipment
damage. Available with six
surge current capacity
ratings, the SPV can be
installed on the main of light
commercial buildings, on any
subpanel in a facility and in
any control panel to protect
sensitive electronic
equipment.

Application Description
The ever-increasing use of
microprocessors and other
sensitive electronic
equipment has increased the
necessity for facility-wide
surge protection. These
sensitive electronic
components are used within

V3-T2-16

many pieces of equipment,
including computers,
programmable logic
controllers, and other
commonly used electrical and
electronic equipment. Surges
can wreak havoc on
equipment, causing
catastrophic failures, process
interruptions and premature
aging leading to failure. The
application of SPDs can
mitigate problems with
sensitive electronic
equipment, keeping the
equipment and the related
processes up and running
reliably without disruption
or damage due to surgerelated events.
In addition to externally
generated surge events, such
as lightning and grid switching,
equipment is also susceptible
to damage by internally
generated surges. In fact, the
majority of surges are
generated internally by
commonly used items, such
as fluorescent lighting ballasts,
light dimmers, photocopiers,
fax machines and variable
frequency drives. This further
reinforces the necessity for
facility-wide surge protection
applied at all stages of the
electrical distribution system,
from the electrical service
entrance down to the singlephase loads.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

●

Standards and Certifications

SurgePlane™ technology
to ensure reliability and
performance by using a
low impedance copper
platform
Compact design to enable
close mounting to
electrical distribution
equipment
Parallel hybrid filter
technology
Individually fused surge
suppression components
Status indicator lights to
monitor supply power,
surge suppression
component status
and fusing
Can be remotely monitored
using Form C contacts
Audible alarm
Ideal for OEM panel
applications
50 through 200 kA surge
current capacity ratings
Contains no replaceable
parts or items that require
periodic maintenance
10-year warranty

Eaton is the leading supplier
of power protection
technology to a number of
Fortune 500 companies. We
have applied our extensive
experience in power quality
and have included a number
of innovative features in the
development of the Eaton
SPV series.

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

●
●
●
●

UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed
UL 1283 Listed
CSA TIL I-11B
CSA C22.2 No.8

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Catalog Number Selection

2

SPV

2
SPV 050 400D 2 K
Voltage Code
See table below

Surge Rating
050 = 50 kA/phase
080 = 80 kA/phase
100 = 100 kA/phase
120 = 120 kA/phase
160 = 160 kA/phase
200 = 200 kA/phase

Display
2 = Standard
(LED/audible alarm)

2
2

Enclosure
K = NEMA 1
R = NEMA 3R

2
2
2

Dimensions

SPV Voltage Codes
Voltage Code

Nominal Voltages
(Use These Codes to
Complete the Model Number)

120/208
240V

277/480
480V

230/400
499V 1

120/240 single/split-phase (3W plus G)

240S

—

—

Three-phase wye (4W plus G)

208Y

400Y

480Y

Three-phase delta (3W plus G)

240D

400D

480D

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

SPV—NEMA 1

2

0.40
(10.2)

2.60
(66.0)

2

2.60
(66.0)

2
2

Technical Data and Specifications
SPV

2

11.55
(293.4)

Description

SPV050

SPV080

SPV100

SPV120

SPV160

SPV200

Surge current
per phase

50 kA

80 kA

100 kA

120 kA

160 kA

200 kA

Surge current
per mode

25 kA

40 kA

50 kA

60 kA

80 kA

100 kA

Filter attenuation
(MIL-STD-220A
at 100 kHz)

0–40 dB

0–40 dB

0–40 dB

0–40 dB

0–40 dB

0–40 dB

Circuit
construction

SurgePlane

SurgePlane

SurgePlane

SurgePlane

SurgePlane

SurgePlane

UL 1449 3rd
Edition Listed

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

UL 1283 Listed

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Nominal discharge
current (ln) 2

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

20 kA

cUL Listed

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

NEMA 1

Standard

Standard

Standard

Standard

Standard

Standard

2

NEMA 3R

Optional

2

10.00
(254.0)

10.75
(273.0)

2
2
2
2

R.0.10
(2.54)
4 Pls.
1.25
(31.8)

2
2

5.00
(127.0)

Enclosure

Optional

Optional

Optional

Optional

Optional

Short-circuit current 42 kA
rating (SCCR) 3

42 kA

42 kA

42 kA

42 kA

42 kA

Warranty

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

10 years

Notes
1 Contact factory for other configurations: Applicable for 220/380 and 240/415 system voltages.
2 208Y, 240S, 240D, 400Y and 480Y units rated 10 kA I .
n
3 5 kA SCCR for 400D and 480D.

Physical Specifications
Description

Specification

Operating temp range

–40ºC to +60ºC

Altitude

< 13,000 ft (4000m)

Dimensions

5.00 x 11.55 x 2.60 inches (127.0 x 293.4 x 66.0 mm)

Weight

3.5 lbs (1.6 kg)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-17

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Contents

CVX050/100

Description

2

Page

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-19
V3-T2-19
V3-T2-20
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2

CVX050/100

2

Product Description

Application Description

With over two decades of
experience in the surge
suppression industry and
extensive R&D initiatives,
Eaton is considered a world
leader in surge protective
device (SPD) manufacturing.
All of Eaton’s products are
manufactured in an ISO®
9001:2000 and ISO 14001
certified facility.

Eaton’s CVX050 and CVX100
SPDs protect electronic
equipment from damaging
transients. These units are
suitable for medium and low
exposure level applications
that require cost-effective,
high quality system
protection including:

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

●
●

Eaton’s CVX050/100 models
are rugged, cost-effective,
high-quality SPDs that feature
self-protected MOVs that
eliminate the failure
characteristics of standard
metal oxide varistors. This
technology results in a fail-safe
device that monitors the
status of the metal oxide disk
and disconnects itself from the
power system when the disk
is approaching breakdown.

●
●
●

Residential/small business
Light industrial
Light commercial
Branch panel protection
OEM applications

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

●

●

●

Standards and Certifications
●

Advanced surge path
technology for high fault
current capacity, low
impedance, high frequency
design
Rugged NEMA® 4X (IP65)
enclosure
Large diameter, selfprotected metal oxide
varistors provide long life
and fail-safe operation
LED monitoring of each
phase
Wide range of voltage
applications from
100 to 600 Vac and
48 and 125 Vdc
5-year free replacement
warranty

Optional Features
●
External mounting feet

The CVX050/100 is easy
to install adjacent or even
internal to electrical
equipment. When installing an
SPD in a retrofit environment,
it is important to mount the
device as close to the
electrical equipment as
possible. Keep the wiring (lead
length) between the electrical
equipment and SPD as short
as possible, and twist or wire
tie the conductors together
to reduce the wire’s
impedance factor.

V3-T2-18

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

●
●

UL 1449 3rd Edition for
surge protective devices
CE marked
Vibration tested IEC
60255-21-1 and -2

Note: CE, CSA and UL on
AC unit only.

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Catalog Number Selection

2

CVX050/100

2
CVX 050 - 240S
Per Phase Peak
Surge Current
050 = 50 kA
100 = 100 kA

2
2

Configuration and Voltage Ranges
230L
480L
240S
240H
208Y
480Y
600Y
240D
480D
600D
048DC
125DC

2

= Single-phase—200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277 Vac
= Single-phase—480 Vac
= Split-phase—100/200, 110/220, 120/240 Vac
= Three-phase high leg delta—120/240 Vac
= Three-phase wye (star)—100/174, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220 Vac
= Three-phase wye (star)—220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480 Vac
= Three-phase wye (star)—305/525, 347/600 Vac
= Three-phase delta—200, 208, 220, 230, 240 Vac
= Three-phase delta—380, 400, 415, 440, 480 Vac
= Three-phase delta—525, 600 Vac (600D available in 50 kA only)
= Direct current—48 Vdc 1
= Direct current—125 Vdc 1

2
2
2
2
2

Technical Data and Specifications

2

CVX050/100 Model Specifications
Description

Specification

Peak kA per phase

50, 100

Peak kA per mode

50

Nominal discharge current

20 kA 1

Short-circuit current rating

100 kA

Single-phase voltages

200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277, 380, 400, 440, 460, 480 Vac

2
2
2
2

Split-phase voltages

100/200, 110/220/ 120/240 Vac

High leg delta voltages

240 Vac

Wye system voltages

100/175, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220, 220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480, 305/525, 347/600 Vac

Delta system voltages

200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 380, 400, 415, 440, 480, 525, 600 Vac

Direct current Voltage 2

48 Vdc, 125 Vdc

Input power frequency

47–420 Hz (50/60 Hz typical)

Protection modes

Single-phase: L-N, N-G, L-G
Split-phase: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L
High leg delta: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L, H-N, H-G, H-L
Wye: L-N, N-G, L-G, L-L
Delta: L-G, L-L
Direct current 1 (DC): L-L, L-G

Number of ports

1

Specific energy

100 kJ/Ohm

Weight

≈2.0 lbs (1.0 kg)

Operating temperature

–13°F (–25°C) to +140°F (+60°C)

Vibration tested

IEC 60255-21-1 and IEC 60255-21-2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Notes
1 480L, 600D and 600Y units rated 10 kA I .
n
2 DC models only available in 50 kA.

2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-19

2.1
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

CVX050/100 Voltage Ratings
Model

UL 1449-3 VPR 1

MCOV

System
Configuration

Nominal
System Voltage

L-L

L-N

L-G

N-G

L-L

L-N

L-G

N-G

2

CVX050
230L

Single-phase two-wire + ground

200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277

—

320

640

320

—

1200

1200

1200

2

480L

Single-phase two-wire + ground

380, 400, 440, 460, 480

—

550

1100

550

—

1800

4000

1800

240S

Split-phase three-wire + ground

100/200, 110/220, 120/240

300

150

300

150

1200

700

1200

800

2

208Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

100/175, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220

300

150

300

150

1200

700

1200

800

480Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480

640

320

640

320

2500

1200

2000

1200

2

600Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

305/525, 347/600

840

420

840

420

2500

1500

2500

1500

240D

Three-phase delta three-wire + ground

200, 208, 220, 230, 240

640

—

320

—

2000

—

1200

—

2

240H

Three-phase high leg delta

240

300

150

150

640

1500

700

1200

700

480D

Three-phase delta three-wire + ground

380, 400, 415, 440, 480

1100

—

550

—

3000

—

1800

—

2

600D

Three-phase delta three-wire + ground

525, 600

1100

—

700

—

3000

—

2500

—

048DC

Direct current

48 Vdc 2

130

—

65

—

—

—

—

—

2

125DC

Direct current

125 Vdc 2

288

—

144

—

—

—

—

—

2
2

CVX100
230L

Single-phase two-wire + ground

200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 277

—

320

320

320

—

1200

1200

1200

480L

Single-phase two-wire + ground

380, 400, 440, 460, 480

—

550

550

550

—

1800

1800

1800

240S

Split-phase three-wire + ground

100/200, 110/220, 120/240

300

150

150

150

1200

700

800

700

2

208Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

100/175, 110/190, 120/208, 127/220

300

150

150

150

1000

600

700

700

480Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

220/380, 230/400, 240/415, 277/480

640

320

320

320

1800

1200

1200

1200

2

600Y

Three-phase wye (star) four-wire + ground

305/525, 347/600

840

420

420

420

2500

1500

1500

1500

240D

Three-phase delta three-wire + ground

200, 208, 220, 230, 240

640

—

320

—

1800

—

1200

—

2

240H

Three-phase high leg delta

240

300

150

150

150

1200

700

700

700

480D

Three-phase delta three-wire + ground

380, 400, 415, 440, 480

1100

—

550

—

3000

—

1800

—

Dimensions

2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

CVX050/100 Standard Dimensions

2

2
2
2

4.75 (120.6)
3.39 (86.1)

2
2

A

A

Lid Removed

2
2
2

Section A-A

2
2

1.00 (25.4)
3.55 (90.2)
0.17 (4.3)
(4) Mounting Holes
Under Lid

2

2

Conduit Fitting
0.75 (19.0) Internal
Taper Pipe Threads

5.67 (144.0)
4.75 (120.6)
4.17 (106.0)

2.37 (60.2)

2

Mounting Hole Shafts
Dimensions are in Inches (mm)
Notes
1 UL 1449 3rd Edition VPR (voltage protection rating) test environment: All tests performed with 6-inch lead length, positive polarity.
2 DC units available in 50 kA only. Voltages shown are the maximum suggested operating voltages and are not UL certified.

V3-T2-20

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Contents

SP1 Surge Protective Device

Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-22
V3-T2-22
V3-T2-22
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SP1 Surge Protective Device
Product Description
Eaton‘s SP1 is a UL 1449 3rd
Edition-listed surge protective
device that provides reliable,
cost-effective surge
protection. This Type 1 SPD
is capable of being installed
on either the line or the load
side of the service entrance
disconnect, and can be used
as a replacement for devices
formerly known as secondary
surge arresters or lightning
arresters, which could not be
manufactured after UL 1449
3rd Edition went into effect
on September 29, 2009. The
unit is available in many
common voltages and
configurations. Multiple
mounting options coupled
with a compact footprint
enables installation of the
SP1 in a wide range of
applications, including panelboards, loadcenters, pump
panels, control cabinets, and
other electrical assemblies
and applications.

Features
Installation and operation of
the SP1 is simple. The unit
comes pre-wired with 24.00
inches of 10-gauge wire and
is mounted via the half-inch
nipple that is molded into its
enclosure. Wall or DIN rail
mounting can also be
accomplished with the
addition of an optional kit.
When powered, the unit‘s
light-emitting diode (LED)
indicator reports the status of
the protection elements and
is active when all of them are
intact and providing
protection. Any loss of
protection is signaled when
the LED extinguishes.

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Standards and Certifications

Type 1 SPD capable of
installation on either the
line or the load side of the
service entrance
disconnect
20 kA nominal discharge
current rating (In) on most
models
50 kA per phase surge
current capacity
Compact footprint—
4.80-inch L x 2.90-inch W x
2.50-inch D
Pre-wired with 24.00
inches of 10-gauge wire
Half-inch nipple molded
into enclosure enables
quick and easy mounting
Optional kit enables wall or
DIN rail mounting
Two-year warranty

●

UL 1449 3rd Edition-listed
device

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-21

2.1
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Catalog Number Selection
SP1

SP1 - XXXX

2
Series

2
2
2

Voltage Code

050 = 50 kA
100 = 100 kA

240S
208Y
480Y
600Y
240D
480D
600D

SP1MNTGKIT = optional wall or DIN rail mounting kit

(order separately—not included with SP1 unit)

2
2

Technical Data and Specifications

2

SP1

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
SP1

2

Description

Ratings

2

Surge current capacity per phase

50 kA

Nominal discharge current (In)

20 kA for SP1-240S, 208Y, 480Y,
240D and 480D

2
2
2
2
2
2

= 120/240V single split-phase
= 120/208 wye
= 277/480 wye
= 347/600Y wye
= 240 delta
= 480 delta
= 600 delta

1/2" (12.7)
Straight Pipe Thread

1.35
(34.3)

10 kA for SP1-600Y and 600D
Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

200 kA

SPD type

Type 1 (can also be used in Type 2 applications)

.79 (20.1)

System voltages available (Vac)
Single split-phase

120/240

Three-phase wye

120/208, 277/480, 347/600

Three-phase delta

240, 480, 600

3.95
(100.3)

Protection modes
Single split-phase and three-phase wye

L-N, L-L

Three-phase delta

L-G, L-L

Maximum continuous operating voltage (MCOV)

2

SP1-240S and SP1-208Y

150 L-N, 300 L-L

SP1-480Y

320 L-N, 640 L-G

2

SP1-600Y

420 L-N, 840 L-G

SP1-240D

300 L-G, 300 L-L

2

SP1-480D

640 L-G, 640 L-L

SP1-600D

840 L-G, 840 L-L

2.46
(62.5)

2.89
(73.4)

2

Input power frequency
Enclosure rating

NEMA 4

2

Operating temperature

–20°C to 50°C (–4°F to 122°F)

Operating humidity

5–95%, noncondensing

2

Operating altitude

Up to 16,000 ft (5000m)

Agency certification and approvals

UL 1449 3rd Edition Listed device

2

Warranty

2 years

2

ANSI/UL 1449 3rd Edition Voltage Protection Ratings

2

Catalog Number

L-N

L-G

L-L

2

SP1-240S

600

N/A

1000

SP1-208Y

600

N/A

1000

2

SP1-480Y

1200

N/A

2000

SP1-600Y

1500

N/A

2500

2

SP1-240D

N/A

1000

1000

SP1-480D

N/A

2000

2000

2

SP1-600D

N/A

2500

2500

50/60 Hz

Protection Mode

V3-T2-22

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Contents

SP2 Surge Protective Device

Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-24
V3-T2-24
V3-T2-24
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

Surge Protection for Light Commercial and
UL 508A Panel Applications

The SP2 provides basic
surge protection for light
commercial electrical
systems and OEM equipment
requirements. The SP2 is
available in the most popular
voltage and system
configurations and delivers
superior surge protection
using MOV thermal
disconnect technology
that eliminates the need
for additional overcurrent
protection.

Application Description
By providing surge
protection, the SP2 can
suppress the transients that
are prevalent throughout the
power distribution system to
support reliable operations in
applications including:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

HVAC systems
Control panels
Automation cabinets
Pumping systems
Lighting systems
Commercial facilities
Food processing
Warehouses
Retail facilities
Manufacturing operations

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Features, Benefits and
Functions
●

●

●

●

●
●

2

2

SP2 Surge Protective Device
Product Description

2

Ease of installation—
Compact design allows
for easy installation on an
electrical panel or meter
socket, or integrated into
control cabinets
Type 1 UL 1449 Third
Edition listed SP2s are
easily selected and
installed on the loadside
or lineside of the service
entrance overcurrent
protective device
Thermal disconnect
technology eliminates the
need for additional
overcurrent protection
Compact UV-resistant
NEMA 4X enclosure for
indoor or outdoor
applications
LED status indicators
provide surge protection
status at a glance—green
when good, red to replace

Standards and Certifications
●
●

●

●

●

●

Voltage-specific models
protect electrical systems
and equipment, improving
performance by more than
110% over “one-size-fitsall” economy surge
arresters
Compact enclosure takes
up less space and can be
installed in tight spaces
Can be used on singlephase, split-phase, wye,
delta, and high-leg delta
systems
All SP2 devices are
individually marked with a
serial number for easy
tracking and identification
Two-year warranty

●
●
●

UL 1449 Third Edition Type
1 SPD File No. E109835,
cULus
Built in an ISO 9001 facility
Flammability rating UL 94VO
Designed and tested in
accordance with:
●
IEEE C62.41.1
●
IEEE C62.41.2
●
IEEE C62.43-2005
●
IEEE C62.45-2002
●
IEEE C62.48-2005
●
IEEE C62.62-2010

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-23

2.1
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Product Selection

SP2
Nominal
System
Voltage

Maximum Continuous
Operating AC Voltage
(MCOV)

System
Type

Voltage
Protection
Ratings (VPR)

120

150

Single-phase, two-wire

240

320

Single-phase, two-wire

120/240

150

2

240

2

2
2

2

Connection
Points

Catalog
Number

700 L–N

2

SP2-120

1200 L–N

2

SP2-240

Split-phase, three-wire

700 L–N, 1200 L–L

3

SP2-240S

320

Three-phase delta, three-wire + ground

1200 L–G, 2500 L–L

4

SP2-240D

480

550

Three-phase delta, three-wire + ground

1800 L–G, 3000 L–L

4

SP2-480D

120/208

150

Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground

700 L–G, 1200 L–L

4

SP2-208Y

277/480

320

Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground

1200 L–G, 2500 L–L

4

SP2-480Y

347/600

420

Three-phase wye, three-wire + ground

1500 L–G, 2500 L–L

4

SP2-600Y

2
2
2
2

Technical Data and Specifications

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
SP2

SP2 Enclosure

Description

Specification

Markets

Light commercial and UL 508A panels

Product warranty

2 years

2

System types

Single, split, delta, and wye

Nominal system voltage

120, 208, 240, 480, 600 Vac

2

Installation

Two-, three-, four-wire

Maximum continuous operating AC voltage

Matched to nominal voltage

2

MCOV

150–550 Vac (see table above)

2

L–N protection

Yes (single-phase units)

L–L protection

Yes

2

L–G protection

Yes (three-phase units)

Protection

Surges and transients

2

SCCR

200 kA

Nominal discharge current (8 x 20 μs) In

10 kA

2

2

Maximum discharge current (8 x 20 μs) Imax

45 kA per phase

2

Response time tA

<25 ns

Voltage protection ratings (VPRs)

See table above

2

Overcurrent device (if required by local code) Circuit breaker or fuse sized to protect wires per
local codes

2

Frequency

50/60 Hz

Operating status / fault indication

One bi-color LED—green (good) / red (replace)

2

Conductor gauge/length

10 AWG stranded copper / 18 inches

Mounting

Chase nipple (¾” NPS)

2

Enclosure rating

NEMA 4X—UL 94-5VA

2

Degree of protection (installed state)

IP20 (finger-safe)

Install location

Indoor/outdoor

2
2
2

Dimensions

Circuit location

Lineside/loadside

Standards / agency information

UL 1449 Third Edition Type 1 Listed SPD—
cULus, RoHS compliant

Operating temperature

–40°C to +65°C

Maximum operating altitude

12,000 feet

Weight

17 oz (476g)

1.06 (26.9)
Diameter
1.69
(42.9)
3.38
(85.9)

1.69
(42.9)
2.06
(52.3)

2.06
(52.3)

4.13
(104.9)
3.19
(81.0)
4.06
(103.1)

¾" NPS
0.87
(22.1)

2
V3-T2-24

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Contents

AEGIS Solutions

Description

Page

Introduction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-26
V3-T2-27
V3-T2-27
V3-T2-28
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-36

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

AEGIS Powerline Filters
Product Description

Application Description

Eaton AEGIS™ Series line
filters and surge protectors
are specifically designed to
protect sensitive electronics
from hazards that exist within
a facility. The AEGIS Series
hybrid filter reacts instantly to
changes in voltage regardless
of phase angle or polarity. In
comparison to other line
filters, this technology
provides a higher level of
suppression, reliability and
life expectancy.

By providing surge protection
and line filtering, AEGIS
devices can suppress the
noise and transients
prevalent throughout the
power distribution system to
support reliable operations in
applications including:
●
●
●
●

●
●
●
●
●

Instrumentation
Water treatment facilities
Pulp and paper operations
Refrigeration and heating
plants
Petrochemical and refinery
Food processing
Textiles
Automotive assembly
Manufacturing operations

No matter where transients
originate, the application of
AEGIS Series devices will
help protect sensitive
electronic equipment
including:
●

●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Programmable logic
controllers (PLCs)
Scanning devices
Automatic teller machines
(ATMs)
Cash registers
Alarm systems
Microprocessor-controlled
OEM products
Robotics
CAD/CAM systems
Control equipment
Medical electronics and
devices

2
Why Should Sensitive Electronic
Loads be Protected?
PLC manufacturers and
service technicians
recommend the use of power
line filters and surge
suppressors to prevent
downtime and equipment
damage due to surges and
electrical line noise. Studies
have shown that failure to
protect sensitive electronic
loads costs American
manufacturing and
commercial and service
industries over $39 billion per
year in lost time and revenue.
Preventing these losses is a
major cost-saving
opportunity.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

AEGIS Series devices are
available in a variety of
common voltages and
configurations.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-25

2.1
2
2

●

●

●

2

●

2

●

2
2
2

Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Features, Benefits and Functions

2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters

●

Compact design with
multiple mounting options
Meets new UL safety
standards for surge and
filtering protection
AC models available with
up to 80 kA surge current
capacity ratings
DIN rail mounting available
on most models
Contains no replaceable
parts or items that require
periodic maintenance
Alarm contact available

Five- to ten-year warranty
standard dependent on
model; warranty extended
an additional five years if
registered
The breadth of the AEGIS
Series’ features, options and
configurations ensures that
the correct unit is available
for all critical electrical
applications, including control
panels, security systems,
measurement systems,
lab equipment and other
point-of-use applications.
●

The AEGIS PH Series Protects Critical
Loads up to 20A

The AEGIS PV Series Protects Critical
Loads up to 5A

AEGIS Summary
Specifications

PH

PV

CF

CN

2

Voltage

120/240 Vac

120/240 Vac

120/240 Vac
24/48 Vdc

120/240 Vac
24/48 Vdc

2

Current range

3–20A

1–5A

10–60A

30A

DIN mounting

Yes

Yes

Yes 1

No

2

UL 1283 5th Edition & UL 1449 3rd Edition

Yes

Yes

Yes 2

Yes 2

Filtering

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz

75 dB

50 dB

40 dB

N/A

2

L to G, L to N & N to G protection modes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Peak kA per phase / mode

60/30

40/20

80/40

80/40

2

UL nominal discharge current (In)

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N 3

330/400

330/400

500/500

500/500

2

Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

5 kA

5 kA

10 kA

10 kA

2

Alarm contacts

Yes

No

Yes 4

No

Standard warranty / registered warranty (years)

10/15

10/15

5/10

5/10

2

2

Communication line protection (UL 497A)

No

No

2

AEGIS PH and PV Series Hybrid Powerline Filters

2

Three-Wire Design has Normal and Common Mode Protection (L-N, L-G, N-G)
Primary
Surge
Protection

2
2

Power
Input

2

L

2
2
2
2
2
2

High
Frequency
Capacitor

Series
Blocking
Inductors

High
Performance
Tracking Filter

Secondary
Surge
Protection

Status
Indicator
Lights

Yes

Optional
Form C
Contacts 5
Power
Output

Normal
Mode

Normal
Mode

LED

Form C

N
G

4

L
N

Common
Mode

Common
Mode

G

Notes
1 Optional on 10A and 30A models only.
2 120 Vac models only.
3 Ratings shown for 120 Vac models, other voltages listed in Technical Data.
4 Optional on 30A and 60A models only.
5 Available on the PH Series only.

2
V3-T2-26

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

No

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Standards and Certifications
●
●
●

●

AEGIS Products

UL 1449 Third Edition
UL 1283 Fifth Edition
Built in an ISO® 9001
facility
Designed and tested in
accordance with:
●
IEEE® C62.41.1
●
IEEE C62.41.2
●
IEEE C62.43-2005
●
IEEE C62.45-2002
●
IEEE C62.48-2005
IEEE C62.62-2010

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Catalog Number Selection

2

AEGIS

2
AG
Product
Family/OEM
AG

2
2

Protection/Filtering
PH = Premium hybrid
protection with filtering

Voltage
120 = 120 Vac
240 = 240 Vac

PV = Premium protection
with filtering

120 = 120 Vac
240 = 240 Vac

CF = Critical protection
with filtering

120 = 120 Vac
240 = 240 Vac
024 = 24 Vdc
048 = 48 Vdc

CN = Critical protection
without filtering

120 = 120 Vac
240 = 240 Vac
024 = 24 Vdc
048 = 48 Vdc

Amperage
03 = 3A
05 = 5A
10 = 10A
15 = 15A
20 = 20A
01 = 1A
03 = 3A
05 = 5A
10 = 10A
30 = 30A
60 = 60A

2

Options
DIN mount standard

2
2

DIN mount standard

2

DIN = DIN mount 1
CP = Compact 2
RJ = Telcom protection
and Form C status
contacts 3

2
2

30 = 30A

2
2

Notes
1 Only available for 10A CF version.
2 Only available for 10A, 120V CF version.
3 Only available for 30A and 60A CF version.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-27

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Technical Data and Specifications

2

AEGIS PH and PV

2

PH 120 Vac

PH 240 Vac

PV 120 Vac

Specifications

3, 5, 10, 15, 20A

3, 5, 10, 15, 20A

1, 3, 5A

1, 3, 5A

2

DIN mounting

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

UL 1283 5th Edition and UL 1449 3rd Edition

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Filtering

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz

75 dB

75 dB

50 dB

50 dB

L–G, L–N and N–G protection modes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

Peak kA per phase/mode

60/30

60/30

40/20

40/20

UL nominal discharge current (In)

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G

330/400/330

600/700/600

330/400/330

600/700/600

MCOV

150

275

150

275

Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

2
2

PV 240 Vac

2

Alarm contacts

Yes

Yes

No

No

Standard warranty / registered warranty (years)

10/15

10/15

10/15

10/15

2

Communication line protection (UL 497A)

No

No

No

No

2
2

AEGIS CF
CF 24 Vdc

CF 48 Vdc

CF 120 Vac

CF 240 Vac

Specifications

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

30A

60A

10A

10A

30A

DIN mounting

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes

No

Yes 1

Yes 1

Yes

No

No

Yes 1

2

UL 1283 5th Edition and
UL 1449 3rd Edition

—

—

—

—

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

—

—

—

2

UL 1283 4th Edition

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Yes

Yes

Yes

Filtering

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation
at 100 kHz

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

40 dB

2

L–G, L–N and N–G
protection modes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

2

Peak kA per phase/mode

6/2

6/2

20/6

20/6

30/10

40/20

80/40

80/40

30/10

24/8

56/24

56/24

UL nominal discharge
current (In)

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

3 kA

5 kA

5 kA

5 kA

3 kA

N/A

N/A

N/A

UL voltage protection rating
(VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

500/500/500

500/500/500

500/500/500

500/500/500

900/800/900

N/A

N/A

N/A

MCOV

30

30

50

50

150

150

150

150

275

275

275

275

2

Short-circuit current
rating (SCCR)

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

2

Alarm contacts

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Standard warranty /
registered warranty (years)

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

Communication line
protection (UL 497A)

No

No

No

No

No

No

Yes 1

Yes 1

No

No

Yes 1

Yes 1

2

2
2

2
2
2

Note
1 Optional.

2
2
2
2
V3-T2-28

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

60A

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

AEGIS CN
24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

2

240 Vac

Specifications

30A

30A

30A

30A

DIN mounting

No

No

No

No

UL 1283 5th Edition and UL 1449 3rd Edition

—

—

Yes

—

UL 1283 4th Edition

—

—

—

Yes

Filtering

No

No

No

No

EMI/RFI filtering attenuation at 100 kHz

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

L–G, L–N and N–G protection modes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Peak kA per phase/mode

20/6

46/20

80/40

56/24

UL nominal discharge current (In)

N/A

N/A

5 kA

N/A

UL voltage protection rating (VPR) L–G / L–N / N–G

N/A

N/A

500/500/500

N/A

MCOV

30

50

150

275

Short-circuit current rating (SCCR)

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

10 kA

Alarm contacts

No

No

No

No

Standard warranty / registered warranty (years)

5/10

5/10

5/10

5/10

Communication line protection (UL 497A)

No

No

No

No

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Maximum EMI/RFI Attenuation—MIL-STD-220

2

Model

10 kHz

100 kHz

1 MHz

10 MHz

100 MHz

Maximum
Attenuation
Frequency

AGPH120AG

30 dB

74 dB

76 dB

37 dB

36 dB

101 dB at 0.5 MHz

AGPV120AG

27 dB

56 dB

55 dB

36 dB

28 dB

66 dB at 0.085 MHz

AGCF12010-CP

16 dB

35 dB

62 dB

40 dB

50 dB

68 dB at 1.25 MHz

AGCF12010-DIN

16 dB

35 dB

56 dB

29 dB

51 dB

66 dB at 0.7 MHz

AGCF12010

17 dB

35 dB

64 dB

33 dB

51 dB

64 dB at 1.0 MHz

AGCF12030

24 dB

44 dB

58 dB

42 dB

53 dB

67 dB at 0.6 MHz

AGCF12060

20 dB

48 dB

53 dB

29 dB

46 dB

69 dB at 0.4 MHz

2
2
2
2
2
2

Let-Through Voltages Based on IEEE Std. C62.62-2010 Testing Waveforms 1
AEGIS Series
Test Impulse

AGPH120AG

AGPV120AG

AGCF12010

AGCF12010-DIN

AGCF12010-CP

AGCF12030AGx

AGCF12060AGx

AGCN12030

IEEE Category A
100 kHz ring wave
6000V, 200A

25V

30V

150V

300V

300V

150V

90V

400V

IEEE Category B
100 kHz ring wave
6000V, 500A

35V

40V

330V

400V

400V

330V

230V

500V

IEEE Category B
combination wave
6000V, 3000A
(UL 1449-3 VPR)

360V

2
2
2
2

370V

470V

480V

460V

460V

450V

460V

2
2

Note
1 All tests conducted on 120 Vac units.

2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-29

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Contents

Sag Ride-Through (SRT)

Description

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Sag Ride-Through (SRT)

2

Product Description

2

Eaton’s sag ride-through is
the first of its kind.

2

The SRT power conditioner
prevents expensive
electrical downtime. The
SRT represents Eaton’s
state-of-the-art solution to
today’s power conditioning
challenges.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Input A

Input A

Generation

1. Fault occurs on
the transmission
or distribution
system

Events per Year
End
Users

Transmission
Distribution

6
5

Feeder
Breakers

End
User

2. Creates a sag
event for all
users on the
system

3
2

0

www.eaton.com

3

2

1

0

CA08100004E—April 2014

4

–7

50 0 0 5
– –2 –1
20 10 6

10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

4

1

End User

2
V3-T2-30

A typical distribution system
customer experiences about
50 events per year when the
voltage drops below 90%,
and only about two events
per year when the voltage
drops below 30% of nominal.
The utility study concluded
that sags represented almost
all of the events experienced
at a typical facility.

0

Definition of Voltage Sag
A voltage sag is a sudden,
momentary decrease in
supply voltage. It can last
from a cycle to several
seconds. Voltage sags are
most often caused by faults
on the electrical transmission
or distribution system. They
can be caused by lightning
strikes, animal contact,
starting of large motors
or an internal fault within
a customer’s facility.

Voltage Sags

Regularity of Voltage Sags
EPRI conducted a two-year
study of power quality levels
on distribution systems in the
United States. A variation
event was recorded every
time the voltage dropped
below 90% of the nominal.
The results are shown below.

–4

2

Input A
600
400
200
0
-200
-400
-600

Voltage sags are experienced
10 to 20 times more
frequently than complete
outages. However, voltage
sags are equally disruptive
to sensitive equipment.

V3-T2-31
V3-T2-31
V3-T2-32
V3-T2-33
V3-T2-35
V3-T2-36

6–

2

Deep, Single-Phase Sag

Depending on the proximity
to the fault, which can be
hundreds of miles away,
the voltage during the sag
is typically 40%–90% of
nominal utility voltage. The
operation of circuit breakers,
fuses and reclosers limits
most sags to less than
15 cycles.

V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25

30

2

The Problem—Voltage Sags
and Brownouts
The ability of a plant to
ride-through voltage sags
can have a significant
impact on operations and
competitiveness. In the
United States, voltage sags
cost billions of dollars in
lost production, interruption,
damaged materials, retooling
and scrap. In addition,
sags can cause: increased
operating costs, the need
for product reworks, safety
hazards, equipment damage
and/or failure, reduced
product quality, increased
clean-up, additional labor
costs, increased scrap
material and costs associated
with investigations into
the problem.

Today’s industrial and large
commercial electricity
customers are becoming
more sensitive to power
disturbances and are
demanding better electric
quality. However, the quality
of power grids is not
significantly improving.
Customers still experience
power quality problems
that affect plant operations
and profitability.

V3-T2-7

60

2

Page
V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT)
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

Industries and Applications
Affected by Sags
Key industries:

Sag Correction Using the SRT
The SRT is a high
performance, inverterbased voltage conditioning
device developed to provide
protection to sensitive loads
against commonly occurring
voltage sags.

●

●
●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Equipment or processes:

Semi-conductor
manufacturers
Communications
Steel mills
Petroleum and chemical
processing
Health care
Paper mills
Automotives
Textile
Printing
Plastics
Other manufacturing

●

●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Manufacturing process
controllers
Variable speed drives
Robotics
Motor conductor
Telephone systems
HID lighting
HVAC controls
Medical equipment
Computers

Block Diagram of the SRT Active Voltage Conditioner

3-Phase
Utility
Supply

3-Phase Compensating
Voltage
Secondary
Distribution
Transformer

Primary

3-Phase
Load
Voltage

Injection
Transformer

Bypass Circuit
SRT Input

SRT Output
Voltage Source
Inverter

The SRT monitors the
incoming supply voltage and
when it deviates from the
nominal voltage level, the
SRT achieves voltage
conditioning by injecting the
appropriate correction voltage
in series with the power
supply. The SRT provides an
extremely fast reaction time
and subcycle response to sag
events that would otherwise
cause loads to drop out.
The SRT is designed for low
voltage systems (600 to 208,
three-phase) and is also
offered in medium voltage
applications from up to 50
MVA. Installation is simple
and the SRT provides
customers with a new
solution to improve
productivity and reduce
downtime for sag related
problems.
The SRT meets the
stringent requirements
of the Semi-F47 standard;
a key requirement for SAG
correction in the semiconductor industry.
●

●

●

●

Complete correction
of single-phase voltage
sags down to 63% for
30 seconds
Partial correction of threephase sags down to 50%
for 30 seconds
Correction of utility voltage
unbalance (from network
side of transformer)
Attenuation of voltage
flicker

2.1
2

Continuous Regulation
The Sag Ride-Through is an
active voltage conditioner.
This means it will constantly
respond to voltage sags and
swells in the +/–10% range
with a regulated output in the
+/–1% range. The SRT can be
applied to the main service
entrance, at branch locations
or in front critical loads. The
SRT provides an outstanding
return on investment. It
delivers operation productivity
that is just not possible with
traditional tap switching or
ferroresonant technologies.
The SRT consists of a voltage
source inverter, bypass circuit
and an injection transformer
connected in series between
the incoming utility supply
and the load, as shown in
the figure below. For the
standard sag correcting
model, the injection
transformer consists of a
boost component. The SRT
monitors the incoming supply
voltage and when it deviates
from the nominal voltage
level the SRT inserts an
appropriate compensating
voltage using the IGBT
inverter and series injection
transformer. Energy is
sourced from the supply
during this time. This
regulates the load voltage
to its nominal value,
thus eliminating voltage
disturbances from the utility
supply affecting the load.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-31

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2

Catalog Number Selection

2

SRT2

SRT2 1200 480 A A – TC

2
2
2
2
2
2

0150
0200
0300
0400

Load kVA, 30%
0600
1500
0800
2000
2400
1000
1200

0150
0225
0300
0450

Load kVA, 40%
0600
1500
0750
1800
0900
1200

Voltage
208
480
600
Three-phase/three-wire

Frequency
A = 60 Hz
B = 50 Hz 1

Correction
A = 40% (+10/–40%)
B = 30% (+10/–30%)

Notes
1 For 50 Hz international applications, consult factory.
2 Terminal cabinet required on all units 200 kVA and larger except when a bypass is required.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-32

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

Options
Blank = None
TC
= Terminal cabinet 2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Technical Data and Specifications

2

SRT Specifications
Description

2

Specifications

2

Load Capacity
Capacity (kVA)

150 kVA to 50 MVA (as specified per model)

2

Displacement power factor of connected load

0–1, leading or lagging

Crest factor for rated kVA

2.0 at 100% of rated load for continuous operation (including up to 10% voltage correction)

Overload—30 seconds

150% with up to 10% of voltage correction

2
2

Input Supply
Nominal supply voltage

208/480/600V, 60 Hz three-phase, three-wire plus ground (higher system voltages supplied to requirement up to 36 kV)

Maximum supply voltage

110% of nominal supply voltage

2

Minimum three-phase supply voltage
Running

50% of nominal supply voltage

Starting 1

75% of nominal supply voltage

2
2

Minimum single-phase-to-ground supply voltage 2
Running

25% of nominal supply voltage

Starting 1

63% of nominal supply voltage

Efficiency of system

2
2

98–99%

Output Supply
Nominal voltage (V)

2

208/480/600V, 60 Hz; three-phase, three-wire plus ground (higher system voltages supplied to requirement)

2

Three-phase balanced correction

+30% for at least 30 seconds for 100% correction

Single-phase-to-ground correction 2

+45% for at least 30 seconds; +10% continuous three-phase correction (all models). Consult factory for specialist correction requirements.

Voltage regulation

±1% up to 10% continuous three-phase correction ±2.5% at 30% three-phase correction

Response (to sag event)

Initial sag correction applied within 1 ms, remainder over the next cycle

Response to swell event

±1% up to a 10% continuous three-phase correction with initial swell correction applied within 1 ms, remainder over the next cycle

2

SRT rating (kVA)

2

2

Bypass
Nominal power

2

Maximum overload capacity (in bypass):
For 10 minutes (%)

125

For 1 minute (%)

150

For 600 milliseconds (%)

700

For 100 milliseconds (%)

1000

2

Inverter to bypass (ms)

<0.5

2

Bypass to inverter (ms)

<40–750

2

Operating temperature

32°F to 104°F (0 to 40°C); 122°F (50°C) maximum with 20% load derating

2

Cooling

Forced ventilation

Capacity derating with elevation

–1.2% every 100m above 1000m

Humidity

<95%, noncondensing

Warranty

1 year

Transfer time

2

3

Environmental

2
2

Notes
1 If SRT has tripped (offline) due to below threshold input voltages, it cannot be restarted until the system voltage is at least this % of the nominal.
2 Single-phase-to-ground fault occurring on the utility side of a delta-wye distribution transformer.
3 The SRT provides continuous correction and only transitions to and from bypass when manually starting and stopping or under fault or overload conditions. The transition from bypass to inverter
takes up to 750 ms. The autoresettable bypass mode of operation includes an additional 5-second delay allowing time for the fault to clear.

2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-33

2.1

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2
2

System Capacities

2

Model Number

Load Capacity at Normal
Voltage 480V (kVA)

Fault
Capacity (kVA)

System
Efficiency (%)

System Dissipation
(Worst Case) (kW)

Airflow
(mm3/min)

2

40% Correction

2

SRT20150480AA

150

40

97.55

3.8

18

SRT20225480AA

225

40

97.77

5.2

18

2

SRT20300480AA

300

40

98.00

6.1

18

SRT20450480AA

450

40

98.22

8.0

36

2

SRT20600480AA

600

40

98.44

9.8

36

SRT20750480AA

750

40

98.44

12.2

54

2

SRT20900480AA

900

40

98.55

13.2

54

2

SRT21200480AA

1200

40

98.55

18.1

72

SRT21500480AA

1500

50

98.77

20.22

90

2

SRT21800480AA

1800

50

98.88

22.11

108

2

SRT20150480AB

150

40

98.55

2.85

18

SRT20200480AB

200

40

98.55

3.80

18

2

SRT20300480AB

300

40

98.66

5.20

18

2

SRT20400480AB

400

40

98.88

6.10

18

SRT20600480AB

600

40

99.00

8.00

36

2

SRT20800480AB

800

40

99.11

9.80

36

SRT21000480AB

1000

40

99.11

12.20

54

2

SRT21200480AB

1200

40

99.33

13.20

54

2

SRT21500480AB

1500

40

99.22

18.10

72

SRT22000480AB

2000

50

99.33

20.20

90

SRT22400480AB

2400

50

99.44

22.11

108

2

30% Correction

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-34

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

SRT2, SRT and SRTS

2
2

Cabinet Dimensions
Model Number

Height

Width

Depth

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

2

SRT2 40% Correction
SRT20150480AA
SRT20225480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20300480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20450480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20600480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20750480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

96.00 (2438.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT20900480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

96.00 (2438.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT21200480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT21500480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT21800480AA

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

2
2
2
2
2
2

SRT2 30% Correction
SRT20150480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20200480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20300480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20400480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20600480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT20800480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

64.00 (1625.6)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT21000480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

96.00 (2438.4)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT21200480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

96.00 (2438.4)

32.00 (812.8)

SRT21500480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT22000480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

SRT22400480AB

85.00 (2159.0)

126.00 (3200.4)

96.00 (2438.4)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-35

2.1
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR) Tap Changer

Contents
Description

2

Page

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Integration into Electrical
Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPD Series for Mounting External to
Electrical Distribution Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPV Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sag Ride-Through (SRT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR)
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-5
V3-T2-7
V3-T2-11
V3-T2-16
V3-T2-18
V3-T2-21
V3-T2-23
V3-T2-25
V3-T2-30
V3-T2-37
V3-T2-37

2
2
2

Electronic Voltage Regulator (EVR)

2

Product Description

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Eaton’s Electronic Voltage
Regulator (EVR) is the ideal
solution for keeping your
facility and equipment up and
running during brownouts,
undervoltage conditions and
other power problems. The
EVR can significantly reduce
the costs of equipment
damage and downtime
when these situations occur.
The state-of-the-art design
provides rapid response time,
high efficiency, high inrush
current capability, and
operating advantages
exclusive to Eaton.
The EVR maintains a tightly
regulated output voltage by
automatically activating the
appropriate transformer tap
through a silicone controlled
rectifier (SCR). Tap changer
response time is initiated at
one cycle, ensuring rapid
and precise regulation.
Switching at zero current
enables noise reduction
during tap transitions.

2
2
2
2

Features and Benefits
Brownouts
In the United States, most
facilities have sufficient
voltage regulation. However,
in some U.S. locations and
many developing countries,
regulation problems occur
because of overstressed
utility distribution systems.
In some cases, due to the
excessive demand on the
utility system, voltage may
be below 10% of nominal
(–10%) during the day. This
condition is called a voltage
regulation or brownout.
Customers may notice dim
lights and reduced power.
During the evening, voltage
may rise above 10% of
nominal (+10%) because
large facilities and loads are
shut down. This shutdown
reduces the power demand
on the grid and results in a
voltage increase.

The Solution
Prior to installing an expensive
solution, Eaton encourages
customers to monitor
incoming voltage to
determine if voltage
regulation is a problem.
The local utility may also be
able to provide information
on voltage expected at
the facility.
Using a meter, it can quickly
be determined if a voltage
regulation problem or
brownout condition exists.
The appropriate solution
would be an EVR. EVRs can
be installed at the service
entrance, branch panel or
at critical loads.
Eaton’s EVR is a solid-state
tap changing power
conditioner designed to
protect against brownouts
and long duration voltage
regulation problems.

The IEEE defines voltage
regulation as overvoltage
or undervoltage. Voltage
regulation events last from
a few minutes to many
hours with voltage varying
by ±20%. Long-term
regulation problems differ
from short duration sags and
dips, which are much deeper
voltage drops.

2
V3-T2-36

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

Coordinated with standard
thermal-magnetic breakers
to allow motor starts
Optional 50 kA or 100 kA
per phase surge protection
Input frequency range
operation from 57–63 Hz
Integral manual rotary
maintenance bypass
switch standard on 50 to
500 kVA units and optional
on smaller units
Not affected by load power
factor. Can operate
effectively in low-load
applications due to “unique
leakage reactance”
technology
Fail-safe bypass circuit,
isolation transformer
and overtemperature
protection
Less than 1% THD
Optional Standard and
Premium metering to
monitor voltage, current,
frequency, power, energy,
PF with minimum
and maximum, and
communication capabilities

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Surge Protection and Power Conditioning

2.1

Catalog Number Selection

2

EVR

2

EVR XXX XXXX XXXX X X XX X
Options
B = Bypass switch 1
M1 = Standard metering (IQ 130)
M2 = Premium metering (IQ 150)

kVA Ratings and Dimensions
kVA

Weight
Lbs

BTUs/
hr

Bypass

010
010
015
015
025
030
045
050
075
100
125
150
225
300
500

440
520
465
700
700
720
950
1,176
1,575
2,014
2,137
2,240
3,300
4,000
5,500

1,025
1,205
1,540
1,540
2,560
3,090
4,600
7,332
9,514
11,833
14,748
17,698
23,000
30,750
51,250

Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Dimensions in Inches (mm)
(W x D x H)

Metering
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

30.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (767.1 x 563.9 x 736.6)
44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6)
30.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (767.1 x 563.9 x 736.6)
44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6)
44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6)
44.20 x 22.20 x 29.00 (1122.7 x 563.9 x 736.6)
44.30 x 45.90 x 29.00 (1125.2 x 1165.9 x 736.6)
66.00 x 29.00 x 35.50 (1676.4 x 736.6 x 901.7)
76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
76.00 x 34.40 x 35.50 (1930.4 x 873.8 x 901.7)
77.40 x 56.00 x 41.50 (1966.0 x 1422.4 x 1054.1)
77.40 x 56.00 x 41.50 (1966.0 x 1422.4 x 1054.1)
77.00 x 72.40 x 48.40 (1955.8 x 1839.0 x 1229.4)

2

Nominal Input
Voltage
(Delta Input:
L, L, L, G)
208D = 208
240D = 240
400D = 400
480D = 480
600D = 600

2
2
2

Surge Protection
X = No
S = Yes

2
2

Frequency
A = 60 Hz
B = 50 Hz

2

Nominal Output
Voltage
(Wye Output:
L, L, L, N, G)

2
2

208Y = 120/208
400Y = 230/400
480Y = 277/480
600Y = 347/600

2
2

Technical Data and Specifications

2

EVR Specification (10 to 500 kVA)
Feature

Description

Technology

Electronic tap changer

Input voltages

208–600V, three-phase (three-wire)

2
2
2

Input voltage range

+10% to –23% of nominal rated input

Output voltage

±3% of nominal

Response time

1/2 cycle

Frequency

60 Hz, ±3%

Efficiency

97% typical

Line regulation

Output is ±3% of nominal for input variations of +10% to –23% of nominal

2
2
2

Load regulation

Output is maintained within 3% of nominal from no load to full load

Correction time

Output will be corrected to within ±3% of nominal in 1.5 cycles or less

Harmonic distortion

Less than 1.0% added to the output waveform under any dynamic linear loading conditions
presented to the line regulator

2

146 dB
3 dB down at 1000 Hz, 40 dB/decade to below 50 dB with resistive load

2

Noise attenuation
Common mode
Normal mode
Turn-on characteristics

When energized, voltage overshoot will be less than 5% of nominal for 1 cycle or less

Overload rating

1000% for 1 cycle and 200% for 10 seconds

Ambient rating

–10° to 40°C

Monitoring

Three green LEDs (phase power on indication), one red LED (alert indication)

Surge protection (optional)

CVX 50 kA SPD device 50 kVA and below, CVX 100 kA SPD device 75 kVA and above

Input breaker

MCCB rated 125% of full rated current

Bypass switch

Normal and bypass selector

Metering (optional)

2
2
2
2

Standard metering (IQ 130)—voltage and current with minimum and maximum
Premium metering (IQ 150)—voltage, current, frequency, power, energy, PF, with minimum
and maximum, communications capabilities

Warranty

2

1-year parts

2

Notes
1 Bypass is standard on 50 kVA and larger units and an option on 45 kVA and smaller units. The ‘B’ is not included in the part number for
units 50 kVA and larger.

2

All weights are approximate. Monitor option includes main input circuit breaker.
Refer to PAD for pricing and availability.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2
CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-37

2.2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Capacitor Cell With M12 Threaded Mounting Bolt, Washer, Nut

Contents
Description

2

Page

Product Overview
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-39
V3-T2-40
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44
V3-T2-55
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
V3-T2-67
V3-T2-71

2
2
2

Product Overview

2

Product Description

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Eaton’s power factor
correction capacitors and
harmonic filters are an
essential part of modern
electric power systems.
Power factor correction
capacitors are the simplest
and most economical
means of increasing the
capacity of any power
system, minimizing energy
losses and correcting load
power factor. In addition,
power factor penalties can
be reduced and power quality
can be greatly enhanced.

2
2
2

There are several reasons
to correct poor power factor.
The first is to reduce or
eliminate a power factor
penalty charged by the utility.
Another reason is that your
existing transformer is, or
shortly will be, at full capacity
and installing power factor
correction capacitors can
be a very cost-effective
solution to installing a brand
new service. Depending on
the amount of power factor
correction (kVAR that needs
to be injected into the
electrical system to improve
the power factor) and the
dynamic nature of the load,
a fixed or switched capacitor
bank may be the best
solution.

When capacity becomes a
problem, the choice of a
solution will be dependent
upon the size of the increase
needed. Like all power
quality solutions, there
are many factors that need
to be considered when
determining which solution
will be best to solve your
power factor problem.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-38

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

Harmonic Filtering
As the world becomes more
dependent on electric and
electronic equipment, the
likelihood that the negative
impact of harmonic distortion
increases dramatically. The
efficiency and productivity
gains from these increasingly
sophisticated pieces of
equipment have a negative
side effect…increased
harmonic distortion in the
power lines. The difficult
thing about harmonic
distortion is determining the
cause. Once this has been
determined, the solution
can be easy. Passive and
active harmonic filtering
equipment will mitigate
specific harmonic issues,
and correct poor power
factor as well.

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Product Selection
1543PCRMA

2
Capacitor Cell Chart
Voltage

kVAR

240
240
240
240
240

Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cell Chart

2

Part Number

Voltage

kVAR

Part Number

1.5

643PCRMA

240

12.5

12X23PHRMA

2

8B43PCRMA

480

15.0

1543PHRMA

2.5

1043PCRMA

480

25.0

2543PHRMA

3

12X43PCRMA

600

12.3

12A63PHRMA

4

423PCRMA

600

14.7

14S63PHRMA

240

5

2043PCRMA

600

16.7

16S63PHRMA

240

6.3

6B23PCRMA

2

240

7.5

7X23PCRMA

2

240

8.3

8B23PCRMA

Note
kVAR rating standard. NEMA kVAR tolerance is +15% to 0%. Part number shown is for
three-phase units. Up to 5 kVAR at 480V—fast-on terminals are standard. Above 5 kVAR at 480V
(and on all other voltages)—sigut terminals are standard. For dimensions and weights,
see following page.

240

10

1023PCRMA

240

12.5

12X23PCRMA

240

15

1523PCRMA

240

16.7

16S23PCRMA

240

17.5

17X23PCRMA

480

1.5

1X43PCRMA

480

2

243PCRMA

480

2.5

2X43PCRMA

480

3

343PCRMA

480

4

443PCRMA

480

5

543PCRMA

480

6

643PCRMA

480

7.5

7X43PCRMA

480

8.3

8B43PCRMA

480

9

943PCRMA

480

10

1043PCRMA

480

12.5

12X43PCRMA

480

15

1543PCRMA

480

18

1843PCRMA

480

20

2043PCRMA

480

25

2543PCRMA

480

30

3043PCRMA

600

5

563PCRMA

600

7.5

7X63PCRMA

600

10

1063PCRMA

600

12.5

12X63PCRMA

600

15

1563PCRMA

600

17.5

2063PCRMA

600

20

2563PCRMA

2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-39

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Capacitor Cell Chart

Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cell Chart

2

Part Number

Depth

Height

Weight in Lbs (kg)

Part Number

Depth

Height

Weight in Lbs (kg)

2

643PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

7.90 (200.7)

1.1 (0.5)

12X23PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

8B43PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

1543PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

1043PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

2543PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

12X43PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.8 (0.8)

12A63PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

423PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

7.90 (200.7)

1.1 (0.5)

14S63PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

2043PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

16S63PHRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

2

6B23PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

2

7X23PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

8B23PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.8 (0.8)

2

1023PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

12X23PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

1523PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

16S23PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

17X23PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

2

1X43PCRMA

2.10 (53.3)

5.00 (127.0)

0.7 (0.3)

243PCRMA

2.50 (63.5)

5.50 (139.7)

0.9 (0.4)

2

2X43PCRMA

2.50 (63.5)

5.50 (139.7)

0.9 (0.4)

343PCRMA

2.50 (63.5)

5.50 (139.7)

0.9 (0.4)

2

443PCRMA

2.50 (63.5)

6.50 (165.1)

0.9 (0.4)

2

543PCRMA

2.50 (63.5)

6.50 (165.1)

0.9 (0.4)

643PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

7.90 (200.7)

1.1 (0.5)

2

7X43PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

7.90 (200.7)

1.1 (0.5)

8B43PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

2

943PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

1043PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

2

12X43PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.8 (0.8)

2

1543PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.8 (0.8)

1843PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

2043PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2543PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2

3043PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

2

563PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

7X63PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

2

1063PCRMA

3.10 (78.7)

9.40 (238.8)

1.3 (0.6)

12X63PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

9.40 (238.8)

1.8 (0.8)

2

1563PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2063PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

12.30 (312.4)

2.6 (1.2)

2563PCRMA

3.50 (88.9)

15.30 (388.6)

3.3 (1.5)

2

Capacitor Cell

Height

M12
16+1

Depth

2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-40

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Contents

UNIPUMP

Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-42
V3-T2-43
V3-T2-44

2
2
2
2

V3-T2-55

2

V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63

2

V3-T2-67

2

V3-T2-71

2
2
2
2

UNIPUMP
Product Description
Non-fused capacitors for
outdoor irrigation and oil field
installations.
●

●
●

●

●

●

Designed expressly for
outdoor pumping
applications
Pole or wall mounting
Small, light-weight
enclosure for easy
installation
SO-WA type flexible cable
facilitates installation
(4-conductor)
Gland-type weatherproof
bushings
Strong outer case

Application Description
Outdoor irrigation and oil
and gas field pumping.

2

Features, Benefits and Functions
Configuration
●
Outer case: Heavy, No. 14
gauge steel finished with
durable powder coat finish.
Integral strap mounting
bracket with keyhole at top
for pole or wall installation.
No knockouts

●

●

Capacitor Cells
●
Terminals: Insulated
finger-safe terminals rated
for 3 kVAC withstand
●
Dielectric fill: Dry-type
cells use soft organic
polymer resin—Resinol
●
Eliminates potential for
corona/partial discharge/
electrochemical oxidation
●
Excellent heat dissipation
●
Flash point: +444°F
(+229°C)
●
Fire point: +840°F
(+449°C)

●

Design: Self-healing
metallized high crystalline
polypropylene with ramp
metallization film. Total
losses less than 0.45 watt
per kVAR. (Dielectric
losses less than 0.2 watt
per kVAR)
Ramp metallization:
Provides thicker film at
higher current density
areas, allowing for reduced
internal losses, lower
operating temperatures
and longer life expectancy.
Also prevents chain
reaction breakdown by
limiting propagation of
film vaporization
Pressure sensitive
interrupter: Built-in, threephase pop-up interrupter
design. UL recognized.
Removes capacitor from
line before internal
pressure can cause case
rupture. Bulged capacitor
cell top provides easy
visual indication of
interrupter operation

●

●

●

●

Ceramic discharge
resistors: Reduce residual
voltage to less than 50 volts
within one minute of
de-energization. Selected
for 20-year nominal life.
Exceeds NEC requirements
Capacitor operating
temperature: -40°F
(–40°C) to +115°F (+46°C)
Case: Weatherproof
aluminum housing
Warranty: The longest
in the industry—five full
years of warranty on
capacitor cells

Standards and Certifications
●

UL and CSA listed

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-41

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Product Selection

UNIPUMP

2

UNIPUMP
kVAR

2

Rated
Current

Case
Size

Cable
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

240 Vac
2

4.8

AA

14.0

10.0 (4.5)

223JMR

2.5

6.0

AA

14.0

10.0 (4.5)

2X23JMR

3

7.2

AA

14.0

10.0 (4.5)

323JMR

4

9.6

AA

14.0

11.0 (5.0)

423JMR

2

5

12.0

AA

14.0

11.0 (5.0)

523JMR

6

14.4

BB

12.0

15.0 (6.8)

623JMR

2

7.5

18.0

BB

12.0

15.0 (6.8)

7X23JMR

2

2

2.4

AA

14.0

10.4 (4.7)

243JMR

2.5

3.0

AA

14.0

10.4 (4.7)

2X43JMR

3

3.6

AA

14.0

10.4 (4.7)

343JMR

4

4.8

AA

14.0

10.4 (4.7)

443JMR

5

6.0

AA

14.0

10.4 (4.7)

543JMR

2

6

7.2

AA

14.0

10.6 (4.8)

643JMR

2

7.5

9.0

AA

14.0

10.6 (4.8)

7X43JMR

10

12.0

AA

14.0

10.8 (4.9)

1043JMR

12.5

15.0

BB

12.0

15.0 (6.8)

12X43JMR

15

18.0

BB

12.0

15.0 (6.8)

1543JMR

17.5

21.0

BB

8.0

15.8 (7.2)

17X43JMR

20

24.0

BB

8.0

16.8 (7.6)

2043JMR

2

25

30.0

BB

8.0

16.8 (7.6)

2543JMR

2

5

4.9

AA

14.0

10.8 (4.9)

563JMR

7.5

7.4

AA

14.0

10.8 (4.9)

7X63JMR

2
2

480 Vac

2
2

2
2

600 Vac

2
2
2
2

10

9.8

AA

14.0

10.8 (4.9)

1063JMR

12.5

12.3

AA

12.0

15.0 (6.8)

12X63JMR

15

14.7

BB

12.0

15.8 (7.2)

1563JMR

17.5

17.2

BB

8.0

16.8 (7.6)

17X63JMR

20

19.6

BB

8.0

16.8 (7.6)

2063JMR

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-42

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions

2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
UNIPUMP

2

UNIPUMP Dimension Chart
Ø 0.44
(11.2)

Ø 0.88
(22.4)

1.84
(46.7)

Size Code

A

B

C

D

AA

11.00 (279.4)

14.20 (360.7)

12.60 (320.0)

13.20 (335.3)

BB

14.00 (355.6)

17.10 (434.3)

15.50 (393.7)

16.10 (408.9)

2
2
2

1.75
(44.5)

2
2
2

D

C

2

A

2
2
2

1.45
(36.8)
0.75
0.50
(12.7) (19.1)

2

Ø 0.44
(11.2)

2

1.50
(38.1)
5.15
(130.8)
1.55
(39.4)

2
2

0.07
(1.8)

2

2.56
(65.0)

2

1.98
(50.3)

2
2
2

B

2
2
5.00
(127.0)

2

1.75
(44.5)

2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-43

2.2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Contents

UNIPAK

Description

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

UNIPAK

2

Product Description

2
2
2
2

UNIPAK Filter—
Harmonic Filtering
Harmonic filter systems for
low voltage, heavy-duty
applications.
●

●

2
2
2

●

2
2
2
2
2

Page

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

●
●

●

Reduce harmonics and
correct power factor
Tuned for maximum
efficiency in reducing
harmonic currents
associated with nonlinear
load environments (such as
VFDs)
Two-enclosure design
isolates capacitors from
high-temperature operating
reactors, and allows for
flexible installation
Twenty-year life design
Five-year cell warranty/oneyear reactor warranty
Three-phase cell capacitor
construction. Three-phase
interrupter system

2

V3-T2-45
V3-T2-45
V3-T2-46
V3-T2-52
V3-T2-53
V3-T2-55
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
V3-T2-67
V3-T2-71

Application Description
Designed for power factor
correction in plants
experiencing harmonics
problems due to high
amounts of nonlinear loads.

Harmonic Rated Capacitor Cells
●
Standard voltage rated
capacitor cells designed for
higher dielectric strength
and with added ability to
withstand stress caused
by dv/dt voltage transients
caused by harmonics
●
Better suited for harmonic
applications than higher
voltage rated cells
UNIPAK with Harmonic Rated
Capacitor Cells
●
Standard capacitor
systems using harmonic
rated capacitor cells
●
For use in moderate
harmonic environments
where engineering
supervision allows in place
of harmonic filter designs
●
Provides future conversion
capability into a harmonic
filter design due to facility
growth or increased
nonlinear load levels

UNIPAK with Optional Air Filter

2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-44

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Features, Benefits and Functions
●

●

●
●
●

●
●

●
●
●

Five-year warranty
on capacitor cells
Designed for heavy-duty
applications
Twenty-year life design
Indoor/outdoor service
Wall (up to 180 kVAR)
and floor-mounted
units available
Fuse protection standard
Blown-fuse indicating
lights standard
Quick lead-times
Harmonic filters available
Slim profile allows reduced
footprint, conserving
valuable floor space
●
New capacitor
configuration leads
to cooler operating
conditions, extending
capacitor life

Configuration
●
Outer case: Heavy, No. 14
gauge steel finished with
durable powder coat finish.
Wall mounting flanges
and floor mounting feet.
Elimination of knockouts
permits indoor/outdoor
use. Manufactured to
NEMA requirements 1,
3R and 12
●
Elevated floor mounting
feet allow access for
easy maintenance

●

●

●

●

●

Cover: “L” shaped
gasketed cover with
multiple fasteners provides
front opening for ease of
installation and service
Ground terminal:
Furnished inside case
Power terminal lugs:
Large size provided for
easy connection
Fusing:
●
Size Code A1: Three
midget-type fuses
with 100,000 ampere
interrupting capacity
●
Size Code A2 and
larger: Three slottedblade type fuses with
200,000 ampere
interrupting capacity;
Fuses mounted on
stand-off bushings or
fuse blocks; solderless
connectors for easy
hookup of incoming line
conductors
●
Fuse indicating lights:
Red, neon blown-fuse
indicating lights are
protected by transparent
weatherproof guard

Capacitor cells
●
Terminals: Insulated fingersafe terminals rated for 3
kVAC withstand
●
Dielectric fill: Dry-type
cells use soft organic
polymer resin—Resinol
●
Eliminates potential for
corona/partial discharge/
electrochemical
oxidation
●
Excellent heat
dissipation
●
Flash point: +444°F
(+229°C)
●
Fire point: +840°F
(+449°C)
●

●

Options:
●
No fuses
●
Air filters for units
with enclosure
sizes C2, D1 and E1
●

Note: NEMA 12 enclosure
standard for enclosure sizes
A1 to C1.

●

Design: Self-healing
metallized high crystalline
polypropylene with ramp
metallization film. Total
losses less than 0.45 watt
per kVAR. (Dielectric
losses less than 0.2 watt
per kVAR)
Ramp metallization:
Provides thicker film at
higher current density
areas, allowing for reduced
internal losses, lower
operating temperatures
and longer life expectancy.
Also prevents chain
reaction breakdown by
limiting propagation of
film vaporization
Pressure sensitive
interrupter: Built-in, threephase pop-up interrupter
design. UL recognized.
Removes capacitor from
line before internal
pressure can cause case
rupture. Bulged capacitor
cell top provides easy
visual indication of
interrupter operation
Ceramic discharge
resistors: Reduce residual
voltage to less than 50 volts
within one minute of
de-energization. Selected
for 20-year nominal life.
Exceeds NEC requirements

●

●

●

Capacitor operating
temperature: -40°F (-40°C)
to +115°F (+46°C)
Case: Weatherproof
aluminum housing
Warranty: The longest
in the industry—five full
years of warranty on
capacitor cells

Reactors
●
Tuning: Tuned to 4.7
harmonic order
●
Detuning: Reactor
designs can be detuned
upon request to 4.2nd to
protect capacitors against
alternate harmonics
●
Construction: 100%
copper windings for cool
operating temperatures;
designed operating
temperature rise less
than 80ºC. Open frame
construction with 220ºC
insulation system
●
Thermal sensors: One
per phase, self-resetting
thermistors provide
reactor over-temperature
protection and indication
●
Reactor indicating light:
Thermal overload indicating
light activates when
reactor temperature
reaches 180ºC
●
Warranty: One-year
replacement of reactors

Standards and Certifications
●

UL and CSA listed

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-45

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2

Product Selection

2

UNIPAK Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Banks

2

UNIPAK

2

240 Vac UNIPAK
kVAR

Rated
Current

Enclosure

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Part
Number

2

1

2.4

A1

18 (8)

123PMURF

1.5

3.6

A1

18 (8)

1X23PMURF

2

2

4.8

A1

19 (9)

223PMURF

2.5

6

A1

19 (9)

2X23PMURF

2

3

7.2

A1

19 (9)

323PMURF

2

4

9.6

A1

20 (9)

423PMURF

5

12

A2

29 (13)

523PMURF

2

6

14.4

A2

29 (13)

623PMURF

7.5

18

A2

30 (14)

7X23PMURF

2

8

19.2

A2

31 (14)

823PMURF

10

24

A2

31 (14)

1023PMURF

12.5

30

A2

32 (14)

12X23PMURF

2

15

36

A2

33 (15)

1523PMURF

17.5

42

B1

44 (20)

17X23PMURF

2

20

48

B1

45 (20)

2023PMURF

22.5

54

B1

46 (21)

22X23PMURF

2

25

60

B1

46 (21)

2523PMURF

2

30

72

B1

47 (21)

3023PMURF

32.5

78

B1

47 (22)

32X23PMURF

2

35

84

B1

48 (22)

3523PMURF

40

96

C1

64 (29)

4023PMURF

2

42.5

102

C1

65 (30)

42X23PMURF

45

108

C1

66 (30)

4523PMURF

2

50

120

C1

68 (31)

5023PMURF

2

60

144

C1

69 (31)

6023PMURF

70

168

C2

99 (45)

7023PMURF

2

75

180

C2

100 (46)

7523PMURF

80

192

C2

101 (46)

8023PMURF

2

90

216

C2

103 (47)

9023PMURF

100

240

C2

104 (47)

10023PMURF

120

288

D1

133 (60)

12023PMURF

2

140

336

D1

137 (62)

14023PMURF

150

360

D1

140 (64)

15023PMURF

2

160

384

E1

175 (80)

16023PMURF

180

432

E1

182 (83)

18023PMURF

2

200

480

E1

189 (86)

20023PMURF

2

Notes
Multiply the 240 Vac kVAR rating by 0.75 to calculate the kVAR value at 208 Vac.
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard. Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory.
Other ratings available, consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53.
Part Numbers:
PMURF—three fuses + three lights
PMURN—non-fused

2

2

2
2
2
2
V3-T2-46

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

UNIPAK

2.2

480 Vac UNIPAK
kVAR

Enclosure

Rated
Current

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Part
Number

1.5

A1

1.8

17 (8)

1X43PMURF

2

A1

2.4

18 (8)

243PMURF

2.5

A1

3

18 (8)

2X43PMURF

3

A1

3.6

19 (9)

343PMURF

4

A1

4.8

19 (9)

443PMURF

5

A1

6

19 (9)

543PMURF

6

A1

7.2

19 (9)

643PMURF

7.5

A1

9

20 (9)

7X43PMURF

8

A1

9.6

20 (9)

843PMURF

9

A1

10.8

20 (9)

943PMURF

10

A1

12

20 (9)

1043PMURF

12.5

A2

15

29 (13)

12X43PMURF

15

A2

18

29 (13)

1543PMURF

17.5

A2

21

30 (14)

17X43PMURF

20

A2

24

31 (14)

2043PMURF

22.5

B1

27

44 (20)

22X43PMURF

25

A2

30

32 (15)

2543PMURF

27.5

B1

33

44 (20)

27X43PMURF

30

B1

36

44 (20)

3043PMURF

32.5

B1

39

45 (20)

32X43PMURF

35

B1

42

45 (20)

3543PMURF

37.5

B1

45

46 (21)

37X43PMURF

40

B1

48

46 (21)

4043PMURF

42.5

B1

51

47 (21)

42X43PMURF

45

B1

54

47 (22)

4543PMURF

50

B1

60

48 (22)

5043PMURF

55

B1

66

48 (22)

5543PMURF

60

B1

72

48 (22)

6043PMURF

65

C1

78

64 (29)

6543PMURF

70

C1

84

65 (30)

7043PMURF

75

C1

90

65 (30)

7543PMURF

80

C1

96

66 (30)

8043PMURF

85

C1

102

68 (31)

8543PMURF

90

C1

108

68 (31)

9043PMURF

100

C1

120

68 (31)

10043PMURF

120

C1

144

68 (31)

12043PMURF

125

C2

150

99 (45)

12543PMURF

140

C2

168

100 (46)

14043PMURF

150

C2

180

101 (46)

15043PMURF

160

C2

192

103 (47)

16043PMURF

180

C2

216

104 (47)

18043PMURF

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard.
Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory.
Other ratings available, consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53.
Part Number
PMURF—three fuses + three lights
PMURN—non-fused

2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-47

2.2
2

UNIPAK

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

480 Vac UNIPAK, continued
kVAR

Enclosure

Rated
Current

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Part
Number

200

D1

240

137 (62)

20043PMURF

2

225

D1

270

140 (64)

22543PMURF

2

250

E1

300

170 (77)

25043PMURF

300

E1

360

175 (80)

30043PMURF

350

E1

420

182 (83)

35043PMURF

400

E1

480

189 (86)

40043PMURF

2

2
2

Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard.
Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory.
Other ratings available, consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53.
Part Number
PMURF—three fuses + three lights
PMURN—non-fused

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-48

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

UNIPAK

2.2

600 Vac UNIPAK
kVAR

Enclosure

Rated
Current

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Part
Number

5

A1

4.9

19 (9)

563PMURF

7.5

A1

7.4

19 (9)

7X63PMURF

10

A1

9.8

20 (9)

1063PMURF

12.5

A1

12.3

20 (9)

12X63PMURF

15

A2

14.7

29 (13)

1563PMURF

17.5

A2

17.2

29 (13)

17X63PMURF

20

A2

19.6

30 (14)

2063PMURF

22.5

B1

22.1

44 (20)

22X63PMURF

25

A2

24.5

31 (14)

2563PMURF

27.5

B1

27.0

44 (20)

27X63PMURF

30

B1

29.4

45 (20)

3063PMURF

32.5

B1

31.9

45 (20)

32X63PMURF

35

B1

34.3

46 (21)

3563PMURF

37.5

B1

36.8

46 (21)

37X63PMURF

40

B1

39.2

47 (21)

4063PMURF

42.5

B1

41.7

47 (22)

42X63PMURF

45

B1

44.1

48 (22)

4563PMURF

50

B1

49.0

48 (22)

5063PMURF

55

C1

53.9

64 (29)

5563PMURF

60

C1

58.8

64 (29)

6063PMURF

65

C1

63.7

65 (30)

6563PMURF

70

C1

68.6

65 (30)

7063PMURF

75

C1

73.5

66 (30)

7563PMURF

80

C1

78.4

68 (31)

8063PMURF

85

C1

83.3

68 (31)

8563PMURF

90

C1

88.2

68 (31)

9063PMURF

100

C1

98.0

68 (31)

10063PMURF

120

C2

117.6

99 (45)

12063PMURF

125

C2

122.5

100 (46)

12563PMURF

140

C2

137.2

101 (46)

14063PMURF

150

C2

147.0

103 (47)

15063PMURF

160

D1

156.8

135 (61)

16063PMURF

180

D1

176.4

137 (62)

18063PMURF

200

D1

196.0

140 (64)

20063PMURF

225

D1

220.5

143 (65)

22563PMURF

250

E1

245.0

170 (77)

25063PMURF

300

E1

294.0

175 (80)

30063PMURF

350

E1

343.0

182 (83)

35063PMURF

400

E1

392.0

189 (86)

40063PMURF

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication available standard. Non-fused and no lights also available—please consult the factory
Other ratings available, consult factory
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-53.
Part Numbers:
PMURF—three fuses + three lights
PMURN—non-fused

2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-49

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

UNIPAK—with Harmonic Cells

Harmonic Cells

2

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Systems with Harmonic Cells
kVAR

Rated
Current

Case
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

2

240V
15

36

B1

38.4 (17)

1523HURF

2

25

60

B1

38.4 (17)

2523HURF

2

30

72

C1

55.2 (25)

3023HURF

50

120

C1

57.6 (26)

5023HURF

2

60

144

C2

100.8 (46)

6023HURF

75

180

C2

104.4 (47)

7523HURF

2

100

240

D1

136.8 (62)

10023HURF

125

300

E1

189.6 (86)

12523HURF

18

A2

25.2 (11)

1543HURF

2

480V
15

2
2
2
2

25

30

B1

37.2 (17)

2543HURF

30

36

B1

38.4 (17)

3043HURF

50

60

B1

39.6 (18)

5043HURF

60

72

C1

52.8 (24)

6043HURF

75

90

C1

55.2 (25)

7543HURF

100

120

C1

57.6 (26)

10043HURF

2

125

150

C2

100.8 (46)

12543HURF

150

180

C2

104.4 (47)

15043HURF

2

200

240

D1

136.8 (62)

20043HURF

250

300

E1

186.0 (84)

25043HURF

300

360

E1

189.6 (86)

30043HURF

2

600V

2

15

14.7

B1

37.2 (17)

1563HURF

2

25

24.5

B1

38.4 (17)

2563HURF

30

29.4

B1

39.6 (18)

3063HURF

2

50

49

C1

55.2 (25)

5063HURF

60

58.8

C1

57.6 (26)

6063HURF

75

73.5

C2

100.8 (46)

7563HURF

100

98

C2

104.4 (47)

10063HURF

2
2
2
2

125

122.5

D1

136.8 (62)

12563HURF

150

147

D1

136.8 (62)

15063HURF

200

196

E1

186.0 (84)

20063HURF

250

245

E1

189.6 (86)

25063HURF

Notes
Fused with blown-fuse indication standard.
Other ratings available, consult factory.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-50

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

UNIPAK Low Voltage Fixed Harmonic Filters

Harmonic Filters

2
2

Fixed UNIPAK Harmonic Filters
Rated
Current

Case
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Reactor
Cabinet
Case Size

Reactor
Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Combined
Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

15

36

B1

48.4 (22.0)

R

90.0 (40.9)

138.4 (62.8)

15232HMURF

25

60

B1

48.4 (22.0)

R

105.0 (47.7)

153.4 (69.6)

25232HMURF

30

72

C1

65.2 (29.6)

R

110.0 (49.9)

175.2 (79.5)

30232HMURF

50

120

C1

67.6 (30.7)

R

130.0 (59.0)

197.6 (89.7)

50232HMURF

60

144

C2

110.8 (50.3)

R

160.0 (72.6)

270.8 (122.9)

60232HMURF

75

180

C2

114.4 (51.9)

R

185.0 (84.0)

299.4 (135.9)

75232HMURF

100

240

D1

146.8 (66.6)

R

240.0 (109.0)

386.8 (175.6)

100232HMURF

125

300

E1

199.6 (90.6)

S

280.0 (127.1)

479.6 (217.7)

125232HMURF

150

360

E1

220.0 (99.9)

S

280.0 (127.1)

500.0 (227.0)

150232HMURF

15

18

A2

35.2 (16.0)

R

90.0 (40.9)

125.2 (56.8)

15432HMURF

25

30

B1

47.2 (21.4)

R

105.0 (47.7)

152.2 (69.1)

25432HMURF

30

36

B1

48.4 (22.0)

R

110.0 (49.9)

158.4 (71.9)

30432HMURF

50

60

B1

49.6 (22.5)

R

130.0 (59.0)

179.6 (81.5)

50432HMURF

60

72

C1

62.8 (28.5)

R

160.0 (72.6)

222.8 (101.2)

60432HMURF

75

90

C1

65.2 (29.6)

R

185.0 (84.0)

250.2 (113.6)

75432HMURF

kVAR

2
2

240V

480V

100

120

C1

67.6 (30.7)

R

240.0 (109.0)

307.6 (139.7)

100432HMURF

125

150

C2

110.8 (50.3)

R

280.0 (127.1)

390.8 (177.4)

125432HMURF

150

180

C2

114.4 (51.9)

S

280.0 (127.1)

394.4 (179.1)

150432HMURF

200

240

D1

146.8 (66.6)

S

330.0 (149.8)

476.8 (216.5)

200432HMURF

250

300

E1

196.0 (89.0)

T

570.0 (258.8)

766.0 (347.8)

250432HMURF

300

360

E1

199.6 (90.6)

T

575.0 (261.1)

774.6 (351.7)

300432HMURF

15

14.7

B1

47.2 (21.4)

R

90.0 (40.9)

137.2 (62.3)

15632HMURF

25

24.5

B1

48.4 (22.0)

R

90.0 (47.7)

153.4 (69.6)

25632HMURF

30

29.4

B1

49.6 (22.5)

R

105.0 (49.9)

159.6 (72.5)

30632HMURF

50

49

C1

65.2 (29.6)

R

110.0 (59.0)

195.2 (88.6)

50632HMURF

60

58.8

C1

67.6 (30.7)

R

130.0 (72.6)

227.6 (103.3)

60632HMURF

75

73.5

C2

110.8 (50.3)

R

160.0 (84.0)

295.8 (134.3)

75632HMURF

100

98

C2

114.4 (51.9)

R

185.0 (109.0)

354.4 (160.9)

100632HMURF

600V

125

122.5

D1

146.8 (66.6)

S

240.0 (127.1)

426.8 (193.8)

125632HMURF

150

147

D1

146.8 (66.6)

S

280.0 (127.1)

426.8 (193.8)

150632HMURF

200

196

E1

196.0 (89.0)

T

330.0 (149.8)

526.0 (238.8)

200632HMURF

250

245

E1

199.6 (90.6)

T

570.0 (258.8)

769.6 (349.4)

250632HMURF

Notes
Other ratings available, consult factory.
Fused with blown-fuse indication standard.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-51

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Wiring Diagram
Filter Schematic with Wiring Interconnects
Power Lines from Disconnect

2

Lugs

2

Fuses

2
2

Reactor

2
2

Lugs

2

Lugs

2

Capacitor Bank

2
2

Interconnects (Provided by Customer) a

Note
1 Refer to NEC.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-52

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions

2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Reactor Cabinet

2

Reactor Cabinet
Case Size

Height

Width

Depth

R

24.75 (628.7)

20.00 (508.0)

18.13 (460.5)

S

25.00 (635.0)

24.25 (616.0)

20.25 (514.4)

T

31.00 (787.4)

25.00 (635.0)

32.75 (831.9)

2
2
2
2
2

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor Banks and Fixed Harmonic Filters
Case A1, A2

2

Case B1

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

UNIPAK Enclosures
Case Size

A

B

D

E

F

H

L

X1

X2

X3

Y

Z

A1

5.30 (134.6)

8.50 (215.9)

3.50 (88.9)

3.80 (96.5)

10.60 (269.2)

17.30 (439.4)

6.80 (172.7)

2.00 (50.8)

N/A

N/A

7.70 (195.6)

7.20 (182.9)

A2

6.00 (152.4)

8.50 (215.9)

5.60 (142.2)

4.50 (114.3)

13.30 (337.8)

22.30 (566.4)

6.80 (172.7)

2.30 (58.4)

N/A

N/A

7.70 (195.6)

7.20 (182.9)

B1

11.10 (281.9)

10.10 (256.5)

5.80 (147.3)

9.60 (243.8)

15.70 (398.8)

25.30 (642.6)

8.50 (215.9)

4.10 (104.1)

4.50 (114.3)

N/A

9.30 (236.2)

8.80 (223.5)

Legend:
A = Total depth
B = Total width
D = Height of removable front cover
E = Depth of feet
F = Height of middle mounting hole in wall bracket
H = Total height
L = Width without feet and brackets
X = Depth between front and rear mounting holes in inches
Y = Width between floor mounting holes
Z = Width between wall bracket mounting holes

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-53

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Case C1, C2

Case D1, E1

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

UNIPAK Enclosures
Case
Size

A

B

D

E

F

H

L

X1

X2

X3

Y

Z

C1

10.60 (269.2)

12.10 (307.3)

7.10 (180.3)

9.10 (231.1)

16.20 (411.5)

26.30 (668.0)

10.40 (264.2)

3.40 (86.4)

1.10 (27.9)

3.60 (91.4)

11.30 (287.0)

10.70 (271.8)

C2

12.00 (304.8)

19.30 (490.2)

16.90 (429.3)

9.50 (241.3)

16.30 (414.0)

36.00 (914.4)

17.70 (449.6)

3.00 (76.2)

1.50 (38.1)

3.80 (96.5)

18.30 (464.8)

18.00 (457.2)

D1

16.80 (426.7)

19.30 (490.2)

16.90 (429.3)

14.60 (370.8)

N/A

36.00 (914.4)

17.70 (449.6)

5.10 (129.5)

2.40 (61.0)

5.00 (127.0)

18.30 (464.8)

N/A

E1

22.30 (566.4)

24.40 (619.8)

16.80 (426.7)

19.50 (495.3)

N/A

36.00 (914.4)

22.70 (576.6)

6.50 (165.1)

4.40 (111.8)

5.00 (127.0)

22.40 (569.0)

N/A

Legend:
A = Total depth
B = Total width
D = Height of removable front cover
E = Depth of feet
F = Height of middle mounting hole in wall bracket
H = Total height
L = Width without feet and brackets
X = Depth between front and rear mounting holes in inches
Y = Width between floor mounting holes
Z = Width between wall bracket mounting holes

2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-54

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Contents

AUTOVAR 300

Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44

V3-T2-56
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-57
V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63
V3-T2-67
V3-T2-71

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems

2

Product Description

2

Automatically switched
power factor correction
systems for low voltage
applications.
●

●

●

●

Wallmount design is
ideal for minimum space
requirements
Programmable to
automatically add/subtract
capacitor banks to maintain
preset target power factor
Heavy-duty, three-phase
capacitor construction
Five-year warranty of cells

Application Description
Service entrance power
factor correction installations
requiring precise
maintenance of target
power factor in a very
small footprint.

Features
Configuration
●
Cabinet: Wall mounting 12
gauge steel with ANSI 61
gray, NEMA 1 (gasketed)
●
Power line interconnect:
Rugged, power distribution
block connection
●
Fusing: 200,000 ampere
interrupting capacity
provided on all three phases
of each bank. Blade-type
fuses mounted on insulator
stand-offs with blown-fuse
indicating lights
●
Blown-fuse lights: Blownfuse indicating lights for
each phase and stage
located on the door
●
Door interlock: Door
interlock automatically
disengages capacitors.
Power continues to be
provided to the unit until
the disconnect is open
●
Exhaust fans: Provide
ventilation. Dust filtering
included

Controller
Digital display of power
factor and number of
energized banks
●
Visual indication of
insufficient kVAR to reach
target power factor
●
LCD backlight display
●
Capacitors disabled in
steps within 35 ms of main
power interruption
●
Harmonic measurement
up to 19 harmonic and
alarm (THDV)
●
Automatic detection and
correction of CT and phase
polarity
●
Automatic detection of
connected steps
●
Maximum 14 output steps
●
Provides protection
against overvoltage,
overtemperature and
harmonic overload events
●
Advanced control features
available
●
Optional communications
capability (C option controller)
●
Standard metering capability
●
Voltage
●
Current (sensed phase
only)
●
Frequency
●
Active power (kW)
●
Reactive power (kVAR)
●
Apparent power (kVA)
●

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

Contactor
●
Fully rated for capacitor
switching up to 60 kVAR
at 600V
●
Integral pre-charge/preinsertion module standard.
The contactor reduces
damaging switching
transients. This provides
safety and durability for
the system:
●
Lessens the chance
of disrupting sensitive
electronic equipment
●
Reduced inrush current
extends the life of the
capacitor cells
Additional Features
●
Optional molded case
circuit breaker rated
65 kAIC at 480V and 600V
●
Personnel ground fault
interruption provides
protection in case of
accidental contact with
control power and ground
●
NEMA 3R weatherproofing

Standards and Certifications
●

UL/CSA listed
and recognized

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-55

2.2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Product Selection

Wallmounted
Switched Capacitor
Bank

2

Wallmounted Switched Capacitor Banks—Low Voltage Applications 1
kVAR

Step x
kVAR

Rated Current
Amperes

Case
Size 2

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

240 Volt
25

5x5

60

J

217 (98.5)

25MCSR2313

2

50

5 x 10

120

J

255 (115.8)

50MCSR2313

2

75

5 x 15

180

J

260 (118.0)

75MCSR2313

100

5 x 20

240

J

270 (122.6)

100MCSR231

2

125

5 x 25

300

J

292 (132.6)

125MCSR231

150

5 x 30

361

J

314 (142.6)

150MCSR231

2

480 Volt

2

50

5 x 10

60

J

200 (90.8)

50MCSR4313

75

5 x 15

90

J

210 (95.3)

75MCSR4313

2

100

5 x 20

120

J

210 (95.3)

100MCSR4313

125

5 x 25

150

J

240 (109.0)

125MCSR4313

2

150

5 x 30

180

J

240 (109.0)

150MCSR4313

175

5 x 35

210

J

260 (118.0)

175MCSR431

2

200

5 x 40

241

J

270 (122.6)

200MCSR431

2

225

5 x 45

270

J

290 (131.7)

225MCSR431

250

5 x 50

300

J

292 (132.6)

250MCSR431

2

300

5 x 60

361

J

310 (140.7)

300MCSR431

2

50

5 x 10

48

J

200 (90.8)

50MCSR6313

75

5 x 15

72

J

210 (95.3)

75MCSR6313

2

100

5 x 20

96

J

210 (95.3)

100MCSR6313

2

125

5 x 25

120

J

240 (109.0)

125MCSR6313

150

5 x 30

144

J

240 (109.0)

150MCSR6313

2

175

5 x 35

168

J

260 (118.0)

175MCSR631

200

5 x 40

192

J

270 (122.6)

200MCSR631

2

225

5 x 45

216

J

290 (131.7)

225MCSR631

2

250

5 x 50

240

J

292 (132.6)

250MCSR631

300

5 x 60

288

J

310 (140.7)

300MCSD631

600 Volt

2

Options

2

Description

Option Code

Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer (3000:5A) 3

TX2

Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output

H

2
2

Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor

A

2

Molded case circuit breaker (65 kAIC at 480V)

M

Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R)

W

2

Communicating controller

C

2

Notes
1 Other ratings available, please consult factory.
2 For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-57.
3 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.
For other ratios, please consult factory.

2
2
2
V3-T2-56

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

Enclosure J

2

Front View

2

Side View
0.63
(16.0)

On/Off
Switch

2
2

Power
Factor
Controller

2
2

Keylock
Handle

2

A

2

Blown
Fuse
Lights

2
2

29.88
(759.0)

2

36.00
(914.4)
0.63
(16.0)

2

B

2

Enclosure J
Description

2

Height A

Depth B

Without MCCB

36.00 (914.4)

14.00 (355.6)

With MCCB

60.00 (1524.0)

14.00 (355.6)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-57

2.2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Contents

AUTOVAR 600

Description

2

Page

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44
V3-T2-55

V3-T2-59
V3-T2-60
V3-T2-61
V3-T2-62
V3-T2-63
V3-T2-67
V3-T2-71

2
2

AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction Capacitor Systems

2

Product Description

Features

Programmable to
automatically add/subtract
capacitor banks to maintain
preset target power factor.

●

2
2
2
2
2

Application Description
Service entrance power
factor correction installations
requiring precise
maintenance of target
power factor.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

●

Heavy-duty, three-phase
capacitor construction
Five-year warranty of cells

Configuration
●
Cabinet: 12 gauge steel
with ANSI 61 gray, powder
coat finish. Lift bolts
standard, NEMA 1
●
Power line interconnect:
Rugged, copper bus bar
connection with access
provided for top or bottom
entry. Bus bars are braced
for 65 kAIC at 480V. All
internal power wiring
connections from bus are
laid out on a most direct
basis with minimum
bends for ease of
troubleshooting. Clear
barrier limiting access to
live parts included standard
●
Modular tray design:
Capacitor banks arranged
in modular trays with
capacitors, fuses, blownfuse indicating lights, and
contactors grouped in a
logical, easily understood
layout. This permits easy
access, quick identification
of operating problems and
ease of expandability

●

●

●

●

●

Fusing: UL recognized,
200,000 ampere
interrupting capacity
provided on all three
phases of each bank.
Blade-type fuses mounted
on insulator stand-offs
Blown-fuse lights: Blownfuse indicating lights are on
the door located close to
individual fuses to facilitate
tracing of cleared fuses
Push-to-test: Allows
testing of door-mounted
blown fuse indicating lights
AutoLocate: When door is
open and bus energized,
fuse circuit automatically
checks for cleared fuses.
If a fuse has cleared, the
light at the fuse comes on
for easy troubleshooting
Door interlock: Door
interlock automatically
turns off control circuit
when engaged. Power
continues to be provided
to the unit until disconnect
is open

2
2
V3-T2-58

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

●

●

●

Exhaust fans: Two fans
per cabinet provide thermal
protection. Dust filtering
provided
Ease of expansion:
Capacitor stage nests are
self-contained and can be
added in the field. Two
bolts mount the nest in the
field. Control wire plugs
connect to factory
standard wire harness on
the left side of the cabinet
Ease of replacement:
Cells can be easily
individually replaced by
removing the mounting
bolt and lifting out of the
nest without removal of
any other components

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Controller
●
Digital display of power
factor and number of
energized banks
●
Visual indication of
insufficient kVAR to reach
target power factor
●
LCD backlight display
●
Capacitors disabled in
steps within 35 ms of main
power interruption
●
Harmonic measurement
up to 19 harmonic and
alarm (THDV)
●
Automatic detection and
correction of CT and phase
polarity
●
Automatic detection of
connected steps
●
Maximum 14 output steps
●
Provides protection
against overvoltage,
overtemperature and
harmonic overload events
●
Advanced control features
available
●
Optional communications
capability (C option controller)
●
Standard metering capability
●
Voltage
●
Current (sensed phase
only)
●
Frequency
●
Active power (kW)
●
Reactive power (kVAR)
●
Apparent power (kVA)

Contactor
●
Fully rated for capacitor
switching up to 60 kVAR
at 600V
●
Integral pre-charge/preinsertion module standard.
The contactor reduces
damaging switching
transients. This provides
safety and durability for
the system:
●
Lessens the chance of
disrupting sensitive
electronic equipment
●
Reduced inrush current
extends the life of the
capacitor cells
Additional Features
●
Optional molded case
circuit breaker, rated 65
kAIC at 48V and 600V
●
Personnel ground fault
interruption provides
protection in case of
accidental contact with
control power and ground
●
Control wiring—standard
NEC color-coded modular
bundles with quick
disconnect feature for ease
of troubleshooting or ease
of expendability
●
Optional digital metering

2.2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Modular Step Nest Assembly

2
AUTOVAR 600—Interior View

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Bottom Entry Location
Factory Pre-Wired for Future Expansion

2
2

Standards and Certifications
●

2

2

UL/CSA listed
and recognized

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-59

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2

Product Selection

2

Floor-Mounted Switched Capacitor Banks—Low Voltage Applications

2
2

Floor-Mounted
Switched Capacitor
Bank

240 Vac
kVAR

Step x
kVAR

Rated Current
Amperes

Enclosure
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

2

75

3 x 25

180

L

644 (292.4)

75TPCSR231

100

4 x 25

214

L

692 (314.2)

100TPCSR231

2

125

5 x 25

300

L

740 (336.0)

125TPCSR231

150

6 x 25

316

L

788 (357.8)

150TPCSR231

2

200

8 x 25

481

L

884 (401.3)

200TPCSR231

2

250

10 x 25

600

L

944 (428.6)

250TPCSR231

300

12 x 25

720

L

1022 (464.0)

300TPCSR231

350

7 x 50

844

KK

1616 (734.0)

350TPCSR231

400

8 x 50

965

KK

1704 (774.0)

400TPCSR231

2
2
2

480 Vac

2

kVAR

Step x
kVAR

Rated Current
Amperes

Enclosure
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

150

3 x 50

180

L

632 (287.0)

150TPCSR431

2

200

4 x 50

240

L

676 (306.9)

200TPCSR431

2

250

5 x 50

300

L

720 (326.9)

250TPCSR431

300

6 x 50

360

L

764 (346.9)

300TPCSR431

2

350

7 x 50

420

L

808 (366.8)

350TPCSR431

400

8 x 50

480

L

852 (386.8)

400TPCSR431

2

450

9 x 50

540

L

896 (406.8)

450TPCSR431

500

10 x 50

600

L

944 (428.6)

500TPCSR431

2

550

11 x 50

660

L

984 (446.7)

550TPCSR431

2

600

12 x 50

720

L

1022 (464.0)

600TPCSR431

660

11 x 60

792

L

1010 (458.5)

660TPCSR431

2

700

7 x 100

840

L

1616 (734.0)

700TPCSR431

720

12 x 60

864

L

1050 (476.7)

720TPCSR431

2

800

8 x 100

960

KK

1704 (774.0)

800TPCSR431

2

840

14 x 60

1008

L

1690 (767.7)

840TPCSR431

900

9 x 100

1080

KK

1792 (814.0)

900TPCSR431

2

1000

10 x 100

1200

KK

1888 (857.0)

1000TPCSR431

1100

11 x 100

1320

KK

1966 (893.0)

1100TPCSR431

2

1200

12 x 100

1440

KK

2044 (928.0)

1200TPCSR431

Notes
Other ratings and step configurations available, please consult factory.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-62.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-60

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Floor-Mounted
Capacitor Bank

600 Vac
kVAR

Step x
kVAR

Rated Current
Amperes 1

Enclosure
Size

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

150

3 x 50

144

L

632 (287.0)

150TPCSR631

200

4 x 50

192

L

676 (306.9)

200TPCSR631

250

5 x 50

240

L

720 (326.9)

250TPCSR631

300

6 x 50

288

L

764 (346.9)

300TPCSR631

350

7 x 50

336

L

808 (366.8)

350TPCSR631

400

8 x 50

384

L

852 (386.8)

400TPCSR631

450

9 x 50

432

L

896 (406.8)

450TPCSR631

500

10 x 50

480

L

944 (428.6)

500TPCSR631

550

11 x 60

528

L

984 (446.7)

550TPCSR631

600

12 x 50

576

L

1022 (464.0)

600TPCSR631

660

11 x 60

634

L

1010 (458.5)

660TPCSR631

700

7 x 100

672

L

1616 (734.0)

700TPCSR631

720

12 x 60

692

L

1050 (476.7)

720TPCSR631

800

8 x 100

768

KK

1704 (774.0)

800TPCSR631

840

14 x 60

1008

L

1690 (767.7)

840TPCSR631

900

9 x 100

864

KK

1792 (814.0)

900TPCSR631

1000

10 x 100

960

KK

1888 (857.0)

1000TPCSR631

1100

11 x 100

1056

KK

1966 (893.0)

1100TPCSR631

1200

12 x 100

1152

KK

2044 (928.0)

1200TPCSR631

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Options
Description

Option Code

Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer (3000:5A) 2

TX2

Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output

H

Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor

A

Molded case circuit breaker (65 kAIC at 480V)

M

Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R)

W

Communicating controller

C

IQ 250 solid-state meter 3

Q

2
2
2
2
2
2

Notes
1 Other ratings and step sizes available, please consult factory.
2 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.
For other ratios, please consult factory.
3 Not available with weatherproofing option.

2
2

For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-62.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-61

2.2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enclosure L Front View
(Note: Fans are
Vertical Toward
Back of Enclosure)
Fans

38.50
(977.9)

26.25
(666.8)

(Note: Fans are
Side by Side)
Fans

2

1

2

2

Ground
Lug

2

DANGER

HIGH VOLTAGE
PHASE A

PHASE B

PHASE C

CAUTION

DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING

2

3

2
2

71.25
(1809.8)

11.75
(298.5)

75.00
(1905.0)

46.00
(1168.4)

2
2

3.00
(76.2)

2
2
2
2
2

6.00
(152.4)

Filter Tray

Legend
1. Controller
2. On/Off Switch
3. Blown Fuse Indicator Lights

Fans

2

78.25
(1987.6)

1

2

26.25
(666.8)

Fans

(Note: Fans are
Side by Side)

(Note: Fans are
Vertical Towards
Back of Enclosure)

Ground
Lug

2

2

DANGER
PHASE A

PHASE B

PHASE C

HIGH VOLTAGE
CAUTION

DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING

2
2

0.438 ø Mounting Holes
2 per Channel

25.00
(635.0)

Enclosure KK Front and Side Views

2

2

13.00
(330.2)

71.25
(1809.8)

3
11.75
(298.5)

75.00
(1905.0)

46.00
(1168.4)

2
2
2
2
2

3.00
(76.2)

0.438 ø
Mounting Holes
2 per Channel

Legend
1. Controller
2. On/Off Switch
3. Blown Fuse Indicating Light

Filter Tray

Filter Tray

6.00
(152.4)

2
V3-T2-62

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

13.00
(330.2)
25.00
(635.0)

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Contents

AUTOVAR Filter

Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44

2
2
2

V3-T2-55

2

V3-T2-58

2

V3-T2-64
V3-T2-65
V3-T2-65
V3-T2-66

2
2

V3-T2-67

2

V3-T2-71

2
2
2

AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter
Product Description

Features

Automatically switched
harmonic filter/ power
factor corrections systems.

●

●

●

Programmable to
automatically add/subtract
filter banks to maintain
preset target power factor
Filter steps tuned for
maximum efficiency in
reducing harmonic
currents in three-phase
environments with heavy
nonlinear loads

Application Description
Service entrance power
factor correction installations
requiring precise maintenance
of target power factor in
three-phase, nonlinear, high
harmonic environments.

Efficient modular design
for short lead-times, ease
of maintenance and ease
of future expansion
Heavy-duty, three-phase
capacitor construction with
reliable, threaded terminal
connections
Cool operating, 100%
copper wound, thermal
protected reactors are
sized up to 150% of rated
capacitor current

●

Configuration
●
Operation: AUTOVAR
harmonic filters are
designed to be sized the
same as any power factor
correction unit. In most low
voltage applications where
harmonics are generated
by nonlinear loads,
no harmonic audit is
necessary to design the
AUTOVAR filter because
it is already designed
for typical harmonic
spectrums at the kVAR
size specified
●
Cabinet: 12 gauge steel
with ANSI 61 gray, powder
coat finish. Lift bolts
standard, NEMA 1

●

●

●

●

●

Power line interconnect:
Rugged, copper bus bar
connection with access
provided for top or bottom
entry. Bus bars are braced
for 65 kAIC at 480V. All
internal power wiring
connections from bus are
laid out on a most direct
basis with minimum bends
for ease of troubleshooting.
Clear barrier limiting
access to live parts included
standard
Modular tray design:
Capacitor banks arranged
in modular trays with
capacitors, fuses, blownfuse indicating lights, and
contactors grouped in a
logical, easily understood
layout. This permits easy
access, quick identification
of operating problems and
ease of expandability
Fusing: UL recognized,
200,000 ampere
interrupting capacity
provided on all three
phases of each bank.
Blade-type fuses mounted
on insulator stand-offs
Blown-fuse lights: Blownfuse indicating lights are on
the door located close to
individual fuses to facilitate
tracing of cleared fuses

●

●

●

●

●

●

Push-to-test: Allows
testing of door-mounted
blown fuse indicating lights.
AutoLocate: When door is
open and bus energized,
fuse circuit automatically
checks for cleared fuses.
If a fuse has cleared, the
light at the fuse comes on
for easy troubleshooting
Door interlock: Door
interlock automatically
turns off control circuit
when engaged. Power
continues to be provided
to the unit until disconnect
is open
Exhaust fans: Two
fans per cabinet provide
thermal protection.
Dust filtering provided
Ease of expansion:
Capacitor stage nests are
self-contained and can be
added in the field. Control
wire plugs connect to
factory standard wire
harness on the left side
of the cabinet
Ease of replacement:
Cells can be easily
individually replaced by
removing the mounting
bolt and lifting out of the
nest without removal of
any other components

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-63

2.2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Controller
●
Digital display of power
factor and number of
energized banks
●
Visual indication of
insufficient kVAR to reach
target power factor
●
LCD backlight display
●
Capacitors disabled in
steps within 35 ms of main
power interruption
●
Harmonic measurement
up to 19 harmonic and
alarm (THDV)
●
Automatic detection and
correction of CT and phase
polarity
●
Automatic detection of
connected steps
●
Maximum 14 output steps
●
Provides protection
against overvoltage,
overtemperature and
harmonic overload events
●
Advanced control features
available
●
Optional communications
capability (C option controller)
●
Standard metering capability
●
Voltage
●
Current (sensed phase
only)
●
Frequency
●
Active power (kW)
●
Reactive power (kVAR)
●
Apparent power (kVA)

Reactors
●
Tuning: Reactors tuned
to the 4.7th harmonic
order (nominal 5th).
This provides maximum
effectiveness in reducing
harmonic currents in
three-phase systems
with harmonics caused
by six-pulse devices
●
Detuning: Reactor
designs can be detuned
upon request to 4.2nd to
protect capacitors against
alternate harmonics
●
Windings: 100% copper
windings for minimal
temperature rise under
load
●
Thermal overload
protection: Each reactor
includes three normally
closed, auto reset
thermostats that
open at 180°C. When
thermostats engage,
the contactor opens
●
Insulation: 220°C
insulation system
●
Warranty: One-year
replacement of reactors

Additional Features
Optional molded case
circuit breaker rated
65 kAIC at 480V and 600V
●
Personnel ground fault
interruption provides
protection in case of
accidental contact with
control power and ground
●
Control wiring—standard
NEC color-coded modular
bundles with quick
disconnect feature for
ease of troubleshooting
or ease of expendability
●

AUTOVAR Filter—Reactor Cabinet

Contactor
●
Fully rated for capacitor
switching up to 60 kVAR
at 600V
●
Integral pre-charge/preinsertion module standard.
The contactor reduces
damaging switching
transients. This provides
safety and durability for
the system:
●
Lessens the chance of
disrupting sensitive
electronic equipment
●
Reduced inrush current
extends the life of the
capacitor cells

2
2
2
2
V3-T2-64

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

Standards and Certifications
●

UL/CSA listed
and recognized

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Product Selection

2

Low Voltage Switched Harmonic Filters

2

Floor-Mounted
Switched Harmonic
Filter

2

Floor-Mounted Switched Harmonic Filters—Low Voltage
kVAR

Step x
kVAR

Rated Current
Amperes 2

Enclosure
Size 34

Shipping Weight
in Lbs (kg)

Catalog
Number

2

480 Vac
200

4 x 50

240

L

1438 (652.9)

200THFSR431

250 1

5 x 50

300

L

1634 (741.8)

250THFSR431

300

6 x 50

360

KK or L + L

1830 (830.8)

300THFSR432

350

7 x 50

420

KK or L + L

2026 (919.8)

350THFSR432

400

8 x 50

480

KK or L + L

2222 (1008.8)

400THFSR432

450

9 x 50

540

KK or L + L

2371 (1076.4)

450THFSR432

500

10 x 50

600

KK or L + L

2525 (1146.4)

500THFSR432

550 1

11 x 50

660

KK or L + L

2750 (1248.5)

550THFSR432

600 1

12 x 50

720

KK or L + L

2830 (1284.8)

600THFSR432

300

6 x 50

288

KK or L + L

1830 (830.8)

300THFSR632

350

7 x 50

336

KK or L + L

2026 (919.8)

350THFSR632

400

8 x 50

384

KK or L + L

2222 (1008.8)

400THFSR632

450

9 x 50

432

KK or L + L

2371 (1076.4)

450THFSR632

500

10 x 50

480

KK or L + L

2525 (1146.4)

500THFSR632

1

11 x 50

528

KK or L + L

2750 (1248.5)

550THFSR632

600 1

12 x 50

576

KK or L + L

2830 (1284.8)

600THFSR632

2
2
2
2
2
2

600 Vac

550

2
2
2
2
2
2

Options
Description

Option Code

Current transformer—multi-tap, split core current transformer

5

TX2

Hands-off auto switch—provides manual control to connect or disconnect capacitor stages regardless of controller output

H

Remote alarm relay—relay for a remote alarm to indicate inability to reach target power factor

A

Molded case circuit breaker (65 kAIC at 480V)

M

Weatherproofing (NEMA 3R)

W

Communicating controller

C

IQ 250 solid-state meter 6

Q

2
2
2
2
2

Notes
1 Enclosures for 550 and 600 kVAR at 480 and 600V will be one double-door section wide if circuit breakers are required (enclosure size KK). Enclosure for 250 kVAR at
480V will be one double-door section wide if a circuit breaker is required.
2 Other ratings available, please consult factory.
3 L + L under enclosure size denotes two size L enclosures—one for the capacitors, one for the reactor case.
4 For KK enclosure design, change the last digit of the catalog number to 1. For example, 500THFSR431.
5 A current transformer with a 5 ampere secondary is required to operate an automatic capacitor bank. Rating based on service entrance ampacity.
For other ratios, please consult factory.
6 Not available with weatherproofing option.
For dimensional information, refer to Page V3-T2-66.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-65

2.2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Enclosures L + L Front and Side Views
(Note: Fans are
Vertical Toward
Back of Enclosure)

38.50
(977.9)

(Note: Fans are
Vertical Towards
Back of Enclosure)

(Note: Fans are
Side by Side)

Fans

DANGER

PHASE A

2

3

2
2

Ground
Lug

Fans

2

2

PHASE B

PHASE C

HIGH VOLTAGE
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING

DANGER
HIGH VOLTAGE
CAUTION
DISCONNECT
BEFORE SERVICING

71.25
(1809.8)

75.00
(1905.0)

11.75
(298.5)

46.00
(1168.4)

2

12.00
(304.8)

2

2

38.50
(977.9)

26.25
(666.8)

Fans

1

2

2

(Note: Fans are
Side by Side)

Fans

2

2

89.00
(2260.6)

Legend
1. Controller
2. On/Off Switch
3. Phase A, B and C Blown
Fuse Indicating Lights

3.00
(76.2)
6.00
(152.4)

Filter Tray

Power Wire
Interconnect
Conduit

Filter Tray

13.00
(330.2)
25.00
(635.0)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-66

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

0.438 ø
Mounting Holes
2 per Channel

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Transient-Free Power Factor Correction System

2.2

Contents
Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44

2
2
2

V3-T2-55

2

V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63

2

V3-T2-68
V3-T2-68
V3-T2-69
V3-T2-69
V3-T2-70
V3-T2-71

2
2
2
2
2
2

Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units
Product Description
Transient-free statically
switch capacitor units are
available in two models.
The FTE model is a real-time
transient-free system, used
to compensate extremely
rapid loads within one
cycle of operation (typically
5–20 msec).
The FTA model is a fast
transient-free system, used
to compensate any loads
within 3–4 seconds.

Application Description
The FTA and FTE units
employ a fast or real-time
response, and include the
ability to switch larger steps
without creating significant
line noise. These relatively
maintenance-free units reside
in a smaller footprint and are
ideal for use in applications
such as flicker control, large
motor starting, bus voltage
stabilization, fault ridethrough solutions, power
factor correction and
many more.

●
●
●
●
●

Motor starting
On-site generation support
Spot welding
Wind turbines
Other dynamic loads

Three current transformers
with a 5 ampere secondary
are required to operate this
capacitor bank.

Rating based on Service
Entrance Ampacity. For other
ratios, please consult factory.
●

Startup and
Commissioning by
factory trained personnel
is required for proper
operation and warranty
of this system

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-67

2.2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Application Example—Spot Welding
Spot Welding (Auto Manufacturer)

2
2

L1-Voltage (V)

2

2
2

210

2
2

1400

300
150

21:33:38

2
2

2

●

●

●

2
2
2
2
2
2

:40

:42

●
●

Transient-free capacitor
group switching, using
electronic switching
elements
Simultaneous connection/
disconnection of all
required steps
Consistent capacitor values
and stable filter
characteristics
Harmonic filtration
Three independent
control modes:
●
Power factor control
●
Voltage control
●
Load sharing with
another compensation
system connected to
the same transformer

2

Standards and Certifications

2

Enclosure
●
EMC—EN50081-2,
EN50082-2, EN55011,
EN61000-4-2/3/4/5,
ENV50204, ENV50141
●
CE Mark—73/23/EEC am.
93/68, 98/37/EC art. 4(2)

2
2
2

:44

:46

:48

:50

:52

:54

:56

:58

:00

:02

:04

:06

:08

Features, Benefits and Functions

2
2

With

0

2
2

Without

1000
L1-Q (kVAR)

2

220

1800
L1-Current (A)

2

230

●

●

●

●

●
●

Unique SCAN feature
reduces capacitor
duty cycles
Remote control of
compensation systems
available via LAN
or Ethernet
Integrated three-phase
network analyzer:
●
Measures all power
parameters on each
phase (V, I, kW,
kVAR, kVA)
●
Measures voltage and
current harmonics to
the 63rd harmonic

FTE unit includes all of the
above, plus:
●

●

●

Reduces voltage flicker and
voltage sag
Provides network reactive
power support
Offers voltage control
options

Safety—EN61010-1,
EN60439-1, EN60204
UL 508
CSA

2
2
V3-T2-68

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Catalog Number Selection

2

TFSS

2
FTA 100 6 2 480 P14 N12 - M3 - COM

2
2

FTE
=
FTEUN 4 =
FTA
=
FTES
=
FTER 5 =

Model
Real-time balanced
Real-time unbalanced
Fast acting
Motor starting systems
Grid fault ride-through systems

Number of Groups
Maximum 12

Total Power in kVAR
Typical in steps of 50 kVAR
beginning with 100 kVAR

Switching Sequence
1 = 1:1:1:1
2 = 1:2:2:2
3 = 1:2:4:4

Percent Reactory (Tuning)
P14 = 14% (2.67th order)
P7 = 7% (3.8th order)
P567 = 5.67% (4.2nd order)
P49 = 4.9% (4.5th order)

Enclosure 1
N1 = NEMA 1
N12 = NEMA 12
N3R = NEMA 3R

System Voltage
480 = 480V
600 = 600V
690V or above = MV 2

Optional
COM = Communications Card
RS-485/Modbus
Optional
Measurement Levels 3
M2
M3
M4

●
●

210–690V
Engineered solutions
up to 15 kV

2
2
2
2

Capacitor group
configurations
●

●

Frequency
●

●

45–55 Hz for 50 Hz
network
55–65 Hz for 60 Hz
network

2
2

Technical Data and Specifications
Product Configurations
Network voltage

2

Up to 12 groups per
one controller
Switching sequence:
●
1:1:1:1 (all equal)
●
1:2:2:2 (half group)
●
1:2:4:4 (quarter, half
groups)

Acquisition time
●

●

●

2

FTE—5–20 ms for a
50 Hz network
FTE—4–16 ms for a
60 Hz network
FTA—1–4 second
maximum

2
2
2
2

Notes
1 All models are CE approved. Please notify if UL or cUL is required.
2 MV units require:
A correctly sized and specified step-up transformer
MV and LV interconnection, switching and protection
3 All systems are offered with Measurement Level 1 (f, I, V, kW, kVAR, kVA, PF) and no communications card. The measurement levels can be upgraded to Measurement Level 2 (adds THD I and THDV),
Measurement Level 3 (adds waveforms, I and V harmonics) and Measurement Level 4 (adds event log).
4 Balanced system employs two-phase switching, unbalanced system employs individual three-phase switching.
5 For motor start and grid fault ride-through solutions, please consult factory.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-69

2.2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Transient-Free Reactive Power Compensation Systems—
Real-Time Transient-Free Systems—480 Vac

Transient-Free Reactive Power Compensation Systems—
Fast Transient-Free Switching Systems—480 Vac

2

Compensate Rapid Loads Within One Cycle
(Typically 5–20 ms)—Standard 6% Inductors—
Detuned to 245 Hz (4.08th Harmonic)

Compensate Any Load Within 3–4 Seconds—Standard 6%
Inductors—Detuned to 245 Hz (4.08th Harmonic)

2

Catalog
Number

Width

Depth

Height

Catalog
Number

Width

Depth

Height

2

FTE15652480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA15652480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE18752480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA18752480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE21974480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA21974480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE25052480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA25052480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE26274480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA26274480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE31252480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA31252480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE37552480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA37552480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE43774480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA43774480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE45031480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA45031480

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE60661480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA60661480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE687112480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA687112480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE75061480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA75061480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE825112480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA825112480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE90061480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA90061480

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE112591480

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA112591480

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE135091480

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA135091480

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE1500121480

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA1500121480

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE1800121480

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA1800121480

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

Compensate Rapid Loads Within One Cycle
(Typically 5–20 ms)—4.5% Inductors—
Tuned to 282 Hz (4.7th Harmonic)

2

2

Compensate Any Load Within 3–4 Seconds—4.5%
Inductors—Tuned to 282 Hz (4.7th Harmonic)

Catalog
Number

Width

Depth

Height

Catalog
Number

Width

Depth

Height

FTE15652480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA15652480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE18752480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA18752480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE21974480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA21974480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE25052480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA25052480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE26274480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA26274480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE31252480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA31252480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE37552480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.07 (2100.6)

FTA37552480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE43774480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA43774480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE45031480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA45031480T

31.50 (800.1)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE60661480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA60661480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.07 (2100.6)

2

FTE687112480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA687112480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE75061480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA75061480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE825112480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA825112480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE90061480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA90061480T

63.00 (1600.2)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE112591480T

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA112591480T

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE135091480T

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA135091480T

94.50 (2400.3)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2

FTE1500121480T

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA1500121480T

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTE1800121480T

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

FTA1800121480T

126.00 (3200.4)

23.60 (599.4)

82.70 (2100.6)

2
2

2
V3-T2-70

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Contents

Harmonic Correction Units—NEMA 1 Enclosure

Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPUMP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNIPAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 300 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR 600 Automatic Power Factor Correction
Capacitor Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOVAR Filter—LV Automatic Harmonic Filter . .
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-38
V3-T2-41
V3-T2-44

2
2
2

V3-T2-55

2

V3-T2-58
V3-T2-63

2

V3-T2-67

2

V3-T2-72
V3-T2-72
V3-T2-74

2
2
2
2
2

Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—NEMA 1 Enclosure
Product Description
Active Harmonic Filters
(Harmonic Correction Units—
HCUEs) provide dynamic
harmonic correction by
actively injecting equal and
opposite currents into the
customer’s electrical
distribution system that
cancel the entire spectrum
of harmonic currents at the
point of connection.

Application Description
Typical applications include
locations with large amounts
of nonlinear loads including
6- and 12-pulse PWM AC
variable frequency drives,
DC drives, as well as other
switch-mode power supply
equipment. This equipment
can be found in water and
wastewater treatment
facilities, industrial
manufacturing and
warehousing plants, military
bases, and commercial
(HVAC) locations.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Unlike passive filters, by
providing dynamic correction,
HCUEs can provide effective
harmonic correction for
varying load conditions and
harmonic spectrums up to
their rated capacity. HCUEs
also have the secondary
benefit of providing power
factor correction with any
excess capacity after
correcting all harmonic
conditions.
●
●

●
●

Fast action
NEMA 1 and NEMA 12
enclosures available:
●
Wallmount (50 and
100 ampere designs)
●
Floor-standing
(300 ampere design)

Standards and Certifications
●

Advantages
●
Can be sized to guarantee
specific levels of harmonic
correction, such as
meeting IEEE 519
recommended levels
●
Cannot be overloaded
●
Can be expanded without
affecting performance
●
Broad spectrum of
cancellation (2nd to
50th harmonic)
●
Power factor improvement
●
Easier and less expensive
installation
●
Comprehensive control

UL/CSA approved

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Touchscreen HMI
Modbus and Ethernet
connectivity

2
2

Note: Requires at least 3% series
input line reactor or equivalent
6% DC bus choke
in each AC drive for optimum
performance.

2
2
2
2
2
2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-71

2.2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Technical Data and Specifications
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

20 kHz switching carrier frequency
208–480V ±10%, 600V and 690V with autotransformer
50/60 Hz +/–3 Hz frequency
Ambient temperature 0°C to +40°C enclosed
Seismic Zone 4
Output capacity—self limited to 100% current rated
Corrective capability—<5% TDD and near unity
displacement power factor

2

Harmonic Control Unit Ratings—NEMA 1 Enclosed

2

Model

Voltage

Frequency

Total Current
Amperes (rms)

Watt Losses
(kw)

Enclosure Type

Disconnect

2

HCUE050D5N1

208–480

50/60 Hz

50

1.8

Wallmount/NEMA 1

—

HCUE100D5N1

208–480

50/60 Hz

100

3.0

Wallmount/NEMA 1

—

2

HCUE300D5N1

208–480

50/60 Hz

300

8.0

Free-standing/NEMA 1

X

HCUE050D6N1

600

50/60 Hz

39

1.8

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

2

HCUE050D7N1

690

50/60 Hz

33

1.8

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

HCUE100D6N1

600

50/60 Hz

78

3.0

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

2

HCUE100D7N1

690

50/60 Hz

65

3.0

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

2

HCUE300D6N1

600

50/60 Hz

235

8.0

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

HCUE300D7N1

690

50/60 Hz

200

8.0

Free-standing/NEMA 1

—

2
2

Current Transformer Ratings 1

2

Model

AC Line
Current Rating

Type

HCUCT1000SC

1000

Split

2

HCUCT3000SC

3000

Split

HCUCT5000SC

5000

Split

2
2

Wiring Diagrams

2

Installation Diagram
Load(s)

2
2

Source
Transformer

Typical CT
Placement

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Alternate CT
Placement

HCU

Note
1 Current transformers are rated for 400 Hz. Two current transformers are required for threephase loads. Three current transformers are required when single-phase loads are present.
Rating based on service entrance ampacity and optional parallel operation. For other ratios,
please consult factory.
Startup and commissioning by factory trained personnel is required for proper operation and
warranty of this system.

2
2
V3-T2-72

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

2.2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Source CT Location

Source or Load CT Location

2

Utility Transformer or
Upstream Panel

Utility Transformer
or Upstream Panel

2
2

Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center

Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center

2
2
2
2

Corrected
Load

Corrected
Load

Other
Loads

Corrected
Load

2

Other
Loads

2
2

Less than
25 Feet per
NEC 240-21

HCU

Harmonic Cancellation
and/or Power-Factor
Correction of all Loads
on Panel

2

HCU
Corrected
Load

2

Three Possible
CT Locations
Shown

2
2
2

Load CT Location

Source or Load CT Location
Utility Transformer
or Upstream Panel

2

Utility Transformer
or Upstream Panel
Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center

2
2

Distribution Panel or
Motor Control Center

2
2
More than
25 Feet per
NEC 240-21

Other Loads

2

Other Loads
Other
Loads

Corrected
Load

2

Other
Loads

2

Junction Box

2

Four Possible
CT Locations
Shown

Breaker
or Fused
Disconnect

2

–

HCU

HCU

Harmonic Cancellation
and/or Power-Factor
Correction of a Selected
Load on Panel

2
2
2

Corrected
Load

2
2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-73

2.2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Harmonic Control—NEMA 1 Enclosed
Exterior

Current Transformer
Model

Internal Diameter

HCUCT1000SC

4.65 (118.1)

Model

Height

Weight

Depth

Unit Weight
in Lbs (kg)

HCUE050D5N1

51.80 (1315.7)

20.70 (525.8)

18.50 (469.9)

250 (113.5)

HCUCT3000SC

6.50 (165.1)

350 (158.9)

HCUCT5000SC

7.50 (190.5)

2

HCUE100D5N1
HCUE300D5N1

74.90 (1902.5)

32.20 (817.9)

19.50 (495.3)

775 (351.9)

2

HCUE050D6N1

1

1

1

1

Auxiliary Current Transformers 2

HCUE050D7N1

1

1

1

1

Model

Ratio

Type

600/1

Solid round core

1000/1

Solid round core

2

68.70 (1745.0)

20.70 (525.8)

18.50 (469.9)

HCUE100D6N1

1

1

1

1

HCUCT7RL6011

2

HCUE100D7N1

1

1

1

1

HCUCT7RL1021

HCUE300D6N1

1

1

1

1

2

HCUE300D7N1

1

1

1

1

Notes
1 Consult factory.
2 Required for parallel operation of HCU and for units with transformers. Use the same number
of auxiliary CTs as main sensing CTs.

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
V3-T2-74

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

Drawings—NEMA 1 Enclosure
HCUE050 Layout Dimensions
The HCUE050 series offers 50 amperes of corrective current in a
convenient package. The enclosed model comes standard with a
digital interface panel for control diagnostics and programming.
Input fuses are included. The enclosed unit includes a removable
panel for bottom conduit entry.

2
2
2
2

HCUE050—50 Amperes, 208–480V

2

20.70
(525.8)
9.80
(249.0)

2

Heat Sink Opening

2
2

4.60
(116.8)

2
2
18.70
(475.0)

16.70
(424.2)

2
2
2

20.60
(523.2)

2

5.10
(129.5)

2
2

HMI

4.00
(101.6)

67.20
(1706.9)

2

68.70
(1745.0)

2

5.90
(149.9)

2
2
2
2
2
2

5.30
(134.6)
Conduit Plate

2

5.70
(144.8)

6.30
(160.0)

5.30
(134.6)

2

6.30
(160.0)

8.90
(226.1)

2
2

Inlet Air Opening

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2
CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-75

2.2
2
2
2
2
2

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
HCUE100 Layout Dimensions
The HCUE100 series offers 100 amperes of corrective current in
a wallmounted NEMA 1 enclosure. The enclosed model comes
standard with a digital interface module for control, diagnostics
and programming. Input fuses are included. The enclosed unit
includes a removable panel for bottom conduit entry.
HCUE100—100 Amperes 208–480V
20.70
(525.8)

2

9.80
(249.0)

2

Heat Sink Opening

2
2

4.60
(116.8)

2
2

18.70
(475.0)

16.70
(424.2)

2
2
2
2

20.60
(523.2)
5.10
(129.5)

2
2
2
2

HMI

4.00
(101.6)

67.20
(1706.9)

68.70
(1745.0)

5.90
(149.9)

2
2
2
2
2
5.30
(134.6)

2
2

Conduit Plate

6.30
(160.0)

2
2

5.70
(144.8)

6.30
(160.0)

2

5.30
(134.6)

2
V3-T2-76

8.90
(226.1)

Inlet Air Opening

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Power Factor Correction and Harmonic Filtering

2.2

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

2

HCUE300 Layout Dimensions
The HCUE300 series offers 300 amperes of corrective current
for large capacity applications. It is available in a floor-standing
NEMA 1 enclosure (including a door-interlocking disconnect). The
enclosed model comes standard with digital interface module
for control, diagnostics and programming. Input fuses are
included. The enclosed unit includes a removable panel for
top conduit entry.

2
2
2
2

HCUE300—300 Amperes 208–480V

2

32.00
(812.8)

2

23.20
(589.3)

2

3.10
(78.7)

Conduit Plate

2

6.50
(165.1)

2

Heat Sink Opening

2
8.00
(203.2)

2

21.80
(553.7)

28.90
(734.1)

2

17.10
(434.3)

2
2

14.80
(375.9)

2

HMI

2

5.10
(129.5)

4.00
(101.6)
7.40
(188.0)

2
74.80
(1899.9)

2

77.10
(1958.3)

2

10.80
(274.3)

2
2

12.50
(317.5)

2

Inlet
Air Opening

2
24.30
(617.2)

4X
4X
”A“

0.40
(10.2)

2

0.60
(15.2)

2
2
2

14.70
(373.4)

2

Detail ”A“
Scale 1:12

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2
CA08100004E—April 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-T2-77

Motor Control Centers
Freedom

3.1

MCC Product Offering
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2

Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom

3.3

V3-T3-4
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-7

V3-T3-8
V3-T3-9
V3-T3-10
V3-T3-10

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T3-20

V3-T3-24

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

V3-T3-28

3
3

XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets
Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

3

XT and XT FlashGard
Technical Data and Specifications

Freedom FlashGard

3.6

V3-T3-4

Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets
Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5

V3-T3-4

Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets
Check Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4

V3-T3-3

FlashGard®

Product Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC

V3-T3-2

V3-T3-36

3
3

Learn
Online

3
3

XT MCC

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

XT FlashGard MCC

3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-1

3.1
3

Motor Control Centers

Contents

Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard

Description

3

Page

Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3
3

V3-T3-3
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-4
V3-T3-7

3
3
3
3
3
3

Product Overview

3

MCC Operation

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Eaton’s motor control center
(MCC) product line is
headquartered in Fayetteville,
NC. At Fayetteville, the most
progressive engineering in the
industry can custom design
motor control for the most
demanding applications.
Most MCCs can be shipped
six to eight weeks after
receipt of a released order.
The MCC product line also
offers a FAST motor control
center (MCC) quick shipment
program. The program
includes integration of a
number of commonly used
components and assemblies
in MCC applications as well
as configuration options for
each. The FAST program also
includes expedited delivery of
customer approval drawings
when predefined pilot/control
device configurations for unit
assemblies are selected.
MCCs meeting the FAST
criteria are shipped within
4 weeks after receipt of a
released order.

Customer Manufacturing
Solution Centers
One of the most unique
aspects of the Eaton MCC
operation is the ability to
provide customized product to
meet delivery requirements
through a Customer
Manufacturing Solution
Center (CMSC). There are
nine of these facilities located
throughout the U.S. serving
key geographic markets.
Each CMSC has the ability to
provide standard NEMA® 1B
wired product in as little as
one to three days. Please
contact the facility in your
area to discuss customer
opportunities and MCC
support for your specific
marketplace.
Customer Manufacturing
Solution Centers
Location

Telephone

Atlanta

678-309-4270

Chicago

630-260-6304

Cleveland

216-433-0616

Dallas

817-251-6700

Denver

303-366-9949

3

Hartford

860-683-4221

3

Houston

713-939-9696

Los Angeles

562-944-6413

Portland

503-582-2700

3

Seismic Qualification

Bid Manager™

The Freedom and XT MCC
families have been qualified
to meet the seismic
requirements of both the
Uniform Building Code®
(UBC) and the California
Building Code (CBC) for
equipment operation after
seismic activity. This
equipment, along with Eaton’s
low and medium voltage
switchgear assemblies,
medium voltage starter
assemblies and low voltage
switchboards, which meet
seismic requirements,
provide the user with a
complete seismic qualified
assemblies package
that meet CBC and IBC
requirements. Please contact
your Eaton sales engineer for
more details.

One of the most exciting
new tools developed for
the MCC product line is
the Bid Manager program.
Bid Manager is a PC-based
pricing program that is
capable of providing complete
bills of material, front views
and prices for MCCs. This
program can configure an
MCC to meet a multitude
of specific applications and
provide accurate bills of
material and front view
drawings in a matter of
moments. The program
operates on a user-friendly,
Windows®-based format that
offers the most extensive
product selection found in
the industry. A complete
line of adjustable frequency
drives and reduced voltage
solid-state control, along
with insulated case breakers,
high ampacity molded case
breakers and automatic
transfer switches are featured
in the program. Control and
distribution product can be
packaged in a multitude of
variations. Please contact
your Eaton sales engineer
for more details.

3
V3-T3-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers

3.1

Aftermarket Products
XT

IT.

Freedom

Advantage

Series 2100/
5 Star

Freedom
Unitrol

3
F10 Unitrol

9800 Unitrol

Type W

11-300

3
3
3

Motor Control Center Production Years
2012–Present

2002–2011

1995–present

1992–2010

1987–1995/
1975–1987

1988–1994

1972–1989

1965–1975

Aftermarket Service

Product Availability

Over 50 years ago, CutlerHammer® and Westinghouse®
low voltage motor control
centers were introduced,
enabling the group mounting
of low voltage (600 V class)
electrical controls. This
allowed for supervision
and safe operation of motor
starter units, feeder tap
units and auxiliary equipment
in a flexible structure
arrangement at a
centralized location.

Eaton’s MCCs are
manufactured with high
quality structural parts
designed to provide many
years of service.

Replacement units for
the 5-Star, Series 2100,
Advantage, 11-300, 9800,
Type W, F-10, F2100,
Freedom FlashGard,
Freedom, Freedom arcresistant IT., IT. FlashGard,
XT and XT FlashGard motor
control center lines may be
obtained from the Fayetteville
manufacturing plant or any
of the regionally located
Customer Manufacturing and
Solution Centers (CMSCs).

The foundation for today’s
MCCs is a modular plug-in
combination motor controller
assembly with components
of proven electrical and
mechanical integrity. These
assemblies are enclosed
in metal structures that
prevent accidental contact
with live electrical parts.
The MCC structure consists
of structural steel, horizontal
and vertical wireways for
conduit and load cable entry
and exit, and vertical and
horizontal bus systems for
distributing power throughout
the MCC. The starter unit
consists of a rugged steel
shell (wrapper) for mounting
the unit components, a
combination motor starter
with factory wired control, a
handle mechanism for ON/
OFF operation, and a rigid
unit door.

The following descriptions
and needed order entry
information will be useful in
identifying and processing a
vintage MCC aftermarket
unit.
1. Motor control center
type: (11-300, Type W,
5-Star, Advantage, 9800,
F-10, Freedom FlashGard,
Freedom, Freedom arcresistant IT., XT and
XT FlashGard)
2. Class of unit
(Non-reversing,
Reversing, Two Speed)
3. Service voltage
4. Control voltage
5. Starter size or
horsepower rating
6. Disconnect type
(HMCP, Fusible)
7. Clip size and type
(if Fusible)

1935–1965

3
3

Background

Eaton is dedicated to
providing replacement units
or add-on units to handle
additional loads for motor
control centers manufactured
since 1935 for both the
Westinghouse and CutlerHammer product lines.

1956–1974

Competitive MCC units
can be obtained from the
Fayetteville manufacturing
plant or CMSCs.

3

They are located in:
Customer Manufacturing
Solution Centers
Location

Telephone

Atlanta

678-309-4270

Chicago

630-260-6304

Cleveland

216-433-0616

Dallas

817-251-6700

Denver

303-366-9949

Hartford

860-683-4221

Houston

713-939-9696

Los Angeles

562-944-6413

Portland

503-582-2700

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

MCC Renewal Parts
MCC
Type

Dates

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
Renewal Parts Publication

3

XT

2012–present

—

XT FlashGard

2012–present

—

3

IT.

2002–2011

—

IT. FlashGard

2007–2011

—

Freedom

1995–present

RP04304001E

Freedom FlashGard

2008–present

—

Advantage

1992–2011

RP04304002E

Series 2100

1987–1995

RP04304003E

5 Star

1975–1987

RP04304003E

Freedom Unitrol

1988–1994

RP04304004E

F10 Unitrol

1972–1989

RP04304005E

Type W

1965–1975

RP04304006E

9800 Unitrol

1956–1974

RP04304007E

11-300

1935–1965

RP04304008E

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

8. Unit modifications
(Lights, Pushbuttons,
etc.)

3
3

9. Catalog Number
(if available)

3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-3

3.1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Motor Control Centers

Product Description

Features, Benefits and
Functions

Eaton’s offering of motor
control centers (MCCs)
features the Freedom,
Freedom arc-resistant,
Freedom FlashGard, XT and
XT FlashGard. These MCCs
incorporate the newest
NEMA electromechanical
starters in the industry along
with the most complete,
NEMA rated package of
distribution and control
equipment. The FlashGard
MCCs are the industry’s first
and only MCCs designed for
comprehensive arc flash
prevention.

Structure Design

Flexibility

Industrial Communications

Eaton’s MCCs are
20.00 inches (508.0 mm)
wide and 90.00 inches
(2286.0 mm) high with
vertical compartments having
72.00 inches (1828.8 mm)
of unit mounting space in
6.00-inch (152.4 mm)
increments.

Modular, framed design
permits structure arrangement
to be tailored to exactly meet
any control requirements
with a minimum of unusable
space. Vertical compartments
are incremented for
maximum space utilization
and unit interchangeability.
Compact starter and feeder
units provide users with the
ability to solve demanding
space requirements and still
meet all NEMA and UL®
standards.

Eaton MCCs come with the
most advanced and flexible
industrial factory installed and
tested communication
connectivity in the
marketplace with protocols
that include DeviceNet,
Modbus and Modbus TCP,
EtherNet/IP and PROFIBUS.
Eaton smart MCCs facilitate
faster startup, safer working
conditions and enhanced
diagnostics and monitoring.

Structure depth is
16.00 inches (406.4 mm)
or 21.00 inches (533.4 mm)
deep front-mounted only
and 21.00 inches (533.4 mm)
deep for back-to-back
mounted units.

Application Description
Eaton’s MCCs are custommade assemblies of
conveniently grouped control
equipment primarily used for
control of motors and for
distribution of power. MCCs
are designed for three-phase,
230 V applications up to
300 hp, or three-phase,
480 V applications up to 600 hp.
The Freedom FlashGard and
XT FlashGard MCCs are
equipped with a state-ofthe-art stab racking
mechanism (RotoTract™) that
provides bus isolation, stab
indication and lockout
features that proactively
prevent the initiation of
arc flash.

The unique framed design
permits the highest flexibility
in component and structure
configuration.

Accessibility
All parts and wiring are front
accessible. Terminal blocks
are side mounted in each
unit. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) or
8.00-inch (203.2 mm) vertical
wireways separate from
control units provide safe and
convenient access to wiring
and conduits without deenergizing any equipment.

Safety
Design tested at Eaton’s
power laboratory to ensure
maximum protection for
control equipment. The
FlashGard option ensures
maximum safety for
personnel working on or
around the equipment.

Hardwired Control
With choices for 1A to 2C
wiring schemes, the Eaton
MCC offers many options for
traditional or supervisory
control schemes.

Intelligent Products
Eaton MCCs include
intelligent starters, soft
starters, VFDs, meters and
feeder breakers that can
all be connected to an
embedded PLC and
operator interface.

Standards and
Certifications
UL Listing
Standard structures and units
are provided with UL label.
Contact Eaton for details
and part numbers for CSA
approved units.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Comparison of Key MCC Features and Attributes by MCC Type/Family

MCC Type/
Family

Serves
Serves
Applications
600 V
480 V and Below Applications

Freedom

Compact
Unit
Offering
Standard 1

Compact
Unit
Offering
Optional 1

120 Vac
Control
Power

■

■

■

■

Freedom Arc-Resistant ■

■

■

■

Freedom FlashGard

■

■

XT

■

XT FlashGard

■

24 Vdc
Control
Power

Tested and
Certified
Per ArcResistant
Guidelines

■
■

■

■
■

■
■

Notes
1 Compact offering has size 1 and 2 FVNR starter units in 1X and size 3 and 4 in 2X. Add 1X to each for FVR versions.
2 FlashGard technology enables stabs to be retracted from and engaged onto the vertical bus while the unit's door is closed.
3 FlashGard test position enables control power to be delivered to the unit while its stabs are removed from the vertical bus
(no line power present within unit).

V3-T3-4

Optional
Communications
Capability
■

■

■
■

FlashGard
Technology 2

FlashGard
Technology
with Test
Position 23

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

■

■

3.1

Motor Control Centers

Catalog Number Selection

3

Aftermarket MCC Starter Buckets

3
FZ 206E E A S C12 P57

MCC Type
Catalog Codes
F = Free-standing NEMA 1
FZ = Freedom
FK = Advantage
FS = Series 2100/5 Star
FD = Freedom Unitrol
FR = F10 Unitrol
FT = Type W
FN = 9800 Unitrol
FJ = 11-300
FM = IT.
SZ = FlashGard
GD = ITE 5600
GE = GE 7700/8000
AB = Allen-Bradley Centerline
SQ = Square D Model 6
SS = Furnas 89

Starter Type
See tables on Page V3-T3-6

Service
Voltage
A = 120 V
B = 208 V
C = 240 V
D = 380 V
E = 480 V
F = 575 V

Control
Voltage
A = 120 V
B = 208 V
C = 240 V
D = 380 V
E = 480 V
F = 575 V

3

Space
Option Code
S = Standard
height
C = Compact
X = Oversized

CPT
C10 = Separate source
control fuse
C12 = 100 VA for sz. 1–2
C13 = 150 VA for sz. 3–4

Modification Codes
See tables on Page V3-T3-6

3
3
3
3
3
3

FZ F 1 D S 12
MCC Type
Catalog Codes
FZ = Freedom
FK = Advantage
FS = Series 2100/5 Star
FD = Freedom Unitrol
FR = F10 Unitrol
FT = Type W
FN = 9800 Unitrol
FJ = 11-300
FM = IT.
SZ = FlashGard
GD = ITE 5600
GE = GE 7700/8000
AB = Allen-Bradley Centerline
SQ = Square D Model 6
SS = Furnas 89

Eaton is dedicated to
providing replacement units
or add-on units to handle
additional loads for motor
control centers manufactured
since1935 for both the
Westinghouse and CutlerHammer product lines.

3
3

Aftermarket MCC Feeder Buckets/Units

Aftermarket Service
Eaton’s MCCs are
manufactured with high
quality structural parts
designed to provide many
years of service.

3

Device Type
F = HFD
J = HJD
K = HKD
L = HLD
Z = Fusible
Switch

Unit Type
1 = Single
Disconnect
2 = Dual Disconnect

Trip or Clip
Rating (Left
Feeder)
A = 15
B = 20
C = 25
D = 30 1
E = 40
F = 50
G = 60 1
H = 70
J = 80
K = 90
L = 100 1

3
Trip or Clip
Rating (Right
Feeder) Dual
Unit Only
M= 125
N = 150
P = 175
Q = 200 1
R = 225
S = 250
T = 300 1
W= 350
X = 400
Y = 500
Z = 600 1

12
14
18
24
28
30
36
48

3

Unit Size
= 12”
= 14”
= 18” or 18-2/3”
= 24”
= 28”
= 30”
= 36”
= 48”

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

The following descriptions
and needed order entry
information will be useful in
identifying and processing a
vintage MCC aftermarket
unit.
1. Motor control center
type (refer to MCC types
listed above for both
starter and feeder units)
2. Class of unit (nonreversing, reversing,
two speed)

3. Service voltage
4. Control voltage

3

Note
1 Fusible disconnect sizes.

3

5. Starter size or
horsepower rating

3

6. Disconnect type
(HMCP, Fusible)

3

7. Clip size and type
(if fusible)

3
3

8. Unit modifications (lights,
pushbuttons, etc.)

3

9. Catalog number
(if available)

3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-5

3.1

Motor Control Centers

3

Aftermarket MCC Starter types

3

Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Combination Starter—
HMCP Disconnect

3

NEMA
Size

208 V

240 V

380 V

480 V

1

0.50

0.33

1

1

3

1

1

1

2

1

3

3

5

3

1

7.50

7.50

2

10

3
4

3

3
3
3

Common Modifications
Abbreviated list of common modification codes

Maximum Horsepower

Note: Please contact your local Service Center for all available
modifications and to learn which modifications will work for your
aftermarket needs.

600 V

HMCP
Ampere
Size

Starter
Class
Code

1.50

3

206A

Modification
Codes

Option
Description

3

3

7

206B

B10

Breaker shunt trip—120 V

7.50

7.50

15

206C

B11

Breaker auxiliary switch—1NO/1NC

10

10

15

30

206D

B19

Breaker auxiliary switch—2NO/2NC

15

25

25

30

50

206E

C10

Control fuse wired for separate source in lieu of CPT

25

30

50

50

50

100

206H

C11

Control fuse/disconnect for separate source in lieu of CPT

40

50

75

100

100

150

206L

C12

CPT 100 VA for size 1 and 2 starters, fused

C13

CPT 150 VA for size 3 and 4 starters, fused

C18

Full capacity CPT for size 5 starters, fused

M12

Mini elapsed time meter

M16

IQ 200 Meter with three CTs

Full-Voltage Reversing Combination Starter—
HMCP Disconnect

3

NEMA
Size

208 V

240 V

380 V

480 V

600 V

HMCP
Ampere
Size

3

O19

Overload relay heater/heater pack

1

0.50

0.33

1

1

1.50

3

216A

O20

CEP7 solid-state overload relay—size 1

1

1

1

2

3

3

7

216B

P10

Red ‘RUN’ light

1

3

3

5

7.50

7.50

15

216C

P11

Green ‘STOPPED’ light

3

1

7.50

7.50

10

10

15

30

216D

P15

Red ‘RUN’ Push-to-Test light

2

10

15

25

25

30

50

216E

P16

Green ‘STOPPED’ Push-to-Test light

3

3

25

30

50

50

50

100

216H

P20

Special function light

4

40

50

75

100

100

150

216L

P32

‘START/STOP’ pushbutton

P35

‘ON/OFF’ pushbutton

P36

‘FORWARD/REVERSE/STOP’ pushbutton

P38

‘FAST/OFF/SLOW’ pushbutton

P41

Special function pushbutton

P50

‘ON-OFF’ selector switch

P53

‘START-STOP’ selector switch

P55

‘FORWARD-REVERSE’ selector switch

P56

Special function 2-position selector switch

P57

‘HAND-OFF-AUTO’ selector switch

P58

‘LOCAL-OFF-REMOTE’ selector switch

P59

‘FAST-OFF-SLOW’ selector switch

P60

‘HIGH-OFF-LOW’ selector switch

P61

Special function 3-position selector switch

R24

D15 four-pole control relay

S11

1NO-1NC starter auxiliary contacts

S22

2NO-2NC starter auxiliary contacts

T10

Pull-apart type terminal blocks (standard on all vintages except Type W
and 11-300)

U10

Surge suppressor on coil

3

U11

Type SIS control wire

3

U14

Wiremarkers—sleeve type on all control wire

U17

Wiring diagram inside starter unit door

3

3
3

Maximum Horsepower

Full-Voltage Non-Reversing Combination Starter—
Fusible Disconnect
Maximum Horsepower
600 V

Fuse
Ampere
Size

Starter
Class
Code

10

15

30

204D

25

25

30

50

204E

30

50

50

50

100

204H

50

75

100

100

150

204L

3

NEMA
Size

208 V

240 V

380 V

480 V

3

1

7.50

7.50

10

2

10

15

3

25

4

40

3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Starter
Class
Code

Full-Voltage Reversing Combination Starter—
Fusible Disconnect
Maximum Horsepower
600 V

Fuse
Ampere
Size

Starter
Class
Code

10

15

30

214D

25

25

30

50

214E

30

50

50

50

100

214H

50

75

100

100

150

214L

NEMA
Size

208 V

240 V

380 V

480 V

1

7.50

7.50

10

2

10

15

3

25

4

40

3
3
3
V3-T3-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers

3.1

Accessories and Options
Control and Distribution
Equipment Packaging
Eaton’s MCCs provide the
best packaged solutions for
the control needs of today’s
users. Structural characteristics
allow the user to select a
complete package of control
and distribution equipment in
a minimum amount of space.
The ability to package a wide
range of solid-state products,
including SVX9000 drives,
S811+ soft starters and PLCs
meet the most demanding
user process needs. The
option to provide high
ampacity molded case
breakers gives the user
the flexibility to minimize
switchboard or switchgear
structures and thereby saves
valuable space and reduces
design costs. Additional
safety accessories are
available such as Motorguard
(automatic insulation tester),
Voltage Vision (voltage
presence indicator),
FlashGard remote racking
accessory and FlashGard
locking accessory. Other
packaged products, including
automatic transfer switches
and panelboards, again
reduce space requirements
and save time and money on
equipment and installation
costs. A motor load terminal
block that enables quick
connect/disconnect of 480 V
power is available as standard
on the Freedom FlashGard as
well as the XT and XT
FlashGard MCCs. This
feature is optional on the
Freedom and Freedom arcresistant MCCs.

FlashGard Remote
Racking Accessory

3

FlashGard Locking
Accessory

3
3
3
3
3

Remote Racking Accessory
●

●
●

●

●
●

Performs RotoTract racking
safely behind NFPA arc
flash boundaries
120 Vac motor driven
Mounts to RotoTract
mechanism
Wired pendant station
for “rack-in”/”rack-out”
operation
Momentary jog
Mounting offset bracket
to clear device panel

3

FlashGard Locking Accessory
●

●

●

3

Locks out RotoTract
operation during
maintenance
Allows operation of
FlashGard units by
authorized personnel only
Heavy-gauge steel
construction

3
3
3
3

Automatic Insulation
Tester (Motorguard)

3
3

Voltage Presence Indicator
(VoltageVision™)

3
3
3
3

Voltage Presence Indicator
(VoltageVision)
●

●

●

●

●

Hardwired voltage detector
connected to load side
of disconnect
Enables operator to
“pre-verify” voltage
presence with unit
door closed
Installable in a 30 mm
pilot device knockout
Dual redundant circuitry
for reliability
Phase insensitive

3

Automatic Insulation Tester
(Motorguard)
●

●

●

●

3

“Meggers” equipment
motor insulation to
continuously monitor
integrity of insulation for
the period that the
equipment is de-energized
Applies 500 Vdc potential
at current-limited, operatorsafe maximum amperage
of 200 microamperes
Alarms upon detection
of a threshold leakage
to ground current
Visual alarm indication and
lockout; Form C contact
available for remote
alarm status

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-7

3.2
3

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Contents

Freedom Arc-Resistant Motor Control Center

Description

3

Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Freedom Arc-Resistant Motor Control Center

3

Product Description

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

An arc flash is a dangerous
condition associated with the
explosive release of energy
caused by an electrical arc
due to either a phase-toground or a phase-to-phase
fault. This fault can result
from many factors, including
dropped tools, accidental
contact with electrical
systems, buildup of
conductive dust, corrosion
and improper work
procedure. An arc-flash event
releases a tremendous
amount of energy in the form
of thermal heat, toxic fumes,
pressure waves, blinding
light, sound waves and
explosions that can result in
serious injury, including
critical burns, collapsed lungs,
loss of vision, ruptured
eardrums, puncture wounds
and even death.

3

Temperatures can reach
35,000 °F, which is three
times hotter than the
temperature of the sun.
These excessive
temperatures cause the air
and metal in the path of the
arc to expand and explode,
creating an arc blast.
Throughout the world, arc
flash threatens personnel
safety, and companies face
lost man-hours, lawsuits,
fines, equipment damage,
facility downtime and lost
production.

In continuation with the
legacy of Eaton’s leadership
in arc flash safety products,
the Freedom arc-resistant
motor control center (MCC)
is designed to provide
personnel with increased
protection from the dangers
of arc flash hazards. This
enhanced version of Eaton’s
flagship Freedom MCC
includes additional features
specifically designed to
contain the arc blast energy
should an arc flash event
be triggered within the
assembly. The Freedom arcresistant MCC has a Type 2
accessibility rating, meaning
that arc-resistant designs or
features are present on the
front, back and sides of the
assembly. This Type 2 rating
translates to enhanced safety
around the entire perimeter
of the MCC should an arc
flash event occur.

3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Page
V3-T3-9
V3-T3-10
V3-T3-18
V3-T3-19

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.2

Features and Benefits

3

No Exhaust Plenums or Roof Flaps Required
Eaton’s arc-resistant Freedom MCC requires no exhaust
plenums or roof flaps. This aids in the ease of installation, as
additional clearance or venting ductwork is not required above
the assembly.

3
3
3

12 Gauge Steel Doors, Side Sheets and Back Sheets
Usage of 12 gauge steel on all MCC doors, side sheets and back
sheets serve to increase the structural integrity of the MCC and
aid in the containment of arc blast energy, further enhancing
personnel safety should an arc flash event occur.

3
3
3

4 Inch Sections
A four-inch section is added to the first and last structures of the
MCC lineup, regardless of the number of structures. These
sections increase the structural integrity of the MCC lineup,
further ensuring it can withstand the arc blast energy.

3
3
3

Front View of Structure

3
3

Enhanced Door Hinges and Latches
Hinges and door latches play a vital role in the containment of
arc blast energy during an arc flash event. The design and
implementation of enhanced door hinges and latches on the
Freedom arc-resistant MCC serves to keep doors closed and
latched securely during an arc flash event, further preventing the
propagation of arc blast energy toward personnel. As an
additional measure, the quantity of door hinges and latches
applied to the MCC unit doors has also been increased.

3
3
3
3
3
3

Insulated Horizontal and Vertical Buses
Insulation of the horizontal and vertical buses aids in the
prevention of arc flash incidents. When an arc flash incident
does occur, the insulation serves to prevent further propagation
of the arc fault throughout the entire MCC. Automatic vertical
bus shutters are included.

3
3
3
3

Isolation Barriers Between Adjacent Structures
Isolation barriers placed between adjacent structures serve to
isolate the arc blast energy to a single area within the MCC.

3
3
3
3
3
3

Rear View of Structure with
Back and Side Sheets Removed

3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-9

3.2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s Freedom arcresistant MCC has been
tested and verified per the
criteria found in the Institute
of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers (IEEE) guideline
C37.20.7 titled “IEEE Guide
for Testing Metal-Enclosed
Switchgear Rated Up to 38 kV
for Internal Arcing Faults.”
The MCC also meets the
criteria found in Canadian
Standards Association (CSA)
standard C22.2 No. 0.22-11,
titled “Evaluation Methods
for Arc Resistance Ratings of
Enclosed Electrical
Equipment.” This standard
was originally published in
2012 and is currently the only
official North American
standard or guideline that
contains low voltage MCCs
within the scope of coverage.
CSA C22.2 No. 0.22-11 was
based in large part on the
guidelines and testing criteria
found in IEEE C37.20.7.

3
3
3
3

Technical Data and Specifications
Specifications
Item

Applicable guidelines and standards Tested and verified per IEEE guideline C37.20.7 and CSA standard 22.2 No. 0.22-11
Agency approvals

UL and cUL per UL 845

Voltage rating

600 V maximum

Interrupting rating

Maximum 65 kA at 480 V and 600 V

Arc duration rating

100 mS

Accessibility type 1

Type 2 (contains arc-resistant protection designs or features on the front, sides, and rear of the equipment)

Main incoming breaker (required)

2500 A frame
1200 A–2500 A trip range), 80% rated
1200 A frame
(400 A–1200 A trip range), 80% rated

Structure environmental ratings

NEMA 1, 2, 12 and 3R available

Structure depth

21 inches

Horizontal bus

Minimum 800 A, maximum 2500 A 2

Vertical bus

Maximum 1200 A

Bus insulation

Horizontal and vertical buses both insulated

Available Units, Assemblies and Options
Interrupting devices 3

Thermal-magnetic circuit breakers and motor circuit protectors

Main breakers 4

2500 A frame (800 A–2500 A range)
1200 A frame (320 A–1200 A range)

Starters

NEMA size 1–5 full voltage non-reversing (FVNR), full voltage reversing (FVR) and multi-speed
All overload options available, including bimetallic and solid-state

Feeders

Maximum 400 A, 80% rated

Variable frequency drives (VFDs)

Maximum 200 hp

Clean power drives 1

Maximum 200 hp

Soft starters

Maximum 200 hp

Other units and
assemblies available

Relay panels
Relay structures
Meters
Transformers
Panelboards
Transfer switches
Surge protective devices
Power factor correction capacitors
Active harmonic correction units

Communications

Communications on all major fieldbus protocols, including Modbus, Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP, DeviceNet,
and PROFIBUS

3
3
3
3

Description

Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC

Notes
1 Freedom arc-resistant MCCs containing clean power drives carry a Type 1 accessibility type (contains arc-resistant protection designs
on the front).
2 2500 A maximum with 65 °C temperature rise bus, 2000 A maximum with 50 °C temperature rise bus.
3 Fused switches and air circuit breakers not available.
4 An incoming main breaker is required to be configured in the lineup. Incoming main lugs, fused switches and air circuit breakers not available
as main devices.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.2

Incoming Line

3

Incoming Line—
Main Lugs Only 12

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Bus
Rating

X-Space

600

2

Frame Size
(Amperes)

Circuit
Breaker Type

Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant
and Freedom FlashGard
Unit Size

Enclosure
Width

150

HFD 2

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

FDC 2

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

HFD 2

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

4

FDC 2

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

6

2

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

JDC 2

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

HKD 2

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

8

KDC 2

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

5

CHKD 25

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

6

CKDC 25

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

3
4
800

1000

3

1600

225

250

4
6

1200

3

Incoming Line—Main Circuit Breaker 14

12

400

600

HJD

HLD 2

24.00 (609.6) 9jk

20.00 (508.0)

24.00 (609.6) 9jk

20.00 (508.0)

2000

12

LDC 2

2500

12

CHLD 235

24.00 (609.6) 9jk

20.00 (508.0)

CLDC 235

24.00 (609.6) 9jk

20.00 (508.0)

3200 3

12
800

1200

1600

2000

HMDL 2

30.00 (762.0) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

CHMDL 235

48.00 (1219.2) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

NGH 467

42.00 (1066.8) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

NGC 267

42.00 (1066.8) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

NGH-C 3678

72.00 (1828.8) 9

20.00 (508.0)

NGC-C 267

72.00 (1828.8) 9

20.00 (508.0)

NGH 467

42.00 (1066.8) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

NGC 267

42.00 (1066.8) 9k

20.00 (508.0)

NGH-C 234678

72.00 (1828.8) 9

20.00 (508.0)

NGC-C 2367

72.00 (1828.8) 9

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 467

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

RGC 267

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

RGH-C 24678

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

RGC-C 2678

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 467

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

267

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

72.00 (1828.8) 9l

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 467

72.00 (1828.8) 9kl

24.00 (609.6)

267

72.00 (1828.8) 9kl

24.00 (609.6)

RGC

RGH-C 24678
RGC-C
2500

RGC

2678

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Notes
1 Table common to Freedom, Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom FlashGard.
2 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
3 NEMA 1 gasketed only.
4 An NGH or RGH main breaker is required in the Freedom arc-resistant MCC. The NGH requires a complete vertical section (72 inches) in the
Freedom arc-resistant MCC only.
5 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating. Digitrip™ 310 LS is required and included in the price.
6 Digitrip 310+ LSI is standard and included in the pricing.
7 Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS) available. Requires Digitrip 310+ ALSI or ALSIG.
8 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating.
9 Fixed assembly. Not available with FlashGard RotoTract assembly.
j Add 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) for top entry of incoming cables.
k Install at top for cable top entry or at bottom for bottom cable entry.
l The main breaker requires the complete vertical section. The rear is unusable.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-11

3.2

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Structure Modifications

3

Structure Modifications

Neutral Bus (Bottom)

Description

Ampere Rating

X-Space

3

Enclosure

300

3

NEMA 1 gasketed

600 or 800

NEMA 12—dust-tight

1000

Freedom,
Freedom
Arc-Resistant
and Freedom
FlashGard

NEMA 3R front-mounted only

1200

NEMA 3R front and rear 1

1600

3
3

NEMA 3R walk-in

3

NEMA 3R tunnel 1

2500

Space heater

3200 13

3

Thermostat

3

Channel sills

1

2000

Bottom plate

Meter

100 kA bus bracing 1

3

600 A

2

X-Space

IQ 250/260

2

IQ DP-4130

2

IQ Analyzer

2

Power Xpert
2250/2260/2270

2

Freedom,
Freedom
Arc-Resistant
and Freedom
FlashGard

Power Xpert
4000/6000/8000

3

Vertical Bus

3

800 A

3

Horizontal Ground Bus

1200 A

300 A copper

3

600 A copper

3

Standard Structures

800 A copper

3

16.00-inch (406.4 mm) front-mounted only 1

3

21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front and rear 1

3

600 A copper 1

21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front-mounted only

Main Horizontal Bus—65°C Rise 1

3

800 A copper

3

1600 A copper

1200 A copper

2000 A copper

3

2500 A copper

3

Vertical Bus Barrier

3200 A copper 1

Labyrinth barrier with shutters 2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-12

Surge Protective Device—
Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect
Three feature packages are
available to choose from.
Individual features vary by
package.

IQ 130/140/150

12.00-inch (304.8 mm) pull box

3

3

Incoming Line Metering

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Surge Current
Per Phase
100 kA
Model SPD 4

3

120 kA
Model SPD 45

3

160 kA
Model SPD 4

3

200 kA
Model SPD 4

3

250 kA
Model SPD 6

3

300 kA
Model SPD

3

400 kA
Model SPD

3

Notes
1 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
2 Labyrinth barrier with automatic shutter
is standard on the Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
3 Available NEMA 1 gasketed
enclosures only.
4 Optional integral IQ 200 Meter in 3X unit
for 100 kA–200 kA.
5 Recommended for branch entrance.
6 Recommended for service entrance.

3.2

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Combination Starters
Circuit Breaker Starters
(HMCP) Non-Reversing
(F206) 1
X-Space

Circuit Breaker Starters 1

Size

X-Space

X-Space

3

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

3

Full Voltage Reversing (F216)
1

3

3

1

2

2

2

3

3

2

2

2

3

4

4

3

3

3

4

5

5

4

3

4

2S1W (F946)

5

6

7

1

9

Compact Circuit Breaker
Starters (HMCP)
Non-Reversing (F206)
X-Space
Size

Freedom and
Freedom Arc-Resistant

1

1

2

1

4

2

4

4
5

3

6

7

4

6

8

2S2W (F956)
1

4

4

Size

Full Voltage
Non-Reversing (F204)
1

2

3

2

2

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

5

10

11

Full Voltage Reversing (F214)
1

4

4

2

4

4

3

5

5

4

8

10

2

4

4

Fusible Non-Reversing
2S 1W (F944)

3

5

5

1

4

4

4

5

7

2

4

5

3

6

6

4

10

10

3

2

4

2

3

8

9

4

8

9

Fusible Non-Reversing
2S 2W (F954)

3

12

12

1

4

4

64

12

12

2

4

5

3

5

6

4

8

10

X-Space
Size

Freedom and
Freedom Arc-Resistant

1

2

2

2

3

3

4

3

5

Vacuum Starters (V206)
Non-Reversing
4

3

4

5

6

7

6

8

9

Size

Circuit Breaker (F208)

Reduce Voltage Auto
Transformer (F606) 2

Compact Circuit Breaker
Starters (HMCP) Reversing
(F216)

3

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

Size

9

Contactor Only Units

X-Space

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

6

Fusible Disconnect Starters 1

1

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

4

3

4

5

6

7

6

9

9

Fusible (F209) 5
1

2

3

2

2

3

3

4

4

4

6

6

5

10

11

Notes
1 All starter configurations use the
Freedom contactor as standard.
It is possible to order the starter
configuration with the A200 contactor,
which may affect X space.
2 Must be located at bottom.
3 24.00 inches (609.6 mm) wide.
4 28.00 inches (711.2 mm) wide.
5 Not available in Freedom arcresistant MCC.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-13

3.2

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Starter Modifications

3

Control Options
Description

3

Selector switch 2/3—Pos.

3

Tx indicating light—standard

3
3
3

Push-to-test light 6 V transformer

Auxiliary switch—in breaker
Mini meters
AMM
VMM
ETM
Relay surge suppressor

3

Timer—pneumatic

3

Relay—AR—600 V two-pole

3

Standard solid-state overload relay 12

3

NEMA size 4–6

Timer—solid-state

Relay—general purpose 300 V

NEMA size 1–3

3

Industrial Communications 3
Networked-enabled
components in MCCs
eliminate up to 90% of the
control wiring versus
traditional hardwired designs.

The industrial network is
prewired throughout the
MCC and factory tested for
conformance.

Motor Control Communication Options
Device

DeviceNet

Modbus

PROFIBUS

EtherNet/IP

Modbus TCP

C306 Over Load

C441K

C441N

C441S

C441R

C441R

C440 Over Load

C441K

C441N

C441S

C441R

C441R

C441 Over Load

C441K

C441N

C441S

C441R

C441R

SVX Drives

OPTC7

OPTC2

OPTC3

OPTCI

OPTCI

Feeders

C441K

C441N

C441S

C441R

C441R

S811+ Soft Starter

Via gateway

Resident in S811+

Via gateway

C441V

C441V

S811+ Soft Starters with Integral Bypass
X-Space
Maximum hp

X-Space

Freedom
and Freedom Arc-Resistant

Freedom
FlashGard

Maximum hp

Freedom

Freedom
FlashGard

3

1.15 Service Factor—Standard Duty
20

2

3

10

2

3

3

40

2

3

25

2

3

60

3

4

40

3

4

3

75

3

4

50

3

4

3

125

6

7

75

6

7

150

6

7

100

6

7

3

200

6

7

125

6

9

300 4

9

9

150

9

10

3

350 4

9

9

200

9

10

3

450 4

12

12

250 4

9

10

500 4

12

12

300 4

9

10

600 4

12

12

350 4

9

10

700 4

12 5

12

450 4

12 5

12

3

1.15 Service Factor—Severe Duty

3
3
3
3

S811+ Control Options 6

S811+ Power Options 6

Description

NEMA Bypass Contactor

Pump control

Size 1

MOV protection

Size 2
Size 3

3

Size 4

3

Size 6

Size 5

Size 7

3
3
3
3
V3-T3-14

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Notes
1 Feature Overload provides same features
as standard model plus ground fault,
stall/jam protection, selectable trip class
—10, 15 and 20.
2 Size 4 units require additional 6-inch
(152.4 mm) (1X) space.
3 This table is common for Freedom,
Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom
FlashGard MCCs.
4 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
5 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide,
rear is unusable, bottom exit only.
6 Options apply to both HMCP and
breaker models.

3.2

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Motor Isolation Contactors
Sizes
1
2

SVX9000 Adjustable
Frequency Drives—
Plug-in Units NEMA 1
(480 V Maximum) Constant/
Variable Torque Rated 1

SVX9000 Adjustable
Frequency Drives—
Non-Plug-in Units NEMA 1
(480 V Maximum) Constant/
Variable Torque Rated

SVX9000 Options

3

Description

3

DeviceNet communications
PROFIBUS communications

3

3

X-Space

X-Space

Modbus RTU

4

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

Modbus TCP
EtherNet/IP

3

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(40–75 VT hp)

3

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(100–150 VT hp)

3

hp

5

hp

6

3

3

6

40

9

9

7

5

4

7

50

9

9

7.5

4

7

60

9

9

9

9

MMX Adjustable
Frequency Drives—NEMA 1
(480 V Maximum)

hp

10

4

7

75

2

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(200–250 VT hp)

3

15

4

7

100

12

12

X-Space

20

6

10

125

12

12

Freedom, Freedom ArcResistant and Freedom
FlashGard

25

6

10

150

12

12

30

6

10

200

12

12

250 3

12

12

SVX9000 Options

300 3

12

12

Description

400 3

12

12

DeviceNet communications

500 3

12

12

PROFIBUS communications

600

3

12

12

Active Harmonic Correction
for AC Drives

Modbus RTU

700 3

12

12

X-Space

1

2

2

2

3

3

5

3

7.5

3

10

3

Modbus TCP

MMX Drive Options

EtherNet/IP

Description

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter (3 hp)

3% load reactor

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(5–15 hp)

5% load reactor
Three contactor bypass

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(20–30 hp)
Input line fuses (3–30 hp)
RFI filter (3–30 hp)

Note: Consult Eaton’s Consulting
Application Guide for complete
details on Drive/ Option Assembly
Dimensions.
Note: SVX9000 Non-Plug-in Units
with HMCP disconnect, 3% input
line reactor, 3% output line
reactor, door mounted Keypad,
CPT.
Note: VT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200%
starting torque for 10 seconds
and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 110% overload
for 1 minute.
Note: CT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200%
starting torque for 10 seconds
and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 150% overload
for 1 minute.

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(300–400 VT hp) 3

3

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(500–600 VT hp) 3
Input line fuses (40–150 VT hp) 3

3

Input line fuses (200–250 hp) 3
Input line fuses (300–400 hp) 3

Description

3

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

3
3
3

50 A harmonic 12 4
correction

12 4

3

100 A harmonic 12 4
correction

12 4

3

18-Pulse Clean Power
Drives—NEMA 1, (480 V
Maximum) Variable Torque
Rated 5
hp

X-Space
Inches (mm) Wide 6

100

12, 40.00 (1016.0)

150

12, 40.00 (1016.0)

200

12, 60.00 (1524.0)

250 3

12, 60.00 (1524.0)

300 37

12, 60.00 (1524.0) 7

400 3

12, 60.00 (1524.0) 7

500 37

12, 106.00 (2692.4) 7

Notes
1 SVX9000 plug-in units with HMCP
disconnect, 3% input line reactor,
3% output line reactor, door-mounted
keypad, CPT.
2 X-space for 75 hp CT rated drive is 12X.
3 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.
4 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm)
wide structure.
5 Includes 5% input line reactor, 18-pulse
rectifier, delta differential transformer.
6 X-space shown is common for both
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard MCCs.
7 Extra space required for bypass
contactor, consult factory.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-15

3.2
3
3
3

3

Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Feeders
Note: FlashGard RotoTract
assembly available on circuit
breakers 400 A and below.

X-Space

Amperes

HFD 50

Amperes

Freedom

30

2

30 or 60

2

3

60

3
2

2

3

2

HFD 150 1 2

2

3

HJD 250

3

3

HKD 400

4

5

HLD 600

4

3
3

Freedom X-Space

Freedom and
Freedom Arc- Freedom
Resistant
FlashGard

2

NGH 1200

Amperes

X-Space

Standard Circuit Breakers
1

Fusible Disconnect—
Dual Fusible Switch 45

Freedom
FlashGard

HFD 100 1 2

3

Fusible Disconnect—
Fusible Switch 5

Circuit Breaker

3
3

Motor Control Centers

7

42
3

100

3

3

30

200

6

5

400

6

7

600

8

8

Notes
1 HFDE breakers with RMS 310+ electronic
trip unit available in 80 AF and 225 AF in
2X space.
2 Fixed assembly, no RotoTract.
3 NGH breaker requires a full structure
(12X) in the Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
4 Not available in Freedom FlashGard.
5 Not available in Freedom arc-resistant
MCC.

72

6.00-Inch (152.4 mm)
Circuit Breakers
EG125

1

N/A

3

JG250

1

N/A

3

50/50

2

4

50/100

2

4

3

100/100

2

4

2

4

3

100/150
150/150

2

4

Dual HFD Circuit Breakers

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-16

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.2

NEMA 3R Drives

Panelboards

Constant/Variable Torque
Rated (480 V Maximum)

Panelboards
(240 V Maximum) 14

Panelboards
(480 V Maximum) 14

3
3

3

Horsepower

X-Space, Width 1

Circuits

X-Space

Circuits

X-Space

1.5

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

18

4

14

6

2

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

30

5

26

8

3

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

42

6

32

8

5

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

42

10

7.5

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

10

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

15

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

20

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

25

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

30

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

40

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

3

Automatic Transfer Switches

3

Open Transition Three-Pole Only
Ampere Rating

Unit Width Inches (mm)

X-Space 1

20.00 (508.0)

6

50

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

60

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

150 5

20.00 (508.0)

6

75

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

100

20.00 (508.0)

8

100

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

150

20.00 (508.0)

8

125

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

225

20.00 (508.0)

8

150

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

300

20.00 (508.0)

8

200

12X, 32.00 (812.8) 2

400

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

600

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

800

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

1000

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

1000

44.00 (1117.6) 7

12

1200

44.00 (1117.6) 7

12

1600

44.00 (1117.6) 8

12

2000

44.00 (1117.6) 8

12

Transformers 13

kVA

Primary and
Primary
Secondary
Breaker Only Breakers
X-Space
X-Space

Single-Phase
3

4

4

5

4

4

7.5

4

4

10

4

4

15 6

6

6

20 6

6

6

25 6

6

6

30 6

6

6

45 6

7

8

3
3

100 5

Transformers

3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Notes
1 X-space shown is common for Freedom, Freedom arc-resistant and Freedom FlashGard MCCs.
2 Extra space required for bypass section. Consult factory.
3 Must have primary breaker. Must be located at bottom of structure.
4 Space for MLO. Branch breakers included.
5 Manually operated switch:
NTVS = Electronically operated non-automatic.
MTVX = Single handle manual operation.
6 Requires 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) deep structure.
7 Requires 37.00-inch (939.8 mm) deep structure, flush at the rear. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
8 Requires 42.00-inch (1066.8 mm) deep structure. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.

3
3
3
3
3

Three-Phase
96

6

6

15 6

6

6

25 6

6

6

30 6

6

6

45 6

6

6

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-17

3.2

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Application Guide

3

Motor Circuit Protector Selection Guide 1

3

NEMA

200 V

208 V

230 V

380 V

460 V

575 V

HMCP

Frame

1

—

—

—

3/4

3/4

1

3

Standard Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers

3/4

1

1

2

2

3

7

HFD

150

3

2

2

2

3

5

7-1/2

15

HJD

250

5

5

5

10

10

10

30

HKD

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

—

—

—

50

3

2

3
3

3

3
3
3

4

5

3
3

Circuit Breaker Application Chart
Interrupting Rating (kA Symmetrical Amperes)

Maximum Horsepower

6

Frame Rating (Amperes)

208/240 V

480 V

600 V

65

65

25

65

65

25

400

65

65

35

HLD

600

65

65

35

—

—

—

—

—

15

30

NGH

1200

65

65

35

10

10

10

15

20

25

50

RGH

2500

65

65

50

—

—

15

25

25

—

70

High Interrupting Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers

—

—

—

—

—

30

50

FDC

150

100

100

35

15

20

20

30

40

50

100

JDC

250

100

100

35

25

25

30

50

50

—

150

KDC

400

100

100

50

40

40

40

60

100

100

150

LDC

600

100

100

50

—

—

50

75

—

—

250

NGC

1200

100

100

50

2500

100

100

65

50

50

60

—

125

150

250

RGC

75

75

75

150

200

200

400

Current Limiting Molded Case Circuit Breakers

—

—

100

—

—

—

600

HFD/CL

150

100

100

100

150

150

200

300

350

400

600

HFD/CL

225

100

100

100

—

—

—

—

400

—

1200

NBTRIPAC

300–800

100

100

100

3

Magnum DS Air Circuit Breakers

3

MDS-608

800

65

65

65

MDS-C08

800

100

100

100

3

MDS-616

1600

65

65

65

MDS-C16

1600

100

100

100

3

MDS-620

2000

65

65

65

3
3

MDS-C20

2000

100

100

100

MDS-632

3200

65

65

65

MDS-C32

3200

100

100

100

Notes
1 Suitable for use with NEMA Design B and D (high efficiency) motors.

3

Circuit breakers can be supplied with optional CPT and optional shunt trip.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-18

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.2

Individual CPT Sizes
Starter Size

Standard Transformer (VA)

Maximum Size in Standard Unit (VA)

100

150

3
3

FVNR, FVR, 2S2W
1, 2

3

1, 2–6

100

100

3, 4

150

250

5, 6

500

500

4

150

250

5

150

250

6

250

350

3

3, 4

150

250

5, 6

500

500

3
3

3
3

RVAT

2S1W
1, 2, 3, 4

200

250

5, 6

500

500

3

4

150

250

5

150

250

3

6

250

350

Vacuum

3
3

Product Specifications
Structure
●
NEMA 1, 2, 3R or
12 enclosure
●
Copper horizontal bus
600–3200 A 1
●
Fully rated copper vertical
bus 600–1200 A
●
Isolated vertical bus barrier
standard on Freedom
MCCs
●
Optional insulated
horizontal bus and/or
insulated labyrinth
vertical bus on Freedom
MCCs
●
Optional isolating barriers
between structures 2
●
Insulated horizontal bus
and insulated labyrinth
vertical bus is standard on
Freedom arc-resistant and
Freedom FlashGard MCCs
●
Heavy-duty spring
operated quarter-turn
door latches
●
65 kA and 100 kA bus
bracing 3

Units
●
Freedom Motor Starters:
●
NEMA size 1–7 4
●
Bimetallic overload relay
●
Single-phase protection
●
Class 10 and 20
protection
●
Widest heater range
with fewest styles in
the industry
●
Optional solid-state
overload relays
●

●
●

●

HMCP with combination
starter ratings of 65 kAIC
and 100 kAIC at 480 V 5
Plug-in units up to 400 A
Handle mechanism with
positive trip indication
Side-mounted positive
latch terminal block

●

●
●

●

●

Motor load terminal block
is standard on FlashGard
MCC and optional on
Freedom and Freedom
arc-resistant
Compact units available
Soft Starters:
●
S811+ (20–800 hp) 6
Adjustable Frequency
Drives:
●
MMX (1–10 hp)
●
SVX9000 (2–700 hp) 7
K-Switch visible blade
fused disconnect: 8
●
30–800 A
●
100 kAIC at 600 V

●

●

●

10250T 30.5 mm heavyduty oiltight pushbuttons
Surge protection:
●
SPD Series
(100–400 kA)
Energy monitoring:
●
IQ 100 (amperes, volts)
●
IQ 250 (adds, Hz,
watts, PF)
●
IQ 260 (adds THD,
Contact I/O)
●
IQ Analyzer (adds
trending, waveform
display)
●
Power Xpert (adds highend metering, power
quality analysis, open
communications and
Web server gateway)

Notes
1 800–2500 A copper horizontal bus
available in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
2 Isolating barriers standard in Freedom
arc-resistant MCC.
3 65 kA bus bracing available in Freedom
arc-resistant MCC. 100 kA not available.
4 NEMA size 1–5 motor starters available
in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
5 Starter combination ratings 65 kAIC
maximum in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
6 20–200 hp S811+ soft starters available
in Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
7 2–200 hp SVX9000 drives available in
Freedom arc-resistant MCC.
8 Fused disconnects not available in
Freedom arc-resistant MCC

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-19

3.3
3

Motor Control Centers
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets

Contents

Freedom and Freedom FlashGard

Description

3

Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Motor Control Center Takeoff Check Sheet

3

Customer/Job Name

3
3
3
3

Neg No.

MCC Model

Bus Rating and Options
Horizontal bus

600/800/1200/1600

21-inch deep structure only

2000/2500/3200

Freedom

Freedom FlashGard

Bus plating

Silver (AG)/tin (SN)

Service 60 Hz

208 V/230 V/480 V/575 V

Bus temp rise

50 °C/65 °C

Service 50 Hz

380 V/415 V

Insulated horizontal bus

DC

125 V/250 V

Vertical bus

600/800/1200

Ground bus

300/600/800

Three-wire/four-wire

3

Structure Configuration

3

21-inch front and rear mount

Neutral bus (4 W only)

Half/full/lug pad

3

42-inch front mount back-to-back

Bus bracing

42K/65K/100K

32-inch front mount back-to-back

Vertical bus barrier

STD Glastic sheet

3

NEMA 1A/2DP/12/3RNWI/3R aisle/3R tunnel

16-inch front mount

21-inch front mount

Location

Top/bottom

Vertical ground bus

Lugs: incoming/each end

Labyrinth with/without shutter

Enclosure Modifications

Incoming Line Metering

3

Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V

IQ 130/140/150

3

Channel sills

CBC/IBC seismic qualified

IQ 250/260

Thermostat

Split proof

IQ DP-4130

3

Bottom plates

Split rear cover

IQ Analyzer

Corner structure

Vertical section barrier

Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270

3

8-inch vertical wireway

Special paint color (adder)

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000

3

ABS Certification

Incoming Protection

Handle extensions (“two meter rule”)

3

SPD Series surge protective device

Top hat (certain sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

Incoming Line MLO/Breaker/Switch

Top hat (all sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

Cable—top/bottom/bus duct

3

Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/other
Crimp lugs

3
3

Screw type lugs

Main tie main (MTM)

Auto throw over

Kirk key

Service entrance (SUSE)

3
V3-T3-20

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets

3.3

MCC Spec Review Checklist, continued

3

Breaker Options

Control Power

Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC)

Size 1 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.

LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units
Under voltage release

Size 3 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.

Size 5 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max.
Size 6 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max.

HMCP/TM. bkr./fusible

Separate source power

NEMA wiring class

Auxiliary Starter Contacts

1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S

NO 1/2/3/4

If any type “C” choose MTB location:
Master terminal blocks (MTBs) top/bottom/relay structure

Control Devices

Terminal Blocks
Side latch pull apart (Std) (2x7-point)
Front utility (call DSE)

Nameplates: Black with White Letters / White with Black Letters
Starter OL Types
Bimetallic (C306)

Advanced solid-state (C441)

Solid-state (C440)

3
3
NC 1/2/3/4

3

Pushbutton 1 unit/2 unit/reset

VoltageVision

3

Selector switch 2pos/3pos/4pos

Motorguard

Light—Std Xfmr/PTT/LED bulb

Motor load block

3
3

On/off run/stop
Mini ETM

Panel ETM

AMM (mini/panel)

VM (mini/panel)

3

Riley transducer (Loop/Self Pwr)

3

CTs for remote metering

Plug-In Starter Bucket Unit Features

3

Ground fault

# 16 MTW wire

Coil surge suppression

# 14 SIS wire

Blown fuse indicators

# 14 MTW

Ground fault relays

Wiremarkers each end
Ring wire lugs control

Riley current sensor

Spade wire lugs

Heater packs

Ring power wire lugs

IP relay—size 1/2/3/4/5/6

Voltage

Relays 300 V or 600 V

Timers

3

DeviceNet direct

Modbus RTU

3

EtherNet/IP

Power Xpert Gateway

Modbus TCP

PROFIBUS DP

3

MOVs

3

Communications

S811+ Soft Starters

Wiring diagram on door
SIS power wire

3

Size 4 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.
1-pole/2-pole/3-pole

Starter Disconnect Type

Spare points = ______% (call DSE)

3

Size 2 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
Shunt trip

Panelboards
14/18/26/30/32/42 count

3

Isolation contactor
Vacuum contactors

Pump control software

Bypass starter

VFDs

SVX/MMX/CPX

EMI/RFI

Line fuses

dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft

3-contactor bypass

3
3
3

Harmonic Correction Unit

3

50 A/100 A

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-21

3.3

Motor Control Centers
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets

3

Component Count Sheet

3

Size

FVNR Starters

FVR Starters
Quantity

Size

Quantity

Two Speed, One Winding

Two Speed, Two Winding

Size

Size

Quantity

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

3

5

5

6

6

3

3
3
3

Fusible Feeders

7

Single

Feeder Breakers
Single

Quantity

Dual

Quantity

60 A

60/60

200 A

3

100/50

400 A

3

150 A

100/100

600 A

225 A

150/100

800 A

3

250 A

150/150

1200 A

3

600 A

400 A
Future Space

800 A
1200 A

Starter Circuit Protection

Size

HMCP

2X

Thermal Magnetic

1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

HMCPE

3X

Fusible

4X

3200 A

3

Relay Panels
Size

3

VFDs

3

1.5

CT/VT

2

CT/VT

3

3

CT/VT

5

CT/VT

6X

3

7.5

CT/VT

7X

CT/VT

8X

3

10
20

CT/VT

9X

3

25

CT/VT

10X

30

CT/VT

11X

3

40

CT/VT

12X

50

CT/VT

3

60

CT/VT

75

CT/VT

3

100

CT/VT

3

125

CT/VT

150

CT/VT

200

CT/VT

250

CT/VT

3

300

CT/VT

400

CT/VT

3

500

CT/VT

600

CT/VT

3

700

CT/VT

3

Quantity

100 A

50/50

3

Dual
30/30

100 A

3

Quantity

30 A

50 A

3

Quantity

HP

V3-T3-22

Quantity

Type

Quantity

2X
3X
4X
5X

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Quantity

Motor Control Centers
Freedom and Freedom FlashGard Check Sheets

3.3

Component Count Sheet, continued

3

Soft Starters
HP

Quantity

Duty

3

Cable Exit

20

Std/severe

40

Std/severe

60

Std/severe

75

Std/severe

125

Std/severe

200

Std/severe

300

Std/severe

Top/bottom

350

Std/severe

Top/bottom

450

Std/severe

Top/bottom

500

Std/severe

Top/bottom

600

Std/severe

Top/bottom

700

Std/severe

Top/bottom

Three-Phase

Quantity

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Transformers
Single-Phase
3 kVA

Quantity

3

9 kVA

5 kVA

15 kVA

7.5 kVA

25 kVA

10 kVA

30 kVA

15 kVA

45 kVA

3
3
3

20 kVA

3

25 kVA
30 kVA

3

45 kVA

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-23

3.4
3

Motor Control Centers
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

Contents

Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC

Description

3

Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Motor Control Center Takeoff Check Sheet

3

Customer/Job Name

3
3
3
3

Neg No.

MCC Model
Freedom Arc-Resistant

Bus Rating and Options
Horizontal bus

800/1200/1600/2000/2500

Bus plating

Silver (AG)/tin (SN)

Bus temp rise

50 °C/65 °C

Service 60 Hz

208 V/230 V/480 V/575 V

Insulated horizontal bus

Service 50 Hz

380 V/415 V

Vertical bus

600/800/1200

Three-wire/four-wire

Ground bus

300/600/800

Structure Configuration

Location

Top/bottom

Vertical ground bus

Lugs: incoming/each end

3

42-inch front mount back-to-back

3

NEMA 1A/2DP/12/3RNWI

Neutral bus (4W only)

Half/full/lug pad

Enclosure Modifications

Bus bracing

65K

Vertical bus barrier

Labyrinth with shutter

21-inch front mount

3

Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V
Channel sills

CBC/IBC seismic qualified

Incoming Line Metering

3

Thermostat

Split proof

IQ 130/140/150

Bottom plates

Split rear cover

IQ 250/260

Corner structure

Vertical section barrier

IQ DP-4130

Special paint color (adder)

IQ Analyzer

ABS Certification

Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270

3
3

8-inch vertical wireway

3

Handle extensions (“two meter rule”)
Top hat (certain sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000
Incoming Protection

3

Top hat (all sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

SPD Series surge protective device
Incoming Line

3

Breaker

3

Cable—top/bottom

3

Crimp lugs

Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/other

3

Screw type lugs

Main tie main (MTM)

Auto throw over

Kirk key

Service entrance (SUSE)

3
3
V3-T3-24

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

3.4

MCC Spec Review Checklist, continued

3

Breaker Options

Control Power

Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC)

Size 1 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.

LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units
Under voltage release

Size 3 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.

Size 5 250 VA (Std)/300 VA max.
Separate source power

HMCP/TM. bkr.

Auxiliary Starter Contacts

NEMA wiring class

NO 1/2/3/4

1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S

Control Devices

If any type “C” choose MTB location:
Master terminal blocks (MTBs) top/bottom/relay structure

Pushbutton 1 unit/2 unit/reset

Terminal Blocks
Side latch pull apart (Std) (2x7-point)

Starter OL Types

3

NC 1/2/3/4

3
VoltageVision

Selector switch 2pos/3pos/4pos

Motorguard

Light—Std Xfmr/PTT/LED bulb

Motor load block

3
3

Mini ETM

Panel ETM

AMM (mini/panel)

VM (mini/panel)

3
3

Riley transducer (Loop/Self Pwr)
Advanced solid-state (C441)

Solid-state (C440)

CTs for remote metering

3

Ground fault

Plug-In Starter Bucket Unit Features
# 16 MTW wire

Coil surge suppression

# 14 SIS wire

Blown fuse indicators

# 14 MTW

Ground fault relays

Wiremarkers each end
Ring wire lugs control

Riley current sensor

Spade wire lugs

Heater packs

Ring power wire lugs
Wiring diagram on door
SIS power wire

3

On/off run/stop
Front utility (call DSE)

Nameplates: Black with White Letters / White with Black Letters

Bimetallic (C306)

3

Size 4 150 VA (Std)/250 VA max.
1-pole/2-pole/3-pole

Starter Disconnect Type

Spare points = ______% (call DSE)

3

Size 2 100 VA (Std)/150 VA max.
Shunt trip

Panelboards
14/18/26/30/32/42 count

3

Vacuum contactors

IP relay—size 1/2/3/4/5/6

Voltage

Relays 300 V or 600 V

Timers

3
3

Communications
DeviceNet direct

Modbus RTU

3

EtherNet/IP

Power Xpert Gateway

Modbus TCP

PROFIBUS DP

3

Isolation contactor

MOVs

Pump control software

Bypass starter

3

VFDs

SVX/MMX/CPX

3

3-contactor bypass

3

S811+ Soft Starters

EMI/RFI
dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft

3

Harmonic Correction Unit
50 A/100 A

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-25

3.4

Motor Control Centers
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

3

Component Count Sheet

3

Size

FVNR Starters

FVR Starters
Quantity

Size

1

1

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

3

5

5

3

3
3

Single

Dual

150 A

100/100

3

225 A

150/100

3

250 A

150/150

400 A

3

600 A

3

1200 A

4X

Quantity

Quantity

3X
4X
5X
6X
7X
8X

10X

800 A

11X
12X

1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

VFDs

3

1.5

3

2

CT/VT

3

CT/VT

HP

Quantity

Type
CT/VT

5

CT/VT

7.5

CT/VT

3

10

CT/VT

20

CT/VT

3

25

CT/VT

30

CT/VT

3

40

CT/VT

3

50

CT/VT

60

CT/VT

3

75

CT/VT

100

CT/VT

3

125

CT/VT

150

CT/VT

3

200

CT/VT

3

3X

9X

3

3

2X

Thermal Magnetic

2X
Quantity

100/50

3

HMCP

Size

100 A

3

Size

HMCPE

Feeder Breakers

50/50

3

Starter Circuit Protection

Relay Panels

50 A

3

Future Space
Quantity

Two Speed, One Winding

Two Speed, Two Winding

Size

Size

Quantity

1

1

3

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

Quantity

3
V3-T3-26

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Quantity

Motor Control Centers
Freedom Arc-Resistant MCC Check Sheets

3.4

Component Count Sheet, continued

3

Soft Starters
HP

Quantity

Duty

20

Std/severe

40

Std/severe

60

Std/severe

75

Std/severe

125

Std/severe

200

Std/severe

3

Cable Exit

3
3
3
3
3

Transformers
Single-Phase

Quantity

Three-Phase

3 kVA

9 kVA

5 kVA

15 kVA

7.5 kVA

25 kVA

10 kVA

30 kVA

15 kVA

45 kVA

Quantity

3
3
3
3

20 kVA
25 kVA

3

30 kVA
45 kVA

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-27

3.5

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Technical Data
and Specifications

3

Incoming Line

3
3
3

Incoming Line—
Main Lugs Only 1

3
3
3
3
3
3

Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Bus
Rating

X-Space

600

2
3

3
3

Incoming Line—Main Circuit Breaker 1
Frame Size
(Amperes)

Circuit
Breaker Type

150

4
800

3

225

4
6
1000

250

4
6

400

8
1200

5
6

1600
2000
2500
3200 2

12

600

12
12
12
800

XT and XT FlashGard
Unit Size

Enclosure
Width

HFD

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

FDC

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

HFD

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

FDC

18.00 (457.2)

20.00 (508.0)

HJD

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

JDC

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

HKD

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

KDC

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

CHKD 3

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

CKDC 3

30.00 (762.0)

20.00 (508.0)

HLD

24.00 (609.6) 689

20.00 (508.0)

LDC

24.00 (609.6) 689

20.00 (508.0)

CHLD 23

24.00 (609.6) 689

20.00 (508.0)

CLDC 23

24.00 (609.6) 689

20.00 (508.0)

69

HMDL

30.00 (762.0)

CHMDL 23

48.00 (1219.2) 69

20.00 (508.0)

3

NGH 45

42.00 (1066.8) 69

20.00 (508.0)

NGC 45

42.00 (1066.8) 69

20.00 (508.0)

3

NGH-C 2457

72.00 (1828.8) 6

20.00 (508.0)

NGC-C 245

72.00 (1828.8) 6

20.00 (508.0)

NGH 45

42.00 (1066.8) 69

20.00 (508.0)

3

NGC 45

42.00 (1066.8) 69

20.00 (508.0)

3

3

3

1200

6

20.00 (508.0)

NGC-C 245

72.00 (1828.8) 6

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 45

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

3

RGC 45

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

3

RGH-C 457

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

RGC-C 457

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 45

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

RGC 45

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

6j

20.00 (508.0)

RGC-C 457

72.00 (1828.8) 6j

20.00 (508.0)

RGH 45

72.00 (1828.8) 69j

24.00 (609.6)

RGC 45

72.00 (1828.8) 69j

24.00 (609.6)

NGH-C

1600

2000

3
3

RGH-C

3

2500

3

2457

20.00 (508.0)

457

72.00 (1828.8)

72.00 (1828.8)

Notes
1 Table common to XT and XT FlashGard.
2 NEMA 1 gasketed only.
3 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating. Digitrip™ 310 LS is required and included in the price.
4 Digitrip 310+ LSI is standard and included in the pricing.
5 Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System (ARMS) available. Requires Digitrip 310+ ALSI or ALSIG.
6 Fixed assembly. Not available with FlashGard RotoTract assembly.
7 100% rated when 90° cable applied at 75° ampacity for 100% rating.
8 Add 6.00 inches (152.4 mm) for top entry of incoming cables.
9 Install at top for cable top entry or at bottom for bottom cable entry.
j The main breaker requires the complete vertical section. The rear is unusable.

3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-28

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

3.5

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Structure Modifications

3

Structure Modifications

Neutral Bus (Bottom)

Description

Ampere Rating

X-Space

Enclosure

300

XT and
XT FlashGard

NEMA 1 gasketed

600 or 800

NEMA 12—dust-tight

1000

NEMA 3R front-mounted only

1200

NEMA 3R front and rear

1600

NEMA 3R walk-in

2000

NEMA 3R tunnel

2500

Space heater

3200 1

Thermostat
Bottom plate
Channel sills
12.00-inch (304.8 mm) pull box
100 kA bus bracing
Vertical Bus
600 A
800 A
1200 A
Horizontal Ground Bus
300 A copper
600 A copper
800 A copper
Standard Structures
16.00-inch (406.4 mm) front-mounted only

Incoming Line Metering

Meter
IQ 130/140/150

2

IQ 250/260

2

IQ DP-4130

2

IQ Analyzer

2

Power Xpert
2250/2260/2270

2

Power Xpert
4000/6000/8000

3

Surge Protective Device—
Units with Circuit Breaker
Disconnect
Three feature packages are
available to choose from.
Individual features vary by
package.
X-Space

3
3
3
3

Surge Current
Per Phase

XT and
XT FlashGard

100 kA
Model SPD 2

3

120 kA
Model SPD 23

3

160 kA
Model SPD 2

3

200 kA
Model SPD 2

3

3

250 kA
Model SPD 4

3

3

300 kA
Model SPD

3

3

400 kA
Model SPD

3

3

3
3
3

Notes
1 Available NEMA 1 gasketed
enclosures only.
2 Optional integral IQ 200 meter in 3X unit
for 100 kA–200 kA.
3 Recommended for branch entrance.
4 Recommended for service entrance.

21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front-mounted only

3
3
3
3
3

21.00-inch (533.4 mm) front and rear
Main Horizontal Bus—65°C Rise

3

600 A copper
800 A copper

3

1200 A copper

3

1600 A copper
2000 A copper

3

2500 A copper
3200 A copper

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-29

3.5

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Combination Starters

3

Circuit Breaker Starters

3

Size

Starter Modifications
Fusible Disconnect Starters

X-Space

X-Space

XT

XT FlashGard

Size

XT

XT FlashGard

Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Full Voltage Non-Reversing

1

1

2

1

2

3

3

2

1

2

2

2

3

3

2

3

3

4

4

3

4

2

4

4

5

6

5

5

6

5

9

10

3

3

Full Voltage Reversing

3

1

2

3

1

3

4

2

2

3

2

3

4

3

3

3

4

3

5

6

4

3

4

4

8

9

3

5

7

8

5

12

12

3

Full Voltage Reversing

2S1W Non-Reversing

2S1W Non-Reversing

1

3

4

1

3

4

3

2

3

4

2

3

4

3

4

5

3

4

5

3

4

4

5

4

5

6

3

1

3

4

1

3

4

3

2

3

4

2

3

4

3

3

4

3

5

6

4

4

5

4

6

7

3

2S2W Non-Reversing

Control Configurations Available with XT and
XT FlashGard FVNR Starters 1
Configuration

Control Devices

12

Hand/off/auto selector switch
Start and stop pushbuttons
Running and stopped lights
Overload trip light/reset button

22

Hand/off/auto selector switch
Start and stop pushbuttons
Running light
Overload trip light/reset button

3

Hand/off/auto selector switch
Running and stopped lights
Overload trip light/reset button

4

Hand/off/auto selector switch
Running light
Overload trip light/reset button

5

Hand/off/auto selector switch
Overload trip light/reset button

62

Start and stop pushbuttons
Running and stopped lights
Overload trip light/reset button

7

Start and stop pushbuttons
Running light
Overload trip light/reset button

8

Start and stop pushbuttons
Overload trip light/reset button

2S2W Non-Reversing

3

Contactor Only Units

3

Size

X-Space
XT

Control Configurations Available with XT and
XT FlashGard FVR Starters 1
Configuration

Control Devices

12

Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
Forward, reverse, and stopped lights
Overload trip light/reset button

2

Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
Forward and reverse lights
Overload trip light/reset button

3

Forward/reverse/off/auto selector switch
Overload trip light/reset button

52

Forward, reverse, and stop pushbuttons
Forward and reverse lights
Overload trip light/reset button

4

Forward, reverse, and stop pushbuttons
Overload trip light/reset button

XT FlashGard

Circuit Breaker

3

1

1

2

3

2

1

2

3

2

3

3

4

2

4

5

5

6

3

Fusible Disconnect
1

2

3

3

2

2

3

3

3

4

4

4

5

6

5

9

10

3

Notes
1 Additional configurations available. The device panel on XT MCC starter units can support
up to three pilot/control devices plus an overload trip light/reset button. The device panel on
XT FlashGard starter units can support up to five pilot/control devices plus an overload trip
light/reset button.
2 Configuration available on XT FlashGard only.

3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-30

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.5
3

Industrial Communications
Networked-enabled
components in MCCs
eliminate up to 90% of the
control wiring versus
traditional hardwired designs.
The industrial network is
prewired throughout the
MCC and factory tested
for conformance.

3

1

In the XT and XT FlashGard
MCCs, the base
communications protocols
available are Modbus TCP
or EtherNet/IP. If a different
protocol is required to link the
MCC with an external device
such as a DCS, SCADA
system or PLC, a gateway
will be installed within
the MCC.

3
3
3
3
3

Motor Control Communication Options
Device

EtherNet/IP

3

Modbus TCP

C440 Overload

C441V

C441V

SVX Drives

OPTCI

OPTCI

Feeders

C441V

C441V

S811+ Soft Starters

C441V

C441V

3
3
3
3

S811+ Soft Starters with Integral Bypass
X-Space
Maximum hp

XT

X-Space
XT FlashGard

Maximum hp

XT

3

XT FlashGard

1.15 Service Factor—Standard Duty

1.15 Service Factor—Severe Duty

20

2

3

10

2

3

40

2

3

25

2

3

60

3

4

40

3

4

75

3

4

50

3

4

125

6

7

75

6

7

150

6

7

100

6

7

200

6

7

125

6

9

300

9

9

150

9

10

350

9

9

200

9

10

450

12

12

250

9

10

500

12

12

300

9

10

600

12

12

350

9

10

700

12 2

12

450

12 2

12

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

S811+ Control Options 3

S811+ Power Options 3

Description

NEMA Bypass Contactor

Pump control

Size 1

MOV protection

Size 2
Size 3

3

Notes
1 This table is common for both XT and
XT FlashGard MCCs.
2 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm) wide,
rear is unusable, bottom exit only.
3 Options apply to both HMCP and
breaker models.

3
3
3

Size 4
Size 5

3

Size 6
Size 7

3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-31

3.5

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

Motor Isolation Contactors

SVX9000 Options

SVX9000 Options

Feeders

Sizes

Description

Description

3

1

Modbus TCP

Modbus TCP

Note: FlashGard RotoTract
assembly available on circuit
breakers 400 A and below.

3

2

EtherNet/IP

EtherNet/IP

3

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter (3 hp)

4

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(5–15 hp)

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(40–75 VT hp)

3

3
3
3

5

MMX Adjustable
Frequency Drives—NEMA 1
480 V Maximum

3
3
3
3

hp

XT and XT
FlashGard

1

2

2

2

3

3

5

3

7.5

3

10

3

MMX Drive Options

3

Description

3

5% load reactor

3% load reactor

3

Three contactor bypass

3

SVX9000 Adjustable
Frequency Drives—
Plug-in Units NEMA 1
480 V Maximum Constant/
Variable Torque Rated 1

3
3

X-Space
hp

XT

XT
FlashGard

3

3

6

5

4

7

7.5

4

7

10

4

7

3

15

4

7

20

6

10

3

25

6

10

30

6

10

3
3
3

3

Input line fuses (3–30 hp)
RFI filter (3–30 hp)

X-Space

3
3

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(20–30 hp)

3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-32

SVX9000 Adjustable
Frequency Drives—
Non-Plug-in Units NEMA 1
480 V Maximum Constant/
Variable Torque Rated

Circuit Breaker
X-Space

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(100–150 VT hp)

Amperes

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(200–250 VT hp)

HFD 50

2

2

HFD 100

2

2

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(300–400 VT hp)

HFD 150

2

2

HJD 250

3

3

HKD 400

4

5

HLD 600

4

47

2000-foot (609.6m) dV/dT filter
(500–600 VT hp)
Input line fuses (40–150 VT hp)
Input line fuses (200–250 hp)
Input line fuses (300–400 hp)

X-Space
hp

XT

XT
FlashGard

40

9

9

50

9

9

Active Harmonic Correction
for AC Drives
X-Space

60

9

9

Description

75 2

9

9

100

12

12

50 A harmonic
correction

125

12

12

150

12

12

200

12

12

250

12

12

300

12

12

400

12

12

500

12

12

600

12

12

700

12

12

Note: Consult Eaton’s Consulting
Application Guide for complete
details on Drive/ Option Assembly
Dimensions.
Note: SVX9000 Non-Plug-in Units
with HMCP disconnect, 3% input
line reactor, 3% output line
reactor, door mounted Keypad,
CPT.
Note: VT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200%
starting torque for 10 seconds
and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 110% overload
for 1 minute.
Note: CT—Variable Torque drives
are capable of producing 200%
starting torque for 10 seconds
and are rated for 10 seconds,
and are rated 150% overload
for 1 minute.
Note: In the XT and XT FlashGard
MCCs, the base communications
protocols available are Modbus
TCP or EtherNet/IP. If a different
protocol is required to link the
MCC with an external device such
as a DCS, SCADA or PLC, a
gateway will be installed within
the MCC.

100 A harmonic
correction

XT

XT
FlashGard

12 3

12 3

3

3

12

XT

XT FlashGard

Standard Circuit Breakers

12

18-Pulse Clean Power
Drives—NEMA 1, 480 V
Maximum Variable Torque
Rated 4
hp

X-Space
Inches (mm) Wide 5

100

12, 40.00 (1016.0)

150

12, 40.00 (1016.0)

200

12, 60.00 (1524.0)

250

12, 60.00 (1524.0)

300

12, 60.00 (1524.0) 6

400

12, 60.00 (1524.0) 6

500

12, 106.00 (2692.4) 6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

NGH 1200

7

77

EGH 125

1

2

JGH 250

1

2

HKD 400

4

5

HLD 600

5

57

Fusible Disconnect—
Fusible Switch
X-Space
Amperes

XT

XT FlashGard

30 or 60

2

3

100

3

3

200

6

5

400

6

7

600

8

87

Notes
1 SVX9000 plug-in units with HMCP
disconnect, 3% input line reactor,
3% output line reactor, door-mounted
keypad, CPT.
2 X-space for 75 hp CT rated drive is 12X.
3 Requires 24.00-inch (609.6 mm)
wide structure.
4 Includes 5% input line reactor, 18-pulse
rectifier, delta differential transformer.
5 X-space shown is common for both XT
and XT FlashGard MCCs.
6 Extra space required for bypass
contactor, consult factory.
7 Fixed assembly, no RotoTract.

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.5

NEMA 3R Drives

Panelboards

Constant/Variable Torque
Rated (480 V Maximum)

Panelboards
(240 V Maximum) 14

Panelboards
(480 V Maximum) 14

3

Circuits

X-Space

Circuits

X-Space

18

4

14

6

3

30

5

26

8

42

6

32

8

42

10

Horsepower

X-Space, Width
Inches (mm) 1

1.5

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

2

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

3

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

5

5X, 24.00 (609.6)

3

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

10

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

15

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

20

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

25

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

30

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

Ampere Rating

Unit Width Inches (mm)

XT and XT FlashGard X-Space

40

12X, 24.00 (609.6)

100 5

20.00 (508.0)

6

50

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

150 5

20.00 (508.0)

6

60

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

100

20.00 (508.0)

8

75

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

150

20.00 (508.0)

8

3

Automatic Transfer Switches

3

Open Transition Three-Pole Only

100

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

225

20.00 (508.0)

8

125

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

300

20.00 (508.0)

8

150

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

400

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

600

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

800

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

1000

24.00 (609.6) 6

12

1000

44.00 (1117.6) 7

12

1200

44.00 (1117.6) 7

12

1600

44.00 (1117.6) 8

12

2000

44.00 (1117.6) 8

12

12X, 32.00 (812.8)

Transformers
Transformers 3

kVA

Primary and
Primary
Secondary
Breaker Only Breakers
X-Space
X-Space

Single-Phase
3

4

4

5

4

4

7.5

4

4

10

4

4

15 6

6

6

6

6

6

25 6

6

6

6

6

6

45 6

7

8

20

30

3
3

7.5

200

3

2

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Notes
1 X-space shown is common for both XT and XT FlashGard MCCs.
2 Extra space required for bypass section. Consult factory.
3 Must have primary breaker. Must be located at bottom of structure.
4 Space for MLO. Branch breakers included.
5 Manually operated switch:
NTVS = Electronically operated non-automatic.
MTVX = Single handle manual operation.
6 Requires 21.00-inch (533.4 mm) deep structure.
7 Requires 37.00-inch (939.8 mm) deep structure, flush at the rear. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.
8 Requires 42.00-inch (1066.8 mm) deep structure. 4.00-inch (101.6 mm) filler required.

3
3
3
3
3
3

Three-Phase
96

6

6

15 6

6

6

25 6

6

6

30 6

6

6

45 6

6

6

3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-33

3.5

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3

Application Guide

3

Motor Circuit Protector Selection Guide 1

3

NEMA

200 V

208 V

230 V

380 V

460 V

HMCP

1

—

—

—

3/4

3/4

3

3

Circuit Breaker Application Chart

Maximum Horsepower

3/4

1

1

2

2

7

3

2

2

2

3

5

15

5

5

5

10

10

30

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

7-1/2

—

—

50

2

3
3

3

—

—

—

—

30

10

10

15

20

50

—
3

3
3

—
10

5

3
3
3
3
3

25

25

70

—

—

—

—

—

50

20

20

30

40

100

40

25
40

30
40

50
60

50
100

150
150

—

—

50

75

—

250

50

50

60

—

125

250

75

75

75

150

200

400

—

3

15

15
25
4

—

—

100

—

—

600

Frame

Frame Rating
(Amperes)

Interrupting Rating
(kA Symmetrical Amperes)
208/240 V

E125H

125

65

65

J250H

250

65

65

HKD

400

65

65

HLD

600

65

65

NGH

1200

65

65

RGH

2500

65

65

High Interrupting Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FDC

150

100

100

JDC

250

100

100

KDC

400

100

100

LDC

600

100

100

NGC

1200

100

100

RGC

2500

100

100

65

Magnum DS Air Circuit Breakers
MDS-608

800

65

MDS-C08

800

100

100

MDS-616

1600

65

65

MDS-C16

1600

100

100

MDS-620

2000

65

65

MDS-C20

2000

100

100

MDS-632

3200

65

65

MDS-C32

3200

100

100

Notes
1 Suitable for use with NEMA Design B and D (high efficiency) motors.

3

Circuit breakers can be supplied with optional shunt trip.

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
V3-T3-34

480 V

Standard Rating Molded Case Circuit Breakers

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Technical Data and Specifications

3.5

Product Specifications
Structure
●
NEMA 1, 2, 3R or
12 enclosure
●
Copper horizontal bus
600–3200 A
●
Fully rated copper
vertical bus 600–1200 A
●
Optional isolating barriers
between structures
●
Insulated labyrinth vertical
bus is standard on the
XT MCC
●
Insulated horizontal bus
and insulated labyrinth
vertical bus is standard
on XT FlashGard MCCs
●
Heavy-duty spring
operated quarter-turn
door latches
●
65 kA and 100 kA bus
bracing

3
Units
●
XT and XT FlashGard
motor starters:
●
NEMA size 1–5
●
NEMA rated XT
contactor
●
C440 overload relay
●
Single-phase protection
●
Class 10 and 20
protection
●

●
●

●

HMCP with combination
starter ratings of 65 kAIC
and 100 kAIC at 480 V
Plug-in units up to 400 A
Handle mechanism with
positive trip indication
Side-mounted positive
latch terminal block

●

●

●

●

Motor load terminal block
is standard on both the XT
and XT FlashGard MCCs
6.00-inch (1X) size 1 and 2
FVNR starters, 12.00-inch
(2X) size 3 and 4 FVNR
starters, add 1X for
FVR versions
Optional communications
without increasing unit
footprint
Soft Starters:
●
S811+ (20–700 hp)

●

Adjustable Frequency
Drives:
●
MMX (1–10 hp)
●
SVX9000 (2–700 hp)

●

K-Switch visible blade
disconnect:
●
30–800 A

●

●

3

Surge protection:
●
SPD Series
(100–400 kA)

3

Energy monitoring:
●
IQ 100 (amperes, volts)
●
IQ 250 (adds, Hz,
watts, PF)
●
IQ 260 (adds THD,
Contact I/O)
●
IQ Analyzer (adds
trending, waveform
display)
●
Power Xpert (adds highend metering, power
quality analysis, open
communications and
Web server gateway)

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-35

3.6
3

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets

Contents

XT and Freedom XT FlashGard

Description

3

XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

XT and XT FlashGard Motor Control Center
Takeoff Check Sheet

3

Customer/Job Name

Neg No.

3

MCC Model

3

XT

XT FlashGard

Bus plating

Silver (AG)/tin (SN)

Service 60 Hz

208 V/230 V/480 V

Bus temp rise

50 °C/65 °C

3

Service 50 Hz

380 V/415 V

Insulated horizontal bus

Three-wire/four-wire

Vertical bus

600/800/1200

3

Structure Configuration

Ground bus

300/600/800

Location

Top/bottom

16-inch front mount

21-inch front mount

Bus Rating and Options
Horizontal bus

600/800/1200/1600

21-inch deep structure only

2000/2500/3200

3

21-inch front and rear mount

Vertical ground bus

Lugs: incoming/each end

3

42-inch front mount back-to-back

Neutral bus (4W only)

Half/full/lug pad

32-inch front mount back-to-back

Bus bracing

42K/65K/100K

3

NEMA 1/2DP/12/3RNWI/3R aisle/3R tunnel

Vertical bus barrier

STD labyrinth with shutter

Enclosure Modifications

Incoming Line Metering

3

Space heaters (150 W) 120 V/240 V

IQ 130/140/150

Channel sills

CBC/IBC seismic qualified

IQ 250/260

3

Thermostat

Split proof

IQ DP-4130

3

Bottom plates

Split rear cover

IQ Analyzer

Corner structure

Vertical section barrier

Power Xpert 2250/2260/2270

3

8-inch vertical wireway

Special paint color (adder)

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000

ABS Certification

Incoming Protection

3

Handle extensions (“two meter rule”)

3

Top hat (certain sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

Incoming Line MLO/Breaker/Switch

Top hat (all sections)

12-inch/18-inch/24-inch

Cable—top/bottom/bus duct

SPD Series surge protective device

Main trip: LS/LSI/LSG/LSIG/ALSI, ALSIG/
other

3
3
3

Crimp lugs

Screw type lugs

Main tie main (MTM)

Auto throw over

Kirk key

Service entrance (SUSE)

3
V3-T3-36

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets

3.6

XT and XT FlashGard Motor Control Center
Takeoff Check Sheet, continued

3

Breaker Options

Control Power Source

3

Aux. contacts (1NO 1NC) (2NO 2NC)

Single 24 Vdc power supply per 3 structure
shipping split

3

Dual redundant 24 Vdc power supplies per
3 structure shipping split

3

External 24 Vdc power supply

3

LS/LSI/LSIG/LSG trip units
Under voltage release

Shunt trip

Panelboards
14/18/26/30/32/42 count

1-pole/2-pole/3-pole

Starter Disconnect Type

NO 1/2/3/4

HMCP/fusible

EtherNet/IP

1A/1B/2B/1C/2C/1S/2S

Other protocol via gateway

3
3

S811+ Soft Starters

If any type “C” choose MTB location:
Master terminal blocks (MTBs) top/bottom/relay structure
Terminal Blocks
Side latch pull apart (Std) (2x6-point)
Front utility (call DSE)

Nameplates: Black with White Letters / White with Black Letters

Solid-state (C440)

3

Modbus TCP

HMCP/TM. Bkr./fusible

Starter OL Types

NC 1/2/3/4

Communications

NEMA wiring class

Spare points = ______% (call DSE)

Auxiliary Starter Contacts

Isolation contactor

MOVs

Pump control software

Bypass starter

VFDs

SVX/MMX/CPX

EMI/RFI

Line fuses

dV/dT filter 600 ft or 1000 ft

3-contactor bypass

3
3
3

Harmonic Correction Unit

3

50 A/100 A

3

Solid-state (C440) with ground fault

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-37

3.6

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets

3

Component Count Sheet

3

Size

FVNR Starters

FVR Starters
Quantity

Size

Quantity

Two Speed, One Winding

Two Speed, Two Winding

Size

Size

Quantity

1

1

1

1

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

4

3

5

5

3

3

Fusible Feeders
Single

Feeder Breakers

3

Single
50 A

60 A

3

100 A

100 A

150 A

200 A

3

225 A

400 A

3

250 A

600 A

400 A

800 A

3

600 A

1200 A

3

1200 A

3
3
3
3

Quantity

800 A
Future Space

1600 A
2000 A

Starter Circuit Protection

Size

HMCP

2X

2500 A
Fusible

3200 A

VFDs
HP

Quantity

Type
CT/VT

Relay Panels
Size

2

CT/VT

3

3

CT/VT

3X

5

CT/VT

4X

3

7.5

CT/VT

5X

10

CT/VT

6X

3

20

CT/VT

7X

25

CT/VT

3

30

CT/VT

40

CT/VT

3

50

CT/VT

60

CT/VT

3

75

CT/VT

100

CT/VT

3

125

CT/VT

150

CT/VT

3

200

CT/VT

3

250

CT/VT

300

CT/VT

350

CT/VT

400

CT/VT

450

CT/VT

500

CT/VT

600

CT/VT

700

CT/VT

3

3X
4X

3

3

Quantity

30 A

1.5

3

Quantity

Quantity

2X

8X
9X
10X
11X
12X

3
V3-T3-38

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

Quantity

Motor Control Centers
XT and XT FlashGard Check Sheets

3.6

Component Count Sheet, continued

3

Soft Starters
hp

Quantity

Duty

3

Cable Exit

20

Std/severe

40

Std/severe

60

Std/severe

75

Std/severe

125

Std/severe

200

Std/severe

300

Std/severe

Top/bottom

350

Std/severe

Top/bottom

450

Std/severe

Top/bottom

500

Std/severe

Top/bottom

600

Std/severe

Top/bottom

700

Std/severe

Top/bottom

Three-Phase

Quantity

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Transformers
Single-Phase
3 kVA

Quantity

3

9 kVA

5 kVA

15 kVA

7.5 kVA

25 kVA

10 kVA

30 kVA

15 kVA

45 kVA

3
3
3

20 kVA

3

25 kVA
30 kVA

3

45 kVA

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—June 2014 www.eaton.com

V3-T3-39

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Switchgear

4.1

Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Cross-Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2

V3-T4-2
V3-T4-2
V3-T4-2
V3-T4-2
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-6

Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T4-7
V3-T4-7
V3-T4-7
V3-T4-7
V3-T4-8
V3-T4-8
V3-T4-8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T4-1

4.1
4

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

Magnum DS Switchgear with Molded Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Section

Contents
Description

4

Page

Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Features—Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features—Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features—Breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnum DS Switchgear—Trip Units . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

4
4
4
4

V3-T4-3
V3-T4-3
V3-T4-4
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-5
V3-T4-6

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Cross-Reference

Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s Electrical Sector has
an organization dedicated to
the support of current and
vintage switchgear breakers
and parts that date as far back
as the 1950s. These include
the Magnum™ DS, DSII, DS
and DB families.
For more information,
refer to YES Catalog No.
CA08105000E or call
1-800-BKR-FAST (257-3278).

Eaton’s Magnum DS
Switchgear is backed by
50 years of power circuit
breaker and switchgear
development that have set
industry standards for quality,
reliability, maintainability and
extended operating life.

Switchgear is used in the
protection, controlling and
monitoring of low voltage
distribution systems. Although
used as “standalone”
distribution assemblies, they
are quite often incorporated
into secondary unit
substations so that the
equipment can be located
more closely to the point of
power usage. Magnum DS
Switchgear is ideally suited
to applications calling for
all types of industrial,
commercial and utility users
having distribution systems
rated 600 volts or below,
200,000 amperes or below
bus bracing, and 10,000
amperes or below
continuous loads.

Available in NEMA® 3R
walk-in and non-walk-in
configurations.

4
4

Magnum DS Switchgear is an
assembly of metal enclosures
housing power circuit
breakers, and normally
include control and
measuring devices such as
relays, instruments, meters
and the necessary power bus
work and control wiring for
AC systems applications up
to 600 volts.

4
4
4
4

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Standard Finish—The light
gray paint finish (ANSI 61)
uses a modern, completely
automated and continuously
monitored electrostatic
powder coating. This
continuously monitored
system includes spray
de-grease and clean, spray
rinse, iron phosphate spray
coating spray rinse, nonchemical seal, oven drying,
electrostatic powder spray
paint coating and oven curing.
Integral Base—The rugged
formed base greatly increases
the rigidity of the structure
and reduces the possibility
of damage during the
installation of the equipment
and is suitable for rolling,
jacking and handling. A lifting
angle is permanently welded
into the bus compartment
structure for increased
strength.

4
4
4
4
4
4
V3-T4-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

Heavy-Duty Door Hinges—
Each breaker door is mounted
with hinge pins. Removal of
the door is easily
accomplished by just lifting
the hinge pin. This allows
easy access to the breaker
internal compartment for
inspection and maintenance.
Rear Cover/Doors—
In Magnum DS Switchgear,
standard rear covers with
captive hardware are the
bolt-on type. They are split
into two sections to facilitate
handling during removal and
installation. Optional rear
doors are also available.
Through-the-Door Design—
The following functions may
be performed without the
need to open the circuit
breaker door: levering the
breaker between positions,
operate manual charging
system and view the spring
charge status flag, close
and open breaker, view and
adjust trip unit, and read the
breaker rating nameplate.

Four-Position Drawout—
Breakers can be in connected,
test, disconnected or
removed position. The
breaker compartment
door can be closed in
the connected, test and
disconnected positions.

Bus Ampacities—Vertical
and cross bus ratings in
Magnum DS are 2000,
3200, 4000, 5000 and
6000 amperes. In addition,
8000 and 10,000 amperes
continuous cross bus ratings
are also available.

Closing Spring Automatic
Discharge—Mechanical
interlocking automatically
discharges the closing springs
when the breaker is removed
from its compartment.

Bus Bracing—Unique
vertical bus configuration
provides an optional shortcircuit withstand rating of
150,000 amperes without the
need for preceding current
limiting fuses. Standard
bracing is 100,000 amperes.
The U-shaped bar is the heart
of the Magnum DS vertical
bus. This configuration
provides a much higher
mechanical strength. To
further demonstrate the
strength and rigidity of this
bus system, it has been
verified through testing to
withstand 85,000 amperes
short-circuit for a full
60 cycles.

Breaker Cell

Breaker Inspection—
When withdrawn on the
rails, breaker is completely
accessible for visual
inspection; tilting is not
necessary. The rails are
permanent parts of every
breaker compartment.
Interference interlocks are
supplied on breakers and
in compartments where the
compartments are of the
same physical size to ensure
that an incorrect breaker
cannot be inserted.

Through-the-Door Design

Features—Bus

Front Accessible—When
the door is open or removed,
each breaker compartment
provides front access to
isolated, vertical wireways,
primary disconnects, cell
current transformers and
other breaker compartment
accessories for ease of field
wiring and troubleshooting
field connections.

Buses and Connections—
Vertical and cross bus ratings
in Magnum DS Switchgear
are based on a UL® and ANSI
standard temperature rise
of 65°C above a maximum
ambient air temperature
of 40°C.

Silver Plating—Bolted,
silver-plated copper main
buses are standard. The
plating is over the entire
length of the bar, not just at
the joints. Optional tin-plated
copper buses are available.
Bus Joints—All joints are
bolted and secured with
Belleville-type spring washers
for maximum joint integrity.
These washers reduce the
potential of joint hardware
loosening during the
change of joint temperature
associated with variations
of the loads. As an option,
maintenance-free hardware
can be provided.
Full Neutral—For four-wire
applications, the neutral bus
is rated 100% of main bus
rating as standard.

4.1

Glass-Reinforced Polyester
Stand-Off Insulation
System—Glass-reinforced
polyester has been used on
both low and medium voltage
switchgear for decades.
By combining this industryproven material with our
other insulation materials,
a total system providing
exceptional mechanical and
dielectric withstand strength,
as well as high resistance to
heat, flame and moisture, is
produced. Substantial testing
to demonstrate accelerated
effects of heating and cooling
on the mechanical and
dielectric properties of this
system prove it to provide
superior performance for
decades of trouble-free
operation.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Features—Wiring
Cable Compartment—
The cable compartment gives
ample room for terminating
the power cables. Removable
top roof sheets allow for easy
conduit hub installation. The
floor of the cable compartment
is open to allow cable entry
from underground duct
banks. Optional floor plates
are available.

4

Lug Pad—The lugs are
located on the breaker runbacks to accommodate lug
orientations at a 45° angle
to reduce the bending radius
of the cable needed for
making the connections,
thus reducing installation
and maintenance time.
Mechanical setscrew
type lugs are standard.
Optional NEMA two-hole
compression lugs are
available as an option.

4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Ground—A ground bus is
furnished for the full length of
the switchgear assembly and
is fitted with terminals for
purchaser’s connections.

4
4
4
4
4
4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T4-3

4.1
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

Control Wireway—
An isolated vertical wireway
is provided for routing of
factory and field wiring in
each switchgear section.
Breaker secondary terminal
blocks are mounted as
standard above each circuit
breaker. The terminal blocks
are rated 30 amperes and
will accept bare wire, ring
or spade terminals for wire
size ranges of #22 to #10.
Extruded loops are punched
in side sheets of the vertical
wireway to allow securing
of customer control wiring
without the use of adhesive
wire anchors.

4
4
4
4

Control Wire Marking—
Each wire is imprinted with
ink cured under ultraviolet
light for durability and for
easy identification by the
user. The enhanced solvent
resistance and durability
of the aerospace-grade UV
cure ink has been tested
for severe environments.
The imprinting is made
periodically along the length
of the wire, with the ends
being imprinted more
frequently. The point of
origin, wire designation
and point of destination are
imprinted in the following
format: .
Each device has a uniquely
designated zone. “<”
indicates the direction of
the wire origination and “>”
indicates the direction of
the wire destination. As an
option, wire marking can be
made using sleeve type or
heat shrink sleeve type.

Features—Breaker
Contacts—The Magnum DS
has silver tungsten moving
contacts and silver graphite
stationary contacts. The
contacts provide a longwearing, low-resistance joint.
The contacts are protected
from arcing damage even
after repeated interruptions
by the “heel-toe” action that
causes the integral arcing
contacts to mate before the
main contacts part. The
arcing contacts then part last,
striking the arc away from
the main contacts.
The main contacts are of the
butt type and are composed
of a multiplicity of fingers to
give many points of contact
without alignment being
critical.

Control Wire Marking

4
4
4
4
4

Control Wireway

Control Wire—Standard
wire is Type SIS insulated
stranded copper, extra
flexible No. 14 AWG
minimum.

4
4
4
4
4
4

Secondary Terminal
Compartment Door—
The customer’s secondary
terminal connections are
located behind a separate
door providing access to
these connections without
the need to open the breaker
compartment door.
Shipping Split Connection—
At each shipping split, the
control connections are made
with plug-in terminal blocks
rated 600 volts, 40 amperes.
The terminal blocks interlock
mechanically without
removing the line or load
connections. This method
of making the shipping split
control connections increases
the speed of installation and
reduces the potential of
incorrect connections.

The DE-ION® principle is
incorporated in all Magnum
DS circuit breakers. This
makes possible faster arc
extinction for a given contact
travel, and ensures positive
interruption and minimum
contact burning.
Levering Mechanism—
The worm gear levering
mechanism is self-contained
on the breaker drawout
element and engages slots
in the breaker compartment.
A removable crank is used to
lever the breaker between
the connected, test and
disconnected positions.
Mechanical interlocking is
arranged so that levering
cannot be accomplished
unless the breaker is in
the opened position.

4
4

Arc Chute—There are three
basic means of extinguishing
an arc: lengthening the arc
path; cooling by gas blast or
contraction; and deionizing or
physically removing the
conduction particles from
the arc path.

Magnum DS Breaker Contacts
(Arc Chutes Removed)

Stored-Energy Mechanism—
A cam-type closing mechanism
closes the breaker. It receives
its energy from a spring that
can be charged by a manual
handle on the front of the
breaker or by a universal
electric motor.

Protection During Levering
Operation—When levering
the breaker between
the connected, test and
disconnected positions, the
operator is protected from
contact with live parts by
the breaker door.

Release of the stored energy
is accomplished by manually
depressing a button on
the front of the breaker or
electrically energizing a
releasing solenoid.

Levering Magnum DS Breaker

4
4
4
4
V3-T4-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

True Two-Step Stored
Energy Closing—
This sequence is required to
charge and close the breaker.
The breaker closing springs
are charged either through
the manual-charging handle
or by the optional charging
motor. The breaker is
mechanically interlocked to
prevent closing of the breaker
until the closing springs are
fully charged.
With the closing springs fully
charged, the breaker can then
be closed by pressing the
manual close pushbutton on
the breaker, or by the optional
spring release coil through a
remote electrical signal.
This means that the energy
required to open the breaker
is always prestored following
a closing operation.
“Stored energy” is energy
held in waiting, ready to open
or close the breaker within
five cycles or less. The
unique cam and spring design
provides necessary energy
for a single close-open
sequence, as well as the
energy for multiple chargeclose operations such as
this possible sequence:
charge-close-recharge-openclose-open.
The closing springs are
interlocked with the breaker
racking mechanism to ensure
that the closing springs
are discharged before the
breaker can be removed
from the compartment.
Manually Operated
Breakers—Manually operated
breakers are equipped with a
manual charging handle to
charge the closing springs.
Manual closing and tripping
pushbuttons are utilized to
operate the breaker. Remote
closing and tripping can be
accomplished by installing
optional electric spring
release and shunt trip coils.
The breaker closing springs
must be charged manually,
then remote closing and
tripping signals can be sent
to the breaker.

Electrically Operated
Breakers—Electrically
operated breakers are
equipped with a spring
charging motor and
electrically operated spring
release and shunt trip coils.
The breaker manual charging
handle can be used to charge
the closing springs when
power is not available to the
charging motor.
Provisions for Padlocking—
All breakers include provision
for padlocking open to
prevent electrical or manual
closing. This padlocking
can secure the breaker
in the connected, test or
disconnected position
by preventing levering of
the breaker.
Ease of Inspection and
Maintenance—Magnum DS
breakers are designed for
maximum accessibility and
the utmost ease of inspection
and maintenance.

Trip Functions—Magnum
DS trip units provide the
maximum in flexibility and
are available in the following
configurations: LSI, LSIG
and LSIA (ground fault alarm
only). In each case, either
the short delay or the
instantaneous function (not
both) may be defeated. This
reduces the need for spare
breaker inventories and
provides maximum utilization
of interchangeable breakers.

Options
Special Designs
The Magnum DS design
allows Eaton to provide
special solutions to meet
our customer’s needs. For
example, as shown below,
here we embedded molded
case circuit breakers into a
switchgear lineup for a
customer.

4.1

Standards and
Certifications

4

Magnum DS Switchgear
assemblies have undergone
an extensive seismic
qualification program. The
test program utilized ANSI
standard C37.81, the Uniform
Building Code® (UBC) and
the California Building Code
(CBC) as a basis for the test
program. The assemblies
have been tested and
qualified to exceed these
requirements.

4

Magnum DS Switchgear
conforms to the following
standards: CSA®, ANSI
C37.20.1, C37.51, and UL
Standard 1558, and is built
in an ISO® certified facility.

4

American Bureau of Shipping
(ABS) certification is also
available.

4

Contact Eaton for details
and part numbers for
CSA-approved units.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Magnum DS Switchgear—
Trip Units

4

Digitrip® RMS Trip Unit—
The Digitrip RMS trip units
feature a dependent curve
that is depicted in the
nameplate by a blue shaded
area of the trip curve. The
dependent curve affords
better protection flexibility.
Additionally, all of the trip
units have, as standard,
thermal memory, 50/60 Hz
operation and thermal
self-protection at 90°C.

4
Product Selection
Refer to TD01901001E
for application data.

Magnum DS Switchgear with Molded
Case Circuit Breaker Feeder Section

Contact Eaton for
configurations, pricing
and availability.

4
4
4
4

Refer to TD01901001E for
application data.

4
4

Digitrip RMS Integral
Microprocessor-Based
Breaker Overcurrent Trip
Systems—These systems
provide maximum reliability
with true rms sensing as
standard, gives excellent
repeatability, and requires
minimum maintenance.
No external control source
is required for its protective
functions.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T4-5

4.1
4
4
4
4

Low Voltage Switchgear
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed

Technical Data and Specifications
Product Specifications
Refer to Section 16426A of the
Product Specification Guide.

Available Bus Ratings

4

Cross Bus
Ampacity

Bus Bracing
kA

Vertical Bus
Ampacity

4

2000

100, 150, 200

2000

3200

100, 150, 200

3200

4

4000

100, 150, 200

4000

5000

100, 150, 200

5000

4

6000

100, 150, 200

—

4

8000

100, 150, 200

—

10,000

100, 150, 200

—

4
4
4
4
4

Vertical section bus is sized
per main cross bus maximum
rating or by ANSI C37.20.1
Section 7.4.13 Table 11 to a
maximum of 5000 amperes.

Note: In addition to the available
bus bracings shown above, the
bus has been tested for shortcircuit values of 85,000 amperes
for a full 60 cycles.

Ratings of Magnum DS Breakers
Ratings, rms Symmetrical Amperes
Interrupting Rating 1

Short-Time Rating

Breaker Type

Frame Amperes

208–240 Volts

480 Volts

600 Volts

208–240 Volts

480 Volts

600 Volts

MDS-408

800

42,000

42,000

42,000

42,000

42,000

42,000

MDS-608

800

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

MDS-808

800

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-C08

800

100,000

100,000

100,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-616

1600

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

MDS-816

1600

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-C16

1600

100,000

100,000

100,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

MDS-620

2000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

4

MDS-820

2000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

MDS-C20

2000

100,000

100,000

100,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-632

3200

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

65,000

4

MDS-832

3200

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

MDS-C32

3200

100,000

100,000

100,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-840

4000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

MDS-C40

4000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

4

MDS-850

5000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

4

MDS-C50

5000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

MDS-860

6000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

85,000

MDS-C60

6000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

4
4

4
4

Note
1 200 kA available; contact Eaton.

4
4
4
V3-T4-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Low Voltage Switchgear
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations

MVS Primary Switch and Low Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switchgear

4.2

Contents
Description

Page

Primary and Secondary Unit Substations
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T4-8
V3-T4-8
V3-T4-8

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Product Description

Application Description

Unit Substations
Most switchgear assemblies
are configured as unit
substations.
A unit substation, as referred
to in this publication, is
defined as a coordinated
assembly consisting of
three-phase transformers
with high-voltage incoming
line sections and an assembly
of low voltage distribution
sections.
Liquid-Filled Transformers
●
Mineral oil
●
FR3
●
BIOTEMP®
●
Silicon
Dry-Type Transformers
●
VPI
●
VPE
●
RESIBLOC®
●
Cast coil

Secondary Unit Substations
Liquid-filled or dry-type
transformer
●
Transformer kVA 112.5
through 3750
●
Low voltage—208, 240,
480 or 600V
●

Primary Unit Substations
●
Liquid-filled or dry-type
transformer
●
Transformer kVA 500
through 20 MVA
●
Low voltage—2400V
through 24.5 kV
Unit substations may be
indoor or outdoor, with a
selection of high voltage
incoming sections, a choice
of transformer types and an
arrangement of switchgear to
suit the application.

Eaton’s unit substations
follow the system concept
of locating transformers as
close as practicable to areas of
load concentration at usage
voltages, thus minimizing
the lengths of secondary
distribution cables and buses.
This concept provides several
basic advantages, such as:
●
●

●

●

●
●

●

●

Reduced power losses
Improved voltage
regulation
Improved service
continuity
Reduced likelihood of
faults
Increased flexibility
Minimized installation
expense
Elimination of the need for
vaults due to availability of
non-flammable types of
transformers
Efficient space utilization

Advantages of Unit Substations
●
Complete coordination,
both mechanical and
electrical
●
Extreme flexibility with wide
choice of components and
ratings to meet exact
application requirements
●
Optimum safety to
operators
●
Modern design
●
Meets all applicable ANSI,
IEEE®, NEMA and UL
standards

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
primary unit substations and
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
unit substations.

Options
Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
primary unit substations and
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
unit substations.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T4-7

4.2

Low Voltage Switchgear
Primary and Secondary Unit Substations

4

Standards and
Certifications

4

Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
primary unit substations and
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
unit substations.

4
4
4

Product Selection

Contact Eaton for details
and part numbers for
CSA-approved units.

Unit substations are
engineered to order and
have multiple configurations.
Contact Eaton for
configurations, pricing
and availability.

4
4

Technical Data
and Specifications
Refer to TD.49A.01.T.E for
primary unit substations and
TD.49A.02.T.E for secondary
unit substations.

Product Specifications
Refer to Section 16312 of the
Product Specification Guide
for primary unit substations
and Section 16311 of
the Product Specification
Guide for secondary unit
substations.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
V3-T4-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
Arc Resistant AMPGARD

5.1

AMPGARD Motor Control
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T5-2
V3-T5-2
V3-T5-3
V3-T5-4
V3-T5-5
V3-T5-6

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

V3-T5-1

5.1
5

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control

AMPGARD Motor Control Assembly with Main Breaker, SC 9000 AFD,
RVSS and Two-High FVNR

5

Contents
Description

Page

Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5
5

V3-T5-3
V3-T5-4
V3-T5-5
V3-T5-6

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s AMPGARD® medium
voltage starter family provides
flexibility never before
available. Rated at 2200–
15,000 volts up to 8000 hp,
they are the first starters
designed as integrated,
complete units precisely
matched to motor ratings,
and engineered to provide
component-to-component
circuitry and front accessibility of all components
and terminals. AMPGARD
starters are used in a variety of
industrial process applications,
such as pulp and paper,
petrochemical, HVAC (chillers),
where proper control and
protection of the motor and
system are critical to the
user. AMPGARD has been
the industry leader in medium
voltage motor control for over
60 years in these applications,
and our starters have been
designed with that experience
behind them.

AMPGARD starters are
equipped with current limiting
power fuses to interrupt the
short-circuit faults shown
below. The contactor and
fuses are completely
coordinated.

5
5
5

Squirrel Cage Motor Starters:
Starters for squirrel cage
motors are available in full or
reduced voltage designs in all
ratings. Full voltage starters
are available one-high or twohigh in a factory-assembled
structure. Electromechanical
reduced voltage starters are
available in either reactor or
autotransformer type. Both
provide closed transition
from reduced to full voltage.
See table on Page V3-T5-6
for application data.

SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive (AFD)
This newest member of
the AMPGARD family was
designed for maximum
flexibility in the control of
medium voltage motors.
The SC 9000™ combines
innovative technology with
the reliable design and
construction the industry
has come to expect of the
AMPGARD products. Rated
at 2400 volts up to 2500 hp
and 4160 volts up to 4500 hp,
the SC 9000 delivers the
smallest footprint in the
industry. The standard
24-pulse phase shifting
isolating transformer and
rectifier minimizes any
harmonic noise sent back
on to the supply.
The SC 9000 is a fully
integrated, three-line-in—
three-line-out, plug-and-play
product that includes highly
reliable AMPGARD medium
voltage components on
the input (isolation switch,
power fuses and SL vacuum
contactor), isolating
transformer, rectifier, inverter
and controls. The SC 9000
uses the same keypad and
programming software as the

Eaton SVX9000 line of low
voltage drives for a reliable,
easy-to-use system that
does not require time spent
in learning new software.
In addition, the SC 9000
can interface with many
control systems, such
as Modbus®, Ethernet,
DeviceNet™, CANbus®
and PROFIBUS® DP.
In an industry first, the
SC 9000 can be placed in a
lineup with other AMPGARD
and Eaton motor control
products on a common bus
known as AMPGARD
Medium Voltage Integrated
Control Gear. Now, all types
of motor starters, load break
switches, integrated AFDs,
AFD synchronous transfer
control, AFD bypasses, and
main and feeder breakers can
be integrated into a single line.
The Integrated Control Gear
capabilities and reliable
design make the SC 9000
the perfect choice for speed
control in industries such as
petrochemical, water/waste
water, utility, HVAC, pulp and
paper, and many more.

5
5
5
V3-T5-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control

Reduced Voltage Solid-State
Starters: Offered as an
alternative to traditional
reactor or auto-transformer
type reduced voltage starter,
the AMPGARD RVSS allows
the user to fine-tune starting
parameters to meet a wide
variety of unique load
conditions. The onboard
user-friendly microprocessor
provides the ability to select
the proper combination of
initial current, maximum
current and ramp time,
resulting in smooth, stepless
load acceleration while
minimizing mechanical shock
to system components.

The MBA comprises a metalenclosed drawout vacuum
circuit breaker section that is
integrally connected via main
bus to the balance of the
AMPGARD starter assembly
it protects.

The AMPGARD RVSS is
available as a standalone
starter or can be incorporated
into a lineup with other
AMPGARD starters. Adding
to an existing AMPGARD
installation is easy via a
simple splice kit. Starters are
available in 400 ampere and
720 ampere frame sizes.

The main breaker is the
industry-leading Type VCP-W
drawout vacuum circuit
breaker, which provides the
performance our customers
expect.

Arc-Resistant AMPGARD:
When specified, AMPGARD
is available in special arcresistant construction. Two
ratings are available: 30 kA
and 50 kA. Both designs have
been tested and verified to
meet the requirements of
IEEE® C37.20.7 for Type 2B
construction. Type 2B
construction is defined as
arc-resistant at front, back
and sides of the enclosure
with the low voltage
compartment door open.
All types of 400 ampere and
800 ampere starters, as well
as 24-inch wide incoming
cable sections are available
in arc-resistant construction.
Main Breaker AMPGARD,
SC 9000 AFD, LBS Load
Break Switches are not
available in arc-resistant
construction. Consult Eaton
for more details.
Main Breaker AMPGARD
(MBA): The MBA is the
industry’s first truly
integrated medium voltage
metal-enclosed main breaker
and starter assembly
combination.

The main bus configuration
is in the same top-mounted
location as on all AMPGARD
assemblies, allowing for ease
of installation with adjacent
sections and addition for
future sections.

●

●

●

Front aligned, rear aligned,
or front and rear aligned with
back-to-back starters are
available.

Lead-time is dramatically
reduced, typically 50% less
than the industry norm.
Our single-source approach
has cut delivery time from
months to weeks. The
extended waiting period
between order placement
and delivery has been
eliminated.
Other Motor Starters:
Starters for wound rotor
and multispeed motors are
available. However, each
application must be reviewed
for proper motor protection
and operation. Refer to
the factory for pricing and
equipment details.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Personnel Safety: A positive
mechanical isolating switch
with visible disconnect
completely grounds and
isolates the starter from
the line connectors with a
mechanically driven isolating
shutter, leaving no exposed
high voltage. Additional
safety features include:
●

Isolated cable entry for
added safety. The starters
and cables are completely
isolated from each other
by steel barriers

●

All new low voltage
wireway. Low voltage
wire is isolated from
the medium voltage
compartment, and
customer terminal blocks
are accessible through the
low voltage control panel
Easily accessible low
voltage panel completely
isolated from the medium
voltage compartment that
offers generous device
mounting space
Standard viewing window
for visual verification of
isolation switch operation
Optional remote operator
for isolation switch allows
user to open and close
switch while remaining
outside the equipment
flash boundary

Ease of Installation: Current
limiting fuses, contactor
assembly and isolating switch
assembly are easily removed
from the enclosure; line and
load terminals are completely
accessible from the front.
Standard structures are 36.00
W x 92.00 H x 30.00 in D
(914.4 W x 2336.8 H x 762.0
mm D) including a 12.00 in
(304.8 mm) top-mounted
main bus compartment. The
main bus compartment is
top, side and front accessible,
making maintenance and
lineup extensions easy.
Ease of Maintenance:
All components are front
accessible, facilitating
routine inspection or parts
replacement. Isolation switch
life is 10,000 operations.
Vacuum Contactor:
The Type SL vacuum
contactors were designed
and engineered specifically for
use in AMPGARD starters.
They are self-supporting,
compact, bolt-in or stab-in
three-pole contactors. The
contactors utilize a solid-state
control board, allowing the
user maximum flexibility to
change control voltages and
dropout times in the field,
simply by adjusting DIP
switch settings. To permit
application matching of the
starter to the motor rating,
contactors are available for

5.1

2200–7200 volts at ratings
of 400 and 800 amperes,
and 15 kV at 250 amperes.
The 400 ampere contactor
interrupting rating is the
highest in the industry at
8500 amperes, allowing for
higher levels of coordination
with power fuses. The
800 ampere contactor has
an interrupting rating of
12,500 amperes, also the
highest in the industry.
Note: For full starter/contactor
horsepower ratings and other
technical data (including power
fuse coordination), refer to Tab 13,
Medium Voltage Power
Contactors.

Motor Protective Relay:
When a motor protective
relay is required, the
AMPGARD starters are
provided with the MP-3000
or MP-4000 microprocessorbased motor protective relay
as standard. This package
offers benefits like a 20-cycle
voltage sag ride-through,
UL 1053 certification for
ground fault sensing that is
internal to the relay, arm/
disarm capability, a drawout
case option, Intel-I-Trip
overload protection for
custom curve setting to
precisely match your motor’s
requirements, and optional
PowerNet™ or Modbus
communications capability.
15 kV Starter: A 15 kV rated
AMPGARD starter is available
with the same features and
capabilities as described
for the 7.2 kV rated starter.
The starter is supplied with
a 250 ampere vacuum
contactor and three power
fuses (maximum 250E)
for motors rated to 5000
horsepower. These starters
may be supplied with the
Eaton InsulGard™ relay for
partial discharge detection.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

V3-T5-3

5.1
5

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control

Standards and
Certifications

Low Voltage and High Voltage Compartments

5

1/4-Turn Door Latch
Top and Bottom

5

Indicating Lights Start/Stop Pushbutton
(when specified)

5
5

MP-3000
(when specified)

5

Low Voltage
Access Door

5
5

DP-4000 Meter
(when specified)

5
Isolated Low Voltage Control Panel

5

Contact Eaton for details
and part numbers for
CSA-approved units.

5

Isolation Switch
Viewing Window

5
5

Note: Isolation Switch Mechanism
Locks Medium Voltage Door
Closed in ON Position

5
5
5

Reference Information

5
5

Seismic Certification
AMPGARD starters are
seismically tested and
seismically qualified, and
exceed requirements of both
the International Building
Code (IBC) and California
Building Code Title 24.

5

5

AMPGARD starters are
designed, assembled and
tested to meet all applicable
standards. AMPGARD meets
ANSI, NEMA® and IEC
standards, and is UL, CSA,
cUL® and KEMA third-party
certified. The major
components, i.e., contactor,
isolating switch, fuses,
MP-3000, MP-4000,
IQ DP-4000 and IQ Analyzer,
are UL recognized.
UL or CSA labeling of a
specific starter requires
review to ensure that all
requested modifications and
auxiliary devices meet the
appropriate standards. Refer
to factory when specified.

5
5

UL and CSA Certification

●

Optional Stab-In Contactor, Bolted Main Fuses
and Optional Blown Fuse Indicator

●

●

5

●

5

●

5

●

5

●

5

●

5

●

5
5
V3-T5-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

AMPGARD Brochure
BR02003002E
AMPGARD RVSS Brochure
BR02003001E
Technical Data
TD02003001E
Renewal Parts
RP.48J.01.T.E
AMPGARD Main Breaker
PA48D01SE
15 kV AMPGARD
Technical Data
TD02003002E
Remote Operator
PA02003002E
Arc-Resistant AMPGARD
SA02003003E
720A RVSS
PA02000001E

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control

5.1

Product Selection
AMPGARD RVSS

5
5

AMPGARD RVSS
Description

Catalog
Number

5

400 ampere RVSS

SP10B4B

720 ampere RVSS

SP10B8S

5
5
5
5
5
5

Main Breaker
AMPGARD

5

Main Breaker AMPGARD
Description

Catalog
Number

1200A, 250 MVA Main Breaker

BLR12

2000A, 350 MVA Main Breaker

BLR23

3000A, 350 MVA Main Breaker

BLR33

5
5
5
5
5
5

15 kV Starter with
InsulGard

5

15 kV Starter
Description

Catalog
Number

5

13.8 kV FVNR Starter

S210B2SBB

13.8 kV Autotransformer Starter

S610B2SBB

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

V3-T5-5

5.1
5

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies
AMPGARD Motor Control

Technical Data and Specifications

5

Main Breaker AMPGARD

5

Description

Amperes

Volts

Horsepower

5

Main breaker

1200, 2000 and 3000

2200 to 7200

—

5

Starters

400 and 800

2200 to 7200

Up to 8000

Starters

250

10,000–15,000

Up to 5000

5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Ratings

Starting Characteristics
Starter
Type

% Motor
Voltage

% Motor
Current

% Line
Current

% Torque

80% tap

80

80

80

64

65% tap ➀

65

65

65

42

50% tap

50

50

50

25

Reactor Reduced Voltage

Autotransformer Reduced Voltage
80% tap

80

80

67

64

65% tap 1

65

65

45

42

50% tap

50

50

28

25

5
5

Interrupting Capacity—kVA

5

Starter Maximum
Horsepower

2300 Volt

4600 Volt

6600 Volt

5

3000

200,000

—

—

5000

1,190,000

—

—

5500

—

400,000

—

8000

—

—

570,000

5
5
5

NEMA Class E2

Note
1 Factory set on 65% tap.

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V3-T5-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012 www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Outdoor Medium Voltage Switch

6.1

Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.2

V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3

V3-T6-4
V3-T6-4
V3-T6-4
V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5

V3-T6-6
V3-T6-6
V3-T6-6
V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Unitized Power Centers—UPC
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.5

V3-T6-2

Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.4

V3-T6-2

Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.3

V3-T6-2

V3-T6-8
V3-T6-8
V3-T6-8
V3-T6-8
V3-T6-8
V3-T6-9

OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T6-10
V3-T6-10
V3-T6-10
V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-1

6.1
6

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS

Outdoor Medium Voltage Switch—MVS Cable Connection to
Liquid-Filled Transformer

6

Contents
Description

Page

Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

6
6
6

V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3
V3-T6-3

An Eaton
Green Solution

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Product Description

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

Eaton’s MVS load interrupter
switchgear is a metalenclosed assembly consisting
of a switch, bus and fuses.

MVS switchgear provides
safe, reliable switching and
fault protection for medium
voltage circuits where high
duty cycle operation is
not needed.

Quick-make, quick-break
mechanism: A reliable heavyduty coil spring mechanism
drives the switch blades at
high speed into either the
open or the closed position.
The speed of operation is
independent of the person
operating the switch.

MVS switchgear is available
in one or more vertical
section assemblies. The
three-pole switch will
interrupt its rated load current
with its quick-make, quickbreak mechanism. Optional
fuses ensure short-circuit
protection at all times.

●

●
●
●

Single switch and
transformer primary
Duplex switch
Selector switch
Automatic transfer control

Direct drive mechanism:
A metal-to-metal direct drive
mechanism eliminates chains
or cables that may break or
need adjusting.
DE-ION® arc interruption:
DE-ION arc chambers and
spring-loaded auxiliary blades
ensure fast load current
interruption and eliminate
arcing damage to the
main contacts.

6
6
6
6

Positive switch position
indication: Red and green
multilingual (English/Spanish/
French) labels located directly
on the switch operating
mechanism give visual
indication of switch position.

6
6
6
6
6
6

Interlocked for safety:
Mechanical interlocks prevent
closing the switch when the
compartment door is open, or
the opening of the door when
the switch is closed.
Safety under fault
conditions: The switch,
depending upon the rated
voltage, is available with
three or four fault-closing
operations with ratings
up to 61,000 amperes rms
asymmetrical, exceeding
the industry standards one
time operation.
Safety barrier: A hinged
solid metal barrier with a
perforated metal viewing area
shields the disconnect switch
when the compartment door
is opened.
Short-circuit protection:
A full range of Eaton fusing
options is available for shortcircuit protection.
Eaton's SF6-free
switchgear: Eaton medium
voltage switchgear use
vacuum switches combined
with solid insulation material.
This environmentally-friendly
technology avoids the use of
SF6 as an insulation gas.

6
6
V3-T6-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS

6.1

Indoor Medium Voltage Switch—MVS Bus Connection to
Dry-Type Transformer

6
6

Hinged Internal
Switch Barrier

6
6

DE-ION Arc
Interrupters
Located Behind
Switch Barrier

Inspection
Window
Operating
Handle
(Mounted in
Access Door)

6

Switch Drive
Mechanism

6

Interlock

6
6

Fuses

6

High Dielectric
Insulation Used
Between Switch
Phases and
Ground on
15 kV Only

Standards and
Certifications

6
6
6

Reference Information

MVS switchgear meets or
exceeds IEEE® C37.20.3 as it
applies to metal-enclosed
switchgear.
Either Underwriters
Laboratories® (UL) or
Canadian Standards
Association® (CSA) listing is
available for MVS switchgear in
many configurations, with a
number of options.
MVS switchgear is available
seismically qualified to meet
the requirements of the
Uniform Building Code®
(UBC), California Title 24 and
BOCA® requirements in many
configurations with a number
of options.

6

See Consulting Application
Guide for detailed list of ratings
and options. For renewal parts,
see CA08105001E.

6
6

Product Selection

6

Contact Eaton for pricing.

6

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●

●

●

●

6

Rated maximum voltage
classes of 5, 15, 27 and
38 kV
Rated impulse levels, kV
BIL: 60, 95, 125, 150
Continuous and load-break
ratings: 600 amperes
available at all voltage
classes; 1200 amperes
available at 5 and 15 kV
Designs available in indoor
and outdoor non-walk-in
configurations
Manual or motor operated

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-3

6.2
6

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB

Indoor Medium Voltage Switch and Fixed Breaker—MSB

Contents
Description

6

Page

Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

6
6
6

An Eaton
Green Solution

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s MSB switchgear
is an integrated assembly
of a visible load-break
disconnect switch, fixedmounted vacuum circuit
breaker, and control devices
that are integrated electrically
and mechanically for
circuit protection. All
major components are
manufactured by Eaton,
establishing one source
of responsibility for the
equipment and ensuring
high standards in quality,
coordination, reliability and
service. MSB switchgear
would typically be used
where both cost and
protection are important
design parameters.

Applications include ground
fault protection, primary and/
or secondary switching, and
protection on unit substations,
automatic transfer switching
at medium voltage levels,
capacitor switching, high
duty cycle and tight system
coordination protection.
MSB switchgear can also be
an economic benefit in singleended substations because
it may allow the customer
to eliminate the secondary
main protection and
switching device.
●

●

●

Low resistance ground
schemes
Single-ended substation
designs
Overcurrent protection

6
6

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●
●

●
●
●

●

●
●
●
●

Visible isolation
Fully rated fixed vacuum
circuit breaker
Electrical operation
No fuses
Improved coordination
capability
Improved transformer
protection
Ground fault protection
Capacitor switching
High switching duty cycle
Integral overcurrent
protection

Eaton's SF6-free
switchgear: Eaton medium
voltage switchgear use
vacuum switches combined
with solid insulation material.
This environmentally-friendly
technology avoids the use of
SF6 as an insulation gas.

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
V3-T6-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5
V3-T6-5

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB

Standards and
Certifications

6.2

Product Selection

6

Contact Eaton for pricing.

MSB switchgear meets or
exceeds IEEE C37.20.3 as it
applies to metal-enclosed
switchgear.

●

CSA listing is available for
MSB switchgear in many
configurations with a number
of options.
MSB switchgear is available
seismically qualified to meet
the requirements of the
Uniform Building Code,
California Title 24 and
BOCA requirements in
many configurations with
a number of options.

6

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●

●

●

●

6

Rated maximum voltages
of 4.76–15 kV
Continuous current ratings
up to 1200 amperes
25 and 40 kA rms
symmetrical short-circuit
interrupting capacity
Designs available in indoor
and outdoor non-walk-in
configurations
Single vertical section and
transformer primary
configurations
Lineups consisting of MSB
and MVS vertical sections

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Reference Information

6

See Consulting Application
Guide for detailed list of ratings
and options. For renewal parts,
see CA08105001E.

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-5

6.3
6

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB

Indoor Metal-Enclosed Drawout Vacuum Breaker—MEB
Used as Main for Two Fused Switches

6

Contents
Description

Page

Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s MEB switchgear is
a metal-enclosed assembly
of single high drawout VCP-W
vacuum circuit breakers and
control devices that are
integrated electrically for
circuit protection. (For
drawout vacuum breaker
metal-clad switchgear,
type VacClad-W, see
Volume 3, Tab 7) All
major components are
manufactured by Eaton,
establishing one source
of responsibility for the
equipment and ensuring
high standards in quality,
coordination, reliability and
service.

MEB can be applied as the
primary main device and
integrated with fused feeder
switches in a lineup of fused
MVS switchgear.

6
6

Applications include ground
fault protection, primary
and/or secondary switching,
and protection on unit
substations, automatic
transfer switching at medium
voltage levels, capacitor
switching, high duty
cycle and tight system
coordination protection.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●
●

●

●
●
●
●

Fully rated drawout
vacuum circuit breaker
Electrical operation
Improved coordination
capability
Improved transformer
protection
Ground fault protection
Capacitor switching
High switching duty cycle
Integral overcurrent
protection

MEB switchgear can also
be an economic benefit in
single-ended substations
because it may allow the
customer to eliminate the
secondary main protection
and switching device.
●

6

●

6

●

Low resistance ground
schemes
Single-ended substation
designs
Overcurrent protection

6
6
6
6
6
6
V3-T6-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7
V3-T6-7

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB

Standards and
Certifications

6.3

Product Selection

6

Contact Eaton for pricing.

MEB switchgear meets or
exceeds IEEE C37.20.3 as it
applies to metal-enclosed
switchgear.

●

CSA listing is available for
MEB switchgear in many
configurations with a number
of options.
MEB switchgear is available
seismically qualified to meet
the requirements of the
Uniform Building Code,
California Title 24 and
BOCA requirements in
many configurations with
a number of options.

6

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●

●

●

●

6

Rated maximum voltages
of 4.76 and 15 kV
Continuous current rating
of 1200 or 2000 amperes
Short-circuit current
ratings up to 38 kA rms
symmetrical
Designs available in indoor
and outdoor non-walk-in
configurations
Single vertical section and
transformer primary
configurations
Lineups consisting of
MEB vertical sections and
MVS vertical sections

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Reference Information

6

See Consulting Application
Guide for detailed list of ratings
and options. For renewal parts,
see CA08105001E.

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-7

6.4
6

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Unitized Power Centers—UPC

Contents

Indoor Unitized Power Centers

Description

6

Page

Unitized Power Centers—UPC
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Bottom Cable Entry and Top Cable Entry

Product Description
Eaton’s Unitized Power
Centers combine an MVS
primary disconnect switch,
a ventilated dry-type
transformer and Pow-R-Line 4
secondary distribution
devices in a compact,
factory-assembled integral
unit. These self-contained
units provide maximum kVA
in minimum space, and
their unitized construction
simplifies installation.
Other advantages include:
●
●
●

●

●

Front accessibility
Against-the-wall mounting
Dimensions consistent
with standard doorways
Liberal space for primary
and secondary cables
Molded case circuit
breaker or fusible switch
secondary distribution

6
6
6

Features, Benefits
and Functions

Standards and
Certifications

The primary disconnect
switch is a manually
operated, two-position,
quick-make, quick-break
type MVS. Distribution class
surge arresters protect the
transformer from surge
voltages, and current limiting
fuses protect against fault
currents. Insulated cable
passes through a steel
barrier to connect the switch
to the transformer.

Power transformer core and
coil assemblies meet all
applicable IEEE/ANSI/NEMA®
standards.

Reference Information
See Consulting Application
Guide for detailed list of ratings
and options.

Product Selection
Contact Eaton for pricing.

The power transformer is of a
ventilated, dry-type, coreform construction. Standard
Class 220°C insulation allows
normal operation at 150°C
temperature rise above a
30°C nominal ambient and
a 40°C peak ambient.
The secondary distribution
section consists of group
mounted Series C® molded
case circuit breakers or FDPW fusible switches separated
from the transformer by steel
barriers. Additional vertical
sections may be added for
additional low voltage
distribution.

6
6
6
6
V3-T6-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-9

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
Unitized Power Centers—UPC

6.4

Technical Data and Specifications
●
●

●

●

Indoor enclosure only
Maximum primary
voltages:
●
3 kV through 15 kV
●
Three-phase, 60 Hz,
delta primary
Primary BIL:
●
Voltages not exceeding
2.5 kV maximum—
20 kV BIL
●
Voltages above 2.5 kV
up to 7.2 kV maximum—
30 kV BIL
●
Voltages above 7.2 kV up
to 15 kV maximum—
60 kV BIL
Transformer:
●
12.5–1000 kVA
●
Winding material,
copper type,
ventilated dry

●

●

●

6

Insulation:
●
Class H 220°C rise
(standard)
●
150°C, 115ºC and 80°C
rise available
●
Fan cooling available
to increase kVA rating
by 331/3%
●
Taps: ±(2) 2.5% FCAN
and FCBN
Secondary voltages:
●
208Y/120 volts—
four-wire
●
240 volts—three-wire
●
480Y/277 volts—
four-wire
●
575 volts—four-wire
Secondary BIL: 10 kV BIL

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-9

6.5
6

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C

Contents

OEM Fusible Switches

Description

6

Page

OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

6
6

V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11
V3-T6-11

6
6
6
6
6
MVS-C Switch

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Product Description

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

MVS-C switches are open
frame switches that must
be mounted in a suitable
enclosure for the OEM
market. Eaton’s MVS-C load
interrupter switches are
available in many ratings.
When properly applied, they
will provide safe, low-cost
switching where occasional
or infrequent disconnecting
means is desired. The
three-pole switch, with its
quick-make, quick-break
mechanism, will interrupt
its rated load current.

MVS-C switches can be
applied in suitable enclosures
for many switching duties
whether manual or automatic
operation is specified:

Plug & Play™: The switch
and operating mechanism
install as a single entity. No
handle and chains or cables to
mount and adjust. Improves
productivity in assembly
reducing overall cost.

●

●

●

Transformer primary
switching
Transformer secondary
switching
Power distribution
switching

6
6

Quick-make, quick-break
mechanism: A reliable heavyduty coil spring mechanism
drives the switch blades at
high speed into either the open
or the closed position.
DE-ION arc interruption:
DE-ION arc chambers and
spring-loaded auxiliary blades
ensure safe, fast load current
interruption and eliminate
arcing damage to the
main contacts.

Safety under fault
conditions: The switch,
depending upon the rated
voltage, is available with
three or four fault-closing
operations with ratings up
to 61,000 amperes rms
asymmetrical, exceeding
the industry standards
one-time operation.
Fuse mountings: Complete
three-phase fuse mounting
assemblies or fuse live
parts are available that
are fully compatible with
MVS-C switches. The fuse
mountings are intended for
use with Eaton’s fuses.

Positive switch position
indication: Red and Green
multilingual (English/Spanish/
French) labels located directly
on the switch operating
mechanism give visual
indication of switch position.

6
6
6
6

Interlocked for safety:
When properly installed to
utilize the built-in design
feature, mechanical interlocks
prevent closing the switch
when the enclosure door is
open, or opening the door
when the switch is closed.
As an alternate interlock
method, key interlock
provisions are included.

6
6
6
6

MVS-C Fuse Mounting

Direct drive mechanism:
A metal-to-metal direct drive
mechanism eliminates chains
or cables that need adjusting
or break.

6
V3-T6-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C

Standards and
Certifications
●

●

Product Selection

6

Contact Eaton for pricing.

MVS-C switches meet or
exceed ANSI C37.22
ratings
UL and CSA recognized
component listing services
are available for 5 and
15 kV manual and motor
operated MVS-C switches

6

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●

●

Reference Information
For renewal parts, see
CA08105001E.

6.5

●

●

6

Rated maximum voltage
classes of 5, 15, 27 and
38 kV
Rated impulse levels, kV
BIL: 60, 95, 125, 150
Continuous and load-break
ratings: 600 amperes
available at all voltage
classes; 1200 amperes
available at 5 and 15 kV
Rated momentary and fault
close currents, 40 and
61 kA rms asymmetrical;
40 kA available at all voltage
classes; 61 kA available at
5, 15 and 27 kV
Manual, motor or shunt-trip
operated

6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T6-11

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Indoor Type VCP-W Metal-Clad
Switchgear Assembly (5/15 kV shown)

7.1

Introduction
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.2

7
7

Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Product Overview
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.3

V3-T7-2

V3-T7-4
V3-T7-4
V3-T7-5
V3-T7-6

7
7

V3-T7-6

7

V3-T7-7

7

V3-T7-7
V3-T7-7

7

V3-T7-7

7

V3-T7-8

7

V3-T7-8
V3-T7-8
V3-T7-8
V3-T7-9

High Resistance Grounding System
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7

V3-T7-18
V3-T7-18
V3-T7-21
V3-T7-21
V3-T7-22
V3-T7-23
V3-T7-26

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Learn
Online

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-1

7.1
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Introduction

Indoor Type VCP-W Metal-Clad Switchgear Assembly (5/15 kV shown)

Contents
Description

7

Product Selection Guide

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Product Selection Guide

7

Product Offering Chart—Metal-Enclosed 1

7

Description

MVS

MEB

MSB

UPC

Mini-MVS

7

Voltage

5, 15, 27, 38 kV

5, 15 kV

5, 15 kV

5, 15 kV

5 kV only

Operation duty cycle

Low

High

High

Low

Low

7

Enclosure

Indoor, outdoor aisleless

Indoor, outdoor aisleless

Indoor, outdoor aisleless

Indoor only

Indoor, outdoor aisleless

Listed

UL®, CSA®

—

—

—

UL, CSA

7

Assembly standards

ANSI/IEEE®, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
CSA 22.2 #31 2

ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
CSA 22.2 #31

ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
CSA 22.2 #31

—

ANSI/IEEE, C37.30.3, C37.20.4,
C37.22, C37.57, C37.58,
CSA 22.2 #31 2

7
7
7

Circuit breaker type

N/A

VCP-W

VCP-TR (5, 15 kV), VCP-W 27 kV

N/A

N/A

Circuit breaker mounted

N/A

Drawout

Fixed

N/A

N/A

Seismically rated Zone 4 to
California Building Code Title 24

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

BIL ratings

60 kV (5 kV)

60 kV (5 kV)

60 kV (5 kV)

60 kV (5 kV)

60 kV (5 kV)

95 kV (15 kV)

95 kV (15 kV)

95 kV (15 kV)

95 kV (15 kV)

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

125 kV (27 kV)

125 kV (27 kV)

150 kV (38 kV)
Main bus ratings

800, 1200A (5/15/27/38 kV)

800, 1200A (5/15 kV)

800, 1200A (5/15/27 kV)

N/A

N/A, cable in, cable out application

Breaker ratings

N/A

1200A (5/15 kV)

600, 800, 1200A (5/15/27 kV)

N/A

N/A

Overcurrent protective device

Yes (fused)

Yes

Yes

Yes (fused)

Yes (fused)

Short-circuit
interrupting capacity

Per fuse IC

Per fuse IC

Per fuse IC

Conduit entry

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

29, 41, 63 kA (5 kV)

16, 20, 25, 40 kA (5/15 kV)

18, 28, 37, 63 kA (15 kV)

25 kA (27 kV)

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

Notes
1 Additional products not shown include medium voltage transfer, high resistance ground and low profile switchgear.
2 Listings are voltage dependant. See individual product sheets for detail.

7
7
7
7
V3-T7-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Introduction

7.1

Product Offering Chart—Metal-Clad 1
Description

MVA Standard

Narrow Design

MVA Arc Resistant

Voltage

5, 15, 27, 38 kV

5 kV

5, 15, 27, 38 kV

Operation duty cycle

High

High

High

Enclosure

Indoor (5–38 kV)

Indoor only

Indoor only

Outdoor aisleless (5–27 kV)

Outdoor aisle

7
7
7
7

Outdoor aisle (5–15 kV)

Listed

UL, CSA

UL, CSA

CSA only

7

Assembly standards

ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2

ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2

ANSI/IEEE, C37.04, C37.06, C37.54,
C37.20.2, C37.20.7, C37.55, CSA 22.2 #31 2

7

Circuit breaker type

VCP-W

VCP-W ND

VCP-W

Circuit breaker mounted

5 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

Drawout 5 kV only

5 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

Outdoor common aisle (5–15 kV)

15 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

15 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

27 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

27 kV drawout, direct roll-in breaker option

38 kV direct roll-in breakers

38 kV direct roll-in breakers

7
7
7

Seismically rated Zone 4 to
California Building Code Title 24

Yes

Yes

Yes

7

BIL ratings

60 kV (5 kV)

60 kV (5 kV only)

60 kV (5 kV)

7

Main bus ratings

95 kV (15 kV)

95 kV (15 kV)

125 kV (27 kV)

125 kV (27 kV)

170 kV (38 kV)

170 kV (38 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000, 4000A (5 kV)

1200A (5 kV only)

1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000, 4000A (15 kV)

2000A, 3000A

1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV)

1200, 2000A (27 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV)

7
7

1200, 2000A (27 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000A depending on kA rating (38 kV)
Breaker ratings

7

7

1200, 2000, 3000A (38 kV)
1200A (5 kV only)

1200, 2000, 3000A (5 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV)

1200, 2000, 3000A (15 kV)

1200, 2000A (27 kV)

1200, 2000A (27 kV)

1200, 1600, 2500A depending on kA rating (38 kV)

1200A (38 kV)

Overcurrent protective device

Yes

Yes

Yes

Short-circuit interrupting capacity

29, 41, 63 kA (5 kV)

29 kA (5 kV)

37 kA (5 kV) 3

33 kA (8.25 kV)

—

18, 28, 37, 63 kA

37 kA (15 kV) 3

16, 22, 25, 40 kA

25 kA (27 kV) 3

16, 21, 25, 32, 40 kA (38 kV)

25 kA (38 kV) 3

7
7
7
7
7
7

40, 50, 63 kA (5 kV) 3
40, 50, 63 kA (15 kV)

7

3

25, 40 kA (27 kV) 3

7

25, 40 kA (38 kV) 3
Conduit Entry

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

Top or bottom

7

Notes
1 Additional products not shown include medium voltage transfer, high resistance ground and low profile switchgear.
2 Listings are voltage dependant. See individual product sheets for detail.
3 Ratings are arc ratings, not interrupting capacity.

7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-3

7.2
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Contents

VCP-W Breaker

Description

7

Page

Product Overview
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear .
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7
7
7

An Eaton
Green Solution

7
7
7
7
7
7

Product Overview

7

Product Description

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Eaton has been manufacturing
metal-clad switchgear for over
50 years, and vacuum circuit
breakers for over 30 years.
Tens of thousands of Eaton
vacuum circuit breakers,
used in a wide variety of
applications, have been
setting industry performance
standards for years.
With reliability as a
fundamental goal, Eaton’s
engineers have simplified the
VCP-W switchgear design to
minimize problems and gain
trouble-free performance.
Special attention was given to
material quality and
maximum possible use
was made of components
proven over the years in
Eaton switchgear.

7

Application Description
Maintenance requirements
are minimized by the use
of enclosed long-life
vacuum interrupters. When
maintenance or inspection
is required, the component
arrangements and drawers
allow easy access. The
VCP-W’s light weight
simplifies handling and
relocation of the breakers.

Eaton’s VCP-W metal-clad
switchgear with type VCP-W
vacuum breakers provides
centralized control and
protection of medium voltage
power equipment and circuits
in industrial, commercial and
utility installations involving
generators, motors, feeder
circuits, and transmission
and distribution lines.

The VCP-W meets or
exceeds all applicable ANSI,
NEMA® and IEEE design
standards, and additionally
offers many outstanding
safety features.To ensure
reliability and quality,
the testing of VCP-W
switchgears has been
extensive. UL and CSA listed
switchgear is available for
5 and 15 kV. CSA is available
for 27 and 38 kV.

VCP-W switchgear is
available in maximum voltage
ratings from 4.76 kV through
38 kV, and interrupting ratings
as shown on Page V3-T7-11.
VCP-W offers a total design
concept of cell, breaker and
auxiliary equipment, which
can be assembled in various
combinations to satisfy user
application requirements.
Two-high breaker
arrangements are standard
up to 15 kV. One-high
arrangements can be
furnished when required.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-5
V3-T7-6
V3-T7-6
V3-T7-7
V3-T7-8

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

7.2

Features, Benefits and Functions
Endurance
High power laboratory tests
prove VCP-W breakers are
capable of 50 to 200 full fault
current interruptions.

7
Front Accessible Mechanism
Front accessible mechanism
is standard on all VCP-W
breakers.
Front Accessible CTs (5–38 kV)
Up to 12 CTs per breaker can
be mounted for easy access.

Space Savings
Up to 50% floor space
reduction over previous
designs.

Drawout Auxiliary
Compartments
Up to four drawers per
vertical section can be
equipped with CPTs or VTs
up to 15 kV. Primary isolation
shutters are standard.

Vacuum Interrupter,
Current Transfer Conductor
Eaton’s stiff-flexible design
eliminates sliding/rolling
contacts in the main
conductor, which provides
excellent electrical and
thermal transfer, and long
vacuum interrupter life.

Fluidized Bed Epoxy
Bus Insulation
Excellent track resistant and
flame retardant properties.

Grounded Steel Safety Shutters
Prevents accidental contact
with live primary voltage
connections when breaker
is withdrawn.
Breaker Rails
On 5–27 kV units, the breaker
can be withdrawn on rails for
inspection and maintenance
without the need for a
separate lifting device.
Direct Roll-In Beakers
5–27 kV switchgear is
available with direct roll-in
breakers. Direct roll-in
breakers can be supplied
in two-high configurations
with fully interchangeable
breakers. Rails or a special
direct roll-in lift pan can
be used if desired to
withdraw upper breakers
for inspection.
Reduced Breaker Weight
525 Ibs (238 kg) maximum
through 27 kV vs. 2450 Ibs
(1112 kg) in a comparable
air-magnetic design for ease
of handling.
Reduced Breaker Maintenance
Vacuum interrupter requires
only periodic check for
contact erosion. Integral wear
indicator provided. No contact
adjustments are required.

Standardized
Functional Designs
Shortens order cycle time.
Protective Relays
A full scope of protective
relays designed to meet all
application requirements is
available to provide the
utmost in system and
component protection. One
such multipurpose relay
system is Eaton’s Digitrip™
FP-5000. FP-5000 enhanced
capabilities include autothrowover schemes, voltage
and current protection,
and communication. This
microprocessor-based
circuit protective, control
and monitoring relay system
includes devices 50, 51,
50N, 51N, 50G, 51G and
86, plus cause and magnitude
of trip, integral test and
programming, ampere
demand, high load alarm,
non-volatile set points, selftesting and communications
capabilities. The Digitrip is
capable of being monitored
and controlled through
PowerNet™, DeviceNet™,
Ethernet and Web PONIs.
Refer to Volume 3, Tab 9 for
further information.

PowerNet—Integrated
Monitoring Protection and
Control Communications System
Medium voltage VCP-W
switchgear is ideally
suited for Eaton’s unique
PowerNet system.
PowerNet is the unique
system that, for the first time,
ties together multiple devices
in electrical distribution
systems in a wide variety
of buildings and plants.
PowerNet uses the
proven, INCOM™ chip for
highly reliable, two-way
communications (even in
noisy industrial environments)
between the master control
unit and system devices via
a twisted pair of conductors.
Communications wires
can be extended up to
10,000 feet (3.04m) from
the master control unit
without repeaters...and as
many as 1000 compatible
devices, installed in various
assemblies, can be on the
PowerNet system.

Flexibility
PowerNet is flexible in
that it can include those
assemblies, such as VCP-W
switchgear, that are desired
in a distribution system...
but PowerNet can be easily
upgraded as new assemblies
are added. In essence, a
customer determines the
requirements for a building’s
electrical distribution system,
and Eaton provides the
PowerNet system to fit
those specific requirements.

7

Environmentally-Friendly
Eaton’s medium voltage
switchgear uses vacuum
switches combined with
solid insulation material.
This environmentally-friendly
technology avoids the use of
SF6 as an insulation gas, and
can offer a lower total cost of
ownership over the complete
life cycle of your medium
voltage equipment.

7

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Easy Installation
Installation is uncomplicated
and devices are connected,
daisy chain style, via the
twisted pair conductors. All
assemblies and devices are
standard Eaton equipment
when PowerNet compatible
devices are ordered as part of
an assembly. The assemblies
(with compatible devices built
in) are prewired, pretested
and delivered complete.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-5

7.2

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

7

Options and Accessories

7

Supplemental Devices

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

World-Class VCP-W Vacuum Circuit
Breakers are Designed with a V-Flex
Nonsliding Current Transfer System

Technical Data
and Specifications
Ground and Test Device
The ground and test device is
a drawout element that may
be inserted into a metal-clad
switchgear housing in place
of a circuit breaker to provide
access to the primary circuits
to permit the temporary
connection of grounds or
testing equipment to the
high voltage circuits. High
potential testing of cable or
phase checking of circuits
are typical tests that may be
performed. The devices are
insulated to suit the voltage
rating of the switchgear and
will carry required levels of
short-circuit current.
Before using ground and test
devices, it is recommended
that each user develop
detailed operating procedures
consistent with safe
operating practices. Only
qualified personnel should
be authorized to use ground
and test devices.

7
7
7
7

Standard Accessories
●
One test jumper
●
One levering crank
●
One maintenance tool
●
One lifting yoke (5–38 kV)
●
Two sets of rails (5–27 kV)
●
One turning handle
(5th wheel, 38 kV)
Optional Accessories
●
One transport dolly
(5–27 kV)
●
One portable lifter
(5–27 kV)
●
One test cabinet
●
One electrical levering
device (5–27 kV)
●
One ramp for lower
breaker (5–27 kV)
●
One manual or electrical
ground and test device.
Electrical ground up to
15 kV only
●
One hi-pot tester
●
One offset manual
racking device

Manual and electrical ground
and test devices are available.
These devices include six
studs for connection to
primary circuits. On the
manual device, selection and
grounding is accomplished
by cable connection. On
the electrical-type device,
grounding is accomplished
by an electrically operated
grounding switch.

7
7
7
7
7
7

●

Maximum voltages:
●
4.76 kV, 8.25 kV, 15 kV,
27 kV, 38 kV

●

Interrupting ratings:
●
4.76 kV:
250 MVA (29 kA)
350 MVA (41 kA)
500 MVA (63 kA)
●
8.25 kV:
500 MVA (33 kA)
●
15 kV:
500 MVA (18 kA)
750 MVA (28 kA)
1000 MVA (37 kA)
1500 MVA (63 kA)
●
27 kV:
16 kA, 22 kA,
25 kA, 40 kA
●
38 kV:
16 kA, 25 kA,
31.5 kA, 40 kA
2300 MVA (35 kA)

●

Continuous current:
circuit breakers
●
1200A, 2000A, 3000A
(5 and 15 kV)
●
4000A forced cooled
(5 and 15 kV)
●
1200A, 2000A, (27 kV)
●
600A, 1200A, 1600A,
200A, 2500A (38 kV)
●
3000A forced cooled
(38 kV)

●

Continuous current:
main bus
●
1200A, 2000A, 3000A,
4000A (5 and 15 kV)
●
1200A, 2000A, (27 kV)
●
1200A, 2000A, 2500A,
3000A (38 kV)

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Typical Indoor Assembly with a Breaker Withdrawn on Rails

7.2

Contents
Description

Page

Product Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7

V3-T7-4

7

V3-T7-8

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
Product Description
26-inch wide VCP-W
switchgear was designed for
use in instances where floor
space requirements would
not allow the industry
standard 36-inch (914.4 mm)
wide switchgear.

Application Description
Typical applications include
not only new construction,
but also replacement
switchgear for installations
previously equipped with
26-inch (660.4 mm) wide
airbreak devices. This new
line of switchgear has also
proven very popular
among Generator Control
manufacturers where 5 kV,
250 MVA, 1200A applications
are commonplace.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Functionality is the name
of the game. Available
configurations include
breaker over breaker,
one or two auxiliaries over
breaker, breaker over one
or two auxiliaries, or up
to four auxiliaries in one
vertical section.
In addition to the tremendous
floor space saving offered by
the 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide
design, a savings in the
height of the switchgear is
also available. Where height
is an issue, such as an
outdoor powerhouse or in a
mobile power container, the
standard 95-inch (2413 mm)
height can be reduced to an
80-inch (2032 mm) tall model
with a single-high breaker
with one auxiliary and/or
control cubical. In addition,
the low-profile structure is
designed to accommodate
Voltage Transformers that
are front mounted. Shallowdepth versions are also
available for applications
where depth is an issue.
Contact your local Eaton
representative for more
information on special
dimensional requirements.

Standards and Certifications
For installations requiring
2000A main breakers with
1200A feeders, lineups can be
built with standard 36-inch
(914.4 mm) wide main breaker
cubicles and 26-inch (660.4
mm) wide feeders.
The main bus connections
are 100% compatible with
standard 36-inch (914.4 mm)
wide vertical sections. As a
result, add-ons to existing
installations can be simply and
rapidly performed without
costly system modifications
and transition sections.

At the heart of the new
switchgear line is Eaton’s
world-class VCPW-ND
“Narrow Design” vacuum
circuit breaker. The 26-inch
(660.4 mm) wide offering
includes breakers and gear
that are rated for use on 5 kV,
250 MVA, 1200A, 60 kV BIL
maximum systems. Main
bus ratings of up to 2000A
are available.
The 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide
VCP-W switchgear meets or
exceeds ANSI, NEMA and
IEEE design standards. UL
and CSA listed switchgear is
also available.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-7

7.2
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Contents

Typical Indoor Switchgear Unit

Description

7

Page

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear .
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

7
7

V3-T7-4
V3-T7-7
V3-T7-9

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear

7

Product Description

7

This member of the Eaton’s
VCP-W switchgear family
was designed for use in
applications with distribution
voltages at 38 kV maximum.

7

Application Description

7

7
7
7
7
7
7

Typical applications include
not only new construction,
but also replacement for older
airbreak, minimum oil or
SF6 switchgear. This line is
available in two basic versions:
one designed specifically for
domestic and export ANSI
applications (VCP-W), with a
continuous current range of
600–2500A; and one built for
export only IEC applications
(W-VAC) for continuous
current ranges of 630–2500A.

7
7
7
7
7

Features, Benefits
and Functions
Both ANSI and IEC versions
offer 40 kA rms symmetrical
momentary short-circuit,
80 kV 1 minute withstand,
170 kV BIL ratings as
standard, and both feature a
revolutionary interface design
that permits crossover and
transition bus connections
to adjacent sections without
the need for a transition
section. Standard dimensions
of this 170 kV BIL gear is
42 inches wide x 100 inches
tall x 128.8 inches deep
(1066.8 mm wide x 2540 mm
tall x 3270.3 mm deep),
making the VCP-W offering
the smallest in its class.
Safety has been thoroughly
addressed in the design of the
38 kV VCP-W. On all standard
units, shutters can be
independently padlocked to
prevent inadvertent energizing
during maintenance. Where
needed, fully rated feeder
earthing switches are also
available.

Standards and Certifications
Ease of service is another
benefit. All 38 kV switchgear
units are equipped with rollon-the-floor vacuum circuit
breakers that provide both
unprecedented mobility and
ready accessibility to the
breaker cell. Levering-in
mechanisms for breaker
installation employ an
innovative ball-screw bearing
drive that can be operated
by a single technician.

Both ANSI and IEC designs
are designed and tested at
the factory to be corona-free.
In addition, optional arcresistant designs can
be specified to comply
with EEMAC G-14-1 for
Accessibility Types A and B.
CSA listed switchgear is
also available.

The 38 kV line can be
equipped with a variety of
optional features to enhance
system protection and
monitoring. Eaton’s Digitrip
FP-5000 microprocessorbased trip system, IQ
Analyzer and the PowerNet
communications system are all
available with the 38 kV metalclad switchgear.

7
7
7
7
V3-T7-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.2

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Technical Data and Specifications

7
7

Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis, Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1)
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
50 VCP-W
25

Rated Values

50 VCP-W
40

50 VCP-W
50

50 VCP-W
63

75 VCP-W
40

7

Maximum voltage (V) (kV rms)

4.76

4.76

4.76

4.76

8.25

Power frequency (Hz) 1

60

60

60

60

60

7

Insulation level
Power frequency withstand voltage (1 min.) (kV rms)

19

19

19

19

36

7

60

60

60

60

95

1200
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

25

40

50

63

40

50

50

44

55

50

31

49

59

80

49

65

104

130

164

104

25

40

50

63

40

7
7

Lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2 x 50 ms) (kV peak)
Continuous current (A rms) 2

Short-circuit ratings (reference C37.04-1999 and C37.06-2009
except as noted 3)
Symmetrical interrupting circuit (l) (kA rms sym) 4
DC component (%DC) (%) 5
Asymmetrical interrupting current (lt) (kA rms asym

total) 6

Closing and latching current (2.6 x l) (kA peak)
Short-time withstand current (rms)

7

Transient recovery voltage parameters are based on TD-4
Peak voltage (E2) = (uc) (kV peak)
Time to peak (T2 = t3 x 1.137) (msec)

7
7

8.2

8.2

8.2

8.2

14

50

50

50

50

59

TRV rise time (t3) (msec)

44

44

44

44

52

RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/msec) 8

0.19

0.19

0.19

0.19

0.27

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

Interrupting time (ms, cycles (60 Hz))

7

7
7

7
7

Operating duty (duty cycle)

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 9j

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

Capacitance current switching capability
(reference C47.04a-2003, C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-2005)
Cable-charging current (class, A rms)

C2, 3–10

C2, 3–10

C2, 3–10

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

Capacitor bank current (class, A rms)

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

Inrush current (kA peak)

6

6

6

6

6

Inrush frequency (kHz)

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

7

7

7

7

12

6.3

10

12.5

15.8

10

Isolated shunt capacitor bank current (class, A rms)

7
7
7

Back-to-back capacitor switching

Out-of-phase switching
Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms)
Current = 0.25 x l (kA rms)

7

Notes
1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no
de-rating.
2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers.
3 These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000.
4 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum
symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current.
5 Based on the standard DC TIME constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and
the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the
assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz).

6

7

8
9
j

7
7
7
7
7

The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (It) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA
rms asym total.
Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both two seconds
for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and
C37.06-2009.
RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E2/T2.
Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening.
All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit
breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-9

7.2
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Available Type VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breakers Rated on Symmetrical Current Basis, Per ANSI Standards (Rated K=1), continued
Drawout Circuit Breaker Type
75 VCP-W
50

Rated Values

150 VCP-W
25

150 VCP-W
40

150 VCP-W
50

150 VCP-W
63

Maximum voltage (V) (kV rms)

8.25

15

15

15

15

Power frequency (Hz) 1

60

60

60

60

60

Insulation level
Power frequency withstand voltage (1 min.) (kV rms)

36

36

36

36

36

95

95

95

95

95

1200
2000
3000

1200 3
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

1200
2000
3000

1200 3
2000 3
3000 3

Lightning impulse withstand voltage (1.2 x 50 ms) (kV peak)
Continuous current (A rms) 2

Short-circuit ratings (reference C37.04-1999 and
C37.06-2009 except as noted 3)
Symmetrical interrupting circuit (l) (kA rms sym) 4

50

25

40

50

63

DC component (%DC) (%) 5

44

50

50

44

55

7

Asymmetrical interrupting current (lt) (kA rms asym total) 6

59

31

49

59

80

Closing and latching current (2.6 x l) (kA peak)

130

65

104

130

164

7

Short-time withstand current (rms) 7

50

25

40

50

63

Transient recovery voltage parameters are based on TD-4
Peak voltage (E2) = (uc) (kV peak)

14

28 3
25.7

25.7

25.7

28 3

7

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Time to peak (T2 = t3 x 1.137) (msec)

59

75

75

75

75

TRV rise time (t3) (msec)

52

66

66

66

66

RRRV = uc/t3 (kV/msec) 8

0.27

0.42
0.39

0.39

0.39

0.42

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

50, 3

Operating duty (duty cycle)

Interrupting time (ms, cycles (60 Hz))

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

O-0.3s-CO-3m-CO

Mechanical endurance (no-load operations) 9j

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

Capacitance current switching capability
(reference C47.04a-2003, C37.06-2009 and C37.09a-2005)
Cable-charging current (class, A rms)
Isolated shunt capacitor bank current (class, A rms)

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 7.5–25

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1000

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1600

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1000

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1600

C2, 75–630
C2, 75–1000
C1, 75–1600

C2, 75–630
75–1000
75–1600

Back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current (class, A rms)

Inrush current (kA peak)

6

6

6

6

6

Inrush frequency (kHz)

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

0.8
0.5
0.3

Out-of-phase switching
Voltage = 1.44 x V (kV rms)
Current = 0.25 x l (kA rms)

12

22

22

22

22

12.5

6.3

10

12.5

15.8

Notes
1 All circuit breakers are tested at 60 Hz, however, they can also be applied at 50 Hz with no
de-rating.
2 4000A fan cooled rating is available for 3000A circuit breakers.
3 These circuit breakers were tested to the preferred TRV ratings specified in C37.06-2000.
4 Because the voltage range factor K=1, the short-time withstand current and the maximum
symmetrical interrupting current are equal to the rated symmetrical interrupting current.
5 Based on the standard DC time constant of 45 ms (corresponding to X/R of 17 for 60 Hz) and
the minimum contact parting time as determined from the minimum opening time plus the
assumed minimum relay time of 1/2 cycle (8.33 ms for 60 Hz).

6

7

8
9
j

The asymmetrical interrupting current, I total, is given by (It) = I x Sqrt (1 + 2 x %DC x %DC) kA
rms asym total.
Duration of short-time current and maximum permissible tripping delay are both two seconds
for all circuit breakers listed in this table, as required in C37.04-1999, C37.06-2000 and
C37.06-2009.
RRRV can also be calculated as = 1.137 x E2/T2.
Each operation consists of one closing plus one opening.
All 40 and 50 kA circuit breakers exceed required 5000 no-load operations; all 63 kA circuit
breakers exceed the required 2000 no-load ANSI operations.

7
7
7
V3-T7-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.2

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards 12

7

Circuit Breaker Type
50 VCP-WND
250

50 VCP-W
250

50 VCP-W
350

50 VCP-W
63

75 VCP-W
500

150 VCP-W
500

150 VCP-W
750

150 VCP-W
1000

7

Nominal voltage class kV

4.16

4.16

4.16

4.16

7.2

13.8

13.8

13.8

7

Nominal three-phase MVA class

250

250

350

—

500

500

750

1000

Voltage
Rated maximum voltage V kV rms

4.76

4.76

4.76

4.76

8.25

15

15

15

Rated voltage range factor K 3

1.24

1.24

1.19

1.0

1.25

1.30

1.30

1.30

7

19

19

19

19

36

36

36

36

7

60

60

60

60

95

95

95

95

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

—

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

—

3000

3000

3000

3000

3000

3000

3000

29

29

41

63

33

18

28

37

7

8.9

8.9

8.9

8.9

15.5

28

28

28

7

Rated time to crest—T2 μs

50

50

50

50

60

75

75

75

Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.29

0.42

0.42

0.42

Rated interrupting time cycles 6

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

5

Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec. 7

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Rated reclosing time ms 8

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

300

Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms

3.85

3.85

4.0

4.76

6.6

11.5

11.5

11.5

Current values
K times rated short-circuit current 3
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms

36

36

49

63

41

23

36

48

36

36

49

63

41

23

36

48

7
7

Identification

7

Rated Values

Insulation level—rated withstand test voltage
Normal frequency kV rms
1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest
Current
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4

Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms 3
Rated transient recovery voltage
Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest

7

7
7

7
7
7

Related Required Capabilities

Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms

7
7

(momentary) 9

Closing and latching capability
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest
1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j
Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k

97

97

132

170

111

62

97

130

58

58

78

101

66

37

58

77

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.27

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

Notes
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed.
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an
operating voltage
Isc =

5

6
7

V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Vo

Isc = 1.15

4

V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Vo

But not to exceed KI.
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage.
4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details.

E
RRRV = 1.137 ------2
T2
Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of
current in accordance with the following formula:
T (seconds) = Y

But not to exceed KI.
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage
8

9
j
k

7

(

(K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker

)

2

The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
the time obtained from the above formula.
For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3sCO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
all with no derating. Contact Eaton for special reclosing requirements.
For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Included for reference only.
Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability,
both at specified operating voltage.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-11

7.2
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards, continued 12
Circuit Breaker Type

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

150 VCP-W
63

270 VCP-W
750

270 VCP-W
1000

270 VCP-W
1250

270 VCP-W
40

Nominal voltage class kV

13.8

27

27

27

27

Nominal three-phase MVA class

—

—

—

—

—

Voltage
Rated maximum voltage kV rms

15

27

27

27

27

Rated voltage range factor K 3

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

36

60

60

60

60

95

125

125

125

125

Identification

Rated Values

Insulation level—rated withstand test voltage
Normal frequency kV rms
1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest
Current
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4

Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms

3

Rated transient recovery voltage
Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest

1200

600

600

600

1200

2000

1200

1200

1200

2000

3000

2000

2000

2000

—

63

16

22

25

40

28

51

51

51

51

Rated time to crest—T2 μs

75

105

105

105

105

Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5

0.42

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.55

7

Rated interrupting time cycles 6

5

5

5

5

5

7

Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec. 7

2

2

2

2

2

Rated reclosing time ms 8

300

300

300

300

300

7

7

Related Required Capabilities
Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms

15

27

27

27

27

7

Current values
K times rated short-circuit current 3
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms

63

16

22

25

40

63

16

22

25

40

7

Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms

7

Closing and latching capability (momentary) 9
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest

170

43

60

68

108

7

1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j

100

26

35

40

64

1.27

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

7
7
7

Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k

Notes
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed.
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an
operating voltage

But not to exceed KI.
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage

7

7

4

5

But not to exceed KI.
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage.
4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details.

Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of
current in accordance with the following formula:
T (seconds) = Y

8

V
Isc = 1.15
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Vo

7
7

7

V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Isc =
Vo

7

7

6

9
j
k

(

(K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker

7
7
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

2

The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
the time obtained from the above formula.
For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary for Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3sCO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
all with no derating. Contact Eaton for special reclosing requirements.
For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Included for reference only.
Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability,
both at specified operating voltage.

E2
RRRV = 1.137 -----T2

V3-T7-12

)

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.2

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Available VCP-W Vacuum Circuit Breaker Types Rated on Symmetrical Current Rating Basis, Per ANSI Standards, continued 12
Circuit Breaker Type

7

380 VCP-W
16

380 VCP-W
21

380 VCP-W
25

380 VCP-W
32

380 VCP-W
40

7

Nominal voltage class kV

34.5

34.5

34.5

34.5

34.5

7

Nominal three-phase MVA class

—

—

—

—

—

Voltage
Rated maximum voltage kV rms

38

38

38

38

38

Rated voltage range factor K 3

1.0

1.65

1.0

1.0

1.0

7
7

Identification

7

Rated Values

Insulation level—rated withstand test voltage
Normal frequency kV rms

80

80

80

80

80

170 l

170 l

170 l

170 l

170 l

600

1200

600

600

600

1200

2000

1200

1200

1200

1600

—

1600

1600

1600

2000

—

2000

2000

2000

—

—

—

2500

2500

16

21

25

31.5

40

71

71

71

71

71

Rated time to crest—T2 μs

125

125

125

125

125

Rate of rise of recovery voltage kV/μs 5

0.64

0.64

0.64

0.64

0.64

5

5

5

5

5

1.2 x 50 μsec. impulse kV crest l
Current
Rated continuous current at 60 Hz amp 4

Rated short-circuit current (at rated maximum kV)—I kA rms 3

7

7
7
7
7
7

Rated transient recovery voltage
Rated crest voltage —E2 kV crest

Rated interrupting time cycles 6
Rated permissible tripping delay—Y sec.

7

2

2

2

2

2

300

300

300

300

m

Rated maximum voltage divided by K—V/K kV rms

38

23

38

38

38

Current values
K times rated short-circuit current 3
Maximum sym. interrupting capability—KI kA rms

Rated reclosing time ms 8

7
7
7
7

Related Required Capabilities

7

16

35

25

31.5

40

Three-second short-time current carrying capability—KI kA rms

16

35

25

31.5

40

7

Closing and latching capability (momentary) 9
2.7K times rated short-circuit current—2.7 KI kA crest

43

95

68

85

108

7

1.6K times rated short-circuit current—1.6 KI kA rms asym. j

26

56

40

51

64

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

1.2

Asymmetry Factor for VCP-W Breakers (S) k

Notes
1 For capacitor switching, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
2 5 and 15 kV circuit breakers are UL listed. 27 and 38 kV breakers are not UL listed.
3 For three-phase and line-to-line faults, the symmetrical interrupting capability at an
operating voltage

6
7

But not to exceed KI.
Single line-to-ground fault capability at an operating voltage
Isc = 1.15

4

5

8

V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Vo

But not to exceed KI.
The above apply on predominately inductive or resistive three-phase circuits with
normal-frequency line-to-line recovery voltage equal to the operating voltage.
4000A continuous rating is available for 5/15 kV. 3000A continuous rating is
available for 38 kV. Contact Eaton for details.

9

E2
RRRV = 1.137 -----T2

m

j
k

l

7

Three-cycle rating available, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Tripping may be delayed beyond the rated permissible tripping delay at lower values of
current in accordance with the following formula:
T (seconds) = Y

V
(Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Isc =
Vo

7

(

(K Times Rated Short-Circuit Current)
Short-Circuit Current Through Breaker

)

2

The aggregate tripping delay on all operations within any 30-minute period must not exceed
the time obtained from the above formula.
For reclosing service, there is No De-Rating necessary for Eaton’s VCP-W family of circuit
breakers. R = 100%. Type VCP-W breaker can perform the O-C-O per ANSI C37.09; O-0.3sCO-15s-CO per IEC 56; and some VCP-Ws have performed O-0.3s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO-15s-CO;
all with no derating. Contact Eaton for special reclosing requirements.
For higher close and latch ratings, refer to Page V3-T7-14.
Included for reference only.
Asymmetrical interrupting capability = “S” times symmetrical interrupting capability,
both at specified operating voltage.
ANSI standard requires 150 kV BIL. All 38 kV ratings are tested to 170 kV BIL.
Type 380 VCP-2 40 circuit breaker is not rated for rapid reclosing.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-13

7.2
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis)
Circuit Breaker Type

7

Rated Values

7

Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms

7
7
7

Voltage range factor K

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

7
7

50 VCP-W 63C

75 VCP-W 50C

5.95

5.95

5.95

5.95

10.3

1

1

1

1

1

24

24

24

24

42

75

75

75

75

95

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

2000

2000

2000

2000

2000

3000 4

3000 4

3000 4

3000 4

3000 4

25

40

50

63

50

50

75

57

62

57

75

—

57

—

57

Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms

Short-circuit current
Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total
% DC component (Idc)

Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms

75

—

52

—

52

31

58

64

83

64

36

—

64

—

64

36

—

62

—

62

Closing and latching capability kA peak

97

139

139

175

139

Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms 1

25

40

50

63

50

Interrupting time ms 2

50

50

50

50

50

Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

0.9

0.9

0.9

1.1

0.9

0.9

0.9

0.9

—

0.9

0.8

0.8

0.8

—

0.8

400 and 630

630 5

630 5

250

630 5

Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs

3

Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms

Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current A rms

Inrush current kA peak

Inrush frequency kHz

Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations

7
7

50 VCP-W 50C

Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak

7
7

50 VCP-W 40C

Insulation level—withstand test
Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total

7
7

50 VCP-W 25C

1000 5

1000 5

1000 5

—

1000 5

250

250

250

—

250

400 and 630

630 6

630 6

200, 1600 7

630 6

1000 6

1000 6

1000 6

200, 1600 7

1000 6

—

—

—

200, 1600

20 and 20

15

15

7.7

15

18

18

18

7.7

18

—

—

—

—

7.7

—

6.5 and 5.5

3.5

3.5

465

3.5

2.7

2.7

2.7

465

2.7

—

—

—

465

—

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

5000

5000

5000

5000

5000

Notes
1 Except as noted.
2 Three cycles.
3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information.
4 4000A FC rating available.
5 Breaker tested to 2700A single bank switching for momentary load
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).

6

7

Breaker tested to 1270A back-to-back switching for momentary load
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
C37.04.a-2003 Class C2 at 15 kV.

38 kV, 2500A and 3000A WC breakers are not rated for rapid reclosing.

7
7
V3-T7-14

7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.2

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis), continued

7

Circuit Breaker Type

Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms
Voltage range factor K

7

150 VCP-W 25C

150 VCP-W 40C

150 VCP-W 50C

150 VCP-W 63C

270 VCP-W 25C

17.5

17.5

17.5

15

27

1

1

1

1

1

7
7

Rated Values

7

Insulation level—withstand test
Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total

42

42

42

42

60

Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak

95

96

95

95

125

1200

1200

1200

1200

1200

2000

2000

2000

2000

1600

3000 4

3000 4

3000 4

3000 4

—

7

25

40

50

63

25

50

75

57

62

75

7

Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms

Short-circuit current
Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total
% DC component (Idc)

Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms

Closing and latching capability kA peak
Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms

1

75

—

57

—

—

75

—

52

—

—

31

58

64

83

36

36

—

64

—

—

36

—

62

—

—

97 5

139

139

175

85

25

40

50

63

25 6

7

7
7
7
7
7

Interrupting time ms 2

50

50

50

50

50

Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs 3

0.9

0.9

0.9

1.1

1.1

0.9

0.9

0.9

—

—

0.8

0.8

0.8

—

—

7

400A and 630 7

630 78

630 78

250

400

7

1000 78

1000 78

1000 78

—

—

250 7

250 7

250 7

—

—

7

400 and 600 7

630 79

630 79

200, 1600 j

400

7

Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms

Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current A rms

Inrush current kA peak

Inrush frequency kHz

Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations

1000 79

1000 79

1000 79

200, 1600 j

—

—

—

—

200, 1600 j

—

20 and 20

15

15

7.7

20

18

18

18

7.7

—

—

—

—

7.7

—

6.5 and 5.5

3.5

3.5

465

4.2

2.7

2.7

2.7

465

—

—

—

—

465

—

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

5000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

—

5000

5000

5000

5000

—

Notes
1 Except as noted.
2 Three cycles.
3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information.
4 4000A FC rating available.
5 Close and latch current for 1200A Type 150 VCP-W 25C is proven at 15 kV.
For sealed interrupters at high altitudes, switching voltage is not de-rated.
6 2.5 seconds.

7
8
9
j

7

7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Capacitor switching ratings are proven at 15 kV. For sealed interrupters at high altitudes,
switching voltage is not de-rated.
Breaker tested to 2700A single bank switching for momentary load
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
Breaker tested to 1270A back-to-back switching for momentary load
(thermal de-rating must consider harmonic content of current waveform).
C37.04.a-2003 Class C2 at 15 kV.

38 kV, 2500A and 3000A WC breakers are not rated for rapid reclosing.

7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-15

7.3
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis), continued
Circuit Breaker Type

7

Rated Values

7

Voltage
Maximum voltage V kV rms

7
7
7

Voltage range factor K

270 VCP-W 32C

270 VCP-W 40C

380 VCP-W 16C

380 VCP-W 25C

380 VCP-W 32C

380 VCP-W 40C

27

27

38

38

38

38

1

1

1

1

1

1

Insulation level—withstand test
Power frequency (1 min.) kA rms total

60

60

80

80

80

80

Lighting impulse 1.2 x 50 μs kV peak

125

125

170

170

170

170

1200

1200

600

600

600

1200

7

1600

1600

1200

1200

1200

2000

—

—

1600

1600

1600

2500

7

—

—

2000

2000

2000

3000FC 4

—

—

—

—

2500

—

—

—

—

—

3000FC 5

—

31.5

40

16

25

33.1

40

7
7
7
7
7
7

Continuous current at 60 Hz A rms

Short-circuit current
Sym. interrupting at voltage (Isc) kA rms total
% DC component (Idc)

55

50

75

65

57

63

Asym. interrupting (It) kA rms

40

49

23.3

34.0

42.5

53.5

Closing and latching capability kA peak

100

112

50

75

91

107

Short-time current for 3 seconds kA rms 1

31.5 f

40 g

16

25

31.5 8

40

Interrupting time rms 2

50

50

50

50

50

50

Maximum permissible tripping delay sec.

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

2.0

Rate of rise of recovery voltage (RRRV) kV/μs 3

1.1

1.1

0.7

0.7

0.7

0.7

—

—

0.7

0.7

0.7

—

—

—

1.3

1.3

0.7

—

7

—

—

—

—

1.3

—

—

—

—

—

0.7

—

7

—

—

—

—

1.3

—

7

7
7
7
7
7

Notes
1 Except as noted.
2 Three cycles.
3 Contact Eaton for higher RRRV or for more information.
4 2500A FC to 3000A.
5 2000A FC to 3000A.
f 1.6 seconds.
g 1 second.
8 2.5 seconds.
38 kV, 2500A and 3000A WC breakers are not rated for rapid reclosing.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-16

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.3

Medium Voltage Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear

Extra Capability Type VCP-WC Ratings (Symmetrical Current Basis), continued

7

Circuit Breaker Type
270 VCP-W 32C

270 VCP-W 40C

380 VCP-W 16C

380 VCP-W 25C

380 VCP-W 32C

380 VCP-W 40C

400

400

250

250

250

—

Rated Values, continued
Capacitor switching ratings
General purpose—isolated shunt capacitor bank current A rms

Definite purpose—back-to-back capacitor switching
Capacitor bank current A rms

Inrush current kA peak

Inrush frequency kHz

Mechanical Endurance—No-Load Operations

—

—

250

250

250

—

—

—

250

250

250

—

7
7
7
7

—

—

250 and 1000

250 and 1000

250 and 1000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

250 and 1000

—

7

400

400

250

250

250

—

7

—

—

250

250

250

—

—

—

250

250

250

—

—

—

250 and 1000

250 and 1000

250 and 1000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

250 and 1000

—

20

20

20

20

20

—

—

—

20

20

20

—

—

—

20 and 20

20 and 20

20 and 20

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

20 and 20

—

4.2

4.2

4.4

4.4

4.4

—

—

—

4.4

4.4

4.4

—

—

—

4.4

4.4

4.4

—

—

—

5 and 5

5 and 5

5 and 5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5 and 5

—

5000

5000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Note
38 kV, 2500A and 3000A WC breakers are not rated for rapid reclosing.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-17

7.3
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Contents

C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit

Description

7

Page

High Resistance Grounding System
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7
7
7

V3-T7-21
V3-T7-21
V3-T7-22
V3-T7-23
V3-T7-26

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Product Description

Application Description

Where continuity of service is
a high priority, high resistance
grounding can add the safety
of a grounded system while
minimizing the risk of service
interruptions due to grounds.
The concept is a simple one:
provide a path for ground
current via a grounding
transformer (with adjustable
resistance across its
secondary) that limits the
current magnitude and a
monitor to determine when
an abnormal condition exists.

This member of Eaton’s MV
metal-clad switchgear family
has actually been around
for many years. The freestanding C-HRG provides
a standalone unit that
can be added to existing
installations. The C-HRG is
used to protect an electrical
distribution system from
damaging transient
overvoltages caused by
ground faults. It also provides
a means to locate the ground
fault, therefore extending the
life of the distribution system.

The ground current path is
provided at the point where
the service begins, by placing
a predominantly resistive
impedance in the connection
from system neutral to
ground. Control equipment
continuously measures
ground current; a relay detects
when the current exceeds a
predetermined level. An alarm
alerts building personnel that a
ground exists. The system
has built-in fault tracing means
to assist in finding the source
of the ground. A 120 Vac
supply (remote) is required for
control power for the system.

Ratings and Configurations
The C-HRG MV is offered
at the 5 kV class rating. It
can be applied to delta or
wye ungrouped three-wire
distribution systems.

4200V (Maximum)
Delta Systems

4200V (Maximum)
Wye Systems

To add high resistance
grounding to an ungrounded
delta-connected system,
a neutral point must be
created. Three singlephase transformers can be
interconnected in a wyebroken delta configuration
to provide such a neutral
point. The transformers
and grounding resistors are
chosen to limit the ground
current to a maximum value
of 6A.

To add high resistance
grounding to a wyeconnected system, resistors
are placed across the
secondary of a grounding
transformer whose primary
is placed in series with the
neutral-to-ground connection
of the power source. The
resistors are chosen to limit
the current to a maximum
value of 6A.

Note: The neutral point may not
be used to serve phase-to-neutral
loads. Also, this technique may
be applied on wye-connected
sources when the neutral point is
not conveniently accessible from
the service entrance location.
This method is shown in the
illustration shown on Page V3-T724. One delta high resistance
grounding would ground the 5 kV
system.

Note: Per 1993 NEC® 250.5b,
exception No. 5, line-to-neutral
loads may not be connected to
a system in which the neutral
is resistance grounded. Also, if
the system has two switchable
sources not permanently
connected to the bus, two
wye-type grounding systems
are required as shown on
Page V3-T7-24.

7
7
7
7
V3-T7-18

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

7.3

Ground Current Detection

Indication and Alarm Circuits

Test Circuit

Locating a Ground Fault

Any time a system is
energized, a small ground
current called the “capacitive
charging current” will be
observed. For medium
voltage (4200V and below)
systems, this naturally
occurring current is typically
3A or less.

When a fault is detected,
an adjustable time delay is
provided to override
transients. When the time
delay has been exceeded,
the green “normal” light will
turn off, the red “ground
fault” light will turn on, and
the ground alarm contacts
will transfer. If equipped
with the optional alarm horn,
it will sound.

A test circuit is provided to
allow the user to quickly
determine that the system
is working properly. The test
circuit will operate only under
normal conditions—it will not
allow testing if the system is
sensing a fault. The test
operation does not simulate
an actual system ground
fault. It does, however, test
the complete controls of the
fault indication and pulsing
circuitry. The system then
reacts as it would under
actual system ground
conditions —lights transfer,
alarm contacts transfer and
the (optional) horn sounds.

The current pulses can be
noted with a clamp-on
ammeter when the ammeter
is placed around the cables or
conduit feeding the fault. The
operator tests each conduit or
set of cables until the pulsing
current is noted. By moving
the ammeter along the
conduit, or checking the
conduit periodically along its
length, the fault can be traced
to its origin. The fault may be
located at the point where
the pulsing current drops off
or stops.

When one phase becomes
grounded, additional current
above the charging level will
flow. As all ground current
must flow through the
grounding resistor/grounding
transformer assembly, an
ammeter in this circuit will
read the total amount of
ground current. By placing
a current-sensing relay in
series with the ammeter, the
current relay can be adjusted
to pick up at a level in excess
of the capacitive charging
current, thus indicating the
abnormal condition.
Alternatively, an optional
voltmeter-relay can be
connected across the
grounding resistors. The
voltage across the resistors
is proportional to the amount
of ground current. The
voltmeter-relay’s pickup
adjustment is set above the
capacitive charging current,
to the desired detection level.
In both current and voltage
detection methods, the
ground current ammeter
provides a direct reading of
the total actual ground
current present in the system
at that time. It will be helpful
to periodically note the
ammeter’s reading: a trend
toward higher values may
indicate the need for
equipment maintenance, and
hence reduce the occurrence
of unplanned shutdowns.

The grounding transformer
secondary breaker must be
closed for the system to be
operational. Should this
breaker be opened at any
time, the system will signal
a ground fault condition as a
fail-safe feature. The breaker
must be closed to clear the
alarm signal.
When the fault is cleared,
the current/voltage relay will
reset. If the reset control is
set on “auto,” the lights will
return to “normal” on,
“ground fault” off, and the
ground alarm contacts will
re-transfer. If the reset
control is set on “manual,”
the lights and relay contacts
will remain latched until the
operator turns the reset
control to “reset.” The lights
and ground alarm contacts
will then return to normal.
The system can be reset only
if the fault has been cleared.

Pulser Circuit
The pulser circuit offers a
convenient means to locate
the faulted feeder and trace
the fault to its origin. The
pulser is available any time
a fault has been detected.
The pulse intervals are
controlled by an adjustable
recycle timer. The “pulse”
light flashes on and off,
corresponding to the
on-off cycles of the pulser
contactor. The pulser
contactor switches a bank
of resistors on and off,
thus allowing a momentary
increase in the ground current
(approximately a
4A current pulse above the
ground current).

During a fault, the optional
alarm horn can be silenced at
any time by using the “alarm
silence” pushbutton. It will
not re-sound until either the
system is reset, or the realarm timer expires. The realarm timer is activated by
the “alarm silence” control. If
the horn has been silenced
but the fault has not been
cleared, the timer will run.
It has a range of 2–48 hours.
When the timer times out,
the horn will re-sound,
alerting maintenance
personnel that the fault
has not been cleared.

If little or no change in the
pulsing current is noted along
the entire length of a conduit,
then the fault may be in the
connected load. If the load is
a panelboard, distribution
switchboard or motor control
center, repeat the process of
checking all outgoing cable
groups and conduits to find
the faulted feeder. If the fault
is not found in an outgoing
feeder, the fault may be
internal to that equipment.
Note: It may not be possible to
precisely locate faults within a
conduit. The ground current may
divide into many components,
depending on the number of
cables per phase, number of
conduits per feeder, and the
number and resistance of each
ground point along the conduits.
The resulting currents may be too
small to allow detection or may
take a path that the ammeter
cannot trace. An important note
to keep in mind is that while the
pulser can greatly aid in locating
a fault, there may be certain
conditions under which the
pulses cannot be readily traced,
and other test procedures
(megohm, high-potential, etc.)
may be needed.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-19

7.3

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

7

Sequence of Operations

7

Normal
●
Green “normal” light on
●
Red “ground fault” light off
●
White “pulse” light off
●
System control switch in
“normal” position
●
Reset control switch in
either “auto” or “manual”

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Test
Turn and hold the system
control switch in the “test”
position. This mode will test
the control circuitry only.
It will bypass the sensing
circuit and cause the green
“normal” light to turn off and
the red “ground fault” light
to turn on. The pulser will be
activated as well. The white
“pulse” light will turn on and
off as the pulser contactor
closes and opens. However,
the ground current ammeter
will not display the total
ground current, including the
incremental pulse current.
When ready, return the
system control switch to
“normal.” The pulser will
stop. If the reset control is in
the “manual” position, turn it
to “reset” to reset the fault
sensing circuit. The red
“ground fault” light will turn
off, and the green “normal”
light will turn on. Test mode
is not available if the system
is detecting a ground. The
sensing circuit will disable
the test circuit.

Ground Fault
When the sensing circuit
detects a fault, the green
“normal” light will turn off
and the red “ground fault”
light will turn on. The ground
current ammeter will indicate
the total ground current.
To use the pulser, turn the
system control switch to
“pulse.” The pulser contactor
will cycle on and off as
controlled by the recycle
timer relay. Use the clamp-on
ammeter to locate the faulted
feeder. Open the feeder and
clear the fault. If the reset
control switch is in the
“manual” position, turn it to
“reset” to reset the sensing
circuit. (If reset control is in
“auto,” it will reset itself.)
When ready to restore service
to the load, close the feeder.
Return the system control
to “normal.”

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-20

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Features, Benefits and Functions
When a ground fault occurs
on an ungrounded system,
high transient voltages can
occur, which may cause more
frequent equipment failures
than if the equipment were
grounded. These transient
overvoltages, as high as four
times the normal voltage,
reduce the life of the system’s
insulation resulting in:
●
●
●
●

●

Motor failure
Transformer failure
Coil failure
Electronic equipment
failure
Cable insulation failure

When the ground current
exceeds a predetermined level,
the built-in alarm relay alerts
building personnel that a
ground fault exists. In
addition, the C-HRG MV
“safe ground” system has
a built-in fault pulsing as a
means to assist in finding the
source of the ground fault
without interrupting service.
●

●

●

By using a high resistance
ground system, many
facilities can gain the benefit
of a grounded system
without impairing the
continuity of service to their
equipment. The concept
behind high resistance
grounding is to provide a path
for the ground current to flow
while limiting its magnitude
by using a resistor. The
ground current path is
provided at the point where
service begins. Control
equipment continuously
monitors the magnitude
of the ground current.

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

7.3

Standards and
Certifications

7

The system shall be
completely assembled, wired
and tested at the factory in
accordance with NEMA and
UL requirements. A certified
production test report shall be
shipped with the unit.

7
7
7
7
7

Current sensing
ground fault detection
(2–10A pickup/
0.5–20 second delay)
Ground current
transformer (10/10 ratio)
Control circuit pull
fuseblock
Ground current ammeter
(0–10A, 1% accuracy)
Indicating lights:
●
Red (ground fault)
●
Green (normal)
●
White (pulse)
Adjustable pulsing timer
(0–10 seconds)
Tapped resistors
(limits primary current
to 3–6A)
Three-position selector
switch (normal, pulse, test)
Control switch for manual
or automatic reset
Ground fault contacts
(1NO/1NC)
Shorting terminal block
for ground current CT
UL label
Wiremarkers

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-21

7.3
7
7
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Catalog Number Selection
A C-HRG High Resistance Grounding Assembly can be completely described by an 8-digit catalog number: MVRG-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
High Resistance Grounding Systems

MVRG F X D D N L T S

7
7

Enclosure Type
Free-standing enclosure for mounting
grounding transformer and resistors
internally.
F = Free-standing NEMA 1
R = Free-standing NEMA 3R outdoor

7
7

Service Voltage
W = 4200V, 60 Hz
X = 2400V, 60 Hz
Y = 3300V, 60 Hz

7
7
7

System Neutral Point
Choose wye when the neutral point of
the power source is accessible for direct
connection to grounding transformer.
Choose delta when there is no neutral or
when neutral is not accessible.
W = Wye
D = D (wye broken delta
grounding transformer)

7
7
7
7
7

Wiremarkers
Marks all internal wiring for ease
of maintenance.
S = Standard wrap-on
T = Tube/heat shrink type

Fault Sensing
Current sensing
Voltage sensing
Voltage sensing
C = Overcurrent relay
V = Single set point voltmeter relay
D = Indicating voltmeter only
Audible Alarm
Alarm contacts are standard
on all assemblies.
N = No audible alarm
L = Alarm horn with
re-alarm timer

Indicating Lamps
Standard lights are industrial, oil-tight,
transformer type. Optional are the same
type lights except with a push-to-test
feature.
T = Transformer type incandescent lamps
X = Push-to-test transformer type
Loss of Control
Power Alarm
A relay is connected across
the customer’s 120 Vac
supply.
N = No relay
L = Alarm relay with
1NO and 1NC

Example: MVRG-FWWCLLTS defines a free-standing NEMA 1 enclosure, 4200V/60 Hz, wye-connected system,
current-sensing control scheme, alarm horn with re-alarm timer, alarm relay with 1NO and 1NC, transformer type
incandescent lights, wrap-on wiremarkers.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-22

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

7.3

Technical Data and Specifications
General
Provide a high resistance
grounding system as a means
to provide a path
for ground current via a
resistance that limits the
current magnitude. While
monitoring the ground
current, the system must be
able to determine when an
abnormal condition exists.
Once the abnormality is
detected, the system shall
alert building personnel that
a ground exists. The system
shall be suitable for 5000V
maximum service, and
designed and tested for that
voltage class in accordance
with the latest standards of
NEMA and UL.
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

7

System Ratings and Features

Tapped resistors supply
primary ground current
between 3 and 6A in
1A increments
Pulse current is an
additional 4A. (pulse
currents of a lower
magnitude may be difficult
to detect)
Pulse timer is adjustable
from 3 to 60 pulses
per minute
Time delay for current
sensing relay is 0.5 to
20 seconds with a 2 to
10A pickup. Time delay
for voltage sensing relay is
1 to 60 seconds
“Pull-type” fuse
disconnects are supplied
for control equipment
protection
All exterior nameplates are
fastened with stainless
steel screws
Nameplates are 2-ply
with 3/16-inch (4.8 mm)
lettering. The nameplate
size is 1-inch (25.4 mm)
x 2-1/2-inch (63.5 mm).
White background with
black lettering is standard

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Top and bottom cable
entry areas
Phase and neutral
terminals accept #4 AWG
to 500 kcmil
Ground terminal accepts
wire sizes from #4 AWG
to 500 kcmil. Ground bus is
1/4-inch (6.35 mm) x 2-inch
(50.8 mm) copper
The powder paint is applied
to the parts
electrostatically. Metal
surfaces are prepared by
spray cleaning and
phosphatizing. The powder
paint is a polyester
urethane. The standard
color is ANSI 61, light gray.
The paint is applied to a
thickness of 1.5 mil
Appropriate current limit
drawout type fuses are
provided. The chassis is
mechanically interlocked
with a secondary circuit
breaker to prevent its
withdrawal under
load conditions
Resistors are grid type to
provide the maximum area
for heat dissipation
No. 4 AWG wire is used for
internal connections from
the neutral point to ground.
Control connections are a
minimum of #14 gauge.
All control wires insulation
is type SIS
Recommended spare
parts list
Steel pocket on the inside
of the door is provided to
hold drawings and manuals

Note: The C-HRG units can
be applied on any three-wire
distribution system, regardless
of the manufacturer of the
distribution equipment or
source power transformer.

Provide a UL-labeled highresistance grounding system
equal to Eaton catalog
number _________ for use on
a system with a short-circuit
capacity of __kA at ____ volts.
The structure shall be a [freestanding NEMA 1] [freestanding NEMA 3R]. The
system neutral point shall
be provided by [the power
transformer’s wye neutral
point] [wye-broken delta
grounding transformers].
The ground current shall be
detected with [an overcurrent
relay] [a single set point
voltmeter relay]. [An alarm
horn with re-alarm timer is
required.] [An alarm to
indicate the loss of control
power is required.] The
indicating lights shall
be [transformer-type
incandescent lamps] [push-totest transformer type lamps].
Control wiring shall be
marked using [wrap-on type]
[heat-shrink sleeve type]
wiremarkers. [A portable
clamp on detector with 1/2/5/
10/20A scales, a shorting
switch and a storage case is
required].
In addition to the components
specified, the following shall
be supplied with each
system:
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Ground current
transformer (10/10 ratio)
Control circuit disconnect
switch (fused)
Ground current ammeter
(0–10A, 1% accuracy)
Control switch for manual
or automatic reset
Ground fault contacts
(1NO/1NC) for
customer use
Shorting terminal block
for ground current CT
Adjustable pulsing timer
(0–10 seconds)

●

●

●

Tapped resistors
(across neutral forming
transformer secondary,
limiting primary current
to 3–6A)
Three-position selector
switch (normal, pulse, test)
Indicating lights:
Red (ground fault)
Green (normal)
White (pulse)

Components and
Connections
Phase and neutral terminals
shall accept #4 AWG to 500
kcmil wire. Ground terminals
shall accept wire sizes from
#8 AWG to 500 kcmil. Ground
bus shall be 1/4-inch (6.35 mm)
x 2-inch (50.8 mm) copper.
#4 AWG wire shall be used for
all internal connections from
the neutral point to ground.
Control connections shall be
a minimum of #14 gauge. All
control wire insulation shall
be type SIS. All control wiring
shall be labeled at each end.
Wiring within the resistor
assembly shall be rated for
200°C service.

Structure
The unit shall be freestanding and house the
resistor bank within an
isolated section of the
structure. Access to the
resistor shall be via a boltedon cover. The rear cover shall
be removable. The structure
shall provide top and bottom
cable entry points. Lifting
angles shall be provided to
facilitate the installation of the
unit. The structure shall be
suitable for moving on rollers
and shall be skidded for
shipment in a manner
suitable for handling by
a forklift.
All steel parts (except for
plated parts) shall be
thoroughly cleaned and
phosphatized prior to the
application of the light gray
ANSI No. 61 finish. A pocket
is required on the inside of
the control compartment
door to store drawings
and manuals.

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-23

7.3
7
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Wiring Diagram
HRG—High Resistance Grounding System

7

Wye HRG

7

51N

7
7

59

7
Utility

7

Delta HRG

7

59

7

Wye HRG

7
7
7

Generator
59
Bus
Duct

51N

Bus
Duct

51

7
7

5 kV Switchgear

7
7
7

Cable

7

Conduit
Bus
Duct
To Power
Circuit

To MCC

7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
V3-T7-24

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

7.3

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Circuit Diagrams
Ungrounded Wye System (with standard current and
optional voltage relay fault detectors)
X3

H3
H1

H2

Ungrounded Delta System (with standard current and
optional voltage relay fault detectors)
H3

X0
X1

X3
H1

H2

X2
Ungrounded
Wye

Ungrounded

To
Distribution
Circuits

7

To
Distribution
Circuits

Delta

7
7

X0

5A
6A
5IN

Detector

Ground
Current
Adjustment
T.B.
Current
Detector

Control
Circuit

Fuses
20A

Normal

R

Alarm Pulsing

Audible
Alarm

CT 10/10A

7
7
7

AM

7
7

5IN

7
7
7

20A

120V
60 Hz
Supply

To
Remote
Alarm

Control
Circuit

Fuses
20A

7

120V
60 Hz
Supply

7
7

Optional
G

W

7

Current
Detector

Optional
G

Short-Circuit
T.B.

7

7

20A
To
Remote
Alarm

7

Pulsing Contactor

4A

Pulsing Resistor

AM

3-Auxiliary
Control
Power
Transformers

4

Detector

3A
Pulsing Resistor

Grounding Resistor
Optional
Voltage

Ground
Current
Adjustment
T.B.

C

4

3A

B

59

Grounding Resistor

C

Secondary
Circuit
Breaker

Optional
Voltage

59

6A

B

CT 10/10A

Option

5A

Short
Circuit
T.B.

B

7
7

Interlock

Mechanical

Secondary
Circuit
Breaker

Pulsing Contactor

B

7

5 kV - CLE
Fuses

[1]
Control
Power
Transformer

Interlock

Mechanical

5 kV - CLE
Fuses

4A

7
7

X1

X2

7

R

Normal Alarm

7

W
Pulsing

7

Audible
Alarm

7
7
7
7
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T7-25

7.3
7
7
7

Medium Voltage Switchgear
High Resistance Grounding System

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
NEMA 1 Free-Standing
36.00
(914.4)

7
7
7
7
40.00
(1016)

7

Vent

7

3.50
(88.9)

7

Primary Conduit
Entrance

7
7

8.50
(215.9)

7
7

1.50
(38.1)

3.76
(95.6)

7
7

3.62
(91.9)

2.00 (50.8) Diameter
Knockout
for Secondary
Conduit Entrance

3.25
(82.6)
Plan View

92.00
(2336.8)
0.81
(20.6)

7
7

0.562 (14.3) Diameter (4)

0.81
(20.6)

7
7

2.75
(69.9)

2.75
(69.9)

7
7.12
(180.9)

7
7

3.75
(95.3)

7

Primary Conduit
Conduit Entrance

3.50
(88.9)

7
7

3.75
(95.3)

1.75
(44.5)

36.00
(914.4)

9.38
(238.3)

Front View

7

3.75
(95.3)

7

2.75
(69.9)

7

3.00
(76.2)

Secondary Conduit
Entrance
Floor Plan

7
V3-T7-26

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

2.75
(69.9)

Network Protectors
CM52 Network Protector

8.1

Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design
Network Protectors—CM52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.2

V3-T8-2
V3-T8-2
V3-T8-2
V3-T8-3
V3-T8-3

8
8
8
8
8

Network Relay
Network Relay—MPCV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.3

V3-T8-2

V3-T8-4
V3-T8-4
V3-T8-4
V3-T8-4

Network Protector Aftermarket
Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rebuild Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quick Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T8-5
V3-T8-5
V3-T8-5
V3-T8-5

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T8-1

8.1
8

Network Protectors
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design

Contents

CM52 Network Protector

Description

8

Page

Network Protectors—CM52
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

8

V3-T8-3
V3-T8-3

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Network Protectors—CM52

8

Product Description

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

Network protectors are
special self-contained air
power breaker units having
a full complement of current,
potential and control
transformers, as well as
relay functions to protect the
integrity of the low voltage
network bus. The network
protector can be in NEMA®
housing, submersible
housing, or suitable for
mounting within a low
voltage switchgear assembly.
Several network protector
models exist including the
CM52, CMD and CM-22.
The most recent model, the
CM52 network protector, is
highlighted in the following
paragraphs.

Network protectors are
mainly used by utilities
around the world. They are
configured in either a spot
or grid network. Most
installations of network
protectors are in underground vaults and require
a submersible enclosure.
Commercial applications
also exist for customers that
require highly reliable, stable
power. These applications
typically use a NEMA
enclosure and are configured
in a spot network. Some
examples of commercial
users are government
buildings, hospitals,
universities and industrial
plants.

Eaton’s Type CM52 is
designed for improved safety,
higher quality, ease of
maintenance and inventory
reduction.

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

●

8

●

8
8
●

8
8
V3-T8-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

CM52—Highlight of Relay Module
●

8

or submersible enclosures,
completely cover the
needs of the network
protector industry
Deadfront 4-position
drawout breaker helps
protect the user from
accidental contact with live
circuits and makes
maintenance and
troubleshooting easier

Standardized breaker
elements throughout
entire electrical ratings
allow for the use of
common parts and
accessories
Smaller breaker element is
less than half the weight of
existing network designs
The CM52 is the first
network protector to pass
10 kV BIL, giving an
additional measure of
safety and performance
Ratings of 800–6200A,
216–600V, internal or
external fuses and NEMA

CA08100004E—February 2012

Deadfront, Drawout Breaker

More diagnostics through
the Indicating Diagnostic
Module (IDM)

●

Indicating Diagnostic Module (IDM)

www.eaton.com

8.1

Network Protectors
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design

●

●

Front-mounted test points
give easy access and quick
test cable connection
Color-coded Teflon® wiring
for easier troubleshooting

Options

This device is internal to the
Network Protector and can be
remotely activated usually
through a switch mounted at
the vault entrance or through
communications. This will
enable the “ARMS” device
on all CM52s in a spot
network. Once activated,
the NPARMs places the
protectors in a sensitive
mode, sensing both forward
and reverse current
directions. This device will
actuate in 3–4 ms and call for
all CM52 breakers to trip if a
fault is sensed on an adjacent
network protector or collector
bus. It has been shown that
this device limits the total
incident energy to less than
8 cal/cm2.

Arc Flash

Color-Coded Wiring
●

●

The CM52 breakers are all
wired the same regardless
of system voltage (216V,
480V and 600V)
3NO and 3NC dry contacts
are standard as spare

energized bus work while
the door is still closed to the
“test” position either through
an external pendant or
through communications.

8
8
8
8

Remote Racking System

Standards and Certifications
●

●

The CM52 Network Protector
is available with the NPARMs
module (Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System).

8
8

Remote Racking System
The CM52 Network Protector
is also available with an
integral remote racking
system. The system remotely
racks the breaker off the

VaultGard™ Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System™ Indicating
Diagnostic Module

8

Meets or exceeds the
standards in IEEE®
C57.12.44
The CM52 Network
Protector is UL labeled and
approved in the NEMA
housing at all ratings

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Technical Data and Specifications
CM52 Ratings Comparison Table—Ratings Tested at 600V
Continuous Current
Rating (Amperes)

Breaker Element
Width in Inches (mm)

CM52 Interrupting
Rating (kA)

CM52 Close and
Latch Rating (kA)

IEEE/ANSI Interrupting
Rating (kA)

IEEE/ANSI 1 Close and
Latch Rating (kA)

800

17.00 (431.8)

42

35

30

25

1200

17.00 (431.8)

42

35

30

25

1600/1875

17.00 (431.8)

42

35

30

25

2000

17.00 (431.8)

42

35

35

35

2500/2825

22.00 (558.8)

65

45

60

40

3000

22.00 (558.8)

65

45

60

40

3500

35.00 (889.0)

85

65

60

40

4500

35.00 (889.0)

85

65

60

40

6200 2

35.00 (889.0)

85

65

Product not defined

Product not defined

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Notes
1 Close and latch ratings apply only to spring close and stored energy mechanisms. The CM22 does not have a close and latch rating.
2 Open frame only, tested at 500V.

8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T8-3

8.2
8

Network Protectors
Network Relay

Contents

MPCV Communications Relay

Description

8

Network Relay—MPCV

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Network Relay—MPCV

8

Product Description

Application Description

Features, Benefits and Functions

Type MPCV Network Protector
Communications Relays for
216V and 480V Systems
●
Eaton’s programmable
MPCV network relay brings
the proven performance
of microprocessor-based
technology to new network
protectors...or those
already in service
regardless of age
or manufacturer
●
The MPCV contains
industry exclusive features
such as:
●
Gull Wing Trip
Characteristic
●
Remote Protective
Close
●
Anti-Pumping Algorithm
●
With the MPCV, you can
select the characteristic
curves to monitor and
control the network
protector through Eaton
products such as the
VaultGard, DNPMINT
and NPView

Factory or Field Installation
Eaton can factory mount
MPCV relays on new network
protectors...or personnel can
easily field mount them on
these existing network
protectors:

Communications Capability
Each MPCV relay has the
capability of communicating
information and allowing
control over a shielded twisted
pair communications wire.
Communications can be
provided by a Web-enabled
interface or direct DNP 3.O
to SCADA systems. Eaton
has multiple choices for
communication interfaces
such as VaultGard for total
vault communications,
NPView- simple Web server
or DNPMINT.

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

●

●

Eaton Types CM52, CMD,
CM-22 or CMR-8
General Electric® Types
MG-8, MG-9 or MG-14

Field installation is
accomplished without breaker
modification or any rewiring of
the breaker control harness.
MPCV relays operate on 216V
and 480V systems. Relay
potential transformers are
required for 480V applications.

●

●

8
8
8
V3-T8-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

For localized access, the
MPCV relay has the capability
of wireless communication,
monitoring and control with
the Eaton wireless products.

8
8

Through auxiliary inputs on
the MPCV relay, operators
can monitor other vault
environment parameters
such as transformer top oil
temperature, water in the
network vault, fire alarm or
network enclosure pressure
Event trending, threshold
alarms and e-mail
forwarding
Multiple MPCVs can
be connected together
either as a daisy chain,
T-configuration or a
combination.

●

The MPCV is built for the
harshest environments,
with an operation
temperature of –40°F
(–40°C) up to 257°F
(125°C). The MPCV is
housed in a 0.25-inch
(6.35 mm) thick solid cast
brass can
Access and display
information from the MPCV
such as: voltage, current,
power, power factor,
date and time stamped
trip events, internal
temperature and operations
counter of breaker

CA08100004E—February 2012

MPCV Communications Relay
for Eaton Network Protectors

MPCV Communications Relay for
General Electric Network Protectors

www.eaton.com

8.3

Network Protectors
Network Protector Aftermarket

Contents

Rebuild Program

8

Description

8

Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

Network Protector Rebuild and Parts Program
Parts
●

●

Renewal parts for all
network protector models:
●
Eaton, Westinghouse®:
CM-22, CMD, CM52 and
CMR-8
●
General Electric: MG-8,
MG-9 and MG-14
24-hour shipment when
required for parts in stock

Rebuild Services

Quick Ship

Eaton’s Electrical Sector
is setting the standard of
reliability with a reconditioning
process that involves total
breaker and enclosure
disassembly, material
specific component cleaning,
detailed inspection and stateof-the-art testing, all done to
uniform documented
specifications.

Eaton can build and ship
brand new CM-22 or CMD
network protectors in 4 to
6 weeks.

Eaton offers a CM52 retrofit
breaker for legacy CMD and
GE Network Protectors. The
breaker can be installed in
existing network protector
enclosures without having to
remove the enclosure from
the vault or having to remove
the secondary cable
connections, saving both
time and money.

8
8
8
8
8
8

Retrobuild Before

8

Retrobuild After

8
8
8
8

Parts

8
8

Parts

8
8
8
8
8
8
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T8-5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays,
Software and Connectivity
9.1

Power Xpert Architecture
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.2

Monitoring Software and Reporting
Power Xpert® Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.3

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9

Connectivity Options
Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . .
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power
Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9

V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-136

Protective Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.5

V3-T9-14

Metering Devices
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9.4

V3-T9-2

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

V3-T9-1

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9.1
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

Contents

Power Xpert Architecture

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-3
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-4
Level 0—Small System with Smart Hardware .
V3-T9-8
Level 1—Using Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . .
V3-T9-9
Level 2—Power Xpert Software . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-11
Level 3—Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)
Customized Software Solutions . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T9-13

9
9
9
9

An Eaton
Green Solution

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Introduction
Enabling Power
System Management
Eaton’s Power Xpert
Architecture (PXA) provides a
complete hardware/software
solution to manage your
entire power system. Power
Xpert Architecture consists
of Power Xpert Meters,
Gateways, Switches
and Software.
Power Xpert devices are
devices that can provide by
themselves, or facilitate for
others, Ethernet network
protocols to communicate
with your critical infrastructure
components. Power Xpert
devices provide the intelligent
hardware connectivity layer
to allow Web-enabled
communications throughout
the power system.

9

Power Xpert Meters
Power Xpert Meters provide
measurement of the critical
elements found in power
systems, including voltage,
power, current, transients,
harmonics or even time.
Power Xpert Meters
provide Web-enabled
communications for use
through a Web browser or
with the Power Xpert
Software or third-party
monitoring systems.

Power Xpert Gateways
Power Xpert Gateways are
capable of Web-enabling
electrical devices contained in
electrical gear via a standard
Web-browser on the Ethernet
network. Standard on-board
Web pages eliminate the
need for any customer
programming or software.

Power Xpert Software

9

Power Xpert Software is a
comprehensive solution for
system-level management of
your power infrastructure via
a Web-browser. Power Xpert
Software provides a clear
picture of what is happening
at a component, device and
system level.

9
9
9
9

Because no two organization’s needs are the same,
Power Xpert Software is
available in two editions:

9
9
V3-T9-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Power Xpert Software
Professional Edition
Geared toward end users,
with built-in support for Eaton
power distribution products
such as switchgear, UPSs,
breakers, PDUs, RPPs,
meters, relays, VFDs and
MCCs among others.
Eaton products connect with
the software directly via an
Ethernet connection, while
legacy devices use a Power
Xpert Gateway to Webenable their communications.

Support for Existing
PowerNet Systems
Power Xpert is directly
compatible with existing
PowerNet™ systems
v.3.32 and higher. All
communications hardware
devices such as NetLink,
EMINT, MINT II and EPONI
can be connected to Power
Xpert Software through the
PowerNet server for
configuration of the INCOM™
communication devices.

A subset of third-party meters
and devices are supported as
standard via the gateway
connection.
Power Xpert Software
Enterprise Edition
Geared toward advanced
power users, system
integrators and enterprises
with heterogeneous device
spectrum and system
developers who can take
advantage of the included
SNMP and Modbus®
integration development
utilities.
●

●

Extensive support for
third-party devices via
standard SNMP and
Modbus TCP protocols
Large variety of ready
made third-party drop
in drivers

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9.1

Power Xpert System

9

See Notes on Page V3-T9-4.

9

Power Xpert System Overview

9
a

1 Power Xpert Software

Web Browser
e
(WAN)

Email
(SMTP)

Internet

g

Data
Export
(csv)

BACnet/WS+

2

PXG 400

c NTP

Power Xpert
Gateway 600

q

Single
Port
Device
Server
ATS

Power
Xpert
Meter
2000

9

Power Xpert

3 Ethernet Switch

9

m

BACnet/WS+
Power Distribution r

s

Advantage
Central
Monitoring
Unit
18 w/WPONI

Gateway 400

IQ 130/140/150

15 Meters

6

Controls

PDU
GEN & CTRL

t

CRAC

Critical Power
Distribution & Cooling
23 Eaton

PDU

22 IT. S811

Soft
Starter

u

Advantage
19 Starter
EOLTR
SVX9000
20
MVX9000
Drive

IT. MCC EOLR
24 Eaton
UPS

16

7

#

Product Name

1

Power Xpert Software

V3-T9-14

2

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

V3-T9-30, V3-T9-49

3

Power Xpert 6-Port Ethernet Switch

V3-T9-272

4

Power Xpert Gateway 600

V3-T9-259

5

Power Xpert Gateway 400

V3-T9-259

6

IQ Analyzer

V3-T9-79

7

IQ DP-4000

V3-T9-87

8

IQ 220/230 Series Meters

V3-T9-93

9

Digitrip DT1150

V3-T9-260

IQ 250/250
Meters

V3-T9-293

11 OPTIM Trip Unit

V3-T9-263

12 MP-3000/MP-4000/MD-3000
DT-3000/FP-4000/FP-5000

V3-T9-188, V3-T9-198, V3-T9-204,
V3-T9-207, V3-T9-180, V3-T9-172

13 Central Energy Display

V3-T9-5

14 Energy/Power Sentinel

V3-T9-112

15 IQ 130/140/150 Meter

V3-T9-66

16 IQ 250/260 Meter

V3-T9-60

17 InsulGard™ Relay

V3-T9-264

18 Advantage Central Monitoring Unit

V3-T9-5

19 Advantage Starter w/WPONI

—

20 SVX9000/MVX9000 Drive

—

21 IT. Cover Control

—

22 IT. S811 Soft Start

—

23 Eaton PDU w/PXGX1000 Card

V3-T9-276

24 Eaton PDU w/PXGX2000 Card

V3-T9-279

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9

8 IQ 220/230

9

Meters

17

9 DT-1150

Trip Unit

InsulGard
Relays
10

9

Breaker Interface
Module w/PONI Card

9

11 OPTIM T rip Unit

3rd Party Motor
Relays

9

EOLRT
12 MP-3000/4000
FP-4000/5000
Motor/Protection
Relays

Page Reference

10 Breaker Interface Module

9

IQ DP-4000
Meter w/PONI Card

Advantage
MCC
Freedom
MCC

9

IQ Analyzer
Meter w/PONI Card

21 IT. Cover

STS

9

5 Power Xpert
PXG 400

p

4

9

d Modbus TCP/IP

PXG 400

o

n

9

Network Time Server

Power Xpert
Meter
4000/6000/8000

Power
l
Xpert
Ethernet
Switch
Motor Controls

Power Xpert j
Gateway

9

Waveform
Data Capture and Acquisition
Trending
i 3rd Party HMI
Software

b

Web Browser
(LAN)
HTTP
k

f

h

3rd Party
Protective
Relays

9
9

13 Central Energy Dislay

w/PONI Display

9

Power
Sentinel Meter

3rd Party
PQ Meters

9

14

EOLR

Energy
Sentinel Meter

9

EOLRT

9

EOLR

MV Starter

MV Switchgear

9

LV Switchgear

9

Ethernet Network
QC Port Network
INCOM Network
RS-485 Network
End of line resistor
EOLR
EOLTR End of line termination resistor

9
9
9
9
9

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-3

9.1
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

Power Xpert Architecture—Notes
a. Simple Mail Transfer
Protocol (SMTP)—
Device events and
periodic data log file
attachments are sent
to users in the form of
an e-mail from the
following Power Xpert
products: Power
Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Meters
2000/4000/6000/
8000, Power Xpert
Gateway 600 and
Power Xpert Gateway
Cards 1000/2000
Series.
b. Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol (HTTP)—
Web browser access
is available on the
following Power Xpert
products: Power
Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Meters
2000/4000/6000/
8000, Power Xpert
Gateway 600 and
Power Xpert Gateway
Cards 1000/2000
Series.
c. Network Time Server
(NTP)—Network Time
Protocol (Client-side)
is available on the
following Power Xpert
products: Power
Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Meters
2000/4000/6000/
8000, Power Xpert
Gateway 600 and
Power Xpert Gateway
Cards 1000/2000
Series.

9
9
9
9

d. Modbus TCP/IP—
Modbus TCP/IP over
Ethernet is available
on the following
Power Xpert
products: Power
Xpert Software,
Power Xpert Server
Core Software, Power
Xpert Meters 2000/
4000/6000/8000,
Power Xpert Gateway
600 and Power Xpert
Gateway Cards 1000/
2000 Series. Modbus
register maps are
available online at
www.eaton.com/
powerxpert.
e. Data Export—Data
files consist of
metered data and
event log information
that is exported from
the meter, gateway or
software in the form
of a .csv (comma
separated variable)
file. Supported
products are: Power
Xpert Gateway
PXG600, PXGX1000,
PXGX2000, Power
Xpert Meters 2000/
4000/6000/8000
and Power Xpert
Software.
f. Data Trending—
Viewing trended data
in a standard Web
browser interface in
the form of a graphed
line for one or more
data points is available
for the following
products: Power
Xpert Gateway
PXG600, PXGX1000,
PXGX2000, Power
Xpert Meters 2000/
4000/6000/8000
and Power Xpert
Software.

g. Waveform Capture—
The ability to capture
a waveform and/or
export the waveform
as a standard
comtrade file format
is available on the
following products:
Power Xpert Meters
4000/6000/8000.
h. Waveform Acquisition
and Export—The
ability to acquire a
waveform from
another device that
natively captures a
waveform internally
and then export that
waveform in a
standard comtrade
file format is
supported by the
following devices:
PXG600 (provides
data acquisition and
comtrade conversion
for: IQ Analyzer,
DT1150 and FP5000).
Note: The Power Xpert Meters
4000/6000/8000 also export
natively captured waveforms as
comtrade file format.

i. Third-Party HMI
Software Integration—
Is achieved through
the Modbus TCP/IP
interface on all Power
Xpert devices. If
PowerNet software is
utilized in the system,
then an OPC Server
is available.
j. Proprietary Serial
Device Protocols over
Ethernet—The ability
to communicate with
third-party equipment
is achieved through a
Power Xpert Gateway
via Modbus 485 or
Modbus Serial.

k. BACnet/WS+ —
Is based upon the
protocol specification
developed by the
ASHRAE standards
group as an
Addendum c to
Standard 135-2004.
Reference: [BACnet—
A Data
Communication
Protocol for Building
Automation and
Control Networks.
Public Review Draft,
ASHRAE Standard.
BSR/ASHRAE
Addendum c to ANSI/
ASHRAE Standard
135-2004. First Public
Review. Released:
October 22, 2004.
32 pages. Copyright
(c) American
Society of Heating,
Refrigerating and
Air-Conditioning
Engineers, Inc.
August 30, 2004.]
This draft shows proposed
changes to the current
BACnet standard.
Note: Eaton has extended this
protocol addendum with a (+) to
signify the addition of an “eventdriven” behavior to the existing
“polled” data acquisition model.
This allows optimization in
communications between Power
Xpert devices and Power Xpert
Software.

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

l. CEC
(Communications
Expansion Card
PXMCE-B)—This card
must be ordered as
an option on the
Power Xpert Meters
4000/6000/8000 to
provide Ethernet
connectivity for use
with a Web browser,
interface to Power
Xpert Software or
third-party HMI
software.
m. Ethernet Switch—
The Eaton Ethernet
Switch provides
connectivity between
Power Xpert devices
on a common
subnetwork. The
6-port version of
the switch shown
provides (6) RJ-45
network ports. As
an option, 1 or 2 of
these ports can be
substituted to be
ST-Type Fiber
connections.
n. Single-port Device
Server—Is a device
that is used to add
network connectivity
to a single serial
device. These device
servers offer a single
RS-232/485 serial port
to connect a variety
of serial devices
including meter
devices, UPS, PDU,
Static Switch,
Automatic Transfer
Switch, generators,
Computer Room Air
Conditioners, and
other commercial,
industrial or business
automation
equipment. The
serial ports use
standard RJ-45 or
DB-9 connectors for
convenient cabling,
and optional adapters
are available as well.

o. PXG600A COM2
Port—Is used to
communicate on a
Modbus RS-232/485
network or on an
Eaton QC-Port (IT)
bus. The user may
choose between a
DB-9 or terminal strip
connector to connect
up to 32, RS-45 serial
devices.
p. PXG600A COM1
Port—Is used
to communicate on a
Modbus RS-232/485
network or on an
Eaton QC-Port (IT)
bus. A terminal strip
connector is provided
for this interface. Up
to 32 devices may
be connected to
this port.
q. PXG600A INCOM
Port—Is used to
communicate on an
Eaton INCOM device
network only. Up to
64 devices may
be connected to
this port.
r. PXG400 Ports—The
ports on the PXG400
operate the same as
on the PXG600;
however, there is
only one RS-232/485
port to be used for
Modbus or QC-Port.
s. PONI (Product
Oriented Network
Interface)—Is used
to connect the
Advantage Central
Monitoring Unit (18),
the Breaker Interface
Module (10), and the
Central Energy
Display (13),an IQ
Analyzer (6),and the
IQ DP-4000 (7) to an
INCOM network.

9.1

t. PXGX1000 Card—
Is used to connect
an Eaton PDU (Power
Distribution Unit) or
RPP (Remote Power
Panel) to an Ethernet
network. Available
interfaces are: HTTP
(Web) SNMP, SMTP
(e-mail), Modbus TCP/
IP and BACnet/WS+.
u. PXGX2000 Card—
Is used to connect
an Eaton UPS to an
Ethernet network.
Available interfaces
are: HTTP (Web)
SNMP, SMTP (e-mail),
Modbus TCP/IP and
BACnet/WS+.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Important Note: When
connecting multiple Modbus
RTU devices to either a
multiport terminal server or
a Power Xpert Gateway 400/
600 over an RS-485 daisy
chain network, the baud rate,
data frame (stop bits, data
bits and parity), byte order
(standard or reversed) and
physical wiring (two-wire or
four-wire) must be the same
for all devices connected.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-5

9.1
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

Power Xpert Architecture
Deployment Levels

9

1. Web Browser monitoring
for a single device

9

2. Web Browser monitoring
for multiple devices

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

3. Web Browser monitoring
with centralized
management
4. Customized Web-based
graphics and third-party
device support

Power Xpert Architecture
Hardware/Software
Products
Power Xpert hardware/
software products were
developed to provide a highly
intuitive local user interface
that simplifies complex realtime data into meaningful
information. At a glance, a
user can quickly determine
if a critical parameter in their
power system, (such as
voltage, current or kWH),
falls within or outside of an
acceptable operational range.
Power Xpert devices provide
the intelligent hardware
connectivity layer to
allow Web-enabled
communications over an
Ethernet TCP/IP network.
These devices can act as
standalone Web servers or as
part of a coordinated system
with Power Xpert Software
consolidating and analyzing
the combined system data.
The Power Xpert Meter family
and the Power Xpert Gateway
family are microprocessorbased, Web-enabled,
communicating devices
from Eaton that make up the
Power Xpert Architecture.

Power Xpert Meters

Power Xpert Gateways

Power Xpert Software

Power Xpert Meters 2000/
4000/6000/8000 offer Eaton
customers a new level of
accessibility to the critical
information required to
manage their electrical
distribution system. The
meter’s embedded Web
server includes real-time
circuit information in both
numeric and graphical visual
formats that can be viewed
on its local display or through
a Web browser via the
Internet or a customer’s
intranet.

Power Xpert Gateways are
intelligent communication
devices that Web-enable one
or more electrical devices
so they become visible to
a browser on an Ethernet
network. The Power Xpert
Gateways are capable of
providing communications
conversion from one network
field bus protocol to an
other—for example, INCOM
to Ethernet.

Power Xpert Software, an
integral part of the overall
Power Xpert Architecture, is a
comprehensive solution for
system-level management
of your power infrastructure
via a Web-browser, from
any desktop, on one screen.
Power Xpert Software is
designed to take the
complexity out of managing
your power system and
provides a clear picture of
what is happening at a
component, device and
system level. Power Xpert
Software provides insight into
cost savings and downtime
prevention. For detailed
information on Power
Xpert Software, see
Page V3-T9-14.

The Power Xpert Meters
4000/6000/8000 are the
benchmark for intelligent
Web-enabled power quality
metering instruments. The
meters include high-speed
sampling and measurement
of the critical elements,
(i.e., voltage, power, current,
transients or harmonics),
in a facility’s power system.
See Page V3-T9-21 for
detailed information on the
Power Xpert Meters.
All Power Xpert Meters
provide a standard
communications protocol
for easy integration into
other systems.

Power Xpert Gateway
devices are a key component
in the Power Xpert
Architecture. They allow a
user to optimize their existing
investment in Eaton’s
communicating devices such
as IQ Meters, Digitrip™
Breaker Trip Units, Protective
and Overload Relays and IT.
Motor Starters. They can
also extend state-of-the-art
connectivity to third-party
devices that communicate
using Modbus RTU protocol
over an RS-485 field bus.
See Page V3-T9-259 for
detailed information on the
Power Xpert Gateways.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9.1

Power Xpert Architecture
Configuration Guidelines

9

With Power Xpert devices
(sophisticated, Webenabled, high-definition
communications) and a
simple Web browser,
users can interrogate single
devices directly, groups of
devices connected through
gateways, or connect
through software managing
multiple devices and
gateways. Using the Eaton
system, users are free to
combine ways in which
they view their devices.
Applications generally fall
into four primary categories.
Eaton has developed an easy
way to provide the preferred
solution, using the following
configuration deployment
strategies as example
application categories.
See Page V3-T9-8.

9

Configuration Guidelines
Application
Categories

Implementation
Details

Level

Description

Small/Smart
Hardware
installation

0

Web browser access directly to an individual Power Easy configuration to enable Web browser monitoring
Xpert device, i.e., Power Xpert Meter or Eaton UPS w/ for a single or small amount of Eaton devices, without
optional Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 card
coordination between devices.
installed.

Medium
installation

1

Sophisticated
installation

2

Tailored
solution

3

Web browser access to multiple Eaton devices and
third-party Modbus RTU devices through the Power
Xpert Gateway and/or Power Xpert Gateway Cards.

Easy setup to enable Web browser monitoring for
multiple Eaton devices, as well as third-party devices
that support Modbus RTU. Each Power Xpert Gateway/
Gateway Card acts as a standalone Web server.

Web browser access to multiple Eaton and third-party Full suite of tools available to monitor overall system
devices through Power Xpert Software. Devices
health. Power Xpert provides complete control over
connect to Power Xpert Software by means of either centralized alarm notification, reporting and escalation.
direct Web-enabled cards installed inside or via Power
Xpert Gateways. Includes device views for Eaton
equipment as standard.
Custom Web interface design using Eaton Electrical
Services group.

Integration of third-party devices and custom screens.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-7

9.1
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

Power Xpert Architecture
Level 0—Small System with Smart Hardware
Example Applications
Power Xpert Meter in low
voltage switchgear and UPS.

9
9
9

Description
Configuration Level 0 offers
an easy means to Webenable a single Eaton device
provided that it is supported
by an optional Web
communications card that
can be installed directly into
the device.

9

Small Installation with Smart Hardware

9

Functions/Devices

9
9
9
9

Drawing
Symbol

Function
Description

Eaton
Device

Monitoring Equipment
MM6GWP

Power Quality Meter Analyzer

Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000

MM4&P

Meter Monitor and Protection

IQ DP-4000

MM

Meter Monitor

IQ 100/IQ 200

SMM

Sub-Metering Module

IQ Energy Sentinel
Power Xpert
Ethernet Switch

9

Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection
MVTU

Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V)

DT-3000, FP-5000

9

LVTU

Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V)

Digitrip RMS-810, 910,
520 MC or 1150
Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050

9
9
9
9
9
9

Standard Features
●
Real-time monitoring of
metered and alarm points
●
Alarm history
●
E-mail notification
●
Communications settings
via the Web

Motor Protection and Control
MPR

Motor Protective Relay

MP-3000

MMS

Microprocessor Motor Starter

IT. Starter

VFD

Variable Frequency Drive

SVX9000

Central Monitoring Panels
BIM II

Breaker Interface Module II

BIM II (used with Digitrip
OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)

LDISP

Local Display and Sub-network
Master

Used with IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II or with
Energy/Power Sentinels

UPS
w/Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card

Other Devices

9

ATS

Automatic Transfer Switch

9

RTD

Resistance Temperature

Universal RTD Module

ADR

Addressable Relay

ADRII

9

C

Product Communication Device

IPONI

R

Resistor-End of Line

Resistor

9

■

Terminal Block

IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation

Factory Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or
Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family

Field Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or
Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family

Field Ethernet Backbone

CAT5 or multimode fiber

9
9
9

IQ Transfer

9
9
9
V3-T9-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9.1

Level 1—Using Power Xpert Gateways
Example Applications
Low and medium voltage
switchgear, motor control
centers and third-party
equipment via Modbus RTU.
Recommendation: Use one
Power Xpert Gateway device
per electrical assembly or
switchgear sub-section.

Description
Configuration Level 1 offers
an easy means to Webenable multiple Eaton devices
and third-party devices that
support Modbus RTU.

9

Standard Features
●
Real-time monitoring of
metered and alarm points
●
Communications settings
via the Web
●
Alarm history
●
E-mail notification

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-9

9.1

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9

Power Xpert Gateway

9

Functions/Devices

9

Drawing
Symbol

Function
Description

Eaton
Device

Monitoring Equipment

9

MM6GWP

Power Quality Meter Analyzer

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

9

MM4&P

Meter Monitor and Protection

IQ DP-4000

MM

Meter Monitor

IQ 100/IQ 200

SMM

Sub-Metering Module

IQ Energy Sentinel

9
9

Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection
MVTU

Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V)

DT-3000, FP-5000

LVTU

Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V)

Digitrip RMS-810, 910,
520 MC or 1150
Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050

9
9

Motor Protection and Control
MPR

Motor Protective Relay

MP-3000

9

MMS

Microprocessor Motor Starter

IT. Starter

VFD

Variable Frequency Drive

SVX9000

9
9
9

Central Monitoring Panels
BIM II

Breaker Interface Module II

BIM II (used with Digitrip
OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)

LDISP

Local Display and Sub-network
Master

Used with IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II or with
Energy/Power Sentinels

9

Other Devices
ATS

Automatic Transfer Switch

IQ Transfer

9

RTD

Resistance Temperature

Universal RTD Module

9

ADR

Addressable Relay

ADRII

C

Product Communication Device

IPONI

R

Resistor-End of Line

Resistor

■

Terminal Block

IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation

Factory Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or
Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family

Field Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or
Belden YR29090 or
Belden 9463 Family

Field Ethernet Backbone

CAT5 or multimode fiber

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert
Ethernet Switch

9

II

9

F5

F6

Power Xpert
Ethernet Switch

9

F7

F8

9

LV Secondary Unit Substation

INCOM

9
9

MM
4&P

MM
4&P

9
9

IT.

9

MV VacClad-W Metal-Clad Switchgear

9
V3-T9-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9.1

Level 2—Power Xpert Software
Example Applications
All Eaton devices and thirdparty devices that support
Modbus TCP and SNMP in
addition to third-party Modbus
RTU devices via the Power
Xpert Gateway.

Description
Configuration Level 2 offers
an easy means to Webenable and centrally manage
all Eaton devices that can
be connected directly to an
Ethernet network or via
a Power Xpert Gateway
device. Power Xpert
Software provides a rich
set of standard features,
as well as premier value
add-on option modules.

Standard Features
●
Real-time monitoring of
metered and alarm points
●
Full color Web-based
graphics package with
standard views for all
Eaton devices
●
E-mail notification
●
Data trending and graphing

Optional Add-on Features
●
Web-based graphics editor
to design floor plan and
third-party device views
●
Energy consumption
analysis and tenant billing
●
Power quality analysis and
waveform viewing
●
Modbus TCP tool to import
register maps from various
third-party devices
●
SNMP tool to compile
SNMP MIB (Management
Information Base) files
from various third-party
devices

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-11

9.1
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

Power Xpert Software

9
9
9
9
9
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches

9

Power Xpert
Ethernet Switch

9
9
9
9
9
9

Functions/Devices

9

Monitoring Equipment

Drawing Symbol

Function Description

Eaton Device

9

MM6GWP

Power Quality Meter Analyzer

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

MM4&P

Meter Monitor and Protection

IQ DP-4000

9

MM

Meter Monitor

IQ 100/IQ 200

SMM

Sub-Metering Module

IQ Energy Sentinel

9

Overcurrent/Short Circuit Protection

9

MVTU

Medium Voltage Relay (> 600V)

DT-3000, FP-5000

LVTU

Low Voltage Trip Unit (d 600V)

Digitrip RMS-810, 910, 520 MC or 1150/Digitrip OPTIM 750 or 1050

9

Motor Protection and Control
MPR

Motor Protective Relay

MP-3000

9

MMS

Microprocessor Motor Starter

IT. Starter

VFD

Variable Frequency Drive

SVX9000

9

Central Monitoring Panels

9

BIM II

Breaker Interface Module II

BIM II (used with Digitrip OPTIM or Digitrip RMS)

LDISP

Local Display and Sub-network Master

Used with IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II or with Energy/Power Sentinels

9

Other Devices
ATS

Automatic Transfer Switch

IQ Transfer

9

RTD

Resistance Temperature

Universal RTD Module

ADR

Addressable Relay

ADRII

9

C

Product Communication Device

IPONI

R

Resistor-End of Line

Resistor

9

■

Terminal Block

IP, IN, IS Terminal Designation

Factory Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or Belden YR29090 or Belden 9463 Family

9

Field Twisted Pair Wiring

IMPCABLE or Belden YR29090 or Belden 9463 Family

9

Field Ethernet Backbone

CAT5 or multimode fiber

9
9
V3-T9-12

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Power Xpert Architecture

9.1

Level 3—Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)
Customized Software Solutions

9
9

Available Applications
Any manufacturer’s equipment that is supported by the
EESS extensive device driver support list or request a custom
quotation to obtain support.

9
9

Description
Configuration Level 3 offers an extensive service offering for
the delivery of customized graphics and support for third-party
proprietary device driver support.

9
9

Enhanced Features
●
Customized one-line diagrams to portray realistic operation
of the complete power distribution system

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Distribution System One-Line Diagram
●

9

Customized navigation systems to allow the operator to
navigate the software in a similar paradigm that is consistent
with the way they would describe their organization from a
functional or departmental standpoint

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Customized Navigation System

9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-13

9.2
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

Contents

Power Xpert Software

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert Software
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9

An Eaton
Green Solution

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Software

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Software is the
fusion of key components of
PowerNet and PowerVision
Software into a single
power monitoring package,
which includes ease of
interconnectivity to a wide
range of Eaton and third-party
communicating devices.

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Software
provides an easy upgrade
path to allow existing
PowerNet users to enjoy the
benefits of power monitoring
through a simple Web
browser interface. It provides
a complete software solution
to manage your power
system. Critical components
such as metering devices,
protective relays, circuit
breaker trip units, motor
starters and uninterruptible
power supplies communicate
vital information about the
health and status of critical
infrastructure devices.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-14

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-15
V3-T9-16
V3-T9-19

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

9.2

Product Selection Guide

9

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition
●
Geared toward end users, with built-in support for Eaton
power distribution products such as switchgear, UPSs,
breakers, PDUs, RPPs, meters, relays, VFDs and MCCs,
among others
●
Eaton products connect with the software directly via an
Ethernet connection, while legacy devices use a Power Xpert
Gateway to Web-enable their communications
●
A subset of third-party meters and devices are supported as
standard via the gateway connection

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition
●
Geared toward advanced power users, system integrators and
enterprises with heterogeneous device spectrum and system
developers who can take advantage of the included SNMP
and Modbus integration development utilities
●
Extensive support for third-party devices via standard SNMP
and Modbus TCP protocols
●
Large variety of ready made, optional third-party drop in
drivers available

9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Software Features
Feature Sets

Power Xpert Software
Professional Edition

Power Xpert Software
Enterprise Edition

9
9

Server module

■

■

Trend viewer module

■

■

Layout manager module

■

■

Quality manager module

■

■

Eaton device support (switchgear, UPSs, breakers, ePDUs, meters,
relays, VDFs, MCCs, etc.)

■

■

9

Power Xpert Gateway third-party device support

■

■

9

SNMP connector

■

Modbus connector

■

Optional third-party driver support

■

Custom third-party device driver support

■

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-15

9.2
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

Features and Benefits

Power Xpert Software
Feature

Benefit

General
Web browser user interface

There is no need to install a separate client piece of software on your computer. Simple and easy access via Web browser from any location in
the world.

9

Web-based monitoring capabilities

Monitor all power system equipment through the Internet.

9

Downloadable software version updates

Receive the latest enhancements and versions via downloads available from Eaton’s Web site.

Event Notification

9
9
9

Event notification via e-mail notification

Receive automatic e-mails when events are triggered.

Event notification via pagers, text message or thirdparty interfaces

Receive alarms on event changes via pagers, text message or third-party interfaces.

Alarm state management

Acknowledge, clear and close alarms through Power Xpert Software.

Event indicator displayed without Web page active

The Web page you are on does not need to be active to display the event indicator.

Alarm/event searching and filtering

Conveniently search and filter alarms and events to quickly find what you are looking for.

9

Waveform attached to applicable power event

Waveforms captured by meters are attached to actual power events, making them easy to understand and interpret.

9

Web browser based waveform viewing

There is no need to install a separate waveform viewer on your computer. Waveforms can be easily reviewed right in your Web browser.

Alarm capabilities based on device driven events

Alarms and triggered events come to the software directly from the associated devices, eliminating false alarms.

9

Analysis and Trending
Graphic Trend Viewer

Displays power system device measurements in an easy-to-understand graphical chart format.

9

Chart or data option selection

Conveniently view the data in either spreadsheet type data format or a graphic line chart plot.

9

Multiple trends display

Displaying multiple trends at a time helps analyze event ramifications and impact in more detail.

Multiple axis support

Multiple trends can be plotted on multiple x and y axis, displaying pertinent time and scale information.

View multiple variables (i.e., Ia, Ib, Ic, Vab, Vbc, etc.)
for a single waveform

Multiple waveform variables can be viewed at a time, eliminating the need of changing views frequently.

Standard COMTRADE file format support

View, import and open any waveform captures in standard IEEE® (C37.111-1999) COMTRADE file format.

9
9

Customizable Trend Viewer look and feel

The formatting of the data, and the look and feel of it can be easily customized according to user preferences.

Fixed or custom time frames

Information displayed in the Trend Viewer can have either system-defined fixed or user-selected custom time frames.

Trend analysis capabilities

Trends can be easily spotted and analyzed on screen or exported to third-party software for further analysis if necessary.

9

Data export

Trend data can be easily exported to Excel for further analysis.

9

Custom graphics development via Web browser

9

Custom Graphics and Layouts
Customized Web pages can be easily developed using a plain Web browser, eliminating the need to install a separate application
to be installed, learned and utilized.

9

Four user view example templates included as standard Easily use ‘as is’ or modify as necessary: data center, plant, hospital and geographical layout templates.

9

iFrame capability

iFrames enable embedding browser portals into custom Web page layouts.

Browser Portal Widget support

Browser Portal Widgets can be embedded in iFrames to accommodate streaming media feeds.

Streaming media support

Multiple streaming media feeds can be embedded into a single Web page, utilizing iFrames technology.

Graphic object library included as standard

A large object library including most common power devices is embedded within the system, enabling the user to develop mimic
screens from the start.

ISO® standard electrical picture objects available

Add ISO standard compliant graphics to one-line diagrams or other layouts for ISO compatibility.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Graphic files import capability

Import floor plans, street maps or photographs to be used as background images or mimic objects in Web pages.

Graphic object animation capability

Graphics can be animated based on event and threshold changes. An object could change color, for example, when a threshold is reached.

Gauge object library support

A multitude of gauges are provided in the standard object library to enable easy Web page custom measurement gauges design.

External Web links support

Add Web links to Power Xpert Software pages, which link to any device, Web page on the Internet and network around the globe with a
Web user interface.

Alarm bubble-up support through several page layers

Alarms can be easily bubbled-up through multiple Web pages with the folder link feature. Event can be seen on the topmost page and the
user can drill down for more information.

Trend object support

Trend objects can be embedded into the layout, enabling viewing the data directly in the Trend Viewer.

9
9
V3-T9-16

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

9.2

Power Xpert Software, continued
Feature

9

Benefit

9

UPS Shutdown
File saving during shutdown

During an emergency shutdown due to an extended power failure outlasting the UPS battery, open files on the computer systems
are closed and saved in an orderly fashion.

Automatic, orderly and sequential shutdown

All operating systems running Power Xpert Software Shutdown Agent will be shut down in an orderly and sequential fashion to
prevent data loss.

Parallel redundant UPS shutdown capability

Built-in software logic will initiate shutdown only after UPS redundancy has been lost and the last UPS is out of runtime.

9
9
9

Security and Administration
Windows Authentication Security

Control access to Power Xpert Software via Windows® Authentication Service.

Two-tier secure system access support

Access the Power Xpert Software with read or write privileges to prevent unauthorized tampering.

SSL

Supported via OpenSSL.

Secure Web browser access (support for HTTPS)

Supported via OpenSSL.

9
9

Time Synchronization
Time synchronization support for connected devices
with 1 millisecond time resolution

Millisecond-based timestamp support (when supported by connected device) enables understanding the sequence of rapidly occurring events.

Export and Integration
Extended Excel® spreadsheet support

Open report files directly in Excel.

SQL database query support

Power Xpert uses standard SQL database format that can be queried by third-party applications for system integration and data exchange.

Logs
System Log

The System Log gathers information on system-level events for error and security purposes.

Error Log

The Error Log gathers information on errors occurred for diagnostic purposes.

9
9
9
9
9
9

Service
Eaton help desk services (1-877-ETN-CARE)

Call Eaton to speak directly to a product specialist providing support for the software.

Turnkey startup service

Purchase a 1, 2 or 5-day startup service package from Eaton for turnkey system installation and configuration.

9

System Backup
Easily back up Power Xpert software including configurations, user views and device setups.

9

System Administrator’s Guide

Guides users on how to administer Power Xpert Software.

9

Power Xpert Software User’s Guide

Detailed information of Power Xpert Software features and functionality along with screenshots and references.

Layout Manager Guide

Detailed information on how to use Layout Manager’s features and functionality to create custom graphic system pages.

Quick Start Guide

Takes the guesswork out of initial software installation and configuration with clear step-by-step instructions on how to get started.

Power Xpert Software system backup
Documentation and Training Videos

9
9

Power Xpert Software Introduction and Training Video Learn the main features and functionality of Power Xpert Software by watching a hands-on video showing you how to install, configure
and use the software.

9

Power Xpert Reporting Introduction and Training Video Learn the main features and functionality of Power Xpert Reporting by watching a hands-on video showing you how to install and configure
reporting. Included are step-by-step instructions on how create reporting hierarchies and pull data out of different databases.

9

Note: These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and

9

functionality may vary depending on selected options and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and user manual for detailed specifications.

9

Communication Protocol Support

9

Communication Protocol

Description

Dry-contact/contact closure/relay

Contact closure support is enabled via various Eaton Gateway devices. Please refer to Power Xpert Software Hardware Compatibility List for details.

BACnet WS+

BACnet WS+

Modbus RTU

Modbus RTU

Modbus TCP

Modbus Protocol over TCP

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol

SNMP

Simple Network Management Protocol

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

INCOM

Eaton Legacy Protocol

HTTP

Hypertext Transfer Protocol

HTTPS

Hypertext Transfer Protocol with SSL

SSL

Secure Sockets Layer

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-17

9.2
9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●

9

●

9

●

9
●

9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9

Monitoring Software and Reporting

Power Xpert Reporting—the perfect complement
Power Xpert Reporting helps bring information from the
software together. Power Xpert Software brings together your
power system information from around the floor to around the
world—data and information that is invaluable. Power Xpert
Reporting brings all the power system information together to
compare, contrast and generally give you the big picture. Power
Xpert Reporting provides a standard set of reports, including:

9

9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Data Center Efficiency Report: A summary of data center
infrastructure efficiency and power usage effectiveness,
including such information as temperature and humidity, and
energy consumption
Greenhouse Gas Report: Captures the six offensive
greenhouse gasses: Carbon Dioxide, Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen
Oxide, Mercury, Methane and Nitrous Oxide broken down by
selected locations within a facility
Utilities Report: Captures consumption of water, air, gas,
electricity and steam (WAGES)
Capacity Summary Report: The summary of top- and
bottom-loaded circuits, as well as loading details for each
circuit according to user-defined date/time range and facility
hierarchy location
Branch Circuit Monitoring Report: Determine branch circuit
loading levels at a glance with color-coded graphics indicating
loading status against capacity. Redundant sources can be
reviewed, as well as single source loads
Energy Summary Report: The summary of consumption
(kWh) and demand (kW) for a user-defined date/time range
and facility hierarchy location
Energy Cost Allocation Report: The total energy bill dollar
value or a cost per kWh across a facility hierarchy for a userdefined date/time range
Power Quality Report: The distribution and trend for amps,
volts and THD according to user-defined date/time ranges and
facility hierarchy location
Event Summary Report: Provides a Pareto chart of events
according to user-defined date/time ranges and facility
hierarchy location
Joint Commission Report: Standard Joint Commission
compliant report supports hospital power test requirements.
It checks events, key metrics of generators and automatic
transfer switches (ATS) during generator testing at userdefined date/time ranges and facility hierarchy location

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-18

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

9.2

Product Selection

9
9

Power Xpert Software
Catalog
Number

9

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition

PXS-PRO

9

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 1-day startup

PXS-PROn1S

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 2-day startup

PXS-PROn2S

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition w/ 5-day startup

PXS-PROn5S

Power Xpert Software Professional Edition and Power Xpert Reporting

PXS-PROnPXR

9

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition

PXS-ENT

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 1-day startup

PXS-ENTn1S

9

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 2-day startup

PXS-ENTn2S

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition w/ 5-day startup

PXS-ENTn5S

9

Power Xpert Reporting—single source DB connection

PXR

Power Xpert Reporting—up to 2 source DB connections

PXR-2DB

9

Power Xpert Reporting—up to 5 source DB connections

PXR-5DB

Power Xpert Reporting—up to 10 source DB connections

PXR-10DB

Power Xpert Reporting—up to 25 source DB connections

PXR-25DB

Power Xpert Reporting—up to 50 source DB connections

PXR-50DB

9

Power Xpert 1-day startup Service Pack

PX-1S

Power Xpert 2-day startup Service Pack

PX-2S

9

Power Xpert 5-day startup Service Pack

PX-5S

Description
Power Xpert Software Professional Edition

9
9

Power Xpert Software Enterprise Edition

9

Power Xpert Reporting

9
9

Service Packs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-19

9.2

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Monitoring Software and Reporting

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Hardware Requirements
Power Xpert Software (PXS) requires a server-class machine
with the following minimum hardware specifications:

9
9

Hardware

Specification

Processor

2.8 GHz, dual-core processor

9

Memory

9

2 GB allocated for PXS (allocate 3 GB
of memory to a virtual machine session
running PXS)

Disk space required for application

9

The PXS application itself requires 190 MB of
disk storage

Disk space required for database

A typical database will grow to 2 GB within a
year. If you have a large number of devices,
reserve additional storage space

Video resolution

1280 by 1024 pixels or higher

Removable media

DVD RO driv

9
9
9
9
9
9

You may wish to add the following hardware as well:
●
●

●

Local printer
Sound card (if sounds are assigned to specific
alarm conditions)
Modem (for remote alarm notification to machines
not available via your network)

Software Requirements
Supported operating systems
●

●

●

●

●

Microsoft® Windows Server 2003 R2 (Standard or Enterprise)
32-bit edition
Microsoft Windows XP Professional (32-bit) with
Service Pack 3, 32-bit
Windows Server 2008 (Standard or Enterprise),
32-bit or 64-bit
Windows Server 2008 R2 (Server or Enterprise),
32-bit or 64-bit
Windows 7 Professional, Ultimate or Enterprise editions,
either 32-bit or 64-bit

Software components
●

●

IIS 5.0 or higher (must be installed prior to installing PXS; for
Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008, this is installed
automatically)
Microsoft Internet Explorer® 7.0 or 8.0

Third-Party Software Installed
The following Microsoft software is also installed during the
PXS installation.
●
●

9

●

9

●

●

●

.NET Framework 3.5 SP1
Windows Installer 4.5
C++ Runtime Library 2008
Microsoft Data Access 2.8
SQL Server 2008 Express SP2
SQL Server 2005 Express Management Studio SP2

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-20

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

Metering Products Family

Description
Metering Products Family
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Overview

Features and Benefits

Eaton’s metering products
provide solutions needed
to monitor and manage all
aspects of an electrical
distribution system.

Greater Reliability

When greater reliability,
increased productivity and
significant cost savings
are called for to remain
competitive in today’s
market, Eaton’s metering
products fit the bill. These
innovative meters and
communications systems,
along with Power
Management software, make
it possible to successfully
take control of the electrical
distribution system.

Power Xpert Meters
Power Xpert Meters are
the benchmark for intelligent
Web-enabled top-quality
metering devices for the
power system. Power Xpert
Meters provide measurement
of the critical elements found
in the power system, whether
that be voltage, power,
current, transients, harmonics
or even time. Power Xpert
Meters provide Web-enabled
communications for use with
the Power Xpert Software.
All Power Xpert Meters
provide a standard
communications protocol
for easy integration into
other systems.

Eaton’s metering products
give the ability to receive an
early warning of potential
problems, eliminate
unnecessary trips, isolate
faults to ensure minimum
downtime and shed or
equalize loads while a
problem is being corrected.

Increased Productivity
Equipment downtime
resulting from voltage or
frequency variations can be
very costly to an operation.
Monitoring power quality
with Eaton’s metering
products throughout the
electrical distribution system
provides data to identify,
isolate and correct problems
quickly and efficiently.

Page

V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Reduced Energy and
Operating Costs
When we think about meters
and power quality, the
common thread throughout
the basket of solutions is
information. Collecting,
monitoring and managing data
from the electrical distribution
system can help reduce costs
for those facilities prepared to
define and analyze present
electrical energy usage levels
and patterns. Data provided by
Eaton’s metering products
comprise the data for verifying
utility bills for energy
management and lowering
operating costs. Deregulation
in some geographical
locations permits energy
users to select a utility
provider and negotiate rate
structures. For large users
with heavy utility bills, this
may be an incentive to verify
the utility bill, identify an
opportunity for savings,
negotiate a better utility rate
and apply the savings directly
to the bottom line. Users are
also empowered to decrease
energy consumption, thereby
lowering peak demand
charges and decreasing
operating costs.

When an Eaton meter is used
with Eaton trip units and
relays incorporating built-in
metering capabilities, the
entire electrical distribution
system can be costeffectively managed.
Eaton is an industry
leader offering a complete
integrated solution to oversee
your entire electrical
distribution system. As a
global manufacturer of
low and medium voltage
electrical distribution system
equipment and components,
Eaton is an experienced
innovator of metering
products that incorporate
cutting-edge technology.
These innovations result
from our scientific and
engineering expertise,
physical resources and the
ongoing R&D programs at
our technology centers.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-21

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Product Selection Guide

9

Metering Selection Chart
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series

Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series

IQ 250/260 Series

V3-T9-30

V3-T9-49

V3-T9-60

9
9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131

9

Section Page Number

9

Volts

0.1% of RV + 0.02% FS

0.1% of RV

0.1% of RV

Amperes

0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS

0.1% of RV

0.1% of RV

Electrical Parameters

9

Current range (% of nominal)

0.005–20A (400%)

0.1–200%

0.1–200%

9

Watts

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

VARs

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

9

VA

0.1% of RV + 0.0025% FS

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

PF-apparent

0.1%

0.2% of RV

0.2% of RV

9

PF-displacement

0.1%

—

—

9

Frequency

±0.01 Hz

±0.03 Hz

±0.03 Hz

THD-voltage

127th

40th 2345

40th 6

9

THD-current

127th

40th 2345

40th 6

Watthours

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

9

VAR-hours

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

Class 1

1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

9

VA-hours

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Ampere-demand

0.05% of RV + 0.01% FS

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Watt-demand

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

VAR-demand

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2

Class 1

1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

9

VA-demand

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

Revenue accuracy

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class 1

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

9

Individual ampere harmonics

85th 7

40th 345

—

Individual voltage harmonics

85th 7

40th 345

—

9

Interharmonics

Yes

—

—

9

Volts

L-L, L-N, N-G, VAUX L-L

L-L, L-N

L-L, L-N

9

Current

A, B, C, N, G

A, B, C, N

A, B, C

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

9

Power Factor

Apparent/displacement

Apparent

Apparent

9

Frequency

Hertz

Hertz

Hertz

THD

Amperes/volts (L-L, L-N, AUX L-L)

Amperes/volts 2345

Amperes/volts 6

9

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Minimum and/or Maximum Values

9

Demand values

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

Trend analysis

2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB

256 / 512 2 / 768 345 MB

128 KB j

9

Event logging

2 / 4 8 / 8 9 GB

100,000 alarms/events with timestamp

k

9
9
9
9

Disturbance recording

48

9 GB

2/
/8
60 cycles per event

Notes
1 Under typical operating conditions.
2 PXM 2260 only.
3 PXM 2270 only.
4 PXM 2280 only.
5 PXM 2290 only.
6 IQ 260 only.

7

8
9
j
k

9
V3-T9-22

45

768 MB
up to 64 cycles per event 45

Individual values reported to 85th
harmonic; anti-alias filtering prevents
higher frequencies from distorting
readings (see IEC 61000-4-7).
PMX 6000 only.
PXM 8000 only.
Optional.
At computer only.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

—

Legend: PG = Programmable
FS
= Full scale
RV
= Read value
Auxiliary voltage
(optional)
= Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2.
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Metering Selection Chart, continued
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series

Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series

9

IQ 250/260 Series

9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number

9

V3-T9-30

V3-T9-49

V3-T9-60

Storage

2 / 4 1 / 8 2 GB

256 / 512 3 / 768 4 MB Standard

128 KB for logging, up to 8 parameters every 15
minutes for 30 days

9

PG output relays

5 maximum

Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA

Optional (2) Form C, 5A or (4) Form A, 120 mA

PG analog outputs

—

Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA

Optional (4) 4–20 mA or (4) 0–1 mA

9

Discrete contact inputs

8

Optional (2) or (4)

Optional (2) or (4)

Analog inputs

—

—

—

9

Other Features

9

Synch-input kW utility

Via status input

Via end of interval pulse with optional digital inputs Via end of interval pulse with optional digital inputs

Auxiliary voltage 5

Yes

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Yes

Yes

Yes

Waveform display

Local/computer

6

—

Waveform capture, samples/cycle

Yes, 512 (4096 oversampling)

Yes, up to 64 7, up to 512 8

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

—

Display type

LCD 9

Red LED

Red LED

9
9
9
9
9

Display lines/character

Graphic (320 x 240 pixels)

3 lines, 4 characters

3 lines, 4 characters

Display character height

5.5 mm H x 4 mm W

0.56 (14.2) H

0.56 (14.2) H

Communications

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII
9 Network: Modbus TCP, Ethernet TCP/IP,
HTTP, SNMP, SMTP, FTP, DNP 3.0

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP,
HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, 78 Waveform FTP

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway

Setup configuration

Via Web browser/display

Via Web browser/display

Via configuration software/display

9
9
9

Dimensions

Refer to TD02601007E

Refer to TD02601017E

Refer to TD02601016E

Operating temperature range

–20° to 60°C display unit
–20° to 70°C meter base unit

–20° to 70°C

–20° to 70°C

9

Reference literature

TD02601007E

TD02601017E

TD02601016E

9

Notes
1 PXM 6000 only.
2 PXM 8000 only.
3 PXM 2260 only.
4 PXM 2270 only.
5 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage
input channels to Power Xpert Meters.
6 At computer only.
7 PXM 2280 only.
8 PXM 2290 only.
9 Optional

Legend: PG = Programmable
FS
= Full scale
RV
= Read value
Auxiliary voltage
(optional)
= Provides three additional voltage inputs to the
meter: Va2, Vb2, Vc2.
Interharmonics = Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000 supported.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-23

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Metering Selection Chart, continued
IQ 130/140/150 Series

IQ 150S/250S Series

IQ 35M Series

V3-T9-66

V3-T9-71

V3-T9-76

9
9
9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number
Electrical Parameters

9

Volts

±0.25% of RV

0.1% of RV

0.4% +0.015% per °C deviation from 25°C

Amperes

±0.25% of RV

0.1% of RV

0.4% (5–100%), 0.8% (1–5%) +0.015% per °C from 25°C

9

Current range (% of nominal)

0.1–200%

0.1–200%

1–120%

Watts

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

9

VARs

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

9

VA

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs

PF-apparent

0.5% of RV 1

0.2% of RV

Calculated: Watts / VAs

9

PF-displacement

—

—

—

Frequency

±0.03% Hz

±0.03 Hz

±0.02 Hz

9

THD-voltage

—

—

—

9

THD-current

—

—

—

Watthours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

9

Varhours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

±2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

VA-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

—

9

Ampere-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.1% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

—

Watt-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5S

VAR-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

2.0% per IEC 62053-23 Class 2

9

VA-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 Class 2

±0.2% per ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class

Calculated: vector sum of watts and VARs

9

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

ANSI C12.20 (0.2%)

0.5% per ANSI C12.20 and IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S

Individual ampere harmonics

—

—

—

Individual voltage harmonics

—

—

—

Interharmonics

—

—

—

L-L, L-N

—

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

1

Minimum and/or Maximum Values
Volts

L-L, L-N

Current

A, B, C

A, B, C

—

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

—

Power factor

Apparent 1

Apparent

Apparent (low alert)

Frequency

Hertz 1

Hertz

Hertz (out of range alert)

THD

Ampere/Volts

—

—

Demand values

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes 1

kW, kVAR, kVA, amperes

kW, kVAR, kVA; Maximum kW, kVAR, kVA

Trend analysis

3

2 MB 5

—

Event logging

3

2 MB 5

Logging on demand interval or Modbus command 4

Disturbance recording

—

—

—

Legend: PG
FS
RV

Notes
1 IQ 140 and IQ 150.
2 IQ 150 only.
3 At computer only.
4 Optional.
5 IQ 250S only.

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
V3-T9-24

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Metering Selection Chart, continued
IQ 130/140/150 Series

IQ 150S/250S Series

9

IQ 35M Series

9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number

9

V3-T9-66

V3-T9-71

V3-T9-76

Storage

—

2 MB 2

10 registers (16 bit) by 5760 entries each (115 KB) 1

PG output relays

—

—

—

9

Other Features

9
9

PG analog outputs

—

—

—

Discrete contact inputs

—

—

2 pulse inputs with BACnet

Analog inputs

—

—

—

Synch-input kW Utility

—

—

Optional demand synchronization via Modbus

Auxiliary voltage 3

—

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

1

Yes

Yes

Waveform display

—

—

—

Waveform capture

—

—

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

—

Display type

Red LED

Red LED

Backlit LCD

Display lines/character

3 lines, 4 characters

3 lines, 4 characters

2 lines by 5 characters ea (full alphanumeric top row)

9
9
9
9
9

Display character height

0.56 (14.2) H

0.56 (14.2) H

7.5 mm

9

Communications

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII 1
Network: Modbus TCP 1

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, DNP 3.0
Network: Modbus TCP, wired or wireless

Serial: Modbus RTU 1, BACnet MS/TP 1
Network: Modbus TCP via Power Xpert Gateway

9
9

Setup configuration

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Via display/configuration software

Dimensions

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 4.97 (126.2) D

7.90 (200.7) H x 7.50 (190.5) W x 3.10 (78.7) D

3.60 (91.4) H x 4.20 (106.7) W x 2.30 (58.4) D

Operating temperature range

–20 to 70°C

–20 to 70°C

–20 to 70°C

Reference literature

TD02601015E

TD02601019E

TD02601015E

Notes
1 Optional.
2 IQ 250S only.
3 The auxiliary voltage option adds three additional voltage input channels to
Power Xpert Meters.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

9
9

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-25

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Metering Selection Chart, continued
IQ Analyzer 6000 Series

IQ DP-4000 Series

IQ 230 Series

V3-T9-79

V3-T9-87

V3-T9-93

Volts

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3% FS

±0.5% FS

Amperes

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3% FS

±0.5% FS

Current range (% of nominal)

3–800%

10–250%

1–200%

Watts

0.4% FS, 6 RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number
Electrical Parameters

VARs

0.4% FS, 6 RV 3

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

VA

0.4% FS, 6 RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% FS

PF-apparent

0.8% FS 1

±1.0% FS

±2.0% FS

9

PF-displacement

0.8% FS 1

±1.0% FS

±2.0% FS

Frequency

0.04%

±0.17% FS

±0.1% Hz

9

THD-voltage

50th

31st

—

9

THD-current

50th

31st

—

Watthours

0.5% RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

9

Varhours

1% RV 3

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

VA-hours

0.5% RV 2

±0.6% FS

±1.0% per ANSI C12

9

Ampere-demand

±0.2% FS 1

±0.3%

±0.5% per ANSI C12

Watt-demand

±0.4% FS 1

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

1

9

1

or 0.01 Hz

9

VAR-demand

±0.4% FS

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

9

VA-demand

±0.4% FS 1

±0.6%

±1.0% per ANSI C12

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

—

ANSI C12.1 (1%)

9

Individual ampere harmonics

50th

—

—

Individual voltage harmonics

50th

—

—

9

Interharmonics

—

—

—

L-L, L-N

L-L, L-N

Minimum and/or Maximum Values

9

Volts

9

Current

A, B, C, N, G

A, B, C

A, B, C

Power

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

Watt, VAR, VA

9

Power factor

Apparent/displacement

Apparent/displacement

Apparent/displacement

Frequency

Hertz

Hertz

Hertz

9

THD

Amperes/volts

Amperes/volts

—

Demand values

All

All

All

Trend analysis

Time/date

2 alarms

4

9

Event logging

504 events w/timestamp

4

4

Disturbance recording

10 waveform events

—

9

Notes
1 From 3–300% of FS.
2 At unity power factory and 5–300% of FS.
3 At a power factor <±0.5 and 5–300% of FS.
4 At computer only.

9

9
9

L-L, L-N

—

Legend: PG
FS
RV

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
V3-T9-26

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Metering Selection Chart, continued
IQ Analyzer 6000 Series

9

IQ 230 Series

IQ DP-4000 Series

9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number

9

V3-T9-79

V3-T9-87

V3-T9-93

Storage

90 KB

15 parameters

—

PG output relays

(4) 10A Form C 1

(3) 10A Form C 2

(2) 100 mA Form A

9

Other Features

PG analog outputs

(4) 0–10/4–20 mA

—

—

Discrete contact inputs

(3) + 30 Vdc differential

(1) kW Demand 2

(2) +30 Vdc differential

Analog inputs

(1) 0–20/4–20 mA

—

(1) 4–20 mA

Synch-input kW Utility

At device or via communications

At device or via communications 2

Via communications only

Auxiliary voltage

—

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Yes

Yes 2

Yes

Waveform display

Local 2/computer

—

—

Waveform capture, samples/cycle Yes, 128

9
9
9
9
9
9

—

—

Frequency distribution display

Local 2/computer

—

—

Display type

Graphic LCD with LED backlight

7 Segment LED

Backlit LCD

Display lines/character

7 lines, 147 characters

1 line, 7 characters

4 lines, 20 characters

9

Display character height

Up to 7 lines

1 line

1.60 (40.6) H x.09 (2.3) W

9

Communications

Serial: INCOM 3
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3

Serial: INCOM 3
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway 3

Serial: INCOM, Modbus RTU 4
Network: via Power Xpert Gateway

9
9

Setup configuration

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Via configuration software/display

Dimensions

Refer to TD1702BTE

Refer to TD1703ATE

Refer to TD1706ATE

Operating temperature range

–20° to 70°C

–20° to 70°C

0° to 50°C

Reference literature

—

—

—

Notes
1 Relays programmable to operate on any measured function.
2 Optional.
3 An IPONI is required.
4 IQ 230M only.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

9
9

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-27

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Metering Selection Chart, continued

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert
Multi-Point Meter

IQ Energy
Sentinel

V3-T9-100

V3-T9-112

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number
Electrical Parameters

9

Volts

±0.2% RV

—

Amperes

±0.2% RV

—

9

Current range (% of nominal)

—

—

9

Watts

±0.5% RV

±1.0% FS

VARs

±0.5% RV

—

9

VA

±0.5% RV

—

PF-apparent

±0.5% RV

—

9

PF-displacement

—

—

Frequency

±0.1 Hz

—

9

THD-voltage

—

—

9

THD-current

—

—

Watthours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

±1.0% FS

9

VAR-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

VA-hours

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

9

Ampere-demand

—

—

Watt-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

±1.0% FS

9

VAR-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

9

VA-demand

±0.5% per ANSI C12.20 0.5 class

—

Revenue accuracy

ANSI C12.20 (0.5%)

—

9

Individual ampere harmonics

—

—

Individual voltage harmonics

—

—

9

Interharmonics

—

—

9

Volts

L-L, L-N

—

9

Current

A, B, C

—

Power

Watts, VAR, VA

—

9

Power factor

Apparent

—

9
9
9
9
9

Minimum and/or Maximum Values

Frequency

Hertz

—

THD

—

—

Demand values

Watts (Delivered & Received), Watts (Q1–Q4), VA (Q1, —
Q4), VA (Q2, Q3)

Trend analysis

Interval data

1

Event logging

20 latest events and historical

1

Disturbance recording

—

—

Note
1 At computer only.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-28

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Metering Selection Chart, continued
Power Xpert
Multi-Point Meter

9

IQ Energy
Sentinel

9
9

Device Name
Accessories
See Page V3-T9-131
Section Page Number

V3-T9-100

V3-T9-112

Storage

256 MB standard, 2 GB optional

—

PG output relays

1 standard, 8 each module 1

—

Discrete contact inputs

3 standard, 8 each module 1

—

Analog inputs

—

—

9
9

Other Features

9
9
9

Synch-input kW utility

Via communications and digital input

Via communications only

Auxiliary voltage

—

—

kWh pulse initiator

Aggregate or main-digital output, LED output on meter —
modules (accuracy check)

Waveform display

—

—

Waveform capture

—

—

Frequency distribution display

—

—

Display type

LCD color touchscreen 1

—

Display lines/character

6-inch diagonal

—

Display character height

Graphics

—

Communications

Serial: Modbus RTU
Serial: INCOM
1 Network: Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP, Ethernet TCP/IP, Network: via Power Xpert Gateway
HTTP, HTTPS, SNMP, SMTP, SFTP

9

Setup configuration

Via PXMP configuration software

Via configuration software

Dimensions

Refer to TD150006EN (see Page V3-T9-110)

Refer to TD1707TE

9

Operating temperature range

–20° to 70°C

–25° to 70°C

Reference literature

TD150006EN

—

Note
1 Optional.

Legend: PG
FS
RV

9
9
9
9
9

9
9

= Programmable
= Full scale
= Read value

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-29

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series Display and Meter

Contents
Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page
V3-T9-21

V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

An Eaton
Green Solution

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Standards and Certifications

The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 Series monitors
the critical aspects of an
electrical distribution system.
This premier power quality
metering instrument is
simple to use, powerful,
scalable and highly flexible.

Both the local graphic display
and the embedded Web
server present real time,
historical and event
information in a browser-style
graphical format to help the
user interpret key circuit
information, such as:

The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 offers a new level
of intuitive user interface
design, presenting critical
electrical distribution system
information in simple-tonavigate and easy-tounderstand information
architecture. The Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
graphic display visualizes
the information from up
to 16 meter modules. The
embedded Web server
displays complex power
quality data using standard
Internet browsers and allows
for device configuration from
the browser.

●

9
9
9
V3-T9-30

●
●
●
●
●

●
●

●

Current loading
Voltage and power levels
Power factor
Energy usage
I/O status
Power quality
measurements
Harmonic plots
Disturbance and transient
waveforms
ITIC disturbance summary
screen

The Web server provides the
energy and demand readings
required to help manage
the cost of energy. It also
provides critical information
regarding power quality,
such as harmonic distortion,
flicker, crest factor, K-factor
and more.
Note: Features and functionality
may vary depending on the meter
model and options being used.
Review the Features and Benefits
chart on Page V3-T9-35 for
details.

●

●

●

●

●
●

Safety: EN61010-1,
UL/cUL 61010-1
Accuracy: IEC/EN60687
0.2 Class, ANSI C12.20
0.2 Class
EMC: FCC Part 15
Subpart B Class A EN55011
Class A
Measurement Canada
Approval No. AE-1898
(4000/6000 meters)
Immunity IEC 61326
CE Mark

The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 graphic display
uses a simple “twist and
click” navigation control dial
to easily navigate the menus
and drill down into increasing
levels of important detail.
A “back” key enhances the
browser-like navigation of the
graphic display.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Application Description
Identify Power Quality
Problems to Help:
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Identify harmonics, sags,
swells and transients
damaging or disrupting
sensitive, mission-critical
IT equipment
Boost IT equipment’s
service life to the
maximum
Analyze sequence of
events up to 1 millisecond
time resolution
Protect motors from
damage
Preserve the integrity of
processes and batches
Prevent blown capacitor
bank fuses
Protect transformers and
conductors from
overheating

Detect and Record HighSpeed Transients to Help:
●

●

Avoid equipment damage
and disruption
Identify equipment
malfunction

Monitor Circuit Loading
to Help:
●

●

●

Avoid overloads and
nuisance overload trips
Maximize equipment
utilization
Manage emergency
overloads

●

Metered/Monitored Parameters
●

●

●

●
●

●
●
●

Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L,
Avg. L-N, N-G
Phase neutral and
ground currents
Power: real, reactive
and apparent
Frequency
Power factor: apparent
and displacement
Energy
Demand
% THD

●
●
●
●

●
●
●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●

Accuracy
●
Currents: 0.05% RV
+ 0.025%FS
●
Voltage: 0.1% RV
+ 0.025% FS
●
Energy and demand
power: 0.2% in accordance
with ANSI C12.20
●
Frequency: ±0.01 Hertz
●
Power factor:
●
0.10% at Unity PF
●
0.30% at 0.5 PF
Multiple communications
ports including:

Reduce peak demand
charges and power
factor penalties
Identify excessive energy
consumption

Note: See Page V3-T9-35.

●

Communications

Manage Energy Utilization
to Help:
●

●

Minimum and maximum
values
Harmonics
Flicker
Individual harmonics
Interharmonics
% TDD
ITIC events plot, duration,
magnitude
Energy comparisons
Demand comparisons
Event calendar
Event timeline and
sequence
Number of 9s of availability
Phasors
Sequence components
Crest factor
K-factor
PQ Index

Standard
●
RS-485 remote display port
●
RS-485 Modbus RTU
slave port
●
RJ-45 10/100Base-T local
configuration port (local
Web server connection)
●
HTTP (local), FTP,
COMTRADE

For Optional Graphic Display
Note: Display ports provide access
to up to 16 Power Xpert 4000/6000/
8000 Meter modules located on
the display RS-485 network.
●

●

RS-485 meter display
network port
RJ-45 10/100Base-T for
access to Local Display
Power Xpert network

Communication Protocols
Supported
●
Modbus RTU
●
Modbus TCP
●
Ethernet TCP/IP
●
HTML
●
NTP (Network Time
Protocol)
●
FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
●
SMTP (Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol)
●
SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol)
●
COMTRADE (IEEE
C37.111-1999)
●
DNP 3.0 over Ethernet
(Distributed Network
Protocol)
Physical Characteristics
Two-Piece Design
●

●

Power Xpert 4000/6000/
8000 Meter modules
Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 Graphic Display
320 x 240 pixel backlight
LCD remote graphics
display (supports up to 16
Power Xpert 4000/6000/
8000 Meter modules)

Optional
●
Communications
Expansion Card (CEC
●
Selectable 100FX or
10/100Base-T Ethernet
network port
●
RS-485 Modbus RTU
selectable master/
slave port
●
RS-232 Modbus RTU
slave port

9

Display/Meter
Mounting Options
●

●

Display remotely mounted
up to 2000 ft (1219m) away
from up to 16 Power Xpert
Meter modules
Display and Power Xpert
Meter modules mounted
together on opposite sides
of a panel (15 additional
meter modules can still
be remotely mounted).

Meter Base Unit Characteristics
●
NEMA rating: NEMA 1,
IP30
Display Unit Characteristics
●
NEMA rating: NEMA 12,
IP42 front of panel rating
Ease of Use—Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000 Graphic
Display (Option)
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 display features
a large easy-to-read white
backlit graphic LCD. The
information presented by
the display is organized into
an information architecture
that is easy-to-navigate and
organized for simplicity.
Screen navigation is
accomplished using a
navigation control dial and
a “back” button. The user
simply twists the knob on
the navigation control dial
to move between menu
selections and drill down
links on the screen. When
the selection is highlighted,
pressing the dial makes the
selection. Information is
displayed from a single meter
or an RS-485 daisychain of
up to 16 meters. The display
features a rich set of screens
including real-time data, trend
plots, waveform views and an
ITIC Plot. The graphic display
allows basic device setup and
password protected resets.
An audible alarm is available
to annunciate alarm
conditions.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-31

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/
8000 Embedded Web Server
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 embedded Web
server offers Eaton
customers a new level of
accessibility to the critical
information required to
manage their electrical
distribution system. The Web
server includes real-time
circuit information in both
numeric and graphical visual
formats to help monitor
circuit parameters such as
current loading, voltage and
power levels, power factor,
THD, Flicker and more. The
Web server also provides
energy and demand readings
with graphic usage plots to
help analyze energy usage
patterns. Energy readings
include kWh, kVARh,
delivered and received and
kVAh with time of use and
RTP displays. The interval
energy usage plot includes
the ability to do week-toweek and month-to-month
energy consumption
graphical comparisons for
benchmarking purposes. The
embedded Web server will
also display in simplified
Chinese if connected to a
computer configured for
Chinese language.
Both the Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000 embedded
Web server and the local
graphic display support
graphical trend charts of key
circuit measurements such
as current, voltage, power
and energy. The trend chart
supports a zoom feature that
allows the user to view data
over a short period of 16
hours up to 4 years. The trend
chart includes zoom in/out
buttons and a horizontal slider
bar control to manage
scrolling forward and backward
through the data. Trend charts
of basic readings include
minimum, maximum and
average readings. Trend
charts of interval by interval
energy data also display
peak demand.

Sag/Swell/Transient Capture
and Recording
60 cycles of waveform are
oversampled at 4096 samples
per cycle (Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000), filtered through
anti-aliasing and recorded at
512 samples per cycle and
post event data. The Power
Xpert Meter 8000 samples at
a rate of 100,000 samples per
cycle. Embedded Web server
supports viewing of triggered
waveforms one channel at a
time and includes the ability to
zoom and to scroll horizontally
using a slider bar.
The Power Xpert Meter
6000/8000 Series have
preconfigured (600 volts and
below) trigger settings for
sags, swells and transients,
and do not require additional
setup by the user. Waveforms
are stored in non-volatile flash
memory using an industry
standard COMTRADE
format. Waveforms can be
automatically sent out as
COMTRADE attachments to
an e-mail following an event,
or can be retrieved from an
FTP (File Transfer Protocol)
directory structure in
the Power Xpert meter
module’s memory.
Historical Trend Logging
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 records historical
data for graphical viewing
from the Local display or
the embedded Web server.
Graphical views of historical
data support pan and zoom.
145 standard metering
parameters are logged as
part of the standard meter
functionality including min./
max. and average for each
parameter. The averages are
calculated over the interval
period. The minimum and
maximum readings are based
on 200 ms calculations.

Storage capacity for standard
trend plots includes all of the
following intervals:
●

●

●

●

●

Every 5 minutes for
48 hours (2 days)
Every 15 minutes for
192 hours (4 days)
Every hour for 28 days
(4 weeks)
Every 8 hours for
56 weeks
Every week for 44 months

Note: Trend plot data can be
easily exported to third-party
applications, such as Microsoft
Excel in csv-file format.

In addition, metered
parameters are automatically
stored on the built-in FTP
Servers, where they can be
easily copied and imported
into third-party applications
for benchmarking and
analysis. Logs on the FTP
Server include the min./max.
and average for 145 standard
metering parameters at
5-minute intervals.
Storage capacity for
trend data:
●

●

6 days of 5-minute
interval trend data
Capacity=18,144 intervals

Energy Profile Data
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 records Real and
Reactive energy forward,
reverse, net and absolute
sum, as well as Apparent
energy (kVAH). Up to 8 status
inputs can be configured as
energy accumulators for
counting KYZ pulse inputs
(option). These readings are
stored over a configurable
interval from 1 to 60 minutes,
as well as in daily and
weekly totals.

With the optional LAN/WAN
Ethernet Communication
Expansion Card (CEC), users
can easily configure the
meters to send periodic
e-mails at user-defined
intervals of energy
consumption and power
demand. E-mails contain
a summary of readings per
rate structures and also have
the actual measurements
attached to the E-mail’s
body as a CSV file in a
ZIP container.
In addition, metered
parameters are automatically
stored on the built-in FTP
Server, where they can be
easily copied and imported
into third-party applications
for benchmarking and
analysis. Logs on the FTP
Server include energy
consumption logs, one
for every month in CSV
file format, trended
measurement logs also
in CSV file format and
waveform captures in
COMTRADE file format.
Storage capacity for energy
profile data:
●

●

●

●

62 days of 15 minute
interval energy and pulse
interval data.
Fixed interval capacity
= 5952 intervals.
Configurable intervals
from 1 to 60 min
372 days of 1 day
accumulated energy and
pulse interval data
208 weeks of 1 week
accumulated energy
and pulse interval data

Energy and Demand
Comparisons
Energy and demand usage
patterns can be analyzed with
the month-to-month, weekto-week comparison chart
built into the meter. Raw
data can be exported with
the “Save Table” option to
other applications, such as
Excel, for further analysis
and graphing.

Note: For remote access and
networking capabilities such as
connecting to a LAN/WAN, use
the optional Communications
Expansion Card (CEC).

V3-T9-32

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meter Profiler—Free Download
The Power Xpert Meter
areas of concern. It is also a
Profiler software allows you
predictor. It can predict what
to compare “expected”
energy consumption would
energy consumption patterns
be expected later in a day.
to present usage and flag

Event Triggers
The Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000 supports
five types of configurable
event triggers:
●

●

●

●
●

Out of limits (4000/6000/
8000)
Demand overload (4000/
6000/8000)
Sub-cycle disturbance
(4000/6000/8000)
ITIC (6000/8000)
Fast transient (8000)

These triggers permit pickup,
reset and pickup delay to
be configured by the user.
When a trigger occurs,
actions include Performance
Monitoring (#9’s analysis),
Capturing Waveform, Capture
Parameters, Send Email and
Operate a Relay Output. The
Graphic Display flashes an
LED to annunciate the alarm
condition. An audible alarm is
also available.

Event Logging
The optional Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000
Local graphic display or the
embedded Web server both
allow the user to view a list of
triggered events along with
any captured parameters,
event details and triggered
waveforms. In addition, a
separate event log includes a
variety of activities including
acknowledged triggers, new
min. and max. events, and
system operations such as
resets. The size of the event
log is virtually unlimited based
only on the memory option
selected.

9.3

E-mail Notification
With the optional LAN/WAN
Ethernet Communication
Expansion Card (CEC)
attached to the Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000’s, the
users can easily configure
the meters to send periodic
emails at user-defined
intervals for energy
consumption and power
demand. Emails contain a
summary of readings per
rate structures and also have
the actual measurements
attached to the email’s
body as a CSV file in a ZIP
container. Prompt alarm
emails can also be sent for
any event condition either
standard in the meter or ones
set up by the user based on
thresholds, dV/dt triggers or
IO status changes with the
optional IO Card. Alarm
emails can be configured
to have the COMTRADE
waveform capture attached
to the e-mail’s body.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Periodic Email Message

9

Trigger options include:
●

●

●
●

●

9

Out of limits: over
100 triggers
Demand overload:
10 triggers
ITIC: 8 triggers
Fast transient: dV/dT and
absolute per phase
Sub-cycle disturbance—
dV/dt and absolute

9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-33

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9

Metering Devices

ITIC Analysis Plot
The Power Xpert Meter
graphic display (option) and
Web server include a graphic
representation of the ITIC plot
(Power Xpert Meter 6000/
8000) with counts of
disturbances and transients
that have occurred. The ITIC
plot organizes events into
8 distinct disturbance zones
corresponding to severity and
a 9th zone for transients. A
pass/fail count is displayed
to indicate how many events
are outside the ITIC limits.
Clicking on any counter in the
ITIC Web page will link the
user to the event view and
display all triggered events
in the selected zone.

This makes it simple to view
disturbance waveforms
associated with the ITIC plot.

●

●

A separate ITIC graph is
available to review individual
ITIC events. This graph will
show the user the event
hit position on the graph
and the event duration
and magnitude.

Each of the 8 inputs are
interrupt driven, allowing
for 1 ms accuracy of digital
events time stamps (1 ms
accuracy requires local NTP
TimeServer). Inputs can also
be configured for demand
synch and pulse counting.
Inputs selected for pulse
counting can be scaled.
Interval by interval pulse
recordings are maintained in
profile memory and can be

Inputs and Outputs
Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 is available with
an optional digital I/O card,
which includes:
●

Three relay outputs—
5A max. continuous,
240 Vac max., 30 Vdc max.
Two solid-state outputs—
80 mA max. continuous,
30 Vdc max.

Eight digital inputs—
self sourced 24 Vdc

displayed graphically. Outputs
can be used for KYZ, or alarm
annunciation.
Ratings
●
Application to 500 kV,
no PTs to 600V
●
CT ratios selectable from
standard 120/600 Vac line
●
CT inputs accept 5A
secondary
●
Power supply:
●
Standard 120/240 Vac
or 110/250 Vdc

Storage Capacity
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Estimated Memory and Storage Capacity with 2/4/8 GB Memory Capacity
Occurrence Per Month 1

Memory Usage (MB)

Months of Capacity 2

Model

Memory

Event

File Size (KB)

Typical

Severe

Typical

Severe

Typical

Severe

PXM 4000

2 GB

Subcycle Disturbance

1260

10

60

12.3

73.8

166

28

PXM 6000

4 GB

ITIC Event

1260

5

20

6.2

24.6

666

166

Subcycle Disturbance

1260

10

60

12.3

73.8

333

55

ITIC + Subcycle Disturbance

Total--->

15

80

18.5

98.4

222

42

ITIC Event

1260

5

20

6.2

24.6

1332

333

Subcycle Disturbance

1260

10

60

12.3

73.8

666

111

Transients

2048

3

30

6.0

60.0

1365

137

ITIC + Subcycle Disturbance + Transients

Total--->

18

110

24.5

158.4

335

52

PXM 8000

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

8 GB

Notes
1 The typical and server power quality event occurrences are estimates and may vary depending on the electrical environment.
2 Memory is not allocated by event category; memory is used first come, first served.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-34

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Features and Benefits

9

Power Xpert Meter 4000
●
Harmonics, including
individual harmonics
●
Disturbance capture
●
Low frequency transient
detection and capture
●
Standard power
quality index

Power Xpert Meter 6000
●
Interharmonics
●
Flicker calculations
●
ITIC performance curve
●
Event calendar view
●
Events timeline view
●
Sequence of events
waveform plot
●
Enhanced power
quality index

Power Xpert Meter 8000
●
Impulsive transient
capture at 6 MHz
●
100,000 samples
per cycle
●
Premium power
quality index

9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

9

Power Xpert Meter
Feature

4000

6000

8000

Benefit

9
9

General
Embedded Web server

■

■

■

Use a standard Web browser to monitor and manage the meter over the network, Internet

TOU metering support

■

■

■

Time of usage can be set up to support 4 different schedules

Firmware flash update support

■

■

■

Enables you to flash the meter with the latest firmware updates

Self-learning capability (characterizes “normal” per circuit)

■

■

■

The meter can automatically adjust to the environment and alarm only when
“real” events occur

Voltage, current: per phase minimum, maximum, average, trend graph analysis, ■
export, print

■

■

Review voltage and current trends, export, print and analyze parameters right on the meter
or external software

Energy and demand plot comparisons month-to-month, week-to-week

■

■

■

Plot two months or two weeks for vivid energy or demand comparison

Power: power factor, apparent, real, reactive, frequency

■

■

■

Review power usage and power factor and avoid potential PF penalties

Energy, demand: forward, reverse, net, sum, tou, profile, previous month
comparison, graph analysis, export, print

■

■

■

Keep track of your energy usage, compare time of usage and usage against previous month,
identify peaks to conserve energy usage

Statistical analysis (min., max., average)

■

■

■

Review statistical trends, identify past and future problem areas

Sag and swell monitoring, management and recording

■

■

■

Capture electrical sags and swells and analyze the waveforms

Symmetrical Components: Zero, Negative, Positive

■

■

■

Analyze possibly unbalanced three-phase power systems

Low frequency transient detection and capture

■

■

■

Capture lower frequency transient waveforms for retrospective analysis or e-mailing

Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle

4096 1

4096 1

100,000

Extremely high sampling rate will effectively capture impulsive transients

“Number of Nines” uptime data (e.g., 6 nines = 99.9999%)

■

■

■

Review uptime availability per cent

K-factor

■

■

■

Review the ratio of eddy current losses, e.g., when driving nonlinear and linear loads

Crest factor

■

■

■

Review the peak-to-average ratio of the waveform

9

■

■

■

Define appropriate security access level per user

9

Modbus TCP

■

■

■

Easy integration with standard protocol to power management and other software

■

■

■

9

Modbus RTU

Integrate meters to existing Modbus networks, daisy chain several (1–16) meters together

HTML

■

■

■

Communicate to the meter over the Internet via standard Web browser

SNMP (simple network management protocol)

■

■

■

Communicate with the meter via Simple Network Protocol; hook to existing NMS system

SMTP (simple mail transfer protocol)

■

■

■

Send e-mail messages via standard Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

FTP (file transfer protocol)

■

■

■

Access, copy, paste, cut waveform capture files on the meter with an FTP Client

NTP (network time protocol)

■

■

■

Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network up
to the 1 millisecond resolution

COMTRADE, open IEEE Standard file format for
Waveform capture export

■

■

■

Import waveform captures in standard IEEE (C37.111-1999) COMTRADE file format to thirdparty software

DNP 3.0 over Ethernet (Distributed Network Protocol)

■

■

■

Communicate with the meter via DNP 3.0 over Ethernet; hook to existing utility systems

9
9

Power, Energy and Demand

9

Power Quality Analysis

Notes
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.
1 Delta-Sigma A/D oversampling rate.

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9
9
9

Communications and I/O

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9

Security
Secure 5 level user access privileges

9

V3-T9-35

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9.3
9

Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000, continued
Power Xpert Meter

9

Feature

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

4000

6000

8000

Benefit

Trend measurements CSV file export

■

■

■

Easily export trend measurements to third-party applications, e.g., Microsoft Excel in
standard CSV file format

I/O (8 digital inputs, 3 relay outputs, 2 solid-state KYZ outputs)

■

■

■

The Power Xpert I/O Card is extremely flexible and can be used in a large variety of
different applications. Digital inputs and relay outputs can be programmed to interact
during various conditions defined by the user. Various third-party devices, such as
alarm, pulse meters, trip units, sensors can be easily integrated to the Power Xpert
Meter. Triggers and events can be tied to the meters standard functions such as e-mail,
logs and trends

Communications and I/O, continued)

9
9

Time Synchronization

9

NTP time synchronization up to 1 millisecond accuracy

■

■

■

Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network up
to the 1 millisecond resolution

9

GPS time synchronization up to 1 millisecond accuracy

■1

■1

■1

The GPS option allows the meter to synchronize time over the GPS satellite positioning
system up to the 1 millisecond resolution

9

Logs
Trend logging

■

■

■

Log trend information for easy statistical analysis

9

Load profile

■

■

■

Review the load profile graph to get a better understanding of your electrical load
versus time

9

Event logging

■

■

■

Log events for retrospective event analysis

9

Standard memory, GB

2

4

8

Store large amounts of waveform captures and events for historical analysis

Memory and Storage

9

Harmonics
Harmonic levels

127

127

127

Provides extremely fast, high resolution D/A conversion

9

Total harmonic distortion (THD)

■

■

■

Review the total harmonic distortion level directly on the meter

Delta-Sigma D/A conversion technology

■

■

■

Provides extremely fast, high resolution D/A conversion

9

Harmonics over-sampling (4096 samples per cycle)

■

■

■

Over-sampling enables the usage of Anti-Aliasing technology, increasing accuracy

9

Anti-alias filtering

■

■

■

Technology to remove out-of-band signal components resulting in more accurate data

Individual harmonics

■

■

■

Review individual harmonic levels directly on the meter

9

Total demand distortion (TDD)

■

■

■

Identify harmful harmonics in e.g. lightly loaded variable-speed drive environments where
THD may be high but not relative

9

Interharmonics

■

■

Interharmonics allow you to see what is going on between the integer multiples of the
fundamental. Zoom in on the harmonics trend graph and review frequency content every
5 Hz instead of every 60 Hz

9

Highlights

9

Sub-cycle disturbance capturing

■

■

■

Capture fast voltage changes/low frequency transient (e.g. capacitor switching transient)

dV/dt triggers for sub-cycle oscillatory transients

■

■

■

Detect and record a large magnitude oscillation transient resulting in equipment damage

9

Absolute threshold and dV/dt triggering

■

■

■

Detect and record if a surge suppressor is necessary

Power quality index—standard (includes dv/dt count, %TDDi and %THDv)

■

■

■

Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format

9

Power quality index—enhanced (includes Standard Index plus Sag level,
Swell level and Flicker)

■

■

Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format (includes ITIC events
and flicker calculations)

9

Flicker calculations

■

■

Detect and quantify low frequency rms voltage variations causing incandescent
lighting flicker

Automatic trigger setting

■

■

Trigger thresholds are automatically set according to ITIC (CBEMA) standard, no need to
figure this out by yourself

Automatic event severity analysis

■

■

Automatically analyze the severity of the event with the ITIC (CBEMA) performance curve
plot, see where the event actually hit

9
9
9
9

Notes
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.
1 When used with third-party device and I/O option.

9
9
9
V3-T9-36

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000, continued

9

Power Xpert Meter
Feature

4000

9

6000

8000

Benefit

Event severity counters

■

■

An ITIC (CBEMA) event counter keeps track of the number of all sags, swells and
transients

ITIC (Information Technology Industry Council), previously CBEMA
performance curve

■

■

ITIC (Information Technology Industry Council), previously CBEMA performance curve for
easy power problem evaluation

9

Custom ITIC (CBEMA) plot with individual event magnitude and duration

■

■

Review custom ITIC (CBEMA) plots of individual events showing you the actual
magnitude, duration and hit are in a simple graphical representation

9

Event calendar view

■

■

The Events Timeline calendar view provides instant insight to the frequency of power
events and helps detect reoccurring problems

9

Events timeline view

■

■

View and understand the sequence of events that have occurred during a period of time

Sequence of events and events plot on waveform

■

■

Plot color-coded events on a captured waveform to gain insight into the sequence of
events cycle per cycle

9

■

Complex power quality data put into simple graphic format (includes ITIC events and
flicker calculations)

Highlights, continued

Power quality index—premium (at-a-glance “thermometer” view of
power quality)
High-Speed Transient Capture and Detection
6 MHz capture of impulsive transients

■

Capture impulsive transients by taking 6 samples every millionth of a second

Transient Capture Duration: ~20 ms/6 MHz ~120 ms/1 MHz

■

Record and analyze transients during a longer timeframe

Waveform recorded at 100,000 samples per cycle

■

High-speed ensures impulsive transients are correctly captured (fast rise time)

Three-phase voltage and neutral-to-ground fast transient capture

■

Capture impulsive transients on all 4 channels

9

9
9
9
9

Notes
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-37

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Graphic Display (Option) Features
Highlighting an individual
A menu-driven graphical
reading on the detail
display with information
summary level screen and
organized into a user-friendly
selecting it drills down to a
information architecture.
level including links to min./
The homepage (see below)
max., historical trend plots,
offers:
triggers, harmonic spectral
data and waveform viewing.
●
Graphical level indicator
Selecting the trend plot for
based on a statistical
a given parameter displays
analysis for three-phase
a historical graph of the
line-to-line and line-toselected parameter over
neutral voltage and per
the last 16 hours. The zoom
phase currents to quickly
buttons change the time
indicate out of normal
scale to one of several data
readings
views based on historical
●
Large easy-to-read average
averages with min./max. The
L-L voltage average phase
Pan button allows scrolling
currents and system
within the selected view.
frequency can be
highlighted and selected
using the navigation
control dial to drill down
for additional detail
●
Menu selections for meter,
power, quality, events and
setup are shown for ease
of navigation into display
for more detail, or basic
device setup
Trend Plot

9

Waveforms can be displayed
for currents and voltages.
The waveforms can be
viewed on demand for
steady-state conditions.
Triggered waveforms can
also be displayed to view
sag/swell or transient data.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Harmonic Spectrum

The harmonic spectral plot
displays both harmonics and
interharmonics up to the
85th order. A detailed table
also includes individual
magnitudes and angles
of current and voltage
harmonics, as well as a
harmonic power calculation
at each frequency.

Ethernet Settings

Ethernet and other settings
can be input or verified via
the Power Xpert Meter
LCD display.
Note: Some of the other settings
are specific only to the Web
Browser GUI.

Homepage

Highlighting a field such as
the avg. current value and
pressing the navigation control
dial brings up a detail screen
like the one below.

9

Waveform Viewer

9

ITIC Plot (Power Xpert 6000/8000)

9
9
9

Current Summary

9
9

The Power Xpert Meter
classifies disturbances and
summarizes the results
graphically using the ITIC plot.
The number of ITIC sags and
swells are indicated for each
of nine severity levels.
A pass/fail summary is
shown to indicate how many
events are outside the ITIC
pass zone.

9
V3-T9-38

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Graphic Display
(Option) Screens
Meter Top Level Screen

Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Web Browser Views

9
9

V-LL avg, V-LN avg, IA, IB, IC,
Iavg, freq.

9

Meter Detail Screens

9

Per phase detail L-L, L-N,
Symmetrical Comp, Aux.
Channels, Min./Max. with
date/time of occurrence,
Trend Plots, Triggers,
Phasors.

9
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Web
Browser Homepage (Note: 4000 does
not include flicker, ITIC)

Power Top Level Screen
Three-Phase Power Factor,
kWHr, kWd, Real-Time kW,
kVAR, kVA, Load Profile Link.
Power Detail Screens
Per phase detail, kVA, kVAR,
kW, Min./Max. with date/
time of occurrence, Trend
Plots, Triggers.
Quality Top Level Screen
10 min. and 24 hr. PQIndex,
THDI, THDV, K-factor, Crest
Factor, Flicker Pst,%9’s of
Reliability.
Quality Detail Screens
Per phase detail L-L,
L-N,V aux, Odd, Even,
Interharmonics, Present,
Min/Max, Trend Plots,
Harmonic spectrum plots,
waveform plots.
Events Top Level Screen
Active/Acknowledged Event
list, Trigger List, System Log,
ITIC Curve Link.

Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000’s embedded
Web server offers Eaton
customers a new level of
accessibility to the critical
information required to
manage the electrical
distribution system. The
embedded Web server
includes real-time circuit
information in both numeric
and graphical formats to help
monitor circuit parameters
such as current loading,
voltage and power levels,
power factor.
The Web server also provides
the energy and demand
readings required to help
manage the cost of energy.
Readings include kWh,
kVARh, delivered and
received and kVAh with
time-of-use and separate
status input controlled energy
accumulation to account for
energy during special times
such as rate alert periods
or stand-by generator times
of operation.

Steady-State Waveform

The Web server allows the
user to view waveforms of
the voltage and current to
spot power quality problems
such as notching.

Events Timeline
(Power Xpert 6000/8000)

View and understand the
sequence of events that have
occurred during a period
of time. Plot color-coded
events on captured
waveforms to gain insight
into the sequence of events
from one single cycle to the
next one. This provides the
user an excellent vantage
point to review and compare
multiple events at an
unprecedented resolution.

Event List, Condition,
Acknowledge Button,
Trigger Date/Time, Trigger
description.
Setup Top Level Screen

The harmonic spectral plot
displays both harmonics and
interharmonics up to the
85th order. A detailed table
also includes individual
magnitudes and angles of
current and voltage
harmonics, as well as a
harmonic power calculation
at each frequency. Even, odd
and total THD are displayed
for diagnostic purposes. In
addition, the Power Xpert
6000/8000 provides
interharmonics, which allow
users to see what is going
on between the integer
multiples of the fundamental.

View setup, Edit setup,
Login, Logout.
Setup Detail Screens
Quick Setup, Trigger setup,
Detail setting.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Historical Trend Plot

Graphical Trending of Data
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 embedded Web
server supports graphical
trend charts of key circuit
measurements such as
current, voltage, power and
energy. The trend chart
supports a zoom feature
that allows the user to view
data over a short period of
16 hours or a longer period of
48 months. The trend chart
has a horizontal slider bar
control to manage scrolling
forward and backward
through the data. Trend
charts of basic readings
include minimum, maximum
and average readings. Trend
charts of energy data also
display demand values.

The Web server also includes
critical information regarding
Power Quality such as
harmonic distortion, flicker
(Power Xpert Meter 6000/
8000), crest factor, K-Factor
and more.

Event Detail Screens

Harmonic Spectral Plot

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-39

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Relay Outputs
The optional PXIO-B card
includes three 5A form C
relay outputs rated for
240 Vac or 30 Vdc. These
outputs can be used for
applications such as:

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●
●

Energy Comparison

Energy usage patterns can be
effortlessly analyzed with the
month-to-month, week-toweek comparison chart. Raw
data can be easily exported
with the “Save Table” option
to other applications such as
Excel for further analysis or
graphing (firmware version
12.x.x and higher only).
Note: All data logging for
trend plotting is automatically
preconfigured in all of the Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
meters. In addition, the 6000
and 8000 Series meters have
sag, swell and transient triggers
built-in according to the ITIC
(CBEMA) standard.

9
9

Disturbance Recording

Events Calendar
(Power Xpert 6000/8000)

Sag/Swell Recording
60 cycles of waveform are
recorded at 256 samples per
cycle including 30 cycles of
pre- and post-trigger data.
The Power Xpert Meter 4000/
6000/8000 embedded Web
server supports viewing of
triggered waveforms one
channel at a time including
the ability to zoom and to
scroll horizontally using a
slider bar. Waveforms are
stored in Power Xpert
Meter’s 4000/6000/8000
non-volatile flash memory
using an industry standard
Comtrade format.
Waveforms can be
automatically sent out by
e-mail following an event,
or can be retrieved from an
FTP directory structure in the
meter module’s memory.

The Events Timeline calendar
view provides instant insight
to the frequency of power
events and helps detect
reoccurring problems. Colorcoded events can be filtered
to detect specific issues.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Alarm outputs can be driven
from triggers based on
metering values. Output
modes include:
●

●

●

Configuration Page

Web Server Device
Configuration
Special software is not
required to configure a Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000.
The embedded Web server
includes comprehensive
device set-up capability.

Demand Comparison

Demand comparison
compares power
consumption day-to-day,
month-to-month or week-toweek. Power Xpert Meters
can set to measure demand
at 1 to 60 minute intervals.
Both sliding and fixed interval
windows are supported for
maximum flexibility.

9
9
9

ITIC Analysis Plot
(Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000)

The ITIC Web page includes
counters to track the
occurrence of disturbances
and a pass/fail summary.
In addition, selecting any
disturbance counter links to
a detailed event view of the
disturbances in that ITIC
category. Disturbance
waveforms can be viewed
from the browser.

●

●

●

●

Status indication with time
stamping of transitions
(1 ms precision).
Pulse counting of KYZ or
other utility pulses such
as air, water or gas.
High-speed triggering of
waveforms based on
events such as breaker
trips or static transfers
Demand interval timing
taken from a master utility
meter end of interval pulse

Status inputs are self sourced
providing a nominal 24 Vdc
(20–30 Vdc) across the circuit.

9
9

Normal—relay energized
during alarm condition
Latched—relay energized
by event trigger,
de-energized by
acknowledgement
Timed—relay energized by
event trigger, maintained
for a programmed interval.

Communications Expansion
Card (CEC)
The optional CEC Card offers
two Ethernet connection
options, 10/100Base-T and
a fiber-optic port that can
be used for the following
applications:
●

●

Discrete Contact Inputs
The optional PXIO-B
expansion card offers 8 digital
inputs that are useful for a
variety of applications such as:

Alarm annunciation
KYZ pulse output

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Monitoring, managing and
configuring the meter
remotely using a standard
Web browser interface like
Microsoft Internet Explorer
Alarm notifications via
e-mail, SMTP
Enabling access to the
meter’s FTP server
(energy, trend and
waveform logs)
Providing Modbus TCP/IP
or RTU communications
to BMS systems
Providing DNP 3.0 over
Ethernet to utility systems
Providing SNMP
communications to
NMS systems
Synchronizing with an
NTP server for 1ms
timestamping resolution
Asset management
via SNMP to Network
Management Systems
Updating firmware on
the meter

Names can be configured for
each input for ease of use.

9
V3-T9-40

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Flicker (EN61000-4-15; Power Xpert Meter 6000/8000)
Flicker values for
perceptibility, PST and PLT
are calculated based on
EN61000-4-15 guidelines.

Power at a Glance

9.3

Easily Upgrade Your Power
Xpert Meter 4000 to a 6000
Eaton understands that our
customers’ needs change
over time. That’s why we’ve
developed meters that can
grow with you. Once a Power
Xpert Meter is purchased,
you have the ability to
upgrade to a Power Xpert
Meter 6000, with no
intervention from Eaton,
when needed. All the
features of the Power Xpert
Meter 4000 that you have
been using and depend on
remain, however, once
updated, all the additional
features of the Power Xpert
Meter 6000 are available. The
self-upgrade is available on
Eaton’s website. You’ll need
a credit card, your Power
Xpert Meter 4000 serial
number and data code (you
will be presented with this
information if you are using
the upgrade link directly from
your Power Xpert Meter)
and your e-mail address.
Once you have completed
the purchase, we will send
you your new license key
information via e-mail that
will allow you to complete
the upgrade.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-41

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Module Layout
g

9

hj

k

9
9

l

a

9

e

9

b

9

d

n

9
9
9
9

m

c

f

q

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

r

i p

o

I/O Card
a Digital inputs 1–8 (option)
b Solid-state outputs 1–2 (option)
c Relay outputs 1–3 (option)
CT and Voltage Connections
d CT input connections
e Standard three-phase voltage phase inputs
f Aux. channel voltage inputs (option)
Communication Expansion Card (LAN/WAN Ethernet Networking)
g 100FX ST-type Ethernet (multi-mode) (option)
h 10/100Base-T Ethernet (option)
i RS-485 (two-wire w/shield)—24V accessory power (com 2)
Standard Features
j Local RJ-45 config. port (non-networkable Ethernet)
k RS-485 (two-wire w/shield) Modbus RTU (com 1)
l Meter mounting brackets
m Sealable mode switch cover
n Control power (100–240 Vac and 110–250 Vdc) (±20%)
o Display RS-485 Network port (up to 15 meters)—24V accessory power (com 0)
p RS-232 (Tx Rx) Modbus RTU (com (3) (option)
q Meter base address
r Com Reset Button

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-42

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Catalog Number Selection
To order a Power Xpert
Meter 4000/6000/8000, the
catalog number should be
determined using the chart
shown below. The chart
illustrates how to include the
desired factory options as
part of a catalog number.
Option cards that are
selected at time of order
entry will be installed at the

factory. Option cards are
also field installable for
field upgrades.
If a display is required, it
should be ordered separately.
The multi-meter graphic
display is capable of
displaying data from an
RS-485 daisychain of up to
16 Power Xpert Meter 4000/

6000/8000 modules over a
distance of up to 1000 ft.
Power Xpert Meter modules
include panel mounting
brackets. The multi-meter
graphic display is designed to
mount separately. If back-toback meter to display panel
mounting is desired, a
mounting bracket kit is
available (PX-PMBA).

Example 1: PXM8251A1BB
(PXM 8000 Meter, w/ VAUX,
Std. Pwr, Com. Exp. &
I/O Cards)
Example 2: PXM6251A1BA
(PXM 6000 Meter, w/ VAUX,
Std. Pwr, Com. Exp. Card)

9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

9

PXM 8 0 5 1 A 1 B B

9
9

Model Series
4 = 4000 (Standard
power quality, 2 GB)
6 = 6000 (Enhanced
power quality, 4 GB)
8 = 8000 (Premium PQ
w/ transient capture, 8 GB)
Voltage Input Configuration
0 = Standard (V1, V2, V3, V4)
2 = Standard plus auxiliary
(V6, V7, V8)

Power Supply Configuration
1 = Standard 100–240 Vac or
110–250 Vdc power supply

9

Card Slot 3 Configuration
A = No card option
B = I/O option card
(8 digital inputs, 2 solid-state
outputs, 3 relay outputs)

9
9

Card Slot 2 Configuration
A = No card option
B = Communication expansion card
for LAN/WAN Ethernet
networking w/10/100Base-T,
100F, RS-485, RS-232 ports

9
9
9

Card Slot 1 Configuration
1 = Standard Communications Module with RS-485

9
9

Example 1: PXM8251A5BB (PXM 8000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp. and I/O cards)
Example 2: PXM6251A6BA (PXM 6000 meter, w/ VAUX, std. pwr., com. exp.card)

9
9

Accessories

9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000

9

Description

Catalog
Number

Graphic display module

PXD-MMG

9

1

Communication expansion card for LAN/WAN Ethernet networking: 100FX fiber-optic, 10/100T, RS-485, RS-232

PXMCE-B

Digital I/O card: eight digital input, two solid-state output, three relay output

PXMIO-B 1

Panel mounting bracket assembly for back-to-back meter to graphic display mounting

PX-PMBA

Panel mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a graphic display to an IQ Analyzer cutout

PX-PMBB

Panel mounting bracket assembly for reduced graphic display rear clearance

PX-PMBC

Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 license upgrade key

PXM-4KUPG

9
9
9
9

Notes
1 These items can be ordered separately or preinstalled in the meter by selecting option B in the model number.

9

Communication cable (standard Modbus RTU) is not included in the package for meter module connection.

9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-43

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Technical Data and Specifications
Environmental Conditions
●
Operating temperature:
●
Meter: –20 to +70°C
●
Display: –20 to +60°C
operating
●
Storage temperature:
–40 to +85°C
●
Operating humidity:
5% to 95% condensing
●
Device weight: 7.1 lbs—
meter 2.1 lbs—display
●
Meter and back of
display are pollution
degree 2
●
Elevation to 6562 ft
(2000m)
Current Inputs (Each Channel)
●
Conversion: 4096 samples
per cycle delta-sigma
converter digitally filtered
down to 512 samples
per cycle
●
CT Input: 4096 rms
samples per cycle deltasigma converter digitally
filtered down to 512
samples per cycle for
anti-aliasing
●
Burden: less than
10 milliohms
●
Overload withstand:
500A for 1 second,
non-repeating
●
Range: 0.005–20A
continuous
●
Accuracy: 0.05% or
reading plus 0.01%
of full scale (from
50 milliamps to 20A)

Voltage Inputs (Each Channel)
Conversion: 4096 rms
samples per cycle deltasigma converter digitally
filtered down to 512
samples per cycle for
anti-aliasing
●
PT input: 120V–500,000V
primary
●
Input range: 600V L-L,
347 L-N direct connect
●
Nominal full scale:
1000V rms
●
Input impedance:
2 megohms
●

Solid-State Outputs
Maximum load:
100 milliamps
●
Maximum voltage: 30V
(externally sourced)
●

Control Power Input
●
Input range AC:
100–240 Vac (±20%)
●
Frequency range:
47–63 Hz
●
Input range DC:
110–250 Vdc ±20%
●
Burden 50 VA
●
Ride-through: 1–5s

Frequency Range
●
47–63 Hz
Harmonic Response
(Voltage, Current)
●
127th harmonic
Accuracy
●
ANSI C12.20 0.2 Class
●
IEC 687 0.2 Class
Discrete Inputs
●
Self sourced: 24 Vdc
Relay Output Contacts
●
5A maximum, 240 Vac
maximum, 30 Vdc
maximum
●
Lifetime: 1,000,000 no
load operations
●
100,000 under rated
voltage and load

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-44

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

Three-Phase, Three-Wire Delta (Up to 600 Volts)

9

Control
Power
3
(+) L

V3

V4

5

VR

4

3

2

1

9

PSI2

52 51 42 41 32 31 22 21 12 11

9

1

(–) N

V2

9

Current Inputs

Voltage Inputs
V1

Protective
Earth /
Chassis
Ground

Disconnect
Switch
Breaker

9
9

Shorting
Block

Disconnect
Switch

9
9

L2

9

Line

Load

9
L3

9

L1

9
9

Three-Phase, Three-Wire Delta (Above 600 Volts)
Control
Power
3

V1

(+) L

V3

V4

5

VR

4

3

2

1

9

PSI2

52 51 42 41 32 31 22 21 12 11

1

(–) N

V2

9

Current Inputs

Voltage Inputs

9

Protective
Earth /
Chassis
Ground

Disconnect
Switch
Breaker
Disconnect
Switch

9
9

Shorting
Block

9
9
9

L2

9

Line

Load

L3

9

L1

9

Note
Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.

9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-45

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meters Configuration and Wiring Examples
Display Link

Accessories—I/O Card (Option)

9

Up to 16 Meters can be Daisy-Chained to a Single
Power Xpert Meter LCD Display

9
9

Flow Meter
(Pulse Count)
…Up to 16

9

Rack Monitoring—
Open Door/Tamper Switch

9

Display Link (RS-485)

9

Modbus RTU (RS-485)—Non-Web Enabled

9

Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Master

• Eight Programmable Digital Inputs
• Two Solid-State Programmable Outputs
• Three Relay Programmable Outputs

9
9

IT Configuration Examples—Accessories—I/O Card (Option
Modbus RTU (RS-485)

9

…Up to 16

9
9
9
9

Water Leak and
Vibration Sensors
Display Link (RS-485)

Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
Tamper Switch

Web Enabled—Browser and Modbus TCP
Web
Browser

Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Master

Modbus TCP
Master

9

Alarm

9
9

…Up to 16

9
9

Smoke Alarm
• 8 Programmable Digital Inputs
• 2 Solid-State Programmable Outputs
• 3 Relay Programmable Outputs

Modbus RTU (RS-485)

9
9

Trip and Sequence
of Events

Alarm

Display Link (RS-485)

Web Enabled—Advanced System Functionality
Modbus RTU (RS-485)
Master

Power Xpert
Software

Web
Browser

Modbus TCP
Master

9
9
9
Modbus RTU (RS-485)

9
9
9

Display Link (RS-485)

9
9
V3-T9-46

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Multimeter Graphic Display (PXD-MMG)—Sold Separately,
Supports up to 16 Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Modules

9
9

7.22
(183.5)
1.50
(38.1)

9

1.45
(36.8)

CW
Factory Sealed

9

5X #8 – 32 Thread
Thread Depth 0.31
7.80
(198.0)

3.00 Ref.
(76.2)

0.57
(14.5)

Health

9

3.00 Ref.
(76.2)

9
9

Events

9
9.02
(229.0)

7.22
(183.5)

Model#: PX8000
Catalog#: PX8054A1CB
Style#: 65D8054G010
Serial#: 000042
G.O.#: XXXXXXXXXX
Power Supply: 24 VDC (+/ -20%)
SELV, 8W MAX.
Oper Temp: -20 TO 60°C

7.76 Ref.
(197.1)

9

Rev: 1
Date Code: C050131

9

MADE IN CANADA

Push to Select • Hold for Help
Turn to Highlight

9

Customer Satisfaction for Techni cal Support

BACK

www.EatonElectrical or
htt //
1 -800 -809E t 2772
El t or
i 1l 414E18555
9

24VDC Input
Power

DG3 -

CW

1.04
(26.3)

Display Link
Com 0

DG2-

10/100 T
Li
TXR
nk
DX

4

3 2 1
C 24
O + SH

DG13

2

SH D
B

1
D
A

9
9

4.00 Ref.
(101.6)

9

0.46
(11.6)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-47

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Module

9

9.56 (242.8)

9
9
9
9

4x Ø 0.20
(Ø 5.2)

9

4x R0.11
(R2.8)

9

6.72 (208.3)
8.88 (255.6)

9

6.33 (160.8)

9
9
9

8.32
(211.3)

9

5.00
(127.0)

7.36
(186.9)

9
9

1.60
(40.6)

9

8.20 (208.3)

0.42 (10.7)

9
9
9
9

Meter Base Unit
Width

Height

Depth

9.56 (242.8)

8.88 (225.6)

6.72 (170.8) 1

Width

Depth

Display Unit

9

Height

9

9.02 (229.0)

9
9

0.34
(8.6)

Projection In Front of Panel Surface
7.80 (198.1)

1.04 (26.3)

7.80 (198.1)

1.45 (36.8)

Behind Panel Surface
9.02 (229.0)

Note
1 Including optional wall mounting brackets.

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-48

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30

V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

An Eaton
Green Solution

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Product Description
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
Series power quality
instrument monitors the
most critical aspects of an
electrical distribution system.
This premier power quality
metering instrument uses the
latest in advanced technology
to make it simple to use,
powerful, scalable and highly
flexible. The Power Xpert
Meter 2000 offers the
same level of intuitive user
interface design as the Power
Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000,
presenting critical electrical
distribution system
information in a simple
to navigate and easy-tounderstand information
architecture.

The embedded Web server
displays comprehensive
power quality data using
standard Internet browsers
and allows for device
configuration from the
browser. The embedded
Web server presents real
time, historical and event
information in a browser-style
graphical format to help the
user interpret information
such as current loading,
voltage and power levels,
power factor, energy usage,
I/O status, power quality
measurements, as well
as harmonic plots. The
embedded Web server also
allows for waveform capture
and for visualizing steadystate harmonic content that is
critical for power quality
analysis.
The Web server provides the
energy and demand readings
required to help manage the
cost of energy.

Application Description

9

Identify Power Quality Problems
to Help:
●
Protect motors from
damage
●
Preserve the integrity of
processes and batches
●
Prevent blown capacitor
bank fuses
●
Protect transformers and
conductors from
overheating

9
9
9
9
9
9

Monitor Circuit Loading
to Help:
●
Avoid overloads and
nuisance overload trips
●
Maximize equipment
utilization
●
Manage emergency
overloads

9
9
9
9

Manage Energy Utilization
to Help:
●
Reduce peak demand
charges and power
factor penalties
●
Identify excessive energy
consumption

9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-49

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Features, Benefits and
Functions

9

Metered/Monitored Parameters

9
9
9
9
9

Note: See Table on
Page V3-T9-53.
●

●
●

●
●
●

9

●

9

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●
●
●
●

Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L,
Avg. L-N
Phase and neutral currents
Power: real, reactive
and apparent
Frequency
Power factor: apparent
Energy: real, forward,
reverse, sum
Demand: peak with date
and time
% THD
Minimum and maximum
values
Harmonics
Individual harmonics
Demand comparisons
Phasors

Note: Under typical operating
conditions.
●
●

●
●

Currents: 0.1% RV
Voltage: 0.1% RV
Energy and demand
power: 0.2% in accordance
with ANSI C12.20
Frequency: ±0.03 Hz
Power factor: 0.2% RV

9

Communications
Multiple communications
ports including:

9

Standard

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

■

●

RS-485 Modbus RTU
slave port
10/100Base-T Ethernet
network port

Communication Protocols
Supported
●
Modbus RTU
●
Modbus TCP
●
BACnet/IP
●
Ethernet TCP/IP
●
HTTP, HTTPS
●
NTP (Network Time
Protocol)
●
SMTP (Simple Mail
Transfer Protocol)
●
SNMP (Simple Network
Management Protocol)
v1, v3
●
DNP 3.0

V3-T9-50

●

●

Accuracy

●

Physical Characteristics
Format

●

Power Xpert Meter 2000
with integral display
Power Xpert Meter 2000
transducer only (no display)
meter module
NEMA rating: NEMA 12,
IP42 front of panel rating

Power Xpert 2000 Embedded
Web Server
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
embedded Web server offers
Eaton customers a new level
of accessibility to the critical
information required to
manage their electrical
distribution system. The
Web server includes real-time
information in both numeric
and graphical visual formats
to help monitor parameters
such as current loading,
voltage and power levels,
power factor, THD and more.
The Web server also provides
energy and demand readings
with graphic usage plots to
help analyze energy usage
patterns. Energy readings
include kWh, kVARh, delivered
and received and kVAh
with time.
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
embedded Web server
supports graphical trend charts
of key measurements such as
current, voltage, power and
energy. The trend chart
supports a zoom feature that
allows the user to view data
over predefined ranges from
as little as 16 hours to as much
as 4 years. The trend chart
includes zoom in/out buttons
and a horizontal slider bar
control to manage scrolling
forward and backward through
the data. Trend charts of basic
readings include minimum,
maximum and average
readings. Trend charts of
interval by interval energy data
also display peak demand.
Waveform Display
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
can record waveforms at up to
512 samples per cycle.
Waveform captures are
automatically stored on the
FTP server in the IEEE
standard COMTRADE file
format. This allows users to
view and analyze the

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

waveforms in any standard
free-of-charge or commercial
COMTRADE file viewer.
Historical Trend Logging
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
records historical data for
graphical viewing from the
embedded Web server.
Graphical views of historical
data support pan and zoom.
Over 100 standard metering
parameters are logged as
part of the standard meter
functionality including min./
max. and average for each
parameter. The averages
are calculated over the
interval period.
Energy Profile Data
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
records Real and Reactive
energy forward, reverse, net
and absolute sum, as well
as apparent energy (kVAH).
These readings are stored
on a fixed 5 minute interval.
Up to 4 status inputs can
be configured as energy
accumulators for counting
KYZ pulse inputs.
Demand Comparisons
Demand usage patterns can
be analyzed with the monthto-month, week-to-week
comparison chart built into
the meter. Raw data can be
exported as a.csv file with the
“Save Table” option to other
applications for further
analysis and graphing.

The on-board gateway limits
can trigger an alarm off of any
measured parameter on any
of the PXM 2000 model
series. These triggers permit
pickup, reset and pickup
delay to be configured by
the user.
Event Logging
The Power Xpert Meter
2000 embedded Web server
allows the user to view a
list of triggered events. In
addition, a separate system
log records system operations
such as resets.
E-mail
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
contains the ability to send
e-mails based on an event
that has been triggered or
cleared along with the option
to send an event or data log
file. The Power Xpert Meter
2000 also has the ability to
send a configurable periodic
e-mail with meter
information.
Inputs and Outputs
Power Xpert Meter 2000 is
available with a standard KYZ
output and optional digital I/O
cards that includes:
●

●

●

●

Event Triggers
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
has two levels of configurable
event triggers:
●

●

On-board meter limits
(PXM 2260/2270/2280/
2290)
On-board gateway
card limits

The on-board meter limits
can be set for any measured
parameter, for up to 16 limits.
If either of the 16 limits are
exceeded, an alarm condition
will be present and illuminate
one of the LEDs on the meter
faceplate. The on-board
meter out of limits can also
be used to energize a relay
output, if so equipped.

CA08100004E—November 2013

Two relay outputs/two
status inputs
Four KYZ pulses/four
status inputs
Four analog outputs
0–1 mA
Four analog outputs
4–20 mA

Inputs can also be configured
for demand synch and pulse
counting. Inputs selected for
pulse counting can be scaled.
Accumulated pulse recordings
are maintained in profile
memory. Outputs can be
used for alarm annunciation.
Ratings
●
Application to any PT ratio,
no PTs required to 600 Vac
●
CT ratios to any CT ratio
●
CT inputs available as 5 or
1A secondary
●
Separate source control
power input:
●
90–265 Vac or
100–370 Vdc
●
Low voltage 18–60 Vdc

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Displayed Information
●
Monitored information is
available locally through the
display, the Web browser
or system power
management software

●

●

9.3
9

True rms values through
40th harmonic
ANSI C12.20 Class.2%
revenue metering
specification

9
9
9

Power Xpert 2000 Web Browser Views

9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meter 2000 Web Browser

Power Xpert Meter 2000’s
embedded Web server offers
Eaton customers a new level
of accessibility to the critical
information required to
manage the electrical
distribution system. The
embedded Web server
includes real time circuit
information in both numeric
and graphical formats to help
monitor parameters such as
current loading, voltage and
power levels and power
factor. The Web server also
provides the energy and
demand readings required to
help manage the cost of
energy. Readings include
kWh, kVARh, delivered and
received and kVAh. The Web
server also includes critical
information regarding power
quality such as harmonic
distortion.

Real-Time Visualization of Harmonic
Content

The Web server offers a
waveform view to visualize
steady-state harmonic
content of the voltage
and current to spot power
quality problems.

Harmonic Spectral Plot

The harmonic spectral plot
displays harmonics up to the
40th order. A detailed table
also includes individual
magnitudes and angles of
current and voltage
harmonics, at each
frequency. Individual and
total THD are displayed for
diagnostic purposes.

Energy Demand Profile

Historical Trend Plot

Graphical Trending of Data
The Power Xpert Meter 2000
embedded Web server
supports graphical trend
charts of key circuit
measurements such as
current, voltage, power and
energy. The trend chart
supports a zoom feature
that allows the user to view
data over a short period of
16 hours or a longer period of
48 months. The trend chart
has a horizontal slider bar
control to manage scrolling
forward and backward
through the data. Trend
charts of basic readings
include minimum, maximum
and average readings. Trend
charts of energy data also
display demand values.

Energy managers can view
load profile data compared
against the peak demand.
The plot allows comparison
of present and past months’
usage.
Web Server Device
Configuration
Special software is not
required to configure a
Power Xpert Meter 2000.
The embedded Web server
includes a comprehensive
device configuration engine.
Discrete Contact Inputs
The optional I/O expansion
cards offers two or four
digital inputs that are useful
for a variety of applications
such as:
●

●

Pulse counting of KYZ or
other utility pulses such as
air, water or gas
Demand interval timing
taken from a master utility
meter end of interval pulse

Names can be configured for
each input for ease of use.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-51

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9

●
●

Alarm annunciation
KYZ pulse output

Analog Outputs
The optional IO card includes
either four 4–20 mA outputs
or 0–1 mA outputs. These
outputs can be used for
applications such as:
●

Input to BMS or PLC
systems for tracking a
measured meter
parameter

Standard Communications Card
The standard communications
card provides one Ethernet
connection and 10/100BaseT port (copper only) that can
be used for the following
applications:
●

9

●

9

●

9
●

9

●

9

●

9

PXM 2000 Rear View

c

Alarm outputs can be driven
from triggers based on
metering values.

9

9

Metering Devices

Relay Outputs
The optional I/O card
includes two 5A Form C relay
outputs rated for 240 Vac or
30 Vdc or four Form A solidstate outputs. These outputs
can be used for applications
such as:

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Monitoring, managing and
configuring the meter
remotely using a standard
Web browser interface
Alarm notifications via
email, SMTP
Providing Modbus TCP/IP,
RTU and BACnet/IP
communications to
BMS systems
Providing SNMP
communications to
NMS systems
Synchronizing with an
NTP server
Asset management
Updating firmware on
the meter

a
d

e
b

f
g
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

Power supply inputs
System voltage inputs
NEMA 12 gasket
RS-485
KYZ out
Meter gateway card
I/O slot

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-52

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meter 2250
●
Measures basic meter
parameters
●
256 MB for data logging
●
Ethernet
●
On-board gateway card
limits/alarms
Power Xpert Meter 2260
Features of PXM 2250 plus:
●
Harmonics
●
On-board meter hardware
limits to activate optional
relay outputs
●
Visual indication of limits
exceeded at meter face
●
512 MB for data logging

Power Xpert Meter 2270
Features of PXM 2260 plus:
●
Harmonics, including
individual
●
Waveform view to visualize
steady-state harmonic
content
●
768 MB for data logging

9.3

Power Xpert Meter 2290
Features of PXM 2280 plus:
●
Records waveforms at up
to 512 samples per cycles

9
9
9
9
9

The Power Xpert Meter 2280
Features of PXM 2270 plus:
●
Records waveforms at up
to 64 samples per cycles
●
Configures the total, preand post-event cycles

9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Meters 2250/2260/2270/2280/2290
Power Xpert Meter
2250

2260

2270

2280

2290

Benefit

9

Embedded Web server

■

■

■

■

■

Use a standard Web browser to monitor and manage the meter over the network

9

Firmware flash upgrade support

■

■

■

■

■

Enables you to flash the meter with the latest firmware upgrades

■

■

■

■

■

Review voltage and current trends, export, print and analyze parameters right on the
meter or external software

Demand: forward, reverse, net sum, profile, export, print, plot comparisons ■
month-to-month, week-to-week

■

■

■

■

Plot two months or two weeks for vivid demand comparison, receive e-mails with
trend logs

Power, apparent, real, reactive, power factor

■

■

■

■

■

Review power usage and power factor and avoid potential PF penalties

Energy: forward, reverse, net, sum

■

■

■

■

■

Keep track of your energy usage, identify peaks to conserve energy usage, receive e-mails
with trend logs

Statistical analysis (min., max., average)

■

■

■

■

■

Review statistical trends, identify past and future problem areas

Sampling rate, maximum samples/cycle

400

400

400

400

400

High sampling rate resulting in high accuracy

9

■

■

■

■

■

Define appropriate security access level per user

9

Modbus TCP

■

■

■

■

■

Easy integration with standard protocol to power management and other software

Modbus RTU

■

■

■

■

■

Integrate meters to existing Modbus networks, daisy chain several (1–32)
meters together

BACnet/IP

■

■

■

■

■

Easily integrate into existing building management systems without the need for external
protocol adapters

HTTP, HTTPS

■

■

■

■

■

Communicate to the meter over the Internet via standard Web browser

SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)

■

■

■

■

■

Communicate with the meter via Simple Network Protocol; hook to existing NMS system

SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)

■

■

■

■

■

Send e-mail messages via standard Simple Mail Transfer Protocol

NTP (Network Time Protocol)

■

■

■

■

■

Network Time Protocol support enables the meter to synchronize time over the network

DNP 3.0

■

■

■

■

■

Easy integration with DNP networks (serial)

Trend measurements CSV file export

■

■

■

■

■

Easily export trend measurements to third-party applications, in standard CSV file format

Feature
General

9

Power, Energy and Demand
Voltage, current: per phase minimum, maximum, average, trend graph
analysis, export, print

Power Quality Analysis

9
9
9
9

Security
Secure two level user access privileges

9

Communications

Note
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-53

9.3
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Power Xpert Meters 2250/2260/2270, continued
Power Xpert Meter
Feature

2250

2260

2270

2280

2290

Benefit

Logs
Trend logging

■

■

■

■

■

Log trend information for easy statistical analysis

9

Load profile

■

■

■

■

■

Review the load profile graph to get a better understanding of your electrical load
versus time

9

Event logging

■

■

■

■

■

Log events for retrospective event analysis

9

Memory, MB

256

512

768

768

768

Store trend data and events for historical analysis

Memory and Storage

Harmonics

9

Harmonic levels

40th

40th

40th

40th

Allows you to identify potential harmful harmonics

9

Total harmonic distortion (THD)

■

■

■

■

Review the total harmonic distortion level directly on the meter

Individual harmonics

■

■

■

Provides simple metric for power quality viewable from the embedded Web server

■

■

■

A single-cycle waveform view on a PC, through embedded Web server, to visualize steadystate harmonic content to identify power quality issues

64

512

Ability to record waveforms up to specified samples/cycle

Opt

Opt

The Power Xpert meter 2000 I/O Cards are extremely flexible and can be used in a large
variety of different applications. Digital inputs and relay outputs can be programmed to
interact during various conditions defined by the user. Various third-party devices, such as
alarms, pulse meters, trip units and sensors, can be easily integrated to the Power Xpert
Meter 2000. Triggers and events can be tied to the meter’s standard functions such as
e-mail, logs and trends. Analog outputs can be programmed to output meter parameters
to BMS or PLC systems

9
9
9
9

Waveform
Waveform display
Waveform recording
I/O
I/O (two relay outputs/two status inputs,
four KYZ pulses/four status inputs,
four analog outputs 0–1 mA,
four analog outputs 4–20 mA)

Opt

Opt

Opt

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Note
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features and functionality
may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●
●

UL/cUL Electrical and
Electronic Measuring and
Test Equipment 22CZ
Accuracy: IEC/EN60687
0.2 Class, ANSI C12.20
0.2 Class
ANSI C62.41 Burst
CE Mark

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-54

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Catalog Number Selection

9

Power Xpert Meter 2000

9

PXM 2250 M A 6 5 1 0 5
Model Series 1
2250 = Energy meter
2260 = Power quality meter
2270 = Power quality plus meter
2280 = Power quality plus with up to 64
samples/cycle waveform recording
meter
2290 = Power quality plus with up to 512
samples/cycle recording meter

9

I/O Slot 2
5 = Gateway card

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

Meter Type
M = Meter (with integral
display)
T = Transducer only
(no display)

9

Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–60 Vdc
Current Input
1 = 1 amp secondary
5 = 5 amp secondary

9
9

I/O Slot 1
0 = None
1 = 2 Relay outputs/2 status inputs
2 = 4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs
3 = 4 Analog outputs: 0–1 mA
4 = 4 Analog outputs: 4–20 mA

9
9
9
9

Example 1:PXM2270MA65145 (PXM 2270 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc W/4AO)
Example 2:PXM2250MA65105 (PXM 2250 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A, 90–265 Vac/Vdc)

9

Note
1 Refer to Page V3-T9-54 for model-specific features.

To order a Power Xpert Meter
2000, the catalog number
should be determined using
the chart shown above.
The chart illustrates how to
include the desired factory
options as part of a catalog
number. Option cards that are
selected at time of order
entry will be installed at the
factory. Option cards are
also field installable for
future upgrades.

9
9

Power Xpert meter modules
include panel mounting
brackets.

9

Example 1:
PXM2270MA65145 (PXM
2270 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A,
90–265 Vac/Vdc W/4AO).

9

Example 2:
PXM2250MA65105 (PXM
2250 Meter/Display 60 Hz, 5A,
90–265 Vac/Vdc).

9

9
9
9

Accessories

9
9

Power Xpert Meter 2000
Description

Catalog Number

Panel mounting bracket assembly for retrofitting a PXM 2000 to an IQ analyzer/IQ DP4000/IQ data cutout

IQ250-PMAK

PXM 2000 Gateway card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000

PXM2000-GCK

9
9

Power Xpert Meter 2000 I/O Cards
Description

Catalog Number

PXM 2000 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO1

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 KYZ Pulses/4 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO2

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA

IQ250/260-IO3

PXM 2000 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA

IQ250/260-IO4

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-55

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Technical Data and Specifications
PXM 2250/2260/2270 Electronic Power Meter Technical Information
Current Inputs
●
Class 10: 5 amp nominal,
10 amp maximum
●
Class 2: 1 amp nominal,
2 amp maximum
●
Fault current withstand:
●
100 amps for
10 seconds
●
300 amps for 3 seconds
●
500 amps for 1 second
●
Continuous current
withstand: 20 amps for
screw terminated or passthrough connections
●
Programmable current:
full scale to any CT ratio
●
Burden: 0.005 VA per
phase maximum at
11 amps
●
Pickup current: 0.1% of
nominal
●
Class 10: 5 mA
●
Class 2: 1 mA
●
Connections:
●
Pass-through wire gauge
dimension: 0.177 inches
(4.5 mm)
●
Quick connect: 0.25-inch
(6.35 mm) male tab
Voltage Inputs
●
Range:
●
Line-to-neutral
20–576 Vac
●
Line-to-Line 0–721 Vac
●
Programmable voltage
range: full scale to any
PT ratio
●
Supported systems:
●
Three element wye,
2.5 element wye
●
Two element delta, fourwire delta systems
●
Input impedance:
1 megohm/phase.
●
Burden: 0.36 VA/phase
maximum at 600V;
0.014 VA at 120V
●
Connection: 7-pin
0.400-inch pluggable
terminal block, AWG
#12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2)

Isolation
All inputs and outputs are
galvanically isolated to
2500 volts

●

Environmental Ratings
●
Operating temperature:
–20ºC to +70°C
●
Storage temperature:
–20ºC to +70°C
●
Operating humidity: to
95% RH noncondensing
●
Faceplate rating:
●
NEMA 12
●
Mounting gasket
included
Sensing Method
●
Voltage, current: true rms
●
Power: sampling at over
400 samples per cycle on
all channels
●
Harmonics resolution:
40th order
Update Rate
●
Watts, VAR and VA:
100 msec at 60 Hz
●
All other parameters:
1 second at 60 Hz
Power Supply
●
AC/DC voltage option:
90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
100–370 Vdc, universal AC/
DC supply
●
DC voltage option:
18–60 Vdc
●
Burden: 10 VA maximum

Serial Communications Format
Connection type: RS-485
(through back plate)
●
Com port baud rate:
9600–57,600 bauds
●
Com port address: 01–247
●
Data format: 8-bit, no parity
●
Protocols: Modbus ASCII,
RTU or DNP 3.0
●

Network Communications
Format
●
Connection type: RJ-45
10/100Base-T Ethernet
network port
●
Protocols: Ethernet TCP/IP,
Modbus TCP, BACnet/IP,
HTTP, HTTPS, NTP, SMTP,
SNMP
KYZ Pulse
●
Contacts: one Form A
●
On resistance, maximum:
35 ohms
●
Peak switching voltage:
350 Vdc
●
Continuous load current:
120 mA
●
Peak load current: 350 mA
(10 ms)
●
Off-state leakage current at
350 Vdc: 1 uA
●
Opto-isolation: 3750 Vac

9
9
9
V3-T9-56

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

Service: Wye or Delta, Four-Wire with No PTs, Two or Three CTs
N

A

B

C

N

A

B

9

C

9
9

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

9

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

Power
Supply

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
x

Power
Supply

9
9
9
9
9
9

C
N

A

B

9

C

9

C
A
B

A

N

A

B

9

C

B

9
9

Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
A

B

C

9
9
9

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

9
9

Power
Supply

9
C

9

C

9

or

B

A

B

9

A

9
9

Not Connected to Meter
A

B

9

C

9

Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.

9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-57

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Power Xpert Meters Configuration and Wiring Examples

9

PXM 2000 Display Front View

9

Modbus RTU
(RS-485) Master

Power Xpert
Software

Web
Browser

IT Configuration Examples—Accessories—I/O Cards
(Option)
Building
Automation
System

Modbus TCP
Master

9

Water Leak and
Vibration Sensors

9

Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
Tamper Switch

9
9

Modbus RTU
(RS-485)

9
9

Smoke Alarm
Alarm

9
9

• Two relay programmable outputs/two programmable inputs
• Four KYZ pulses/four programmable inputs
• Four programmable analog outputs

Accessories—I/O Cards (Option)

9
9
9

Flow Meter
(Pulse Count)

9

Rack Monitoring
— Open Door/
Tamper Switch

9
9
9
9
9

Alarm

Trip and Sequence
of Events

• Two relay programmable outputs/two programmable inputs
• Four KYZ pulses/four programmable inputs
• Four programmable analog outputs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-58

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
PXM 2000 Display Front View

9

PXM 2000 Transducer Only Side View

9

4.85
(123.2)

9
9

4.85
(123.2)

4.85
(123.2)

9
9
9

0.77
(19.6)
0.91
(23.1)

PXM 2000 Rear View

9

3.25
(82.6)

9

ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout

9

3.38
(85.9)

9

4 x .02
(0.5)

9

4.00
(101.6)

9

3.54
(89.9)

9
9
9

1.69
(42.9)

3.54
(89.9)

PXM 2000 Meter/Display Side View

9

DIN Mounting Cutout

9

3.62
(92.0)

0.08
(2.0)

9
9
9

3.62
(92.0)

5.02
(127.5)

9
9

0.95
(24.0)

3.25
(82.6)

0.77
(19.6)

9

Description

Specifications

Weight

2 lbs (0.9 kg)

Basic unit

5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L

PXM 2250/2260/2270

Mounts in 3.62-inch (92.0) mm DIN and ANSI C39.1
round cut-outs

Shipping container dimensions

6-inch cube

Tolerance

±0.1 inches (2.54 mm)

Projection in front of panel surface

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L

Projection behind panel surface

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-59

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

IQ 250 and 260 Electronic Power Meters

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49

V3-T9-61
V3-T9-62
V3-T9-62
V3-T9-63
V3-T9-65
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9

IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The IQ 250 and IQ 260
Meters provide capabilities
you would not normally
expect in affordable, ultracompact meters, such as fast
sampling rate and accurate
metering for a full range of
power attributes. Providing
the first line of defense
against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 250
and IQ 260 electronic power
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment using
today’s technology.

9
9

Application Description
When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 250/ 260
series fit the bill. These
meters are ideal for electrical
equipment assemblies,
machine control panels,
such as panelboard and
switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
functionality, IQ 250/260
series fit into a standard ANSI
or IEC cutout on a panelboard
or other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into
retrofit applications.

●

●

●
●

●

Features and Benefits

Utility and commercial
metering
Substations, industrial
facilities, power generation
sites and campuses
Sub-metering
Load studies and voltage
recording
Analog meter replacement

●

●

●

●

●

●

9

●

9

●

9

Measure and display realtime information about
critical power parameters
with a sampling rate of 400
samples per cycle
Monitor power utilization
and quality with ANSI
C12.20 accuracy
(0.2 percent)
Optional 128 KB for data
logging, which guards
against loss of historical
data
Verify meter accuracy
with KYZ test pulse selfcertification capabilities
Standard Modbus RTU
communications
Available as transducer
only or with display
Designed to accommodate
upgrades
Integrate into Eaton’s
Power Xpert architecture
for a holistic systemlevel view

9
9
9
V3-T9-60

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Additional Features

9

Features of IQ 250 and IQ 260 Electronic Power Meters
Features

9

IQ 250

IQ 260

Current, per phase

■

■

Current demand

■

■

Calculated neutral current

■

■

Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N)

■

■

Frequency

■

■

9

Real, reactive and apparent power, total and per phase (kW, kVAR, kVA)

■

■

Real, reactive and apparent energy, total and per phase (kWh, kVARh, kVAh)

■

■

9

Real, reactive and apparent power demand

■

■

Power factor, total and per phase

■

■

Min./max. readings, I, V, PF, F, THD (IQ 260), kW, kVAR, kVA

■

■

■

■

RS-485

■

■

KYZ output

■

■

Modbus RTU

■

■

Modbus ASCII

■

■

DNP 3.0

■

■

9

Opt.

Opt.

9

Two digital in /two digital out 1

Opt.

Opt.

Four digital in/four KYZ out

Opt.

Opt.

Four analog output (4–20 mA) 2

Opt.

Opt.

Four analog output (0–1 mA)

Opt.

Opt.

9

■

9

9

Instrumentation

9
9

Power, Energy and Demand

9
9
9

Demand Methods
Block interval (sliding, fixed)

9

Communications

9
9

Data Logging
128 KB for data logging
I/O

9
9

Power Quality Analysis
Total harmonic distortion (THD) voltage and current per phase
Alarming

9

■

Set point driven alarm

9

Notes
1 Digital out with IQ 250 requires external command.
2 Requires external power supply.

9

Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●

9

IEC 687: 0.2% accuracy
ANSI C12.20: 0.2% accuracy
ANSI C62.41: Burst
UL/cUL: Electrical and
electronic measuring and
test equipment 22CZ

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-61

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Catalog Number Selection

9

IQ 250/260 Meter

IQ 250 M A 6 5 1 1 0

9
9
9

Model Series
250 = Energy
260 = Power quality

9
9

Meter Type
M = Meter (with
integral display)
T = Transducer only
(no display)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Data Logging
A = None
L = Data logging
Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

Current Input
1 = 1 amp secondary
5 = 5 amp secondary
Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/Vdc
4 = 24–48 Vdc

I/O Slot 1
0 = None
1 = Two relay outputs/
two status inputs
2 = Four KYZ pulses/
four status inputs
3 = Four analog outputs:
0–1 mA
4 = Four analog outputs:
4–20 mA

Accessories
IQ 250/260 Meter
Description

Catalog Number

Panel mounting adapter for retrofitting an IQ 250/260 to an IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ data cutout

IQ250-PMAK

PXM 2000 Gateway card kit to upgrade an IQ 250/260 to a PXM 2000

PXM2000-GCK

IQ 250/260 Meter I/O Cards
Description

Catalog Number

IQ 250/260 I/O card—2 relay outputs/2 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO1

9

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 KYZ pulses/4 status inputs

IQ250/260-IO2

9

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—0–1 mA

IQ250/260-IO3

IQ 250/260 I/O card—4 analog outputs—4–20 mA

IQ250/260-IO4

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-62

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

I/O Slot 2
0 = None
1 = Two relay outputs/
two status inputs
2 = Four KYZ pulses/
four status inputs
3 = Four analog outputs:
0–1 mA
4 = Four analog outputs:
4–20 mA

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Technical Data and Specifications

9

IQ 250/260 Electronic Power Meter
Description

Specifications

Current Inputs

Description

9

Specifications

9

Sensing Method

Class 10

5 amp nominal, 10 amp max.

Voltage, current

True rms

Class 2

1 amp nominal, 2 amp max.

Power

Fault current withstand
100 amps for:
300 amps for:
500 amps for:

Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on
all channels

10 seconds
3 seconds
1 second

Harmonics resolution

40th order

Update Rate
Watts, VAR and VA

100 msec at 60 Hz

All other parameters

1 second at 60 Hz

Continuous current withstand

20 amps for screw terminated or passthrough connections

Programmable current

Full scale to any CT ratio

Power Supply

Burden

0.005 VA per phase max. at 11 amps

AC/DC voltage option

Pickup current
Class 10
Class 2

0.1% of nominal
5 mA
1 mA

Connections
Pass-through wire gauge dimension
Quick connect

0.177 inches (4.5 mm)
0.25-inch male tab

Voltage Inputs
Range
Line-to-neutral
Line-to-line

20–576 Vac
0–721 Vac

Programmable voltage range

9
9
9
9

90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or 100–370 Vdc,
universal AC/DC supply

9

DC voltage option

18–60 Vdc

Burden

10 VA max.

9
9

Standard Communications Format
Connection type

RS-485 (through back plate)

Com port baud rate

9600–57,600 bauds

9
9

Com port address

01–247

Data format

8-bit, no parity

Full scale to any PT ratio

Protocols

Modbus ASCII, RTU or DNP 3.0

9

Supported systems

3 element wye, 2.5 element wye,
2 element delta, four-wire delta systems

KYZ Pulse
Contacts

1 Form A

Input impedance

1 meg ohm/phase

9

On resistance, max.

35 ohms

Burden

0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V;
0.014 VA at 120V

Peak switching voltage

350 Vdc

Connection

7-pin 0.400-inch pluggable terminal block,
AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2)

Continuous load current

120 mA

Peak load current

350 mA (10 ms)

Isolation

Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc

1 uA

All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 volts.

Opto-isolation

3750 Vac

9
9
9
9

Environmental Ratings
Operating temperature

–20ºC to +70°C

Storage temperature

–20ºC to +70°C

Operating humidity

To 95% RH noncondensing

Faceplate rating

NEMA 12
Water-resistant
Mounting gasket included

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-63

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Wiring Diagrams
Service: Wye or Delta, Four-Wire with No PTs, Two or Three CTs
N

A

B

C

N

A

B

C

9
9
9
9

HI

9

HI

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

9

Power
Supply

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

9
9
9
9
9

C
N

A

B

A

9

B

9
9
9

C

C

A

N

A

B

C

B

Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
A

B

C

9
9
9
9
9
9

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

Power
Supply

C

9
9

B

9
9
9
9

C
or

A

B

A

Not Connected to Meter
A

B

C

Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.

9
V3-T9-64

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
x

Power
Supply

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

IQ 250/260 Meter—Face and Side Views
4.85 (123.2)

4.97 (126.2)

9

4.93 (125.2)

4.20 (106.7)

4.16 (105.7)

9
9

5.02
(127.5)

4.85
(123.2)

9

3.54
(89.9)

9
IQ 250/260 Face

3.25 (82.6)

3.25 (82.6)

IQ 250/260M Side

IQ 250/260T Side

9
9

Expandable I\Q Componentry

ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout

9

3.38
(85.9)

9

4 x .02
(0.5)

9

4.00
(101.6)

9
9
9
9

1.69
(42.9)

9

DIN Mounting Cutout

9

3.62
(92.0)

9
9
9

3.62
(92.0)

9
9
9
9

Description

Specifications

Weight

2 lbs (0.9 kg)

Basic unit

5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L

IQ 250/260

Mounts in 92 mm DIN and ANSI C39.1 round cut-outs

Shipping container dimensions

6-inch cube

Tolerance

±0.1 inches (2.54 mm)

9

PXM 2250/2260/2270

Mounts in 3.62-inch (92.0) mm DIN and ANSI C39.1
round cut-outs

9

Projection in front of panel surface

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L

Projection behind panel surface

4.85 (123.2) H x 4.85 (123.2) W x 1.01 (25.6) L

9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-65

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

IQ 100

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The IQ 100 Meter family
provides capabilities you
would not normally expect in
affordable, compact meters,
such as fast sampling rate
and accurate metering for a
full range of power attributes.
Providing the first line of
defense against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 100
series electronic power
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment utilizing
today’s technology.

Application Description
●

●

●
●

●

Utility and commercial
metering
Substations, industrial
facilities, power generation
sites and campuses
Sub-metering
Load studies and voltage
recording
Analog meter replacement

When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, the IQ 100 series fit
the bill. These meters are
ideal for electrical equipment
assemblies, machine control
panels, such as panelboard
and switchboard mains and
feeders, low voltage metalenclosed switchgear feeders
and motor control centers.
Requiring far less space than
other meters with similar
functionality, IQ 100 series fit
into a standard ANSI or IEC
cutout on a panelboard or
other electrical equipment,
and therefore fit easily into
retrofit applications.

V3-T9-66

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Features and Benefits
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Measure and display realtime information about
critical power parameters
with a sampling rate of 400
samples per cycle
Monitor power utilization
and quality with ANSI
C12.20 accuracy (0.5%)
Verify meter accuracy with
KYZ test pulse selfcertification capabilities
Optional Modbus RTU or
TCP communications
Available as transducer
only or with display
Designed to accommodate
upgrades
Integrate into Eaton’s
Power Xpert Architecture
for a holistic systemlevel view

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60

V3-T9-67
V3-T9-67
V3-T9-67
V3-T9-68
V3-T9-70
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters
Features

IQ 130

IQ 140

IQ 150

Current, per phase

■

■

■

Current demand

■

■

■

Calculated neutral current

■

■

■

Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N)

■

■

■

Min/max. readings, I, V

■

■

■

Min./max. readings, I, V, PF, F, W, VAR, VA

■

■

Frequency

■

■

Real, reactive and apparent power, total (W, VAR, VA)

■

■

Power factor, total

■

■

Real, reactive and apparent power demand

■

■

■

■

9
9

Instrumentation

9
9
9
9

Power

9
9
9

Demand Methods
Block interval (sliding, fixed)

9

Energy
■

Real, reactive and apparent energy, total (Wh, VAR, VAh)

9

Communications
RS-485, Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII, KYZ output

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

RJ45, Modbus TCP, KYZ output

Opt.

Opt.

Opt.

9
9
9

Standards and Certifications
●
●

●
●

IEC 687: 0.5% accuracy
ANSI C12.20:
0.5% accuracy
ANSI C62.41: Burst
CE

●

UL/cUL: Electrical and
Electronic Measuring and
Test Equipment 22CZ

9
9
9
9

Catalog Number Selection

9

IQ 100 Meter

9

IQ 150 M A 6 5 1 1
Model Series
130 = Volts/amps
140 = Power
150 = Energy

9
9

Frequency
5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

Meter Type
M = Meter (with integral
display)
T = Transducer only
(no display)

Power Supply
1 = 90–265 Vac/dc
4 = 24–48 Vdc

9
Communications

9

0 = None
1 = Modbus RTU and KYZ pulse
2 = Modbus TCP and KYZ output (RJ45)

9

Current Input
1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary

9
9
9

Accessories

9

IQ 100 Meter
Description

Catalog Number

Panel Mounting Adapter for retrofitting an IQ 100 to an IQ Analyzer/IQ DP-4000/IQ Data Cutout

IQ250-PMAK

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

9
www.eaton.com

V3-T9-67

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Technical Data and Specifications

IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters

IQ 100 Electronic Power Meters, continued

Description

Description

Specifications

Current Inputs

Sensing Method

Class 10

5A nominal, 10A max.

Voltage, current

True RMS

Class 2

1A nominal, 2A max.

Power

Fault current withstand
100A for:
300A for:
500A for:

Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on all
channels

10 seconds
3 seconds
1 second

Update Rate
Watts, VAR and VA

100 msec at 60 Hz

20A for screw terminated or pass-through
connections

All other parameters

1 second at 60 Hz

AC/DC voltage option

90–265 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
100–370 Vdc, Universal AC/DC supply

DC voltage option

18–60 Vdc

Burden

10 VA max.

9

Continuous current withstand

9

Programmable current

Full scale to any CT ratio

Burden

0.005 VA per phase max. at 11A

Pickup current
Class 10
Class 2

0.1% of nominal
5 mA
1 mA

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Specifications

Connections
Pass-through wire gauge dimension
Quick connect

Power Supply

Optional Communications Format
0.177-inch (4.5 mm)
0.25-inch male tab

Voltage Inputs

Connection type

RS-485 or RJ45 (through back plate)

Com port baud rate

9600–57,600 bauds

Com port address

01–247

Data format

8-bit, no parity

Protocols

Modbus ASCII, RTU, TCP

Range
Line-to-neutral
Line-to-line

20–416 Vac
20–721 Vac

Programmable voltage range

Full scale to any PT ratio

Optional KYZ Pulse

Supported systems

3 element wye, 2.5 element wye,
2 element delta, four-wire delta systems

Contacts

1 Form A

On resistance, max.

35 ohms

Input impedance

1 megohm/phase

9

Burden

0.36 VA/phase max. at 600V;
0.014 VA at 120 volts

9

Connection

7-pin 0.400-inch pluggable terminal block,
AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2)

9

Isolation

9

Environmental Ratings

All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500 volts.

Operating temperature

–20ºC to +70ºC

9

Storage temperature

–40ºC to +85ºC

9

Operating humidity

To 95% RH noncondensing

Faceplate rating

NEMA 12 water-resistant mounting gasket
included

9

Peak switching voltage

350 Vdc

Continuous load current

350 mA (10 ms)

Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc

1 uA

Opto-isolation

3750 Vac

Note
These specifications are subject to change without notice and represent the maximum
capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not a complete feature list. Features
and functionality may vary depending on selected options, firmware version and product model.
Please refer to the technical data sheet and User Manual for detailed specifications.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-68

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

Service: Wye or Delta, Four-Wire with No PTs, Two or Three CTs
N

A

B

C

N

A

B

9

C

9
9

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

9

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

Power
Supply

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
x

Power
Supply

9
9
9
9
9
9

C
N

A

B

9

C

9

C
A
B

A

N

A

B

9

C

B

9
9

Service: Delta, Three-Wire with No PTs, 2 CTs
A

B

C

9
9
9

HI

HI

HI

Ic

Ib

Ia

LO

LO

LO

GND
L (+)
N (–)
VRef
A
B
C

9
9

Power
Supply

9
C

9

C

9

or

B

A

B

9

A

9
9

Not Connected to Meter
A

B

9

C

9

Note: Based upon the voltage rating, you may need a control power transformer for the control power.

9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-69

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
IQ 100 Meter—Face and Side Views

9

4.85 (123.2)

4.97 (126.2)

4.93 (125.2)

4.20 (106.7)

9

4.16 (105.7)

9
9

5.02
(127.5)

4.85
(123.2)

3.54
(89.9)

9
9
9
9
9

IQ 100 Face

3.25 (82.6)

3.25 (82.6)

IQ 100 Side

IQ 100 Side

ANSI Mounting Panel Cutout
3.38
(85.9)

9

4 x .02
(0.5)

9

4.00
(101.6)

9
9
9
9
9

1.69
(42.9)

DIN Mounting Cutout

9

3.62
(92.0)

9
9
9

3.62
(92.0)

9
9
9
9

Description

Specifications

9

Weight

2 lbs (0.9 kg)

Basic unit

5.00 (127.0) H x 4.90 (124.5) W x 5.00 (127.0) L

9

IQ 100

Mounts in 92 mm DIN and ANSI C39.1 round cut-outs

Shipping container dimensions

6-inch cube

9

Tolerance

±0.1 inches (2.54 mm)

9
V3-T9-70

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66

9

V3-T9-73
V3-T9-74
V3-T9-75
V3-T9-75
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
Product Description

Application Description

With energy costs
skyrocketing, you need the
ability to verify the accuracy
of utility billing and allocation
of energy costs among
business units, different
manufacturing areas or
facilities, and tenants.
Production equipment and IT
systems are vulnerable to
power anomalies; therefore,
you must ensure that power
is always up to specifications.
If your infrastructure is an
established facility, you may
not currently have metering
or may have addressed these
concerns by deploying a
variety of analog gauges and
meters—one for volts, one
for amperes and so on, with
separate meters for each
measurement.

●

If you’re planning an upgrade
or a new power infrastructure,
no doubt you would like to
capitalize on the latest
technology to improve upon
that cumbersome
architecture and its
patchwork view.

●

●
●

Industrial and commercial
buildings, metering and
submetering
Government facilities and
military
Universities and airports
Load studies and voltage
recording

Features and Benefits
●

●

●

●

Self-enclosed, these
meters are an ideal
solution for surface
mounting next to a
selected piece of
equipment for energy
monitoring
NEMA 12 enclosure with a
large, easy-to-read faceplate,
consistent with other
Eaton meter models,
designed with “knockouts”
for easy installation
Ethernet communications
option for either wired or
wireless setup, allowing for
additional ease of
installation and integration
into existing networks
Available data and alarm
recording for historical
records/trending

●

Integrate into Eaton’s
Power Xpert® Architecture
for a holistic system-level
view

Wireless and High-End
Capabilities you would not
Expect from a Self-Enclosed,
Compact Meter
Providing the first line of
defense against costly power
problems, Eaton’s IQ 150S/
250S electronic self-enclosed
meters can perform the work
of an entire wall of legacy
metering equipment using
today’s secure wireless
technology. Eaton’s IQ 150S/
250S meters use 24-bit AD
converters that sample at
more than 400 samples per
cycle and meet IEC 687
(0.2% accuracy) and ANSI
C12.20 (0.2% accuracy)
standards. With such highperformance measurement
capability, these meters can
be confidently used for
primary revenue metering
and submetering applications.
Either model will help you
monitor energy demand,
while the IQ 250S provides
the extra benefit of also

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

monitoring and recording the
changes in the characteristics
of your power.

9
9

Eaton’s IQ 150S/250S
meters provide direct-reading
metered values for the most
critical power aspects, such
as watts, watt demand,
watthours, voltage amperes
(VA), VA-hours, VARs, VARhours and power factor. They
have high sampling speed
and accuracy.

9

These meters are selfenclosed in a NEMA 12
enclosure with “knockouts”
on the bottom for
communication and power,
providing for an easy
installation.

9

Perhaps you don’t have
network drops in all the
right places. The IQ 150S/
250S offers a wireless
communications option.
The transmissions are
encrypted using 128-bit
Wired Equivalent Privacy
(WEP) for security.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-71

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Industry-Standard
Communication Protocols
Standard Modbus RS-485
Communication
Standard communication
includes an RS-485 output
speaking Modbus protocol.
This allows the unit to be
connected to any serial RS485 bus using the Modbus
interface. The unit
communicates easily with
most building automation,
Power Xpert Software or
other software systems.
Baud rates are up to
57.6K baud to provide
fast update times.
Wi-Fi or Land-Based
Ethernet
The unit offers an Ethernet
option—configured either as
an RJ45 or Wi-Fi connection.
The Wi-Fi configuration
allows the 150S/250S to be
used on standard Wi-Fi base
stations. The unit is assigned
an IP address; it
communicates Modbus
protocol over Ethernet TCP/
IP. Wireless Ethernet is
reliable and easy to integrate,
making it the superior
solution for mass meter
deployment.

KYZ Pulse
For applications in which a
pulse is needed, the unit also
provides a KYZ output that
pulses proportional to the
amount of energy consumed.
This feature is used for pulse
counting applications into
building management
systems where serial or
Ethernet protocol is not
available.
Verify Energy Bills
The IQ 150S/250S models
provide a traceable watthour
test pulse (used with a
watthour pulse recorder or
totalizer), so you can verify
the accuracy of your meter
and in turn, the accuracy of
billing from your utility
company and to internal
customers.
Integrated with Eaton’s
Power Xpert Architecture
IQ 150S/250S meters
integrate into Eaton’s Power
Xpert Architecture, where
meters, gateways and
monitoring devices
collaborate to create a
unified, centralized view of
the end-to-end power and
facility infrastructure.

When used in this
architecture, either with a
Power Xpert Gateway or
directly via Ethernet, the
meters with the Modbus RTU
option can provide Webbased graphics of current
power conditions. Simply
connect your meter to a
Power Xpert Gateway to
translate Modbus-based
information from the meter
into HTML-based Web pages
that are accessible from any
standard Web browser. If you
select a model with the
Ethernet option, the meter
can easily be monitored
remotely via Power Xpert
Software or another thirdparty monitoring system.
With access to accurate, realtime information from IQ
150S/250S meters, Power
Xpert Architecture can
transform your power system
into an integrated, agile
system, and an easily
managed entity that performs
better and costs less.

9

Installation Diagram

9

IQ 150S/250S Installation

Designed for the User
When space is at a premium,
yet you need ANSI C12.20
accuracy, Eaton IQ 150S/
250S meters fit the bill.
These ultra-compact meters
are ideal for surface mounting
next to a selected piece of
equipment for energy
monitoring. Requiring far less
space than other meters with
similar functionality, and
offering a NEMA 12
enclosure and a large, easyto-read faceplate, consistent
with other Eaton meter
models, these meters are
designed with “knockouts”
for easy retrofit installation.
Most meters in this class
have small or dark displays
that can be hard to see,
especially from a distance.
Eaton’s IQ 150S/250S meters
have a large, bright red, threeline LED display, each line
more than a half-inch tall. This
display is very easy to read,
even if the meter is installed at
a height or distance. Using the
keypad and menus on the
local display, users can
display a variety of electrical
system values or program
the meter.

9
9
9
9

O

Closed

9
9

Lockable
Revenue Seal

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-72

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Features of IQ 150S/250S Electronic Power Meters
Features

9

IQ 150S

IQ 250S

Current, per phase

■

■

Calculated neutral current

■

■

Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N)

■

■

Frequency

■

■

Minimum/maximum readings, I 1, V 1, PF, F, W, VAR, VA

Total

Total and per phase

9

Instrumentation

9
9
9

Power

9

Real, reactive and apparent power (W, VAR, VA)

Total

Total and per phase

Power factor

Average

Average and per phase

Block interval (fixed, sliding)

■

■

Current demand

■

■

Real, reactive and apparent power demand

Total

Total and per phase

9
9

9

Demand Methods

9

Energy
Real, reactive and apparent energy (Wh, VARh, VAh)

Total

Total and per phase

Real and reactive, net and positive and negative (Wh, VARh)

Total

Total and per phase

9

■

■

9

RS-485, Modbus RTU, DNP 3.0

■

■

RJ45 or 802.11b, Modbus TCP 2

Optional

Optional

9

I/O
Pulse output
Communications

9

Data Logging
2 MB for data logging

■

9

■

9

Alarming
Set point driven alarm
Notes
1 Per phase only.
2 If configured for Ethernet, RS-485 not available.

9
9

Catalog Number Selection

9

IQ 150S/250S Meter

9
9

IQ 150 S A 6 5 1 1
Model Series
150 = Energy
250 = Energy plus

9

Communication
Meter Type
S = Self-enclosed meter

Power Supply
Frequency

1 = 90–400 Vac/Vdc

5 = 50 Hz system
6 = 60 Hz system

Current Input

9

1 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
2 = Modbus RTU (RS-485)
or TCP—(RJ45)
or 802.11b (Wi-Fi)

9
9

1 = 1A secondary
5 = 5A secondary

9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-73

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Technical Data and Specifications
IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter Technical Information
Description

Specifications

Current Inputs

Description

Specifications

Update Rate

Class 10

5A nominal, 10A maximum

Watts, VAR and VA

100 msec at 60 Hz

Class 2

1A nominal, 2A maximum

All other parameters

1 second at 60 Hz

Fault Current Withstand
20A for:
60A for:
100A for:

10 seconds
3 seconds
1 second

Programmable current

Full scale to any CT ratio

Power Supply

Burden

0.005 VA per phase maximum at 11A

Pickup Current
Class 10
Class 2

0.1% of nominal
5 mA
1 mA

AC/DC voltage option

90–400 Vac at 50/60 Hz or
100–370 Vdc, universal AC/DC supply

Burden

16 VA maximum

Standard Serial Communications Format
Connection type

RS-485

Communications port baud rate

9600–57,600 Bauds

Communications port address

01–247

Data format

8-bit, no parity
Modbus ASCII, RTU, DNP 3.0

9

Connections
Screw terminal

9

Voltage Inputs

Protocols

Range
Line-to-neutral

Optional Ethernet Communications Format

9
9
9
9
9

#6–32 screws

20–416 Vac (IQ150S), 20–576 Vac (IQ250S)

Connection type

RJ45 or 802.11b (wireless)

20–721 Vac

Protocols

Modbus TCP

Programmable voltage range

Full scale to any PT ratio

KYZ Pulse

Supported systems

3 element wye, 2.5 element wye, 2 element delta,
four-wire delta systems

Contacts

1 Form A

On resistance, maximum

35 Ohms

Peak switching voltage

350 Vdc

Line-to-line

Input impedance

1 megohm/phase

Burden

0.36 VA/phase maximum at 600V; 0.014 VA at 120V

Connection

7-pin, 0.400-inch screw
terminal block, AWG #12–26 (0.129–3.31 mm2)

Continuous load current

120 mA

Peak load current

350 mA (10 ms)

Isolation

Off-state leakage current at 350 Vdc

1 uA

9

All inputs and outputs are galvanically isolated to 2500V

Opto-isolation

3750 Vac

9

Environmental Ratings

Dimensions and Shipping

Operating temperature

–20º to +70°C

Weight

4 lbs

–20º to +70°C

Basic unit

H 7.90 x W 7.50 x D 3.10 inches

9

Storage temperature
Operating humidity

To 95% RH noncondensing

Compliance

9

Faceplate rating

NEMA 12

IEC 687

9

Voltage, current
Power

9

0.2% accuracy

ANSI C12.20

0.2% accuracy

rms

ANSI C62.41

Burst

Sampling at over 400 samples per cycle on all
channels

ANSI (IEEE) C37.90.1

Surge withstand

UL/cUL

Electrical and electronic
measuring and test equipment 22CZ

Sensing Method

9

Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is not
a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary depending on
selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to
User Manual for detailed specifications.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-74

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Three-Phase Four-Wire WYE Direct

9

Three-Phase Four-Wire WYE with PTS

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Three-Phase Three-Wire DELTA Direct

9

Three-Phase Three-Wire DELTA Direct

9
Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

IQ 150S/250S Electronic Meter

9

7.53
(191.3)

9

3.70
(94.0)

5.60
(142.2)

0.50
(12.7)

Mounting
Plate

5.95
(151.1)

9
7.90
(200.7)

9

7.90
(200.7)

Antenna Length:
4.40 (111.8)

9
9

3.11
(79.0)

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-75

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

IQ 35M

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ 35M

9

Product Description

Application Description

The Eaton IQ 35M Meter is a
DIN rail meter that combines
exceptional performance and
easy installation to deliver a
cost-effective solution for
energy and power monitoring
applications, as well as submetering applications. Most
models include pulse output,
alarm contact and phase alarms
for true versatility. The BACnet
version offers two digital inputs
for accumulating other meter
pulses in place of the digital
output and alarm contact.
The Modbus output options
offer added flexibility for
configuration and data analysis.
The IQ 35M allows you to:

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●
●

9
9
9

●

●

9

●

9

●

9

●

Verify energy bills
Make informed load
shifting and shedding
decisions
Fairly and accurately
allocate energy costs to
users
Identify wasteful practices
Decrease unnecessary
usage
Produce an energy profile
Secure the optimum utility
rate structure

V3-T9-76

●
●
●

Commercial submetering
Energy management
Industrial monitoring
Cost allocation

Catalog Number Selection
IQ 35M Meter

IQ35M A 1 1

Features
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Economical and compact
watthour meter with
demand
Backlit LCD display for local
reading
Compatible with the Power
Xpert Gateway for remote
monitoring
Monitors
●
Voltage, current, power
factor, frequency
●
Power and energy: real,
reactive and apparent
Optional data logging
capability
Optional serial
communications (ModbusRTU or BACnet)
Revenue grade, ANSI
C12.20 0.5% accuracy, IEC
62053-22 Class 0.5S
Compatible with economical
solid-core and split-core CTs
User-enabled password
protection
On-board diagnostics

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Meter Series
Energy Type
1 = Standard energy
2 = Four quadrant energy

1
2
3
5

Output Option
= Pulse output only
= Pulse output + Modbus
= Pulse output + Modbus + data logging
= Pulse inputs + BACnet + data logging

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-77
V3-T9-77
V3-T9-77
V3-T9-78
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Product Selection

9.3

Technical Data and Specifications
●

IQ 35M Current Transformers
Catalog
Number

Description

●

Solid Core
IQ35M CT, solid core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch

IQ35M-SO-030-5

IQ35M CT, solid core, 20A:0.33 Vac, 0.30 inch

IQ35M-SO-030-20

IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.50 inch

IQ35M-SO-050-50

IQ35M CT, solid core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SO-075-50

IQ35M CT, solid core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-100

IQ35M CT, solid core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-200

IQ35M CT, solid core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-250

IQ35M CT, solid core, 300A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-300

IQ35M CT, solid core, 400A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SO-125-400

Split Core
IQ35M CT, split core, 5A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-5

IQ35M CT, split core, 30A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-30

IQ35M CT, split core, 50A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-50

IQ35M CT, split core, 100A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-100

IQ35M CT, split core, 200A:0.33 Vac, 0.75 inch

IQ35M-SP-075-200

IQ35M CT, split core, 250A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-250

IQ35M CT, split core, 300A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-300

IQ35M CT, split core, 400A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-400

IQ35M CT, split core, 600A:0.33 Vac, 1.25 inch

IQ35M-SP-125-600

IQ35M CT, split core, 800A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-253-800

IQ35M CT, split core, 1000A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1000

IQ35M CT, split core, 1200A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1200

IQ35M CT, split core, 1600A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-1600

IQ35M CT, split core, 2000A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-2000

IQ35M CT, split core, 2400A:0.33 Vac, 2.50 inch

IQ35M-SP-255-2400

Accessories

●

9

Voltage input
UL: 90V (L-N) to 600V (L-L)
CE: 90V (L-N) to 300V (L-L)
Current input
Scaling: 5–32,767A
Input range: 0–0.333V or
0–1V (selectable)
Control power
UL: 90V (L-N) to 600V (L-L)
CE: 90V (L-N) to 300V (L-L)

9
9
9
9
9

Accuracy
●
Real power and energy
0.5% (ANSI C12.20, IEC 62053-22 Class 0.5S)

9

Outputs
●
IQ35MAx1 thru 3:
Real energy pulse: NO static; alarm contacts: NC static
●
IQ35MA11
Reactive energy pulse 30 Vac/Vdc
●
IQ35MAx2, IQ35MAx3
RS-485 two-wire Modbus RTU
●
IQ35MA15 RS-485 two-wire BACnet MS/TP
Inputs
●
IQ35MA15
Two pulse accumulators

Catalog
Number

IQ35M enclosure, NEMA 4X

IQ35M-ENC

IQ35M fuse pack, single, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP1

IQ35M fuse pack, double, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP2

IQ35M fuse pack, triple, 1/2A slow-blow

IQ35M-FP3

IQ35M replacement mounting clips

IQ35M-RMC

IQ35M DIN rail

IQ35M-DR

IQ35M DIN rail stop clips (10 pack)

IQ35M-DRSC

Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is
not a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary
depending on selected options, firmware version and product model.
Please refer to User Manual for detailed specifications.

9
9

9
9

Environmental
●
Operating temperature range
Meter: –30° to 70°C (–22° to 158°F)
Display: –10° to 50°C (14° to 122°F)
●
Storage temperature range
Meter: –40° to 85°C (–40° to 185°F)
Display: –10° to 60°C (14° to 140°F)
●
Humidity range
<95% RH noncondensing

9
9
9
9

Data Outputs
●
kW, kWh: Total
●
Current: Three-phase average and per phase
●
Voltage: Three-phase average, per phase, and line-line and
line-neutral
●
Power: Real, reactive and apparent;
Three-phase total and per phase
●
Power factor: Three-phase average and per phase
●
Frequency
●
Power demand: most recent and peak
●
Demand configuration: fixed, rolling block and external sync
●
Data logging (IQ35MAx3)
10 configurable data buffers;
configurable demand subinterval (when set at a 15-minute
interval, buffers store data for 60 days)
●
Data logging (IQ35MA15)
6 configurable data buffers;
configurable demand subinterval (when set at a 15-minute
interval, buffers store data for 60 days)
●
Trending requires communication network to retrieve data

CA08100004E—November 2013

9

9

Mechanical
●
Mounting
DIN rail or 3-point screwmount

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9

9

IQ 35M Accessories
Description

9

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-77

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
IQ 35M Wall Mount Configuration

IQ 35M Dimensional Drawing

9

2.40
(60.1)

1.80 (45.7)

1.20
(30.5)

9

1.90
(48.3)

9
9

2.30
(58.4)

9

1.50
(38.1)

9

4.20
(106.7)

9

3.90
(99.1)
4.30
(109.2)

3.60
(91.4)

9
9

0.40
(10.2)

IQ 35M DIN Mount Configuration

9

4.20
(106.7)

9
9
9

3.60
(91.4)

9
9
9

0.30
(7.61)

0.20
(5.1)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-78

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

IQ Analyzer—
Comprehensive Electrical
Distribution Monitoring

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76

V3-T9-82
V3-T9-83
V3-T9-83
V3-T9-84
V3-T9-85
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
Product Description

9

Features, Benefits and Functions

Eaton’s IQ Analyzer is a
complete solution for users
who want to monitor and
manage all aspects of their
electrical distribution system.
Based on input from
customers and consultants,
it provides extensive
metering, power quality
analysis, remote input
monitoring, control relaying,
analog input/outputs and
communications capability.
Its high performance
metering exceeds ANSI
C12.16 (1%) specification for
revenue meters and meets
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%,
provides quality true rms
readings through the 50th
harmonic, accurately
measures nonsinusoidal
waveforms up to a 3.0 crest
factor, and displays even
and odd multiples of the
fundamental current and
voltage through the 50th
harmonic. Both magnitude
and phase angle of the
harmonics are displayed.

The unique operator
interface, which includes a
reverse mode LCD display,
easy to use Meter Menu
screens and detailed Analysis
screens, is designed to allow
a wealth of real-time and
recorded information to be
accessed easily by an
operator. All programming
can be accomplished through
the faceplate or the
communications port. The
comprehensive on-line Help
feature provides useful
information on device
operation, programming and
troubleshooting.

Application Description
●

●
●

Monitoring of over 150
electrical parameters
Power quality management
Energy management

Metered and Monitored
Parameters
●
rms sensing
●
Phase neutral, and
ground currents
●
Volts: L-L, L-N, Avg. L-L,
Avg. L-N, N-G
●
Power: real, reactive,
apparent (system and
per phase)
●
Frequency
●
Power factor: apparent and
displacement (system and
per phase)
●
Energy and demand
(forward, reverse, net) real,
reactive apparent at four
different utility rates
●
Individual current and
voltage harmonics:
magnitude, phase angle
●
% THD: current and
voltage
●
Waveform capture

●

●

●

●

Minimum and maximum
values
Event logging/disturbance
recording
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%
revenue metering accuracy,
IEC687 Class 0.5%
Industry Canada 0.5%
revenue accuracy

Communications
●
Optional interface
capability to computer
network for data collection,
storage and/or printout
via Eaton’s Power
Management Software
Physical Characteristics
●
Graphical reverse mode
LCD display with LED
backlight
●
Up to seven lines of
information
●
Membrane faceplate
NEMA 3R and 12 rated

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-79

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Disturbance Information
With the communications
option and Eaton’s Power
Management Software and
Waveform Display software,
a Waveform Analysis will
construct waveforms of up to
56 cycles of all currents and
voltages (including neutral
and ground) to help
troubleshoot undervoltage/
sag and overvoltage/swell
conditions. (See CBEMA
Trend Logging section.)
By programming a reset
threshold, the duration of the
voltage disturbance can also
be indicated.
The IQ Analyzer 6600 series
with Graphic Waveform
Display offers the ability to
view the captured waveform
right at the device. The 6600
series also offers the ability to
detect and capture sub-cycle
voltage disturbances.
Extensive Harmonic
Distortion Analysis
Current and voltage distortion
data are displayed at the
device and accessible
through the communications
port. This includes % THD,
K-Factor, Crest Factor,
CBEMA factor, and both
magnitudes and phase angles
of all harmonics through the
50th. A snapshot sample
of this information may
be activated by user
commands, discrete inputs
or programmable thresholds
to capture distortion data
during conditions of real
interest. To help eliminate
nuisance alarms, harmonic
distortion information can be
captured and relay outputs
activated when THD exceeds
a programmable percentage
of fundamental or a
programmable magnitude
(e.g., amperes) threshold.
Time-of-Use Metering
The IQ Analyzer offers
the ability to store energy
usage data for time of use
revenue metering. It can
be programmed for any
combination of weekday,
Saturday, Sunday,
22 holidays, 8 seasons,

system watts, VARs and
VA, minimum and
maximum apparent and
displacement PF). Using
this feature, minimum
and maximums reached
during each trend interval
are recorded.

32 schedules and 10 time
periods per schedule. The IQ
Analyzer will keep track of the
following parameters for four
different utility rates:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Watthours
VAR hours
VA hours
Current demand
Watt demand
VA demand
VAR demand

Historical Trend Logging
The IQ Analyzer is equipped
with onboard logging
capability, which includes
the ability to log a total of
24 parameters with intervals
ranging from 0.13 seconds
(every eight cycles) to twice
a week (5040 minutes). The
trending function can begin
immediately or can be
triggered upon receipt of a
discrete input into the IQ
Analyzer. Onboard logging
provides a cost-effective
means of distributed data
storage where real-time
communications may not be
feasible or for applications
where data storage
redundancy is desired. Four
trend data logs are stored in
non-volatile memory aboard
the IQ Analyzer and can be
retrieved at the display or
via communications for
viewing using Eaton’s Power
Management Software.
●

●

●

●

●

Up to 24 parameters with
storage capacity for up to
90,000 data points
Up to 234 days of data
can be stored when
recording a parameter
every 15 minutes
Trends 1, 2 and 3 can
save data on a discrete
contact input
Trend 4 can save data
on a power quality or
meter event
Minimum and maximum
recording (minimum and
maximum three-phase
average current, maximum
IG, minimum and
maximum three-phase
average VLL and VLN,
maximum VNG, maximum

CBEMA Trend Logging
The IQ Analyzer can be
configured to store the
necessary data so that the
software can display a sag or
swell voltage event on the
industry standard CBEMA
(now ITIC) curve for
predictive maintenance
and troubleshooting. This
application utilizes the IQ
Analyzer waveform capture
for high-0speed events along
with historical trend logging
for longer term voltage
disturbances. Once this data
is uploaded to a PC running
the Power Management
Software’s Event Viewer
the information is analyzed,
displayed and stored.
Automatic uploading of
CBEMA events can be
selected in the software.
A three-phase event will be
correctly displayed as a single
point on the CBEMA curve.
Event Logging
The IQ Analyzer will store
in non-volatile memory the
time and reason for last 504
events. These events can be
viewed from the graphical
display or accessed via
communications. In addition
to all of the meter events
listed in the Event Conditions
section (Page V3-T9-81), the
following events are entered
into the event log:
Time and date of:
●
●
●
●
●

Alarms
Meter power up
All resets
All setting changes
Communications
established or lost

Event logging is another
powerful troubleshooting tool
within the IQ Analyzer.

Extensive I/O and
Communications Capability
One analog and three digital
inputs are provided to
interface with sensors and
transducers. Three analog
outputs and four relay
contacts are furnished to
share data with PLCs and
control systems and to
actuate alarms and control
relays. Terminals are captive
clamp type and finger safe.
With the communications
option, the device can be
remotely monitored,
controlled and programmed.
Ratings
●
Application to 500 kV,
no PTs to 600 volts
●
CT ratios selectable from
5:5A to 10,000:5A
●
Standard 120/600 Vac line
●
Three-phase power supply
module, 100–600 Vac.
Separate source power
supply module available,
100–240 Vac or
100–250 Vdc
●
DC only separate source
power module also
available, 24–48 Vdc
Displayed Information Features
●
All information accessible
at device or through
communications port
via Eaton’s Power
Management Software
●
Quality true rms readings
through 50th harmonic
●
Complies with the
accuracy portion of
ANSI C12.20 Class 0.5%
revenue metering
specification
●
Accurate readings for
nonsinusoidal waveforms
with up to 3.0 crest factor
●
Screens display auto
ranging units, kilo units,
mega units as needed
●
10-digit energy readings
●
Displays multiple
parameters at the
same time
●
Programmable custom
screens

9
V3-T9-80

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Meter Menu Screens

●

●
●

Meter Menu

Examples of Meter Menu

●

●

%THD voltage
●
Phases A-B, B-C, C-A
●
Phases A-N, B-N, C-N

●

K-factor
CBEMA (ITIC) derating
factor (displayed as “Z”)
Crest Factor
Discrete input and
output status
Analog input reading
Custom—user may
program four screens to
show any combination of
seven Meter Menu
parameters per screen

●
●

Custom Screen
●

●

●

Voltage
●
Phases A-B, B-C, C-A,
average
●
Phases A-N, B-N, C-N,
average
●
Neutral-ground
Power
●
Real (watts)
●
Reactive (VARs)
●
Apparent (VA)
●
Phases A, B, C and
system

Power factor (Phases A, B,
C and system)
●
Displacement
●
Apparent
%THD current
●
Phases A, B, C, N

●

Meter Menu Displayed
Information
●
Current
●
Phases A, B, C, average
●
Neutral
●
Ground (separate CT)

Frequency, time and date
Demand
●
System current
(amperes)
●
Systems real power
(kW)
●
System reactive power
(kVAR)
●
System apparent power
(kVA)

●

Custom Screen

The IQ Analyzer allows a user
to view commonly used
parameters by scrolling
through its LED indicator
Meter Menu.

Energy (forward, reverse
and net)
●
Real (kWh)
●
Reactive (kVARh)
●
Apparent (kVAh)—no
reverse or net

●

Harmonic Analysis Screens

●

●

●
●

9.3

Power
●
Real (Watts)
●
Reactive (VARs)
●
Apparent (VA)
●
Phases A, B, C and
System
Power factor
●
Apparent and
Displacement (threephase and system)
Frequency
THD (amperes, volts
and %):
●
Current (Phases A, B, C, N)
●
Voltage (Phases A-B, BC, C-A, A-N, B-N, C-N)

All minimum/maximum
values may be reset via reset
pushbutton on faceplate,
discrete input or
communications command.
Values are updated at least
once every 16 line cycles.
The F3 function key accesses
the Harmonic Analysis
screens. Two cycles of data
sampled at 128 samples/
cycle are simultaneously
recorded for:
●

Current
●
Phases A, B, C, N, G

●

Voltage
●
Phases A-B, B-C, C-A
●
Phases A-N, B-N, C-N
●
Neutral to Ground

Magnitudes (or % of
fundamental) of odd and
even multiples of the
fundamental from 2nd–50th
are displayed. The phase
angle associated with each
multiple of the fundamental
is also displayed.

9
9
9
Waveform Screen Available with
Model 6600

Pressing the F2 function key
accesses the Event Analysis
screens. These display the
following data for up to ten
event/alarm conditions:
●

●

●

Event data is stored in nonvolatile memory. If a reset
threshold is programmed,
the duration of the event
(e.g., undervoltage) is also
displayed. With Eaton’s
communications option and
software, waveforms and
harmonic profiles may be
displayed on a PC.
Event Conditions
Events may be triggered by
up to seven of any of the
following conditions:
Voltage Disturbances
●
Undervoltage/sag—
any VL-L, VL-N (40–100%)
Note: 60% minimum for selfpowered unit.
●

Event/Alarm Analysis Screens

Description, date and
time of event/alarm with 10
millisecond resolution
Current, voltages, power
readings, demand
readings, frequency and %
THD at time of event/alarm
Current and voltage
distortion information
available on Harmonic
Analysis screens

Overvoltage/swell—
any VL-L, VL-N (100–750%)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Minimum and Maximum Values
●
Current
●
Phases A, B, C, N, G
Voltage
●
Phases A-B, B-C, C-A
●
Phases A-N, B-N,
C-N, N-G

9

9

Harmonic Spectrum Available with
Model 6600

●

9

9
9

Example of Event Analysis Screens

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-81

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

If zero time delay is
programmed, any disturbance
lasting two cycles (less if
magnitude is sufficient to
effect rms readings) will
trigger a voltage disturbance
event/alarm.
●

Sub-cycle transient
capture/excess dv/dt on
VA-N, VB-N, VC-N

Note: 6600 series only.
●

Sub-cycle voltage
interruption on VA-N,
VB-N, VC-N

Note: 6600 series only.

Maximum Threshold Exceeded
●
Currents —þphases A, B,
C, Neutral and Ground
●
Voltage—Neutral to
Ground
●
System Power—Watts,
VA, VARs
●
System Power Factor—
Displacement and
Apparent
●
Demand
●
Currents—Phase A, B, C
and AVG
●
System Power—Watts,
VARs, VA
●
Frequency
●
Percent Total Harmonic
Distortion or Magnitude
Total Harmonic Distortion:
●
Currents—Phases A, B,
C, Neutral
●
Voltage—VA-N, VB-N,
VC-N, VA-B, VB-C, VC-A
Minimum Threshold Exceeded
●
Currents—Phases A, B, C
●
System Power—Watts,
Vars, VA
●
System Power Factor—
Displacement and
Apparent
●
Frequency
Voltage Phase Unbalance
●
Voltage L-L, L-N
Current Phase Unbalance
●
Current—Phases A, B, C
Discrete Input Energized
●
Input 1, 2, 3
●
Remote command through
communications port or
front panel

9
V3-T9-82

All trigger conditions have
programmable time delays
from 0.1–60 seconds in
0.1 second increments
(except Voltage Disturbances
—programmable from
2–3600 cycles in two-cycle
increments, and Eaton’s
Power Management
Software commands—no
programmable delay).

External 120-volt secondary
PTs are required above
600 Vac, optional from
120–600 Vac.
Discrete Contact Inputs
Three dry contact discrete
inputs may be programmed
by the user to:
●

Demand Recording
Peak Demands are date and
time stamped for:
●

●

Current Phases A, B, C
and Average
System Power:
●
Real (watts)
●
Reactive (VARs)
●
Apparent (VA)

Input/Output
Extensive input/output
capability is standard on the
IQ Analyzer. In addition to
monitoring three-phase
currents and voltages,
separate inputs are provided
for both ground and neutral
currents. Voltage of neutralto-ground is also monitored to
indicate the presence of
harmonics and potential
downstream grounding
problems. Analog and digital
I/O provide interfaces for
transducers, relays, PLCs
and control systems.
Current Inputs
Five ampere secondary CT
connections for:
●
●
●
●

●

Phases A, B, C
Ground
Neutral
Separate ground and
neutral CT inputs
CT range 5:5–10,000: 5
(any integer)

Voltage Inputs
●
Phases A, B, C (from
120 Vac–500 kV AC)
●
120/240 Vac control power
input standard—not
required with optional line
power module
●
Separate ground-to-neutral
voltage reference
●
PT range 120:120–
500,000:120 (any integer)

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●
●

●

●

Trigger Event Analysis—
the information described
in “Event Analysis
Screens,” including
Harmonic Analysis
information, can be
recorded when external
devices trip or change state
by wiring their auxiliary
contacts into these inputs
Act as a synch.-pulse
input to synchronize
power demand windows
with utility provided
synch. pulse
Actuate a relay output
Reset relay output, peak
demands, Trend Analysis
records and Event
Analysis records
With communications
option, provide remote
status indication on Eaton’s
communication network
Status of input contacts is
displayed in the Meter
Menu Custom screen

Analog Input and Outputs
One analog input and four
analog outputs may be
configured as 0–20 or
4–20 mA. The analog input is
displayed at the device as a
percentage and is accessible
through the communications
port. The analog input
provides an interface with gas
flow meters, temperature
transducers or other analog
devices.
The analog outputs may be
programmed to reflect any of
the following:
●

●
●

Current—Phases A, B, C,
Average, N, G
Voltage—L-L, L-N, N-G
Power:
●
Real (watts)
●
Reactive (VARs)
●
Apparent (VA)
●
Phases A, B, C and
System

●

% THD:
●
Current (Phases A, B, C, N)
●
Voltage (L-L, L-N)

●

Frequency–System
Power Factor:
●
System Displacement PF
●
System Apparent PF

●

Standards and Certifications
Relay Output Contacts
Four Form-C (NO/NC)
relay contacts may
be independently
programmed to:
●

●

●

●

●
●

Act as a kWh, kVARh or
kVAh pulse initiator output
Actuate on one or more
event conditions—including
discrete input software
commands (through
communications port)
Reverse sequence alarm

●

●

UL listed, File E62791,
NKCR File E185559
(CE versions)
cUL listed #1010.1 C22.2
CE mark EN61010-1 (1993)
EN50082-2 (1994)
Measurement Canada
Electricity Meter AE-0782
CSA approved

Each relay may be set for
Auto or Manual Reset with
0–30 minute release delay
(one second increments).
Relays are Form-C NO/NC.
Relay(s) programmed to
actuate on undervoltage
also have a programmable
0–30 minute delay on powerup for transfer applications.

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Product Selection

IQ Analyzer

9
9

IQ Analyzer
Description

Catalog
Number

9

IQ Analyzer, separate source power module

IQA6410

IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module

IQA6420

9

IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module

IQA6430

IQ Analyzer, separate source power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture

IQA6610

IQ Analyzer, 24–48 Vdc power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture

IQA6620

IQ Analyzer, three-phase power module with waveform display and sub-cycle voltage disturbance capture

IQA6630

IQ Flange, to provide extra clearance when mounting

IQFLANGE

45-inch (1143.0 mm) extension cable for remote mounting of power module

IQA45CABLE

24–48 Vdc separate source power module

IQMDCPM

100–240 Vac and 100–250 Vdc separate source power module

IQMSSPM

Three-phase, self-powered power module

IQM3PPM

INCOM communication module

IPONI

RS-485 communication module with Modbus protocol

MPONI

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Accessories

9

IQ Analyzer Auxiliary
Power Supply
The optional IQ Analyzer
Auxiliary Power Supply allows
set point programming of the
IQ meter while the monitored
line power is turned off and
locked out, thus eliminating
the presence of dangerous
line voltages. The Auxiliary
Power Supply is easy to
install and has been
specifically designed to
connect to the power supply
connector on the IQ meter
and then plug into a standard
electrical wall outlet.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-83

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
Fuses

9

●

9
9

●

9
9

●

9
9

Environmental Conditions

9

●

9

●

9

●

9
9
9

●

●

●
●

9
9

●
●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Operating temperature:
–20°–70°C
Storage temperature:
–30°–85°C
Operating humidity:
5–95% relative humidity

Current Inputs
(Each Channel)

9
9

Self-powered units
with IQMSSPM have
3/4 ampere, 600 volts
Bus Type KTK-R-3/4 fuses
(three required).
Separate source dualvoltage units with
IQMSSPM have a single
5 x 20 mm 1/4 ampere fuse
Separate source DC units
with IQMDCPM do not
have user replaceable
fuses

●

Conversion: true rms, 32
sample/cycle (all samples
used in all rms calculations)
CT input: 5 ampere
secondary (any integer
5:5 to10,000:5)
Burden: 0.05 VA
Overload withstand:
40 amperes AC continuous,
300 amperes AC 1 second
Range: 8 x CT continuous
Accuracy: 0.1% of CT
primary rating, 0.2% of
reading above 150% of
rating, sinusoidal (see
accuracy below for nonsinusoidal specifications)
Input impedance:
0.002 ohm

Voltage Inputs
(Each Channel)
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Conversion: True rms, 32
sample/cycle (all samples
used in all rms calculations)
PT input: direct or any
integer 120:120–
500,000:120
Range: 30–660 Vac
(separate source and
DC source)
Nominal full scale:
100–600 Vac
Burden: 21 VA (selfpowered only)
Overload withstand:
635 Vac, continuous
700 Vac, 1 second
Input impedance:
1 megohm

Specific Current Accuracies
●

●

●

●

●

20–66 Hz fundamental
(up to 50th harmonic)

Harmonic Response
(Voltages, Currents)
●

●

●

●

Accuracy (in Percent
Full Scale)

●

●

●
●
●

Current and voltage:
±0.20%
Power, energy and
demand: 0.40%
Frequency: 0.04%
Power factor: 0.80%
THD: 1.00%

(Excluding programmed
time delays):
●

●

●

+30 Vdc differential across
each discrete input pair of
terminals. Minimum pulse
width: 1.6 msec
Optically isolated inputs
to protect IQ Analyzer
circuitry

0–20 mA/4–20 mA into
maximum 750 ohm load.
Accuracy: 1%

0–20 mA/4–20 mA into
200 ohm load.
Accuracy: 1%

Relay Output Contacts (4)
●

●

Two line cycles for Discrete
Input, Eaton’s software
commands
(communications port)
Four to five line cycles for
Voltage Disturbance,
Voltage Unbalance
Nine to 10 line cycles for
all others

IQ Analyzer Auxiliary
Power Supply
●
Input voltage: 100–250 Vac
●
Input frequency: 50/60 Hz
●
Output voltage/current:
+24 Vdc at 0–0.45A
●
Output ripple: 100 mV
maximum (peak to peak)
●
Rated output power:
10.8 watts
●
Turn on/turn off overshoot
5% maximum
●
Turn on delay: 0.5 second
maximum
●
Operating temperature:
0°–40°C
●
Storage temperature:
–40°–80°C

Analog Input (1)
●

Withstand rating: 1000 Vac,
1 minute across contacts
5000 Vac (contacts to coil,
1 minute) 10,000 Vac
(contacts to coil, surge
voltage)

Relay Response Time

Analog Outputs (4)

50th harmonic

Accuracy from 3–300% of Full
Scale and from –0.5. to 1.00
to 0.5 power factor

±0.20% of full scale to
200% of full scale and
150% crest factor
±0.20% of full scale to
150% of full scale and
200% crest factor
±0.20% of full scale to
100% of full scale and
300% crest factor
±0.40% of reading for
currents to 800% of full
scale
Power and energy: Start
recording with an average
of 3 mA secondary current

Discrete Inputs
(Dry Contact)

Frequency Range
●

●

Form C Dry Contact:
10 amperes at 120/240 Vac
(Resistive) 10A at 30 Vdc
(Resistive) 30A make
(50 mS) at 240 Vac/240 Vdc
Minimum pulse width:
4 cycles (68 mS)

Control Power Input
Description

Separate Source

Self Powered 1

DC Source

Input range, AC
Frequency range

110–240 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz

110–600 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz

N/A
N/A

Input range, DC
Burden

110–250 Vdc ±10%
21 VA

N/A
21 VA

24–48 Vdc ±20%
21 VA

Note
1 When directly wired to 480 Vac, IQ Analyzer can ride through a continuous sag that is 20% of rated voltage.

9
9
V3-T9-84

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagram

9

Field Wiring Connections—Separate Source Power Supply Shown Here
(For Three-Phase Power Supply, No Separate Control Power is Required)

9
9

Three-Phase Three-Wire (Above 600 Volts)
External Potential Transformers and Current Transformers

C

L3
L2
A
L1

Line

9

3CT
2CT
Load
1CT

B

9
9

Fuse
Open Delta
PT Connection
Note: External PTs
Optional Under 600 V

9
9

Control Power
IQ Analyzer
1

2

3

4

Fuse
A

B

(See Label for
Vac/dc Connections)

C

Neutral
Term.

9

Relay No. 1 Relay No. 2 Relay No. 3 Relay No. 4

H1G H1N H1C H1B H1A
H2G H2N H2C H2B H2A

1

2

3 4

5

6 7

8

9 10

11

9

12

Separate Source Power Supply Module
Discrete Contact Inputs
1

2

3

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

(+)

(-)

13

14

15

16

17

18

1
19

Analog I/O
Outputs
2
3
4
20

21

22

9
Analog
Earth
GND Input Ground
23

24

9

25

9
9
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

IQ Analyzer 6000 Series

9

6.72
(170.7)

0.50
(12.7)
Faceplate

9

With Communication Module
5.83
(148.1)
4.70
(119.4)
Without Communication
Module

9
9

Normal
Event

9

RES

Relay

IQ Analyzer

Reset

Program

9
9

J2
POWER
MODULE
Previous
Level

F1

F2

F3

Frequency

Power (Vars)

% THD

Power (VA)

Distortion Factor

Energy

Custom

Up
Down

3
1
2
3
1
2
3

Help

2
3

9
9
9

RELAY NO. 4

1

Progra

9
PONI

Power (Watts)

2

Power Supply

Power Factor

RELAY NO. 3

Voltage

10.25
(260.4

1

RELAY NO. 2

Demand

9

Home

RELAY NO. 1

Current

F4

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-85

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

IQ Analyzer Auxiliary Power Supply

9

Width

9
9
9
9

2.40 (61.0)

Height

Drilling Pattern
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

Depth

4.00 (101.6)

1.11 (28.2)

2.69
(68.3)

5.8 (3.6)

5.38
(136.7)

IQ Analyzer 6000 Series
Height

Width

Depth

6.72 (170.7)

4.70 (119.4)

6.72 (170.7)

5.83 (148.1)

Without PONI
10.25 (260.4)
With PONI
10.25 (260.4)

8.90
(226.1)

9.38
(238.3)

6.68
(169.7)

9

4.69
(119.1)

4.45
(113.0)

9

.06
(1.5) RAD
4 Places

2.23
(56.7)

9
9

2.53
(64.3)

9
9

.218
DIA 10 Places
(5.5)

5.06
(128.5)

Drilling Pattern for Flange Mounting

9

8.11
(206.0)

4.06
(103.1)

9
9
9

.213
(5.4)
Typ. for 8

9
9

10.41
(264.4)

11.03
(280.2)

CL
10.09
(256.3)

9

CL

9

5.52
(140.2)

.94
(23.9)

9
9

7.41
(188.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-86

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

IQ DP-4000

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79

V3-T9-88
V3-T9-88
V3-T9-89
V3-T9-89
V3-T9-90
V3-T9-92
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ DP-4000 Series
Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s IQ DP-4000 is a
microprocessor-based
monitoring and protective
device that provides
complete electrical metering
and system voltage
protection. In one compact,
standard package, the IQ
DP-4000 will provide an
alternative to individually
mounted and wired
conventional meters and
switches. The DP-4000 also
monitors Apparent Power
(VA), Reactive Energy
(VAR-hours), Apparent
Energy (VA-hours) and
percent THD to provide the
user with basic power quality
information. The IQ DP-4000
meets and surpasses
UL/CSA/CE standards.

●

●

9

Monitoring of all common
electrical parameters
Optional protective
alarm functions

9
9

Retrofit Opportunities
●
Retrofit of existing
electrical distribution
systems with the IQ
DP-4000 for power, quality,
load and energy monitoring
●
Mounting flange option
for application where
additional door mounting
space is required; see
Page V3-T9-134

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The IQ DP-4000’s rugged
construction is designed to
withstand harsh conditions
such as temperature
variations, outdoor
applications and industrial
environments. The membrane
faceplate pushbuttons are
easy to use and both the
parameter LED and window
displays are easily visible.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9
9
9
9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-87

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Features, Benefits and Functions

9

Historical Values
●
Present demand current
(per phase) 5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 45 or 60 minute
windows
●
Present demand watts,
VARs and VA 5, 10, 15, 20,
25, 30, 45 or 60 minute
windows:
●
Sliding or fixed window
for power Sync pulse
input (Model 4100)
Eaton’s PowerNet
broadcast demand sync
●
Minimum and maximum
values current (per phase):
●
Voltage (per phase,
L-L, L-N)
●
Watts, VARs and VA
●
Power factor
(displacement and
apparent)
●
Frequency

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Standards and Certifications
Communications
Optional interface
capability to computer
network for data collection,
storage and/or printout
via Eaton’s Power
Management Software

●

Physical Characteristics
●
Large visible LED display
●
Membrane Faceplate
NEMA 3R and 12 rated
Alarm and Protective Functions
●
Alarm/Protective functions
(all models) include:
●
Overvoltage
●
Undervoltage
●
Current phase loss
●
Voltage phase loss
●
Phase unbalance
●
Phase reversal
●

●

Peak values:
●
Percent THD parameters
●
Demand parameters

Protective and Event Alarming
●
Undervoltage
●
Overvoltage
●
Current phase loss
●
Voltage phase loss
●
Phase reversal
●
Phase unbalance
●
Optional current and
powerdemand threshold
Metered and Monitored
Parameters
●
rms sensing
●
Phase currents
●
Volts: L-L, L-N
●
Power: real, reactive,
apparent
●
Energy: real, reactive,
apparent
●
Frequency
●
Power factor
●
% THD: current and
voltage
●
Minimum and maximum
values
●
Fixed or sliding demand
windows

●

Delay
Allows a delay before an alarm
occurs. (Range 1–20 seconds
in 1 second increments.)

Listings and Certifications
●
UL/cUL/CSA listed
●
CE mark EN61010-1,
EN50082-2

Note: Unit must be powered for
this to occur.

Inputs and Outputs
(4100 Model)
●

●

Three Form C relay outputs
selectable: Trip, Alarm,
kWh pulse initiator
One synch input for kW
utility demand sync

User-programmable alarm
and reset threshold levels
and delay intervals
Optional current and power
demand threshold

Description of Protection
Functions
Overvoltage
Range 105–140%
(5% increments).
Undervoltage
Range 60–95%
(5% increments).
Phase Unbalance
Deviation between any
two phases percentage of
nominal line voltage preset by
DIP switches. Range 5–40%
(5% increments).
Phase Reversal
Any two phases become
reversed for the selected
delay.
Voltage Phase Loss
Less than 50% of the
nominal line voltage
detected.
Current Phase Loss
Smallest phase current is
less than1/16 of the largest
phase current.

9
9
V3-T9-88

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Product Selection
IQ DP-4000

9
IQ DP-4000

9

Catalog
Number

Description

9

4 indicates an IQ DP-4000 model
x = 0 indicates no I/O; x = 1 indicates I/O
y = 1 indicates separate source supply, 110–240 Vac and 110–250 Vdc
y = 2 indicates 24–48 Vdc power supply,
y = 3 indicates three-phase power supply, 110–600 Vac

IQDP4XY0

Separate source control power without I/O

IQDP4010

Separate source control power without I/O, DC supply

IQDP4020

Three-phase power supply without I/O

IQDP4030

Separate source control power with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input

IQDP4110

Separate source control power with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input, DC supply

IQDP4120

Three-phase power supply with three Form C relay output contacts and one sync pulse input

IQDP4130

2 Form C relay outputs for protective alarming functions, 1 Form C relay output selectable for KYZ pulse output or load shedding,
1 demand sync pulse input

DP4IOMOD

9

IQ flange, to provide extra clearance when mounting

IQFLANGE

45-inch (1143.0 mm) extension cable for remote mounting of power module

IQA45CABLE

9

24–48 Vdc separate source power module

IQMDCPM

100–240 Vac and 100–250 Vdc separate source power module

IQMSSPM

Three-phase, self-powered power module

IQM3PPM

INCOM communication module

IPONI

RS-485 communication module with Modbus protocol

MPONI

9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9

Accessories
IQ DP-4000 I/O Module
For applications where field
modification to add or change
Input/Output (I/O) capability
to the IQ DP-4000 is required,
Eaton offers I/O cards. These
field-installable modules can
be easily inserted into an
existing IQ DP-4000 where
input/output application
needs change.

●

●
●

●

●

9

Power requirements:
10 VA
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Operating temperature:
25°–70°C
Operating humidity:
0–95% noncondensing
Dry contact input: 24 Vdc
differential across input pair
of terminals; minimum
pulse width, 50 mS

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-89

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Accuracy
●
Maintained from 10–250%
of CT primary rating

9
9
9
9
9

Current Inputs (Each Channel)
●
Nominal full scale current:
5 amperes AC
●
Current range for rated
accuracy: 0–15 amperes AC
●
Overload withstand:
15 amperes ac continuous
300 amperes AC 1 second
●
Burden: 0.003 VA

9
9

Fuses
Supplied with three-phase
power module only. 3/4
ampere, 600 volt bus type
KTK-R-3/4 (three required).
Contact Rating (Model 4100)
●
10 amperes at 120/240 Vac
(resistive)
●
10 amperes at 30 Vdc
(resistive)

9
9
9
9

Voltage Inputs (Each Channel)
Voltage range (nominal):
90–600 Vac
●
Nominal full scale voltage:
120–600 Vac
●
Overload withstand:
660 Vac continuous 4 kV
1.2/50 μs
●
Burden: three-phase power
module 10 VA
●

Compatible with the
Following Systems
●
Three-phase, three-wire
●
Three-phase, four-wire
Ratings
●
Application to 500 kV,
no PTs to 600 volts
●
CT ratios selectable from
5:5 A to 12800: 5A
●
Standard 120/600 Vac line
three-phase power supply
module. Two separate
source power supply
modules available. One
module from 110– 240 Vac
and 110–250 Vdc; the other
module 24–48 Vdc only

Model 4100 Input and Output
Model

Input

Output

4000

0

0

9

4100

1 digital (dry contact)

3 relays

9

Control Power Input

9

Description

Separate Source

Self Powered

DC Source

9

Input range, AC
Frequency range

110–240 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz

110–600 Vac ±10%
45–66 Hz

N/A
N/A

9

Input range, DC
Burden

110–250 Vac ±10%
10 VA

N/A
10 VA

24–48 Vdc ±20%
10 VA

9

Displayed Values

9

Description

Displayed Through Eaton’s
PowerNet System

Local Display

9

AC amperes, phases A, B, C

±0.3%

±0.3% ±1 digit

9

AC voltage, phase A-B, B-C, C-A

±0.3%

±0.3% ±1 digit

Phase A-N, B-N, C-N

±0.3%

±0.3% ±1 digit

9

Watts

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

Vars

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

9

VA

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

Watt-hours

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

9

VAR-hours

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

9

VA-hours

±0.6%

±0.6% ±1 digit

Power factor

±1%

±1%

9

Frequency

±0.1 Hz

±0.1 Hz

% THD

Through 31st harmonic

Through 31st harmonic

9
9

Note
All accuracy is measured as a percentage of full scale.

9
V3-T9-90

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Wiring Diagrams

9
9

Field Wiring Connections
Three-Phase Three-Wire (Up to 600 Volts)
Direct Voltage Connection and External Current Transformers

C

L3
Line L2
A
L1

Three-Phase Four-Wire (Up to 600 Volts)
Direct Voltage Connection and External Current Transformers

3CT
2CT
1CT

B

Load

(99 – 275 Vdc)
(99 – 264 Vac)
(24 – 48 Vdc)
Control Power

Line

N
L3
L2
A
L1

C

3CT
2CT
1CT

B

Load

Fuse

1 2 3 4

A

B

C

Neutral
Term.

HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A

IQ DP-4000
Fuse

1 2 3 4

Separate Source Power Supply Module

C

L3
L2
A
L1

A

B

C

HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A

Neutral
Term.

B

Load

N
L3
Line
L2
A
L1

Fuse

C

Load

9

WYE
Connection
IQ DP-4000

Fuse

A

B

C

Neutral
Term.

HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A

Self-Powered Power Supply Module

IQ DP-4000
Fuse

A

9
9

Fuse

Open Delta
VT Connection

9

9
3CT
2CT
1CT

B

9

9

Three-Phase Four-Wire (Above 600 Volts)
External Voltage Transformers and Current Transformers

3CT
2CT
1CT

9

9

Separate Source Power Supply Module

Three-Phase Three-Wire (Above 600 Volts)
External Voltage Transformers and Current Transformers

9
9

(99 – 275 Vdc)
(99 – 264 Vac)
(24 – 48 Vdc)
Control Power
IQ DP-4000

Line

9

B

C

Neutral
Term.

9
9

HIC HIB HIA
H2C H2B H2A

9

Self-Powered Power Supply Module

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-91

9.3
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Drilling Pattern

9

2.69
(68.3)

9
9
9
9
9

IQ DP-4000 Side View
5.38
(136.7)

8.90
(226.1)

0.50
(12.7)
Faceplate

With Communication Module
5.40
(137.1)
4.42
(112.3)
Without Communication
Module

9.38
(238.3)

6.68
(169.7)

Power
Module
P3

4.69
(119.1)

4.45
(113.0)

2

4

9

5

5.06
(128.5)

.218
DIA 10 Places
(5.5)

6
7
8

9

11

MWH Pulse

9
10

PONI

2.53
(64.3)

1/2 Hp @ 240 Vac 1/3 Hp @ 120 Vac
Alarm 1
Alarm 2

3

9

Power Module

1

Sync.
Pulse

2.23
(56.7)

GND

9

.06
(1.5) RAD
4 Places

9
9

LED Display

9

Height

9

PONI

9

Without PONI

10.25 (260.4)

9.02 (229.0)

9

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

6.72 (170.7)

5.40 (137.2)

6.50 (3.0)

7.80 (198.1)

4.42 (112.3)

12.5 (5.7)

IQ DP-4000 Auxiliary Power Supply

9
9

Width

Height

Depth

2.40 (61.0)

4.00 (101.6)

1.11 (28.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-92

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

IQ 230 Digital Meter

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87

V3-T9-94
V3-T9-94
V3-T9-95
V3-T9-96
V3-T9-99
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ 230 Meters
Product Description

Application Description

The IQ 230 is a
microprocessor-based
metering and monitoring
device. Its compact size and
flexible mounting capabilities
make it suitable for machine
control panels such as
panelboard and switchboard
mains and feeders, low
voltage metal-enclosed
switchgear feeders and
motor control centers. The IQ
230 series meter includes a
base module and a display
module. The IQ 230 base
module has the flexibility to
be directly mounted to the
display or separately panel
mounted. The display is
integrally designed to fit a
standard 1/4 DIN or a
100 mm ANSI cutout for
new retrofit applications.

The IQ 230 is ideal for
individual load monitoring
or provides an alternative
to multiple ammeters,
voltmeters, ammeter and
voltmeter switches,
wattmeters, varmeters,
power factor meters,
frequency meters, watthour
and demand meters. ANSI
C12 Class 10 revenue
metering accuracy makes the
IQ 230 ideal for sub-metering
and sub-billing applications.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-93

9.3
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Features

Standards and Certifications

The IQ 230 can be easily
programmed from the display
keypad, which features a
4 line x 20 character LED
backlit LCD display. This
menu driven device displays a
variety of selectable electrical
system values and may be
programmed for password
protection.
The IQ 230 series includes
two variations all containing
the same display module.
The IQ 230 has built-in
INCOM communications,
KYZ pulse output, digital
inputs, digital outputs and an
analog input. The IQ 230M
includes all the benefits of
the IQ 230 but replaces
INCOM communication with
Modbus®

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

●

9
9

●

9

●

9

●

9

●

Five different mounting
options
1/4 DIN standard
3.60 inches (91.4 mm) x
3.60 inches (91.4 mm)
cutout that meets global
standards
One meter style with
multiple mounting
choices—mount on panel,
DIN rail or back of meter
Autoranging power supply;
one style for any voltage
up to 600 Vac
Direct connection up to
600 Vac. PTs are not
required
AC or DC powered
Polarity sensing for errors
such as improper wiring
or forward and reverse
power flow
Membrane faceplate
designed and tested to
meet NEMA® 12 and IP52
Nonvolatile storage of all
set points and recorded
peaks and minimums
Built-in INCOM or Modbus
communications capability
Digital and analog I/O
Utility seal provision

Monitored Values
●
Phase currents
●
Voltage, L-L, L-N
●
System and per-phase
power including watthours,
varhours and VA-hours
●
System demand including
watt demand, VA demand
and VAR demand
●
Apparent and
displacement power factor
●
Frequency
●
KYZ pulse output is
available for use with a
watthour pulse recorder
or totalizer
●
Recorded minimums and
maximums of most values

●
●
●

●

●

●
●
●

UL and cUL listed
UL file number E185559
CSA certified (not ANSI
revenue certified as a
single-phase meter)
CE mark for applications
where European
compliance is required
IEC 1010-1 (1990) incl.
amend. 1 and 2 (1995)
EN61010-1 (1993)
CSA C22.2 #1010.1 (1992)
UL 3111

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-94

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Product Selection

IQ 230 Meters

9
9

IQ 230 Meters
Catalog
Number

9

IQ 230 complete meter
Includes base, display and 14-inch cable with INCOM Communications, KYZ output, digital inputs,
digital outputs, analog input and utility seal provision

IQ230

9

IQ 230M complete meter
Includes base, display and 14-inch cable with Modbus communications, KYZ output, digital inputs,
digital outputs, analog input and utility seal provision

IQ230M

IQ 230 base module

IQ230TRAN

IQ 230M base module

IQ230MTRAN

IQ 200D IQ 210/220 display module

IQ200D

Description

9

3-foot (0.9 m) category 5 cable

IQ23CABLE

6-foot (1.8 m) category 5 cable

IQ26CABLE

10-foot (3.0 m) category 5 cable

IQ210CABLE

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-95

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Compatible with the Following Systems:
●
Three-phase, three-wire
●
Three-phase, four-wire
●
Single-phase, two-wire
●
Single-phase, three-wire

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Current Input (Each Channel)
●
Current range: 2 times
●
Nominal full scale current: 5 amperes AC
●
Overload withstand:10 amperes AC continuous
150 amperes AC, 1 second
●
Input impedance: 0.01 ohms
●
Burden: 0.025 VA
Voltage Input (Each Channel)
●
Voltage range (nominal): 90–600/347 Vac
●
Nominal full scale voltage: 120–600/347 Vac
●
Overload withstand: 660 Vac continuous,
800 Vac 1 second
●
Input impedance: 2 megohm
CT (Primary) Settings
Select from 256 values ranging from 5–8000 amperes
●

PT Primary 256 values with ratios up to 200 kV

EMC
●
Emissions
FCC Part 15 Class A
CISPR 11 (1990)/EN55011 (1991) Group 1 Class A
●
Immunity
Electrostatic discharge
EN61000-4-2 (1995)/EN50082-2 (1995)
4 kV contact discharge
8 kV air discharge
Electrical fast transient
EN61000-4-4 (1995)/EN50082-2 (1995)
2 kV power lines
2 kV signal lines
Radiated immunity
EN61000-4-3 (1997)/EN50082-2 (1995)
10V/m
Conducted immunity
EN61000-4-6 (1996)/EN50082-2 (1995)
10V rms
Power frequency magnetic field
EN61000-4-8 (1995)
30 A/m
Metered Values and Accuracies at Full Scale
Accuracy
AC ampere

Environmental Conditions

Phase A
Phase B
Phase C

±0.5%

Phase A
Phase B
Phase C

±0.5%

AC voltage

Base

Display

Operating temperature

–20°C to 50°C

0°C to 50°C

Storage temperature

–30°C to 85°C

–20°C to 60°C

Operating humidity

0.0% to 95% noncondensing

—

Watts

—

VARs

±1.0%

VA

±1.0%

Watthours

±1.0%

Maximum relative humidity

80% up to 31°C

Frequency Range
50/60 Hz
Control Power Input
Vac

Vdc

Phase A-B
Phase B-C
Phase C-A

±1.0%

VAR-hours

±1.0%

VA-hours

±1.0%

Power factor

±2.0%
±0.1%

IQ 230

100–600 ±10%

48–250 ±10%

Frequency

Frequency range

50–60 Hz ±10%

—

Burden

180 mA

700W

Communications
INCOM compatible 1200/9600 baud
●

9

(IQ 230 only—does not require IPONI)

Modbus compatible 9600/19200 baud

9

●

9

(IQ 230M only—does not require PONI)

Input/Output
KYZ solid-state relay output

9

●

9

●

9

●

●

96 mA at 240 Vac/300 Vdc
Digital input 96 mA at 12–48 Vdc
Digital output 96 mA at 125 Vac/176 Vdc
Analog input 4–20 mA

9
9
V3-T9-96

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Mounting the IQ 230 Base Module
to the IQ 230 Display Module

9
9
9

IQ 230 Display
Module—
Mounted in
a Panel

9
9

IQ 230
Base Module

IN 1
R I

IN2
R I

H
2
A

H
1
B

H
2
B

H
1
C

9

H
2
C

9

A 1 A 2 PU LSE INC OM MO D
1 2 1 2 K Y Z 1 2 3 1 2

TX

VA

H
1
A

A N1
R I

DISPL AY

VB

VC

N EU PS1

PS2

9

Lock Washer
#10 Screw

9

Display Mounting Options

9

IQ 230 Display Module

9
9

Gasket
Panel

9
9

Locking Washer

9

Hex Nut

9

Mounting Bracket
3.9 Inches (100 mm)
ANSI Cutout

9

.25 Inches (6.4 mm)
Diameter Cutout

or

9
9

IQ 230 Base Connections

IN1
R I

Connect to
IQ 230 Display
Module

IN2
R I

AN1
R I

DISPLAY
TX

9

H H H H H H
1 2 1 2 1 2
A A B B C C

A1 A2 PULSE INCOM MOD
1 2 1 2 K Y Z 1 2 3 1 2

INCOM™
Transmit LED

9
System Current
Transformer Input

9

INCOM™ Port

9
9

K-Y-Z Pulse
Output

VA

VB

9
9

VC NEU PS1 PS2

9

Ground Lug

9

System
Neutral IQ 230
Power Supply
Voltage Input

9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-97

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Wiring Diagrams

9

Typical Field Wiring Connections
Three-Phase Three-Wire (up to 600 Volts)
Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter

9
Line
L3

9

L1
H2A
H1A

9

H2B
H1B

H2C

H2A

H1C

VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2

9

H1A

Case
Ground
must be
connected
for proper
operation

IQ 230

9

H2B
H1B

H2C
H1C

VA VB VC NEU

PS1 PS2
Fuse

Control Power

Control Power
IQ 230
90–600 Vac
48–250 Vdc

IQ 230
90–600 Vac
48–250 Vdc

9

Three-Phase Four-Wire (above 600 Volts)
Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter

Three-Phase Three-Wire (above 600 Volts)
Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter
Load

Line

9

L3

9

L1

Case
Ground
must be
connected
for proper
operation

IQ 230

Fuse

9

9

Load

L2

L1

9

9

Line
N
L3

Load

L2

9

9

Three-Phase Four-Wire (up to 600 Volts)
(Line Powered) Proper CT polarity is critical to the proper operation of the meter

L2

Line
N
L3

Load

L2
L1
Fuse
H2A

Open
Delta
PT
Connection

9

H1A

H2B
H1B

H2C
H1C

IQ 230
VA VB VC NEU

PS1 PS2

H2A
Case
Ground
must be
connected
for proper
operation

WYE
Connection

H1A

H2B
H1B

H2C
H1C

IQ 230
VA VB VC NEU PS1 PS2

Fuse

9

Fuse

Control Power

9

Control Power

IQ 230
90–600 Vac
48–250 Vdc

9

IQ 230
90–600 Vac
48–250 Vdc

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-98

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Case
Ground
must be
connected
for proper
operation

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

IQ 230

9
9

IQ 200

Menu

Enter
Scroll

4.33
(110.0)

0.50
(12.7)

9

3.62
(92.0)

3.62
(92.0)

4.33
(110.0)

9
0.97
(24.6)
1.84
(46.7)

0.06
(1.5)

9

6.06
(154)

9

6.74
(171.2)

9

Mounting Hole Pattern for the IQ 230 Base Module

9

3.55
(90.2)
.78
(19.8)

2.00
(50.8)

Slot Size
.125 (3.2) Radius
(4 places)

9

.25
(6.35)

9
9
9

5.05
(128.3)

9
9

4.55
(115.6)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-99

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93

V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter

9

Product Overview

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s Power Xpert™ MultiPoint Meter is an ANSI
C12.20 revenue class Webenabled electronic
submetering device that can
be mounted in panelboards
switchboards or enclosures.
When mounted in a
panelboard or a switchboard,
the Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter provides customers
with an integrated power
distribution and energy
metering solution that saves
space, reduces installation
labor and lowers total cost.

9
9
9
9

Product Description
The Eaton Power Xpert MultiPoint Meter (PXMP Meter)
offers a highly modular
approach to high-density
metering applications in
electrical power distribution
systems. The PXMP Meter is
compatible with most threephase industrial, commercial
and single-phase residential
low voltage electrical power
systems. The PXMP is
equipped with two Modbus®
RTU communication ports for
local display and remote serial
communications. The PXMP
also has optional pulse input
and digital output modules
along with one standard
digital output and three digital
inputs. The PXMP Energy
Portal Module is Web
enabled, making it suitable for
use with Ethernet networks
and modems.

9
9

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter can measure up to any
of the following number of
circuits:
●

●

●

Sixty single-phase,
two-wire (single-pole)
Thirty single-phase,
three-wire (two-pole)
Twenty three-phase,
four-wire (three-pole)

The circuits listed above can
be mixed provided that the
total number of current
sensors does not exceed 60.
The meter provides current;
voltage; power factor;
demand and active, reactive,
and real power (VA, VAR, kW);
and active, reactive, and real
energy (VA, VAR, kWh)
measurements for each load.
The unit also provides up to
two years at 15-minute
intervals or eight years at onehour intervals of demand data
logging storage in non-volatile
memory for up to 60
submeters.

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter can be used with three
different ratings of current
sensors: 100 mA, 10 mA or
333 mV. Switchboard/
panelboard applications will
use the 100 mA current
sensors, which are highly
accurate, self-protecting in the
event of an open circuit
condition under load and are
supplied with an integral plugin connector. The PXMP
automatically detects the
rating of the current sensor
that is connected.
The PXMP can also use 10 mA
current sensors that were
previously installed for
IQMESII retrofit applications.
Additionally, the PXMP can
use 333 mV split core current
sensors for retrofit
applications where metering
has not previously existed.
The 10 mA and 333 mV
current sensors are also selfprotecting in the event of an
open circuit condition under
load.

9
9
V3-T9-100

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Application Description

Features

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter is ideally suited to
handle submetering in low
voltage power distribution
equipment applications such
as distribution boards in
multi-tenant buildings,
comprehensive main and
feeder metering in
commercial/industrial
switchboards or medium
voltage distribution
equipment with the use of
voltage and current
transformers.

●

●

●

●

●

The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter provides a costeffective solution for
residential or commercial
metering installations. Typical
installations include:
●
●
●

●
●
●

●
●
●
●

High-rise buildings
Government institutions
K–12, universities and
campuses
Office buildings
Medical facilities
Apartment and
condominium complexes
Airports
Shopping malls
Industrial sites
Mixed-use facilities

●

●

●

●

●

Monitors power and
energy for up to 60 current
sensors; space-saving
modular design allows
measurement from 1 to 60
circuits
Built-in communication
interfaces
Monitors single-phase and
three-phase loads from 120
to 600 Vac
Monitors current, voltage,
power factor, frequency,
power and energy
Stores extensive energy
profile data for each
metering point; can be
used to identify
coincidental peak
demand contribution
LEDs provide status of unit
communication activity and
verify sensor connections
Meets rigid ANSI C12.20
accuracy specifications for
revenue meters
Three standard digital
inputs and eight pulse
inputs per optional module
to monitor WAGES (water,
air, gas, electric, or steam)
One standard digital output
and eight digital outputs
per optional module for
alarm indication
Three types of meter
modules to support 10 mA,
100 mA or 333 mV sensors

●

●

Can be directly mounted in
a UL Listed panelboard,
switchboard or enclosure
256 MB of memory in
meter base for up to two
years of 15-minute interval
data (eight years of onehour interval data) for eight
demand values up to
60 submeters

Communication Capabilities
With the Power Xpert MultiPoint Meter’s built-in
communication capabilities,
remote meter reading and
monitoring functions can be
integrated into both new and
retrofit applications.
●
●

Standard Modbus RTU
Optional Modbus TCP /
BACnet/IP / SNMP / HTTP /
SMTP / NTP /SFTP
communications

Software Compatibility
The Power Xpert Multi-Point
Meter:
●

●

●

Can be used as part of
an electrical energy
monitoring and cost
allocation system
Can be remotely monitored
via onboard Web pages
with Eaton’s optional
Energy Portal Module
Is compatible with thirdparty software platforms
and interface devices

Configuration
●
The Power Xpert MultiPoint Meter is fully
configurable using Power
Xpert Multi-Point
configuration software that
can be down-loaded free
from the Eaton website at
www.eaton.com/meters
●
Each Power Xpert MultiPoint Meter module can be
configured for up to six
metering points in any
combination of singlephase and three-phase
metering points
corresponding to the
voltage wiring of the meter
base
●
Power Xpert Multi-Point
configuration software
simplifies system
commissioning and
startup; PXMP
configuration software
supports both online and
offline configurations
Easy to Install
●
UL Listed for mounting
inside panelboards (e.g.,
PRL4), switchboards, and
NEMA 12 enclosures
●
Quick connect terminals
for current sensors,
Modbus communications,
and bus voltages make
wiring the unit quick
and easy

Instrumentation
Current, per phase
Voltage, per phase (L-L, L-N)
Frequency
Minimum/maximum readings, V
Minimum/maximum readings, W, VAR, VA
Minimum/maximum readings, PF, F
Power
Real, reactive, and apparent power (W, VAR, VA)
Power factor
Demand
Block interval (fixed, sliding)
Real, reactive and apparent power demand
Minimum/maximum readings, PF, W, VAR, VA
Energy
Real, reactive and apparent energy (Wh, VARh, VAh)
Real, forward and reverse, and total (Wh)

Main/Aggregate

Channel Data

Tenant

■

■

1

■

■

—
—

—
Per phase
Total and per phase
Total

■

■

—
—
—

—
—
—

Total and per phase
—

Total and per phase
Average

Total
Average

■

—
—
Total

—
—
—

—
—

■

Total and per phase
Total and per phase
Total
■

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Total

9

Note
1 Main only.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9

9

Features
Description

9

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-101

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Standards and Certifications

9

Environmental
The PXMP Meter and current sensors must be housed in a
NEMA or UL enclosure that keeps the internal environment
within the PXMP’s environmental specification ranges and
provides suitable fire and mechanical protection in the end
product installation.

9
9
9

●
●

9

●

9

●

9

●

9

●

9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●

Product Selection
The Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter, current sensors, and other
accessories can be ordered from Eaton distributors. Refer to the
following catalog numbers when ordering.
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Products
Product Description

Catalog Number

Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABCN Voltage Inputs

Temperature range: –20 to +70°C (–4 to +158°F)
Storage temperature range: –40 to 85°C
Humidity: 5–95% noncondensing environment
Pollution degree: II
Elevation: 0 to 9843 ft
(0 to 3000m)
Housing: IP20
CE Mark
EMC EN61326

PXMP meter base—three-phase with ABCN voltage inputs

PXMP-MB

PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs
for use with PXMP current sensors

PXMP-MM100MA

PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs
for use with IQMESII current sensors

PXMP-MM10MA

PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs
for use with 333 mV current sensors

PXMP-MM333MV

Meter Bases and Meter Modules with ABN Voltage Inputs

Emissions Conducted and Radiated
●
FCC part 15 Class B
●
CISPR 11 Class B
Electromagnetic Immunity

PXMP meter base—single-phase, three-wire
with ABN voltage inputs

PXMP-MB-AB

PXMP meter module with six 100 mA inputs
for use with PXMP current sensors

PXMP-MM100MA-AB

PXMP meter module with six 10 mA inputs for use with IQMESII
current sensors

PXMP-MM10MA-AB
PXMP-MM333MV-AB

Standard

Description

Level

PXMP meter module with six 333 mV inputs for use with
333 mV current sensors

EN61000-4-2

ESD

3

IO Modules

EN61000-4-3

RF radiated

3

EN61000-4-4

Electrical fast transient

3

EN61000-4-5

Surge

31

EN61000-4-6

RF conducted

3

PXMP meter pulse input module with eight inputs

PXMP-PIM

PXMP meter digital output module with eight outputs

PXMP-DOM

Communication Module
PXMP meter energy portal module

PXMP-EPM

Current Sensor Kits

9

EN61000-4-11

KIT, PXMP CS125 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS125-3

9

Product Safety
●
IEC/EN61010-1
●
UL 61010-1 File E185559
●
CNL evaluation to CAN/C22.2 No 1010.1.92

KIT, PXMP CS250 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS250-3

KIT, PXMP CS400 sensor, quantity of 3

PXMP-CS400-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 4 ft (1.2m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC4-3

Accuracy
●
ANSI C12.20—Accuracy Class 0.5% with either CSXXX or
PXMP-CSXXX sensors
●
Measurement Canada Approval Pending

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 6 ft (1.8m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC6-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC8-3

KIT, PXMP sensor cable, 12 ft (3.7m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SC12-3

9
9
9
9

Volt sag/swell/variation

—

9

Current Sensor Cable Kits

Current Sensor Extension Cable Kits
KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 8 ft (2.4m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SCE-8-3

KIT, PXMP sensor extension cable, 16 ft (4.9m), quantity of 3

PXMP-SCE-16-3

9

Interface Modules

9

Note
Total sensor lead length must not exceed 28 ft (8.5m).

PXMP current sensor interface module for 333 mV, kit X 3

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-102

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

PXMP-IM333MV-3

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

The Pulse Input Module (PXMP-PIM) can be used to totalize
pulse outputs from water meters, gas meters, steam meters or
even old electrical meters with KZ pulse outputs. The PXMP-PIM
can also be used for status monitoring in applications where
status indication updates of 6 seconds over Modbus satisfies
the application requirement.

9

Support products for the Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter include
the HMI display, IMPCABLE and power supplies as described in
the table below.

9

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter Support Products

9

Product Description

Catalog Number

Communication cable, 1000 ft (305m), 600V insulation

IMPCABLE

PXMP meter display—6-inch color touchscreen (with cable)

PXMP-DISP-6

Power supply—single-phase 90–264 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A

PSG60E

Power supply—three-phase 360–575 Vac, 24 Vdc at 2.5A

PSG60F

Power supply—three-phase 600 Vac, 24 Vdc

PSS55D

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Meter Selection
Meter Base

Typical Applications

Meter Module

Three-Phase
Application or
Single-Phase
with ABCN

Single-Phase
Application
with ABN

New Switchboards
PXMP Current
Sensors,
Solid Core,
PXMP-CSXXX, Ampere
Ratings

Retrofit Existing
IQMESII
Sensors,
Solid Core,
CS-XXX,
Ampere Ratings

Enclosed PXMP
333MV
Sensors,
Split Core,
CS-SP-X-XXXX-333MV,
Ampere Ratings

Enclosed PXMP
Interface
Modules

PXMP-MM100MA

PXMP-MB

—

125, 250, 400

—

—

—

PXMP-MM333MV

PXMP-MB

—

—

—

100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, PXMP-IM333MV
1600, 2000 1

9
9

9

PXMP-MM10MA

PXMP-MB

—

—

5, 50, 70, 125, 200, 400

—

—

PXMP-MM100MA-AB

—

PXMP-MB-AB

125, 250, 400

—

—

—

PXMP-MM333MV-AB

—

PXMP-MB-AB

—

—

100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, PXMP-IM333MV
1600, 2000 1

PXMP-MM10MA-AB

—

PXMP-MB-AB

—

5, 50, 70, 125, 200, 400

—

9
9

9
9

—

Note
1 For applications requiring more than 2000A current sensors, use a CS005 with 5A CT in conjunction with PXMP-MM10MA.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-103

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Technical data and Specifications

9

External Circuit Group Specifications

9

PXMP-MB (-AB) Meter base
Discrete Output

9

●

9

●

9

●

9

●

●

●
●
●

9

●

9

●

●

9
9
9

●

9
9

●

9
9
9

●
●
●

9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●
●

9
9
9
9

T1 (polarity not important)

●

T2 (polarity not important)

Quantity 3, common circuits inputs 1–3
Group isolation 2 kV
●
No input-to-input circuit isolation
All inputs per module share a common external
24V (±10%) supply
●
24V externally sourced between common and inputs
●
Design to interface with external dry contact
●
Input impedance ~2.2K ohms
●
Input current draw ~10 mA per input
Minimum pulse width 10 milliseconds
Maximum pulse rate 20 Hz
Wiring to four-position removable terminal plug
●
12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended
●
T3—Common (connect ext. 24 common here)
●
T4—Input 1 (dry contact to 24V hot)
●
T5—Input 2 (dry contact to 24V hot)
●
T6—Input 3 (dry contact to 24V hot)

COM1 and COM2 RS-485 Serial Ports

9

9

●

Discrete Inputs
●

9

Quantity 1—solid-state relay Form A NO Bidirectional FET
Polarity of external source is not important
Isolation circuit to ground 2 kV/1 min.
Maximum external source voltage 28 Vdc
Line-to-line TVS clamp across switching element at 32 Vdc
Solid-state relay on resistance 35 ohms maximum
Maximum load current 80 mA
Minimum pulse width 20 milliseconds
Fixed 25 milliseconds for pulse initiator function
Maximum pulse rate 25 Hz
Wiring to two-position removable terminal plug
●
12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended

●
●
●
●

No D+/D– biasing reliance on fail-safe driver and biasing at
Master
Baud rate configurable between 9600–115K baud (default)
Use cable designed for RS-485 communications
●
Low L:L capacitance
●
Impedance of ~100–120 ohms
●
Shield—Mylar for high frequency; Braid for low frequency
●
Separate common and shield for best noise immunity
●
Maximum cable length is 4000 ft (1219.2m) with 32 nodes
at 19.2K baud increased data rates will reduce maximum
cable distance
●
2000 ft (609.6m) with 32 total nodes at 115.2K baud
Isolation 300V to ground due to TVS diode clamps
Modbus RTU slave protocol, address defined by rotary switch
Green Rx and Red Tx LEDs per channel
Data + > Data—during idle marked, logic 1 state

V3-T9-104

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

End of Line Termination resistance should match cable
impedance (typ. 100–120 ohms)
Four-position removable terminal plug 18–22 AWG (0.82–0.33
mm2) typical, wire ferrules recommended
●
COM1
– T7—Shield
– T8—RS-485 common
– T9—Data –
– T10—Data +
●
COM2
– T11—Shield
– T12—RS-485 common
– T13—Data –
– T14—Data +

PXMP-MB Power Supply Input
●
24 Vdc ±20%
●
15W maximum load
●
1 kV isolation barrier internal to PXMP-MB
●
Externally fuse circuit to protect wire
●
Green power OK LED
●
Three-position terminal block 16–12 AWG (1.31–3.31 mm2),
wire ferrules recommended
●
T15—24 Vdc – (common)
●
T16—24 Vdc + (Hot)
●
T17—Shield (optional) capacitively referenced to chassis
ground for enhanced EMC performance
Meter Voltage Inputs
●
Overvoltage CAT III
●
Maximum voltage rating
●
480VL:G (corner grounded delta)
●
347VL:N
●
600VL:L
●
Frequency rating 47–63 Hz
●
Metering range (temporary transitions)
●
30–700VL:N
●
30–700VL:L
●
Abuse withstand rating 1000V sustained
●
High pot withstand rating 2500V/1min
●
Input impedance 4M ohms
●
Fuse inputs rated to protect wiring to mains. External fuses
●
must be installed between the meter voltage terminal and the
mains disconnect switch to the main lines to protect the lines.
600V 1 A BUSS type KTK-R-1 Fast Acting or equivalent fuses
●
are recommended.
●
Wiring to removable terminal plug 10–18 AWG (5.26–0.82
mm2), wire ferrules recommended
●
T18—N (VR)
●
T19—C (V3)
●
T20—B (V2)
●
T21—A (V1)

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

PXMP meter modules (PXMP-MMs)
Compatible with all PXMP Meter Base slots 1–10 LED
indicators:
Health and status green, blink to show activity
●
Pulse energy output one red per group of three loads
●
Load energy direction red/green pair per load
All variations support six load inputs.
●

Current sensor connection is one 2 x 2 connector per load.
Compatible with PXMP-SCXX sensor cables, total cable length
to the sensor should not exceed 28 ft (8.5m).
Note that -AB suffix only affects what voltage channels the loads
are paired with for metering purposes.
PXMP-MM10MA supports the CSXXX series of 10 mA
maximum secondary output current transformers.
PXMP-MM100MA supports the PXMP-CSXXX series of 100 mA
maximum secondary output current transformers.
PXMP-MM333MV supports 333 mV maximum secondary
output current transformers with the use of the PXMPIM333MV interface module.
PXMP digital output module (PXMP-DOM)
●
Compatible with all PXMP-MB slots 1–10
●
LED indicators
●
Health and status green, blink to show activity
●
Output On/Off status one green per output
●
Eight individual solid-state relay outputs
●
Each circuit rated for 24 Vdc (±20%) with an 80 mA load
maximum
●
24 Vdc is externally sourced
●
Group isolation to ground 2 kV
●
Each circuit has its own separate common, circuit-to-circuit
isolation 120V
●
16-position removable terminal plug
●
12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire ferrules recommended

9.3

PXMP pulse input modules (PXMP-PIMs)
●
Compatible with all PXMP-MB slots 1–10
●
LED indicators
●
Health and status green, blink to show activity
●
Input On/Off status one green per pulse input
●
Eight pulse inputs to external dry contacts
●
Maximum pulse rate is 20 Hz
●
Minimum pulse width is 20 milliseconds
●
External circuit groups rated for 24 Vdc (±20%)
●
All circuits share the same electrical common
●
External supply connects to the module with a two-position
removable terminal plug
●
The supply is internally fanned out to all circuits
●
Group isolation limited to 300V to ground due to TVS diode
clamp
●
Input impedance ~2.2K causing a 10 mA load per input when
energized
●
External circuit groups connect with a 16-position removable
terminal plug
●
Terminals support 12–18 AWG (3.31–0.82 mm2), wire
ferrules recommended

9

PXMP energy portal module (PXMP-EPM)
●
Only functionally compatible with PXMP-MB slot 10
●
LED indicators
●
Top health and status green, blink to show activity
●
Com. reset button—reset to defaults
●
Local IP 192/10
●
RJ45 front-facing Ethernet configuration port LEDs
– Link (Tx/Rx blink)
– 10/100 speed
●
LED four-stack for bottom LAN/WAN Ethernet port
●
Link (Tx/Rx blink)
●
10/100 speed
●
DHCP/Fixed
●
TX active
●
Config. Ethernet RJ45 Cat5 STP/UTP
●
10Base-T/100Base-Tx
●
Auto crossover capability supported
●
Java Web browser interface
●
Bottom facing LAN/WAN Ethernet port
●
RJ45 Cat5 STP/UTP 10Base-T/100Base-Tx
●
STP required for full electromagnetic immunity
●
Auto crossover capability supported
●
Supports Modbus TCP and Java Web browser interface
●
Bottom-facing telephone modem interface
●
Modem type V92/56K baud
●
RJ11 field interface

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-105

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter System—Hardware Specifications

9

Components

Field
Circuit

Power
Source

Rated
Voltage

Rated
Current

Circuit
Impedance

Digital output

External

24 ±20% 1

0.080A
maximum

35 ohms
maximum

Digital input

External

24 ±20% 1

0.01A

2.22K

2.0 kV

Opto drops supply by 2V

Group are electrically common

9

COM1 RS-485

Internal

5V 1

—

50–60 ohms

300V

TVS diode clamped to PE

—

COM2 RS-485

Internal

5V 1

—

50–60 ohms

300V

TVS diode clamped to PE

—

9

Power supply
input

External

24 ±20% 1

0.7A
maximum

N/A

1.0 kV

Installation Class II input

15W maximum

Voltage inputs
A (V1)/ B (V2)/
C (V3)/ N (VR)

External
mains

480V L:G 2

0.12 mA

4M ohms

N/A

Installation Class III

High pot 2500V/1 minimum

347V L:N 2

0.09 mA

4M ohms

N/A

Installation Class III

High pot 2500V/1 minimum

600V L:L 2

0.09 mA

4M ohms

N/A

Installation Class III

High pot 2500V/1 minimum

PXMP-MM100MA

CT secondary

External

N/A

100 mA

14.6 ohms

N/A

20% over-range

See sensor for primary isolation

PXMP-MM10MA

CT secondary

External

N/A

10 mA

67 ohms

N/A

20% over-range

See sensor for primary isolation

PXMP-MM333MV

CT secondary

External

0.333V 2

N/A

50,000 ohms

N/A

20% over-range

See sensor for primary isolation

PXMP-DOM

Digital output

External

24 ±20% 1

0.080A
maximum

10 ohms
maximum

2 kV group

120V isolation
circuit-to-circuit

Isolation dependent on
external source

PXMP-PIM

Pulse input

External

24 ±20% 1

0.01A

2.22K ohms

300V to ground

TVS diode clamped to PE;
Note: Opto creates 2.2V drop
group isolated, all circuits common sourced by 2.2K ohms; isolation
to 24V external source
dependent on external source

9

PXMP-MB
PXMP-MB-AB

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

PXMP-EPM

Isolation

Note 1

Note 2

2.0 kV

—

—

Ethernet 100 Bt

Internal

—

N/A

N/A

1 kV

—

—

POT modem

Internal

—

N/A

N/A

—

—

—

Notes
1 DC.
2 AC RMS.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-106

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

Wiring for PXMB-MB
Note: For all voltage connections—fuses should be sized in accordance with best practices to protect the instrumentation wire.

9

Four-Wire Wye Voltage Connection Inputs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Three-Phase, Four-Wire Service Current Sensor Connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-107

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Three-Phase, Four-Wire Service (Ten Single-Phase, Single-Pole) Current Sensor Connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Network 120/208 Three-Wire Apartment Service Current Sensor Connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-108

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring for PXMB-MB-AB
Note: For all voltage connections—fuses should be sized in accordance with best practices to protect the instrumentation wire.

9

Single-Phase, Three-Wire 120/240 Voltage Connection Inputs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

120/240 Single-Phase, Three-Wire Service Current Sensor Connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-109

9.3
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Single Unit—Front View
10.67
(271.0)

0.20
(5.1)
1

9

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10
Mode

24Vdc 80mA Output

9

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Meter
Module

Com

Com

Com

Com

Com

Com

Com

Com

Com

Health

Health

Health

PI1
PI2
PI3
PI4
PI5
PI6
PI7
PI8

O1
O2
O3
O4
O5
O6
O7
O8

Health

9

+
+
-

9

+

9

-

XX
XX

+
+
+

Pulse
1
+
+
+

CT
Inputs

XX
XX
XX

+
+
+

Pulse
1

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

+
+
+

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

Health

Pulse
2
-

XX
XX

+
+
+

Pulse
1
+
+
+

Health

Pulse
2

XX

XX
XX
XX

+
+
+

Pulse
1

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

+
+
+

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

Health

Pulse
2
-

XX
XX
XX

Pulse
2
+
+
+

Pulse
1
+
+
+

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

XX
XX
XX

Pulse
2
+
+
+

Pulse
1
+
+
+

XX
B1
A1

100mA
Sensor

XX
XX
XX

+
+
+

24Vdc Inputs
Health

Config. Port

Common
Input 1
Input 2
Input 3

Slave Address

Status
Com
Reset

9

0

9

1

0

1

8

2

8

2

7

3 7

3

6

5

4

6

5

3
4
5
6

4

Health
TX

RS-485
(Com 1)

RX

Shield 7
Common 8
9
D
10
D

Power
Status
TX

RS-485
(Com 2)

RX

B1

24Vdc

Shield 11
Common 12
13
D
D
14

12.00
(304.8)

Cat. No. PXMP-MB-XX
Style No. 66D2261GXX
Rev. X
SN: XXXXXX
FW Version X.X
Date Code: WYYMMDD
Made in USA

A1

100mA
Sensor

24Vdc
80mA Max
Local IP

O1
Link

6

O3

5

6

Local

WARNING
REMOVE POWER BEFORE SERVICING

8

8

O4

7

7

PS Input
Rating
-Vdc 15
24Vdc +Vdc 16
15W Max Shld 17

MORE THAN ONE LIVE CIRCUIT. SEE DIAGRAM.
AVERTISSEMENT: CET EQUIPEMENT RENFERME PLUSIEURS
CIRCUITS SOUS TENSION. VOIR LE SCHEMA.

DO NOT HIPOT / DIELECTRIC TEST

O5

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

N (VR) 18

O7

Link
10/100
DHCP
TX ST

O6

10/100

LAN

24V

LAN

Meter
Voltage Inputs

C
Delta
Wye
/1PH

O8

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

-

192/10

O2

4

5

+

A1

3

4

B1

2

3

XX

1

2

XX

XX

9

1
2

Meter
Base

XX

XX

9

Portal
Module

Output
Module

Pulse
1

PI1 PI2 PI3 PI4 PI5 PI6 PI7 PI8

11.67
(296.4)

Health

Pulse
2

XX

1

9

Health

Pulse
2
-

Pulse In
Module

480V~ L:G Max.
347V~ L:N Max.
600V~ L:L Max.
CAT III
Freq. 47-63 Hz

B
A

See manual for complete ratings

Modem

9

b

nc
C (V3) 19
nc
B (V2) 20
nc
A (V1) 21

Power Xpert
Multipoint Meter

9

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

8.74
(222.0)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-110

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Single Unit—Side View

Current Sensor Dimensions

9
9
9
9
9

Rev. X
FW X.XX

Technical Support 1-800-809-2772
http://www.Eaton.com Made in USA

Cat. No. PXMP-EPM-X
Style No. 66D2250G0X
Serial No. XXXXXX
WYYMMDD

Power Xpert
Multipoint Meter

ID
H

12.50
(317.5)

9
9
9
9

3.27
(83.1)

9

W

9

Single Unit—Top View

Current Sensor Dimensions
15.63
(397.0)

9

Sensor

H

W

D

PXMP-CS125

2.66 (67.6)

1.66 (42.1)

0.53 (13.5)

PXMP-CS250

2.96 (75.2)

2.42 (61.5)

1.12 (28.4)

PXMP-CS400

3.64 (92.5)

3.03 (73.2)

1.74 (44.2)

9
9
9

Open Interface Module (PXMP-IM333MV)
Blue Locator LED

PXMP Color Touchscreen Display
0.06~0.12
(1.6~3.0)

9

Terminal Block

9

1.54
(39.0)
6.10
(0.24)

9

0.12 (3.0) R Typ.
6.79
(172.4)

7.25
(184.1)

Outer

9
9

5.21
(132.4)

5.67
(144.1)

PXMP-SCX Cable
Connection
Cut-Out Dimensions

Strain Relief
Strap Holes

333 mV
Sensor
Secondary
Leads

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-111

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

IQ Energy Sentinel

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100

V3-T9-113
V3-T9-114
V3-T9-115
V3-T9-116
V3-T9-116
V3-T9-119
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9

IQ Energy Sentinel™

9

Product Description

9

IQ Sentinels
IQ Sentinels are
microprocessor-based
submeters, designed to
monitor power and energy.
They represent an alternative
to installing separate
wattmeters, watthour meters
and watt demand meters.

9
9
9
9
9

The Energy Sentinel monitors
watts, watthour and watt
demand.

9
9

Key advantages include
unmatched savings in
space, lower installation
costs and the capability to
communicate data readings
in a variety of ways.
IQ Sentinels with built-in CTs
and communications have
the added benefit of greater
overall system accuracy.
Conventional metering often
is less accurate since external
CTs and separate transducers
may each have inaccuracies
of 1% or more.
Eaton’s IQ Sentinels provide a
unique cost-effective method
to implement energy
submetering at lower levels
in the distribution system.

9
9
9
9
9
9

The ability to monitor power
distribution systems down to
the machine or process level at
an industrial facility has
become essential to provide
key benefits such as to verify
the accuracy of the utility bill,
identify and track energy usage
to the loads that consume it,
develop a facility energy profile
to establish a baseline, allocate
energy costs to create
accountability, etc.
An optional door-mounted
interface, the Subnetwork
Master Local Display, is
available to display the energy
parameters monitored by the
IQ Sentinels.
Submetering application
examples for the IQ Sentinels
include energy demand
monitoring, product cost
analysis, process machine
tool efficiency and
productivity improvement,
and energy cost allocation or
tenant billing for commercial,
industrial, recreational and
residential facilities.

9
V3-T9-112

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

Note: For customer billing
applications, consult local utility
for metering requirements.

Commercial applications
include energy cost allocation
within convention halls, office
buildings, shopping malls,
hospitals, warehouses and
storage facilities.
Industrial applications include
departmental billing and
process/assembly line energy
cost analysis. IQ Energy
Sentinels may be substituted
for watt transducers when
monitoring machine tool and
equipment performance
within plants.
Recreational facilities include
sports arenas, camping
grounds, trailer parks and
marinas.
The IQ Sentinel may be
applied on three-phase
(three- or four-wire), as well
as single-phase (three-wire)
systems.
IQ Sentinels may be
applied on either 50 or
60 Hz systems.

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Application Description
The IQ Energy Sentinel is
available in three different
package versions: breaker
mounted, universal breaker
with internal CTs, and
universal breaker with
external CTs.

Breaker Mount Applications
New Equipment

●

●

●
●
●

9
9
9

Designed for mounting on
Eaton’s Series C® Circuit
Breakers utilized in Eaton
assemblies such as:
●

9

Universal Mount Applications

9

Universal Mount with Internal CTs

Pow-R-Line four
panelboards—feeder
circuits
Pow-R-Line C™
switchboards—feeder
circuits
Motor control centers and
enclosed control with
circuit breaker
disconnects—starter or
feeder circuits
Enclosed Motor Control
Enclosed circuit breakers
Pow-R-Way III® bus plugs
with circuit breaker
disconnects

F-Frame Breaker with IQ Sentinel

Retrofitting
The space-saving design
characteristics of the breaker
mount IQ Energy Sentinels
allow them to be added to
existing Eaton circuit breakers
at any time, often with no
additional space or
modifications required.
Or they may be installed
when upgrading from older
circuit breakers, often with
no additional space or
modifications required.

9

The universal mount IQ Energy
Sentinel with internal CTs
includes integral 400A CTs and
may be applied on loads up to
400A. The universal mount IQ
Energy Sentinels with internal
CTs may be utilized wherever
breaker mounting is not
feasible or possible.

9
9
9
9

The universal mount IQ Energy
Sentinel with provisions for
external CTs may be applied on
loads up to 4000A. They are
usually utilized for monitoring
loads larger than 400 amperes,
on power cable sizes larger
than 500 kcmil or on circuits
containing more than one
conductor per phase.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-113

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Features

9

IQ Energy Sentinel Features
Features

Benefits

9

■ Monitors (accuracy stated full scale)

■
■
■
■
■
■
■

9
9
9
9

■
■
■
■

■

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

One device replaces multiple meters and/or transducers
Improved system accuracy
Savings in product cost
Savings in space
Savings in installation cost
No external power source is needed
Permits remote monitoring and interconnection with programmable logic controllers
and building management systems. For further information see section on Power
Management Software Systems
■ Designed to interface directly with Power Management Software Energy Billing software
■ Flexibility—displays what is needed where it is needed
■ Power Management Software

Kilowatts
±1.0%
Kilowatts demand
±1.0%
Kilowatt Hour
±1.0%
Built-in CTs version up to 400A or external CTs version up to 4000A
Breaker, panel or DIN rail mounted
Powered directly off the line
Built-in communication capability
Address set by DIP switches
Communication at 9600 baud
Noise immune INCOM protocol
Choice of operator interfaces
Subnetwork Master Local Display
Breaker Interface Module (BIM)
Power Management Energy Billing software
Power Management Software

.

Eaton’s Breaker Mount
Eaton’s breaker mount
IQ Energy Sentinel installs
in less than 10 minutes on
the load side of an Eaton
F-Frame (150A),
J-Frame (250A), or
K-Frame (400A) circuit
breaker.
Voltage
Tangs

9

Transmit
LED

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Ground/Neutral
Connection

9

Communications
Connections

DIP Switch
Address

9

Energy Sentinel Features

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-114

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Universal Mount with
Internal CTs—(UI)
The Universal Mount IQ
Energy Sentinel with internal
CTs may be panel-mounted
or DIN rail mounted on
disconnects or other circuits
up to 400 amperes. A pullapart terminal block is
provided on the device for
connection of the system
voltage reference wiring.

The location of the ground/
neutral connection differs on
Breaker Mount IQ Energy
Sentinels from the location of
the ground/neutral
connection on Universal
Mount IQ Sentinels. Incorrect
wiring to the ground/neutral
and communications
connections may result in
accuracy and communication
errors.
Communications
Shield
Connection

Communications
Connections

Universal Mount for
External CTs—(UE)
The Universal Mount IQ
Energy Sentinel for external
CTs may be panel-mounted
or DIN rail mounted on
circuits up to 4000 amperes.
A pull-apart terminal block is
provided on the device for
connection of the system
voltage reference wiring as

well as another terminal block
for connection to the user’s
existing 5-ampere secondary
CTs that may range in
standard ratios from 25:5 up
to 4000:5.

9

Note: If the device will be
disconnected without interruption
of the monitored load, the use of
a CT shorting block is advised.

9

9
9
9
9

Communications
Connections

Communications
Shield
Connection

9
9
9
9

CT
Terminal
Block

9
9

Ground/Neutral
Connection
Voltage Terminal Block

Ground/Neutral
Connection

9

Voltage Terminal Block

Energy Sentinel Features

9

Standards and Certifications
●
●

9

9

UL listed, File E64983
CSA approved, File
LR106359-1

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-115

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Product Selection

9

IQ Energy Sentinels

IQ Energy Sentinels

9
9

Description

Voltage Rating—Vac

Current Rating
Maximum Amperes

Catalog
Number

For F-Frame breakers

120/240, 240, 208Y/120

150

IQESF208

For F-Frame breakers

220/380, 230/400, 240/415

150

IQESF400

For F-Frame breakers

480, 480Y/277

150

IQESF480

9

For F-Frame breakers

600, 600Y/347

150

IQESF600

9

For J-Frame breakers

120/240, 240, 208Y/120

250

IQESJ208

For J-Frame breakers

220/380, 230/400, 240/415

250

IQESJ400

9

For J-Frame breakers

480, 480Y/277

250

IQESJ480

For J-Frame breakers

600, 600Y/347

250

IQESJ600

9

For K-Frame breakers

120/240, 240, 208Y/120

400

IQESK208

For K-Frame breakers

220/380, 230/400, 240/415

400

IQESK400

9

For K-Frame breakers

480, 480Y/277

400

IQESK480

9

For K-Frame breakers

600, 600Y/347

400

IQESK600

Universal with internal CTs

120/240, 240, 208Y/120

400

IQESUI208

9

Universal with internal CTs

220/380, 230/400, 240/415

400

IQESUI400

Universal with internal CTs

480, 480Y/277

400

IQESUI480

9

Universal with internal CTs

600, 600Y/347

400

IQESUI600

9

Universal for external CTs

120/240, 240, 208Y/120

4000

IQESUE208

Universal for external CTs

220/380, 230/400, 240/415

4000

IQESUE400

Universal for external CTs

480, 480Y/277

4000

IQESUE480

Universal for external CTs

600, 600Y/347

4000

IQESUE600

9
9
9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Terminal, Cable and Wiring Guidelines

9

Sentinel

Eaton’s
Series C Terminal

Wire Size
(Single Conductor)

Wire
Types

F-Frame

624B100G02, G17, G18, G19

#14–1/0, #4–4/0, #4–4/01, #14–1/0 AWG

THW, THHN, XHHW

9

J-Frame

T250KB, TA250KB

#4–350 kcmil

THW, THHN, XHHW

9

K-Frame

T350K, TA350KB

#250–500 kcmil

THW, THHN, XHHW

Universal Energy Sentinel with internal CTs

T350K, TA350KB

#250–500 kcmil

THW, THHN, XHHW

9

System Voltage Reference Wiring

9

Current Transformer Wiring

Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs

Universal with external CTs

9

Ground Reference Wiring

9

Communications Wiring

Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs

#24–#10 AWG

#12 AWG (maximum)

#22–#12 AWG (minimum 600 volt rated)

9

Energy Sentinel with internal or external CTs

Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family

F-Frame

Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family

9

J-Frame

Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family

K-Frame

Eaton’s IMPCABLE or Belden 9463 family

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-116

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Energy Sentinel
Current Input
Current range: 1% to 125% of current rating
Burden: 1 VA

9
9
9

Voltage Input
Voltage Range: ±20% of voltage rating

9

Frequency
50 or 60 Hz

9

Power Factor Range
All (–1 to +1)

9

Communications
Protocol: INCOM
Speed: 9600 baud
Compatibility: Power Management Software compatible

9

Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature: –25°C to 70°C 1
(–13°F to 158°F)
Storage temperature: –40°C to 85°C 1
(–40°F to 185°F)
Operating humidity: 5% to 95% relative humidity noncondensing

9

System Voltage Considerations (Application Note)

9

The Ground (GND) terminal of the IQ Energy Sentinel should
be connected to the ground bus or other non-current carrying
ground with 600V rated wire to ensure accuracy.

9

9
9
9

9

Note
1 40ºC (standard) maximum for Series C circuit breakers.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-117

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Wiring Diagrams

9

Field Wiring—IQ Universal Energy Sentinel with Internal CTs
Single-Phase Three-Wire

9
9

Two-Phase Three-Wire
N

N
Line

L2

Line

L2

9

L1

L1

9

Fuses

Fuses

9
9

VA VB VC

Reference
Ground

IA

IB

VA VB VC

IC

Reference
Ground

IA

IB

IC

9
9

Load

9
9
9
9
9

Three-Phase Four-Wire
N

Line

L3
Line

L2

L2
L1

Fuses

Fuses

VA VB VC

Reference
Ground

IA

IB

IC

IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs
Load

9

VA VB VC

Reference
Ground

IA

Load

Phase A
Phase A

9

Phase C

9
Three-Phase Star, FourWire, Earthed Neutral.

Three-Phase Star, FourWire, Non-Earthed
Neutral.

Neutral
Phase C

Single-Phase, ThreeWire, Earthed Mid-Point
(Connect to A and C
Phases).

Two-Phase Star, ThreeWire, Earthed Neutral
(Connect to A and C
Phases).

Three-Phase Delta,
Three-Wire

Three-Phase Open
Delta, Four-Wire,
Earthed Junction.

9
9
9
9

Three-Phase Star,
Three-Wire

9

Note: Acceptable for Universal IQ Energy Sentinels only.

Three-Phase Star,
Three-Wire, Earthed
Neutral Point.

9
V3-T9-118

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

IB

IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs

Acceptable System Configurations

9

9

L3

L1

9

9

Load

Three-Phase Three-Wire

9
9

IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs

IQ Universal Energy Sentinel
with Internal CTs

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

IC

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Energy Sentinel
Frame Type

D

W

H

CT Window Size 1

Hole Clearance

Weight
Lbs (kg)

F

3.20 (81.3)

4.12 (104.6)

1.30 (33.0)

0.59 (15.0)

—

0.65 (0.3)

J

4.04 (102.6)

4.12 (104.6)

1.28 (32.5)

0.77 (19.6)

—

0.69 (0.3)

K

4.04 (102.6)

5.31 (134.9)

1.25 (31.8)

0.96 (24.4)

—

0.87 (0.4)

UI

4.36 (110.7)

5.31 (134.9)

3.00 (76.2)

—

1.17 (29.7)

1.10 (0.5)

UE

4.36 (110.7)

5.31 (134.9)

3.00 (76.2)

—

—

1.10 (0.5)

9
9
9
9

Note
1 Acceptable for Universal IQ Energy Sentinels only.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-119

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

IQ Sentinel
F-Frame Energy Sentinels

9

J-Frame Energy Sentinels

0.25
Typical
(6.4)

9

K-Frame Energy Sentinels

0.25
Typical
(6.4)

9
9

0.25
Typical
(6.4)

0.75
(19.1)

1.25
(31.8)

1.10
(27.9)

1.30
(33.0)

1.28
(32.5)

1.25
(31.8)

9
9
9
9
9

4.04
(102.6)
1.17
Typical
(29.7)

3.20
(81.3)

1.17
Typical
(29.7)
0.96
(24.4)

0.77
(19.6)
1.38
(34.9)

1.38
(34.9)

9
9

1.38
(34.9)
2.06
(52.3)

1.38
(34.9)

4.12
(104.6)

9

1.38
(34.9)
2.06
(52.3)

1.72
(43.7)

4.12
(104.6)

5.31
(134.9)

Universal with Internal CTs
Energy Sentinels

9
9

4.04
(102.6)

0.59
(15.0)

9

9

0.90
Typical
(22.9)

0.14
(3.6)
Radius

1.80
(45.7)

1.71
(43.4)

Universal with External CTs
Energy Sentinels

1.80
(45.7)

9

1.72
(43.7)
2.66
(67.5)

0.14
(3.6)
Radius
2.50
(63.5)

1.80
(45.7)

1.71
(43.4)

1.80
(45.7)

3.00
(76.2)

2.50
(63.5)

9
9

1.36
(34.5)

2.60
(66.0)

9

1.36
(34.5)

1.36
(34.5)

5.31
(134.9)

2.60
(66.0)

1.36
(34.5)

5.31
(134.9)

9
9
9

1.17
(29.7)
Diameter

4.36
(110.7)

4.36
(110.7)

9
9
1.72
(43.7)

9
9

1.72
(43.7)
2.66
(67.5)

9
9
V3-T9-120

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

3.00
(76.2)

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

PM3 Modules

Power Monitoring and Metering with Modbus RTU

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112

V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module
Product Description

9

For information on our PM3
product, please refer to
Volume 4, Tab 2.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-121

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

Current Transformers (CTs)

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Current Transformers (CTs)

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s low voltage current
transformers are available in
both solid core and split core
designs. Engineered for
electronic metering
applications, all solid core
designs and selected split
core designs offer ANSI
metering quality accuracy.
The solid core designs also
meet ANSI C57.13 relay
accuracy requirements
including over-ranging
capabilities. The current
transformer offering has a
5 ampere secondary at the
rated primary current.

Application Description
Split core CTs are specifically
designed to be installed
around primary conductors
without disconnecting wires
or breaking the circuit to be
monitored. These current
transformers are perfect
solutions for energy
management applications
and are manufactured for
installation ease.

9
9
9

For new construction and
retrofit applications where
no current transformer exists,
Eaton offers a complete
selection of low voltage
(up to 600V) current
transformers. These current
transformers can be used
in commercial-grade
applications, such as control
panels and panelboards.
Additionally, they can be used
for most industrial metering
and relaying applications in
switchboards, switchgear and
motor control centers. These
CTs are intended for use with
the Power Xpert Meter 2000/
4000/6000/8000, IQ 250/260,
IQ 130/140/150, IQ Analyzer
6400/6600, IQ DP-4000 and
IQ 230 series.

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-122

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121

V3-T9-123
V3-T9-126
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Product Selection

9
Solid Core ANSI Metering Accuracy
Primary
Current
Rating

ANSI B0.1
Metering Class at 60 Hz
(Accuracy in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)
Diameter

Catalog
Number

Mounting Bracket
Catalog
Number

9
9

1.25 (31.8) Window

S060
X1

H1

50

1.2

1.25 (31.8)

S060-500

1

100

0.6

1.25 (31.8)

S060-101

1

150

0.3

1.25 (31.8)

S060-151

1

200

0.3

1.25 (31.8)

S060-201

1

9
9
9
9

1.56 (39.6) Window

S050

X1
L

BE

LA

H1

9

300

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-301

S050BRAC

400

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-401

S050BRAC

500

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-501

S050BRAC

600

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-601

S050BRAC

750

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-751

S050BRAC

800

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-801

S050BRAC

1000

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-102

S050BRAC

1200

0.3

1.56 (39.6)

S050-122

S050BRAC

9
9

9
9
9

3.25 (82.6) Window

S080

X1
L

E
AB

L

H1

400

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-401

S080BRAC

500

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-501

S080BRAC

600

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-601

S080BRAC

750

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-751

S080BRAC

800

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-801

S080BRAC

1000

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-102

S080BRAC

1200

0.3

3.25 (82.6)

S080-122

S080BRAC

9
9
9
9

4.25 (108.0) Window

S090

0

500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-501

S090BRAC

600

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-601

S090BRAC

750

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-751

S090BRAC

800

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-801

S090BRAC

1000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-102

S090BRAC

1200

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-122

S090BRAC

1500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-152

S090BRAC

1600

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-162

S090BRAC

2000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-202

S090BRAC

2500

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-252

S090BRAC

3000

0.3

4.25 (108.0)

S090-302

S090BRAC

9

X1
EL

B
LA

H1

9
9
9
9
9

6.31 (160.3) Window

S025

0

X1
L

BE

LA

H1

600

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-601

S025BRAC

750

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-751

S025BRAC

800

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-801

S025BRAC

1000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-102

S025BRAC

1200

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-122

S025BRAC

1500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-152

S025BRAC

1600

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-162

S025BRAC

2000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-202

S025BRAC

2500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-252

S025BRAC

3000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-302

S025BRAC

3500

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-352

S025BRAC

4000

0.3

6.31 (160.3)

S025-402

S025BRAC

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Note
1 Contact Eaton for further information.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-123

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Split Core ANSI Metering Accuracy

9

Primary
Current Rating

9

ANSI B0.1
Metering Class at 60 Hz
(Accuracy in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

Wound and Primary CTs

W190

9

X2

X1

25

0.3

Wound

W190-025

50

0.3

Primary

W190-050

H1
L

BE

LA

9
9
9
9

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000

400

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-401

500

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-501

600

2.4

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-601

800

1.2

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-801

1000

1.2

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-102

9

1200

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-122

9

1500

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-152

1600

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-162

2000

0.6

2.00 x 5.50 (50.8 x 139.7)

M000-202

X1

X2

9

H1

9

9

d
En
is ble
Th ova
m
Re

9
9

M050

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)
600

4.8

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-601

750

4.8

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-751

800

2.4

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-801

9

1000

2.4

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-102

9

1200

1.2

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-122

1500

1.2

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-152

9

2000

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-202

2500

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-252

9

3000

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-302

3500

0.6

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-352

4000

0.3

4.10 x 7.10 (104.1 x 180.3)

M050-402

9

9

H1

LA

BE

L

Th

is

En

dR

em

ov

ab

le

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-124

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Split Core Current Transformers
Primary
Current Rating

Accuracy
at 60 Hz (in %)

Window Size
in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

100

5.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-101

150

5.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-151

200

4.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-201

300

2.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-301

400

2.0

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030-401

9
9

0.80 x 1.95 (20.3 x 49.5)

M030

9
9
9
9

M040

9

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

H1

100

5.0

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-101

150

4.0

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-151

200

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-201

300

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-301

400

1.5

1.42 x 1.53 (36.1 x 38.9)

M040-401

9
9

X2

LABEL

9
9

M060

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

L
BE

LA

200

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-201

300

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-301

400

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-401

500

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-501

600

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-601

750

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-751

800

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-801

1000

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-102

1200

1.0

2.60 x 2.75 (66.0 x 69.9)

M060-122

500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-501

600

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-601

9
9

H1

H1

M080

9
9
9
9

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

800

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-801

1000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-102

1200

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-122

1500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-152

1600

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-162

2000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-202

2500

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-252

3000

1.0

2.60 x 6.25 (66.0 x 158.8)

M080-302

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-125

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Dimensions
Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
S050

9

2.75
(69.9)

(4) Open Slots 0.22 x 0.34
(5.6 x 8.6)

9
9

S050BRAC

2.23
(56.6)

9

1.67
(42.4)

9

1.10
(27.9)

X1

9

L

BE

LA

9
9

3.53
(90.0)
3.00
(76.2)

0.44
(11.2)

H1
X1

9
9

3.70
(94.0)

9
9

1.88
(47.8)

9
9
9
9

1.56 Dia.
(39.6)

H1
0.31
(7.9)

2.25
(57.2)

(2) Holes 0.20 (5.1) Diameter

S060
5.25
(133.4)
4.00
(101.6)

9
9

3.10
(78.7)

9
X1

9
9

2.88
(73.2)
(2) Slots
0.28 x 0.50
(7.1 x 12.7)

(2) 0.28 x 0.50 Slots
(7.1 x 12.7)
3.62
(91.9)

9

0.88
(22.4)

H1

9

0.44 (11.2)
X1

9
9

H1

9

4.00
(101.6)
See Tables
1.95
(49.5)

9
9
V3-T9-126

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)

9

S080

9

(8) Open Slots
0.47 x 0.22 (11.9 x 5.6)
5.73 (145.5)
4.85 (123.2)
3.81 (96.8)

9
9

S080BRAC

2.19
(55.6)

X1

9

2.91
(73.9)

1.15
(29.2)

9
9

EL

B

LA

(4) Holes
0.42 (10.7) Dia.

0.44
(11.2)

1.09
(27.7)

0.55
(14.0)

H1

9
9

X1

9

5.73
(145.5)
H1

9

3.25 (82.6) Dia.

9

2.84
(72.1)

0.51
(13.0)

9
9

4.70
(119.4)

9

S090

9

5.92 (150.4)
4.85 (123.2)
3.81 (96.8)

0

X1
L

9

2.91
2.19 (73.9)
(55.6)

1.15
(29.2)

BE

LA

9

S090BRAC

9
9

(8) Open Slots 0.47 x 0.22 (11.9 x 5.6)

9

3.50
(88.9)

9

X1

H1

9

6.17
(156.7)
H1

9

4.25 (108.0) Dia.

9

2.97
(75.4)

0.42
(10.7)

9
9

4.86 (123.4)

9

(4) 0.28 x 0.63 (7.1 x 16.0) Slots

9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-127

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
S025
S025BRAC

9
9

4.10
1.28
(32.5) (104.1)

2.98
(75.7)

9

0

X1

9

6.37
(161.8)

0.56
(14.2)

EL

B
LA

(4) Slots 0.44 x 1.00
(11.2 x 25.4)

8.50
(215.9)

9

0.75
(19.1)

9
9

0.44
(11.2)

H1

9
9

6.75
(171.5)

8.50
(215.9)

6.31
(160.3)

H1

9

4.25
(108.0)

9
9
9
9

(4) 0.56 (14.2)
Diameter Holes

6.75 (171.5)

0.88 (22.4)

W190

9

(4) Closed Slots
0.21 x 0.50 (5.3 x 12.7)

2.75 (69.9)

9
9
9

X2

9

H2

9

H1

X1

4.12
(104.6)

4.69
(119.1)

2.19
(55.6)
H2 H1

X2 X1

3.25
(82.6)

L

BE

LA

3.50
(88.9)

9

4.50
(114.3)

9

0.75
(19.1)

9

LABEL

9

(4) Open Slots
0.44 x 0.50 (11.2 x 12.7)
0.38
(9.7)

0.44
(11.2)
4.88
(124.0)

9
0.50
(12.7)

9
9

3.48 (88.4)

9
V3-T9-128

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

(2) Mounting Holes
0.38 (9.7) Diameter

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
M000

9

M050

9

Re
mo

va
ble

X1
L

9

is
E

nd

LA
BE

X2

d
En
is ble
Th ova
m
Re

H1

X1

9

H1

Th

9

4.25 (108.0)
2.00
(50.8)
This End
Removable

9

0.44
(11.2)

0.75
(19.1)

9

X1
H1

LABEL

9

LABEL

7.75
(196.9)
5.50
(139.7)

4.10
(104.1)

7.10
(180.3)
10.00
(254.0)

9
10.90
(276.9)

9
9

H1
X1 X2

9

This End Removable

0.38
(9.7)

3.50 (88.9)
(2) 0.19 (4.8) Diameter Holes

6.40
(162.6)

1.13
(28.7)

7.30
(185.4)

9

1.63
(41.4)
(4) 0.31 (7.9) Dia. Holes

9
9

M030

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-129

9.3
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Approximate dimensions in inches (mm)
M040

9
2.50
(63.5)

9
9
9

Terminal Arrangement for
Ratios 250:5 through 400:5

H1

9

3.38 (85.9)
1.20
(30.5)

X2

9

X2

9
9

3.52
(89.4)

X1

1.53
(38.9)

LABEL

LABEL

4.78
(121.4)

H1

9

X1

9
Terminal Arrangement for
Ratios 100:5 through 200:5

9
9

M060

1.42
(36.1)

M080

9
9

L

BE

LA

9

H1

9
9
9

H1

9
9
9
9

H1

H1

9
9

6.25 (158.8)

2.70 (68.6)

9

5.80 (147.3)

9

H1

9

2.75 (69.9)

9

6.05 (153.7)

V3-T9-130

X1 - WHITE
X2 - BLACK

9.25 (235.0)

X1 - WHITE
X2 - BLACK

H1

2.60 (66.0)
1.75
(44.5)

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

1.75
(44.5)

6.05 (153.7)

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

4.12
(104.6)

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Contents

IQ Accessories—Clamp-On CTs

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122

V3-T9-132
V3-T9-132
V3-T9-133
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Clamp-On Current Transformers
Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s optional Clamp-on
Current Transformers (CTs)
are designed to be used in
cases where there are no
existing CTs or the existing
CTs cannot be accessed,
these clamp-on CTs can
be used.

●

●

There are two models that
cover current ranges from
150 to 1500 amperes
These clamp-on CTs are
designed to fit around
600 volt insulated cable
and bus bar

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

Each clamp-on CT comes
with a 12-foot (3.7m) cable
and twist lock connector
All models have a
5 ampere output at
three different primary
current ratings

Standards and Certifications
●

●

Meets IEC 1010-1
Category III
CE mark for applications
where European
compliance is required

9
9
9
9
9

These clamp-on CTs are
packaged individually. Most
applications will require at
least three clamp-on CTs,
one for each phase.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-131

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Product Selection

Technical Data and Specifications
●

9

Ordering Information

9

Current
Ranges

Catalog
Number

150–300–600A

IQAPORT0600CT

9

●

150–300–600A

●
●

●

9
9

●

●

9
9

●

500–1000–1500A

500–1000–1500A

IQAPORT1500CT

Operating temperature: 14ºF to 122ºF (–10ºC to 50ºC)
Operating humidity: 5 to 90% maximum noncondensing
Altitude: 10,000 ft (3048m)
Environment: indoor use only
Operating voltage: 600 Vac maximum
Isolation test: 5.55 kV for 1 minute
Current over range: 200% for 3 minutes
Connector: twist-lock

Current Ranges
Each of the two models of clamp-on CTs has three primary
current ranges. The primary current range is selected at the
clamp-on by connecting to the indicated terminals.
150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT Specifications
●
Current ratings:
●
150 to 5 amperes
●
300 to 5 amperes
●
600 to 5 amperes

9
9
9
9

500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT Specifications
●
Current ratings:
●
500 to 5 amperes
●
1000 to 5 amperes
●
1500 to 5 amperes

9

Electrical Characteristics

9

Current
Ranges

9

150–600A

0.10–1.0

0.5–1.0

40–5000

30–10,000

500–1500A

0.01–4.0

0.5–1.0

40–2000

30–5000

9

9

Load
(Ohms)

Phase Shift
(Degree)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-132

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Frequency
Range (3%)

Frequency
Range (–3 db)

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT
1.58
(40.1)
0.79
(20.1)

4.01
(101.9)

150A/300A/600A Clamp-On CT
●
Maximum cable size:
●
2.00 inches (50.8 mm)
●
Maximum bus bar size:
●
2.00 x 0.47 inches (50.8 x 12.0 mm)
●
1.60 x 1.40 inches (40.6 x 35.6 mm)
●
Dimensions (without cable):
●
4.00 x 8.50 x 1.60 inches (101.6 x 215.9 x 40.6 mm)
●
Weight (with cable):
●
2.0 lbs (0.9 kg)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

8.50
(215.9)

9
9
9
9
9

1.26
(32.0)

500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT
2.04
(51.8)
5.24
(133.1)

1.40
(35.6)

1.10
(27.9)

500A/1000A/1500A Clamp-On CT
●
Maximum cable size:
●
2.68 inches (68.1 mm)
●
Maximum bus bar size:
●
4.84 x 1.40 (122.9 x 35.6 mm)
●
4.00 x 1.70 inches (101.6 x 43.2 mm)
●
Dimensions (without cable):
●
5.20 x 13.20 x 2.00 inches (132.1 x 335.3 x 50.8 mm)
●
Weight (with cable):
●
6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

8.50
(215.9)

9
9
9
9
9

1.30
(33.0)

9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-133

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Contents

IQ Accessories—IQ Flange

Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IQ Flange

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s IQ Flange is intended
for use with the IQ Data,
IQ Generator, IQ Data Plus II,
IQ Analyzer and any other
such device sharing the same
mounting dimensions.
The door mounting flange
provides extra depth behind a
panel if there is not enough
clearance to accommodate
the device.

9

Application Description
Retrofit Applications
For applications where extra
door mounting space is
required, a flange-mounting
unit is available. The IQ
Flange provides an extra
2.5 inches (63.5 mm) of
clearance for the device.
The IQ Flange can be used
with any IQ device with
a 5.38-inch (136.7 mm) x
9.38-inch (238.0 mm) cutout.

IQ Flange

IQ Flange
Description

Catalog Number

IQ Flange

IQFLANGE

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

V3-T9-135
V3-T9-136

Product Selection

9

V3-T9-134

V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series and PXM 2000 Meters

Contents
Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit
Enclosed Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134

9

V3-T9-136

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series
and PXM 2000 Meters
Product Description

9

Product Selection

The flange adapter plate can
be installed as follows:
1. Remove the old meter
from the panel or door.
Many IQ metering
products use the typical
IQ drilling pattern shown
at right for mounting
2. Install the flange adapter
plate. Mount it from the
rear using the six screws
provided in the kit. The
flange adapter plate
screw hole pattern
shown at right should
match the typical IQ
drilling pattern. If not,
perform the next step

3. Drill six holes in the panel
or the door to mount the
flange adapter plate.
Follow the typical IQ
drilling pattern. You need
only the top, center and
bottom sets of holes
4. Install the new IQ 100/
200 Series or PXM 2000
meter in the flange
adapter plate. Secure it
from behind with four flat
washers, lock washers
and nuts provided with
the meter

Panel Mounting
Adapter Kit

9

Panel Mounting Adapter Kit
Description

Catalog Number

Panel mounting adapter kit
IQ 100/200 and PXM 2000 Series
adapter kit to IQ Analyzer/
IQ DP-4000/IQ Data

IQ250-PMAK

9
9
9
9

Dimensions

9

Flange Adapter Plate Screw Hole Pattern

9

6.72
(170.7)
5.38
(136.7)

9
9
9

4.45
(113.0)

9
9

10.25
(260.4)

9

4.45
(113.0)

9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-135

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

NEMA 12 Single- and Multi-Unit Enclosed Meters

Contents
Description
Metering Products Family. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000 Series. . . . . . .
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . . .
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . .
IQ 150S/250S Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters . . . .
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ DP-4000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 230 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Energy Sentinel™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . .
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ Flange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosed Meters
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-21
V3-T9-30
V3-T9-49
V3-T9-60
V3-T9-66
V3-T9-71
V3-T9-76
V3-T9-79
V3-T9-87
V3-T9-93
V3-T9-100
V3-T9-112
V3-T9-121
V3-T9-122
V3-T9-131
V3-T9-134
V3-T9-135
V3-T9-137
V3-T9-139
V3-T9-139
V3-T9-140
V3-T9-141
V3-T9-151

9
9

Enclosed Meters

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The Eaton enclosed meter
line provides a complete
energy metering and data
acquisition solution in a single
enclosure. Designed for
Eaton’s IQ 35M, IQ 150, IQ
250/260, and Power Xpert®
2000/4000/6000/8000 and
Multi-Point Meters, Eaton’s
enclosed meter line offers
mounting and installation
flexibility, especially in retrofit
applications where no
metering compartment or
mounting space is available in
the existing electrical
distribution equipment or
where installation time is a
premium. Factory designed
and wired, Eaton’s enclosed
meter line offers savings in
labor and installation costs
because input current and
voltage wiring as well as I/O
wiring is prewired to terminal
blocks inside the enclosure.

9
9

Application Description
The enclosed meter line has
two standard offerings:
single-, prewired unit (specific
IQ 150, IQ 250/260, PXM
2000, PXM 4000/6000/8000
or PXMP) and a multi-unit
(specific IQ 150, IQ 250/260
or IQ 35M models). Because
the multi-unit automatically
includes Eaton’s Power Xpert
Gateway 200E, it facilitates
measurement and verification
of the energy usage on
processes and in buildings.
This provides a convenient
way to monitor energy usage
from multiple points, collect
and log specific energy use
parameters, and display and
generate logs for historical
energy usage reports. Simply
put, Eaton’s multi-unit
enclosed meter solution
helps meet any
measurement and verification
requirement to show energy
efficiency improvements and
results. In addition to the
standard offering, Eaton can
also provide an enclosed
metering solution tailored
around your project needs.

Factory designed and wired
to fit various Eaton power and
energy meters at varying
price points, Eaton’s
enclosed meter line offers
savings in labor and
installation costs because
input current and voltage
wiring, as well as I/O wiring,
is prewired to terminal blocks
inside the enclosure.
Standalone, enclosed meters
are ideal for new metering
applications where no
metering existed previously,
for retrofit installations where
energy monitoring is a must
or where ease of installation
is required.
●
●

●
●
●

Health care facilities
Educational facilities and
campuses
Industrial facilities
Commercial facilities
Government facilities

The multi-unit offering
consolidates energy-related
data available from the
meters in the enclosure, but
also allows for external
meters to be added to the
embedded Power Xpert
Gateway 200E. Through the
Power Xpert Gateway 200E’s
embedded Web server,
information can be presented
in a variety of ways; a
standard Web browser being
the most widely used
method.
The enclosed product is a
standalone solution that is
ideal for many infrastructure
designs. Further, as needs
change and grow, the
enclosed product can be
integrated through Power
Xpert Software into a broader
solution that encompasses
other intelligent hardware and
can integrate with third-party
network management
systems (NMS) or building
management systems (BMS)
for system-wide monitoring
and reporting of energy
and power.

9
V3-T9-136

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Features and Benefits
●

●

●

Saves installation time
and cost
One part number to order;
no need to worry that any
part has been left out
Pick the meter or meters
you need as it is designed
to fit various Eaton power
and energy meters, at
varying price points

Factory Wired
Most electrical contractors
are very familiar with wiring
meters. However, it does
take time to place the
disconnect, the CT shorting
blocks, the terminal blocks,
the control power
transformer and so on, and
the associated wiring. It is not
uncommon for errors to be
introduced during the
installation of multiple
meters; it’s just inherent in
wiring. With Eaton’s enclosed
meter line, everything is
wired at the factory—the
shorting block, the terminal
blocks and so on—assuring
that it’s done right. Further, to
ensure safety, Eaton’s
enclosed meter line includes
a primary fusible disconnect
for line voltage, which can be
turned off during meter
maintenance.
For applications with line
voltages above the rated
power supply of the meter,
an optional control power
transformer is supplied in the
enclosure. Control voltage
can also be supplied via a
separate source that is wired
to the field installation
terminal block. CT inputs for
the meter are wired directly
to the shorting terminal
blocks for easy field
installation.

Factory-wired products also
save on installation time and
costs. The meters are flush
mounted on the enclosure
door with all inputs/outputs
factory wired to the terminal
blocks.
A meter subpanel assembly
is also available, which
includes all the internal
components of the single-unit
enclosed meter for the IQ
150/250/260 and PXM 2000
Meters wired and mounted
on a subpanel to be installed
into an existing electrical
structure. It comes with a 48inch lead for flexibility in
mounting the meters at
various distances.

NEMA 12 Front View, Door Open, Prewired and Tested

Fused
Disconnect
Neutral, Ground
and Input/Output
(not shown)
Terminal Blocks

Control
Power,
Voltage
and CT
Inputs

CT Shorting
Terminal
Block
Prewired Control
Power Transformer

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Meter Fusing

9

NEMA Rated
NEMA 12 enclosure prevents
dust and other materials from
entering the equipment.
Internal gaskets also prevent
air irritants from harming the
vital equipment inside. This
quality enclosure meets most
indoor application needs.

NEMA 12 Multi-Unit View, Door Open, Prewired and Tested

PX Gateway

9

NEMA 3R enclosure is
constructed for either indoor
or outdoor use. It helps to
protect personnel from
access to hazardous parts
and provides a degree of
protection for equipment
inside the enclosure against
ingress of solid foreign
objects (falling dirt), harmful
effects of water (rain, sleet,
snow) and external formation
of ice on the enclosure.

Fused Control
Power Transformer

9

Gateway Power
Supply
Fused Disconnect
Meter Fusing
Control power,
voltage, CT and
Communications
Inputs

9
9
9

9

Ground
CT Shorting Blocks

9
9
9
9

NEMA 12 Single-Unit Enclosed Meter Inside View,
PXM 4000/6000/8000 Series

NEMA 4X enclosure provides
the same degree of
protection as the NEMA 3R
with the additional protection
against windblown dust,
splashing and hose-directed
water, and corrosion.

9

Meter
Fusing

Fused
Disconnect

9
Prewired
Control
Power
Transformer

9
9
9

Display

Meter
Control
Power,
Voltage
and CT
Inputs

9
9
9
9

CT Shorting Terminal Blocks

9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-137

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

NEMA 3R Single-Unit Closed and Open, IQ 150/250/260
and PXM 2000 Series

Multi-Unit Enclosed Meter, Inside View of IQ 35M
Meter
Fusing

9
9

Fused
Disconnect

9

Gateway
Power
Supply

9
9
9

PX Gateway

9
9
9
9
9

Control Power,
Voltage Current
Sensor and
Communications
Inputs

NEMA 4X Single-Unit Closed and Open, IQ 150/250/260
and PXM 2000 Series

9
9

Current Sensor
Terminal Strip

9
9
9

Prewired Meter Backpan, Single Unit
48-Inch Meter
Harness

9
9
9
9

Meter
Fusing

9

Fused
Disconnect

9
9
9

Fused
Disconnect

Enclosed Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
Fuses

PXMP
Power
Supply
PXMP
Meter
Base
Connections

6-Inch
Color
Touchscreen

Optional
CPT

9

●

9

●

PXMP Meter Base

9
9
9

PXMP Meter Modules
(not shown—sold separately)
NEMA 12
Enclosure
(30H x 24W x 12D Inches)

V3-T9-138

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●
●

CT Shorting
Block

Prewired panel to save installation time and cost for retrofits
into existing equipment
Designed for Eaton’s:
●
IQ 100 Meter Series
●
IQ 250/260
●
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
With or without CPT, depending on voltage
Order meters separately

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Catalog Number Selection
Single Unit Enclosed Meter

PXM2250MA65105 - 2 B
Meter Type
PXM4051A1BA
PXM4051A1BB
PXM6051A1BA
PXM6051A1BB
PXM8051A1BA
PXM8051A1BB
PXM2250MA65105
PXM2250MA65115
PXM2250MA65145
PXM2260MA65105
PXM2260MA65115
PXM2260MA65145
PXM2270MA65105
PXM2270MA65115
PXM2270MA65145
PXM2280MA65105
PXM2280MA65115
PXM2280MA65145
PXM2290MA65105
PXM2290MA65115
PXM2290MA65145
IQ250MA65100
IQ250MA65110
IQ250MA65114
IQ260MA65100
IQ260MA65110
IQ260MA65114
IQ150MA6511
IQ150MA6512

NEMA Rating
2 = NEMA 12
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

9

Enclosed PXMP Meter

CPT Option
A = 120/240 Vac (no CPT)
B = 480 Vac (CPT)

9

PXMP - 2 B D
Meter Type
PXMP-MB
PXMP-MB-AB

NEMA Rating

A
B
C
D

CPT Option
= None
= 120/240 Vac
= 480 Vac
= 600 Vac

9
9

Display
A = None
D = 6-inch color
touchscreen

9
9
9

2 = NEMA 12
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

9

Multi Unit Enclosed Meter

9

IQ150MA6511 - 2 B 4 C
Meter Type
IQ35MA12
IQ150MA6511
IQ250MA65100
IQ260MA65100
NEMA Rating
2 = NEMA 12 1
3 = NEMA 3R
4 = NEMA 4X

CPT Option
A = 120/240 Vac
No CPT
B = 480 Vac
CPT 1

9
Communications
C = Includes
PXG-200E

9
9
9

Number of
Meters
4 = 4 meters

9
9

Product Selection

9

Meter Subpanel Assembly

9

Description

Catalog Number

Meter subpanel assembly for PXM 2000
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters

PXM2K-MSPA-A

Meter subpanel assembly with CPT for PXM 2000
and IQ 150/250/260 Meters

PXM2K-MSPA-B

Notes
1 Not available with IQ 35M.
Other meter models available upon request in single- and multi-unit enclosed versions.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-139

9.3
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Technical Data and Specifications

Enclosed Meters
Description

Specification

Enclosure rating

NEMA 12, 3R, 4X

Enclosure operating temperature

–20°C to +40°C
Note: Temperature range of meter is
–20°C to +70°C. If applied outside, proper
precautions should be taken to avoid exceeding
the maximum and minimum temperature ratings
of the meter.

Dimensions

Single unit (IQ 150/250/260 and PXM 2000):
NEMA 12 (8.00W x 16.30H x 10.40D inches),
NEMA 3R/4X (8.00W x 16.30H x 9.60D inches)
Single unit (PXMP):
NEMA 12/3R/4X (24.00W x 30.00H x 12.00D inches)
Single unit (PXM 4000/6000/8000):
NEMA 12 (20.00W x 24.00H x 14.10D inches)
NEMA 3R/4X (20.20W x 24.00H x 13.90D inches)
Multi unit:
NEMA 12 (13.00W x 30.00H x 15.20D inches)
NEMA 3R (13.20W x 30.10H x 14.60D inches)
NEMA 4X (13.00W x 30.00H x 14.00D inches)

Meters

Single unit: IQ 150, IQ 250/260, PXM 2000/4000/6000/8000
and PXMP models
Multi unit: IQ 35M, IQ 150 and IQ 250/260

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Communications (multi unit only)

Power Xpert Gateway 200E

Control voltage

120V–600V (PXMP)—power supply required
Up to 240V (IQ 35M/150/250/260 and PXM 2000/4000/
6000/8000)—no CPT required
Greater than 240V (IQ 150/250/260 and
PXM 2000)—CPT required
Separate source control—no CPT required

Basic model

Fusible disconnect—primary voltage
Shorting block(s)—not required for IQ 35M or PXMP
Ground terminal block
Neutral terminal block
Eight-point terminal block(s) for input/output
modules for IQ 250/260 and PXM 2000

Wiring

Wired for three-phase, four-wire applications. Three-phase,
three-wire applications—
will need to change the wiring for both the voltage and the
current per the wiring diagram in the meter instruction
manual.

Certifications

UL® 508A and cUL®

9

Source control

No separate source control voltage required for applications
below 240 Vac (except PXMP)

9

Prewired

Prewired current transformer, shorting terminal block(s),
neutral, ground, voltage, control
power, fusible disconnect and input/output
terminal block(s)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9

Latch

Padlocking latch provision

Optional features

Control power transformer—single unit: 50 VA (IQ 150/250/
260) and 150 VA (PXM 4000/6000/8000); multi unit: 250 VA
control power supply for meter where monitored voltage is
480 Vac (IQ 150/250/260 and PXM 2000/4000/6000/8000)

9
9
9

Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice and represent
the maximum capabilities of the product with all options installed. This is
not a complete feature list. Features and functionality may vary depending
on selected options, firmware version and product model. Please refer to
the technical data sheet and the user manual for detailed specifications.

9
9
9
V3-T9-140

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Wiring Diagrams

9

Single Unit Enclosure—200/240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 or PXM 2000 Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-141

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Single Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 or PXM 2000 Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-142

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Multi Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 35M Meters

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-143

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Multi Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 Meters

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-144

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Multi Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with IQ 150/250/260 Meters

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-145

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Single Unit Enclosure—120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Wire System with PXMP Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-146

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Single Unit Enclosure—120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire Wye System with PXMP Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-147

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Single Unit Enclosure—480–600 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire Wye System with PXMP Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-148

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Single Unit Enclosure—200–240 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with PXM 4000/6000/8000 Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-149

9.3
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

Single Unit Enclosure—480 Vac 50/60 Hz, Three-Phase, Four-Wire System with PXM 4000/6000/8000 Meter

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-150

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 12 Single Unit Enclosure

9
9
9
9

Top
View
10.39
(263.9)

9

8.00
(203.2)

9

5.00
(127.0)

9.60
(243.8)

9
9
9

14.99
(380.7)

16.30
(414.0)

9
9
Right Side View

Front View

Left Side View

9

Rear View

9

NEMA 12 Multi Unit Enclosure

9

13.00
(330.2)

9

15.19
(385.8)

Top
15.19
(385.8)

9

View

14.07
(357.4)

ø0

9
.4

4

9

11.50
(292.1)

9

6.97
(177.0)
Typ.

9
9

30.00
(762.0)

9

28.50
(723.9)

9
9
9
Right Side View

Front View

Rear View

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-151

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 12 PXM 4000/6000/8000 Enclosure
20.00
(508.0)

9
9

12.00
(304.8)

9
9

Top View

1/4-Turn
Padlocking Latch

4xø0.44

16.94 (430.3)
Subpanel Width

9

18.50 (469.9)
Mounting Width

0.75
(19.1)

9

21.00
(533.4)
Subpanel
Height

24.00
(609.6)

9

22.50
(571.5)
Mounting
Height

0.75
(19.1)

9
9

Left Side View

Front View

Right Side View

Front View (Door Removed)

9
9
9
Bottom View

9
9

NEMA 12 PXMP Enclosure
24.00
(609.6)

9
9

12.00
(304.8)

9

Top View

9
9

29.50
(749.3)
Door

9
9

5.25
HMI
(133.4) Cutout
30.00
(762.0)

6.79
(172.4)

9
9

Left Side View

Front View
23.63 (600.2)
Door

9

Right Side
View

Front View
(Door Removed)

9
9
Bottom View

9
9
V3-T9-152

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

External Rear View

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 3R/4X Single Unit Enclosure

9
9
9

Top

9

View

9
9
This Drip Cap is
on NEMA 3R Only

9

5.00
(127.0)

9.58
(243.3)

9
9

16.30
(414.0)

14.99
(380.7)

9
9
9

Right Side View

Front View

Front View

9

Rear View

9

NEMA 3R/4X Multi Unit Enclosure
13.20
(335.3)
(NEMA 3R)

9
9

13.00
(330.2)
(NEMA 4X)

14.64
(371.9)
(NEMA 3R)

This Drip Cap is
on NEMA 3R Only

9
ø0
ø0 .34
.4 (N
1
(N EM
EM A
A 3R
4X )
)

Top
View

14.03
(356.4)
(NEMA 4X)

9

10.50
(266.7)
(NEMA 3R)

9

11.50
(292.1)
(NEMA 4X)

9
9

30.07
(763.8)
(NEMA 3R)

27.00
(685.8)
(NEMA 3R)

30.00
(762.0)
(NEMA 4X)

28.50
(723.9)
(NEMA 4X)

9
9
9
9
9

Right Side View

Front View

Front View
(no door)

9

Rear View

9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-153

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 3R PXM 4000/6000/8000 Unit Enclosure

9

20.20 (513.1)
Top Width
20.00 (508.0)
Enclosure Width

9

13.70
(348.0)
Top
Depth

9
9
9

12.00 (304.8)
Enclosure
Depth

Top View

4xø0.34

17.50 (444.5)
Mounting Width

9
9
9

21.00
(533.4)
Mounting
Height

1/4-Turn
Padlocking
Latch

24.00
(609.6)

1.25
(31.8)

Front View (Door Removed)

9
9

Left Side View

9

Front View

Right Side View

External Rear View

1.50
(38.1)

19.63 (498.6)
Door

9
9

Front View (Subpanel Only)

9
9

Bottom View

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-154

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 4X PXM 4000/6000/8000 Unit Enclosure

9

20.00
(508.0)

9
9

12.00
(304.8)

9

0.75
(19.1)

9
0.75
(19.1)

Front View (Door Removed)

22.50
(571.5)
Mounting
Height

1/4-Turn
Padlocking
Latch

24.00
(609.6)

9

18.50 (469.9)
Mounting Width

Top View

9
9

4xø0.44

Left Side View

Front View

Right Side View

9

9

External Rear View

9
Front View (Subpanel Only)

9
9

Bottom View

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-155

9.3

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 3R PXMP Multi Unit Enclosure

9
9

24.00
(609.6)

9
12.00
(304.8)

9
9

6.79
(172.5)

Top View

9
9
9
9

5.25
(133.4)

30.80
(782.3)
Overall

30.00
(762.0)
Enclosure

HMI
Cutout

9
9
9

Left Side View

Front View

Right Side View

23.63 (600.2)
Door

9

Front View
(Door Removed)

9
9
Bottom View

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-156

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Metering Devices

9.3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

NEMA 4X PXMP Multi Unit Enclosure

9
9

24.00
(609.6)

9

12.00
(304.8)

9
9

6.79
(172.5)

Top View

9
30.00
(762.0)
Enclosure

5.25
(133.4)

30.00
(762.0)
Overall

9

HMI
Cutout

9
9
9

Left Side View

Front View

Right Side View

23.63 (600.2)
Door

9

Front View
(Door Removed)

9
9

13.07
(332.0)
Overall

9
9

Bottom View

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-157

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

9

Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Product Selection Guide

9

Protective Relay Selection Chart

9

Protection Functions

9
9

Page

Product Selection Guide
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section Page Number

IEEE
Device
Number

Phase inst. OC

Description

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

Voltage
Protection
MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

Transformer
Protection
DP-300

ETR-4000

V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226

V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188

V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217

50

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Phase TOC

51

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Ground inst. OC (measured)

50G

■

■

■

■

■

Ground TOC (measured)

51G

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Phase directional control 1

67

■

■

Ground directional control 2

67N

■

■

Phase voltage restrained OC

51VR

■

■

9

9
9
9
9

■

No. of curves (ANSI/IEC/thermal)

11

11

10

10

10

11

Zone interlocking

■

■

■

■

■

■

Thermal overload

49

■

■

■

Locked rotor

49S/51

■

■

■

■

■

51R
27

9

■

■

■

Current unbalance

46

■

■

■

9

Negative sequence voltage

47

■

■

■

■

Power factor

55

■

■

■

■

Overvoltage

59

■

■

■

■

Frequency (over/under)

81

■

■

■

■

Forward/reverse VARs

32V

9
9

■

■

Jam/stall
Undervoltage

9

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

■
■

■

■
■
■
■

■

■

Notes
1 The 50 and 51 protective functions can be controlled for reverse, forward or both directional protection.
2 The 50N, 51N, 50G and 51G protective functions can be controlled for reverse, forward or both directional protection.

9
9
9
V3-T9-158

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Protection Functions, continued

Section Page Number

IEEE
Device
Number

Differential

87

Forward/reverse power
Sync check

Description

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-6000

■1

■1

■1

32

■

■

25

■

■

Reclosing

79
LOP

MP-3000

V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188
■1

Loss of potential block

MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217
■2

Transformer
Protection
DP-300

ETR-4000

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237
■3

■4

■

50BF

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

5th harmonic restrain

■

■
■

4th harmonic restrain

■

87 GD ground differential

■

9

9
9
9
9
9

Control Functions

Section Page Number

9

9

■

2nd harmonic restrain

Description

9

9

■

■
■

Cold load pickup
Breaker failure

FP-5000

V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226

Voltage
Protection

IEEE
Device
Number

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

Voltage
Protection
MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

DP-300

ETR-4000

9

V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188

Remote open/close

■

■

■

■

■

(Trip only)

■

■

■

Programmable I/O

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

4

4

4

4

Number of starts limit

■

■

9

Starts per hour

■

■

Time between starts

■

■

Emergency override

■

■

Multiple settings groups

4

Reduced voltage starting
Trip lock out

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

9

V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226

Programmable logic control

V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217

Transformer
Protection

9

9
9
■

9
9

Notes
1 87B using zone selective interlocking.
2 87M or 87G (motor or generator differential).
3 87M, 87T or 87G (motor, transformer or generator differential).
4 87T (transformer differential).

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-159

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Metering Functions
IEEE
Device
Number

Description

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

Voltage
Protection
MP-4000

9

Section Page Number
Amperes

■

■

■

■

■

9

Ampere demand

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

■

■1

Volts
Phase angle (current and voltage)
■

■

■

■

■

Current only

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Watthour

■

■

■

9
9
9
9

VARs

■

■

■

■

VAR demand

■

■

■

■

VAR-hour

■

■

■

■

VA

■

■

■

■

VA Demand

■

■

■

■

VA-hour

■

■

■

■
■

Frequency

■

■

■

Trending (load profile)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Minimum/maximum recording

■
■

■

■

9

■

■

■

Watts

■

■

Watt Demand

9

ETR-4000

V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217

9

9

DP-300

V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188

9

9

VR-300

V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226

Positive, negative and zero sequence

9

MD-3000

Transformer
Protection

Max. only

■

■

■

Monitoring Functions
IEEE
Device
Number

Description
Section Page Number

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

V3-T9-207 V3-T9-226

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

V3-T9-180 V3-T9-172 V3-T9-162 V3-T9-188

Voltage
Protection
MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

V3-T9-198 V3-T9-204 V3-T9-217

Transformer
Protection
DP-300

ETR-4000

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

9

Trip circuit monitor

■

■

■

■

■

Breaker wear

■

■

■

■

■

9

Failure to close

■

■

■

■

■

Oscillography

■

■

■

■

■

9
9

Sequence of events
■

Trip target data
Clock

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

■
■

9

Number of starts

■

■

■

Acceleration time

■

■

■

9

RTD temperature

■

■

■

■

Hottest RTD

■

■

■

■

9
9

Note
1 Differential and restrain current only.

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-160

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Communications

Description
Section Page Number

IEEE
Device
Number

Local human machine
interface

Feeder
Protection

Motor
Protection

Voltage
Protection

Transformer
Protection

9

DT-3000

EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

DP-300

V3-T9-207

V3-T9-226

V3-T9-180

V3-T9-172

V3-T9-162

V3-T9-204

V3-T9-198

V3-T9-204

V3-T9-217

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

ETR-4000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9
9
9

Remote
communication port
RS-232

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Optional

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

INCOM

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Modbus-RTU

■

■

■

■

■

■

RS-485

■

Ethernet copper
Frequency shift key
Addressable
Protocols

■

■

■

■

Modbus-TCP

■

9

9
9
9

Construction

Description
Section Page Number

IEEE
Device
Number

Feeder
Protection
DT-3000

Motor
Protection
EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

MP-4000

Voltage
Protection

Transformer
Protection

MD-3000

VR-300

DP-300

ETR-4000

9
9

V3-T9-207

V3-T9-226

V3-T9-180

V3-T9-172

V3-T9-162

V3-T9-188

V3-T9-198

V3-T9-204

V3-T9-217

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

Panel mount case

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Drawout

Optional

Removable
terminals

■

Optional

Optional

Optional

Optional

Optional

Operating
temperature range

–30°–55°C

–40°– 60°C

–40°– 60°C

–40°– 60°C

–40°–60°C

–20°–60°C

–20°–60°C –30°–55°C

–20°–70°C

20°–70°C –40°– 60°C

9

Power supply options

120–
240 Vac

19–
300 Vdc

48–
48–
48–
120–
125 Vac/Vdc 125 Vac/Vdc 125 Vac/Vdc 240 Vac

120–
240 Vac

120–
240 Vac

40–
250 Vac

40–
250 Vac

19–
300 Vdc

9

24–250
Vdc

40–250
Vac

100–240
Vac/Vdc

100–240
Vac/Vdc

100–240
Vac/Vdc

24–
250 Vdc

90–
250 Vdc

90–
250 Vdc

40–
250 Vac

9

■

■

■

9

■

■

■

AC voltage inputs

■

■

■

■

■

Wye PTs

■

■

■

■

■

Delta/open delta PTs

■

■

■

■

■

AC current inputs

■

■

■

Removable
terminals

■

9

Binary inputs

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Alarm outputs

2 Form C

1 Form C

2 Form C

2 Form C

2 Form C

3

■

2 Form C

1 Form C

1 NO

1 Form C

Trip outputs

2

3

5

5

5

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Local display

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

LEDs (local targets)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Analog outputs

■

IEEE
Device
Number

Feeder
Protection

Motor
Protection

Voltage
Protection

Transformer
Protection

9
9
9
9

DT-3000

EDR-3000

FP-4000

FP-5000

FP-6000

MP-3000

MP-4000

MD-3000

VR-300

DP-300

V3-T9-207

V3-T9-226

V3-T9-180

V3-T9-172

V3-T9-162

V3-T9-188

V3-T9-198

V3-T9-204

V3-T9-217

V3-T9-221 V3-T9-237

ANSI

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

IEC

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

UL

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

CE

DT-3030 only ■

■

■

■

CSA

■

■

■

■

Section Page Number

9

9

Standards

Description

9

■

ETR-4000

■
■

■

■

■

9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-161

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

Feeder Protection FP-6000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-163
V3-T9-164
V3-T9-165
V3-T9-165
V3-T9-166
V3-T9-171
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9

FP-6000 Feeder Protection

9

Product Description
●

9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9

●

9
9
9

●

●

9
9

●

9

●

Microprocessor-based
protection with monitoring
and control for medium
voltage main and feeder
applications
Current, voltage, frequency
and power protection for
electric power distribution
systems
Complete metering of
voltage, currents, power,
energy, minimum/
maximum and demand
functions
Programmable logic control
functions for main-tie-main
and main-main transfer
schemes
Trip logs, event logs and
waveform capture for
better fault analysis and
system restoration
Data Logger to provide
energy usage profiles for
better planning, utilization
and energy usage
Compact, drawout case
design or fixed case design
Meets ANSI and UL

9
9
V3-T9-162

Application Description
Eaton’s FP-6000 Protection
Relay provides complete threephase and ground overcurrent,
voltage, frequency and power
protection plus metering in
a single, compact drawout
case. It may be used as a
reclosing relay; primary
protection on feeders; mains
and tie circuit breaker
applications; or as backup
protection for transformers,
high voltage lines and
differential protection.
The FP-6000 takes full
advantage of its
microprocessor technology,
providing the user new
freedom and a wealth of datagathering features. The relay
performs self-checking of all
major hardware and firmware
protection elements to ensure
their operation in the event of a
system or component electrical
failure or fault. Protection
functions are well suited for
main and distribution feeder
circuit applications.
Programmable logic control
functions make the FP-6000
relay ideally suited for main-tiemain and main 1/main two
transfer schemes.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

The FP-6000 is the only relay in
its class that offers a flexible,
yet simple reclosing control. Its
compact design makes it ideal
for polemounted recloser
controls. The zone interlocking
feature can be utilized for bus
protection instead of an
expensive and complicated bus
differential (87B) scheme. The
FP-6000 works directly with
the FP-5000, FP-4000, Digitrip®
3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
The breaker failure protection
provides faster remote backup
clearing times for stuck breaker
operation. In addition to the
breaker failure protection, the
FP-6000 can be programmed to
detect residual current when
the breaker is open to detect
flashover conditions. The
FP-6000 provides trip circuit
monitoring and alarming
features. It continually monitors
the trip circuit for continuity
and readiness to trip. Open
and close pushbuttons are
conveniently located on the
front of the relay for local
breaker operation.

CA08100004E—November 2013

When an electrical fault
or disturbance occurs, the
FP-6000 begins to store the
following in non-volatile
memory:
●

●
●

Voltage and current
sampled data
Calculated values
Status of internal protection
functions, logic, contact
inputs and outputs

Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the quick
analysis and restoration of your
electric power system.
When the FP-6000 isn’t
responding to disturbances in
the power system, it’s
providing valuable metering
information at the relay and
remotely. It provides energy
usage and demand reading,
and can alarm when usage
reaches a set value. Power
factor measurements can be
used for cap bank switching
to control kVAR demand.
Onboard data trending can
provide load profiles for up
to 40 days.

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Features, Benefits and Functions
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Complete protection,
metering and control in
a single compact case to
reduce panel space,
wiring and costs
Flexible current, voltage
and frequency protection
and programmability to
cover a broad range of
applications while
simplifying relay ordering
and reducing inventory
Integral test function
reduces maintenance
time and expense
Relay self-diagnostics and
reporting improves uptime
and troubleshooting
Breaker trip circuit
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker
operation
Programmable LEDs and
logic control features that
can replace and eliminate
external auxiliary relays,
timers, light and wiring
Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and
tripping times and saves
money compared to a
traditional bus differential
scheme
Trip and event recording
in non-volatile memory
provides detailed
information for analysis
and system restoration
256 cycles of waveform
capture aids in post fault
analysis (viewable using
PowerNet and
NPWAVEFORM
component
Front RS-232 port and
PowerPort software
provides local computer
access and a user-friendly,
Windows-based interface
for relay settings, and
configuration and data
retrieval
Drawout case design
for quick and easy relay
removal and replacement
Breaker open/close
control from relay
faceplate or remotely
via communications
Remote communications
to Eaton PowerNet
monitoring system or PC

Free PowerPort utility
software for local PC
interface to the FP-6000 for
relay settings, monitoring
and control
The protection functions are
listed below and shown on
Page V3-T9-168.
●

The FP-6000 also provides
the following protective
features:
●
●

●

The FP-6000 provides phase
overcurrent (forward, reverse
or both):
●

●

●
●
●

●

Two-stage instantaneous
with timers (50P-1 and
50P-2)
Inverse time overcurrent
(51P)
Directional control (67P)
10 standard curves
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
Voltage restrained inverse
time overcurrent (51P2)

The FP-6000 provides two
ground overcurrent elements,
one measured (IX) and one
calculated (IR):

●

●

●

●

●

●

●
●

Independent measured
ground or neutral
directional overcurrent
elements:
●
Two-stage
instantaneous with
timers (50X-1 and 50X-2)
●
Inverse time overcurrent
(51X)
●
Ground directional
polarizing (67N) -3vo and
negative sequence
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset

●

●
●

Breaker failure (50BF)
Phase unbalance negative
sequence overcurrent
(46-1, 46-2)
Phase voltage unbalance
and sequence protection
(47-1, 47-2)
Main 3-phase under/
overvoltage (27M-1,
27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2)
Under/overfrequency
(81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1,
81O-2)
Auxiliary single-phase
under/overvoltage (27A-1,
27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2)
Neutral voltage (59N-1,
59N-2)
Apparent and
displacement power factor
(55A, 55D)
Forward/reverse power
protection (32-1, 32-2,
32-3)
Forward/reverse VAR
protection (32V-1, 32V-2,
32V-3)
Thermal Protection (49DT,
49MT, 49DA, 49MA)
Sync check (25)
Zone interlocking for bus
protection (87B). The
FP-6000 feeder relay
includes a zone selective
interlocking feature that can
be used with other Eaton
devices like the Digitrip
3000 overcurrent relay

The FP-6000 provides the
following metering functions:

●

●

The FP-6000 provides the
following monitoring and data
recording functions that
enhance the security of the
protection system and
provides useful information
for scheduling maintenance:
●
●

●

●

●

●

Independent calculated
ground or neutral
directional overcurrent
elements:
●
Two-stage
instantaneous with
timers (50R-1 and
50R-2)
●
Inverse time overcurrent
(51R)
●
Ground directional
polarizing (67N) –3vo,
I pol and negative
sequence
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset

●

●

●

●
●

●
●

●
●
●
●

●

Amperes (rms, phasor
and sequence)
Amperes demand and
peak demand.
Volts (rms, phasor and
sequence).
VA and VA demand
Watts and kW demand and
peak demand.
Forward/reverse/net kWh
Vars and kVAR demand
and peak demand
Lead/lag/net kVARh
Power factor
Frequency
Voltage and current %THD
and magnitude THD
RTD

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

Trip circuit monitoring
Breaker wear (accumulated
interrupted current)
Waveform capture
(256 cycles total, up to
16 events)
Fault data logs (up to
16 events).
Sequence of events report
(up to 100 events)
Clock (1ms stamping)

The FP-6000 provides
standard control functions
plus userconfigurable custom
control capabilities. This logic
can be used for applications
such as main-tie-main
transfer schemes.
●
●
●
●

●

●
●
●

●
●

Minimum/maximum
recording with date/
time stamp
Trending (load profile
over time)

●

Remote open/close.
Optional local open/close
Programmable I/O
Programmable logic gates
and timers
Multiple setting groups
(up to four)
Bus transfer logic
Cold load pickup
Loss of potential
(PT blown fuses)
Autoreclose Function (79)
Auto Zone Coordination

The FP-6000 supports the
following communication
options:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Local HMI
Password protected
Addressable
Front RS-232 port
Rear RS-485 port
Rear FSK port
Protocols:
●
INCOM
●
Modbus RTU

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-163

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Standards and Certifications

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Communication Software
Eaton provides two types
of communication software.
The first is PowerPort. It runs
on a PC or laptop for easy
access to a single relay
to change set points or
configuration and to view
metered values and stored
data. PowerPort is free and
can be downloaded from
the Eaton Web site at
the following URL:
www.eaton.com; search
for “PowerPort.”

The second package is
PowerNet. PowerNet is a
power management software
package that is designed
for continuous, remote
monitoring of many devices.
It provides all the functionality
of PowerPort plus additional
functions such as billing,
trending and graphics.
Contact your local Eaton
representative for more
information on PowerNet
software.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen

9

Compliance
●
UL recognized, File #
E154862 (FP6200-00 5A
CT model only)
●
UL 1053 (1994) recognized
●
ANSI C37.90 (1989)
●
EN 55011 (1991)
●
EN 61000-6-2 (1999)

Emission Tests
●
EN 55011 (1991): Group 1
Class A (CISPR-11,
Class A)
●
FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1:
Part 15 Subpart b Class A
Immunity Tests
●
ANSI C37.90.1 (1989):
surge withstand capability
●
ANSI C37.90.2 (1995):
EMI immunity to 35 V/m
●
EN 61000-4-2 (1995):
ESD Rating of 8 kV
●
EN 61000-4-3 (1997):
radiated EM field at 10 V/m
●
EN 61000-4-4 (1995): fast
transient burst at 2 kV
●
EN 61000-4-5 (1995):
surge immunity test
●
EN 61000-4-6 (1996):
conducted RF at 10 V/m
●
EN 61000-4-8: power
frequency magnetic
field immunity
●
EN 61000-4-11 (1994):
voltage dips and variations

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-164

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Reference Information
Description

Style Number

Pub Number

Instruction booklet

66A2347H01

IB02602004E

9
9

Catalog Number Selection

9

FP-6000 Feeder Protection

9
9

FP6 2 00 - 0 1

9
Current Range
2 = 5 Amperes
3 = 1 Ampere

Packaging
0 = Drawout

Control Voltage
0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc
1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc

Communications Protocol
0 = INCOM
1 = Modbus RTU

9
9
9

Product Selection
FP-6000

9

FP-6000 Catalog Numbers
Option
Description

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

5A CT
48–125 Vdc,
100–120 Vac power supply
Standard communication board

66D2167G01

FP6200-00

1A CT
48–125 Vdc,
100–120 Vac power supply
Standard communication board

66D2167G02

FP6300-00

5A CT
100–250 Vdc,
100–240 Vac power supply
Standard communication board

66D2167G04

FP6200-10

1A CT
100–250 Vdc,
100–240 Vac power supply
Standard communication board

66D2167G05

FP6300-10

5A CT
100–250 Vdc,
100–240 Vac power supply
Modbus communication board

66D2167G06

FP6200-11

1A CT
100–250 Vdc,
100–240 Vac power supply
Modbus communication board

66D2167G07

FP6300-11

5A CT
48–125 Vdc,
100–120 Vac power supply
Modbus communication board

66D2167G08

FP6200-01

1A CT
48–125 Vdc,
100–120 Vac power supply
Modbus communication board

66D2167G09

FP6300-01

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-165

9.4
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Technical Data and Specifications
Protective Functions
Phase and Ground
Overcurrent Protection
●
Inverse characteristics:
Mod, Very, Extremely,
IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
I4t, Flat
●

9

TOC (51) pickup range:
0.02 to 4.0 per unit in
0.01 steps

9

●

Time multipliers: 0.05 to
10.0 in 0.01 steps

9

●

IOC (50) pickup range:
0.1 to 20.0 per unit in
0.01 steps

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●

Pickup accuracy: ±1%
(at 0.1 to 2 per unit)

●

Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps

●

Time accuracy: ±3% or
±30 ms

●

Directional (67, 67N, 67G):
forward, reverse or both

Voltage Unbalance (47)
●
Threshold (minimum
voltage) 1 to 100 volts in
1 volt steps
●
% V2/V1: 2 to 40% in
1% steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps
Current Unbalance (46)
●
Threshold (minimum
current) 0.1 to 20.0 per
unit in 0.01 steps
●
% I2/I1: 2 to 40% in
1% steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps
Under/Overvoltage
Protection (27/59)
●
Pickup range: 10 to
150 volts in 1 volt steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps

9
9

Neutral Voltage Protection (59N)
Source: calculated,
measure
●
Criterion: phasor, rms
●
Pickup range: 5 to
250 volts in 1 volt steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps
●

Under/Over Frequency
Protection (81U/O)
●
Pickup range: 45 to 65 Hz
in 0.01 Hz steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps
Breaker Failure
Protection (50BF)
●
Pickup range: 0.02 to
5.0 per unit in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 9999
cycles in 1 cycle steps
Power Factor (55)
●
Trigger/reset threshold:
–0.5 to 1 lag; 0.5 to 0.99
lead in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0 to 1000
seconds in 1 second steps
Power Protection (32)
●
Direction: forward/reverse
●
Criterion: over/under
●
Pickup range: 0.02 to 4 pu
Note: 1pu = 3 x CT secondary
rating x VT secondary rating for
wye; the square root of 3 x VT
secondary rating x CT secondary
rating for open delta.
●
●

VAR Protection (32V)
●
Direction: forward/reverse
●
Criterion: over/under
●
Pickup range: 0.02 to 4 pu
Note: 1pu = 3 x CT secondary
rating x VT secondary rating for
wye; the square root of 3 x VT
secondary rating x CT secondary
rating for open delta.
●

9

●

9

Pickup accuracy: ±1.0%
Trip time accuracy:
0 to 2 cycles or 0.1%,
whichever is greater

Thermal Protection (49)
Pickup range: 0ºF to 390°F
or 0ºC to 199°C
●
Time delay: 0.1 to
3600 seg
●

Sync Check (25)
●
Phase angle: 1 to 60°
●
Slip frequency: 0.1 to 2 Hz
●
Voltage differential: 1 to
100 volts
●
Breaker close time: 0 to
9999 cycles
Discrete Inputs
●
Number of contact
inputs: 8
●
Rating: 48 Vdc wetting
voltage provided with
internal ground only
Output Contacts
●
Number of output
contacts: Five Form A
and two Form C

RS-232 Communications,
Front Panel
●
Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
9.6K
●
Connector standard 9-pin
subminiature, three-wire
●
Protocol: INCOM
RS-485 Communications,
Rear Panel
●
Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
●
Protocol: Modbus RTU
Environmental Ratings
●
Operating temperature:
–40ºF to +140ºF (
–40ºC to +60ºC)
●
Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +185ºF
(–40ºC to +85ºC)
●
Humidity: 5% to 95%
relative humidity
(noncondensing)
●
Altitude: 0 to 6,350 feet
(0 to 1,935 m) above Mean
Sea Level

Rating of Output Contacts
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
(resistive)
●
Break 5A at 120/
240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc
Logic and Control Functions
●
Six programmable logic
gates for AND, OR, NAND,
NOR operation
●
Two latching (flip/flop)
gates
●
Six timer gates provide
on/off delays
INCOM Communications
●
Baud rate: 9600 fixed
●
Maximum distance:
10,000 feet (3,048 m)
●
Protocol: INCOM

Pickup accuracy: ±1.0%
Trip time accuracy:
0 to 2 cycles or 0.1%,
whichever is greater

9
V3-T9-166

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Control Power
●
Control voltage:
●
48–125 Vdc/100–
120 Vac
●
100–250 Vdc/100–
240 Vac
●

●

●

Operating voltage:
●
38–150 Vdc/55–132 Vac
●
80–308 Vdc/55–264 Vac
Interruption ride-through
time:
●
83 ms at 120V, 60 Hz AC
●
250 ms at 110 Vdc/
300 ms at Vac
Power consumption:
●
20 VA maximum
●
22 VA maximum

Current Inputs
●
CT rating:
●
2 x ln at 5 amperes
continuous
●
3 x ln at 1 ampere
continuous
●
80 x ln at 5 amperes
for 1 second
●
100 x ln at 1 ampere
for 1 second
●

9.4

Voltage Transformer Inputs
●
Nominal: 0–120 Vac line
to common
●
Operating range:
0–144 Vac (+20%) line
to common
●
Burden: 1 mega ohm input
impedance

9

Metering Accuracy
●
Input signal frequency
necessary for accurate
operation:
●
60 Hz Nominal,
57–63 Hz (5%)
●
50 Hz Nominal,
47–53 Hz (5%)

9

●

Frequency measurement
accuracy:
●
±0.02 Hz

●

Clock accuracy:
●
Free running ±1 minute/
month at 77°F (25°C)
●
Automatically updated
by PowerNet host
when present

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

CT burdens:
●
< 0.25 VA at 5A
(nominal)
●
< 0.05 VA at 1A
(nominal)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-167

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

FP-6000 Specifications
Principal Parameters

Range

9

Current (amperes) Ia, Ib, Ic, Ir, Ix

0.02 to 20 per unit

9

Sequence currents

0.02 to 20 per unit

±1% of nominal

9

Main voltage

0 to 160V

±0.5% of nominal ±0.2V

Sequence voltages

0 to 160V

±1% of nominal

9

Auxiliary voltage

0 to 250V

±1% of nominal

Phase angle for I and V

0 to 360°

±1° at nominal voltage

System frequency

45 to 65 Hz

±0.02 Hz

Ampere demand

0.02 to 20 per Unit

±0.5%

Watt demand

0 to 4000 MW

±1.0% FS for PF = unity 1

9
9
9

Accuracy
at < 2 + CT rating: ±0.5% of CT rating
at > 2 + CT rating: ±0.5% of reading

±1.5% FS for PF = –0.5 to 0.5 1
Watts

0 to 4000 MW

9

Watthours

0 to 999.999 MWh

—

9

VAR demand

0 to 4000 MVAR

±1.5% FS for PF = –0.5 to 0.5 1

VARs

0 to 4000 MVAR

—

9

VAR-hours

0 to 999.999 Mvarh

—

VA demand

0 to 4000 MVA

±1% FS 1

9

VA

0 to 4000 MVA

—

VA-hours

0 to 999,999 MVAh

—

9

Apparent power factor

–1 to +1

±0.02 for load currents above 20% rated

9

Displacement power factor

–1 to +1

±0.02 for load currents above 20% rated

Total harmonic distortion

0 to 9999

±1%

9
9
9
9

—

Other metering accuracy

±1%

Note
1 FS (Full Scale) = 3 x CT Rating x Nominal L-N Voltage.

Wiring Diagrams
FP-6000 One-Line Drawing

9
9

55A

9

42M

9

79

9

49D

55O

32V
-1

32V
-2

32V
-3

Metering
V, I, F, PF,
W, VARS, VA
Energy
Demand
Min./Max.
% THD
Phasors
Data Logger
Waveform
SER
Fault Records
RTDs

9
9
9
9
9

FP-6000
Load

9
9
V3-T9-168

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

FP-6000 Rear View and Terminal Designations

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

1

9

1
1

9

1

9
9
9
9
9
9

FP-6000 Front View and Drawout Case Side View

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Note
1 Available with Modbus-RTU communications.

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-169

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

FP-6000 Typical Connection Drawing Using Wye PTs

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-170

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

FP-6000 Feeder Protection Relay

9

Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

7.72 (196.1)

0.80 (20.3)

12.5 (5.7)

5.30 (134.6)

6.90 (175.3)

12.5 (5.7)

9
9

In Front of Panel
11.34 (288.0)

9

Behind Panel
6.70 (170.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-171

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

Feeder Protection FP-5000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-173
V3-T9-175
V3-T9-175
V3-T9-176
V3-T9-179
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9

FP-5000 Feeder Protection

9

Product Description
●

9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9

●

9
9
9
9
9

●

●

●
●

Microprocessor-based
protection with monitoring
and control for medium
voltage main and feeder
applications
Current, voltage, frequency
and power protection for
electric power distribution
systems
Complete metering of
voltage, currents, power,
energy, minimum/
maximum and
demand functions
Programmable logic control
functions for main-tie-main
transfer schemes
Trip logs, event logs and
waveform capture for
better fault analysis and
system restoration
Data Logger to provide
energy usage profiles for
better planning, utilization
and energy usage
Compact, drawout
case design
Meets ANSI, CE and
CSA standards
Multiple settings groups
ANSI, IEC and thermal
protection curves for
greater flexibility

V3-T9-172

Application Description
Eaton’s FP-5000 Feeder
Protection relay provides
complete three-phase and
ground overcurrent and
voltage protection plus
metering in a single, compact
drawout case. It may be
used as primary protection
on feeders, mains and tie
circuit breaker applications,
and as backup protection
for transformers, high
voltage lines and differential
protection. The relay is most
commonly used on medium
voltage switchgear
applications.

the FP-5000 relay ideally
suited for main-tie-main
and main 1/main 2 transfer
schemes.

The FP-5000 takes
full advantage of its
microprocessor technology
providing the user new
freedoms and a wealth of
data-gathering features. The
relay performs self-checking
of all major hardware and
firmware protection elements
to ensure their operation in
the event of a system or
component electrical failure
or fault. Protection functions
are well suited for main and
distribution feeder circuit
applications. Programmable
logic control functions make

The multiple settings
groups can be utilized for
arc flash mitigation when
an alternative setting group,
set to have instantaneous
elements only is activated
using a selector switch and
the programmable I/O in the
FP-5000.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

The Zone Interlocking feature
can be utilized for bus
protection instead of an
expensive and complicated
bus differential (87B)
scheme. The FP-5000 works
directly with Eaton’s Digitrip
3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
New breaker failure logic
provides faster remote
backup clearing times for
stuck breaker operation.

conveniently located on the
front of the relay for local
breaker operation.
Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
is activated when the breaker
is open. Residual current
is monitored and alarmed
if detected.
When an electrical fault
or disturbance occurs, the
FP-5000 begins to store the
following in non-volatile
memory:
●

●
●

Voltage and current
sampled data
Calculated values
Status of internal protection
functions, logic, contact
inputs and outputs

Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the quick
analysis and restoration of your
electric power system.

The FP-5000 provides trip
and close circuit monitoring
and alarming features. It
continually monitors the
complete trip and close
circuits for continuity and
readiness to trip. Open
and close pushbuttons are
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Features, Benefits and Functions
When the FP-5000 isn’t
responding to disturbances
in the power system, it’s
providing valuable metering
information at the relay and
remotely. It provides energy
usage and demand reading,
and can alarm when usage
reaches a set value. Power
factor measurements can be
used for cap bank switching
to control kVAR demand.
Onboard data trending can
provide load profiles for up
to 40 days.
The protection functions are
listed below and shown on
Page V3-T9-177.
●

●

●

●

●

Complete protection,
metering and control in a
single compact case to
reduce panel space, wiring
and costs
Flexible current, voltage
and frequency protection
and programmability to
cover a broad range of
applications while
simplifying relay ordering
and reducing inventory
Integral test function
reduces maintenance time
and expense
Relay self-diagnostics and
reporting improves uptime
and troubleshooting
Breaker trip circuit
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker
operation

9
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Programmable logic control
features that can replace
and eliminate external
auxiliary relays, timers
and wiring
Zone-selective interlocking
improves coordination and
tripping times and saves
money compared to a
traditional bus differential
scheme
Trip and event recording
in non-volatile memory
provides detailed
information for analysis and
system restoration
256 cycles of waveform
capture aids in post fault
analysis
Front RS-232 port and
PowerPort software
provides local computer
access and a user-friendly,
Windows®-based interface
for relay settings, and
configuration and data
retrieval
Drawout case design for
quick and easy relay
removal and replacement
Breaker open/close control
from relay faceplate or
remotely via
communications
Remote communications
to Eaton’s PowerNet
monitoring system or PC
Free PowerPort utility
software for local PC
interface to the FP-5000 for
relay settings, monitoring
and control

Phase Overcurrent (Forward,
Reverse or Both)
●
Two-stage instantaneous
with timers (50P-1 and
50P-2)
●
Two inverse time
overcurrent (51P-1 and
51P-2)
●
Directional control
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Voltage restrained time
overcurrent (51VR)
●
Two independent ground
directional overcurrent
elements, one measured
(IX) and one calculated (IR)
●
Two-Stage
instantaneous with
timers (50X-1 and 50X-2)
(50R-1 and 50R-2)
●
Inverse time overcurrent
(51X and 51R)
●
Ground directional
polarizing (67N) –3vo, Ipol,
negative sequence
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Voltage restrained time
overcurrent (51VR)
●
●

●

●

●

●

●

●
●
●

Auxiliary single-phase
under/over-voltage (27A-1,
27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2)
Under/over frequency
(81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1,
81O-2)
Reverse/forward power
(32-1, 32-2)
Sync check (25)
Power factor (55)
Zone interlocking for bus
protection (87B). The
FP-5000 feeder relay
includes a zone selective
interlocking feature that
can be used with other
Eaton devices like the
Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
relay

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Breaker failure (50BF)
Phase unbalance negative
sequence overcurrent
(46-1, 46-2)
Phase voltage unbalance
and sequence protection
(47-1, 47-2)
Main three-phase under/
overvoltage (27M-1,
27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-173

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Protective Relays

The FP-5000 provides the
following metering functions:
●

●

●

●
●

●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Amperes (rms, phasor and
sequence)
Amperes demand and
peak demand
Volts (rms, phasor and
sequence)
VA and VA demand
Watts and kW demand and
peak demand
Forward/reverse/net kWh
VARs and kVAR demand
and peak demand
Lead/lag/net kVARh
Power factor
Frequency
Voltage and current
%THD and magnitude THD
Minimum/maximum
recording with date/
time stamp
Trending (load profile
over time)

The FP-5000 provides the
following monitoring and data
recording functions that
enhance the security of the
protection system and
provides useful information
for scheduling maintenance:

●

●

●

●

The FP-5000 provides
standard control functions
plus user-configurable
custom control capabilities.
This logic can be used for
applications such as main-tiemain transfer schemes.
●
●
●

●

●
●
●

●
●
●

Trip circuit monitoring
Close circuit monitoring
Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
Breaker wear (accumulated
interrupted current)

●
●

●
●

●

9
9

Communication Software
Eaton provides two types of
communication software. The
first is PowerPort. It runs on a
PC or laptop for easy access to
a single relay to change set
points or configuration and to
view metered values and
stored data. PowerPort is free
and can be downloaded from
www.eaton.com; search for
‘PowerPort,’ then click the
download search result.

The second package is
PowerNet. PowerNet is a
power management software
package that is designed for
continuous, remote monitoring
of many devices. It provides all
the functionality of PowerPort
plus additional functions such
as billing, trending and
graphics. Contact your local
Eaton representative for more
information on PowerNet
software.

Remote open/close
Programmable I/O
Programmable logic gates
and timers
Multiple setting groups
(up to four)
Bus transfer logic
Cold load pickup
Loss of potential
(PT blown fuses)

The FP-5000 supports the
following communication
options:

●
●

Waveform capture
(256 cycles total, up to
16 events)
Fault data logs (up to
16 events)
Sequence of events report
(up to 100 events)
Clock

●

Local HMI
Password protected
Addressable
Local communication port
Remote communication
port:
●
FSK
●
RS-232
●
RS-485
Protocols:
●
INCOM
●
Modbus
Configuration software

PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-174

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Standards and Certifications
Compliance
●
UL Recognized,
File # E154862
●
UL 1053 (1994) recognized
●
ANSI C37.90 (1989)
●
EN 55011 (1991)
●
EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
Emission Tests
●
EN 55011 (1991)—Group 1
Class A (CISPR-11,
Class A)
●
FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1—
Part 15 Subpart b Class A

9
Immunity Tests
●
ANSI C37.90.1 (1989)—
Surge Withstand Capability
●
ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)—
EMI Immunity to 35V/m
●
EN 61000-4-2 (1995)—
ESD Rating of 8 kV
●
EN 61000-4-3 (1997)—
Radiated EM Field at
10V/m
●
EN 61000-4-4 (1995)—Fast
Transient Burst at 2 kV
●
EN 61000-4-5 (1995)—
Surge Immunity Test

●

●

●

EN 61000-4-6 (1996)—
Conducted RF at 10V/m
EN 61000-4-11 (1994)—
Voltage Dips and Variations
EN 61000-4-8—Power
Frequency Magnetic
Field Immunity

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Catalog Number Selection

9

FP-5000 Feeder Protection

9

FP5 2 00 - 0 1

9
Current Range
2 = 5 Amperes
3 = 1 Ampere

Packaging
0 = Drawout
1 = Fixed case

Control Voltage
0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc
1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc

9

Communications Protocol
0 = INCOM
1 = Modbus

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-175

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Control Power
●
Control voltage:
●
48–125 Vac/Vdc
●
100–240 Vac/Vdc
●
Operating voltage:
●
55–264 Vac
●
38–300 Vdc
●
Interruption ride-through
time: 20 cycle interruption
of nominal ac supply
●
Power consumption: 20 VA
maximum
Current Inputs
●
Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
●
CT rating:
●
2 x In continuous
●
80 x In for 1 second
●

9
9

Metering Accuracy
●
Phase current:
●
±0.5% or ±0.025A from
0.02–20 per unit fully
offset current waveform
●

●

●

●

9

●

9

●

9

●

9
9
9

CT burdens:
●
< 0.25 VA at 5A
(nominal)
●
< 0.05 VA at 1A
(nominal)

Voltage Transformer Inputs
●
Nominal: 120 Vac
●
Operating range: 69–
150 Vac
●
Burden:
●
<0.015 at 120 Vac
●
1 megaohm

9
9

Protective Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Ground current:
●
±0.5% of full scale (In)
from 0.02–2.0 per unit
fully offset current
waveform
Phase voltage: ±0.5% or
±0.2V from 0–160 Vac
Frequency measurement
accuracy: ±0.02 Hz
Phase angle: ±1ºC
Power metering accuracy:
±1.5%
Metering accuracy
temperature range: 32ºF to
122ºF (0ºC to 50ºC)
Temperature range: ±5%
for operation below 32ºF
(0ºC) and above 122ºF
(50ºC)
Relay outputs:
●
2 Form C, NO and NC
●
5 Form A, NO only

V3-T9-176

●

Input signal frequency
necessary for accurate
operation:
●
60 Hz nominal, 57–63 Hz
(±5%)
●
50 Hz nominal, 47–53 Hz
(±5%)

●

Clock accuracy:
●
Free running ±1 minute/
month at 25ºC
●
Clock automatically
updated by PowerNet
host when present

Protective Functions
Phase and Ground
Overcurrent Protection
●
Inverse characteristics:
Mod, Very, Extremely,
IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
I4t, Flat
●
TOC (51) pickup range:
0.1–4.0 per unit in 0.01
steps
●
Time multipliers: 0.05–10.0
in 0.01 steps
●
IOC (50) pickup range: 0.1–
20.0 per unit in 0.01 steps
●
Pickup accuracy: ±1%
(at 0.1–2 per unit)
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
●
Time accuracy: ±3% or
±30 ms
●
Directional (67, 67N, 67G):
forward, reverse or both
Voltage Unbalance (47)
●
Threshold (minimum
voltage) 1–100 volts in
1 volt steps
●
% V2/V1: 4–40% in
1% steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
Current Unbalance
●
Threshold (minimum
current) 0.1–20.0 per unit
in 0.01 steps
●
% I2/I1: 4–40% in
1% steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
Under/Overvoltage Protection
●
Pickup range: 10–150 volts
in 1 volt steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Under/Over Frequency
Protection
●
Pickup range: 45–65 Hz in
0.01 Hz steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
Breaker Failure Protection
●
Pickup range: 0.1–5.0 per
unit in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
Power Protection (32)
●
Forward/reverse:
over/under
●
Pickup accuracy: ±1.0%
●
Trip time accuracy:
0 to 12 cycles or 0.1%,
whichever is greater
Sync Check (25)
●
Phase angle: 1 to 60°C
●
Slip frequency: 0.1 to 2 Hz
●
Voltage differential: 1 to
100 volts
●
Breaker close time: 0 to
9999 cycles
Power Factor
●
Trigger/reset threshold: 0.5
lag to 0.5 lead in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0–1000
seconds in 1 second steps
Discrete Inputs
●
Number of contact
inputs: 8
●
Rating: 48 Vdc wetting
voltage provided with
internal ground only

Logic and Control Functions
●
Six programmable logic
gates for AND, OR, NAND,
NOR operation
●
Two latching (flip/flop)
gates
●
Six timer gates provide
on/off delays
INCOM Communications
●
Baud rate: 9600 fixed
●
Maximum distance:
10,000 feet (3,048m)
●
Protocol: INCOM
RS-485 Communications,
Rear Panel
●
Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
●
Protocol: Modbus RTU
RS-232 Communications,
Front Panel
●
Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
9.6K
●
Connector standard 9-pin
subminiature, three-wire
●
Protocol: INCOM
Environmental Ratings
●
Operating temperature:
–0ºF to +140ºF (–40ºC to
+60ºC) Product tested to
+185ºF (+85ºC)
●
Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +185ºF (–40ºC to
+85ºC)
●
Humidity: 5–95% relative
humidity (noncondensing)
●
Altitude: 0–6350 feet
(0–1935m) above Mean Sea
Level

Output Contacts
●
Number of output
contacts: Five Form A and
two Form C
Rating of Output Contacts
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
(resistive)
●
Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Wiring Diagrams

9

FP-5000 One-Line Drawing

9
9
9

Metering
V, I, F, PF,
W, VARS, VA
Energy
Demand
Min./Max.
% THD
Phasors
Data Logger
Waveform
SER
Fault Records

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

FP-5000

9

Load

9

FP-5000 Rear View and Terminal Designations

TB1

TB2

Supply
101 Power
Input
(+)
Power Supply
102 Input
(–)
RLY Healthy
103
Com.
RLY Healthy
104
N.O.
RLY Healthy
105
N.C.
106
Alarm Com.

201 C In 1

107

Alarm N.O.

207 C In 6

108

Alarm N.C.

208 C In 7

109

RLY 5 Com.

209 C In 8

110

RLY 5 N.O.

210 C In Source 2

111

RLY 4 Com.

211 Not Used

112

RLY 4 N.O.

212 Not Used

113

RLY 3 Com.

213 VA(+) Main

114

RLY 3 N.O.

214 VB(+) Main

115

Trip 2 Com.

215 VC(+) Main

116

Trip 2 N.O.

216 Vx1 Aux

117

Trip 1 Com.

217 Vx2 Aux

118

Trip 1 N.O.

9

202 C In 2
203 C In 3
204 C In 4
205 C In Source 1
206 C In 5

Factory Connection Only TB3
TB2

TB1

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
Red 211
White 212
213
214
215
216
217
218

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

9

TB3

9

J1-1 PowerNet
J1-2 PowerNet

9

J1-3 PowerNet Shield
J2-1 Accessory Bus

9

J2-2 Accessory Bus
Bus
J2-3 Accessory
Shield

9

J3-1 Zone Out

9

J3-2 Zone Com.
J3-3 Zone Shield

9

J3-4 Zone In

9

J3-5 Zone Com.
J4-1

9

J4-2
J4-3

9

J5-1 RS485(+)

9

J5-2 RS485(-)
TB4

218 Vg Main

J5-3 RS485com

9

J5-4 RS485shield

9
A1

B1

C1

X1

N.C. 1

A2

B2

C2

X2

N.C. 2

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-177

9.4
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

FP-5000 Typical Connection Drawing Using Wye PTs
ac/dc
Power Supply
(+)

C

B

A

C

B

A

48 – 125 Vac/dc or
100 – 240 Vac/dc

(–)

9

FP-5000

9
9
9
9

2

9

Relay
Failure
Alarm

TB1

TB2

Supply
101 Power
Input
(+)
Power Supply
102 Input
(–)
RLY Healthy
103
Com.
RLY Healthy
104
N.O.
RLY Healthy
105
N.C.

C In 1

201

C In 2

202

C In 3

203

C In 4

204

C In Source 1

205

Alarm Com.

C In 5

206

107

Alarm N.O.

C In 6

207

108

Alarm N.C.

C In 7

208

109

RLY 5 Com.

C In 8

209

110

RLY 5 N.O.

C In Source 2

210

111

RLY 4 Com.

Not Used

211

112

RLY 4 N.O.

Not Used

212

113

RLY 3 Com.

VA(+) Main

213

114

RLY 3 N.O.

VB(+) Main

214

115

Trip 2 Com.

VC(+) Main

215

116

Trip 2 N.O.

VX1 Aux

216

117

Trip 1 Com.

VX2 Aux

217

118

Trip 1 N.O.

Vg Main

218

106
Breaker
Alarm

9
9
9

Breaker
Close

3

9
9
9
9
52A

9

52
TC

52A

9

1

52A

52B
52B TOC

5

Ground

9

X2

9

X1

A2

A1

B2

B1

C2

C1

9
4

9

Load

9

52

9

1

For maximum breaker diagnostics use both 52A and 52B contacts.
Some diagnostics are not available if only one of the two is used.

9

2

9

A relay failure alarm should provide immediate attention as circuit
is no longer protected. Relay failure output is normally energized.

3

FP-5000 can initiate a breaker close via the front panel interface
and/or remote activation through communication or discrete input.

4

Residual connection may be used in place of zero sequence CT.

5

Delta or open delta PT connection may be used in place of wye-ground connection.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-178

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

FP-5000 Front View and Drawout Case Side View

9
9

Operational
Breaker Closed
Breaker Open

Feeder Protection
FP-5000

9
Reset

9
9

Monitor

View Setting

Log

Previous

9

Enter

Phase Trip
Alarm

Set

9

Status/Control

Ground Trip
Pickup

Other Trip
Auxiliary

9
9

Test

Close

9

Open

Breaker

9
9
9

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

FP-5000 Feeder Protection Relay
Height

9

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

7.72 (196.1)

0.80 (20.3)

12.5 (5.7)

9

5.30 (134.6)

6.90 (175.3)

12.5 (5.7)

9

9

In Front of Panel
11.34 (288.0)
Behind Panel
6.70 (170.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-179

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

Feeder Protection FP-4000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-181
V3-T9-183
V3-T9-183
V3-T9-184
V3-T9-187
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9

FP-4000 Feeder Protection

9

Product Description
●

9
9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9

●

●

9
9

●

9
9
9
9
9

●

●

●
●

Microprocessor-based
protection with monitoring
and control for medium
voltage main and feeder
applications
Current, voltage, frequency
and power protection for
electric power distribution
systems
Complete metering of
voltage, currents, power,
energy, minimum/
maximum and demand
functions
Programmable logic control
functions for main-tie-main
transfer schemes
Trip logs, event logs and
waveform capture for
better fault analysis and
system restoration
Data logger to provide
energy usage profiles for
better planning, utilization
and energy usage
Compact, drawout case
design
Meets ANSI, CE and CSA
standards
Multiple settings groups
ANSI, IEC and thermal
protection curves for
greater flexibility

V3-T9-180

Application Description
Eaton’s FP-4000 Feeder
Protection relay provides
complete three-phase and
ground overcurrent and
voltage protection plus
metering in a single, compact
drawout case. It may be used
as primary protection on
feeders, mains and tie circuit
breaker applications, and
as backup protection for
transformers, high voltage
lines and differential
protection. The relay is
most commonly used on
medium voltage switchgear
applications.
The FP-4000 takes full
advantage of its microprocessor technology
providing the user new
freedoms and a wealth of
ata-gathering features. The
relay performs self-checking
f all major hardware and
firmware protection elements
to ensure their operation in the
event of a system or
component electrical failure
or fault. Protection functions
are well suited for main and
distribution feeder circuit
applications. Programmable
logic control functions make
the FP-4000 relay ideally suited
for main-tie-main and main
1/main 2 transfer schemes.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

The Zone-Interlocking feature
can be utilized for bus
protection instead of an
expensive and complicated
bus differential (87B)
scheme. The FP-4000 works
directly with Eaton’s Digitrip
3000 and Digitrip MV relays.
New breaker failure logic
provides faster remote
backup clearing times for
stuck breaker operation.
The multiple settings groups
can be utilized for arc
flash mitigation when an
alternative setting group,
set to have instantaneous
elements only is activated
using a selector switch and
the programmable I/O in
the FP-4000.
The FP-4000 provides trip
and close circuit monitoring
and alarming features. It
continually monitors the
complete trip and close
circuits for continuity and
readiness to trip. Open and
close pushbuttons are
conveniently located on the
front of the relay for local
breaker operation.

CA08100004E—November 2013

Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
is activated when the breaker
is open. Residual current is
monitored and alarmed if
detected.
When an electrical fault
or disturbance occurs, the
FP-4000 begins to store the
following in non-volatile
memory:
●

●
●

Voltage and current
sampled data
Calculated values
Status of internal
protection functions, logic,
contact inputs and outputs

Retrieval and viewing of the
data is easy, aiding in the
quick analysis and restoration
of your electric power
system.

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Features, Benefits and Functions
When the FP-4000 isn’t
responding to disturbances
in the power system, it’s
providing valuable metering
information at the relay and
remotely. It provides energy
usage and demand reading,
and can alarm when usage
reaches a set value. Power
factor measurements can be
used for cap bank switching
to control kVAR demand.
Onboard data trending can
provide load profiles for up
to 40 days.
●

●

●

●

●

Complete protection,
metering and control in a
single compact case to
reduce panel space, wiring
and costs
Flexible current, voltage
and frequency protection
and programmability to
cover a broad range of
applications while
simplifying relay ordering
and reducing inventory
Integral test function
reduces maintenance time
and expense
Relay self-diagnostics and
reporting improves uptime
and troubleshooting
Breaker trip circuit
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker
operation

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Programmable logic control
features that can replace
and eliminate external
auxiliary relays, timers
and wiring
Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and
tripping times and saves
money compared to a
traditional bus differential
scheme
Trip and event recording
in non-volatile memory
provides detailed
information for analysis
and system restoration
256 cycles of waveform
capture aids in post fault
analysis
Front RS-232 port and
PowerPort software
provides local computer
access and a user-friendly,
WindowsT-based interface
for relay settings, and
configuration and data
retrieval
Breaker open/close control
from relay faceplate or
remotely via
communications
Remote communications
to Eaton PowerNet
monitoring system or PC
Free PowerPort utility
software for local PC
interface to the FP-4000 for
relay settings, monitoring
and control

The protection functions are
listed below and shown on
Page V3-T9-185.
Phase Overcurrent
Two-stage instantaneous
with timers (50P-1 and
50P-2)
●
Inverse time overcurrent
(51P-1)
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Two independent
directional overcurrent
elements, one measured
(IX) and one calculated (IR)
●
Two-stage
instantaneous with
timers (50X-1 and 50X-2)
(50R-1 and 50R-2)
●
Inverse time overcurrent
(51X and 51R)
●
10 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Breaker failure (50BF)
●
Phase unbalance negative
sequence overcurrent
(46-1, 46-2)
●
Phase voltage unbalance
and sequence protection
(47-1, 47-2)
●
Main three-phase under/
overvoltage (27M-1,
27M-2, 59M-1, 59M-2)

●

●

●

●
●

Auxiliary single-phase
under/overvoltage (27A-1,
27A-2, 59A-1, 59A-2)
Under/overfrequency
(81U-1, 81U-2, 81O-1,
81O-2)
Power factor (55)
Zone interlocking for bus
protection (87B). The
FP-4000 feeder relay
includes a zone selective
interlocking feature that
can be used with other
Eaton devices like the
Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
relay

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-181

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Protective Relays

The FP-4000 provides the
following metering functions:
●

●

●

●
●

●
●

●
●
●
●
●
●

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Amperes (rms, phasor and
sequence)
Amperes demand and peak
demand
Volts (rms, phasor and
sequence)
VA and VA demand
Watts and kW demand
and peak demand
Forward/reverse/net kWh
VARs and kVAR demand
and peak demand
Lead/lag/net kVARh
Power factor
Frequency
Voltage and current
%THD and magnitude THD
Minimum/maximum
recording with date/time
stamp
Trending (load profile
over time)

The FP-4000 provides the
following monitoring and
data recording functions that
enhance the security of
the protection system and
provides useful information
for scheduling maintenance:
●
●
●
●

Trip circuit monitoring
Close circuit monitoring
Loss-of-vacuum monitoring
Breaker wear (accumulated
interrupted current)

9

●

●

●

●

Waveform capture
(256 cycles total, up to
16 events)
Fault data logs (up to
16 events)
Sequence of events report
(up to 100 events)
Clock

The FP-4000 provides
standard control functions
plus user-configurable
custom control capabilities.
This logic can be used for
applications such as maintie-main transfer schemes.
●
●
●

●

●

Communication Software
Eaton provides two types
of communication software.
The first is PowerPort. It runs
on a PC or laptop for easy
access to a single relay to
change set points or
configuration and to view
metered values and stored
data. PowerPort is free and
can be downloaded from
www.eaton.com; search for
‘PowerPort,’ then click the
download search result.

The second package is
PowerNet. PowerNet is a
power management software
package that is designed for
continuous, remote monitoring
of many devices. It provides
all the functionality of
PowerPort plus additional
functions such as billing,
trending and graphics.
Contact your local Eaton
representative for more
information on PowerNet
software.

Remote open/close
Programmable I/O
Programmable logic gates
and timers
Multiple setting groups
(up to four)
Bus transfer logic

The FP-4000 supports the
following communication
options:
●
●
●
●
●

●

●

Local HMI
Password protected
Addressable
Local communication port
Remote communication
port:
●
FSK
●
RS-232
●
RS-485
Protocols:
●
INCOM
●
Modbus
Configuration software

PowerPort and PowerNet Protection Overview Screen

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-182

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Standards and Certifications
Compliance
●
UL Recognized,
File # E154862
●
UL 1053 (1994) recognized
●
ANSI C37.90 (1989)
●
EN 55011 (1991)
●
EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
Emission Tests
●
EN 55011 (1991)—Group 1
Class A (CISPR-11,
Class A)
●
FCC 47 CFR Chapter 1—
Part 15 Subpart b Class A

9
Immunity Tests
●
ANSI C37.90.1 (1989)—
Surge Withstand Capability
●
ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)—EMI
Immunity to 35V/m.
●
EN 61000-4-2 (1995)—ESD
Rating of 8 kV
●
EN 61000-4-3 (1997)—
Radiated EM Field at 10V/m
●
EN 61000-4-4 (1995)—Fast
Transient Burst at 2 kV
●
EN 61000-4-5 (1995)—
Surge Immunity Test
●
EN 61000-4-6 (1996)—
Conducted RF at 10V/m

●

●

EN 61000-4-11 (1994)—
Voltage Dips and Variations
EN 61000-4-8—Power
Frequency Magnetic Field
Immunity

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Catalog Number Selection

9

FP-4000 Feeder Protection

9
9

FP4 2 01 - 0 1

9
Current Range
2 = 5 Amperes
3 = 1 Ampere

Packaging
1 = Fixed case

Control Voltage
0 = 48–125 Vac/Vdc
1 = 100–240 Vac/Vdc

9

Communications Protocol
0 = INCOM
1 = Modbus RTU

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-183

9.4
9
9

9

Control Power
●

●

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Protective Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

●

Control voltage:
●
48–125 Vac/dc
●
100–240 Vac/dc
Operating voltage:
●
55–264 Vac
●
38–300 Vdc
Interruption ride-through
time: 20 cycle interruption
of nominal ac supply
Power consumption: 20 VA
maximum

Current Inputs
●
Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
●
CT rating:
●
2 x In continuous
●
80 x In for 1 second
●
CT burdens:
●
< 0.25 VA at 5A
(nominal)
●
< 0.05 VA at 1A
(nominal)
Voltage Transformer Inputs
●
Nominal: 120 Vac
●
Operating range:
69–150 Vac
●
Burden:
●
<0.015 at 120 Vac
●
1 megaohm
Metering Accuracy
●
Phase current:
●
±0.5% or ±0.025A from
0.02–20 per unit fully
offset current waveform
●
Ground current:
●
±0.5% of full scale (In)
from 0.02– 2.0 per unit
fully offset current
waveform
●
Phase voltage: ±0.5% or
±0.2V from 0–160 Vac
●
Frequency measurement
accuracy: ±0.02 Hz
●
Phase angle: ±1ºC
●
Power metering accuracy:
±1.5%
●
Metering accuracy
temperature range: 32ºF to
122ºF (0ºC to 50ºC)
●
Temperature range: ±5%
for operation below 32ºF
(0ºC) and above 122ºF
(50ºC)
●
Relay outputs:
●
2 Form C, NO and NC
●
5 Form A, NO Only

V3-T9-184

●

Input signal frequency
necessary for accurate
operation:
●
60 Hz nominal, 57–63 Hz
(±5%)
●
50 Hz nominal, 47–53 Hz
(±5%)
Clock accuracy:
●
Free running ±1 minute/
month at 77ºF (25ºC)
●
Clock automatically
updated by PowerNet
host when present

Protective Functions
Phase and Ground
Overcurrent Protection
●
Inverse characteristics:
Mod, Very, Extremely,
IECA, IECB, IECC, It, I2t,
I4t, Flat
●
TOC (51) pickup range: 0.1–
4.0 per unit in 0.01 steps
●
Time multipliers: 0.05–10.0
in 0.01 steps
●
IOC (50) pickup range: 0.1–
20.0 per unit in 0.01 steps
●
Pickup accuracy: ±1%
(at 0.1–2 per unit)
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
●
Time accuracy: ±3% or
±30 ms
Voltage Unbalance (47)
●
Threshold (minimum
voltage) 1–100 volts in
1 volt steps
●
% V2/V1: 4–40% in 1%
steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps

Under/Overfrequency Protection
Pickup range: 45–65 Hz in
0.01 Hz steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
●

Breaker Failure Protection
●
Pickup range: 0.1–5.0 per
unit in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps
Power Factor
●
Trigger/reset threshold: 0.5
lag to 0.5 lead in 0.01 steps
●
Time delay: 0–1000
seconds in 1 second steps
Discrete Inputs
●
Number of contact
inputs: 8
●
Rating: 48 Vdc wetting
voltage provided with
internal ground only
Output Contacts
●
Number of output
contacts: Five Form A
and two Form C

Under/Overvoltage Protection
●
Pickup range: 10–150 volts
in 1 volt steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

RS-232 Communications,
Front Panel
●
Baud rate: 38.4K, 19.2K,
9.6K
●
Connector standard 9-pin
subminiature, three-wire
●
Protocol: INCOM
Environmental Ratings
●
Operating temperature:
–40ºF to +140ºF (–40ºC to
+60ºC) Product tested
to +185ºF (+85ºC)
●
Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +185ºF (–40ºC to
+85ºC)
●
Humidity: 5–95% relative
humidity (noncondensing)
●
Altitude: 0–6350 feet
(0–1935m) above Mean
Sea Level

Rating of Output Contacts
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
(resistive)
●
Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
●

●

Current Unbalance
●
Threshold (minimum
current) 0.1–20.0 per unit
in 0.01 steps
●
% I2/I1: 4–40% in 1%
steps
●
Time delay: 0–9999 cycles
in 1 cycle steps

RS-485 Communications,
Rear Panel:
●
Baud rate: 19.2K, 9.6K
●
Protocol: Modbus RTU

●

●

Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc
– Logic and Control
Functions
Six programmable logic
gates for AND, OR, NAND,
NOR operation
Two latching (flip/flop)
gates
Six timer gates provide
on/off delays

INCOM Communications
●
Baud rate: 9600 fixed
●
Maximum distance:
10,000 feet (3048 m)
●
Protocol: INCOM

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Wiring Diagrams

9

FP-4000 One-Line Drawing

9

Main VTs
(2) or (3)

Phase
CTs (3)

51P

50
P–1

50
P–2

50
P–3

46–1 46–2

55A

55D

50
BF

METERING
V, I, F, PF,
W, VARS, VA
Energy
Demand
Min./Max.
%THD
Phasors
Data Logger
Waveform
SER
Fault Records

CALC
31o = IR
51R
50
R–1

Trip
Coil
Monitor

CB

50
R–2

51X

50
X–1

50
X–2

9

59
M–2

9

27
M–1

9

27
M–2

9

47–1

50
R–3

Optional
Zero
Sequence
CT

9

59
M–1

9

47–2
81
U–1

50
X–3

9

81
U–2

Optional
VT (1)

9

81
O–1
59
A–1

59
A–2

27
A–1

27
A–2

9

81
O–2

FP-5000

9

Load

9

FP-4000 Rear View and Terminal Designations

9
TB1

TB2
201 C In 1

106

Power Supply
Input
(+)
Power Supply
Input
(–)
RLY Healthy
Com.
RLY Healthy
N.O.
RLY Healthy
N.C.
Alarm Com.

107

Alarm N.O.

207 C In 6

108

Alarm N.C.

208 C In 7

109

RLY 5 Com.

209 C In 8

110

RLY 5 N.O.

210 C In Source 2

101
102
103
104
105

202 C In 2
203 C In 3
204 C In 4
205 C In Source 1
206 C In 5

111

RLY 4 Com.

211 Not Used

112

RLY 4 N.O.

212 Not Used

113

RLY 3 Com.

213 VA(+) Main

114

RLY 3 N.O.

214 VB(+) Main

115

Trip 2 Com.

215 VC(+) Main

116

Trip 2 N.O.

216 Vx1 Aux

117

Trip 1 Com.

217 Vx2 Aux

118

Trip 1 N.O.

Factory Connection Only TB3
TB2

TB1

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
Red 211
White 212
213
214
215
216
217
218

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

9

TB3
J1-1 PowerNet

9

J1-2 PowerNet

9

J1-3 PowerNet Shield
J2-1 Accessory Bus

9

J2-2 Accessory Bus
Bus
J2-3 Accessory
Shield

9

J3-1 Zone Out

9

J3-2 Zone Com.
J3-3 Zone Shield

9

J3-4 Zone In
J3-5 Zone Com.

9

J4-1

9

J4-2
J4-3

9

J5-1 RS485(+)

9

J5-2 RS485(-)
TB4

218 Vg Main

J5-3 RS485com

9

J5-4 RS485shield

9
A1

B1

C1

X1

N.C. 1

A2

B2

C2

X2

N.C. 2

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-185

9.4
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

FP-4000 Typical Connection Drawing Using Wye PTs
ac/dc
Power Supply
(+)

C

B

A

C

B

A

48 – 125 Vac/dc or
100 – 240 Vac/dc

(–)

9

FP-4000

9
9
9
9

2

9

Relay
Failure
Alarm
Breaker
Alarm

9
9
9

Breaker
Close

3

9
9
9
9

52A

9

52
TC

52A

9

TB1

TB2

Supply
101 Power
Input
(+)
Power Supply
102 Input
(–)
RLY Healthy
103
Com.
RLY Healthy
104
N.O.
RLY
Healthy
105
N.C.

C In 1

201

C In 2

202

C In 3

203

C In 4

204

1

C In Source 1

205

106

Alarm Com.

C In 5

206

107

Alarm N.O.

C In 6

207

108

Alarm N.C.

C In 7

208

109

RLY 5 Com.

C In 8

209

110

RLY 5 N.O.

C In Source 2

210

111

RLY 4 Com.

Not Used

211

112

RLY 4 N.O.

Not Used

212

113

RLY 3 Com.

VA(+) Main

213

114

RLY 3 N.O.

VB(+) Main

214

115

Trip 2 Com.

VC(+) Main

215

116

Trip 2 N.O.

VX1 Aux

216

117

Trip 1 Com.

VX2 Aux

217

118

Trip 1 N.O.

Vg Main

218

52A

52B
52B TOC

5

Ground

9

X2

9
9

X1

A2

A1

B2

B1

C2

C1

4

9

Load

52

9
9

1

For maximum breaker diagnostics use both 52A and 52B contacts.
Some diagnostics are not available if only one of the two is used.

2

A relay failure alarm should provide immediate attention as circuit
is no longer protected. Relay failure output is normally energized.

9

3

9

FP-4000 can initiate a breaker close via the front panel interface
and/or remote activation through communication or discrete input.

4

9

Residual connection may be used in place of zero sequence CT.

5

Delta or open delta PT connection may be used in place of wye-ground connection.

9

9
V3-T9-186

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

FP-4000 Feeder Protection Relay

9

Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

7.62 (193.5)

0.62 (15.7)

9.0 (4.1)

7.62 (193.5)

7.48 (190.0)

9.0 (4.1)

9
9

In Front of Panel
10.15 (257.9)

9

Behind Panel
10.15 (257.9)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-187

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

MP-3000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-189
V3-T9-189
V3-T9-190
V3-T9-190
V3-T9-191
V3-T9-195
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9

MP-3000 Motor Protection

9

Product Description
●

9
9

●

9

●

9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●
●

●

●

Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Current only device—
no need to add PTs
Intel-I-Trip™ overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile™
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD®
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance

9
9

Application Description
Eaton’s MP-3000 motor
protection relay is a
multifunctional
microprocessor-based
protective relay for the
protection of three-phase AC
motors. The MP-3000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage
level. It is most commonly
used on large, medium
voltage three-phase induction
motors. It has also been
widely used on important
low voltage (480 volt)
motor applications and
synchronous motors.
The MP-3000 motor relay is
a current only device that
monitors three-phase and
ground currents. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase unbalance,
single phasing and ground
fault motor protection.

It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or
loss of load condition. Please
refer to Page V3-T9-192.
The MP-3000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had
sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-3000 motor relay
may be applied to either
across the line starters or
reduced voltage starters. On
reduced voltage starters, the
MP-3000 relay can control the
switch from reduced voltage
to full voltage based on time
and/or motor transition. The
MP-3000 can protect the
starter against failure to
transition to full voltage
through contact feedback and
an incomplete sequence
function.

The MP-3000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-3000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating
conditions. It monitors the
currents from either a 5A
or 1A secondary of a CT
circuit. Ground current may
be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the
residual connection of the
phase CTs. It provides a
Form C contact output for
controlling the starter contacts
or breaker operation.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-188

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Features, Benefits and Functions
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely

9.4

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping
RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
Optional communication
module and Eaton’s
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement

The protection functions are
listed below.
●

●
●
●

●

●

●

●
●
●
●
●

I2t overload protection
(49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
unbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes

The MP-3000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
●

●
●
●
●
●

UL recognized
(File No. E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA

●

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The metering functions are:
●

9

9

Motor currents:
●
Average current (Iave)
●
Individual phase and
ground current in
primary amperes
●
Percent of full load
●
Percent of phase
unbalance
RTD temperatures:
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Motor conditions:
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-189

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Product Selection
MP-3000

MP-3000
Description

Catalog
Number

MP-3000 Drawout, 5A with RS-232

MP3011

9

MP-3000 Drawout, INCOM, 5A with RS-232

MP3012

9

MP-3000 Drawout, Modbus, 5A with RS-232

MP3013

MP-3000 Drawout, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232

MP3014

9

MP-3000 Drawout, 1A with RS-232

MP3111

MP-3000 Drawout, INCOM, 1A with RS-232

MP3112

9

MP-3000 Drawout, Modbus, 1A with RS-232

MP3113

MP-3000 Drawout, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232

MP3114

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, 5A with RS-232

MP3010

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232

MP3010-INCOM

MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232

MP3010MODBUS

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232

MP3010DEVICEN

MP-3000 Fixed Case, 1A with RS-232

MP3110

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232

MP3110-INCOM

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232

MP3110MODBUS

MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232

MP3110DEVICEN

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP3010VPI

MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP3010VPM

9

MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP3010VPD

MP-3000 Fixed Case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP3110VPI

MP-3000 Fixed Case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP3110VPM

MP-3000 Fixed Case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP3110VPD

9

9
9
9

Options and Accessories

9

Additional Related Products
by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer®
Series
The MP-3000 is available in
either a fixed mount or Quick
Release Drawout Case. Both
mountings use the same
panel cutout. Page V3-T9-195
shows cutout dimensions.
Page V3-T9-192 shows a
typical fixed mountwiring
diagram for a medium voltage
motor starter application.
Page V3-T9-193 shows the
fixed mount terminal
designation. Page V3-T9-195
shows the drawout case
panel mounting, and shows
the drawout case terminal
designation.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The Universal RTD module
(URTD) is required when the
motor is equipped with RTDs
that you wish to monitor and
use for protection. The URTD
can be mounted near the
motor to reduce RTD wiring
and costs. Page V3-T9-194
shows MP-3000 and URTD
inter-connection wiring.
Please refer to the URTD
information described
elsewhere in
this catalog.

The MP-3000 motor
protection is designed to
operate from 120 Vac or
240 Vac auxiliary control
power. The MP-3000 motor
relay can be used with DC
control power with the
addition of the IQDCPS.
The IQDCPS is an inverter
from DC to AC.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-190

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Technical Data and Specifications
Control Power
●
Nominal rating:
●
120 Vac or 240 Vac
●
+10%, –25%
●
Operating range:
●
120 Vac: 90 132 Vac
●
240 Vac:180 264 Vac
●
Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
●
Power use:
●
20 VA maximum
●
URTD: 6 VA maximum
●
IPONI: 1 VA maximum
●
Ride-through time:
30 cycles from nominal Vac
Current Inputs
●
Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
●
CT rating:
●
2 x In continuous
●
50 x In for 1 second
●
Burdens:
●
< 0.25 VA at 5A
●
< 0.05 VA at 1A

9

Analog Output
●
Rating: ± 4–20 mA
programmable
●
Maximum load: 1K ohm
●
Accuracy: 1%
Motor Overload Protection (I2t)
●
Full load amperes:
10–3000A
●
Locked rotor current:
300–1200% FLA
●
Locked rotor time:
1–120 seconds
●
Ultimate trip current:
85–150% FLA
●
Phase CT ratio:
10–4000 (In)
●
Ground CT ratio:
10–4000 (In)
●
Timing accuracy: ± 2.5% or
±30 mS for I > 1.1x U.T.C
Trip Setting Range
Ground fault (GF): Off,
2–55% CT ratio
●
GF start time delay:
2–60 cycles
●
GF run time delay:
0–60 cycles
●
Timer accuracy: ± 20 mS
●
Instantaneous O.C.: Off,
300–1600% FLA
●
IOC start time delay:
2–60 cycles
●
Timer accuracy: ±20 mS
●
JAM trip: Off,
100–1200% FLA
●
Underload trip: Off,
1–90% FLA
●
Phase unbalance trip: Off,
4–40% Ineg/Ipos
●

Metering Accuracy
●
Phase current: ±1% of In
(5–100%)
●
Ground current: ±1.5% of In
(0–55%)
Discrete Inputs
●
Number of inputs: two
programmable
●
Ratings:
●
1.2 VA at 120 Vac
●
Maximum off = 36 Vac
●
Minimum on = 86 Vac
Output Contacts
●
Number of outputs: four
Form C, programmable
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
(resistive)
●
Break 5A at 120 240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc

●

●

●

Start delay timers:
●
0–120 seconds
(underload and phase
unbalance)
●
0–1200 seconds (jam)
Run delay timers: 0–240
seconds
Timer accuracy: ±0.5%
+100 mS

Alarm Setting Range
●
Ground fault: Off, 2–55%
CT ratio
●
Overload I2t: Off,
60–99% I2t
●
JAM: Off, 100–1200% FLA
●
Underload: Off,
1–90% FLA
●
Phase unbalance: Off,
4–40% Ineg/Ipos
●

Run delay timers:
0–240 seconds

Start Control Functions
●
Starts per time: 1–10 starts
●
Time for starts per time:
Off, 1–240 minutes
●
Time between starts: Off,
1–240 minutes
●
Number of cold starts:
1–5 starts
●
Motor transition current:
10–300% FLA
●
Time for transition:
0–1200 seconds
●
Inc. sequence timer: Off,
1–240 seconds
●
Long acceleration timer:
Off, 1–1200 seconds
●
Anti-Backspin timer: Off,
1–3600 minutes
RTD Inputs (Requires
URTD module)
●
Sensor types:
●
10 ohm copper
●
100 ohm nickel
●
120 ohm nickel
●
100 ohm platinum
URTD Module Communications
●
Interface:
●
Electrical (three-wire)
●
Fiber optic (preferred)
●

Fiber optic cable: Type
HBFR-ERS or EUS

Clock
●
Accuracy: ±1 minute/
month at 77ºF (25°C)

IPONI Communications
●
Type: two-wire, FSK
●
Baud rate: 1200 or
9600 baud
●
Protocol: INCOM
●
Functions:
●
Read/write set points
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms
●
Read events/history
●
View starting profile

9

MPONI Communications
●
Type: 5-wire, 485
●
Baud rate: 1200 or
9600 baud
●
Protocol: Modbus RTU
●
Functions:
●
Read/write set points
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms
●
Read events/history
●
View starting profile

9

DPONI Communications
●
Type: J-wire
●
Baud rate: 500k, 250k,
125k
●
Protocol: DeviceNet
●
Functions:
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms

9

Logging
●
Log book: 100 events
●
Log event: 20 trips and
alarms
●
Log start: last four starts
●
Start profile: last four starts
(communication only)
●
History records: motor,
trips, alarms and total
records
Environmental Conditions
●
Operating temperature:
–4ºF to 140ºF (–20ºC to
+60ºC)
●
Storage temperature:
–49ºF to +185ºF
(–45°C to +85°C)
●
Humidity: 0–95%
noncondensing

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-191

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Wiring Diagrams
MP-3000 Motor Relay Protection Functions
MP-3000

9

Protection Functions
49/51 Overload I2T
49S/51 Locked Rotor
51R Jam/Stall
37 Loss of Load/
Underload
46 Phase Loss/
Unbalance
50 Phase Inst. OC
50G Ground Inst. OC
66 Starts per time
period

9
9
9

URT

9

Motor

11 RTDs

9
9
9

MP-3000 Fixed Mount Typical

9

L3

L3

9

L2

L2

9

L1

L1

9

CTs

Main
Fuse

GFCT

M

C
B
A

T3

M

T2

M

T1
Gnd.

Ground

To Motor or
Load Device
Under Control

X1 X2

Primary
Fuses

9
9

Non-Current
Carrying Ground

CPT
Secondary
Fuses

9

5
Ground

9
9

START

9

M

STOP

ac Supply
to MP-3000
Additional
Control

Alarm Contacts

9

18

9

19

Auxiliary Trip Contacts

9

15

H
2
A

7

M

Trip Contacts
12
11

G
1

H
1
C

H
1
B

H
1
A

4

H
2
B

H
2
C

G
2

MP-3000
Back View
with Jumper
Connection

Alarm

Auxiliary
Trip

16

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-192

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

MP-3000 Terminal Identification

9

CT Connections

9
9

H
1
A

H
1
B
H
2
A

H
1
C
H
2
B

9

G
1
H
2
C

G
2

MP-3000

+4/20 mA Output

25

-4/20 mA Output

24

Aux. 2 N/C

1

Aux. 2 Com.

2

Aux. 2 N/O

3

120 V or 240 V

4

Earth Ground

5

iscrete Source

6

Neutral

7

Discrete In 1

8

Discrete Com.
Discrete In 2

9

URTD Optical Fiber
Communications
(Preferred Method)
or
URTD Wired
Communication

9
9
9

23

Shield

22

Common

21

Data

20

Strobe

19

Alarm N/O

18

Alarm Com.

17

Alarm N/C

16

Aux. 1 N/O

15

Aux. 1 Com.

9

14

Aux. 1 N/C

13

Trip N/O

9

12

Trip Com.

11

Trip N/C

9
9
9
9
9

9
9
9

9

9

10

9
9
Note
1 Caution: Do not connect terminals 6 and 9 together.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-193

9.4
9

Protective Relays

MP-3000 Control and URTD Wiring

9

Universal
RTD Module

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

AC
120 Vac J3
ACN

Control Power
Transformer
Common
Data
Strobe

H
1
A

120 Vac

9

H
2
A

H
1
B

H
2
B

H
1
C

G
1
H
2
C

MP-3000

9
9
9

Non-current
Carrying Gnd.

9
9
Optical Fiber for URTD
Communications
to MP-3000
(Preferred Method)

9
9

25
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10

G
2

23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11

Shield
Common
Data
Strobe

Customer Remote
Input Contacts
or Pushbuttons

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Trip Curve Chart

Motor Starting Profile Time/Current Chart

The MP-3000 motor relay
records information on the
most recent four starts. It
records currents, percent of
I2t used, percent unbalance,
RTD temperatures and time
to transition and run. In
addition, a motor start profile
can be downloaded and
displayed using Eaton’s
PowerPort or PowerNet
Software. The starting profile
shows the motor starting
current plotted against the
relay protection curve. This
provides a quick view of the
coordination between the
protection and actual motor
start current.

9

When communications
are desired, an optional
communication module or
PONI (Product Operated
Network Interface) is
required. The MP-3000 is
compatible with an INCOM
(IPONI), Modbus RTU
(MPONI) or Ethernet (EPONI).
Future communication
modules are planned to
interface with other systems
using other protocols. Please
consult factory for availability
of other communication
options. Page V3-T9-197
shows typical mounting of
MP-3000 with optional PONI
and with URTD module and
PONI.
When the MP-3000 is
supplied in the optional
drawout case, then the
INCOM (IPONI) is the only
communication option
available. The communication
option must be selected at
the time of order.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-194

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Panel Cutout Diagram

2.69
(68.3)

9

5.38
(136.7)

9
9

8.90
(226.1)

9

9.38
(238.3)

9

6.68
(169.7)

9

4.69
(119.1)

4.45
(113.0)
2.23
(56.7)

9

.06
(1.5) RAD
4 Places

2.53
(64.3)

9
9

5.06
(128.5)

.218
DIA 10 Places
(5.5)

9
9

MP-3000 Drawout Panel Mounting

9

6.89
(175.0)
5.33
(135.4)
S/N000000
A980000
66D2029G01
REV. 1

S/N123321
A980810
66D2031G01
REV. 1

BUILT BY
F.C.

9
9
9

BUILT BY
F.C.
TESTED BY
G.K.

TESTED BY
G.K.

9
9
11

12

-4/20 Output

13

14

Discrete Source

Unused

15

16

Discrete In 1

17

18

+4/20 Output

VAC 120V or
Auto 240V
19
Select Neut

11

20

9

Unused

Discrete Com

9.51
(241.6)

13
H1A

49

H1B
H1C

47

G1

45

Unused

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

9

Discrete In 2

H2A

9

H2B
H2C
G2
Unused

9

66C2020H01

17
60

9

14
19
16

9

20
18

9
Outer Chassis

Outer Flange

9

Inner Chassis

9

Mounting Panel

9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-195

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Rear View of MP-3000 Drawout Outer Case
5.23
(132.8)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

+4/20 Output

11

12

-4/20 Output

13

14

Unused

15

16

17
VAC 120Vor
Auto 240V
Select Neut 19

18

Discrete In 2

H1A
H1B
H1C
G1
Unused

URTD Strobe 41

42

URTD Data

Discrete Source

URTD Common 43

44

URTD Shield

Discrete In 1

45

46

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

56

57

58

Shield

59

60

Earth Gnd

20 Discrete Com

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

Unused

30

11 12

41 42

13 14

43 44

15 16

45 46

17 18

47 48

19 20

49 50

21 22

51 52

23 24

53 54

25 26

55 56

27 28

57 58

29 30

59 60

Aux 2

H2A
H2B
H2C
G2

Alarm

PONI In
Unused

66C2020H01

Aux 1

Trip

66C2020H02

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-196

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

MP-3000 PONI and URTD Mounting
4.25
(108.0)
with PONI

9

6.26
(159.0)
with PONI and RTD Module

3.01
(76.5)
without PONI

9

5.07
(128.8)

9
9
9
9
9
®
®

9

-4/20
OUTPUT

AUX 2

2

AUX 2

2

3

3

NEUT

8

DISCRETE
IN 1

9

9

10

10

DISCRETE
COMMON
DISCRETE
IN 2

VAC AUTO SELECT

DISCRETE
SOURCE

7

8

DISCRETE
COMMON
DISCRETE
IN 2

EARTH
GROUND

6

7

DISCRETE
IN 1

120 V or
240 V

5

6

NEUT

4

5

DISCRETE
SOURCE

VAC AUTO SELECT

4

EARTH
GROUND

PONI
Mounting
Bracket

9
9

1A49102H19

1

1
120 V or
240 V

UNIVERSAL RTD MODULE

STYLE NUMBER 2D78559

+4/20
OUTPUT

24

24

-4/20
OUTPUT

25

25

+4/20
OUTPUT

9

9

ac
120
J3
Vac
ACN
35
34
AUX1
33
32
GND
31
30
LB2
29
28
27
LB1
26
25
24
MB2
23
22
21
MB1
20

9
9
9
9
9
RTD Module
Mounting
Bracket

9
9
9

FP-3000 Feeder Protection Relay
Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

10.25 (260.4)

6.72 (170.7)

3.70 (94.0)

7.0 (3.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-197

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

MP-4000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

MP-4000 Motor Protection

9

Product Description
●

9
9
9
9

●

●

●

9

●

9

●

9
9

●

Microprocessor-based,
multi-function motor
protection
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection based on
motor data
Event recording and
operational logging
Motor Start Profile
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case
Used on AMPGARD
and medium voltage
assemblies
“Help” menu provides
user operational assistance

9
9
9
9

Application Description
Eaton’s MP-4000 motor
protection relay is a
multifunctional
microprocessor-based
protective relay for the
protection of three-phase ac
motors. The MP-4000 motor
relay may be applied to any
size motor at any voltage level.
It is most commonly used on
large, medium voltage threephase induction motors. It has
also been widely used on
important low voltage (480
volt) motor applications and
synchronous motors.
The MP-4000 motor relay
monitors three-phase and
ground currents, and threephase voltages. It provides
motor overload, stall, short
circuit, phase unbalance, single
phasing over/undervoltage,
underpower, power factor and
ground fault motor protection.
It can also be used to provide
protection for a load jam or loss
of load condition.

9

The MP-4000 motor relay
provides start control logic
to protect the motor against
excessive starts or starting
the motor before it has had

9
9
V3-T9-198

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

sufficient time to cool down.
The MP-4000 motor relay may
be applied to either across the
line starters or reduced voltage
starters. On reduced voltage
starters, the MP-4000 relay can
control the switch from
reduced voltage to full voltage
based on time and/or motor
transition. The MP-4000 can
protect the starter against
failure to transition to full
voltage through contact
feedback and an incomplete
sequence function.
The MP-4000 motor relay is
generally used on a motor
starter or a breaker used for
a motor load. The MP-4000
motor relay provides the
intelligence to protect and
control the motor against
abnormal operating conditions.
It monitors the currents from
either a 5A or 1A secondary of
a CT circuit. Ground current
may be obtained from either a
ground CT or from the residual
connection of the phase CTs.
It provides a form C contact
output for controlling the
starter contacts or breaker
operation.

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-199
V3-T9-199
V3-T9-201
V3-T9-201
V3-T9-202
V3-T9-203
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Features, Benefits and Functions
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Complete motor protection
and control in a single
compact case reduces
panel space requirements
and wiring costs
Microprocessor design
with self diagnostics
eliminates calibration
and reduces installation,
commissioning and
maintenance
Programmable stop
2–20% of PCT
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection develops
customized curve from
manufacturer’s supplied
motor data
Intel-I-Trip overload
protection provides
adaptive trip characteristics
based on motor
temperature when motor
RTDs are connected
through an optional
URTD module
Meets UL 1053 ground
fault protection standards
that eliminates the need
for a separate ground relay
saving cost, space, wiring
and time
Voltage dip/loss ride
through capability reduces
unnecessary trips caused
by poor power quality
Motor currents,
temperatures and
conditions are monitored
and displayed either locally
or remotely
Event log provides motor
operating records for the
most recent 20 Trip or
Alarm events with date
and time stamping. This
information can improve
troubleshooting and
reduce downtime
Log book records the most
recent 100 events such as
motor START/STOP and
set point changes to
provide a log of motor
operation with date and
time stamping

9.4

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

●

●

RTD diagnostics reduces
unnecessary tripping
caused by faulty RTD, RTD
wiring or communications
Arm/Disarm feature
improves security for
critical motor applications
Motor Start profile verifies
protection and motor
starting coordination. This
feature can be used to
develop protection settings
on old motors where data
is not available
Optional communication
module and Eaton’s
software simplifies setting,
configuration, monitoring,
commissioning and data
retrieval either locally or
remotely
Optional Quick Release
Drawout Case construction
simplifies relay removal
and replacement

The protection functions are
listed below:
●

●
●
●

●

●

●
●
●
●

●
●

●
●
●
●
●

I2t overload
protection (49/51)
Locked rotor (49S/51)
Ultimate trip current (51)
Negative sequence phase
unbalance (46)
Instantaneous
overcurrent (50)
Ground fault
protection (50G)
Undervoltage (27)
Overvoltage (59)
Under power (32)
Negative sequence voltage
unbalance (47)
Power factor (55)
RTD trip and alarm with
URTD module (49/38)
Underload trip (37)
Starts per time (66)
Jam or stall (51R)
Auto or manual reset (86)
Fail-safe or non-fail-safe
trip modes

The metering functions are:
●

●

●

Metering:
●
Average current
●
Amperes: magnitude
and angle in primary
values
●
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
Average voltage (V ave)
●
Voltage: magnitude and
angle
●
Voltage: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
% of full load
●
% current unbalance
●
% voltage unbalance
●
Power, vars and VA
●
Power factor
●
Frequency
●
Energy metering with
time and date stamps

The MP-4000 motor
protection was designed to
meet the industry standards
for protective relays. It is
recognized under UL 1053
Ground Fault Protection
Standard.
●

●
●
●
●
●

UL recognized (File No.
E154862)
UL 1053 recognized
UL 508 recognized
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1
cUL
CSA

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

RTD temperatures:
●
Individual winding
●
Motor bearing
●
Load
●
Auxiliary temperatures

9
9
9

Motor conditions:
●
Percent of I2t thermal
bucket
●
Time before start
●
Remaining starts
allowed
●
Oldest start time

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-199

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Reference Information
Cross-Reference
Westinghouse®/Cutler-Hammer
Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer MP3000 motor relay supersedes
the Cutler-Hammer (formerly
Westinghouse) IQ 1000 II
motor relay and can replace
the earlier IQ 1000 motor
relay version sold under the
Westinghouse name. The
MP-3000 motor relay fits in
the same cut out and
provides the protection
functions of these older
models. The MP-3000
relay provides numerous
enhancements and new
features over the superseded

models. The most notable
enhancements are UL 1053
ground fault protection
certified, voltage loss ride
through capability, data
logging, communications
features and the addition of
a clock for date and time
stamping of events.
GE Multilin™
GE Multilin has several
product offerings for motor
protection. The 269 PLUS is
the equivalent model to the
MP-3000 with optional URTD
module. Eaton offers MP-

3000 value packs that include
an MP-3000, PONI, URTD
module and fiber optic cable
at competitive prices.
GE Multilin has both lower
and higher end products.
The MP-3000 can be used in
place of their 239 motor relay.
The MP-3000 offers more
capabilities than the 239 for
a slightly higher price.
GE Multilin 369 and 469
are upgraded end products.
The MP-3000 relay offers
equivalent overload and
current protection functions.

Cross-Reference
New Eaton’s Series

Old Cutler-Hammer (Westinghouse)

GE Multilin

9

MP-3000 (URTD module)

IQ 1000 II, IQ 1000

269, 269+, 239, base 369

MP-4000 (URTD module) 1

—

369 with voltage option

9

MP-4000 + MP-3000

—

469

9

It also provides equivalent
start control functions. Both
the 369 and 469 offer voltage
protection and metering
functions. An Eaton meter
and/or other manufacturers’
protective relays may be
needed to satisfy the
customer’s motor protection
requirements. The 469 adds
differential protection. This
function must be supplied
by others in addition to the
MP-3000 motor relay.

1

Note
1 If RTD monitoring required.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-200

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Product Selection
MP-4000

9
MP-4000 Ordering Information
Description

Catalog Number

MP-4000 drawout, 5A with RS-232

MP4011

MP-4000 drawout, INCOM, 5A with RS-232

MP4012

MP-4000 drawout, Modbus, 5A with RS-232

MP4013

MP-4000 drawout, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232

MP4014

MP-4000 drawout, 1A with RS-232

MP4111

MP-4000 drawout, INCOM, 1A with RS-232

MP4112

MP-4000 drawout, Modbus, 1A with RS-232

MP4113

MP-4000 drawout, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232

MP4114

MP-4000 fixed case, 5A with RS-232

MP4010

MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232

MP4010INCOM

MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232

MP4010MODBUS

MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232

MP4010DEVICEN

MP-4000 fixed case, 1A with RS-232

MP4110

MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232

MP4110INCOM

MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232

MP4110MODBUS

MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232

MP4110DEVICEN

MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP4010VPI

MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP4010VPM

MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 5A with RS-232, URTD

MP4010VPD

MP-4000 fixed case, INCOM, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP4110VPI

MP-4000 fixed case, Modbus, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP4110VPM

MP-4000 fixed case, DeviceNet, 1A with RS-232, URTD

MP4110VPD

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Options and Accessories
Additional Related Products
by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Series
The MP-4000 is available in
either a fixed mount or Quick
Release Drawout Case. Both
mountings use the same
panel cutout.

The Universal RTD module
(URTD) is required when the
motor is equipped with RTDs
that you wish to monitor and
use for protection. The URTD
can be mounted near the
motor to reduce RTD wiring
and costs.

9

The MP-4000 motor protection
is design-ed to operate from
120 Vac or 240 Vac auxiliary
control power. The MP-4000
motor relay can be used with
dc control power with the
addition of the IQDCPS. The
IQDCPS is an inverter from
DC to AC.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-201

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Control Power
●
Nominal rating:
●
120 Vac or 240 Vac
●
+10%, –25%
●
Operating range:
●
120 Vac: 90 132 Vac
●
240 Vac:180 264 Vac
●
Frequency: 50 or 60 Hz
●
Power use:
●
20 VA maximum
●
URTD: 6 VA maximum
●
IPONI: 1 VA maximum
●
Ride-through time:
30 cycles from nominal Vac

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Current Inputs
●
Nominal (In): 1A or 5A
●
CT rating:
●
2 x In continuous
●
50 x In for 1 second
●

Burdens:
●
< 0.25 VA at 5A
●
< 0.05 VA at 1A

Voltage Inputs
●
Nominal: 120 Vac
●
Operating range: 69 to
150 Vac
●
Burden: 2 VA
Metering Accuracy
●
Phase current: ±1% of In
(5–100%)
●
Ground current: ±1.5% of In
(0–55%)
Discrete Inputs
●
Number of inputs: two
programmable
●
Ratings:
●
1.2 VA at 120 Vac
●
Maximum off = 36 Vac
●
Minimum on = 86 Vac
Output Contacts
●
Number of outputs: four
Form C, programmable.
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
(Resistive)
●
Break 5A at 120 240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc

9
V3-T9-202

Analog Output
●
Rating: ± 4–20 mA
programmable
●
Maximum load: 1K ohm
●
Accuracy: 1%
Motor Overload Protection (I2t)
●
Full load amperes:
10–3000
●
Locked rotor current:
300–1200% FLA
●
Locked rotor time:
1–120 seconds
●
Ultimate trip current:
85–150% FLA
●
Phase CT ratio:
10–4000 (In)
●
Ground CT ratio:
10–4000 (In)
●
Timing accuracy: ± 2.5% or
±30 mS for I > 1.1x U.T.C.
Trip Setting Range
Ground fault (GF): Off,
2–55% CT ratio
●
GF start time delay:
2–60 cycles
●
GF run time delay:
0–60 cycles
●
Timer accuracy: ± 20 mS
●
Instantaneous O.C.: Off,
300–1600% FLA
●
IOC start time delay:
2–60 cycles
●
Timer accuracy: ±20 mS
●
JAM trip: Off, 100–
1200% FLA
●
Underload trip: Off,
1–90% FLA
●
Current unbalance trip:
Off, 4–40% Ineg/Ipos
●

●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

Start delay timers:
●
0–120 seconds
(underload and phase
unbalance)
●
0–1200 seconds (jam)
Run delay timers:
0–240 seconds
Timer accuracy: ±0.5%
+100 mS
Voltage unbalance: Off,
1 to 100V
% V2/V1: 4% + 40%
Voltage unbalance time
delay: 0 to 1200 sec.
Under/overvoltage time
delay: Off, 10 to 150V
Under/overvoltage time
delay: 0 to 1200 sec

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

●

●

●

●

Under/overfrequency:
Off, 15 to 60 Hz
Under/overfrequency time
delay: 0 to 60 sec
Power protection: Off,
0.06 to .90 + FLA VT
Power time delay: 0 to
1200 sec
Power factor: Off, 0.05 lag
to 0.99 lead
Power factor time delay:
0 to 60 sec

Alarm Setting Range
●
Ground fault: Off,
2–55% CT ratio
●
Overload I2t: Off,
60–99% I2t
●
JAM: Off, 100–1200% FLA
●
Underload: Off,
1–90% FLA
●
Phase unbalance: Off,
4–40% Ineg/Ipos
●

Run delay timers:
0–240 seconds

Start Control Functions
●
Starts per time: 1–10 starts
●
Time for starts per time:
Off, 1–240 minutes
●
Time between starts:
Off, 1–240 minutes
●
Number of cold starts:
1–5 starts
●
Motor transition current:
10–300% FLA
●
Time for transition:
0–1200 seconds
●
Inc. sequence timer:
Off, 1–240 seconds
●
Long acceleration timer:
Off, 1–1200 seconds
●
Anti-Backspin timer:
Off, 1–3600 minutes
RTD Inputs (Requires
URTD module)
●
Sensor types:
●
10 ohm copper
●
100 ohm nickel
●
120 ohm nickel
●
100 ohm platinum
URTD Module Communications
●
Interface:
●
Electrical (three-wire)
●
Fiber optic (preferred)
●
Fiber optic cable: Type
HBFR-ERS or EUS

CA08100004E—November 2013

Clock
Accuracy: ±1 minute/
month at 77ºF (25°C)

●

PONI Communications
●
Type: two-wire, FSK
●
Baud rate: 1200 or
9600 baud
●
Protocol: INCOM
●
Functions:
●
Read/write set points
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms
●
Read events/history
●
View starting profile
MPONI Communications
●
Type: five-wire, 485
●
Baud rate: 1200 or
9600 baud
●
Protocol: Modbus RTU
●
Functions:
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms
DPONI Communications
●
Type: J-wire
●
Baud rate: 500k,
250k, 125k
●
Protocol: DeviceNet
●
Functions:
●
Read metered values
●
Read trip/alarms
Logging
●
Log book: 100 events
●
Log event: 20 trips
and alarms
●
Log start: last four starts
●
Start profile: last four starts
(communication only)
●
History records: motor,
trips, alarms and total
records
Environmental Conditions
●
Operating temperature:
–4ºF to +140ºF (
–20°C to +60°C)
●
Storage temperature:
–49ºF to +185ºF
(–45°C to +85°C)
●
Humidity: 0–95%
noncondensing

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

MP-4000 Feeder Protection Relay

9

Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

9

10.25 (260.4)

6.72 (170.7)

3.70 (94.0)

7.0 (3.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-203

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

MD-3000

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-205
V3-T9-206
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9
9

MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Eaton's MD-3000 Protective
Relay is a microprocessorbased sensitive three-phase
instantaneous OC-trip relay
designed for both ANSI
and IEC applications. The
MD-3000 is suitable for
use as a motor/generator
differential relay.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●
●
●

●
●
●

The MD-3000 Relay operates
from the 5 ampere secondary
output of standard current
transformers. Current
transformer ratio information
is quickly programmed into
the unit via settings. The
MD-3000 features a userfriendly operator panel to
monitor, program and test the
relay. Operating parameters
and troubleshooting
information are displayed in
the two display windows.

Application Description
The MD-3000 microprocessorbased relay provides reliable
instantaneous trip protection
for all voltage levels. It is
most commonly used as
motor differential protection
relay.

9
V3-T9-204

●
●
●
●

●

●

●

ANSI or IEC applications
Phase differential currents
Monitoring and reporting of
magnitude and phase of
current causing trip
Relay failure alarm contact
Trip alarm contact
User-friendly front panel
Non-volatile memory
View settings any time
Set CT ratios
Integral test mode (phase
and ground)
Program and test mode
security access cover with
meter seal provision
Continuous internal
circuitry self-testing
Programmable lockout/self
reset after trip

Standards and Certifications
●

●
●

ANSI C37.90 (1989),
C37.90.1 (1989),
C37.90.2 (1995)
IEC 255
UL 1053

Product Selection
MD-3000

Catalog Numbers
Description

Catalog
Number

Fixed Case

MD3000

Drawout Case

MD3001

System Protection
●
Instantaneous sensitive
phase overcurrent trip
●
Configurable trip outputs
Information and Data Delivery
●
Displays current
transformer ratio
●
Data/information
transmission

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Technical Data and Specifications
Product Specifications

9

Input Voltage
●
Nominal:
●
48–250 Vdc
●
120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz
●
Operating range:
●
28–280 Vdc
●
90–254 Vac 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption

Current Inputs
●
CTs: 5A secondary
●
CT burden:
●
<0.004 ohm at rated
current (5A)
●
<0.1 VA at rated
current (5A)
●
In: 5A (Secondary) or
CT (Primary)
●
Saturation: 30 x In
●
CT thermal ratings:
●
10A continuous
●
500A for 1 second

24

48

125

250

120

240

Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vac
Vac
10W 10W 10W 10W 10 VA 18 VA

CT (Primary) Settings Available
●
Phase:
5/10/25/50/75/100/150/200/
250/300/400/500/600/630/
800/1000/1200/1250/1500/
1600/2000/2400 2500/
3000/3200/4000/5000

Output Trip Contacts
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
●
Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc
●
Meets ANSI C37.90,
Paragraph 6.7

Environmental Conditions
●
Operating temperature:
–22ºF to +131ºF
(–30ºC to +55°C)
●
Operating humidity:
0–95% relative humidity
(noncondensing)
●
Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +158ºF
(–40°C to +70°C)
Auxiliary Alarm Contacts
●
5A continuous at 120/
240 Vac, 30 Vdc
●
5A break at 120/240 Vac,
30 Vdc
Tests
●
Dielectric strength,
current inputs:
●
3000 Vac for 1 minute
●
Phase-to-phase
●
Seismic test: Meets
requirements for UBC® and
California Building Code
Zone 4. ZPA = 3.5

Communications
●
Eaton’s PowerNet
compatible
●
Built-in INCOM
●
Data rate is 1200 or
9600 baud

9

Drawout Case
●
Refer to Page V3-T9-215
for drawout case
dimensions

9

Terminal Block
●
Make/break rating:
●
10A at 240 Vac nominal
●
0.25A at 280 Vdc
maximum
●
Terminal wire gauge:
No. 14 to No. 10 AWG
●
Screw torque
requirements:
18-inch-pounds

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Wiring Diagrams
Self-Balancing Differential
Protection

9

Conventional Phase
Differential Protection

9
9

87

9

87

9
9

X

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-205

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Drilling Pattern

9

2.69
(68.3)

9
9
9
9

8.90
(226.1)

9.38
(238.3)

6.68
(169.7)

9

4.69
(119.1)

4.45
(113.0)

9
9

.06
(1.5) RAD
4 Places

2.23
(56.7)

9

2.53
(64.3)

9
9
9

5.38
(136.7)

5.06
(128.5)

.218
DIA 10 Places
(5.5)

MD-3000
7.72
(196.1)

9

5.33
(135.4)

0.80
(20.3)

3.86
(98.0)

5.23
(132.8)
2.61
(66.3)

9
9
9

5.67
(144.0)

MD 3000
Motor/Generator
Differential

Reset

Tested by GLK

RMS Amperes

A DIF

Time

B DIF
C DIF

9

MD 3001 Motor Differential
Drawout Case
Power Supply Input:
Term. 17/19
AC 120-240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
DC 48-250 Vdc
Caution - Refer to
Instruction Leaflet

Built by FEC

4.75
(120.7)

Differential
Pickup In

9
9

S/N000000
W000000
66D0000G00
REV. 0

Operational

11.34
(288.0)

Select

12 Unused

Unused 13

14 Unused

Unused 15

16 Unused

17
(+)
Power Supply 19
Input
(-)

18 Unused
20

11 12

41 42

13 14

43 44

15 16

45 46

17 18

47 48

19 20

49 50

21 22

51 52

23 24

53 54

25 26

55 56

27 28

57 58

Current Input

In=5A (Secondary)
Settings/Test Time/Trip Cause

21

22
A1

A2
23

24

25

26

27

28

Unused

30

Unused

B2

B1

C2

View
Settings

Program
Test

Unused 11

Unused
Unused

C1

29

Program
Program

9

Select
Settings

Save
Settings

Raise
Lower
Test

9

Select
Tests

Test

29 30

Test

9
1.51
(38.4)

9

6.89
(175.0)

9
9

MD-3000 Feeder Protection Relay (Fixed Case)

9

Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

10.25 (260.4)

6.72 (170.7)

3.70 (94.0)

7.0 (3.2)

9
9
V3-T9-206

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.51
(241.6)

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

DT-3000

Description

Page
V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . .
Digitrip 3000
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-209
V3-T9-209
V3-T9-210
V3-T9-210
V3-T9-211
V3-T9-214
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Digitrip 3000

9

Product Description
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

Microprocessor-based,
three-phase and ground
overcurrent relay
Independent phase and
ground measuring circuits
and operation
Inverse time (51), short
delay (50, 2) and
instantaneous (50)
protection
Eleven time overcurrent
characters including ANSI,
IEC and thermal protection
curves
Phase and ground
ampmeter and peak
demand functions
INCOM communication
port
Fixed mount or optional
quick release drawout
case design
Dual-source power supply
option for AC control
power applications

Application Description
Eaton’s Digitrip 3000
microprocessor-based relay
provides reliable three-phase
and ground overcurrent
protection for all voltage
levels. It can be used for

any application where
instantaneous and/or time
overcurrent protection
is required. It is most
commonly used as primary
feeder circuit protection,
see figure below.
Primary Feeder
Circuit Protection
50

51

50G

51G

CB
52

Digitrip
3000

Load

The Digitrip 3000 may be
connected to the secondary
side of a delta-wye grounded
transformer with the ground
element connected to a
separate CT in the neutral
connection of the
transformer. With this
connection, a lower CT ratio
and a pickup setting can
be used to provide more
sensitive ground fault
protection especially for
resistance grounded
systems, see figure below.

50

51

50G

51G

CB
Digitrip
3000

a

A1

A2

b
c

B1
C1

B2
C2

50N/51N
GND G1 G2
Digitrip
3000

CB-52

Separate Zero Sequence
Ground CT Connection

Transformer Secondary
Protection with Neutral
CT Connection

a A1

A2

b B1

B2

c C1

C2

50/51

CB-52

The Digitrip 3000 may be
applied as the transformer
primary protection or as
backup to the differential
protection, see figure below.
Transformer Overcurrent
Protection

Residual Ground
Connection

Resistor

50G

51G

50

51

50G/51G
GND G1 G2
Digitrip
3000

Digitrip
3000
CB

CA08100004E—November 2013

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The Digitrip 3000 ground
overcurrent element can be
connected in the residual
circuit of the phase CTs as
shown in the top figure or
to a separate ground CT as
shown in last figure.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9

9
9
9
www.eaton.com

V3-T9-207

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Zone Selective Interlocking (Phase and Ground)
Note: For the phase time
zone selective interlocking
overcurrent element, the current
to initiate an immediate trip
sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
signal when the fault is in the
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the zone
breaker’s zone of protection.

selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal.

Zone Selective interlocking
is a protection function to
minimize equipment damage
resulting from a phase or a
ground fault in an area where
long-time and/or short-time
delay is in use.
When the “Ground Zone
Interlocking” feature is
utilized, an immediate trip
is initiated when the fault
is in the breaker’s zone of
protection, regardless of its
preset time delay. When the
“Phase Zone Interlocking”
feature is utilized, the time
overcurrent and short delay
phase elements work as
follows. The short delay
phase element will initiate an
immediate trip when the fault
is in the breaker’s zone of
protection, regardless of its
preset time delay. For the
time overcurrent phase
element, the current sensed
by the Digitrip 3000 must
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the

Upstream Digitrip 3000
protected breakers are
restrained from tripping
immediately by an
interlocking signal from the
downstream Digitrip 3000
relay. This interlocking signal
requires only a pair of wires
from the downstream breaker
to the upstream breaker.
The Upstream Digitrip 3000
provides time delayed
standard coordinated
tripping when the fault is
located outside the zone
of protection.
In the sample zone
interlocking system shown
below, circuit breakers A, B
and C are equipped with
Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
relays.

If a fault occurs at a point in
Zone 3, the Digitrip 3000 of
Downstream Breaker C
senses the fault and sends
a restraining signal to the
upstream Digitrip 3000 of
Feeder Breaker B.
Having received this signal,
the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder
Breaker B begins timing for
normal final delay tripping. As
a result, only Downstream
Breaker C is tripped.
Fault Location Zone 2
Note: For the phase time
overcurrent element, the current
sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the zone
selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal.

Fault Location Zone 3

If a fault occurs at a point in
Zone 2, the Digitrip 3000 of
Feeder Breaker B senses the
fault and sends a restraining
signal to the upstream
Digitrip 3000 of Main
Breaker A.

Note: For the phase time
overcurrent element, the current
sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the zone
selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal.

The Digitrip 3000 of the
Downstream Breaker C does
not see this fault since it is
situated on the downstream
side of the fault. As a result,

the Digitrip 3000 of
Downstream Breaker C does
not send a restraining signal
to the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder
Breaker B.
Since there is no restraining
signal from the Digitrip 3000
of Downstream Breaker C,
the Digitrip 3000 of Feeder
Breaker B identifies that
the fault is in Zone 2 and
immediately trips Feeder
Breaker B, regardless of its
time setting.
Fault Location Zone 1
Note: For the phase time
overcurrent element, the current
sensed by the Digitrip 3000 must
exceed 300% (3 x In) for the zone
selective interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal.

If a fault occurs in Zone 1, no
restraining signal is received
by the Digitrip of Main
Breaker A. As a result, Main
Breaker A is immediately
tripped by its Digitrip
overcurrent relay, regardless
of its time setting.

Sample Zone Selective Interlocking System

9
9
9
9
9

Main
Breaker
“A”
Zone 1

9
9
9

Feeder
Breaker
“B”
Zone 2

9

Downstream
Breaker
“C”

9
9

Interlocking
Wire

Zone 3

LOAD

9
9
V3-T9-208

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Features, Benefits and Functions
●

●

●

●

Complete current
protection and metering
in a single compact case
reduces panel space, wiring
and cost
Selectable trip
characteristics simplify
ordering and reduces
inventory
Optional drawout case
provides easy and quick
removal and replacement
of the relay
Optional dual-source
power supply provides
reliable protection when
applied with ac control
power, eliminating the
need for batteries or UPS

9.4

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

Integral ampmeter and
display replaces separate
meter and switch, saving
panel space, wiring and
money
Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and
tripping times and can save
money by using in place of
traditional bus differential
Integral test function and
microprocessor design can
reduce maintenance time
and expense

●
●
●
●
●

9

UL recognized
UL 1053 recognized
ANSI C37.90
ANSI C37.90.1 (1989)
ANSI C37.90.2 (1995)

9
9
9

Note: Fixed case versions meet
35V/m. Drawout case versions
meet 28V/m.
●
●

9

IEC 255
CE (DT3030/3031
version only)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-209

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Product Selection
DT-3000

DT-3000

9

Description

Catalog
Number

9

DT-3000 protective relay

DT3000

DT-3000 protective relay Chicago version

DT3100

9

DT-3030 protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version)

DT3030

DT-3000 drawout case protective relay

DT3001

9

DT-3000 Chicago version drawout case protective relay

DT3101
DT3031

9

DT-3030 drawout case protective relay (24–48 Vdc CE Mark version)
DT-3000 protective relay with 120 Vac dual-source power supply

DT3010

DT-3000 protective relay with 240 Vac dual-source power supply

DT3020

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Options and Accessories
Additional Products by Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer Series
Dual-Source Power
Supply Option
The Digitrip 3000 with DualSource Power Supply (DSPS)
is available in two versions,
DT-3010 and DT-3020. They
include an integral power
supply module that:
●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●

Powers the relay from
nominal 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
(DT-3010 model) or 240
Vac, 50/60 Hz (DT-3020
model) auxiliary power,
which is normally
connected and available.
Operates solely from the
main current transformers
(CTs) during a fault if
the normally connected
auxiliary ac voltage is
not available, like an
electromechanical relay
or an electronic “selfpowered” relay.

Functional Description
The integral Dual-Source
Power Supply (DSPS)
contains one AC voltage
transformer and three AC
current transformers. The AC
voltage transformer is used to
supply nominal ac control
power to the unit. The current
transformers are used to
power the unit from the line
current. Normally, the unit
will operate from the AC
auxiliary voltage.

Because this voltage is
usually obtained from the
system containing the circuit
that the relay is protecting, a
fault on the protected line
could cause the AC voltage
to drop below an acceptable
operating level. Below
approximately 70 volts for
DT-3010 or 140 volts for
DT-3020, the DSPS switches
over to current powering.
All three current transformer
secondaries are connected in
series to supply this power.
The DSPS will supply enough
power to operate the Digitrip
3000 overcurrent relay in the
tripped state with currents
greater than 1.8 per unit rated
secondary current, or 9A, in a
single-phase. The DSPS will
operate with three-phase
currents in a tripped state
with currents greater than
1.2 per unit or 6A rated
secondary current.
Note: There will be no effect
to the DT-3000 relay trip time
accuracy when the Dual-Source
Power Supply switches from
normal ac voltage to faultcurrent power.

Burden Data
In normal operating
conditions, the burden is
<0.08 ohms with three-phase
1A CT current, or 0.2 per unit,
and drops to less than 0.04
ohms at high current levels.
Present CT burden data in
ohms and volt-amperes, see
Page V3-T9-212.
In these cases, the burden
shown is the total CT terminal
value, which is the DSPS plus
the relay measuring circuits,
for the indicated operating
condition.
The trip curve on Page V3T9-212, right, shows burden
impedance magnitude in
ohms. The two lower curves
are the values with AC power
applied; the upper two are
with CT powering only. For
each of these pairs, one
curve shows the burden
for a single-phase current
(representing a single-phaseto-ground fault) and the other
for three balanced phases
with normally arrayed
120-degree phase angle
increments. There is no
phase sequence sensitivity.

Digitrip 3000 Optional
Drawout Case
The Digitrip 3000 overcurrent
protective relay is available
in a new drawout case for
quick release, removal and
replacement of the unit
without disruption of the
wiring. The CT circuits are
self-shortening to prevent
damaging voltages from
existing across-the-current
transformer windings. All
voltage inputs, discrete
inputs and contact inputs
are disconnected while
maintaining security against
false tripping.
The terminal blocks feature
a two-stage disconnect
operation. Removal of the
DT-3000 Inner Chassis will
disconnect the trip circuits
and short the CT secondaries
before the unit control power
is disconnected. Upon
insertion of the Inner
Chassis, the control power
connections are made before
the trip circuits are activated.
This feature provides
added security against
false tripping.

Page V3-T9-212, trip curve,
upper left, shows the burden
in volt-amperes for the same
four cases.

9
9
V3-T9-210

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Current Inputs
●
CTs: 5A secondary
●
CT Burden:
●
<0.004 ohm at rated
current (5A)
●
<0.1 VA at rated
current (5A)
●
In: 5A (Secondary) or
CT (Primary)
●
Saturation: 30 x In
●
CT thermal ratings:
●
10A continuous
●
500A for 1 second

Output Trip Contacts
(Trip OC/Comm., Trip Inst.
and Comm. Close)
●
Momentary:
●
Make 30A AC/DC for
0.25 seconds
●
Break 0.25A at 250 Vdc
●
Break 5A at 120/240 Vac
●
Continuous:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
●
5A at 30 Vdc
●
Meets ANSI C37.90,
Paragraph 6.7

CT (Primary) Settings Available
●
Phase and ground:
5/10/25/50/75/100/150/200/
250/300/400/500/600/630/
800/1000/1200/1250/1500/
1600/2000/2400 2500/
3000/3200/4000/5000

Environmental Conditions
●
Operating temperature:
–22ºF to +131ºF
(–30ºC to +55°C)
●
Operating humidity:
0–95% relative humidity
(noncondensing)
●
Storage temperature:
–40ºF to +185ºF
(–40°C to +70°C)

Input Voltage DT-300X
●
Nominal:
●
48–250 Vdc
●
120–240 Vac 50/60 Hz
●

Operating range:
●
28–280 Vdc
●
90–254 Vac 50/60 Hz

Power Consumption
24

48

125

250

120

240

Vdc Vdc Vdc Vdc Vac Vac
10W 10W 10W 10W 10 VA 18 VA

Input Voltage Digitrip 3030/
3031
Description

DT-3010

DT-3020

Nominal

120 Vac

240 Vac

Operating
Range

70–132 Vac 140–264 Vac

Power
Consumption

15 VA

15 VA

●

Overcurrent Functions
and Pickup Ranges
Note: Consult factory for
sensitive ground fault.
●

●

●

Auxiliary Alarm Contacts
●
5A continuous at
120/240 Vac, 30 Vdc
●
5A break at 120/240 Vac,
30 Vdc
Tests
●
Dielectric strength,
current inputs:
●
3000 Vac for 1 minute
●
Phase-to-phase
●
Seismic test: Meets
requirements for UBC® and
California Building Code
Zone 4. ZPA = 3.5
Phase and Ground
Time-Current Curves
●
Thermal:
●
It (Moderately Inverse)
●
I2t (Very Inverse)
●
I4t (Extremely lnverse)
●
FLAT (Definite Time)
●

ANSI (Per ANSI C37.112,
1996):
●
Moderately Inverse
●
Very Inverse
●
Extremely Inverse

IEC (Per IEC 255-3, 1989):
●
IEC-A (Moderately
Inverse)
●
IEC-B (Very Inverse)
●
IEC-C (Extremely
Inverse)
●
IEC-D (Definite Time)

Long Delay or Inverse
Time Overcurrent:
●
Phase: (0.2–2.2) x In
(29 settings)
●
Ground: (0.1–2.0) x In,
None (26 settings)
Short Delay:
●
Phase: (1–11) x In,
None (25 settings)
●
Ground: (0.1–11) x In,
None (45 settings)
Instantaneous:
●
Phase: (1–25) x In,
None (30 settings)
●
Ground: (0.5–11) x In,
None (33 settings)

Time Delay Settings
●
Inverse Time Overcurrent
Time Multiplier:
●
Thermal: 0.2–40
(47 settings)
●
FLAT: 0.2–2 (21 settings)
●
ANSI (all): 0.1–5.0
(50 settings)
●
IEC (all): 0.05–1.00
(20 settings)
●
Short Delay Time: 0.05–
1.5 seconds (22 settings)
Current Monitoring

Timing Accuracy
●
Inverse Time Overcurrent:
±10% at >1.5 x Pickup
●
Short Delay Time: ±50 mS
Communications
●
Eaton’s PowerNet
Compatible
●
Built-in INCOM
●
Data rate is 1200 or
9600 baud
Drawout Case
●
Refer to Page V3-T9-215
for Drawout Case
Dimensions
Terminal Block
●
Make/Break rating:
●
10A at 240 Vac nominal
●
0.25A at 280 Vdc
maximum
●
Terminal wire gauge:
No. 14 to No. 10 AWG
●
Screw torque
requirements: 18-inchpounds

●

●

●

CA08100004E—November 2013

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Cross-Reference
There are several products
that are equivalent to the
Digitrip 3000. The following
lists the competitor’s name and
equivalent product to the
Digitrip 3000. In general, the
Digitrip 3000 can be used in
place of the competitive
product.

9

●
●
●
●

ABB® MMCO, 51
Basler Electric® BEI-51
GE Multilin MDP, 735, 737
Siemens® 7SJ 511, 7SJ 60

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

True rms sensing: threephase and ground
Display accuracy:
●
±1% of Full Scale [ln]
from 0.04 x ln to 1 x In
●
±2% of Full Scale [ln]
from 1 x ln to 2 x In
Ampere demand: Average
demand over 5 minute
sampling window
High load (with selectable
output): 85% of Inverse
Time Overcurrent setting

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9

Reference Information

Note: Consult factory for
sensitive ground fault.
●

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
www.eaton.com

V3-T9-211

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Trip Curve Charts
Digitrip 3000 With Dual-Source Power Supply
Burden Curves

Digitrip 3000 With Dual-Source Power Supply CT Power
Volt-Ampere Curves

9

80
0.18

9

9
9
9

0.12
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04

9

0.02

9

0

9

CT Power in Volt-Amperes

9

0.14
CT Burden — Z, Ohms

9

70

0.16

60
50
40
30
20
10
0

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

40

45

CT Current — Amperes
Total Burden, With Vac, 3-Phase I

Total Burden, With Vac, 1-Phase I

9

Wiring Diagrams

9

Digitrip 3001
Typical wiring diagram for the fixed mount version.

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

45

50

CT Power in VA, With Vac, 1-Phase I

CT Power in VA, No Vac, 3-Phase I

CT Power in VA, No Vac, 1-Phase I

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

40

CT Power in VA, With Vac, 3-Phase I

9

V3-T9-212

35

CT Current — Amperes

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Digitrip 3000 Typical Wiring System

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-213

9.4
9
9
9

Protective Relays

Digitrip 3000 Typical Wiring Diagram
A

ØA

H

ØB
ØC
AC/DC
Supply

9

C1

9

B1

B2

A1

A2

G1

9

B
C

1
2
3

5
6
9
10

B
52b

52

4
5

11
12
13
14
15

Ground

Out
In
Out
In
Zone Common

E G Zone
E G Phase
Zone

See View ”A“
For Residual
CT Connection

TB2

4

A

A
C1

CT

B1

G1

A

B

C

9

A1

Other
Devices

Zero
Sequence
CT

G2

TB2
12
Trip
Inst.
TB2
13

52a
52a

F

View ”A“

9

TB2
14
Trip OC
/Comm.
TB2
15

Close CKT

TB1

3-Phase 3-Wire Residual Ground Connection

9

CS
T

TC

G2

Digitrip 3000

9
9

TB2
4
Comm.
Close
TB2
5

CS
C

H
C2

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

C2 B2 A2

INCOM
Network
INCOM Shield Tie Point C
Communication
Close or High Load Alarm D

6
7
8

Trip Alarm

9
10
11

Protection
OFF
Alarm

12
13

Trip Inst.
or Ground D

14
15

Trip OC or Phase/
Communications D

A = CTs can be located on either
side of the circuit breaker.
CT polarities can be toward or
away from the circuit breaker.
B = The 52b contact is required for
proper operation of the Digitrip
3000 Protective Relay.
C = TB2 terminal 3 is not connected
to ground or any electrical
circuit in the Digitrip 3000.
D = Configurable contact, refer to DIP
switch settings.
E = Remove jumpers if Zone Interlocking
is required.
F = Use Eaton Cable CAT # IMPCABLE,
Style # 2A95705G01; Belden 9463 cable
family; or equivalent Commscope or
Quabbin cables.
G = Wire spec: 600 V 90ºC,
UL 1039 rated wire.
H = For the DT3030 to be ”CE Compliant,“
the power supply input fuse must be
rated at a maximum of 0.25 amperes.

9
9

Dimensions

9

Drilling Pattern

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9
2.69
(68.3)

9
9
9
9
9
9

8.90
(226.1)

9.38
(238.3)

6.68
(169.7)

2.23
(56.7)

9

.06
(1.5) RAD
4 Places

2.53
(64.3)

9
9

4.69
(119.1)

4.45
(113.0)

9

9

5.38
(136.7)

5.06
(128.5)

.218
DIA 10 Places
(5.5)

Note
Panel cutout dimensions for all versions of the Digitrip 3000 relay.

9
9
V3-T9-214

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Digitrip 3010/3020

9

6.03
(153.2)
6.72
(170.7)

9

3.74
(95.0)

5.45
(138.4)

.51
(13.0)

9

S/N000217
P971210
4D13125G01
Digitrip 3000

9

Terminal
Block

9
9

AC Input
100-120 Vac, 50/60Hz

10.25
260.3)

9.31
(236.5)

9

Digitrip 8010 Protective Relay
with Dual-Source Power Supply

9
9
9
9
9

.50
(12.7)

1.05
(26.7)

.62
(15.7)

9

5.74
(145.8)

9
9

Digitrip 3000
6.72
(170.7)
3.36
(85.3)

2.67
(67.8)

0.39
(9.9)

1.87
(47.5)

3.74
(95.0)

9
9
9

5.12
(130.0)

9

4.65
(118.1)

9

0.37
(9.4)

9

1.48
(37.6)

9

9.31
(236.5)

10.25
(260.4)

5.25
(133.4)

9
9
9
9

0.50
(12.7)

1.05
(26.7)

9

0.29
(7.4)

9

0.62
(15.7)

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-215

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Rear View of Digitrip 3001 Drawout Outer Case Terminal Layout

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

12

13

14

15

16

(+)

17

18 Zone Common

(–)

19

20

Gnd Zone Out
Ph Zone Out

ac/dc Input

120 – 240 Vac
50/60 HZ
48 – 250 Vdc
A2
B2

9

C2

9

11

Breaker “b” Input

9
9

Hole for Viewing INCOM
Communications Activity LED.

5.23
(132.8)

G1
Unused

Breaker “b” Input
Gnd Zone In

11 12

Current Input

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

Unused

43

44 Shield Tie Point

45

46

47

48

49

50

A1

Communication
Close

51

52 Communication

Trip Inst
or Ground

53

54

Trip Inst
or Ground

B1
C1
G2

17 18

47 48

19 20

49 50

21 22

Trip OC or
Phase /Comm

55

56

Trip OC or
Phase /Comm

Unused

57

58

Unused

Unused

59

60

Equip Gnd

9.51
(241.6)

51 52

23 24

53 54

25 26

55 56

27 28

57 58

29 30

Unused

66C2025H01

9

Digitrip-3000 Feeder Protection Relay (Fixed Case)

9

Height

Width

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

10.25 (260.4)

6.72 (170.7)

2.96 (75.2)

0.0 (0.0)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-216

Close

66C2025H02

9

9

Protection
Off
Alarm

41 42

45 46

22

42

Trip
Alarn

43 44

21

41

Ph Zone In

Unused

INCOM
Network

INCOM
Network

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Contents

VR-300

Description

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . .
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-218
V3-T9-220
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay
Product Description
The VR-300 is an industrial
grade protective relay that
offers multiple protective
features in a single package,
ideal for standalone protection
or for the implementation of
transfer schemes.
Using a digital processor to
measure true rms values
enables a high degree of
measuring accuracy

regardless of harmonics,
transients or disturbing
pulses.
The compact size and
multiple functions of the
VR-300 help to simplify
switchgear design. The digital
display offers a user-friendly
interface to set up the unit as
well as monitor the operation
and display any alarms.

Features, Benefits and
Functions
●

●

●

●

●

●
●

Over-/undervoltage
monitoring (59/27)
Over-/underfrequency
monitoring (81O/U)
Voltage asymmetry
monitoring (47)
Sync-check (25) fixed
to relay 3
Zero voltage monitoring:
dead bus start functionality
(close CB to dead bus)
Two configurable relays
Discrete input for blocking
of protective functions or
remote acknowledgment

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

EMC-Test (CE): Tested
according to applicable
EN guidelines
Listings: CE Marking;
UL listing for ordinary
locations, UL/cUL listed,
ordinary locations,
File No.: E231544
Additional approvals: IEEE
C37.90.1 and C37.90.2

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-217

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Measuring Voltage
●
Standard (Vrated) delta:
66/115 Vac
●
Maximum value Vph-ph
max., (UL/cUL):
Max. 150 Vac
●
Rated voltage Vph-ground:
50 Vac/2.5 kV
●
Rated surge voltage: 2.5 kV
●
Measuring frequency:
40.0 to 80.0 Hz
●
Accuracy: Class 1
●
Linear measuring range:
1.3 x Vrated.
●
Input resistance:
0.21 M ohms
●
Maximum power
consumption per path:
< 0.15W

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Ambient Variables
●
Wide range power supply:
90 to 250 Vac/Vdc
●
Intrinsic consumption:
Max. 12 VA
●
Ambient temperature:
●
Storage: –22ºF to 176ºF
(–30ºC to 80°C)
●
Operational: –4ºF to
158°F (–20ºC to 70°C)
●
Ambient humidity: 95%,
noncondensing
●
Maximum altitude:
6562 ft (2000m)
●
Degree of pollution: 2
Discrete Inputs—Isolated
●
Input range (VCont, Discrete
Input): Rated voltage
18 to 250 Vac/Vdc
●
Input resistance:
Approximately 68 K ohms

Relay Outputs—Potential Free
Contact material: AgCdO
●
General purpose (GP)
(VCont, Relay Output):
●
AC: 2.00 Aac at 250 Vac
●
DC: 2.00 Adc at 24 Vdc,
0.22 Adc at 125 Vdc,
0.10 Adc at 250 Vdc
●
Pilot duty (PD) (VCont, Relay
Output):
●
AC: B300
●
DC: 1.00 Adc at 24 Vdc,
0.22 Adc at 125 Vdc,
0.10 Adc at 250 Vdc

Typical Nameplate

●

Typical VR-300 Nameplate

Housing
●
Type: APRANORM
DIN 43 700
●
Wiring: Screw-type,
terminals 2.5 mm2
(0.0039 in.2)
●
Recommended tightening
torque: 0.5 Nm (0.369 ft/
lbs). Use 140/167°F (60/
75°C) Copper Wire Only.
Use Class 1 Wire Only
(or Equivalent)
Protection
●
Protection system: IP42
from front with correct
mounting
●
IP54 from front
with gasket
●
(Gasket: P/N 8923-1036)
IP20 from back
●
Front foil: Insulating
surface

9

Reference Information
Reference Conditions
Measuring Value

fL1, fL2, fL3

VL1, VL2, VL3, VL12, VL23, VL31

●

●

●

9

●

9

40.0 to.80.0 Hz

0.05 Hz

0 to 520, 0 to 65 kV

1% 1

The data apply to the following
reference conditions:

●

9

Accuracy

Voltage

●

9

Display Range

Frequency

Input voltage = Sinusoidal
rated voltage
Frequency = Rated
frequency ±2%
Power supply = Rated
voltage ±2%
Power factor cos f = 1
Ambient temperature =
73ºF (23°C) ±2K
Warm-up period =
20 minutes

Note
1 Accuracy depending on the configured
transformer ratio.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-218

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Wiring Diagrams
Three-Line Wye

9

Three-Line Delta

9

3

L3

4

N

Measuring
Voltage

1

2

L2

L1

2

1

L1

L2

3

VT

VT

L3

4

A B C

A B C

N

9
9

Measuring
Voltage

9
9
9

72 71 70

VT

VT

L1
Synchronizing
Voltage

L2
L3

a)

72 71 70

52

52

9
L1

Synchronizing
Voltage

L2
L3

a)

9

a) Not Measured
Not Required

a) Not Measured
Not Required

9
9
9

Load

Load

9
9

VR-300

9

Measuring Voltage L3
Measuring Voltage L2
Measuring Voltage L1

70 71 72

Synchronizing Voltage L3
Synchronizing Voltage L2
Synchronizing Voltage L1

The synchronizing voltage must be connected
3-phase if the measuring voltage is connected
3-phase (N not connected). If the measuring
voltage is connected 4-phase (L1, L2, L3, N),
the synchronizing voltage may be connected
2-phase (L1-L2). L3 is connected only for
compensation and is not measured.

5 6 7 8

2/3
Synchronizing System (Fixed)

Not Measured.

90 to 250 Vac/dc
0 Vdc
Blocking of protective functions
or remote acknowledgement.

9
9

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

(Measuring Voltage N)
Measuring Voltage
3-Wire or
4-Wire System

VR-300 (Multi-Function Voltage Relay)

1 2 3 4

3/4

9

CB

Supervised System
(Variable)

3/4

9

Relay 3
(Fixed to synch-check
zero voltage configurable)
Relay 2
Relay 1
(Ready for Operation)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Measuring Voltage: 100 Vac

9

The socket for the PC parameterization
is situated on the side of the unit. This is
where the DPC must be plugged in.

9

Subject to Technical Modifications.

9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-219

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
VR-300

9

Front View

Side View

9
9

2.84
(72.1)

2.60
(66.0)

Configuration Port

9
9
9
9

Bottom View
Back View with
Connecting Terminals

52.00
(1320.8)

.32
(8.1)

Configuration Port

9

1

9

3.45
(87.6)

3.78
(96.0)

15

70 75

9

32

17

9
9
9
9

Configuration Port

Front Panel Cutout
Width

Height

9

3.62 [+0.03] (92.0 [+0.8])

2.68 [+0.03] (68.0 [+0.7])

9

VR-300 Dimensions

9

Width

Height

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

3.78 (96.0)

2.84 (72.1)

5.20 (132.1)

2.14 (0.97)

Dimensions
in Inches (mm)

Tolerance
in Inches (mm)

9

VR-300 Panel Cutout

9

Measure

Description

b

9

Height

9

H

Total

2.83 (71.9)

—

h

Panel cutout

2.68 (68.1)

0.03 (+0.7)

9

h’

Housing dimension

2.60 (66.0)

—

9

B

Total

3.78 (96.0)

—

b

Panel cutout

3.62 (91.9)

0.03 (+0.8)

b’

Housing dimension

3.54 (89.9)

—

6.30 (160.0)

—

9
9
9

B

b‘

Width

h‘ h

Depth (Including Terminals)
Total

The maximum permissible corner radius for cutout is
0.08 inches (2.0 mm).

9
9
V3-T9-220

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

H

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Contents

DP-300

Description

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . .
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay. . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-222
V3-T9-222
V3-T9-224
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay
Product Description

Application Description

The current flowing in the
individual conductors is
measured by means of
current transformers
installed on both sides of
the protection zone. These
transformers form the limits
of the protection zone. By
means of freely configurable
relays, the unit will indicate
if any of the adjusted fault
current limits have been
exceeded. The unit counts
with a slope characteristic
to prevent operation due
to CT ratio mismatches,
CT ratio errors, CT saturation
and errors because of tap
changes.
For transformer applications,
the unit has 2nd and 5th
harmonic restraints to
prevent misoperation in case
of inrush currents caused
for energization or over
excitation of the transformer.

When used in transformer
applications, the DP-300
allows you to change the
phase shift of the
transformer, without having
to worry about changing the
connection of the external
CTs, via selecting the vector
group in the display. The
different nominal currents of
the high and low voltage side
of the transformer, as well as
the transformer ratio, may be
configured. Every measuring
point may be set separately.
These features permit the
DP-300 to be universal in its
applications.

The DP-300 offers a threephase current differential
protection for generators,
motors and two winding
transformers, see Page V3T9-223.

●

●

●

●
●
●

The DP-300 permits design
simplification of the
switchgear cabinet, facilitates
the commissioning, ensures
the operation of the system,
is user friendly and increases
the availability of the system.

●
●

●
●

●

●

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

9

Features, Benefits
and Functions
True rms 6 x current
measurement, three-phase
system on both sides of
the protected zone
Secondary current
transformer output
available as: /1A or /5A
Configurable trip set
points for:
●
Differential current (Id)
●
Restrain current (Is)
Configurable delays
Four alarm relays
Three discrete inputs (for
blocking, acknowledgment
and configuration)
Two-line LC display
Configurable transformer
ratio
Configurable vector group
Transformer inrush
detection/suppression
Individual configuration of
the nominal current for the
high- and low-voltage side
of the transformer
Configurable transformer
ratio separated for currents
of high- and low-voltage
side of the transformer

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-221

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9.4
9

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Protective Relays

Standards and Certifications

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Listings: CE marking;
UL listing for ordinary
locations, UL/cUL listed,
ordinary locations,
File No.: E231544
Additional Approvals: IEEE
C37.90.1 and C37.90.2

Transformer Vector Groups
●

EMC-Test (CE): Tested
according to applicable
EN guidelines

Technical Data and Specifications
Measurements, Currents—
Isolated
●
Measured currents
(Nominal value IN): /5A
●
Measuring frequency:
40.0 to 70.0 Hz
●
Accuracy: Class 1
●
Linear measuring range:
5.0 x IN
●
Maximum power
consumption per path:
< 0.15 VA
●
Rated short time current
(1s): 30.0 x IN
Ambient Conditions
●
Voltage supply: 90 to
250 Vac/Vdc
●
Intrinsic consumption:
Max. 10 VA
●
Ambient temperature
storage: –22ºF to 176°F
(–30ºC to 80°C)
●
Operational: –4ºF to 158°F
(20ºC to 70°C).
●
Ambient humidity:
95%, noncondensing
●
Maximum altitude:
6562 ft (2000m)
●
Degree of pollution: 2
Digital Inputs—Isolated
●
Input range
(VCont, Digital Input):
●
Nominal voltage
●
18 to 250 Vac/Vdc
●
Input resistance:
Approximately 68 K ohms

9

Relay Outputs—Isolated
Contact material: AgCdO
●
Resistive load (GP)
(VCont, Relay Output):
●
AC: 2.00 Aac @ 250 Vac
●
DC: 2.00 Adc @24 Vdc,
0.36 Adc @ 125 Vdc,
0.18 Adc @ 250 Vdc
●
Inductive load (PD)
(VCont, Relay Output):
●
AC: B300
●
DC: 1.00 Adc @ 24 Vdc,
0.22 Adc @ 125 Vdc,
0.10 Adc @ 250 Vdc
●

Transformer Vector Groups
Vector Group

Description

Yd5

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°

Yy0

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 0°

Dy5

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°

Dd0

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 0°

Yz5

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 5 x 30° = 150°

Dz0

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 0°

Yd11

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°

Yy6

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°

Dy11

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: l-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°

Dd6

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: n-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°

Yz11

HV: l-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 11 x 30° = 330°

Dz6

HV: n-Circuit Arrangement, LV: Z-Circuit Arrangement, 6 x 30° = 180°

Typical Nameplate
Typical DP-300 Nameplate

Protective Functions
●
Operating Time:
Minimum 100m
●
Differential current:
Minimum 10%
Housing
●
Type: APRANORM
DIN 43 700
●
Terminals: Screw-type,
terminals depending on
connector, 0.00388 in.2
(2.5 mm2) or 0.00620 in.2
(4.0 mm2)
●
Recommended
tightening torque:
●
4.43 in./lbs / [0.00620
in.2] 5.3 in./lbs)
●
[2.5 mm2] 0.5 Nm /
[4.0 mm2] 0.6 Nm
([0.00388 in.2]
●
Use 140ºF/167°F (60ºC/
75°C) copper wire only
●
Use Class 1 wire only
(or equivalent)
Housing Protection
●
Protection system:
●
IP42 from front with
correct mounting
●
IP54 from front
with gasket
●
Gasket: P/N 8923-1038)
●
IP20 from back
●
Front foil: Insulating surface

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-222

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Wiring Diagrams

9

Protected Area Principle—Fault “A” Outside = No Alarm, Fault “B” Inside = Alarm
IL

9

IL
or

Ia

or

or

Ib

or

Schematic Circuit Diagrams (Single-Phase Version):
A) Fault Outside the Protection Area
B) Fault Inside the Protection Area

Ib

Ia

9
9

B)

A)

9

9

DP-300

9

DP-300
Block Differential Protection
Possible Protected Objects:

M

9

G

9
9
9
79

9
9
9

Current IL2 Transducer Set 1

Current IL1 Transducer Set 1

18 19

N/C
Common

9
9
9

15 16

Configuration Off

Blocking

9

12

9
11

9
9

10

Relay 4

8

9

9
9
9
9

4

Relay 2

5

6

Relay 3
Ready for Operation

7

N/C

9

3

Current IL3 Transducer Set 1

Acknowledgement

Relay 1

9

1

Current IL3 Transducer Set 2

17

Current IL2 Transducer Set 2

DP-300 — Current Differential Protection Relay

31 32
34
33
35 36
30
29
28
27

The Transducer Ratio is
Adjustable in the Display.

25 26
L2

L3

Transducer Set 1 (High Voltage Side)
L1

9

Current IL1 Transducer Set 2

Protected Object

The Transducer Ratio is
Adjustable in the Display.

L (90 to 250 Vac/dc)

83 81

PE

9

2

Transducer Set 2 (Low Voltage Side)

N

Subject to Technical Modifications.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-223

9.4
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Tripping Characteristics
DP-300
Y=

Id
IN

[%]

Ia

Monitoring step 2, fixed limit (100%)

100

1

X=
100

Height

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

5.67 (144.0)

3.78 (96.0)

5.20 (132.1)

2.2 (0.99)

Side View

0.32
(8.0)

Front View

3.54
(89.9)

3.78
(96.0)

9
9

Bottom View
5.20
(132.1)

Back View with
Connecting Terminals

9
9
9

500

DP-300

9

9

[%]

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Width

9

IS
IN

Dimensions

9

9

400

300

200

DP-300

9

2
1= 2
Monitoring
step 1 fixed limit
(85%-Y2+Y1)

10

9
9

Monitoring step 2
fixed limit (85%)

35

9
9

Id = Ia - Ib

X12, Y2 and Y1: adjustable
P (X12/Y2)
P (X12/Y1)

9

9

Ia + Ib
2

Characteristic gradient (fixed) = 10%

9

9

IS =

Monitoring step 2
(X12 = 100% / Y2 = 35%
Monitoring step 1
(X12 = 100% / Y1 = 10%

9

9

Ib

Protected
object

80
5.67
(144.0)

5.35
(135.9)

83
36

1

25
24

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-224

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Front panel cutout

9

Width

Height

5.43 [+0.039] (138.0 [+1.0])

3.63 [=0.031] (92.0 [+0.8])

9
9

DP-300 Panel Cutout
Measure

Description

Dimensions

Tolerance

H

Total

3.78 (96.0)

—

B

h

Panel cutout

3.62 (91.9)

0.03 (+0.8)

b

h’

Housing dimension

3.54 (89.9)

—

b‘

B

Total

5.67 (144.0)

—

b

Panel cutout

5.43 (137.9)

0.04 (+1.0)

b’

Housing dimension

5.35 (135.9)

—

6.30 (160.0)

—

9

Height

9
9

Width

9
h‘ h

9

H

9

Depth (Including Terminals)
Total

9

The maximum permissible corner radius for cutout is
0.08 inches (2.0 mm).

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-225

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

EDR-3000

Description

9

Page
V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-228
V3-T9-228
V3-T9-229
V3-T9-230
V3-T9-235
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9

EDR-3000 Feeder Protection

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

The EDR-3000 Protective
Relay is a multifunction,
microprocessor-based
overcurrent relay designed
for both ANSI and IEC
applications. It is a panelmounted, self-contained unit
that operates from either AC
or DC control power. The
EDR-3000 design provides
true rms and fundamental
sensing of each phase and
ground current. Only one unit
is required for each threephase circuit.
Current monitoring and
operator selectable protective
functions are integral to each
relay. The EDR-3000 relay
operates from the 5A or 1A
secondary output of standard
current transformers. Current
transformer ratio information
is quickly programmed into
the unit via settings. This
enables the relay to display
metered current in primary
amperes, secondary amperes
or per unit values. The EDR3000 features a user-friendly
operations panel to monitor
and program the relay.
Operating parameters and
troubleshooting information
are displayed in the 128 x 64
LCD. In addition, all data and
information can be

V3-T9-226

communicated to a host
computer equipped
with PowerPort-E™.
A “Communication Trip” and
“Communication Close”
control command can also be
initiated by a host computer
with an authorized access
code for remote breaker
operation.

The EDR-3000 may be
applied as the transformer
primary protection or as
backup to the differential
protection, see below.

50

Primary Feeder Circuit
Protection

CB
52

50

51

50G

51G

EDR-3000

Resistor

Transformer Overcurrent
Protection
51

51G

50

51

CB

50G

51G

CB
EDR-3000

The EDR-3000 may be
connected to the secondary
side of a delta-wye grounded
transformer with the ground
element connected to a
separate CT in the neutral
connection of the
transformer. With this
connection, a lower CT
ratio and a pickup setting
can be used to provide
more sensitive ground fault
protection especially for
resistance grounded
systems, shown below.

The EDR-3000 relay has
special provisions for
connection in a Zone
Interlocking scheme that can
be used for bus protection
or to improve protection
coordination in a tight or close
system. Zone Interlocking
is described in following
sections. In addition the
EDR-3000 has multiple
setting groups that can be
used to reduce arc flash
hazard with instantaneous
elements.
Residual Ground Connection

CB-52

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

a

2

b
c

5
8

3

6
9
50/51
50N/51N
GND 12
11

Load

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

50G

EDR-3000

Application Description
The EDR-3000
microprocessor-based relay
provides reliable three-phase
and ground overcurrent
protection for all voltage
levels. It can be used for
any application where
instantaneous and/or time
overcurrent protection is
required. It is most commonly
used as primary feeder circuit
protection, shown below.

Transformer Secondary
Protection with Neutral CT
Connection

EDR-3000

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Overcurrent Protection
The EDR-3000 provides
complete three-phase and
ground protection with
separate elements and
settings. The relay can be
used with CTs from 1 to
50,000A of primary current
and 1 or 5A of secondary
current. The CT ratio can be
set independently for phase
and ground, allowing the
ground element to be
connected in either the
residual or the separate
ground CT configuration,
shown on below.
Separate Zero Sequence
Ground CT Connection
a

2

b

5

3
6

c

8

9
50/51

CB-52
50G/51G
12
GND 11

EDR-3000

Zone Selective Interlocking
(Phase and Ground)
Note: Refer to the Ordering
Information and (Catalog Ordering
Information) for optional features,
see Page V3-T9-229.

Zone Selective interlocking
is a protection function to
minimize equipment damage
resulting from a phase or a
ground fault in an area where
long time and/or short time
delay is in use.
When the “Ground Zone
Interlocking” feature is
utilized, an immediate trip is
initiated when the fault is in
the breaker’s zone of
protection, regardless of its
preset time delay. When the
“Phase Zone Interlocking”
feature is utilized, the time
overcurrent elements work
as follows. The instantaneous
phase element will initiate an
immediate trip when the fault
is in the breaker's zone of
protection, regardless of its
preset time delay. For the
time overcurrent phase
element, the current sensed
by the EDR-3000 must
exceed 1.5 times the pickup
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal when
the fault is in the breaker’s
zone of protection.
Upstream EDR-3000
protected breakers are
restrained from tripping
immediately by an
interlocking signal from the
downstream EDR-3000 relay.
This interlocking signal
requires only a pair of
wires from the downstream
breaker to the upstream
breaker. It provides standard

coordinated tripping when
the fault is located outside
the zone of protection.
In the sample zone
interlocking system shown
below, circuit breakers A,
B and C are equipped with
EDR-3000 overcurrent relays.
Fault Location Zone 3
Note: For the time overcurrent
phase element, the current
sensed by the EDR-3000 must
exceed 1.5 times the pickup
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal when
the fault is in the breaker's zone
of protection.

If a fault occurs at a point
in Zone 3, the EDR-3000
of downstream breaker C
senses the fault and sends
a restraining signal to the
upstream EDR-3000 of
feeder breaker B. Having
received this signal, the
EDR-3000 of feeder breaker
B withholds its trip command.
As a result, only downstream
breaker C is tripped.
Fault Location Zone 2
Note: For the time overcurrent
phase element, the current
sensed by the EDR-3000 must
exceed 1.5 times the pickup
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal when the
fault is in the breaker’s zone
of protection.

9.4

If a fault occurs at a point in
Zone 2, the EDR-3000 of
feeder breaker B senses the
fault and sends a restraining
signal to the upstream EDR3000 of main breaker A. The
EDR-3000 of the downstream
breaker C does not see this
fault since it is situated on the
downstream side of the fault.
As a result, the EDR-3000 of
downstream breaker C does
not send a restraining signal
to the EDR-3000 of feeder
breaker B. Since it did not
receive a restraining signal
from the EDR-3000 of
downstream breaker C, the
EDR-3000 of feeder breaker
B identifies that the fault is in
Zone 2 and immediately trips
feeder breaker B, regardless
of its time setting.

9

Fault Location Zone 1

9

Note: For the time overcurrent
phase element, the current
sensed by the EDR-3000 must
exceed 1.5 times the pickup
setting for the zone selective
interlocking to initiate an
immediate trip signal when the
fault is in the breaker's zone of
protection.

If a fault occurs in Zone 1,
no restraining signal is
received by the Digitrip
of main breaker A. As a
result, main breaker A is
immediately tripped by its
EDR-3000 overcurrent relay,
regardless of its time setting.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Sample Zone Selective Interlocking System

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-227

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Features, Benefits and Functions

9

Applications
●
Provides reliable threephase and ground
overcurrent protection
for all voltage levels
●
Primary feeder circuit
protection
●
Primary transformer
protection
●
Backup to differential
protection
●
May be used where
instantaneous and/or time
overcurrent protection is
required
●
Ground element capable
of residual, zero sequence
or external source
connections

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Standards and Certifications
●

Protection Functions
●
Breaker failure (50BF)
●
Phase overcurrent
protection per time-current
curve (51-1, 51-2, 51-3)
●
Calculated ground fault
protection per time-current
curve (51R-1, 51R-2)
●
Independent measured
ground or neutral fault
protection per time-current
curve (51X-1, 51X-2)
●
Phase instantaneous
overcurrent (50-1, 50-2,
50-3)

●

●

●

●

●

●

Calculated ground or
neutral instantaneous
overcurrent (50R-1, 50R-2)
Independent measured
ground or neutral
instantaneous overcurrent
(50X-1, 50X-2)
Curve shapes: ANSI,
IEC, or thermal curves
(11 thermal curves)
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
True rms or fundamental
sensing of each phase
and ground current
Zone selective interlocking
(phase and ground) or
reverse blocking for
bus protection

Note: Refer to the Ordering
Information and Page V3-T9-229
(Catalog Ordering Information)
for optional features.

Metered Values
●
rms and fundamental
phase currents
●
rms and fundamental
ground currents
●
Maximum, minimum
and average rms and
fundamental phase
currents
●
Maximum, minimum
and average rms and
fundamental ground
currents

Monitored and Data
Recording Values
●
Trip circuit monitoring
●

Note: Refer to the Ordering
Information and Page V3-T9-229
(Catalog Ordering Information)
for optional features.
●

●

●

●

●

Breaker wear (accumulated
interrupted current)
Fault data logs (up to
20 events)
Sequence of event
recorders (up to
300 events)
Waveform capture
(3600 cycles total)
CT supervision

●

●

●
●

Generic standard:
●
EN 61000-6-2
●
EN 61000-6-3
Product standard:
●
EC 60255-6
●
EN 50178
UL 508 (Industrial Control
Equipment)
CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
(Industrial Control
Equipment)
ANSI C37.90
UL, CSA, CE

Control Functions
●
Remote open/close
●
Programmable I/O
●
Programmable LEDs
●
Multiple setting groups
(up to four)
Communication
●
Local HMI
●
Front RS-232 port
●
Rear RS-485 port
●
IRIG-B11
●
Protocols
●
Modbus RTU

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-228

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Catalog Number Selection
The catalog number
identification chart defines
the electrical characteristics
and operation features
included in the EDR-3000. For
example, if the catalog number
were EDR3000-A0BA1,
the device would have
the following:

9

EDR-3000
(A)–Four digital inputs,
four output relays

(B)–Modbus-RTU (RS-485)

9

(0)–Phase current 5A/1A,
Ground Current 5A/1A,
Power supply: 19–300 Vdc,
40–250 Vac

(A)–Without conformal
coating

9

(1)–Projection panel mount

9
9
9

Relay Removable Terminals

9

EDR3000 A 0 B A 1

9
Hardware Option 1
A = 4 digital inputs, 4 outputs,
removable terminals
B = 8 digital inputs, 6 outputs, removable
terminals, trip coil monitor 1
C = 4 digital inputs, 4 outputs, removable
terminals, zone interlocking 1
and IRIG-B 1

Hardware Option 2
0 = Phase current 5A/1A, ground
current 5A/1A, power supply
range: 19–300 Vdc,
40–250 Vac

Communication Options
B = Modbus-RTU
(RS-485)
C = Modbus-TCP 1
(RJ-45)

Conformal Coating
Options
A = None
B = Conformal coated
circuit boards

Mounting Options
0 = Standard mount
1 = Projection panel mount

9
9
9
9
9

Relay Fixed Terminals 2

9

EDR3000 E 0 B A 1

9
Hardware Option 1 2
E = 4 digital inputs,
4 outputs, fixed terminals
F = 4 digital inputs,
4 outputs, fixed terminals,
zone interlocking
and IRIG-B

Hardware Option 2 2
0 = Phase current 1A, ground current 1A, power supply
range: 19–72 Vdc
1 = Phase current 5A, ground current 5A, power supply
range: 19–72 Vdc
2 = Phase current 1A, sensitive ground
current 0.1A, power supply range:
19–72 Vdc
3 = Phase current 5A, sensitive ground
current 0.5 A, power supply range:
19–72 Vdc
4 = Phase current 1A, ground current 1A, power supply
range: 85–300 Vdc,
85–250 Vac
5 = Phase current 5 A, ground current 5A, power supply
range: 85–300 Vdc,
85–250 Vac
6 = Phase current 1A, sensitive ground
current 0.1 A, power supply range:
85–300 Vdc, 85–250 Vac
7 = Phase current 5A, sensitive ground
current 0.5A, power supply range:
85–300 Vdc, 85–250 Vac

Communication
Options
B = Modbus-RTU
(RS-485)
C = Modbus-TCP 2
(RJ-45)

Conformal Coating
Options
A = None
B = Conformal coated
circuit boards

Mounting Options
0 = Standard mount
1 = Projection panel mount

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Notes
1 Consult factory for the availability of eight digital inputs, six outputs, trip coil monitor, zone interlocking, IRIG-B and Modbus-TCP.
2 Consult factory for the availability of fixed terminals.

9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-229

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Climatic Environmental
Conditions
●
Storage temperature:
–13°F to 158°F (–25°C up
to +70°C)
●
Operating temperature:
–4°F to 140°F (–20°C up
to +60°C)
●
Permissible humidity at
ann. average: <75% rel.
(on 56d up to 95% rel.)
●
Permissible Installation
altitude:
●
<2000m (6561.67 ft)
above sea level
●
If 4000m (13,123.35 ft)
altitude apply, a changed
classification of the
operating and test
voltages may be
necessary

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Degree of Protection EN 60529
●
HMI front panel with
seal: IP54
●
Rear side terminals: IP30
Routine Test
●
Insulation test according to
IEC 60255-5: All tests to be
carried out against ground
and other input and output
circuits
●
Aux. voltage supply, digital
inputs, current measuring
inputs, signal relay outputs:
2.5 kV (eff)/50 Hz
●
Voltage measuring inputs:
3.0 kV (eff)/50 Hz
●
All wire-bound
communication interfaces:
1.5 kV DC

Housing
Material, housing:
aluminum extruded section
●
Material, front panel:
aluminum/foil front
●
Mounting position:
horizontal (±45° around the
X-axis must be permitted)
●

Plug-in Connector with
Integrated Short-Circuiter
(Conventional Current Inputs)
●
Nominal current:
1A and 5A
●
Continuous loading
capacity: 4 x In/
continuously
●
Overcurrent withstand:
30 x In/10s
●
100 x In/1s
●
250 x In/10 ms
(1 half-wave)
●
Screws: M4, captive type
according to VDEW
●
Connection cross-sections:
●
2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x AWG
14) with wire end ferrule
●
1 x or 2 x 4.0 mm2
(2 x AWG 12) with
ring cable sleeve or
cable sleeve
●
1 x or 2 x 6 mm2
(2 x AWG 10) with
ring cable sleeve or
cable sleeve

9
9
9

Voltage Supply
Aux. voltage: 19–300 Vdc/
40–250 Vac
●
Buffer time in case of
supply failure: >= 50 ms
at minimal aux. voltage
communication is
permitted to be interrupted
●
Max. permissible making
current:
●
18A peak value for
<0.25 ms
●
12A peak value for
<1 ms
●
The voltage supply must
be protected by a fuse of:
●
2.5A time-lag miniature
fuse 5 x 20 mm (approx.
1/5 in. x 0.8 in.) according
to IEC 60127
●
3.5A time-lag miniature
fuse 6. 3 x 32 mm
(approx. 1/4 in. x
1 1/4 in.) according
to UL 248-14
●

Digital Inputs
Max. input voltage:
300 Vdc/270 Vac
●
Input current: <4 mA
●
Reaction time: <20 ms
●
Fallback time: <30 ms (safe
state of the digital inputs)
●
Four switching thresholds:
Un = 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc,
60 Vdc, 110 Vac/dc,
230 Vac/Vdc Un = 24 Vdc
●
Switching threshold
1 ON
– Switching threshold 1
OFF
– Min. 19.2 Vdc
– Max. 9.6 Vdc
– Un = 48 V/60 Vdc
●

Power Consumption
●
Power supply range: Power
consumption in idle mode
●
Max. power consumption
●
19–300 Vdc: 6W 8.5W
●
40–250 Vac
●
For frequencies of
40–70 Hz: 6W 8.5W
Real-Time Clock
●
Running reserve of the
real-time clock: 1 year min
Display
●
Display type: LCD with
LED background
illumination
●
Resolution graphics
display: 128 x 64 pixel
●
LED-type: two colored,
red/green
●
Number of LEDs, housing
B1: 8

●

●

Switching threshold
2 ON
– Switching threshold 2
OFF
– Min. 42.6 Vdc
– Max. 21.3 Vdc
– Un = 110/120 Vac/dc

●

Switching threshold
3 ON
– Switching threshold 3
OFF
– Min. 88.0 Vdc/
88.0 Vac
– Max. 44.0 Vdc/
44.0 Vac
– Un = 230/240 Vac/Vdc

●

Switching threshold
4 ON
– Switching threshold 4
OFF
– Min. 184 Vdc/
184 Vac
– Max. 92 Vdc/92 Vac

Terminals: screw-type
terminal

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-230

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4
9

Current and Ground
Current Measurement.
●
Nominal currents: 1A/5A
●
Max. measuring range:
●
up to 40 x In (phase
currents)
●
up to 25 x In (ground
current standard)
●
up to 2.5 x In (ground
current sensitive)
●
Continuous loading
capacity: 4 x In/
continuously
●
Overcurrent proof:
●
30 x In/10s
●
100 x In/1s
●
250 x In/10 ms
(1 half-wave)
●
Power consumption:
Phase current inputs
●
at In = 1A S = 0.15 mVA
●
at In = 5A S = 0.15 mVA
●
Ground current input
●
at In = 1A S = 0.35 mVA
●
at In = 5A S = 0.35 mVA
●
Frequency range: 50 Hz/
60 Hz ±10%
●
Terminals: Screw-type
terminals with integrated
short-circuiters (contacts)

Binary Output Relays
●
Continuous current:
5A AC/DC
●
Switch-on current:
25A AC/DC for 4s
●
Max. breaking current:
5A AC up to 125 Vac
●
5A DC up to 50V (resistive)
●
0.2A DC at 300V
●
Max. switching voltage:
250 Vac/300 Vdc
●
Switching capacity:
2000 VA
●
Contact type:
1 changeover contact
●
Terminals: Screw-type
terminals
Front Interface RS-232
●
Baud rates: 115,200 baud
●
Handshake: RTS and CT
●
Connection: 9-pole
D-Sub plug
RS-485
●
Master/Slave: Slave
●
Connection: 6 screwclamping terminals RM
3.5 mm (138 MIL)
(terminating resistors
internal)

Measuring Accuracy
●
Max. measuring range: up
to 40 x In (phase currents)
up to 25 x In (ground
current standard)
●
Frequency range: 50 Hz/
60 Hz ± 10%
●
Accuracy: Class 0.5
●
Amplitude error if I < In:
±0.5% of the rated value
●
Amplitude error if I > In:
±0.5% of the measured
value
●
Amplitude error if I > 2 In:
±1.0% of the measured
value
●
Resolution: 0.01A
●
Harmonics up to 20% 3rd
harmonic ±2% up to 20%
5th harmonic ±2%
●
Frequency influence
< ±2%/Hz in the range of
±5 Hz of the parameterized
nominal frequency
●
Temperature influence
<±1% within the range
of 0°C up to +60°C

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Tolerances of the
Real-Time Clock
●
Resolution: 1 ms
●
Tolerance: <1 minute/
month (+20°C)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-231

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Protection Stages Tolerances

9

Overcurrent Protection Stages 50P(X), 51P(X)

9
9

Description
Pickup

If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage is started.

Resetting ratio

Range

Step

Tolerance

0.01–40.00 x In

0.01 xIn

±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In

97% or 0.5% x In

—

—

t

Tripping delay

0.00–300.00 x s

0.01 x s

DEFT ±% resp. ±10 ms

9

Operating time

Starting from l higher than 1.1 x l>

—

—

<+35 ms
<+45 ms

9

t-multiplier

Disengaging time

9
9

—

—

Time multiplier/tripping characteristic factor

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

IEC NINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

IEC VINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

IEC EINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%
±5%

IEC LINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

9

ANSI MINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

ANSI VINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

9

ANSI EINV

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

Flat

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

9

It

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

9

I2t

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

I4t

0.05–2.00

0.01

±5%

Only available if IEC characteristics

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC NINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

9

Reset mode

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IEC VINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC EINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC LINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

Reset curves if ANSI characteristics

—

—

5%

ANSI MINV

—

—

5%

ANSI VINV

—

—

5%

ANSI EINV

—

—

5%

Flat

—

—

5%

It

—

—

5%

ANSI MINV

—

—

5%

I2t

—

—

5%

I4t

—

—

5%

Note
The tripping delay relates to the time between pickup and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time between the measured value has exceeded the threshold until
the protection stage is alarmed.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-232

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Ground Current Stages 50G(X), 50N(X), 51G(X), 51N(X)
Description
Pickup

If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage is started.

Resetting ratio

Step

Tolerance

0.01–40.00 x In

0.01 x In

±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In

97% or 0.5% x In

—

—

t

Tripping delay

0.00–300.00 x s

0.01 x s

DEFT ±% resp. ±10 ms

Operating time

Starting from lG higher than 1.1 x l>

—

—

<+35 ms

—

—

<+45 ms

Disengaging time
t-multiplier

Reset mode

9

Range

Tripping characteristic factor

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

IEC NINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

IEC VINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

IEC EINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

IEC LINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

ANSI MINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

ANSI EINV

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

Flat

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

It

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

I2 t

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

I4 t

0.05–2.00

0.0

±5%

Only available if IEC characteristics

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC NINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC VINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC EINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

IEC LINV

0.00–60.00

0.01 x s

±1% resp. ±10 ms

Reset curves if ANSI characteristics

—

—

5%

ANSI MINV

—

—

5%

ANSI VINV

—

—

5%

ANSI EINV

—

—

5%

Flat

—

—

5%

It

—

—

5%

I2 t

—

—

5%

I4 t

—

—

5%

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Circuit Breaker Failure Protection 50BF
Description
I-CBF>

If the pick-up value is exceeded, the module/stage will be started.

Resetting ratio

Step

Tolerance

0.0–0.1 x 1

0.01 x In

±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In

0.5% x In

—

—

t-CBF

If the delay time is expired, an CBF alarm is given out.

—

—

<+40 ms

Operating time

Starting from I higher than 1.3 x I-CBF>

—

—

<+40 ms

—

—

<+40 ms

Disengaging time

9

Range

9
9
9
9

Note
The tripping delay relates to the time between pickup and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time between the measured value has exceeded the threshold until
the protection stage is alarmed.

9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-233

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Wiring Diagrams

9

EDR-3000

9

Connection Example Clockwise Rotating Field
EDR3000 => Terminal Markings X3.

9
9

A

B

C

9

X3.

9

1

9

3

9
9
9

2

IA

4

IA’

5

IB’

6

IA

7

IB’

9

8

IC’

9

9
10

IC’

IB

11

9

12

9

1A
5A

1A
5A

1A
5A

1A
5A
N

IC

9
9

Three-Phase Current Measurement; Inom Secondary = 5A
Ground Current Measuring via Residual Connection; IGnom Secondary = 5A

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-234

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

1C

N

9
9

1B

N

IX’

9

1A

N

www.eaton.com

1X

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Drilling Pattern
5.38
(136.7)
4.94
(125.5)
3.94
(100.0)
CL
B

9
9

“A” Holes for
Standard
Panel Mount

B
A

3.62
(91.8)

9

“B” Holes for
Projection
Panel Mount

9
9

A
4.88
(124.0)

Cutout

9

CL

9

6.30
(160.0)

3.05
(77.6)
A
B
4x ø0.19
(ø4.8)

9

A

9

B

9

4x ø0.19
(ø4.8)

9

Projection Mounting

9

3.82
(97.0)

9
9
9
9
9
9

5.56
(141.1)

6.82
(173.2)

5.38
(136.7)

4.80
(121.9)

9
9

8.62
(218.9)

6.14
(156.0)

9

6.67
(169.4)

9
9
9

2.50
(63.5)

9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-235

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Standard Mounting
3.82
(97.0)

9
9
9
9
9
9

7.49
(190.4)

6.82
(173.2)

9

4.94
(125.5)

6.74
(171.2)

9
9

8.62
(218.9)

9

6.14
(156.0)

4.88
(124.0)

9
9

0.56
(14.2)

9
9

EDR-3000

9

Width

Height

Depth

6.82 (173.2)

8.62 (218.9)

7.49 (190.2) 1

9
9

EDR-3000 Housing B1

9

Width

Height

Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

5.57 (141.5)

7.21 (183.0)

8.19 (208.0) 2

5.3 (2.4)

9
9

Notes
1 Depth behind panel with projection mounted enclosure.
2 Includes terminals.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-236

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Contents

ETR-4000

Description

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay. . . . .
Digitrip 3000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-238
V3-T9-241
V3-T9-241
V3-T9-248
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay

9

Product Description
Eaton’s ETR-4000
transformer protection
relay is a multi-functional,
microprocessor-based relay
for two winding transformers
of all voltage levels. The
ETR-4000 provides phase and
ground percentage restrained
differential protection using
a variable dual slope
characteristic with phase,
negative, residual and neutral
overcurrent elements for
backup protection. It can also
be used to provide restrained
differential protection to large
motors and generators.
The ETR-4000 has eight
current inputs rated for either
5 amperes or 1 ampere to
monitor both sides of the
transformers. The CTs can
be connected in wye in both
sides of the transformer;
the relay automatically
compensates for the
connection of the transformer
and CT mismatch errors.

The maintenance mode
password protected soft key,
can be used for arc flash
mitigation to change to an
alternate settings group,
set to have instantaneous
elements only.
An integral keypad and
display is provided for direct
user programming and
retrieval of data without
the need of a computer.
14 programmable LEDs
provide quick indication of
relay status.
A front port is provided for
direct computer connection.
An RS-485 communication
port on the back is standard
for local area networking
using Modbus-RTU. An
optional Ethernet port and
protocols are available.

The ETR-4000 transformer
protection relay has mass
memory for data storage and
a real-time clock with 1 ms
time resolution. The relay will
log 300 sequence of event
records, 20 detailed trip logs,
minimum/maximum values,
load profiles, breaker wear
information and oscillography
data.

9
9
9
9
9

The ETR-4000 has eight
programmable binary inputs,
4 normally opened and
4 Form C heavy duty outputs
and one Form C signal alarm
relay. It can be powered from
19 Vdc to 300 Vdc or 40 Vac
to 250 Vac auxiliary power.

9
9
9
9
9
9

Flash memory is used for the
programming and all settings
are stored in nonvolatile
memory. The relay allows for
four preprogrammed setting
groups which can be
activated through software,
the display or a contact input.

9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-237

9.4
9

●

9
9

●

●

9
9

●

9
9
9

●

9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9
9
9
9

Protective Relays

Features, Benefits and Functions

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

●

Flexible phase and ground
differential protection for
two winding transformers,
large motors and
generators
Complete protection and
control in a single compact
case to reduce panel
space, wiring and costs
Integral test function
reduces maintenance
time and expense
Zone selective interlocking
improves coordination and
tripping time, and saves
money compared to a
traditional bus differential
scheme
Reduce troubleshooting
time and maintenance
costs. Trip and event
recording in non-volatile
memory provides detailed
information for analysis
and system restoration.
6000 cycles of waveform
capture aids in post fault
analysis (viewable using
PowerPort-E software)
Minimum replacement
time. Removable terminal
blocks ideal for industrial
environments
Front RS-232 port and
PowerPort-E software
provides local computer
access and user-friendly
Windows-based interface
for relay settings,
configuration and
data retrieval
Breaker open/close from
relay faceplate or remotely
via communications
Fast an easy
troubleshooting, improved
maintenance procedures
and increased device
security. Provides detailed
traceability for system
configuration changes
Relays self-diagnostics and
reporting improves uptime
and troubleshooting
Breaker trip circuit
monitoring improves the
reliability of the breaker
operation

9
9
9
V3-T9-238

Features
Protection Features
Dual-slope percentage
restrained current
differential with
magnetizing inrush and
overexcitation blocking
(87R)
●
Unrestrained current
differential (87H)
●
Restricted ground fault/
Ground Differential (87GD)
●
Phase overcurrent
(elements can be assigned
to either side of the
transformer):
●
Four instantaneous
elements with timers
(50P[1], 50P[2], 50P[3]
and 50P[4])
●
Four inverse time
overcurrent elements
(51P[1], 51P[2], 51P[3]
and 51P[4])
●
11 standard curves
●
Inrush Blocking
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Negative sequence phase
overcurrent (elements can
be assigned to either side
of the transformer):
●
Two inverse time
overcurrent elements
(51Q[1] and 51Q[2])
●
11 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●
Ground overcurrent
(elements can be assigned
to either side of the
transformer):
●
Two instantaneous
measured elements
with timers (50X[1]
and 50X[2])
●
Two instantaneous
calculated elements
with timers (50R[1]
and 50R[2])
●
Two inverse time
overcurrent measured
elements (51X[1]
and 51X[2])
●
Two inverse time
overcurrent calculated
elements (51R[1]
and 51R[2])
●
11 standard curves
●
Instantaneous or time
delay reset
●

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

●

●
●

Two breaker failure
elements (50BF[1]
and 50BF[2])
Phase transformer
overload protection (49)
Switch onto fault
protection
Cold load pickup
Zone interlocking for bus
protection (87B)

Metering Features
●
Amperes: positive,
negative and zero
sequence
●
Ampere demand
●
Current phase angles
●
% THD I
●
Magnitude THD I
●
Minimum/maximum
recording
●
Trending
●
RTD Temperatures with
remote URTD
Monitoring Features
●
Trip coil monitor for both
primary and secondary
breakers
●
Breaker wear primary and
secondary (accumulated
interrupted current)
●
Oscillography
(6000 cycles total)
●
Fault data logs
(up to 20 events)
●
Sequence of events report
(up to 300 events)
●
Clock (1 ms time stamping)
Control Functions
●
Breaker open/close both
breakers
●
Remote open/close
●
Programmable I/O
●
Programmable LEDs
●
Multiple setting groups
●
Cold load pickup
●
CT supervision
Communication Features
●
Local HMI
●
Password protected
●
Addressable
●
IRIG-B
●
Local communication port
●
Remote communication
port:
●
RS-232
●
RS-485

CA08100004E—November 2013

●

●

Protocols:
●
Modbus-RTU
●
Modbus-TCP (Optional)
Configuration software

Protection and
Control Functions
Eaton’s ETR-4000
transformer protection
relay has been designed for
maximum user flexibility and
simplicity. The ETR-4000 is
suitable for application on
small, medium and large two
winding power transformers.
Multiple current inputs are
used to provide primary
protection, control and
back-up protection of
transformers, including
current differential, restricted
ground differential and
overcurrent protection.
Dual-Slope Percent Differential
Protection
The primary protective
element for transformer
protection is the percent
differential element, which
compares the current
entering the primary and
leaving the secondary of the
transformer. The ETR-4000
has built in compensation
for the turns-ratio and the
phase shift of the
transformer, so it's not
necessary to compensate for
the transformer connection
by the connection of the CTs.
The current differential
element looks at the vector
difference between the
current entering and leaving
the zone of protection. If the
difference exceeds a predetermined amount, the
element will operate.
The operating characteristic
of the percent differential
element is a dual-slope
characteristic to
accommodate for CT
saturation and CT errors.

Dual-Slope Operating Characteristic

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Harmonic Restraints
There are certain conditions
like energizing one side of the
transformer with the other
side de-energized (inrush
currents) or the paralleling
of two transformers
(sympathetic currents) that
can create false differential
currents. These differential
currents if not recognized can
cause a false trip; in the case
of inrush conditions or
sympathetic currents the
differential current is
characterized by a heavy
content of 2nd and 4th
harmonic currents. The
percentage differential
element is desensitize either
permanently (stationary
conditions) or temporarily
(transient conditions),
whenever the 2nd or 4th
harmonic exceed the value
programmed into the relay.
Another condition that can
create a false differential
current is a sudden change of
voltage or frequency, that can
put the transformer in an
overexcitation state. In this
case there is high content of
5th harmonic currents. The
percentage differential
element is also desensitized
when the 5th harmonic
content exceeds a predefined
value.

Dynamic Rise of the Operating
Characteristic

Unrestrained Differential
An unrestrained differential
element is provided for fast
tripping on heavy internal
faults to limit catastrophic
damage to the transformer
and minimize risks to the
remainder of the power
system.
Restricted Ground Fault
Ground differential protection
is applied to transformers
having impedance grounded
wye windings. It is intended
to provide sensitive ground
fault detection for low
magnitude fault currents,
which would not be detected
by the main percent
differential element.

Restricted Ground Fault

Overcurrent Elements
The ETR-4000 can be used
to provide backup for
transformer and adjacent
power system equipment.
Instantaneous overcurrent
elements can be used for fast
clearing of severe internal or
external (through) faults.
Time overcurrent protection
elements per winding allow
coordinating with the
adjacent protection zones and
acting as a backup protection.
There are 11 user-selectable
inverse-time overcurrent
curve characteristics. The
user can select from the
ANSI, IEC or thermal curve
families and can select
instantaneous or time delay
reset characteristics.

Negative Sequence Overcurrent
Since this element does
not respond to balanced
load or three-phase faults,
the negative-sequence
overcurrent element may
provide the desired
overcurrent protection. This
is particularly applicable to
delta-wye grounded
transformers where only
58% of the secondary p.u.
phase-to-ground fault current
appears in any one primary
phase conductor. Backup
protection can be particularly
difficult when the wye is
impedance grounded. A
negative-sequence element
can be used in the primary
supply to the transformer and
set as sensitively as required
to protect for secondary
phase-to-ground or phase-tophase faults. This element
should be set to coordinate
with the low-side phase and
ground relays for phase-toground and phase-to-phase
faults. The negative
sequence element must
also be set higher than the
negative-sequence current
due to unbalanced loads.
Breaker Failure
The ETR-4000 transformer
protection relay includes two
breaker failure (50BF, 62BF)
elements that can be initiated
from either an internal or
external trip signal. These are
independent elements that
can be used to operate a
lockout relay or trip an
upstream breaker. The timer
must be longer than the
breaker operating time and
the protective function
reset times.

9.4

Maintenance Mode
The Maintenance Mode can
improve safety by providing a
simple and reliable method to
reduce fault clearing time and
lower incident energy levels
at energized panels. The
Maintenance Mode allows
the user to switch to more
sensitive settings via a
password protected soft
key, communications or
via a digital input while
maintenance work is being
performed at an energized
panel or device. The more
sensitive settings provide
greater security for
maintenance personnel and
helps reduce the possibility
of injury.
Monitoring and Metering
Sequence of Events Records
The ETR-4000 protection
relay records a maximum
of 300 events associated with
the relay. An event is
classified as a change of state
as detected by the relay.
These include relay pickups,
dropouts, trips, contact
closure, alarms, setting
changes and self-diagnostic
failures. Each event is date
and time stamped to a 1 ms
resolution. The events are
stored in a FIFO in
chronological order.
Trip Log
The ETR-4000 protection
relay will store a maximum of
20 trip records in a FIFO trip
log. Each trip record will be
date and time stamped to a
1 ms resolution. The trip
log record will include
information on the type of
fault, protection elements
that operated, fault location
and currents at the time of
the fault.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-239

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Waveform Capture
The ETR-4000 transformer
protection relay provides
oscillography-recording
capabilities. The relay will
record all measured signals
along with the binary signals
of pickup, trip, logic and
contact closures. The ETR4000 relay can record up to
6000 cycles of data. The
number of records is
proportional to the size of
each record; the maximum
size per record is 600 cycles.
The waveform capture is
initiated by up to 8 different
triggers; it can also be
generated manually through
the display or via
communications.
Integral User Interface
The front panel user interface
has a 128 x 64 pixel LCD
display with background
illumination for wide angle
viewing in all light conditions.
14 programmable LEDs
provide quick and easy visual
display of power on, mode
of operation, alarm and trip
indication. Soft keys are
provided for operation mode
selection, scrolling through
data and settings. In addition,
the relay settings and test
functions are password
protected.

9
9
9
9
9

Programmable I/O
The ETR-4000 transformer
protection relay provides
heavy-duty, trip-rated, 4
normally open and 4 Form C
contacts. Two isolated inputs
can be used for monitoring
the trip circuits. One Form C
contact is dedicated to the
relay failure alarm function
and is operated in a normally
energized (fail-safe) mode.
There are eight userconfigurable discrete inputs
that accept a wet contact
and can operate through a
wide range of power. Each
input and output is userprogrammable for maximum
application flexibility.
Communication Software
Eaton provides two types of
communication software. The
first is PowerPort-E. It runs
on a PC or laptop for easy
access to a single relay
to change set points or
configuration and to view
metered values and stored
data. PowerPort-E is free
and can be downloaded from
the Eaton Web site at the
following URL:
http://www.eaton.com/pr
The second package is
Power Xpert Software.
Power Xpert Software is a
power management software
package that is designed
for continuous, remote
monitoring of many devices.
It provides additional
functions such as billing,
trending and graphics.
Contact your local Eaton
representative for more
information on Power
Xpert Software.

PowerPort-E- ETR-4000 Device Planning

Standards and Certifications
Design Standards
●
Generic Standard:
●
EN 61000-6-2
●
EN 61000-6-3
●
Product Standard:
●
IEC 60255-6
●
EN 50178
●
UL 508 (Industrial
Control Equipment)
●
CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
(Industrial Control
Equipment)
●
ANSI C37.90
●
UL listed file: E217753

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-240

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Catalog Number Selection
The catalog number
identification chart defines
the electrical characteristics
and operation features
included in the ETR-4000.
For example, if the catalog
number were ETR-3000A0BA1,
the device would have the
following:

9

ETR-4000
(A)–8 Digital Inputs,
9 Output Relays
(0)–5A/1A phase and ground
CTs, Power Supply Range:
19-300 Vdc, 40–250 Vac

(B)–Modbus-RTU (RS-485)

9

(A)–Without Conformal
Coating

9

(1)–Projection Panel Mount

9
9
9

ETR-4000 Eaton Transformer Protection Relay

9

ETR4000 A 0 B A 1

9
Hardware Option 1
A = 8 DI, 9 outputs, removable terminals,
2 zone interlocking, URTD interface, IRIG-B,
small display
B = 4 DI, 5 outputs, removable terminals,
IRIG-B, small display 1
C = 8 DI, 5 outputs, removable terminals,
1 zone interlocking, IRIG-B, small display 1

Hardware Option 2
0 = Phase current 5A/1A, ground
current 5A/1A, power supply
range: 19–300 Vdc,
40–250 Vac
1 = Phase current 5A/1A sensitive
ground current, 0.5A/0.1A,
power supply range:
19–300 Vdc, 40–250 Vac

Communication Options
B = Modbus-RTU (RS-485)
1 = Modbus-RTU (RS-485) +
Modbus-TCP (RJ-45)

Conformal Coating
Options
A = None
B = Conformal coated
circuit boards

Mounting Options
0 = Standard mount
1 = Projection panel mount

9
9
9
9
9
9

Technical Data and Specifications
Climatic Environmental
Conditions
●
Storage temperature:
–22°F to 158°F (–30°C
to +70°C)
●
Operating temperature:
–40°F to 140°F (–40°C 2
to +60°C)
●
Permissible humidity at
ann. average: <75% rel.
(on 56d up to 95% rel.)
●
Permissible installation
altitude:
●
6,561.67 ft (<2,000m)
above sea level
●
If 13,123.35 ft (4,000m)
altitude applies, a
changed classification
of the operating and test
voltages may be
necessary
Degree of Protection EN 60529
●
HMI front panel with
seal: IP54
●
Rear side terminals: IP30

Routine Test
Insulation test according to
IEC 60255-5: All tests to be
carried out against ground
and other input and output
circuits
●
Aux. voltage supply, digital
inputs: 2.5 kV (eff.)/50 Hz
●
Current measuring inputs,
signal relay outputs: 2.5 kV
(eff.)/50 Hz
●
Voltage measuring inputs:
3.0 kV (eff.)/50 Hz
●
All wire-bound
communication interfaces:
1.5 kV DC
●

Housing
●
Material, housing:
Aluminum extruded
section
●
Material, front panel:
Aluminum/foil front
●
Mounting position:
Horizontal (±45° around
the X-axis must be
permitted)

Plug-in Connector with
Integrated Short-Circuiter
(Conventional Current Inputs)
●
Nominal current: 1A and
5A
●
Continuous loading
capacity: 4 x In/
continuously
●
Overcurrent withstand:
●
30 x In/10s
●
100 x In/1s
●
250 x In/10 ms
(1 half-wave)
●
Screws: M4, captive type
acc. to VDEW
●
Connection cross sections:
●
2 x AWG 14 (1 x or 2 x
2.5 mm2) with wire
end ferrule
●
2 x AWG 12 (1 x or 2 x
4.0 mm2) with ring cable
sleeve or cable sleeve
●
2 x AWG 10 (1 x or 2 x
6 mm2) with ring cable
sleeve or cable sleeve

Control Power Supply
●
Aux. voltage: 24–270 Vdc/
48–230 Vac (–20/+10%)
●
Buffer time in case of
supply failure: >= 50 ms
at minimal aux. voltage
interrupted communication
is permitted
●
Maximum permissible
making current:
●
18A peak value for
<0.25 ms
●
12A peak value for
<1 ms
●
The voltage supply must
be protected by a fuse of:
●
2.5A time-lag miniature
fuse approx. 0.2 x 0.8 in.
(5 x 20 mm) according to
IEC 60127
●
3.5A time-lag miniature
fuse approx. 0.25 x
1.25 in. (6.3 x 32 mm)
according to UL 248-14
Notes
1 Consult factory for the availability of
4 Inputs/5 Outputs, 8 Inputs/5 Outputs
and sensitive ground.
2 Display will stop working at –20°C.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-241

9.4
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9
9

●

●

●

Real-Time Clock
●
Running reserve of
the real-time clock:
1 year minimum
Display
●
Display type: LCD with
LED background
illumination
●
Resolution graphics
display: 128 x 64 pixel
●
LED type: Two colored—
red/green
●
Number of LEDs, housing
B2: 15
Digital Inputs
●
Maximum input voltage:
300 Vdc/270 Vac
●
Input current: <4 mA
●
Reaction time: <20 ms
●
Fallback time: <30 ms
(Safe state of the
digital inputs)
●

●

9
9

Protective Relays

Power Consumption
●
Power supply range:
19–300 Vdc
●
Power consumption
in idle mode—7W
●
Maximum power
consumption—13W
●
Power supply range:
40–250 Vac (for
frequencies of 40–70 Hz)
●
Power consumption
in idle mode—7W
●
Maximum power
consumption—13W

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

4 switching thresholds:
Un = 24 Vdc, 48 Vdc,
60 Vdc, 110 Vac/Vdc,
230 Vac/Vdc
Un = 24 Vdc
●
Switching threshold
1 ON: Min. 19.2 Vdc
●
Switching threshold
1 OFF: Max. 9.6 Vdc
Un = 48–60 Vdc
●
Switching threshold
2 ON: Min. 42.6 Vdc
●
Switching threshold
2 OFF: Max. 21.3 Vdc

Un = 110/120 Vac/Vdc
●
Switching threshold
3 ON: Min. 88.0 Vdc/
88.0 Vac
●
Switching threshold
3 OFF: Max. 44.0 Vdc/
44.0 Vac
Un = 230/240 Vac/Vdc
●
Switching threshold
4 ON: Min. 184 Vdc/
184 Vac
●
Switching threshold
4 OFF: Max. 92 Vdc/
92 Vac
Terminals: Screw-type
terminal

Current and Ground
Current Measurement
●
Nominal currents: 1A/5A
●
Max. measuring range:
●
Up to 40 x In (phase
currents)
●
Up to 25 x In (ground
current standard)
●
Up to 2.5 x In (ground
current sensitive)
●
Continuous loading
capacity: 4 x In/
continuously
●
Overcurrent proof:
●
30 x In/10 s
●
100 x In/1 s
●
250 x In/10 ms
(1 half-wave)
●
Power consumption:
●
Phase current inputs
– At In = 1A
S = 0.15 MVA
– At In = 5A
S = 0.15 MVA
●
Ground current input
– At In = 1A
S = 0.35 MVA
– At In = 5A
S = 0.35 MVA
●
Frequency range: 50 Hz/
60 Hz ±10%
●
Terminals: Screw-type
terminals with integrated
short-circuiters (contacts)

Relay Outputs
Continuous current:
5A AC/DC
●
Maximum make current:
●
25A AC/25A DC up to
30V for 4s
●
30A/230 Vac according
to ANSI IEEE Std.
C37.90-2005
●
30A/250 Vdc according
to ANSI IEEE Std.
C37.90-2005
●
Maximum breaking
current:
●
5A AC up to 125 Vac
●
5A DC up to 30V
(resistive)
●
0.3A DC at 300V
●
Maximum switching
voltage: 250 Vac/250 Vdc
●
Switching capacity:
1250 VA
●
Contact type: changeover
contact or normally
open contact
●
Terminals: Screw-type
terminals
●

Supervision Contact (SC)
●
Continuous current: 5A at
120/240 Vac or 30 Vdc
●
Maximum switch-on
current: 15A at 120/240
Vac or 30 Vdc (max. 4s)
●
Maximum breaking
current:
●
5A at 120/240 Vac
or 30 Vdc
●
0.4A at 125 Vdc
●
Contact type:
1 changeover contact
●
Terminals: Screw-type
terminals
Time Synchronization IRIG
●
Nominal input voltage: 5V
●
Connection: Screw-type
terminals (twisted pair)

Front Interface RS-232
Baud rates: 115,200 baud
●
Handshake: RTS and CTS
●
Connection: 9-pole
D-Sub plug
●

RS-485
●
Master/slave: Slave
●
Connection: 6 screwclamping terminals RM 138
MIL (3.5 mm) (terminating
resistors internal)
Zone Interlocking
●
Nominal input level: 5V
●
Nominal output level: 5V
●
Connection: Screw-type
terminals (twisted pair)
Standards
High Voltage Tests (IEC 60255-6)
●
High frequency
interference test:
●
IEC 60255-22-1 Class 3
– Within one circuit—
1 kV/2s
– Circuit to ground—
2.5 kV/2s
– Circuit to circuit—
2.5 kV/2s
●
Insulation voltage test:
●
IEC 60255-5, EN 50178
– All circuits to other
circuits and exposed
conductive parts:
2.5 kV (eff.)/50 Hz,
1 min.
– Except interfaces:
1.5 kV DC, 1 min.
– Voltage measuring
input: 3 kV (eff.)/
50 Hz, 1 min.
●
Impulse voltage test:
●
IEC 60255-5: 5 kV/0.5J,
1.2/50 μs

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-242

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

EMC Immunity Tests
●
Fast transient disturbance
immunity test (burst):
●
IEC 60255-22-4: Power
supply, mains inputs—
±4 kV, 2.5 kHz
●
IEC 61000-4-4 Class 4:
Other in- and outputs—
±2 kV, 5 kHz (coupling
network)
●
ANSI C37.90.1: ± 4 kV,
2.5 kHz (coupling clamp)
●
Surge Immunity Test:
●
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 4
– Within one circuit—
2 kV
– Circuit to ground—
4 kV
●
Electrical discharge
immunity test:
●
IEC 60255-22-2: Air
discharge—8 kV
●
IEC 61000-4-2 Class 3:
Contact discharge—6 kV
●
Radiated radio frequency
electromagnetic field
immunity test
●
IEC 61000-4-3: 26 MHz –
80 MHz—10 V/m
●
Class X: 80 MHz–
1 GHz—35 V/m
●
ANSI C37.90.2: 1 GHz– 3
GHz—10 V/m
●
Immunity to conducted
disturbances induced by
radio frequency fields:
●
IEC 61000-4-6 Class 3:
10 V
●
Power frequency magnetic
field immunity test:
●
IEC 61000-4-8:
Continues—30 A/m
●
Class 4: 3 sec—300 A/m
EMC Emission Tests
●
Radio interference
suppression test:
●
IEC/CISPR11—
Limit value class B
●
Radio interference
radiation test:
●
IEC/CISPR11—
Limit value class B

Environmental Tests
Classification
●

●

●

●

IEC 60068-1: Climatic—
0/055/56
IEC 60721-3-1:
●
Classification of ambient
conditions (storage)—
1K5/1B1/1C1L/1S1/1M2
but min. –13°F (–25°C)
IEC 60721-3-2:
Classification of ambient
conditions (transportation)
—2K3/2B1/2C1/2S1/2M2
IEC 60721-3-3:
Classification of ambient
conditions (Stationary use
at weather protected
locations)—3K6/3B1/3C1/
3S1/3M2 but min. 32°F
(0°C) and 3K8H for 2h

Test ad: Cold
●

IEC 60068-2-1:
●
Temperature—
–4°F (–20°C)
●
Test duration—16h

Test Bd: Dry heat
●

IEC 60068-2-2:
●
Temperature—
131°F (55°C)
●
Relative humidity—
<50%
●
Test duration—72h

Test cab: Damp heat
(steady state)
●

IEC 60068-2-78:
●
Temperature—
104°F (40°C)
●
Relative humidity—93%
●
Test duration—56d

Test Db: Damp heat (cyclic)
●

IEC 60068-2-30:
●
Temperature—
131°F (55°C)
●
Relative humidity—95%
●
Cycles (12 + 12-hour)—2

9.4

Mechanical Tests

Tolerances

Test Fc: Vibration response test
●
IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60255-21-1, Class 1:
●
Displacement: (10 Hz–
59 Hz)—0.0014 in.
(0.035 mm)
●
Acceleration: (59 Hz–
150 Hz)—0.5 gn
●
Number of cycles in
each axis: 1

Tolerances of the Real Time Clock
●
Resolution: 1 ms
●
Tolerance:
●
<1 minute/month
(68°F [+20°C])
●
<±1 ms if synchronized
via IRIG-B

Test Fc: Vibration endurance test
●
IEC 60068-2-6,
IEC 60255-21-1, Class:
●
Acceleration: (10 Hz–
150 Hz)—1.0 gn
●
Number of cycles in
each axis: 20
Test Ea: Shock test
●
IEC 60068-2-27,
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1
●
Shock response test:
5 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses
in each direction
●
Shock resistance test:
15 gn, 11 ms, 3 impulses
in each direction
Test Eb: Shock endurance test
●
IEC 60068-2-29,
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1
●
Shock endurance test:
10 gn, 16 ms, 1000
impulses in each
direction
Test Fe: Earthquake test
●
IEC 60068-3-3, KTA 3503,
IEC 60255-21-3, Class 2
●
Single axis earthquake
vibration test:
– 3–7 Hz: Horizontal
0.394 in. (10 mm),
1 cycle each axis
– 7–35 Hz Horizontal:
2 gn, 1 cycle each axis

9
9
9
9
9

Tolerances of the Measured
Value Acquisition
Phase and ground current
measuring

9

Maximum measuring
range:
●
Up to 40 x In (phase
currents)
●
Up to 25 x In (ground
current standard)
●
Up to 2.5 x In (earth
current sensitive)

9

Note: The precision does not
depend on the nominal value but
is referenced to 100 mA (with In
=1 A) respectively.
500 mA (with In = 5 A)

9

●

●

●
●

●

●

●

●

●

Frequency range: 50 Hz /
60 Hz ± 10%
Accuracy: Class 0.5
Amplitude Error if I < 1 In:
±0.5% of the rated value
Amplitude Error if I > In:
±0.5% of the measured
value
Amplitude Error if I > 2 In:
±1.0% of the measured
value
Resolution: 0.01A
●
Harmonics: Up to 20%
3rd harmonic ±1%
●
Up to 20% 5th harmonic
±1%
Frequency influence:
< ±2% / Hz in the range of
±5 Hz of the parametrized
nominal frequency
Temperature influence:
< ±1% within the range
of +32°F to +140°F
(0°C to +60°C)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-243

9.4
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Protection Elements Tolerances
Notice: The tripping delay relates to the time between alarm
and trip. The tolerance of the operating time relates to the time
between when the measured value has exceeded the threshold
until the protection element is picked up.
Description

Tolerance

9

Differential Protection Stages: 87[x]

9

Operating time

Id > 0.1 Id[x]

Description

Tolerance

Ground Current Elements: 50G[x], 50N[x], 51G[x], 51N[x]
±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In

Pickup

±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In

Id > 0.3 x In

< 35 ms

Resetting ratio

97% or 0.5% x In

9

Id > 0.5 x In

< 25 ms

t

DEFT

Id > 1.5 x In

< 20 ms

9

Ground Differential Protection Stages: 87GD[x]

9

Operating time

Id > 0.1 Id[x]

±3% of the setting value resp. 1% In
Ide > 0.3 x In

< 35 ms

9

Ide > 0.5 x In

< 25 ms

9

Overcurrent Protection Elements: 50P[x], 51P[x]

9
9

Ide > 1.5 x In

< 20 ms

Pickup

±1.5% of the setting value resp. 1% In

Resetting ratio

97% or 0.5% x In

t

DEFT

±1% resp.
±10 ms
Operating time

Starting from IE
Higher than 1.1 x IE> <+35 ms

Disengaging time

<+45 ms

t-Multiplier

±5%
IEC NINV
IEC VINV
IEC EINV
IEC LINV
ANSI MINV

±1% resp. ±10 ms

9

Operating time

9

Disengaging time
t-Multiplier

9

ANSI VINV

Starting from I higher
than 1.1 x I>
<+35 ms

ANSI EINV

<+45 ms

Flat

±5%

It

IEC NINV

I2t

IEC VINV

I4t

9

IEC EINV

9

IEC LINV

IEC NINV

ANSI MINV

IEC VINV

9

ANSI VINV

IEC EINV

ANSI EINV

IEC LINV

9

Flat

5%

It

Reset curves if ANSI characteristics

I2t

ANSI MINV

I4t

ANSI VINV

±1% resp. ±10 ms

ANSI EINV

9

IEC NINV

Flat

IEC VINV

It

9

IEC EINV

I2t

IEC LINV

I4t

9

5%

Thermal Replica: ThR

9

ANSI MINV

Ib

9

ANSI EINV

K

Flat

Pickup ThR

9
9

Reset Mode

Reset mode

ANSI VINV

9

It

9

I4t

IEC characteristics

±2% of the setting value
Resp. 1% In
±1.5 % of the setting value

I2t

9
9
V3-T9-244

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Description

Tolerance

Unbalanced Load: 51Q[x]

Description

9

Tolerance

Breaker Failure Protection 50BF

I2>

±2% of the setting value resp.1% In

I-BF>

Resetting ratio

97% or 0.5% x In

Resetting ratio

t

DEFT
±1% resp.

Tripping delay time (DEFT)
Operating time

9.4

±1.5% of the setting value resp.1% In

9

±1% resp.
±10 ms

Operating time

±10 ms

Starting from I2
higher than 1.3 x I2>

t-BF

Starting from I Higher <+40 ms
than 1.3 x I-BF>

9

<+40 ms

9

Disengaging time
<+60 ms

Release time

<+40 ms

Trip Circuit Monitoring TCM

k

±5% INV

t-TCM

T-cool

±5% INV

Inrush Supervision IH2 1

9

9
±1% resp

9

±10 ms.
Current Transformer Supervision CTS

IH2/In

±1% In

Delta

±2% of the setting value resp. 1.5% In

Resetting ratio

1% x In or 5% x IH2

Resetting ratio

94%

t

±1% resp. ± 10 ms

9
9
9
9

Wiring Diagrams
Typical AC Connections Delta-Wye Transformer with Wye CTs and Neutral CT

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Note
1 Inrush supervision is possible, if the fundamental
Harmonic > 0.1xIn and 2nd Harmonic > 0.01xIn.

9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-245

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Typical One-Line Diagram

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-246

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Typical Control Diagram

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-247

9.4
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Drilling Plan

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Projection Mount Front and Side Views
7.07
(179.5)

9
9
9
9
9

5.56
(141.1)

9

9.72
(246.9)

9

4.80
(122.0)

8.16
(207.3)
1.08
(27.4)

6.00
(152.4)

9
9

6.14
(156.0)

8.70
(221.0)

9

7.12
(180.8)

3.56
(90.4)

9
9

2.50
(63.5)

9
9
9
V3-T9-248

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Standard Mount Front and Side Views

9

7.07
(179.5)

9
9
9
9

9.72
(246.9)

9

7.75
(197.0)

7.49
(190.3)
0.88
(22.3)

6.74
(171.2)

9

3.88
(98.6)

9
9

6.14
(156.0)

8.70
(221.0)

4.88
(124.0)

9

4.94
(125.5)

9
9
0.56
(14.2)

9
9

ETR-4000 Housing B2
Width

Height

Depth 1

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)

6.81 (173.0)

8.37 (212.7)

8.19 (208.0)

9.3 (4.2)

9
9
9

Note
1 Includes terminals.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-249

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

Ground Fault Relay

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Ground Fault Relay

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

A Type GFR ground fault
protection system, when
properly installed on a
grounded electrical system,
will sense phase-to-ground
fault currents. When the level
of fault current is in excess
of the pre-selected current
pickup and time delay
settings, the GFR relay will
initiate a trip action of a
disconnect device, which will
open the faulted circuit and
clear the fault.
The GFR devices are UL
Class 1 devices designed to
protect electrical equipment
against extensive damage
from arcing ground faults.

Standards and Certifications
A basic Type GFR ground
fault protection system
consists of a ground fault
relay, a ground fault current
sensor and a disconnect
device equipped with a shunt
trip device. This disconnect
device can be a molded case
circuit breaker, a power
circuit breaker, a bolted
pressure switch or other
fusible disconnect device,
suitable for application with
UL Class 1 Ground Fault
Sensing and Relaying
equipment.

Eaton’s GFR ground fault
relays, current sensors, test
panels and accessory devices
are UL listed by Underwriters
Laboratories in accordance
with their standard for
Ground Fault Sensing and
Relaying Equipment, UL 1053,
under File No. E48381.
Note: Relays are also listed with
CSA under File No. 43357.

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-250

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-252
V3-T9-253
V3-T9-254
V3-T9-258

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Product Selection

9

Each installation requires:
●

●

●

●

9

One relay unit (select trip
ampere as required)
One current sensor (select
configuration required)
One circuit breaker or
disconnect device with
shunt trip, or a shunt trip
attachment for mounting
in existing breaker
Test panel (optional)

GFR Relay

9
9
9
9
9

GFR Relay
Ground Fault Pickup Amperes
1–12

5–60

100–1200

Catalog
Number 1

Catalog
Number 1

Catalog
Number 1

Electrical reset with zone interlocking

GFR12EI

GFR60EI

GFR1200EI

Electrical reset without zone interlocking

GFR12E

GFR60E

GFR1200E

Mechanical reset with zone interlocking

GFR12MI

GFR60MI

GFR1200MI

Mechanical reset without zone interlocking

GFR12M

GFR60M

GFR1200M

—

—

GFR1200MD

GFR Relay
Types

9
9

For 120 Volt 50/60 Hz Control

9
9
9

For 120 Vdc Control
Mechanical reset without zone interlocking

9
9

Current Sensor
Description—Window Size in Inches (mm)

Catalog
Number

9

1283C45G01

9

Used with Relays Rated 1–12 Amperes
5.50 (139.7) inside diameter

9

Used with Relays Rated 5–60 Amperes
2.50 (63.5) inside diameter

179C768G01

5.50 (139.7) inside diameter

1256C13G01

7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) rectangular 1

1257C88G04

3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 760.5) rectangular 1

1257C92G03

9

2.50 (63.5) inside diameter

179C768G02

9

5.50 (139.7) inside diameter

1256C13G02

8.25 (209.6) inside diameter

179C767G02

9

Used with Relays Rated 100–1200 Amperes

7.81 x 11.00 (198.4 x 279.4) rectangular 1

1257C88G03

1

1257C90G02

9.94 x 23.94 (252.5 x 608.1) rectangular 1

1257C91G02

15.94 x 19.94 (404.9 x 506.4) rectangular 1

1257C89G02

3.31 x 24.94 (84.1 x 633.5) rectangular 1

1257C92G04

6.75 x 29.64 (171.5 x 752.9) rectangular 1

1255C39G03

9.94 x 16.94 (252.5 x 430.3) rectangular

9
9
9
9
9
9

Note
1 Suitable for either surface or semi-flush mounting.

9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-251

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Options and Accessories

9

Test Panel (120 Vac)
Used to test the ground fault
system, to give an indication
the relay has tripped the
breaker, and to reset the relay
after tripping. These functions
may be separately mounted
pilot devices.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Note: When a mechanically reset
relay is used with a test panel,
both the relay and test panel
must be reset following either a
simulated ground fault test or
actual ground fault. Not UL listed.

Ground Fault Warning Indicator
This is an accessory item for
use with GFR relays with
interlocking circuitry. At
approximately 30–50% of
the relay pickup setting, the
indicator switches separate
120 Vac control power to a

lamp or relay (not included) to
give an indication of a ground
fault. The indicator is rated
110/120 Vac 50/60 Hz for a
maximum indicator load of
0.5 amperes.
Indicating Ammeter
The optional indicating
ammeter connects to the
sensor terminals through
a momentary contact
pushbutton, and will indicate
(in amperes) any ground fault
current flowing through the
sensor. Kit includes the
ammeter and pushbutton.
Not UL listed.

Shunt Trip Attachments
Use 120 Vac shunt trips.

9

Optional Test Panel

9

Control

Test

Catalog
Number

120 volt 50/60 Hz

120 volt 50/60 Hz

GFRTP

Face Plate
Recommended when
these relays are semi-flush
mounted, to close the door
cutout opening.
Options
Additional optional equipment
can be added to the protection
system to meet the
requirements of the specifying
engineer, including:
●
●

●

Ground fault test panel
Ground fault warning
indicator relay
Ground fault indicating
ammeter

GFR relays are available with
zone selective interlocking
circuitry to interlock several
relays within the same system.

This allows the relay,
which detects a ground
fault, to instantly clear
the fault by tripping the
disconnect device. The relay
simultaneously sends a signal
to relay units “upstream” from
the fault to time delay or
to block their operation
completely. Current sensors
in various designs provide a
range of “window” sizes to
accommodate standard bus
and cable arrangements.
Shunt trip attachments may be
ordered for field mounting in
Eaton’s molded case circuit
breakers, or may be ordered
factory installed in the breaker.

9
9
9

Ground Fault Warning Indicator

9

Description

Catalog
Number

Manual reset

1234C67G01

9

Self-resetting

1234C67G02

9
9
9
9
9

Ammeter Kit
GFR System
Used with

Kit Catalog
Number

1–12 amperes

752B820G01

5–60 amperes

752B820G02

100–1200 amperes

752B820G03

9

Face Plate

9

Description

Catalog
Number

Face plate

752B410G01

9
9
9

Note
1 One end removable for installation.
Instruction Leaflet 15321 available as a PDF at www.eaton.com (Go to Advanced Search and enter 15321).

9
V3-T9-252

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Technical Data
and Specifications

9
9

GFR Relay
●
Ground fault detection
ranges:
●
1–12 amperes
●
5–60 amperes
●
100–1200 amperes
●
Output contacts:
●
240 Vac, 50/60 Hz:
3 amperes
●
120 Vac, 50/60 Hz:
6 amperes
●
28 Vdc: 3 amperes
●
125 Vdc: 0.5 amperes
●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Control power
requirements:
●
120V, 50/60 Hz:
0.125 amperes, or
125 Vdc (optional)

9
9

Current Sensor
●
600 volt, 50/60 Hz
maximum system voltage

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-253

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

Universal RTD Module

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options and Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-255
V3-T9-255
V3-T9-255
V3-T9-257
V3-T9-258

9
9

Universal RTD Module

9

Product Description
●

9
9
9

●

9
9

●

9
9
9
9

●

Electronic Resistance
Temperature Detector
(RTD) provides motor
temperature interface
for the MP-3000 Motor
Protection Relay
Monitors up to 11 RTDs
consisting of six motor
windings, two motor
bearings, two load
bearings and one auxiliary
Works with 10 ohm copper,
100 ohm platinum, 100 ohm
nickel and 120 ohm nickel
type RTDs
Include fiber optic and
electrical communication
interfaces to the MP-3000
Motor Protection Relay

Application Description
Eaton’s URTD Module is
most commonly used to
provide motor temperature
information to the MP-3000
Motor Protection Relay. The
MP-3000 Motor Protection
uses this information for
monitoring, tripping and
alarming. The MP-3000 IntelI-Trip overload algorithm will
adjust its trip characteristics
based on the actual motor
temperature reported by the
URTD Module. This improves
the protection by using an
actual temperature value
instead of the assumed
NEMA Standard Ambient
Temperature.
The URTD Module may be
mounted close to the motor
or at the protective relay.

9
9

Both electrical and fiber optic
interface ports are provided
to communicate temperature
information to the MP-3000
relay. The electrical interface
can transmit information
using a three-conductor
shielded cable with a
maximum cable distance of
500 feet (152m). The fiber
optic link has a maximum
distance of 400 feet (122m).
The URTD Module may be
used with the IQ-1000 and
IQ-1000 II motor relays. It
may also be applied as a
standalone temperature
monitoring device
communicating, for example,
transformer temperature
information back to a remote
computer or PLC. An optional
PONI (Product Operated
Network Interface) is required
for standalone applications.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

Universal design works
with any RTD type,
simplifying installation and
operation and reducing
inventory
Standalone design permits
mounting the module close
to the motor, reducing RTD
wiring costs
RTD diagnostics detects
faulty RTDs and wiring,
reducing unnecessary
tripping and alarming

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-254

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Product Selection
Universal RTD Module

Options and Accessories
Universal RTD Module
Description

Catalog
Number

Universal RTD Module

URTD

Additional Related Products
from Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer
Series
The URTD Module must be
operated with an MP-3000
Motor Protection Relay,
computer or programmable
controller. Please refer to the
MP-3000 Motor Protection,
PONI and PowerNet sections
for additional related product
information.

9.4

Technical Data
and Specifications
●

●
●
●

●

●

●

9

Input power requirements:
120 Vac (±15%)
Frequency: 50/60 Hz
Power consumption: 6 VA
Operating temperature:
32°–158°F (0°–70°C)
Storage temperature:
–4°–185°F(–20°–85°C)
Humidity: 0–95% R.H.
noncondensing
Enclosure: Type 1

Eaton provides fiber optic
cables for connecting to the
MP-3000 or IQ-1000 II Motor
Protection Relays.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-255

9.4

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9

Wiring Diagram

9

RTD Wiring (Three-Lead Type)

9

Connect cable’s shield
and drain wire here.

Universal
RTD Module

9

Auxiliary

34
33

9

32

9

31
30

9

Load
Bearings

9

29
28
27

9

26
25

9

34

9

Motor
Bearings

9

23
22
21

9

20
19

9

18
17

9

4.

9

16

9

14

15

9

13
12

9

Motor
Windings

11
10

9

9

9

8
7

9

6

9

5

9

3

4

9
9

Motor terminals

35

9

Do not connect cable’s shield and drain wire
at this end. Use tape to insulate.

Note: Wiring between motor RTDs
and RTD Module must be
three-wire shielded cable.
Unused channels should
be shorted.

2
1

9

1. Each shielded cable’s conductors must be connected on Universal RTD Module as shown.
2. Use of three-lead RTDs is recommended.
3. RTDs must not be grounded at the motor, and no common connections between RTDs should be made at the
Universal RTD Module or the motor.
Terminal 16 or 32 should be connected to a suitable earth ground.

9

Note
Showing a typical three-lead type RTD wiring connection.

9

V3-T9-256

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

9.4

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Universal URTD Module

9
®
®

9

UNIVERSAL RTD MODULE

STYLE NUMBER 2D78559

UNIVERSAL
RTD MODULE

9
9
J2

1A49102H19

120
Vac
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20

STROBE

MW1 3

Power Management Products
Customer Satisfaction

ACN

7.67
(194.8)

1-800-542-7883
1-800-809-2772
(+1)412-490-6800

AUX1

9

1
2

ac

J3

9

COM
DATA

www.cutlerhammer.eaton.com/pmpc/

MW2

GND
MW3

LB2

MW4

LB1

MW5

MB2

GND
MB1

MW6

3.60
(91.4)

9

5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19

9
9
9
9
9
9

2.00
(50.8)

9

4.32
(109.7)
Fiber
Optic
Link

9

SW1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
0N

9

INCOM Port

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

0N

9
9
9

Note
Showing the URTD Module dimensions and terminal designations.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-257

9.4
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Protective Relays

Contents

IQ DC Power Supply

Description

9

Page

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . .
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . .
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . .
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . .
Ground Fault Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-158
V3-T9-162
V3-T9-172
V3-T9-180
V3-T9-188
V3-T9-198
V3-T9-204
V3-T9-207
V3-T9-217
V3-T9-221
V3-T9-226
V3-T9-237
V3-T9-250
V3-T9-254

9
9
9
9

IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s IQ DC Power Supply
is a DC to AC inverter module
intended for use where DC
power is available, but some
AC is required. The unit will
operate Eaton’s MP-3000, or
other AC powered IQ devices
requiring no more than 75 VA
of power at any power factor.
The IQ DC power supply is
available in two styles, one to
be used with the MP-3000
and one for all other products.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

●

●

Single, two-wire input—
no need to set switches
or adjust jumpers
Four connections—two for
DC in, two for AC out
AC output is isolated from
the incoming power
Built-in protection features
protect against short
circuits while providing
ample power to start loads
Sinusoidal wave

9

Product Selection
IQ DC Power Supply

●

●

9

Description

Catalog
Number

IQ DC power supply module

IQDCPS

Technical Data and
Specifications

●

9

IQ DC Power Supply

Input voltage ranges from
105 Vdc to 140 Vdc
Rated power output—
75 VA at any power factor
Operating temperature—
–4ºF to 140ºF
(–20°C to 60°C)

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-258

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

Power Xpert Gateways

Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-260
V3-T9-266
V3-T9-267
V3-T9-267
V3-T9-268
V3-T9-271
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

The Gateway consists of an
embedded Web server that
allows the user to connect
to Eaton products such as
breakers, meters and relays
found in MCCs, LV and MV
Switchgear and switchboards
—to name a few—that
communicate via Eaton
protocols INCOM and
QCPort, in addition to
third-party products that
communicate via Modbus
RTU. The Gateway provides
the central connection point
for the power metering/
monitoring/protective
devices, allowing their
parameters to be
monitored via the Web.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Product Description

Power Xpert Gateways
provide a cost-effective
method to easily Web-enable
Eaton and third-party products.

9

9

Power Xpert Gateways
The Power Xpert Gateway
400/600 is typically installed
in an electrical assembly—
a motor control center, low/
medium voltage switchgear
or switchboard to consolidate
data available from
components such as trip units,
meters, motor controllers and
protective relays.

9

Power Xpert Gateways
provide data communications
to Eaton’s Power Xpert
Software to facilitate
centralizing and gathering data
for long-term data archival,
analysis and trending features.

●
●
●
●
●
●

The PXG is compatible with
and facilitates integration
with many third-party building
and factory automation
systems via Modbus TCP
and Web Services.

●
●

Voltage
Current
Power
Power factor
Energy
Power quality
Temperature
I/O states

9
9
9
9

Bus Page

9

Power Xpert Gateway
Screenshots

The PXG600 allows you
to enable pre-selected
parameters to be trended
for each supported device.
Selecting the trend symbol
will generate a real-time graph
for that parameter and can be
viewed for the past 24 hours,
seven days, 30 days or all
past history.

9
9
9

Device Page

9

Home Page

9

The PXG600 also offers direct
e-mail notifications to up to
10 users. Select from event
notifications, data logs, event
logs and heartbeat e-mails.
Information is presented in
organized, user-friendly Web
pages and includes, but is not
limited to, the following:
●
●

Device status
Comm status

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9
Trending Page (PXG600 Only)

9
9

Main Page

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-259

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9

Product Selection Guide

9

Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices
Supported Devices

9
9
PXG 400 and PXG 600

9
9

Device
Type

9

INCOM

HTTP
(Web
Browser)

Device Name

Web
Services
(Power Xpert
Software)

PXG 600 Only
Modbus
TCP
(BMS &
SCADA)

PassThrough
INCOM
(PowerNet)

PassThrough
QCPort
(CHStudio)

SNMP
(NMS)

SMTP
(E-mail
Client)

File Export
(Data File
Format)

File Export
(Waveform
File Export)

Drive

Accutrol 400

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Drive

AF97

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

I/O

Universal RTD

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

DIM

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

I/O

DIM KYZ

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ DP-4000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ Energy Sentinel

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ 220/IQ 320

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 230/IQ 330

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ Analyzer (6000/6200) 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Analyzer (6400/6600) 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ Data 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Data Plus 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

IQ Data Plus II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter

Power Manager

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ Power Sentinel

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Meter Point

IQ MES II

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 3000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

Digitrip 3200

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-5000

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-4000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

FP-6000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

MP-3000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

MP-4000 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 520MC

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

NRX520

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

IQ 500

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

MPCV Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

9

Protective

Digitrip 1150/DT1150V

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip 810

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

Digitrip 910

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip MV

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 1050

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 550

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

Digitrip OPTIM 750

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

Advantage 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9
9
9

Starter

Advantage ACM

2

Notes
1 Required IPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
2 Required a WPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.

V3-T9-260

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

■

■

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Data Acquisition and Integration Table for Supported Devices, continued

9

Supported Devices

9
9
PXG 400 and PXG 600

Device Type

Device Name

HTTP
(Web
Browser)

Web
Services
(Power Xpert
Software)

PXG 600 Only
Modbus
TCP
(BMS &
SCADA)

PassThrough
INCOM
(PowerNet)

PassThrough
QCPort
(CHStudio)

SNMP
(NMS)

SMTP
(E-mail
Client)

File Export
(Data File
Format)

File Export
(Waveform
File Export)

9
9
9

INCOM, continued
AEM II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Sub-network Master

BIM II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Sub-network Master

CMU 2

■

■

■

■

■

■

Sub-network Master

IQ CED II 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

Sub-network Master

IQ MES II

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transfer Switch

ATC-400 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transfer Switch

ATC-600 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transfer Switch

ATC-800 1

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Drive

MVX9000

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Drive

SVX9000

■

■

■

■

■

■

Insulation Monitor

InsulGard

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 130

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 140

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 150

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 230M/IQ 330M

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 250

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

IQ 260

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

Nexus 1262

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD CM3000 Series

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD CM4000 Series

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD PM710

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

SQD PM850

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7350

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7550

■

■

■

■

■

■

Meter

PML 7650

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

GE 369 Motor Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

GE 469 Motor Relay

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-4000/FP-5000

■

■

■

■

■

■

Protective

FP-6000

■

■

■

■

■

■

Overload Relay

C441

■

■

■

■

■

■

Temp Monitor

Qualitrol 118

■

■

■

■

■

■

Transformer Differential
Relay

ABB TPU 2000
■

■

■

■

■

■

Sub-network Master

9
9
9

Modbus

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

QCPort
I/O

D77A-AI16

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

D77A-AI8

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

D77A-DI16

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

I/O

D77A-DI8

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

IT. S811 (MV811)

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

IT. Starter 3

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Starter

IT. Starter QSNAP 3

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9
9
9
9

Notes
1 Required IPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
2 Required a WPONI for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.
3 Requires a QSNAP for connection to the Power Xpert Gateway.

9
9

Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-261

9.5
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

The table below represents many of the parameters displayed on the Web page for a given device, however it is not
exhaustive. For the complete list of parameters display, per device, refer to the Device Data Map file at HYPERLINK
http://www.eaton.com/powerxpert www.eaton.com/powerxpert.
Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway
IQ Meters

9
9

Units

IQ
Analyzer
6000/
IQ
IQ Data IQ Data IQ
MES II Plus II Plus
Data 6200

IQ
Analyzer IQ
DP6400/
4000
6600

IQ
220/
320

IQ
230/
330

IQ
230/
330M

IQ
130

IQ
140

IQ
150

IQ
250

IQ
260

IQ
Power
Sentinel

9

V

Voltage (Line-Line)

V

9

Voltage (Line-Neutral)

V

9

Average

A

Phase

A

9

Ground

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

A

■

■

Neutral

A

■

■

■

■

9

Peak

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Demand

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Power
Apparent

VA

9

Reactive

VAR

Real

W

9

Power Factor
Apparent

PF

9

Displacement

PF

9

Real

Wh

Forward

Wh

9

Reverse
Apparent

9

Reactive

■

■

■
■
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Energy
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Wh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Vah

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Leading

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Lagging

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

THD

%

Current THD

%

9

Voltage THD

%

Frequency

Hz

9

Waveform Capture

N/A

9

Ambient

9

■

Current

■

9

Power
Manager

Voltage
Average

9

IQ
Energy
Sentinel

■

■

■

■

Power Quality
■
■
■
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Temperature
C

Auxiliary

C

Load Bearing

C

Motor Bearing

C

Winding

C

Phase (L, C, R)

C

Terminal Block

C

9

Input Status

9

Status/cause of trip

9

Pole temperature

9

Fan status

Number of Inputs

Thermal memory

Winding temperature

Alarm/trip relay

9
V3-T9-262

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

■

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

The table below represents many of the parameters displayed on the Web page for a given device, however it is not
exhaustive. For the complete list of parameters display, per device, refer to the Device Data Map file at HYPERLINK
http://www.eaton.com/powerxpert www.eaton.com/powerxpert.

9

Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway, continued

9

Circuit Breaker
Trip Units

Units

9

Protective
Relays

Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip Digitrip
OPTIM OPTIM OPTIM Digitrip Digitrip IQ
RMS
RMS
Digitrip Digitrip
750
MV
3000
500
550
1050
810
1150
520MC NRX520 910

MPVCV FPRelay 4000

MP3000

MP4000

FP6000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

■

■

■

Voltage
Average

V

Voltage (Line-Line)

V

Voltage (Line-Neutral)

V

■

■
■

Current
Average

A

Phase

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Ground

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Neutral

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Peak

A

■

■

■

■

■

■

Demand

A

■

■

■

■

Apparent

VA

■

Reactive

VAR

■

Real

W

■

Apparent

PF

■

Displacement

PF

■

■
■

■

■

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

■

9

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Forward

Wh

■

Reverse

Wh

■

Apparent

Vah

■

■

■

■

Reactive

VARh

■

■

■

Leading

VARh

■

■

■

Lagging

VARh

■

■

■

9

■

Current THD

%

■

■

■

Voltage THD

%

■

■

■

Frequency

Hz

■

■

■

Waveform Capture

N/A

■

■

■

■

■

9
9
9
9

Temperature
Ambient

C

Auxiliary

C

■

■

Load Bearing

C

■

■

Motor Bearing

C

■

■

Winding

C

■

■

Phase (L, C, R)

C

Terminal Block

C

9
9
9
9

Input Status
Number of inputs
Status/cause of trip

9
9

■

%

9

9

Power Quality
THD

9

■

Energy
Wh

9

■

Power Factor

Real

9

■

Power

■

9

FP5000

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

2

2

2

■

■

■

■

■

■

Thermal memory

9
9

Pole temperature
Winding temperature

9

Fan status
■

Alarm/trip relay

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9
V3-T9-263

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway, continued
Insulation
Monitor

Motor Starters
& VFDs

Units

InsulGard

Accutrol
400

■

■

9
9

Average

V

Voltage (Line-Line)

V

9

Voltage (Line-Neutral)

V

9

Average

IT. S811

IT. Starters/ SVX & MVX
QSNAP
Drives
ATC-400

A

Phase

A

Ground

A

9

Neutral

A

Peak

A

9

Demand

A

ATC-800

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

■

■

■
■

■

■

■

■

Power

9

Apparent

VA

9

Reactive

VAR

Real

W

9

Power Factor
Apparent

PF

9

Displacement

PF

■

Energy

9

Real

Wh

9

Forward

Wh

Reverse

Wh

Apparent

Vah

Reactive

VARh

Leading

VARh

Lagging

VARh

9

Power Quality
THD

%

9

Current THD

%

Voltage THD

%

9

Frequency

Hz

Waveform Capture

N/A

9

Temperature
Ambient

C

9

Auxiliary

C

Load Bearing

C

9

Motor Bearing

C

Winding

C

9

Phase (L, C, R)

C

9

Terminal Block

C

Input Status

■

■

■

■

■

9

Number of inputs

■

■

■

Status/cause of trip

■

■

■

9

Thermal memory

■

■

■

Pole temperature

■

■

■

9

Winding temperature

9

Alarm/trip relay

9

ATC-600

Current

9

9

Advantage
Starters

Voltage

9

9

AF97

Transfer
Switches

Fan status

Note
Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.

V3-T9-264

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Web UI Device Parameters Displayed via Power Xpert Gateway, continued
I/O
DIM
Units KYZ

9

Third-Party Devices
SQD
SQD
SQD
C441
UniDigital
D77A- D77A- D77A- D77A- versal Overload CM 3000 CM 4000 PM
EDR- Input
Relay Series Series 710
RTD
DI16 DI8
3000 Module AI16 AI8

SQD
PM
850

GE 369 GE 469 ABB
PML PML PML Motor Motor TPU
7350 7550 7650 Relay Relay 2000

■

■

■

■

■
■

Qualitrol Nexus
118
1262/1272

Voltage
Average

V

■

■

■

Voltage (Line-Line)

V

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Voltage
(Line-Neutral)

V

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Current
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Average

A

Phase

A

Ground

A

Neutral

A

Peak

A

■

■

Demand

A

■

■

■
■

■

■
■

■

■
■

■

9
9
9
9
9

■

9

■

9

■
■

9
9

Power
Apparent

VA

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Reactive

VAR

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Real

W

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

9

Apparent

PF

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

PF

■

■

■

9

Displacement

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■
■

Power Factor

9

Energy
■

Real

Wh

Forward

Wh

■

■

Reverse

Wh

■

■

■

■

■

■

Apparent

Vah

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Reactive

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

Leading

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Lagging

VARh

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Power Quality
THD

%

Current THD

%

Voltage THD

%

Frequency

Hz

■
■
■
■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

■

Waveform Capture N/A

Temperature
C

Auxiliary

C

■

Load Bearing

C

■

■

■

Motor Bearing

C

■

■

■

Winding

C

■

■

■

Phase (L, C, R)

C

■

Terminal Block

C

■

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Input Status
4

8

16

8

16

8

8

Status/cause of
trip

■

Thermal memory

■

■

9

Winding
temperature

■

■

Fan status

■

■

■

■

■

9
9

Note
Information subject to change without notice. Visit www.eaton.com for latest up-to-date details on connectivity.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9

■

Pole temperature

Alarm/trip relay

9

9

Ambient

Number of inputs

9

9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-265

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9

Features

9

The Eaton Power Xpert Gateway
400/600 Includes:
●
The Power Xpert
Gateway Module
●
Mounting provisions
and required hardware
for panel and DIN rail
mounting
●
CD-ROM: contains the
User Manual, Modbus
Register Maps, USB Driver
and other associated files

9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Gateway 400 with DIN Rail
Mounting (Brackets Included)

9
9

Features of the Power Xpert Gateway 400 vs. 600
Features

PXG 400

9

Total number of supported devices

64

96

Maximum number of INCOM devices supported

64

64

Protocols supported on downstream devices: INCOM, QCPort and Modbus RTU

Yes

Yes

9

Number of downstream communication ports

2

3

Number of downstream protocols supported simultaneously

2

3

9

USB port for configuration

Yes

Yes

Modbus TCP/IP protocols supported

Yes

Yes

9

SNMP client access

Yes

Yes

9

INCOM slave action commands supported

Yes

Yes

INCOM date and time settings supported

Yes

Yes

9

Modbus writes supported

Yes

Yes

Device summary screen per communication port

Yes

Yes

9

Device waveform access and storage—COMTRADE file format

No

Yes

Set user-defined events

No

Yes

9

Trend graphs displayed

No

Yes

9

Data logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

Interval logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

9

Event notification via the Web interface

Yes

Yes

Event logs—csv file format, downloadable to Excel

No

Yes

9

E-mail notification on events and threshold alarms

No

Yes

Secure ethernet communications—SSL encryption

Yes

Yes

Secure communication ports via access control/trusted host list

Yes

Yes

Save and restore configuration file

Yes

Yes

9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-266

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

PXG 600

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Power Xpert Gateway 400/600

9
9
9
9
9
9

24 Vdc
Input Power

COM 1 Port:
RS-485 Connection for
up to Either (32) QCPort
or Modbus RTU Devices

INCOM Port:
RS-485 Connection
for up to 64 INCOM
Devices

RJ-45 Connection
to the LAN

USB Connection
for Local
Configuration
Capability

9

Power and Traffic
Indicator Lights

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

COM 2 Port: Either RS-485 or
RS-232 Connection for up to
Either (32) QCPort or Modbus
RTU Devices

9
9

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

UL 508, Standard
for Programmable
Controller Equipment
FCC, Class A, Part 15,
Subpart B, Sections
15.107b & 15.109b
EN55022: 1994 Class A,
Information Technology
Equipment

●

9

EN 61000-6-2:2001
Electromagnetic
Compatibility (EMC)
Party 6-2: Immunity for
Industrial Environments

9
9
9
9
9

Product Selection

9

PXG Part Numbers
Description

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

PXG400

Power Xpert Gateway 400

66D2145G01

PXG400

PXG600

Power Xpert Gateway 600

66D2146G01

PXG600

9
9
9
9
9

Power supply—24 Vdc

ELC-PS02

ELC-PS02

Low profile mounting bracket kit

66B2146G01

PXGACC01

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9
9
V3-T9-267

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Memory
●
Flash: 128 MB
●
RAM: 64 MB

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Serial Protocols Supported
INCOM
●
QCPort
●
Modbus RTU
●

Communication Ports
●
Network port: one
10/100Base-T
RJ-45 connector
●
Configuration port:
one USB port
●
Serial ports PXG 400
●
One dedicated RS-485
port for connection to
INCOM devices
●
One RS-485 port for
connection to either
QCPort or Modbus RTU
devices
●
Serial ports PXG 600
●
One dedicated RS-485
port for connection to
INCOM devices
●
One RS-485 port for
connection to either
QCPort or Modbus RTU
devices
●
One RS-485 or RS-232
(software selectable)
port for connection
to either QCPort or
Modbus RTU devices
Network Protocols Supported
●
Modbus TCP/IP: Supports
data access from Modbus
TCP clients
●
Web server: Supports
data access from Web
browsers (HTTP and
HTTPS)
●
DHCP: Supports automatic
IP address assignments,
if enabled
●
SNMP: Supports common
network management
tools
●
NTP: Supports time
synchronization via a
network time server for
PXG synchronization
●
SMTP: Supports mail
server for e-mail
notification

Supported Devices
Refer to www.eaton.com/
powerxpert for most current
list. Call for information on
additional devices.
Web Browsers Recommended
●
IE 6.0 or higher
●
Mozilla Firefox 2.0 or
higher
Number of Devices Supported
●
PXG 400
●
64 total with INCOM
port + COM 1 port not
to exceed 64. Port
limitations are as
follows:
– INCOM port: Up to 64
INCOM devices
– COM 1 port: Up to 32
QCPort or Modbus
RTU devices
●

PXG 600
●
96 total with INCOM
port + COM 1 port +
COM 2 port not to
exceed 96. Port
limitations are
as follows:
– INCOM port: Up to 64
INCOM devices
– COM 1 port: Up to 32
QCPort or Modbus
RTU devices
– COM 2 port: Up to 32
QCPort or Modbus
RTU devices

Power Input
●
Input voltage, nominal:
24 Vdc; 0.8 A
●
Input voltage range:
± 20% nominal
Power Consumption
●
8 watts maximum
Operating Temperature
●
32 to 140°F (0 to 60°C)
Ambient Storage Temperature
●
–40 to 185°F (–40 to 85°C)
Relative Humidity
●
5 to 95% noncondensing
at 50°C
Note: Features and specifications
listed in this document are
subject to change without notice
and represent the maximum
capabilities of the product with all
options installed. Although every
attempt has been made to ensure
the accuracy of information
contained within, Eaton makes no
representation about the
completeness, correctness or
accuracy and assumes no
responsibility for any errors or
omissions. Features and
functionality may vary depending
on selected options.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-268

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

General Wiring Guidelines—RS-485 Network
When communicating over
Rule 3: System Topology,
RS-485 networks to Eaton
Size and Capacity
products, the following
●
Strict daisy chain must be
General Wiring Guidelines
adhered to. A strict daisy
should be used.
chain configuration is one
where the transmission
Rule 1: Cable Selection—
line connects from one
Twisted Shielded Pair (TSP)
RS-485 receiver to the
Note: Cables specifically
next. The transmission line
designed for RS-485 applications
appears as one continuous
are highly recommended.
line to the RS-485 driver
●
Maximum 32 devices
The RS-485 bus is a length of
●
Twisted Shielded Pair (TSP)
Line termination:
that includes a third
Maximum cable lengths of
conductor (used for the
4000 feet (1219m); longer
common wire), a braided
bus lengths will slow the
shield accompanied by a drain
data rate
wire, and nominal impedance
Rule 4: Cable Splicing
of 120 ohms.
●

The prime goal is to create a
secure electrical connection
while minimizing exposure to
electrical transients. Ferrules
are used to dress cable ends.
Most devices have built-in
terminal blocks that can be
used for splicing. Additionally,
terminal blocks should be
utilized when splicing
elsewhere in the gear or
facility to ensure a secure
electrical connection.

Belden Wire and Cable
Company Part Number
3106A or equivalent

Rule 2: Cable Intermixing
Any cable in the Belden
3106A family can be
intermixed with each other
in the Modbus network.

Rule 5: Cable Shielding
The cable shielding and outer
jacket should not be stripped
back beyond 1-1/2 inches.
Three-pole terminal blocks
are used to ensure a
continuous metallic shield
ground path. To ensure a
secure electrical connection
when daisy chaining devices
that have built-in two-pole
terminal blocks, mechanically
crimp sleeves onto the two
shield path drain wires.
Rule 6: Cable Grounding
Ground the communication
network at only one point in
the network, preferably by
terminating the drain wire
to ground at the EOL node
(same location as the EOLR).
A solid earth ground is
accomplished by connecting
the shield ground path’s drain
wire to a #14 AWG or larger
multi-stranded wire that has
an impedance path of 1 ohm
or less to a known earth
ground.
Note: The building electrical
ground may not be effective since
it may travel through many
connections and considerable
distances before reaching earth
ground. In such cases, a new

ground path will be required since
the effectiveness of this shield
earth ground connection will
affect the integrity of data
transferred over the cable.

Rule 7: Cable Termination
End of Line Resistors (EOLR)
are necessary to maintain
signal strength and minimize
reflections. EOLR must
match the impedance of the
TSP. Two EOLR are needed
and should be located at both
ends of the RS-485 bus. If
there is only one device
connected to the Modbus
master, it is considered the
last device in the network and
should be terminated with a
120 ohm 1/4 watt terminating
resistor.
Rule 8: Device Addressing
●

●

Each device must have a
unique slave address
No two devices on the
same RS-485 network can
have the same slave
address

Ethernet Cable Specifications
For complete specifications,
refer to the IEEE 802.3
Ethernet specification.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

RS-485 Wiring Guide—Three Terminal Devices
Device Name

A
(– Wire)

B
(+ Wire)

Common
Wire

XCVR
Common 1

Data
Bias

9

IQ 230M

12 (MOD2)

11 (MOD1)

10 (INCOM 3)

I 26V

None

IQ 250

(–)
Older Models are Marked
B (–)

(+)
Older Models are Marked
A (–) or A(+)

SH

I

None

9

IQ 260

(–)
Older Models are Marked
B (–)

(+)
Older Models are Marked
A (–) or A (+)

SH

I

None

IQ 330M

12 (MOD2)

11 (MOD1)

10 (INCOM 3)

I 26V

None

NETLINK

1 (DATA–)

2 (DATA+)

5 (GND)

E

None

InsulGard 2

B

A

None

Floating

None

Bushing Gard 2
(InsulGard G3 2)

B

A

None

Floating

None

Power Xpert Meter
4000/6000/8000

Data A
750B-S

Data B
750B-S

Shield
(COM)

I 300V

750 Ohm
Switch Sel

Power Xpert Gateway
400//600

A(–)

B(+)

COM

I

—

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Notes
1 Transceiver (XCVR) Common Connected to:
I = Isolated
NI = Non Isolated
E = Earth Ground
2 Center terminal on InsulGard (marked with Ground symbol) is for shield splicing only and is electrically floating.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

9
9
9
CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-269

9.5
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

9

Connectivity Options

INCOM Network
INCOM was specifically
designed with the intention of
delivering a comprehensive
and powerful energy
management solution for
use in electrical distribution
environments while ensuring
affordability, flexibility,
simplicity and noise immunity.
An INCOM network installed
per the following rules will
allow the user to fully realize
all of the above advantages.
(Refer to Eaton document
TD17513 for specific system
layout recommendations
and details.)
Rule 1: Cable Selection—
Twisted Shielded Pair
Approved cable types:
●

●
●
●
●

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

Any of the cables in the
Belden 9463 family
Quabbin 6205
CommScope 9022
Manhattan Electric M4154
IMPCABLE—a 600V rated
cable custom designed for
INCOM—
Style # 2A95705G01

Rule 2: Cable Intermixing

9

Due to impedance
differences between
IMPCABLE and the Belden
9463 family, the main cable
run(s) should be entirely
for the 9463 family OR
IMPCABLE: do not alternate
between these types. The
cable used for taps can be
different from the main run.

9

Rule 3: System Topology,
Size and Capacity

9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Supports daisy chain, star
and multi-level network
segment topologies.
Note: Star Segment Topology is
not recommended for new
designs.

See Page V3-T9-271. Surge
protection is required for
FSK networks that leave a
building at the egress/ingress
of the building.
●

Supports distances up to
10,000 ft (3048m) per
segment when designed
within the specifications of
this guideline

V3-T9-270

●

●

●

●

Supports up to 1000
devices on a single
network segment
Supports sub-network
master devices and
associated sub-networks
Supports 1200 or
9600 baud rate
Attenuation:
●
Total system capacity:
25 dB
●
Attenuation per device:
0.01 dB
●
Attenuation for approved
wire types, see tables
below

Cable Attenuation
Cable
Type

Attenuation/
1000 Feet (305m)

IMPCABLE

1.6 dB

Belden 9463 family

2.0 dB

Attenuation at Star
Number of
Long Lines

Attenuation

3

3.5 dB

4

6 dB

5

8 dB

●

Definitions:
●
Daisy chain: point-topoint wiring between
devices or clusters of
devices
●
Star: single point with a
number of long lines
emanating from it
●
Long line: >200-foot
(61m) wire run
●
Simple tap: <200-foot
(61m) connection to
cluster of devices

Rule 4: Cable Splicing
The goal is to create a secure
electrical connection while
minimizing exposure to
electrical transients. Ferrules
are used to dress cable ends
in order to avoid problems
associated with frayed and
loose wires. Besides
facilitating cable installation,
subsequent data line
troubleshooting and
downtime are minimized.
Most INCOM devices have
built-in three-pole terminal
blocks for data lines and
shield. For older INCOM
devices that have only two
terminals, shield continuity

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

must be ensured by other
means. Additional terminal
strips should be utilized when
splicing elsewhere in the
electrical enclosure or facility
to ensure secure electrical
connections. All devices, End
of Line Termination Resistors
and Taps should be wired in
parallel across the cable.
Rule 5: Cable Shielding
The cable shielding and outer
jacket should not be stripped
back beyond 1.5 inches (38
mm). Terminal blocks are
used at tap points to ensure a
continuous metallic shield
ground path. To ensure a
secure electrical connection
when daisy-chaining INCOM
devices that have built-in
two-pole terminal blocks, use
crimp sleeves to join the two
shield drain wires. The cable
shield ground path for a main
network and sub-network
must not be joined. Each
should have a separate
connection to earth ground
reference.
Rule 6: Cable Grounding
The shield should be
continuous across a network
segment and connected to
the building’s electrical
system grounding electrode
conductor. The 2005 NEC
provides the following
guidance on grounding
communication cables:
1. When a communication
cable enters a building, a
primary protector is required
and must be grounded as
described in Section 800 IV.
Specifically, Paragraphs
800.93 and 800.100 define
grounding requirements for
the primary protector.
2. Grounding systems are
generally covered by Section
250 III. The grounding
electrode conductor is
specifically covered by
Paragraphs 250.62, 250.64,
250.66, 250.68 and 250.70.

A solid earth ground is
accomplished by connecting
the shield ground path’s drain
wire to a #14 AWG or larger
multi-stranded wire that has
an impedance path of 1 ohm
or less to the building’s
grounding electrode
conductor.
Rule 7: Cable Termination
Each network segment
requires a minimum of two
End of Line Termination
Resistors (EOLTRs). The
EOLTRs maintain signal
strength and minimize
reflections. The EOLTRs
should be 1/2 watt 100 ohm
non-inductive resistors, such
as carbon composition or
metal film. Wire-wound
resistors are not acceptable.
Taps on network segments
should not be terminated.
Some INCOM devices have
the EOLTR permanently
installed and must be located
at the end of a main run.
Other INCOM devices have
an EOLTR that can be
switched to optionally
terminate the network
segment at the device. Care
must be exercised when
installing devices containing
termination resistors
that the switches are set
appropriately. A minimum of
two, up to a maximum of five
EOLTRs must be installed on
each network segment as
dictated by network topology.
Rule 8: Device Address
In order to avoid the
possibility of devices in a
Main Network having the
same addresses as those
in Subnetworks, set Main
Network device addresses
at 100 or higher excluding
addresses 901 to 908.

3. Bonding requirements
between communication
systems and the power
distribution system is
specified by Paragraph
250.94.

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Daisy Chain Segment Topology

9

INCOM
Master

Main Run

Device 1

9

Device 10

Device 5

Device 2

9
EOLTR

9

EOLTR

Device 3

Note: Device 1 may be a PC with
internal CONI Card, a SubNetwork Master
(BIM, LDISP), an INCOM MINT (RS-232
MINTII, Ethernet MINT, Modbus RS-485
MINT), an INCOM Gateway (NetLink,
Power Xpert Gateway).

9

Tap

Tap

9

Device 6

Device 8

9

Device 9

9

Device 4

9

Device 7

9

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Power Xpert Gateway 400/600 with Standard Panel Mounting (Brackets Included)

9

10.25
(260.4)

IN

C
O

D
C

M

V

M

1

O
C

M

PXG 400

C
O

re
s

1

1.12
(28.4)

24

1.99
(50.5)

9

10.75
(273.1)

0.18
(6)
(4.6)

et

0.24
(6.1)

9
1.60
(40.6)

9
9

IN
M

O
C

D2

SHLD

A (-)

D1

B (+)

CMN

GND

+V

0.56
(14.2)

0.56
(14.2)

9

0.25
(6.4)

8.75
(222.3)

9

Power Xpert Gateway 400/600 with Low Profile Mounting (Optional Bracket Kit Available)

9

11.30
(287.0)

0.25
(6.35)

10.80
(274.3)

ø0.19
(6)
(4.83)

9

0.56
(14.2)

8.75
(222.3)

9
9

0.80
(20.3)

2.75
(69.9)

9

3.23
(82.0)

Top

9

4.30
(109.2)

1.38
(35.1)

9
9

0.75
(19.1)
0.60
(15.2)

1.03
(26.2)

9

0.51
(12.9)

9

Power Xpert Gateway 400/600
Width

Height

Depth

Shipping Weight Lbs (kg)

8.90 (226.1)

2.10 (53.3)

4.50 (114.3)

1.50 (0.6)

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

9
9
www.eaton.com

V3-T9-271

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

Power Xpert Ethernet Switches

Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Convenient Network Expansion

9
9
9
9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-273
V3-T9-273
V3-T9-273
V3-T9-275
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9

Power Xpert Ethernet Switches

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s Power Xpert
Ethernet Switches are ideal
for extending Ethernet
networks via CAT5 wiring
or fiber in harsh, industrial
environments. Built with
high-grade components and
constructed using special
thermal techniques, PXE
Switches can withstand the
unpredictable conditions of
such environments.

9

Features
●

●

●

●

9
9

●

9
9

Simultaneous, full-duplex,
high-speed communication
on all ports—no network
performance bottlenecks
Hardened for factory
floor—ideal for both
industrial or data center
applications
Unmanaged, plug-and-play
implementation—no
software or additional
hardware required for
configuration
Seamlessly integrates into
Eaton’s Power Xpert
Architecture—quality
and reliability of Eaton
guaranteed
Mounting options include
standalone panelmounting, DIN rail
mounting, or 19-inch
standard rack mounting

Standards and Certifications
PXES 6-Port Switch—10/100 Mb
with Optional 100 Mb Fiber
This compact switch provides
six Ethernet ports, with
flexible configurations. The
base models have one of
three options:
●

●

●

●
●
●
●

UL Listed (UL 60950)
cUL
CE
Emissions meet FCC Part
15, Class A

Two 100 Mb fiber and
four 10/100 copper ports
One fiber and five
copper ports
Six copper ports

PXES 4-Port Switch—10/100 Mb
For smaller applications
requiring fewer connection
points and no fiber, the 4-port
Power Xpert Ethernet Switch
is a versatile option. It
provides edge access
Ethernet ports in a convenient
and compact package.

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-272

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Product Selection

Ethernet Switch

9
9

Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Description

Catalog
Number

9

4-port Ethernet switch—copper only

PXES4P24V

6-port Ethernet switch—copper only

PXES6P24V

9

6-port Ethernet switch—5 copper/1 fiber (ST connector)

PXES6P24V1ST

6-port Ethernet switch—4 copper/2 fiber (ST connector)

PXES6P24V2ST

9
9

Accessories

9
Ethernet Switch

9

Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Catalog
Number

Power supply (preferred)—100–240 Vac input
DIN rail mount with screw—24 Vdc output terminals

ELC-PS02

9

Power supply (alternate)—120 Vac input
Wall plug-in type with 6 ft cord—12 Vdc output

PXESPS12V

9

DIN rail mounting bracket

PXESDINRL

9

19-inch rack mount tray

PXESTRAY

Description

9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Operating Environment

9
9

Description

Specifications

Ambient temperature ratings

–25°C to 60°C long-term per independent agency tests (UL), or –40°C to 85°C short-term per IEC type tests

Storage temperature

–40° to 185°F (–40°C to 85°C)

Cold start

to –20°C

Ambient relative humidity

5%–95% (noncondensing)

Altitude

–200 to 50,000 ft (–60 to 15,000m)

MTBF

> 15 years

9
9
9
9

Network Standards

9

Description
Ethernet IEEE 802.3, IEEE 802.3u; IEEE 802.1p, 100Base-TX, 10Base-T, 100Base-FX

9

Power Consumption

9

Description

9

7.0 watts typical—9 watts maximum

9

Packaging
Description

Specifications

Enclosure

Robust sheet metal (steel)

Cooling method

Case used as a heat sink

9
9
9

Mounting
Description

Specifications

Metal panel mounting clips

Included

DIN rail mounting

Optional

19-inch rack mount

Optional

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-273

9.5
9
9
9
9

●

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Connectivity Options

Copper Ethernet Cable
Wiring Guidelines
The following information can
be used as a guide when
designing an Ethernet system
using Copper Ethernet Cable.

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

●

Cables should not be
routed near equipment that
generates strong electric
or magnetic fields such as
motors, drive controllers,
arc welders and conduit
Ethernet cable insulation
has a voltage rating of
300 Vac. Use of barriers,
cable trays or high voltage
sheathing with STP
Ethernet cable may be
required in installations
with cables carrying
voltages greater than
300 Vac. This may
also be necessary in
order to comply with
UL requirements. In
installations where the
cable cannot be physically
separated from the power
cables (where a physical
barrier is not practical) fiber
optic cable should be used
When crossing power
conductors with Ethernet
cable, cross at right angles
Shielded Twisted Pair (STP)
Ethernet cable should be
specified for use in high
noise environments.
Shielded shrouded
connectors must be used
and the shield must be
connected at both ends of
the wire. The mating plug
must have a shielded
shroud that is terminated
to ground at both ends.
Where there is a possibility
of a difference in ground
potential (common mode)
voltages between the
two terminated ends,
fiber optic cable is
recommended

●

●

●

●

When using conduit or a
metal cable tray, each
section of the conduit or
tray must be bonded to
each adjacent section and
the conduit or tray needs
to be bonded to earth
ground. Do not allow the
shields to touch the
conduit or metal tray at
any point
Only shielded (STP)
Ethernet cables should be
placed into metal conduit.
Some UTP cables may not
function properly when
installed in conduit, as the
metal conduit can affect the
electrical properties of an
unshielded cable. Consult
the cable manufacturer
when installing UTP cables
in conduit
As a general rule for noise
protection, Ethernet Cable
should maintain a minimum
distance of 3 inches (8 cm)
from electric power
conductors for up to
100 volts and 1 inch (3 cm)
for each additional 100 volts
up to 400 volts. STP cable is
recommended
For Ethernet cable run
within conduit, but near
conductors with potentially
noisy power conductors
carrying currents of greater
than 20A or voltages
greater than 400V, maintain
the following distances.
STP cable is required.
●
Conductors of less than
20A = 3 inches
●
Conductors of 20A or
more and up to 100 kVA
= 6 inches
●
Conductors greater than
100 kVA = 12 inches

9
9
9
9

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

For Ethernet cable run near
conductors with potentially
noisy power conductors
carrying currents of greater
than 20A or voltages
greater than 400V, maintain
the following distances.
STP cable is recommended
●
Conductors of less than
20A = 6 inches
●
Conductors of 20A
or more and up to
100 kVA = 12 inches
●
Conductors greater than
100 kVA = 24 inches
Route Ethernet cable at
least 5 feet (1.5m) from
sources of rf/microwave
radiation. STP cable is
required
Do not cascade more than
four Ethernet repeaters
(router, switch or hub)
within a network segment
Environmentally sealed
connectors should be
specified for cables used
in outdoor installations
Avoid pinching the cable
when using cable ties
Total distance between an
Ethernet Transmitter and
Receiver at the end points
of the network should not
exceed 328 feet (100m)
Total distance from a patch
panel to a wall jack (using
solid cable) shall not
exceed 295 feet (90m).
Splices are not permitted
Patch cords used as crossconnect jumpers in a patch
panel should not exceed
20 feet (6m)
Patch cords from a wall
jack to the work area PC
(or device) shall not exceed
16 feet (5m)
Ethernet cable used in
harsh environments
must be selected to
withstand the following
conditions: vibration,
air born contaminants,
chemicals, temperature,
electromagnetic
interference, combustible
atmospheres and local
regulatory standards such
as UL and NEMA

●

●

●

●

Ethernet connectors used
in harsh environments
must be robust enough
to withstand vibration,
multiple connection cycles,
temperature changes,
and provide a proper
seal to protect against
moisture, dust/dirt and
chemical attack
Different cable media
support different
bandwidth capabilities.
When installing cable in a
network, care should be
taken to install the cable
that will fill current network
loading requirements and
future expansion needs. In
general, fiber optic cable
can support the greatest
bandwidth (upward of
25,000 gigabits) and UTP
has the lowest. CAT5e
cabling is designed to
operate a bit rates up to
1000 Mb and CAT6 cable
up to 2000 Mb
Operating your cable at
maximum speed reduces
the distance between
network segments. Check
with your cable supplier for
specifications regarding
segment distance vs.
speed
Cable with 5% impedance
mismatch or return
loss of 27 to 32 dB is
recommended. Ethernet
cable impedance can vary
by as much as 15%
(85 to 115 ohms). Average
Ethernet cable with 15%
impedance variation
can have up to 10 dB
additional return loss.
This discontinuity is
referred to as return loss,
since it causes some of the
signal to be reflected back
down the cable instead of
propagating forward. It
is measured in decibels or
ratio of transmitted versus
reflected signal

9
9
V3-T9-274

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Fiber Optic Technology
The use of fiber optics in
telecommunications and wide
area networking has been
common for many years, but
more recently fiber optics
have become increasingly
prevalent in industrial data
communications systems
as well. High data rate
capabilities, noise rejection
and electrical isolation are
just a few of the important
characteristics that make
fiber optic technology ideal
for use in industrial and
commercial systems.

up of three parts. The center
core is composed of very
pure glass. Core dimensions
are usually in the range
of 50 to 125 um for multimode cables and 8-9 um for
single-mode cables. The
surrounding glass, called
cladding, is a slightly less
pure glass. The diameter of
the core and cladding
together is in the range of
125 to 440 um.

Although often used for pointto-point connections, fiber
optic links are being used to
extend the distance
limitations of RS-232, RS-422/
485 and Ethernet systems
while ensuring high data rates
and minimizing electrical
interference.

Fiber Optic Cable
Wiring Guidelines
The following information
can be used as a guide
when designing an Ethernet
system using Fiber Optic
Ethernet Cable:

Conventional electrical data
signals are converted into
a modulated light beam,
introduced into the fiber and
transported via a very small
diameter glass or plastic
fiber to a receiver that
converts the light back into
electrical signals.
Optical fibers allow data
signals to propagate through
them by ensuring that the
light signal enters the fiber
at an angle greater than the
critical angle of the interface
between two types of glass.
Optical fiber is actually made

Surrounding the cladding is a
protective layer of flexible
silicone called the sheath.

●

●

Select a fiber cable that is
suited for the application,
e.g., outdoor, aerial, duct,
intra-building, risers,
general building and
plenum applications
Fiber optic cable is useful in
applications where the
environment is combustible,
electrically noisy, the cable
must be bundles with high
voltage wires or where
common mode voltages
may exist between the
earth ground points of the
terminating connectors

●

●

●

●

●

Fiber optic cable is
available in various
operating temperature
ranges. Care should be
taken to match the
temperature rating of the
fiber to the environment it
will be exposed to. The
temperature specification
for fiber may be narrower
than copper cable. Consult
the cable manufacturer for
temperature specifications
of your cable type
Sealed fiber connectors are
available for use in harsh
environments to prevent
contamination from
entering the connector and
fiber. The type of seal
required will be application
dependant and can vary
from dust- and moistureproof to water-tight
Mixing fiber cable types is
not permitted. The same
core dimensions and mode
must be used within
cable segments
Care should be taken when
purchasing connectors to
include strain relief, which
reduces mechanical strain
(vibration) within the cable,
as well as the connector.
Strain relief also provides
support to the cable
to ensure proper bend
radius at the connector
Single-Mode Fiber is
used for long distance
transmission of up to
120 km. Distance may vary
depending on speed and
type of converter used

●

●

●

9.5

Multi-Mode Graded-Index
Fiber Cable is used for
communication over
shorter distances of up
to 2 km
Fiber cable is composed of
glass and is not well suited
for applications requiring
tight bend radiuses. Cable
radius dimensions vary per
manufacturer. If the
manufacturer does not
provide a bend radius, a
typical rule of thumb is a
radius not less than 15x the
cable diameter
Fiber cable to connector
terminations can be
performed in the field
using special equipment.
This method is not
recommended
●
Tier One testing is
recommended when
diagnosing system
irregularities and should
be performed in all new
installations
●
Tier Two testing is
recommended to certify
that a system complies
with standards set forth
by the owner/installer

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Dimensions

9

Packaging
Description

Specifications

Dimensions of PXES4P series
Weight of PXES4P series

3.5 in H x 3.0 in W x 1.0 in D (8.9 cm x 7.6 cm x 2.5 cm)
8.6 oz. (243g)

Dimensions of PXES6P series
Weight of PXES6P series

3.6 in H x 3.0 in W x 1.7 in D (9.2 cm x 7.6 cm x 4.3 cm)
13 oz. (370g)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-275

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
Product Description
The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card (PXGX
1000) provides Web-enabled,
real-time monitoring of
Powerware Power
Distribution Units (PDUs),
Rack Power Modules (RPM)
and Powerware Remote
Power Panels (RPPs) through
standard on-board Web
pages, Power Xpert Software
or third-party software.

An integral part of the Power
Xpert Architecture, which
provides end-to-end
PowerChain solutions, the
PXGX 1000 provides a central
point to connect distribution
products to an Ethernet
network.
Information is presented
in organized, user-friendly
Web pages and include
the following:

9

●

9

●

●

●

9

●
●

9

●
●

9

PDU system identification
Graphic panel layouts
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Energy
Power
THD (current and voltage)

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-276

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272

V3-T9-277
V3-T9-278
V3-T9-278
V3-T9-278
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Features
●

●

●

●

●

●

●

●

9.5

Standards and Certifications

Web-enabled monitoring of
power quality data down to
the branch circuit level—
Data can be viewed
from any location with a
Web browser
Configure and edit the
EMS remotely via the
Web interface—supports
remote configuration,
including naming, alarm
and warning set points and
percentages
Data, interval and event
logging with time stamp—
accurate logging for power
quality analysis
Modbus TCP/IP and SNMP
Support—open
communication protocol
facilitates integration with
standard building
management systems and
network management
systems
Customized e-mail
messaging for events
notification, including data
and event logs and periodic
“heartbeat” e-mails—
direct alarm and event
notification to the
appropriate person(s)
in the organization
Easy integration into
existing Ethernet
infrastructure—minimize
installation cost
Securely access and view
information—password
authentication is required
at two levels. The card also
supports secure Webbased communication
via SSL
Generate Modbus Register
Maps on the fly—all of the
data specific to the system
is immediately available
and can be generated with
one click of the mouse

●

●

Save and Restore
settings—configuring a
large PDU with EMS can
take time. Once the effort
is complete, the
configuration can be saved
for later use. It also allows
the user to duplicate panel
identical configurations in
minimal time
Supports the
Environmental Monitoring
Probe—temperature,
humidity and contact
status can be viewed
though the Web page

●
●
●
●

9

FCC Part 15, Class A
CISPR 22, Class A
ROHS Compliant
Telecom conducted via
EU Standard
●
EN 55022:1988+A1:
2000+A2:2003, Class A/
EN55022:1988+A1:200
0+A2:2003

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

PDU or RPP System Summary Page

9
9
9
9
9

PDU or RPP Panel Page

9
9
9
9
9

RPM Panel Page

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-277

9.5
9
9

Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card for use with Eaton
PDUs, RPPs, RPMs, PDRs and EMS-UGK

9

The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card Kit Includes
●
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card
●
Ethernet cable
●
Local configuration cable
●
Quick start guide

9
9

Catalog
Number

103005741-5591

PXGX1000

Communication
Protocols Supported
●

●

Devices Supported
●

●

●

Powerware Power
Distribution Units with
X-Slot® compatibility
Powerware Remote Power
Panels with X-Slot
compatibility
Powerware Rack Power
Modules with X-Slot
compatibility

●

●

●

●

●

●

Communication Ports

9
9

Style
Number

Technical Data and Specifications

9
9

Ordering Information
Description

9
9

Connectivity Options

Product Selection

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

Ethernet ports: Two
independent RJ-45 ports:
supports 10/100Base-T
for redundant network
configurations
Serial ports: One RJ-45
console part: supports
local configuration and
optional connection to an
Environmental Monitoring
Probe (EMP)

Web server: supports
data access from Web
browsers (HTTP and
HTTPS)
Modbus TCP/IP: supports
data access from Modbus
TCP clients
SNMP: supports common
network management
tools
SMTP: supports e-mail
notification
NTP: supports time
synchronization via an
NTP server for card and
PDU synchronization
DHCP: supports automatic
IP address assignments,
if enabled

Mounting Configuration

Supported MIBs
●
●
●

●
●
●

●

Eaton PDU MIB
Eaton EMP MIB
Eaton alarms and traps
MIB
RFC 4133 Entity MIB
RFC 4268 Entity State MIB
RFC 4268 Entity State MIB
Part II
RFC 1213 MIB II

Web Browsers Supported
●
●

IE
Mozilla Firefox

●

●
●

X-Slot form factor fits
directly into PDU/RPP/
RPM chassis

Power Supply
●

●

Nominal input voltage:
12 Vdc, unregulated
(provided by PDU/RPP)
Input voltage range:
8–25 Vdc, unregulated

Power Consumption
2.0 watts

Environmental
Specifications
●

●

Ambient operating: 0 to
+40°C (32 to 104°F)
Relative humidity: 10 to
80%, noncondensing
Altitude: 10,000 ft
Enclosure rating: indoor
use only

Note: Features and specifications
listed in this document are
subject to change without notice
and represent the maximum
capabilities of the software and
products with all options
installed. This is not a complete
feature list. Features and
functionality may vary depending
on selected options.

9
9
9

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Physical Characteristics

9

Height

Width

Depth

Weight
Lbs (kg)

1.50 (39.0)

4.70 (120.0)

4.50 (114.0)

0.44 (0.2)

9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-278

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Contents

Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card

Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276

V3-T9-280
V3-T9-280
V3-T9-281
V3-T9-281
V3-T9-281
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies

9

Product Description
The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card (PXGX
2000) provides Web-enabled,
real-time monitoring of
Powerware Uninterruptible
Power Supplies (UPS)
through standard on-board
Web pages, Power Xpert
Software or third-party
software.
An integral part of the Power
Xpert Architecture, which
provides end-to-end
PowerChain solutions, the
PXGX 2000 provides a central
point to connect distribution
products to an Ethernet
network.

9

Information is presented
in organized, user-friendly
Web pages and include
the following:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

9
9

UPS system identification
Voltage
Current
Frequency
Energy
Output Power
Power—full load %
Battery information
●
History and
maintenance
●
Run time remaining
●
Voltage
●
% battery left

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-279

9.5
9

●

9
9

●

●

9
9
9
9

●

9
9
9
9
9

●

9
9

●

9
9
9

●

9
9
9
9
9

Connectivity Options

Features

9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Standards and Certifications

Web-enabled monitoring of
power quality data—data
can be viewed from any
location with a Web
browser
Data, event and system
logging with time stamp—
accurate logging for power
quality analysis
Modbus TCP/IP and SNMP
Support—open
communication protocol
facilitates integration
with standard building
management systems and
network management
systems
Intelligent e-mail
communications—two
options for alarm and
event e-mail notification,
individual e-mails for each
alarm or event, or
collective notification,
providing the same
information with a
drastically reduced number
of e-mails
Easy integration into
existing Ethernet
infrastructure—minimize
installation cost
Securely access and view
information—password
authentication is required
at two levels. The card also
supports secure Webbased communication
via SSL
Generate Modbus Register
Maps on the fly—all of the
data specific to the UPS is
immediately available and
can be generated with one
click of the mouse
Save and Restore
settings—once the
configuration effort is
complete, it can be saved
for later use

●

●

Supports the
Environmental Monitoring
Probe—temperature,
humidity and contact
status can be viewed
through the Web page
Two independent,
redundant Ethernet
ports—designed to
support high reliability
systems

●
●
●
●

FCC Part 15, Class A
CISPR 22, Class A
ROHS Compliant
Telecom conducted via
EU Standard
●
EN 55022:1988+A1:
2000+A2:2003, Class A/
EN55022:1988+A1:200
0+A2:2003

UPS Summary Page

Alarm Summary Page

NetWatch Support Page

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-280

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Product Selection
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card

9
Ordering Information
Description
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card for use with
Powerware UPSs

Style
Number

Catalog
Number

103005868-5591

PXGX 2000

9
9
9
9

Technical Data and Specifications
The Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card Kit Includes
●
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card
●
Ethernet cable
●
Local configuration cable
●
Quick start guide

Communication
Protocols Supported
●

●

Devices Supported
●

Powerware uninterruptible
power supplies with X-Slot
compatibility; these include
the Powerware 5115 RM,
5125, 9125, 9140, 9155,
9315, 9355, 9330, 9390,
9395, BladeUPST

●

●

●

Communication Ports
●

●

Ethernet ports: two
independent RJ-45 ports:
supports 10/100Base-T for
redundant network
configurations
Serial ports: one RJ-45
console port supports
local configuration and
optional connection to an
Environmental Monitoring
Probe (EMP)

●

Web server: supports
data access from Web
browsers (HTTP and
HTTPS)
Modbus TCP/IP: supports
data access from Modbus
TCP clients
SNMP: supports common
network management
tools
SMTP: supports e-mail
notification
NTP: supports time
synchronization via an
NTP server for card and
UPS synchronization
DHCP: supports automatic
IP address assignments,
if enabled

Supported MIBs
●
●
●
●

●
●

●

Eaton Power MIB
RFC 1628 UPS MIB
Eaton EMP MIB
Eaton alarms and
traps MIB
RFC 4133 Entity MIB
RFC 4268 Entity State
MIB; RFC 4268 Entity
State MIB Part 2
RFC 1213 MIB II

Web Browsers Supported
●
●

Mounting Configuration
●

X-Slot form factor fits
directly into UPS chassis

●

Nominal input voltage:
12 Vdc, unregulated
(provided by UPS)
Input voltage range:
8–25 Vdc, unregulated

Power Consumption
●

●

●
●

9
9
9
9

2.0 watts

9

IE
Mozilla Firefox

9

Environmental
Specifications
●

9
9

Power Supply
●

9

9

Ambient operating:
0 to +40°C (32 to 104°F)
Relative humidity:
10 to 80%, noncondensing
Altitude: 10,000 ft
Enclosure rating: indoor
use only

9
9
9
9
9

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Physical Characteristics

9

Height

Width

Depth

Weight
Lbs (kg)

9

1.50 (39.0)

4.70 (120.0)

4.50 (114.0)

0.44 (0.2)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-281

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

mMINT Module

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-283
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9
9

mMINT

9

Product Description

Features

The mMINT (Modbus Master
INCOM Network Translator)
Module is an Eaton accessory
product that provides
communication between
a Modbus RTU network
and an INCOM (INdustrial
COMmunications) network
(see Page V3-T9-283). This
module is transparent to the
Modbus network. It
communicates to a master on
the Modbus network using
the Modbus RTU (Remote
Terminal Unit) protocol. It
communicates to slave
devices on the INCOM
network using the IMPACC
(Integrated Monitoring,
Protection, And Control
Communication) protocol.

The mMINT module is a
slave device on the Modbus
network and as such requires
a master that will exchange
register objects with the
mMINT module.

●

Handles generic passthrough commands
(Modbus/INCOM/Modbus)
Capable of passing
Modbus register objects
from Eaton’s existing
products and newer PnP
(Plug-n-Play) products to a
Modbus RTU master
Data in IEEE Floating Point
format and fixed point
Modbus RTU
communications data
transfer rates of 1200,
9600 or 19,200 baud with
one start bit, eight data
bits, no parity, and either
one or two stop bits

●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

●

●

●

●

Standards and Certifications

●

●

●

●
●

Up to 32 products
connected to INCOM
network port (246 unique
addresses maximum)
Flashing Status LED to
indicate an active module
LED indicators for INCOM
transmit and receive
communications
exchanges
LED indicators for Modbus
RS-485 transmit and
receive communications
exchanges
Input power for the module
from either 120 Vac or 24
to 125 Vdc
DIN rail mount package
0ºC to 60ºC ambient
operation

●
●
●

UL
CSA
CE mark

Product Selection
The catalog number of this
product is mMINT.

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-282

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Technical Data and Specifications
Module Mounting
When mounting the
mMINT, verify that an
11 mm H x 28 mm W
DIN rail is used and that it is
within an enclosed space.

●

●

Simplified Wiring Rules
INCOM Network
The following simplified rules
apply to a given system
consisting of a single daisychained main cable link
between master and slave
devices (see below). For
more complex considerations
including star configurations,
please refer to the IMPACC
wiring specification
T.D. 17513.
Modbus RTU Serial Network

(Slave)
Modbus
mMINT

Modbus
Master

(Master)
INCOM Network

INCOM
Slaves

●

●

9
Recommended INCOM
cable styles are Belden
9463 or C-H style
2A957805G01
The maximum system
capacity is 10,000 feet of
communications cable and
32 slave devices on the
INCOM network under
the mMINT
Non-terminated taps, up to
200 feet in length, off the
main link are permitted,
but add to the total
cable length
Make sure that there is
twisted-pair wire that is
recommended for IMPACC
network use. Use shielded
twisted-pair wire to
connect each slave to the
INCOM network, daisychain style. The polarity
of the twisted pair is
not important

Modbus RS-485 Network
The following simplified rules
apply to a given system
consisting of a cable link
between master and slave
devices (see below). For
more complex configurations,
please refer to standard
Modbus RTU wiring
specification rules for
the RS-485 network.
●

●

●

The recommended
Modbus cable has twistedpair wires (24 AWG
stranded 7x32 conductors
with PVC insulation) having
an aluminum/mylar foil
shield with drain wire
The maximum system
capacity is 4000 feet of
communications cable and
247 devices on the
Modbus RTU network
Make sure that there is
twisted-pair wire that is
recommended for Modbus
RTU network use. Use
shielded twisted-pair wire
to connect each slave to
the Modbus RTU network,
daisy-chain style. The
polarity of the twisted pair
is critically important

RS-485
Modbus
A B COM SHD

9

J3

9
9

4.25
(108.0)

9
J2

J1

24 – 125 Vdc
120 Vac

Shield INCOM
3.54
(89.9)

mMINT Module Dimensions

9
9
9
9
9

Burden
●
24 Vac/dc 3 VA
Communications Speed
■
INCOM: 1200, 9600 baud
●
N2 Bus: 9600 baud
Note: Contact Eaton for
availability and support for the
N2 Gateway.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

mMINT in a Communications Network

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-283

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

MINTII RS-232 Converter

Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

MINTII RS-232 Converter

9

Product Description

Application Description

Converts a network of Power
Management Software
devices to ASCII RS-232
format for access through
a serial port of a personal
computer, laptop, or
Programmable Logic
Controller.

The Master INCOM Network
Translator II (MINTII) converts
the twisted shielded pair
network of INCOM devices to
an RS-232 signal. This signal
can be accessed by PLCs,
computer serial ports,
building management system
serial interface cards. The
MINTII is also often applied
as an interface to standard
line drivers and converters to
allow communication through
dedicated telephone lines,
dial-up modems, fiber-optic
line drivers, radio frequency
or wireless modems.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Displayed Parameters
●
Eaton’s MINTII provides
access to all parameters
monitored over the Power
Management Software
network
●
Supports INCOM networks
up to 8500 feet (2590m) in
distance and device counts
up to 1000

9

Product Selection

●

Master INCOM Network
Translator II

9

Catalog
Number

●

MINTII
●

●

Technical Data and
Specifications

●

Temperature
●
0°C to 60°C
Humidity
●
0% to 95%
Power
●
120V

Communications
●
INCOM, RS-232

9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-284

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

Suitable for panel
mounting or desktop use
120 Vac power cord
included for plug-in to
standard duplex receptacle
Height: 2.25 inches
(57.2 mm)
Width: 11.5 inches
(292.1 mm)
Depth: 4.25 inches
(108.0 mm)

Speed
●
1200, 2400 and 9600 baud
(INCOM), 19.2K baud
(RS-232)

9

V3-T9-276

Dimensions

MINTII RS-232 Converter
Description

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

IPONI Communication Module

Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IPONI
Product Selection Guide

Product Description

IPONI Selection Chart
Description

IPONI

INCOM
on Product

IQ Analyzer

Š1.06

—

■

IQ DP-4000

■

—

■

IQ 200

—

■

—

IQ Multipoint Energy Submeter II

—

■

—

Energy Sentinel

—

■

—

Power Sentinel

—

■

—

MPONI

IQ Generator

■

—

—

IQ Data

■

—

—

IQ Data Plus II

—

—

—

IQ 500

—

—

—

IQ Transfer

■

—

—

AEMII

■

—

—

BIM II

■

—

—

CMU

■

—

—

CED

■

—

—

MP-3000

■

—

■

Digitrip 3000

—

■

—

FP-5000

—

■

—

The INCOM Product
Operated Network Interface
card, or IPONI card, adds
communication capability to
various Eaton products. Each
IPONI has three 16-digit
address switches to uniquely
identify each device on the
network. IPONIs are
designed to be daisy-chained
throughout a unit substation
or equipment room to a
master device such as a
mMINT, MINTII or Power
Xpert Gateway. From the
master computer, information
is distributed through the
facility’s TCP/IP Ethernet
network. A twisted shielded
pair network connecting
IPONIs may extend up to
10,000 feet (3048m) before
terminating a master device.
The IPONI comes with
mounting hardware and
attaches to the back of its
associated device.

9

Technical Data and
Specifications

9

Temperature
●
–20°C to 70°C

9

Humidity
●
5%–95% noncondensing
Power
●
20–30 Vdc maximum,
50 mA nominal,
100 mA maximum
Speed
●
1200 and 9600 baud
Communications
●
Three-position removable
terminal block for twisted
shielded pair INCOM

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Product Selection
IPONI Card

9
PONI Communication Modules
Description

Catalog
Number

INCOM PONI

IPONI

9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-285

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

9

Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

DPONI

9

Product Description

Features

The DeviceNet Product
Operated Network
Interface (DPONI) enables
communication between a
DeviceNet network master
station and a host device in a
Master/Slave format over a
DeviceNet network. The
DPONI is compatible with the
MP-3000 and the MP-4000.
The DPONI is powered both
by the host product to which
it is attached and by the
DeviceNet network. The
DPONI uses opto-couplers
to isolate the two power
systems.

Eaton’s DPONI

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

DeviceNet
Network
Connection
(5 point plug)

9

V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

T

Data
Code
Earth
GND

R

IQ Host
Device
Connection

INCOM
Status

Product Selection
DPONI
Description

Catalog
Number

The DeviceNet Product Operated Network Interface

DPONI

Technical Data and Specifications
Power
11–27 Vdc, 40 mA maximum
Speed
●
125, 250 or 500 Kbps
●

Communications
Standard five-wire
CAN connection

●

9
V3-T9-286

V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285

DEVICE
MOUNTING

Temperature
●
–20ºC to 70ºC
Humidity
●
5%–90% noncondensing

9

V3-T9-276

DeviceNet
Status

The DPONI communicates
at 125, 250 or 500 Kbps
selected via a front panel
DIP switch. All products on
the DeviceNet network
must be set at the same
communication rate.
The DPONI has a bi-color
network/module status
LED that functions in
accordance with the
DeviceNet specification.
An additional monocolor
LED flashes while the DPONI
is receiving a message from
the host device.

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Contents
Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

MPONI
Product Description

9

Features

The MPONI Product Operated
Network Interface card, or
MPONI card, enables Modbus
communication capability to
various Eaton products. Each
MPONI contains two rotary
address switches to uniquely
identify each device on the
network and a baud rate DIP
switch. A 5-pin connector is
provided for wiring to the
RS-485 network. Various
baud rates are available for
networking flexibility, and
onboard LEDs indicate
operation, error and
communication status.
The MPONI is applied where
a device network exists
connected by a dedicated
shielded twisted pair
conductor. Modbus RS-485
allows a single device or
multiple units in a daisy-chain
configuration to communicate
with another local or remote
device and may extend up to
4000 feet (1219m) without a
repeater. The MPONI comes
with mounting hardware and
attaches to the back of its
associated device.

9

MPONI
Network Connection
(Green Phoenix
LED
Connection)

Address
Selector
Switches

Function
Selector
Switch

9
9

TX

9

RS-485 RX
NETWORK

1=A

9

2=G
3 = COMMON

STATUS

4 = SHIELD
5 = CHASSIS

9

IQ Host
Device
Connection

RS-485
P roduct
O perated
N etwork
I nterface

9
9

LED

9

Recommended
18 gauge twisted pair IMPCABLE or
20 gauge Belden 9463 class

9

Product Selection

9

MPONI
Description

Catalog
Number

Modbus Product Operated Network Interface Card

MPONI

9
9
9
9

Note: Please see IL for detailed
register support information for
each supported product. Not all
device functionality is supported
with the RS-485 PONI over the
Modbus Protocol.

9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-287

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

Digital Input Module (DIM)

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Eaton’s Digital Input Module
is a device that interfaces
with up to four standard utility
(electric, gas, water) meters
or monitors eight digital
inputs. It translates KYZ
pulses from meters into a
register count that is
maintained and compiled
within the DIM module in
non-volatile memory. The
pulse count can be accessed
from the DIM module
remotely using Eaton Power
Management Software,
including the Energy Billing
application.
The DIM can also be used to
monitor eight digital inputs
from switch closures.

Features, Benefits and
Functions
●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

9
9

●

Reads four separate KYZ
equipped utility meters
Pulse counts stored in nonvolatile memory
Each channel
independently monitors
KYZ counts, pulse counts,
or digital indications
Monitors a maximum of
eight individual digital
inputs
Input channels are isolated
Isolated 24 Vdc power
is provided on the I/O
connector
LED indicators on the input
channels indicate when the
unit is counting
10 LED status indicators,
100 ohm termination DIP
switch, address selector
switches
DIN rail mounting

Standards and Certifications
●
●
●
●
●
●

●

●

●

●

●

UL 873
CE mark (48 Vdc operation)
FCC Part 15, Class A
IEC 1000-4-x
CISPR 22, Class A
IEC 1000-4-2; 1995, Electro
Static Discharge
IEC 1000-4-3; 1995,
Radiated RF Immunity
IEC 1000-4-6; 1996,
Conducted RF Immunity
FCC Part 15 Class A
(10 meters) Radiated
Emissions
CISPR 22, Class A
(30 meters); 1991,
Radiated Emissions
CISPR 22, Class A; 1991,
Conducted Emissions
(PowerPort)

9
9
9
9
V3-T9-288

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-289
V3-T9-289
V3-T9-289
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Product Selection

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
DIM

Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

Digital Input Module

DIM

9

KYZ Input Module

9
9
9

Technical Data and Specifications

9

Specifications

9

Description

Rating

Operating temperature

–20ºC to 60ºC

Storage temperature

–20ºC to 70ºC

Operating Humidity

5 to 90% maximum noncondensing

9
9
9

Altitude

10,000 ft. (3048m)

Environment

Indoor use only

Transient overvoltage

Category 2

KYZ Input Module

Pollution

1º

Width

Height

Depth

Equipment

Class 1

3.54 (89.9)

4.25 (107.9)

3.50 (88.9) 1

Frequency Range
●
50/60 Hz

Mounting Information
The DIM module is designed
to be DIN rail mountable.
DIN rail must be 1/3 inches
H x 1-3/8 inches W (8.5 mm
H x 34.9 mm W).

Power
●
85 to 138 Vac (120 Vac
nominal) 50/60 Hz; 100 mA
●
48–128 Vdc (48 Vdc
nominal); 100 mA
●
Brownout operation at
50% and 80% of nominal
AC and DC ratings
●
Power input is provided
from a limited source,
isolated from the mains
by double isolation
●
Power for all inputs is
supplied from an internal,
isolated 24 Vdc power
source

9
9
9

Note
1 Does include DIN rail.

9
9
9

Communications
The DIM is a fully compatible
Power Management Software
communicating device
with built-in INCOM
communications. The DIM
comes complete with a
3-pin connector to receive
the shielded twisted pair
conductor.

9
9
9
9
9

All wiring must be complete
as per Instruction Leaflet
TD17513, Wiring
Specification Base Rules.

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-289

9.5
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

Addressable Relay II

Description

9

Page

Power Xpert Gateways. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD). . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-291
V3-T9-291
V3-T9-292
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9

Addressable Relay II

9

Product Description

9
9
9
9
9
9

The Addressable Relay II is
designed for use where
information or control of noncommunicating devices is
required remotely. The relays
communicate at 9600/1200
baud on the INCOM network.
Devices are assigned a threedigit address to uniquely
identify them on the daisychained twisted shielded pair
network.

9

The Addressable Relay II is a
Form C relay on terminals 1, 2
and 3, with output contact
ratings as shown in the
Contact Ratings table. The
Addressable Relay II may be
powered by 48–120 Vac or
48–125 Vdc through
terminals 11 and 12 of the
terminal block. DC polarity is
not significant.

9

Application Description

9
9
9

9
9
9

●

●

Features, Benefits and
Functions
Each Addressable Relay II
includes two status indicating
circuits (IN1 and IN2) that can
be used to transmit the
contact status of devices
external to the Addressable
Relay II. Each input is isolated
with its own return. A typical
installation using these reportback inputs to the Eaton
PowerNet system is shown in
the wiring example. Terminals
4 and 5 connect to the status
input 1 circuit (IN1) and
terminals 6 and 7 connect to
the status input 2 circuit (IN2).
These status indicating
circuits operate with input
voltages of 48–120 Vac or
48–125 Vdc circuits.

Enables remote control of
non-communication
capable devices on Eaton’s
PowerNet system
Monitors two digital status
inputs on the PowerNet
system

The Addressable Relay II
includes a feature called
the “communications
watchdog.” The
communications watchdog
monitors communications
between the Addressable
Relay II and the computer
control station. If
communications are lost, the
communications watchdog
will reset the relay to the deenergized (OFF) state. The
Addressable Relay II must be
updated every 10 seconds
when the communications
watchdog is enabled or else
communications are
assumed to be lost. The
communications watchdog
is enabled when DIP switch 3
is set to the ON position.
When the communications
watchdog is not enabled, the
relay will remain in the state
set by the last command
issued. See V3-T9-296 for
DIP switch configuration.

Monitored Parameters
Output relay energized/
de-energized
●
Input 1 status
●
Input 2 status
●
Breaker status open/closed
●
Protective relay status
normal/tripped
●

Communications
●
Built-in INCOM
communications for
monitoring in Eaton’s
PowerNet system
The Addressable Relay II also
includes a feature called
“relay pulse.” The relay pulse
feature sets the Addressable
Relay II to a pulse mode
where the relay is energized
(ON) for 10 seconds and then
is de-energized (OFF). The
relay pulse is enabled when
DIP switch 2 is set to the ON
position and disabled when
DIP switch 2 is set to the OFF
position. If this feature is not
enabled, the relay will remain
in the state set by the last
command.

9
V3-T9-290

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Product Selection
Addressable Relay II

9
Addressable Relay
Description

Catalog
Number

Addressable Relay II

ARII

9
9
9
9
9

Technical Data and Specifications
●
●

9

Power: 48–120 Vac; 48–125 Vdc
Operating temperature range: 32°–158°F (0°–70°C)

9

Contact Ratings
Contact
Ratings

Make

9

Break

120–240 Vac

4960 VA

828 VA

24–120 Vac

43A

7.2A

30 Vdc

10A

10A

9
9
9

Wiring Diagram

9

Power Bus
L1
L2
L3

9

INCOM
Network

9
9
Cpt

9

M1

M2

M3

OL

OL

OL

T1

T2

T3

9

Hand

9

9
FL

Communication and
Controlled Output Relay

9

OL
Off
1

M

9

Auto

2

OL

9

3
M
AUX

OL
Input 1
6

Input 2

8

9

5
7

MA

9

INCOM
Communications

9

Power

11

12

9

Addressable Relay

9

DIP Switch Functions
O 1 2 3
N

D O O

OFF
Baud Rate
9600
Relay Pulse
Disabled
Communications Watchdog
Disabled

9

ON
1200
Enabled

9
9

Enabled

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-291

9.5
9
9
9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Mounting
1.00
(25.4)

9

.50
(12.7)

9
9
9
9

Insert (3)
#8 Screws
for
Mounting

2.82
(71.6)

9
9
9

Back View

9
9
9

Addressable Relay
Width

Height

Depth

1.75 (44.5)

3.00 (76.2)

4.00 (101.6)

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-292

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Contents

Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)

Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272

9
9
9

V3-T9-276

9

V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290

9

V3-T9-294
V3-T9-295
V3-T9-295
V3-T9-297
V3-T9-299

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)
Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s Breaker Interface
Module is a panel-mounted
device that displays the
following parameters.

810, 910, 750, 1050, 550,
1150, 520MC, IQ Energy
Sentinels and Power
Sentinels
●
Event logging
●
Alarming
●
High load indication
●
Peak exceeded alarm
●
Grouping of meters
An operator can use the
Breaker Interface Module to:

●
●
●
●
●
●

●
●

●

●

Phase current
Energy
Present demand watts
Peak demand watts
Average demand current
Cause and magnitude
of trip
Trip history
% Total Harmonic
Distortion (THD) for
each phase
% Harmonic Content for
each phase (1st–27th
harmonic)
Custom circuit description

Note: The Breaker Interface
Module displays only a portion of
the information it receives from
the Digitrip RMS 910, 1150 and
Power Sentinels. The balance of
the information (such as
Waveform Analysis and Power
Factor) can be passed through the
unit to a master computer, where
it can be viewed.

●

●

●

●

●

Complete Initial System
Setup:
●
Select system
frequency (50/60 Hz)
●
Set password
●

●

●

Configure OPTIM
Protective Settings.
●
Select protection
options
●
Select alarm levels
Display Information:
●
Metered values
●
Trip event information
●
Breaker information
●
Time-current set points

9

Test OPTIM Trip Unit
Performance:
●
Phase and ground
●
Trip/no trip

9
9

Expanded Energy
Monitoring:
●
Set addresses for group
energy monitoring
●
Group energy readings

9
9
9

Local and Remote
Indication:
●
Remote indication/
alarming
●
Breaker status LED
indication

9
9
9

Expanded
Communications:
●
Communicate with:
– OPTIM Trip Units
– Digitrip RMS 810, 910
and 1150 Trip Units
– IQ Energy Sentinels
and Universal IQ
Energy Sentinels
– A total of 50 devices

9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-293

9.5
9

●

9
9
9
●

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Connectivity Options

Features, Benefits and Functions

9

9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

●

Monitors and displays
parameters from any
combination of Digitrip
RMS 810, 910, 1150 and
Digitrip OPTIM Trip Units,
F-/J-/K-Frame Energy
Sentinels, and Universal
Energy Sentinels,
supporting as many as
50 of these devices up to
10,000 feet (3048 m) away
Communicates the
information from these
protective and energy
monitoring devices over
Eaton INCOM network
to a computer or PLC
Continuously monitors
breakers recording and
time-stamping trip events
along with approximate
fault currents. Events are
logged into non-volatile
RAM

Communications
Depending upon the type of
communication protocol used
by the main network, an
appropriate PONI module can
be easily field-mounted to the
back of the Breaker Interface
Module, enabling the unit to
pass the information from its
subnetwork to a remote
master control unit up to
10,000 feet (3048 m) away.
No reprogramming of the
unit is required when the
PONI is added.
The Breaker Interface Module
can be mounted directly on
the assembly or at a remote
location and can be used to
access and configure and
display information from
OPTIM Trip Units.

Password Protection
A user-defined password is
included for added security
when changing settings or
performing breaker tests.
Non-Volatile Memory
The programmed functions,
addresses and circuit
descriptions are stored in
non-volatile memory.
External Power
A 24 Vdc supply is required
for the BIM II. (No external
power supply is required for
the PONI Card.) A 120 or
240 Vac supply is required
for the BIMPS.

Rear Access Area
All wiring connections to the
Breaker Interface Module
are made at the chassis’ rear
and include:
●

●
●
●

●

●

●

Relay connection for
“alarm” condition, “high
load” condition, “peak
exceed” for device or
group, and watthour pulse
Initiator
24 Vdc input—BIM II
120 or 240 Vac input—
BIMPS
DIP switches for selecting
an operating mode
Three-contact connector
with subnetwork
Connector for PONI
card for remote
communications Local
Display Units

Physical Characteristics
●
Graphical, glass plasma
display
●
Up to seven lines of
information
●
Membrane faceplate
NEMA 3R and 12 rated

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
V3-T9-294

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Product Selection

Breaker Interface
Module II (BIM II)

9
9

Breaker Interface Module
Description

Catalog
Number

9

Breaker Interface Module

BIMII

9
9

BIMPSII

9
9

Technical Data and Specifications
Power Requirement
●
15 VA maximum
Input Voltage
●
24 Vdc ±5%—BIM II
●
120 or 240 Vac ±10%—
BIMPS
Operating Temperature
●
0°C to 70°C
(32°C to 158°F)

9

Humidity
5% to 95% R.H.
(noncondensing)

●

9
9

Alarm Contact Ratings
●
10A at 277 Vac (resistive)
●
10A at 30 Vdc (resistive)
●
1/3 hp at 125, 250 Vac

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-295

9.5

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Connections and DIP Switch Rear Label Diagram
Sub

.19
(4.8)

.10 Typical
(2.5) 5 Places

5.06
(128.6)

7
8
9

9

H02

9
9
9

9
9
9
9
9

14

WH Pulse
Initiator

Unused

15

Ground

16

24-30 Vac
Sub
Network

PONI
Interface

17

Common

18

PONI
Interface

1.69
(42.9)

1.03
(26.2)

1.03
(26.2)
General Layout and Dimensions

Breaker Interface Module
Height

Width

Depth

Without Communications Card
6.72 (170.7)

10.25 (260.4)

2.60 (66.0)

With Communications Card
6.72 (170.7)

10.25 (260.4)

3.85 (97.8)

Drilling Pattern
5.38
(136.7)

9
9

13 Typical

Expanded View

9

9

12 .38

Call 1-800-809-2772

Sub
Network

2.04
(51.8)

9

9

We have established a toll-free
line for problems

.87
(22.1)

9

9

Customer Satisfaction

6

Shield

.11
(2.8)

5

Peak
Exceeded

9

3.38
(85.9)

.19
(4.8)

10
11

(9.7)

Sync.
Pulse
Impulse

4

CATALOG # BIMPS
STYLE # 7801C61G02

Off

Learn/Run
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
PONI Power

3

9
9

2

High Load

9

1
Alarm

9

Interface

Run
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
PONI On

9

5.56
(141.2)

PONI

Network

Learn

9

Dimensions

Learn/Run
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
PONI Power

9

Connectivity Options

Shield

9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

2.69
(68.3)
8.90
(226.1)
9.38
(238.3)
6.68
(169.7)
4.45
(113.0)

4.69
(119.1)

.06
(1.5) RAD
2.23 4 Places
(56.7)
2.53
(64.3)

9

5.06
(128.5)

9

.218 (5.5) DIA 10 Places

9
9
V3-T9-296

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

9.5

Contents

Sub-Network Master Local Display)

Description

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD)
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272

9
9
9

V3-T9-276

9

V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293

9

V3-T9-298
V3-T9-298
V3-T9-298
V3-T9-299

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD)
Product Description

Application Description

Eaton’s Sub-Network Master
Local Display (SMLD) is an
electronic submetering
device that provides users
the ability to view information
from sub-network connected
devices locally at switchgear,
switchboards, panelboards,
motor control centers and
control panels, nearby or
thousands of feet away. The
SMLD has a built-in LCD
display with navigations
for configuring, as well as
monitoring. Auto-learn
capabilities complete the
configuration requirements,
enabling customization by
use of user-defined
descriptions, as well as
adding and deleting meters.
The SMLD can be operated
standalone or in parallel with
the new FetchIT™ software
application or the Power Xpert
complete energy monitoring
system solution software.

●

●

Acquire and display data
(no control) from up to
100 devices that can
communicate on Eaton’s
INCOM network, used in
the PowerNet monitoring
system

Following devices are
supported:
●
●

●

●

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●

●

●

Auto-learn connected
devices
Configuration stored in
non-volatile memory
Host communications
arbitration algorithm
enables seamless
integration into existing
communication networks
Functions standalone or
networked

●

●
●

IQ 200
IQ Multipoint Energy
Submeter II
IQ Energy Sentinel
(F, J, K Frames)
Universal Internal
Energy Sentinel
Universal External
Energy Sentinel
IQ Power Sentinel
Digitrip OPTIM 1050L

Standards and Certifications
●

●

●

Safety Standards—
UL 61010B-1
EMC Susceptibility
Standards—IEC 1000-4-3,
1995 Radiated RF
Immunity
EMC Emissions
Standards—FCC Part 15,
Class B Radiated
Emissions

9
9
9
9
9
9

Physical Characteristics
●
Keypad functions:
●
Menu
●
Scroll up
●
Scroll down
●
Enter
●

9

9
9
9
9

Backlit LCD, 4-line x 20
character

9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-297

9.5
9
9

Sub-Network Master
Local Display

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Connectivity Options

Product Selection

9

9

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity

Ordering Information
Description

Catalog
Number

Local Display (120 Vac)

LDISP120

Local Display (24 Vac or Vdc)

LDISP24

Technical Data and Specifications
Frequency Range
●
50/60 Hz
Power
●
Power consumption:
200 mA (maximum) at
24 Vac, 24 Vdc
●
Power connector rating:
24 Vac or 24 Vdc at
1 ampere
●
Power source: 120 Vac or
24 Vdc, UL Class 2 or CSA
Class III SELV transformer
in accordance with C22.2
No. 1010-1. The voltage
range is 18 to 24 Vac or
Vdc, 200 mA (maximum)

9
9

Ratings
Operating temperature:
0°C to 60°C
●
Storage temperature:
–20°C to 70°C
●
Operating humidity: 5 to
90% maximum noncondensing
●
Altitude: 10,000 feet
(3048m)
●
Environment: indoor
use only
●

Communications
INCOM Frequency Shift
Key (FSK) network
compatible 9600 baud
●
Non-intrusive arbitration
algorithm
●
Passive monitoring
automatically enabled by
arbitration algorithm while
host PC is communicating
●
Master on INCOM network
upon data request from
front panel if host PC is not
communicating
●
Addresses for sub-network
devices can be 001–044 hex
(1–255 decimals)
●

Mounting Information
●
4.37 H x 4.37 W x 1.50 D
inches (111.0 H x 111.0 W x
38.1 D mm)
●
Door mount or panel
mount

Typical Use Diagram of SMLD

9

Computer
with Power
Management
Software

SMLD

9
9
9
9
9

IQ
ES or
PS

IQ 200

Digitrip
OPTIM 1050C

9
9
9

Multiple Units as Required

Dimensions

9

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9

Meter Base Unit
Width

Height

Depth

9

4.37 (111.0)

4.37 (111.0)

1.50 (38.1)

9

Note
DIN (92 mm x 92 mm) access cutout.

V3-T9-298

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

9.5

Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and Connectivity
Connectivity Options

Contents

IMPCABLE

Description

Polyethylene Filler

PVC
Outer Jacket

Tinned
Copper
Braid

Conductors
Aluminum
Shield

Drain Wire

Polyethylene Insulator

Page

Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway
Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible Power Supplies
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . .
Addressable Relay II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II) . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . .
IMPCABLE

V3-T9-259
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276
V3-T9-279
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-297

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

IMPCABLE
Product Description

Application Description

Standards and Certifications

The IMPCABLE is an 18 AWG
cable with a 100 ohm
impedance at 100 kHz tuned
to work optimally with the
FSK signal from Eaton’s
devices. The cable has been
designed with characteristics
that allow up to 1000 devices
or distances up to 10,000 feet
(3048m) from the master.

Eaton’s IMPCABLE was
designed to be run in
switchgear where codes
require a 600 volt insulation
rating. Typical “blue hose”
cables are rated at 300 volts.

●

Please refer to Eaton’s wiring
specification for instructions
on cable runs and calculating
maximum distances and
devices on a given network.

●
●
●
●

UL AWM 20253
NECT CM
CSA
PCC-FT1
P-MSHA

Product Selection

9

IMPCABLE

9

Description

Catalog
Number

9

IMPCABLE

IMPCABLE

9

Features

9

Technical Data and
Specifications

Physical Characteristics
●
Twisted shielded pair with
drain wire
●
600 volt at 80°C
●
18 AWG, 20 AWG drain
UL AWM 20253

●

●
●

INCOM signal: attenuation
1.6 db/1000 feet (305m)
Long communication runs
600 volt required ratings

9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—November 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T9-299

Power System Studies, Field Services
and Conversions
Full Service Providers

10.1

Overview of Services
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.2

V3-T10-8
V3-T10-10
V3-T10-11

V3-T10-12
V3-T10-15
V3-T10-17
V3-T10-19

V3-T10-23

Predictive Diagnostic
V3-T10-29
V3-T10-32

Retrofit Services
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ Conversions. . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.6

10

Field Engineering Services

Partial Discharge Testing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics Online Monitoring
and Partial Discharge Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.5

V3-T10-5

10
10
10

Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.4

10

Power System Studies
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10.3

V3-T10-2

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39
V3-T10-41
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-46
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-52

Performance-Based Maintenance Services
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-55

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies CA08100004E—February 2012

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-1

10.1
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Contents

Experienced Professional Engineers

Description

10

Page

Overview of Services
Overview
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management
and Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . .
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units

10
10
10

V3-T10-5
V3-T10-8
V3-T10-10
V3-T10-11

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Overview
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) provides
intelligent PowerChain™
solutions for existing,
evolving, unexpected service
needs. The solutions can
improve electrical system
reliability, reduce downtime,
extend the useful life of
the power distribution
system, and minimize
electrical operating and
maintenance costs.

Also provided is a full
complement of services to
maintain and modernize
electrical power distribution,
and process control systems.

In addition to the local service
centers, aftermarket centers
of excellence can furnish the
full complement of circuit
breaker specialized services.

End-users include industrials,
commercial facilities,
utilities, municipalities,
institutions, government
and military locations.

Division-wide safety and
quality programs ensure
customer satisfaction,
while maintaining safety
as a first priority.

Service capabilities include:

Experienced professional
engineers, graduate
engineers, field engineers
and technicians are trained
on both Eaton products and
competitive electrical power
distribution products. This
cross-OEM experience allows
for the application
of new products and services
to all manufacturer’s
electrical equipment.

●

General Description
This organization supports
consultants and end-users on
new construction, integrated
engineering solutions and
facility expansion projects.
EESS can package a
complete power distribution
system with Eaton
manufactured products,
supplemented by other
OEM components to best
satisfy the end-user
requirements. EESS can
provide optimization of
owner’s electrical power
assets with guarantees
and savings.

10
10
10

●
●
●
●

●

●

Turnkey project
management
System integration
Training
Startup and commissioning
Predictive and preventive
maintenance
Electrical system
modernization
Circuit breaker
specialized services

Turnkey Project Management

Project Team

The following is a detailed
listing of engineering
service offerings.
●

●

●

Division-wide capabilities
support regional service
centers located throughout
the U.S. and Canada. Service
centers are equipped with the
most technologically
advanced test and diagnostic
equipment. The Power
Systems Engineering Group
uses industry standard
software with advanced
system modeling and
analysis capabilities.

●

●

●
●
●
●

10
V3-T10-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Substation design,
management and
construction
Electrical, mechanical and
instrumentation services
Power system studies:
●
Short-circuit
●
Coordination
●
Arc flash
●
Load flow, etc.
Power quality and
harmonic studies
Renewable energy design
and interconnection
analysis
Failure/root-cause analysis
CAD services
Equipment relocation
Turnkey transformer and
capacitor replacements

10.1

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

System Integration and Training

Computer Diagnostics
●

●

●
●

●

●

Plant monitoring,
protection and control:
●
Digitrip™/Advantage™
●
PowerNet™/
Power Xpert®
●
DeviceNet/PLC interface
Energy management/
load shedding
Distributed generation
Generator/emergency
power systems
PLC/PC control and open
automation systems
Drive and MCC systems
training (scheduled and
on-site):
●
Distribution systems
analysis
●
Power quality and
grounding
●
Electrical equipment
maintenance
●
PLCs and drive systems
●
Customized training
programs

Predictive Diagnostics

Field Data Collection

Eaton’s predictive diagnostics
leads the industry in
predictive diagnostic tools
and services. With the
growing demand for reduced
outages and increased
uptime, online monitoring of
electrical insulation systems
is becoming an integral part
of efficient plant maintenance
in the utility, industrial and
commercial markets. Eaton
predictive diagnostics
provides online monitoring
services of insulation
systems via the effective
measurement and analysis of
partial discharges. This allows
for detection of traditional
corona damage, or surface
tracking, prior to equipment
failure. This advanced
technology is applied to
medium voltage systems
such as: generators, motors,
switchgear, transformers and
cable systems.

Services are implemented
through the network of EESS
field locations.
●
Medium voltage generator
and medium voltage motor
partial discharge (PD)
detection using existing
RTDs with temporary or
permanent sensors
●
Medium voltage
switchgear PD detection
using temporary or
permanent sensors.
Permanent sensors
differentiate cable-related
PD to switchgear PD
●
Transformers (34.5 kV
primary and above) PD
detection using permanent
sensors connected to
bushing capacitive taps
●
Transformer (34.5 kV
primary and above)
bushing monitoring, with
permanent sensors, of any
change in power factor and
bushing capacitance

Startup, Commissioning
and Maintenance

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Field Startup
●

●
●

●

●

●
●
●

●

●

●
●

●
●

●

Installation support
and supervision
Acceptance testing
Commissioning and
energizing
Startup, training and
warranty support
Exclusive Eaton products
2-year warranty
Ground fault certifications
Ground grid testing
Cable testing and fault
identification
Relay testing and
calibration
PM program design and
implementation
Thermograph surveys
Predictive, preventive
maintenance and
troubleshooting
●
Transformers and
tap changers
●
High voltage systems
●
Substations medium
and low voltage
●
Relay systems
●
Automatic transfer
schemes
●
Battery systems
●
Low/medium
voltage breakers
●
Motors
●
SF6, OCB, WLI
components
●
Network protectors
●
Motor control centers
and molded case
breakers
Drive systems
PLC/control and open
automation systems
Nuclear Class 1E safetyrelated field service

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-3

10.1
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Electrical System Modernization

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

●

10

●

10

●

10

Equipment Inspection

10

●

10

●
●

10
10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10
10
10
10
10

Switchgear bus
MVA upgrading
Bus insulation systems
Medium voltage
vacuum breaker roll-in
replacements
Low voltage breaker
replacement
Low and medium voltage
motor starting upgrades
Low voltage breaker
(all OEMs) trip system
upgrades—Digitrip
Low and medium voltage
cell retrofits
Molded case breaker
upgrades
Motor control center
buckets upgrades
Protection, metering,
and communications:
●
Low voltage breakers:
Digitrip/PowerNet
●
Overload protection
●
Metering systems:
IQ family
●
PowerNet
implementation
●
Harmonic
measurements

●

●

●

●

●

●

Distribution and substation
automation systems
Power factor control and
correction (filtered)
Ground fault detection
systems
Surge/lightning
protection systems
Automatic transfer
scheme upgrades
Network protector service/
relaying systems
High resistance grounding
and detection
Generator voltage
regulation
Generator static
excitation systems
Cogeneration switchgear
interface relaying
Reduced voltage/
soft starters
Drive/PLC system
upgrades
Synchronous field
application upgrades

Circuit Breaker
Specialized Services
●
Low and medium voltage
replacement breakers
●
Low voltage retrofits (all
OEMs: Digitrip RMS kits)
●
Medium voltage vacuum
roll-in breakers (all OEMs)
●
Low and medium
voltage recondition and
remanufacture
●
MCC recondition
and remanufacture
●
Network protector service
●
Navy shipboard breakers
●
Nuclear Class 1E safetyrelated circuit breakers
Manufacturer’s Brand
Equipment Serviced
●
Cutler-Hammer®
●
Westinghouse®
●
Square D®
●
General Electric®
●
ITE®/BBC/ABB®
●
Allis Chalmers/Siemens®
●
Federal Pacific®
●
Challenger®
●
Obsolete equipment
References
Electrical System
Modernization uses advanced
Eaton products.

Trip Unit Upgrade

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

10.1

Contents

Eaton’s Electrical Services & Systems (EESS)

Description

Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension
Elements of a Performance-Based
Maintenance Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knowledge Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Engineering Solutions . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . .

V3-T10-2

10
10
10

V3-T10-6
V3-T10-6
V3-T10-7
V3-T10-7
V3-T10-8
V3-T10-10
V3-T10-11

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and Product Life Extension
General Description
A company’s facilities exist
for a single purpose: to
support the mission and
objectives of the company’s
business. It is essential that
the power distribution
equipment and energy assets
that sustain production and
services are working as
efficiently and effectively
as possible.
The core business of Eaton’s
Electrical Services & Systems
(EESS) centers on power
distribution and energy
management.
1. We offer Powerchain
Management solutions
and we take care of your
systems so you can take
care of your business.

Eaton knows that a
successful maintenance
program has the following
characteristics:
●

●

●

●

Enables you to schedule
maintenance based on
actual device operation
history
Eliminates unnecessary
maintenance work and
related production outages
Reduction of spare parts
requirements due to
increased accuracy of
equipment history
Reduction of overall
maintenance costs

Performance-Based
Maintenance (PBM) Program
Eaton offers centrally
coordinated management of
all procurement, installation,
startup and systems required
to implement powerful
solutions. Whether you have
a single site or multiple sites,
Eaton has the solutions that
fit various project needs.
The PBM Program offers a
definitive result and at a
guaranteed price. We
integrate four proven
maintenance programs to
positively impact your key
business drivers and give you
high returns on investment.

2. One area of the
PowerChain™ is
maintenance solutions.

1. Planned Maintenance
Module: addressing
operational performance,
as-left conditions,
environmental
considerations, and
testing and calibration
results.
2. Predictive Diagnostic
Module: focusing on
visual observations,
environmental and
thermal conditions,
and predictive indicator
results.
3. Reliability-Centered
Maintenance Module:
concentrating on the
potential for injuries,
environmental hazards
and product losses or
process interruptions.
4. Periodic Observations
Module: centering on
equipment loading, and
visual and environmental
observations.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-5

10.1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Getting a PerformanceBased Maintenance
Program Started
Getting started with a
PBM Program is easy. Highly
qualified EESS engineers
visit your facility and perform
a comprehensive site audit
and needs assessment.
While implementing
electrical system testing
and maintenance, EESS
engineers review both
the “condition” and the
“criticality” of each
component with plant
personnel.
The condition is determined
via traditional preventive
maintenance procedures
(industry-standard, timebased) combined with
predictive diagnostic
technologies. The criticality
rating of each component
is established though
application of a reliabilitycentered maintenance
approach, taking into
account its potential impact
on critical processes, safety
and the environment.
Then, EESS recommends a
maintenance interval (short-,
mid- or long-term) for each
component, as well as work
scopes and periodic
observation frequency.
Cost savings are realized
when the long-term
maintenance interval is
lengthened or by the
scope of maintenance
work during scheduled
outages is reduced. Uptime
and reliability improve when
preventive maintenance is
performed more frequently
on components with the
short-term designation.
Additional reliability
improvements can result
from redirecting some of
the savings to performing
additional predictive
diagnostics and equipment
modernization.
EESS delivers a periodic
scorecard to plant
personnel, summarizing
the recommendations,
performance and results
of the program.

Elements of a PerformanceBased Maintenance Program
●

●

●

●
●

●

●

●

●
●

●
●

Asset Optimization Services
The Electrical Distribution
System (EDS) not only
represents a significant
capital investment, it is
essential to maintaining
production and critical
processes. In order to ensure
the maximum possible return
on this investment and
ensure that power to critical
processes is maintained,
EESS offers a suite of asset
optimization services. This
is not just a maintenance
program—we combine years
of EDS experience, as well as
power system engineering
and power quality expertise,
with the latest in predictive
diagnostic and remote
monitoring, and knowledge
management technology,
to deliver a comprehensive
program designed to optimize
EDS assets. This means
lower operating and
maintenance costs and
improved system reliability
and uptime. By outsourcing
responsibility for the electrical
distribution system assets
to EESS, owners can focus
on their core business while
we deliver maximum return
on your investment via
increased uptime and
decreased operation and
maintenance costs. Energy
management services and
performance contracts are
also available by which we
will guarantee specific
measurable results related
to energy savings, system
uptime, equipment
reliability, and operation and
maintenance cost reductions.

Site audit and maintenance
needs assessment
Condition-based
maintenance
Reliability centered
maintenance (RCM)
Predictive diagnostics
Efficient algorithms to
integrate equipment
condition results,
RCM input, predictive
diagnostics and periodic
observations
Recommendations
for immediate action,
automation, remote
monitoring, life extension,
spare parts or upgrading
Periodic observations while
energized and operating
Maintenance implemented
based on equipment
condition and criticality
Root-cause failure analysis
Periodic scorecard and
customized reporting
of results
Continuous improvement
Optional ensured
performance improvements
and ensured savings—
typically, 15% savings over
two performance cycles

PBM Program Flowchart
Continuous
Improvement

Periodic
Scorecard

Periodic Observations while
Energized & Operating
Site Audit
& Needs
Assessment

Reliability-Centered Maintenance
Condition-Based Maintenance
Predictive Diagnostics
Traditional-Planned Maintenance
Continuous
Improvement

Ensured
Savings

a

dM

rate

g
Inte

nce

na
inte

Root-Cause
Failure Analysis

10
V3-T10-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

With a reputation as the
best-in-class power solution
strategists, it is obvious why
more and more industry
leaders are turning to Eaton
for uncompromising safe
and reliable electrical power
distribution systems, in the
PowerChain.
By providing the right
technology and intellectual
resources through
outsourcing the ownership,
operation and maintenance
of the plant electrical
distribution system, value
can be realized in three areas:
1. Capital funds previously
spent on non-core assets
are made available to
invest in core processes
and/or increase
shareholder value.
2. Operation and
maintenance costs
(salary/benefits; risk
and insurance related
to NFPA and OSHA;
training; engineering and
purchasing/procurement;
test equipment; tools;
safety equipment; and
parts inventory) are
significantly reduced or
eliminated completely.
3. Performance guarantees
and service level
agreements related
to uptime, energy,
and operating and
maintenance costs
are realized.

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Knowledge Management
Eaton has the expertise for
electrical distribution systems
with a variety of technologies
and expert analytical services
through our Instant Response
CenterSM. We aggregate data
gathered from your system
and use the information to
predict equipment failure and
identify energy cost reduction
opportunities.
Our practices can help you:
●

●

●

Increase uptime:
●
Avoid outages by
predicting equipment
failure or system
problems
●
Decrease duration
of outages (remote
troubleshooting 24/7)
Reduce operating and
maintenance costs:
●
Service equipment
based on real-time
information rather than
traditional time-based
maintenance
●
Better maintenance
with less man-hours
Reduce energy costs:
●
Optimize utility rate
structure
●
Automated demand
management
●
Energy usage
accountability

10.1

Power Systems
Engineering Solutions

10

Not only do we have one
of the largest teams of
power systems engineers
strategically located
throughout the world, but
many of these professionals
have influenced industry
standards and are sought
after because of their
expertise. With an emphasis
on precision and accuracy,
Eaton’s highly trained
engineers provide the most
focused and systematic
approach available to
enhance your system’s
performance. Your system
can save you money and
increase productivity while
meeting the growing and
changing demands of
your business.

10

Through surveys, studies,
predictive maintenance
solutions, energy
management, monitoring
and evaluation Eaton will
help you:

10

●

●

●

●

●

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Maintain IEEE
recommended power
quality levels, including
proper operating voltages
Reduce costly system
disturbances
Minimize harmonic
disturbances created
by nonlinear loads
Provide arc flash levels
and personal protective
equipment to develop
customer safety programs
With virtually all types of
software packages

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

We offer more than 15
standard and specialized
power system studies to
precisely target and help
correct your specific power
issues, utilizing a variety of
measurement instruments
and specialized software
packages.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-7

10.1
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Contents

PSA Group

Description

10

Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group
General Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power Systems Automation Group

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10

The Power Systems
Automation (PSA) group
is a full-service systems
integrator. Eaton ensures
your hardware, software and
communication networks
perform as a seamless
system. PSA provides a
unique alternative to
conventional manufacturerintegrator-contractor
teams by:
●

10
10
10

●

10
10
10
10
10

●

Offering project
management and singlepoint responsibility direct
from a major manufacturer
of power management and
control systems
Providing unsurpassed
expertise in power
management and power
system control applications
across a broad range of
industries and end users
Focusing on applying
new products effectively
and appropriately, and
integrating seamlessly with
all major manufacturers’
equipment, new or existing

●

Bringing a wide range of
Eaton resources into a
project to address
geographic and technical
challenges, and managing
subcontractors and
manufacturers to handle
products and services
not provided directly by
Eaton’s Electrical Services
& Systems

PSA provides turnkey
systems integration projects
including system design,
programming, panel building,
installation, project
management, startup,
customer training and
complete documentation—
integrating Eaton’s and all
major OEM’s hardware,
software and systems.
The following is a summary
of services.

10
10

Power Systems Automation
●
Power monitoring,
management and control
systems
●
Eaton’s Power Xpert,
Foreseer and PowerNet
Systems including Power
Xpert Reporting
●
Energy cost allocation
●
Lighting management
systems (Eaton Pow-RCommand™)
●
Load management
systems
●
Load shed and load
transfer schemes
●
Generator paralleling
systems
●
Backup and emergency
generation systems
●
Demand management
systems
●
Generator and ATS system
monitoring control and
remote testing
●
Utility rate plan
optimization
●
Health care emergency
power supply systems
monitoring
●
Web-based monitoring
services

Example of a Fully Automated
Generator Paralleling and Emergency
Power Transfer Scheme for a
Mission-Critical Application

10
10
V3-T10-8

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-2
V3-T10-5
V3-T10-9
V3-T10-10
V3-T10-11

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

General Capabilities
●
Power Xpert
●
Foreseer
●
System design—functional
specification
●
System network
architecture
●
CAD drawings
●
PC control and open
automation
●
DeviceNet™ applications
●
Open protocol systems
●
PLC design and
programming:
●
Eaton
●
Allen-Bradley®
●
Modicon®
●
GE Fanuc®
●
Siemens
●
Human machine interface/
graphical user interface
design and configuration:
●
Eaton PanelMate® and
PanelMate PC
●
ICONICS GENESIS®
and WebHMI®
●
Wonderware®
●
Intellution
●
PanelView™ and
RSView™
●
Citect
●
CIMPLICITY

●

●

10.1
10

Full service custom
panel shop:
●
UL® listing for industrial
control panels
●
Motor starter panels
●
PLC enclosures and
operator consoles
●
Design and testing
●
Turnkey capabilities
Project management—
contractors, systems
integrators, other
OEMs, etc.
●
Installation
●
Startup and
commissioning
●
Instruction manuals
●
Customized training
●
Complete
documentation
●
Service contracts
and maintenance
agreements
●
Single-point
responsibility

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-9

10.1
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

Contents

Eaton’s Instant Response Center

Description

10

Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . .

10
10
10

V3-T10-2
V3-T10-5
V3-T10-8
V3-T10-11

10
10
10
10
10
10

Instant Response Center Services

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton’s Instant Response
CenterSM (IRC) is staffed by
power systems engineering
and power quality experts,
monitoring your electrical
distribution system in realtime. The IRC continuously
monitors power distribution
equipment for changes in
performance or other
conditions that could signal
an impending power failure.
When changes exceed
predetermined thresholds,
the IRC issues alerts to
service personnel via Internet
e-mail or wireless page.
Eaton power systems
experts can then remotely
and securely access real-time
data from the subscriber’s
system, often correcting a
problem before electrical
service is impacted,
delivering to customers
a quantifiable return on
investment based on
maximum uptime, extended
equipment lifetime, and
reduced energy costs.

System outages can be
prevented or mitigated,
equipment life extended,
and operating, maintenance
and energy costs reduced
by monitoring key system
wellness parameters such as:
●

●

●
●
●
●

●

●
●
●
●

Current, voltage
and energy
Power quality and
harmonic content
Partial discharge
Vibration
Temperature
Environmental (such as
presence of water)
Power factor
(transformer bushings)
Key events (oscilligraphy)
Energy monitoring
Inverter monitoring
Environmental condition
monitoring

10
10

The Instant Response Center
is the vanguard of Eaton’s
Knowledge Management
Services. Knowledge
management is a broad term
that describes the application
of a variety of related
technologies and expert
analytical services that
transform data into
information, and information
into knowledge. Data is
collected by remotely
monitoring customers’
electrical distribution and
related systems via the
Internet, and trending key
parameters related to energy
and utilities, power quality,
predictive diagnostics,
environment and key events.
This data is converted to
information through expert
analysis by power systems
engineering, power quality
and energy management
experts. This information
is then transformed into
knowledge using data
mining techniques and the
application of predictive
algorithms to extract trends
and patterns that will predict
equipment failure and identify
energy cost reduction
opportunities.

10
10
V3-T10-10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Using the latest
communications
technologies, such as
wireless videography, it is
also possible to extend this
high-end expertise to field
technicians or customer
personnel to guide them
through sophisticated
problem diagnosis,
troubleshooting or repairs.
Benefits of IRC:
Experts are readily
available
●
Eliminates the cost of
bringing experts on site
●
Event analysis
●
No employee turnover
●

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Overview of Services

10.1

Contents

Oil Field HRG-3

Description

Page

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units

V3-T10-2
V3-T10-5
V3-T10-8
V3-T10-10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Customized High Resistance Grounding Units
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems builds custom
medium voltage High
Resistance Grounding Units
(HRGUs). They eliminate
the possibility of excessive
transient overvoltages due
to arcing ground faults on
ungrounded systems. There
are three categories:
●

●

General industry—these
HRGUs typically are
freestanding and come
with a pulsing contactor
design to aid in finding
the ground fault
Medium voltage
generators—new IEEE
research has proven high
risk for low resistance
grounded generators with
internal ground faults.
These systems require low
resistance grounding for
the system, but when an
internal generator ground
fault occurs, massive
damage can result. Eaton’s
Electrical Services &
Systems has developed
a hybrid high resistance
grounding unit (HHRG) that
allows the system to be
low resistance grounded
for external ground faults
but quickly reverts to high
resistance grounded only
for internal ground faults

●

10

Oil field wells—electrical
submersible pumps used
in oil well applications
traditionally have been
designed to operate
ungrounded with the
expected history of
insulation type failures
due to arcing ground faults
on ungrounded systems.
These HRGU versions are
custom designed to match
the unique voltages, size
and locations (land or
platforms) for the oil field
industry and supply the
proven service continuity
and safety high resistance
grounding provides

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-11

10.2
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

Contents

Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies

Description

10

Page

Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies
Arc Flash Analysis Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protective Device Coordination Study. . . . . . . .
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . .
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . .

10
10
10

V3-T10-14
V3-T10-13
V3-T10-15
V3-T10-17
V3-T10-19

10
10
10
10
10
10

Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems (EESS) can perform
short-circuit and coordination
studies per the following
standards, and others.
●

Institute of Electrical and
Electronics Engineers, Inc.
(IEEE):
●
IEEE 141,
Recommended Practice
for Electric Power
Distribution for
Industrial Plants
●
IEEE 242,
Recommended Practice
for Protection and
Coordination of
Industrial and
Commercial
Power Systems
●
IEEE 399,
Recommended Practice
for Industrial and
Commercial Power
System Analysis
●
IEEE 241,
Recommended
Practice for Electric
Power Systems in
Commercial Buildings
●
IEEE 1015,
Recommended Practice
for Applying Low Voltage
Circuit Breakers Used in
Industrial and
Commercial Power
Systems

IEEE 1584, Methods
for calculating flash
protection boundary
distance and incident
energy values.
Determine hazard
risk category. Select
protective clothing
and PPE (Personal
Protective Equipment)
American National
Standards Institute (ANSI):
●
ANSI C57.12.00:
Standard General
Requirements for LiquidImmersed Distribution,
Power, and Regulating
Transformers
●
ANSI C37.13: Standard
for Low Voltage AC
Power Circuit Breakers
Used in Enclosures
●
ANSI C37.010: Standard
Application Guide for
AC High Voltage Circuit
Breakers Rated on
a Symmetrical
Current Basis
●
ANSI C37.41: Standard
Design Tests for
High Voltage Fuses,
Distribution Enclosed
Single-Pole Air Switches,
Fuse Disconnecting
Switches and
Accessories
●

●

●

The National Fire Protection
Association 70E, National
Electrical Code®, latest
edition. Use methods to
calculate flash protection
boundary distance and
incident energy values

Eaton Quality Assurance
The short-circuit and
coordination studies will
be conducted under the
supervision and approval
of a registered professional
electrical engineer skilled in
performing and interpreting
the power system studies.
The registered professional
electrical engineer will be a
full-time employee of EESS.
The field engineering service
division can administer the
power system studies,
including acceptance and
startup testing. Equipment
and component titles used in
the studies shall be identical
to the equipment and
component titles shown on
the customer’s one-line
drawings. The power system
studies will be performed
with the aid of a digital
computer program and will be
in accordance with the latest
applicable IEEE and ANSI
standards.

10
V3-T10-12

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Following the completion
of all studies, acceptance
testing and startup by EESS,
a 2-year warranty will be
provided on all components
manufactured by Eaton.
Sequencing and Scheduling
The short-circuit and
protective device
coordination studies will
be submitted to the design
engineer prior to receiving
final approval of the
distribution equipment
shop drawings and/or prior
to release of equipment
drawings for manufacturing.
If formal completion of the
studies may cause delay in
equipment manufacturing,
approval from the engineer
may be requested for
preliminary submittal of
sufficient study data to
ensure that the selection
of device ratings and
characteristics will be
satisfactory.

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

Data Collection
The owner’s contractor,
under the direction of the
equipment manufacturer,
shall furnish all data as
required by the power
system studies. The engineer
performing the short-circuit
and coordination studies will
furnish the equipment
manufacturer and contractor
with a listing of required data
after award of the contract.
The contractor should
expedite collection
of the data to ensure
completion of the studies as
required for final approval of
the distribution equipment
shop drawings and/or prior to
the release of the equipment
for manufacturing. Provisions
shall be included by the
contractor to obtain the
services of the equipment
manufacturer to support
the proper data collection.
Fault contribution of
existing motors is included
in the study, with motors
<100 horsepower typically
grouped together. The
contractor shall obtain
required existing equipment
data, if necessary, to satisfy
the study requirements.

Short-Circuit and Protective
Device Evaluation Study Details
Typical conductor
impedances based on IEEE
Std. 141-1993 are utilized.

Protective Device Evaluation
The protective device
evaluation portion of the
study will:
●

Transformer design
impedances are used
when test impedances
are not available.
The following is included
as part of the study:
●

●

●

●

●

●

Calculation methods
and assumptions
Selected base per
unit quantities
One-line diagram of the
system being evaluated
Source impedance data,
including electric utility
system and motor fault
contribution characteristics
Tabulations of calculated
quantities
Results, conclusions
and recommendations

A calculation of short-circuit
momentary and interrupting
duties for a three-phase
bolted fault is made for the
following locations:
●

●
●

●
●
●

●
●

Electric utility’s supply
termination point
Incoming switchgear
Unit substation primary
and secondary terminals
Low voltage switchgear
Motor control centers
Standby generators and
automatic transfer
switches
Branch circuit panelboards
Other significant locations
throughout the system

For grounded systems, a
bolted line-to-ground fault
current study for areas as
defined for the three-phase
bolted fault short-circuit study
will be provided.

●

●

●

●

Evaluate equipment and
protective devices shortcircuit ratings and compare
to calculated available
fault current
Determine the adequacy of
switchgear, motor control
centers, and panelboard
bus bars to withstand
short-circuit stresses
Determine the adequacy
of transformer windings
to withstand short-circuit
stresses
Determine the adequacy
of cable and busway sizes
to withstand short-circuit
heating
Notify owner in writing, of
existing circuit protective
devices improperly rated
for the calculated available
fault current

Protective Device
Coordination Study
●
Proposed protective device
coordination time-current
curves will be displayed
on log-log
●
Included on each curve
sheet will be a complete
title and one-line diagram
with legend identifying the
specific portion of the
system covered
●
The device characteristic
curves will be terminated
at a point reflecting
maximum symmetrical or
asymmetrical fault current
to which device is exposed
●
Identification of the device
associated with each curve
by manufacturer type and
function, and generated
using a commercially
available software program

10.2

The following characteristics
will be plotted on the curves,
where applicable:
●

●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

●

Electric utility’s
protective device
Medium voltage
equipment relays
Medium and low
voltage fuses, including
manufacturer’s minimum
melt, total clearing,
tolerance and damage
bands
Low voltage equipment
circuit breaker trip devices,
including manufacturer’s
tolerance bands
Transformer full-load
current, magnetizing
inrush current and ANSI
transformer withstand
parameters
Conductor damage curves
Ground fault protective
devices, as applicable
Pertinent motor starting
characteristics and motor
damage points
Pertinent generator
short-circuit decrement
curve and generator
damage point
Other system load
protective devices for the
largest branch circuit and
the largest feeder circuit
breaker in each motor
control center

Where possible, adequate
time margins will be provided
between device characteristics
such that selective operation
is provided, while providing
proper protection.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-13

10.2

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

10

Arc Flash Analysis Details

10

Background
NFPA 70E Standard,
Article 110.7 (F), states that
an electrical safety program
shall identify a hazard/risk
evaluation procedure to be
used before work is started
on or near live parts. Article
130.7 (A) states that
employees working in areas
where electrical hazards are
present shall be provided
with, and shall use, protective
equipment that is designed
and constructed for the
specific part of the body to
be protected and for the work
to be performed.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Procedure
In accordance with NFPA 70E
and IEEE 1584, commercially
available software packages
provide the calculation of
incident energy and flash
protection boundary. The
equations used in these
calculations are based on
actual test values. These
tests measured the calories
per square centimeter
(cal/cm2) radiating from
a simulated arcing fault.
The measurements were
performed at a theorized
working distance of
18.00 inches (457.2 mm).
The intent of the NFPA 70E
and IEEE 1584 guidelines
is to establish standard
calculations to determine an
Approach Boundary and an
associated PPE Hazard Level
that will limit the injury to the
onset of a second-degree
burn to the face and the torso
of the worker. An incident
energy of 1.2 cal/cm2
represents the onset of a
second-degree burn. The
various PPE Hazard Levels
are described in the NFPA
70E standard on a scale of
0 to 4. An incident energy
greater than 40 cal/cm2 will
be described in this study as
“Dangerous” and no Hazard
Level can be applied. Thus,
no PPE is approved to protect

Short-Circuit Data
●

the worker from a potential
arc flash hazard and the
equipment enclosure should
not be opened unless the
equipment is de-energized,
tagged-out and locked-out.
The arc flash analysis
considers each medium and
low voltage system location
within the scope of the work.
IEEE Std. 1584™-2002 states
that equipment below 240V
need not be considered
unless it involves at least one
125 kVA or larger lowimpedance transformer in
its immediate power supply.
Therefore, no detailed
calculations will be performed
for 120/208V locations
supplied by a transformer
smaller than 125 kVA,
however, labels will be
provided for these locations
and will be labeled as hazard
risk category zero. For the
detailed calculations, the
software determines the
available fault currents for
each location and the clearing
time of the device protecting
the same location. From
these determinations, the
potential incident energy is
calculated for each location.
Arc flash computations
shall include both line and
load side of main breaker
calculations, where necessary.

●
●
●
●
●

Recommended Protective
Device Settings
●

●

●
●
●
●

●
●

Input Data
●

●

●
●
●
●
●

Short-circuit reactance
of rotating machines
Cable and conduit
materials
Bus ducts
Transformers
Reactors
Aerial lines
Circuit resistance and
reactance values

Arcing fault magnitude
Device clearing time
Duration of arc
Arc flash boundary
Working distance
Incident energy
Recommendations for new
equipment and/or system
changes to reduce the
calculated arc flash energy
level below 40 cal/cm2
where possible

Submittals
The results of the shortcircuit, coordination and
arc flash study will be
summarized in a final report.
The report will include the
following sections:
●
●

10

Phase and ground relays:
●
Current transformer ratio
●
Current setting
●
Time setting
●
Instantaneous setting
●
Specialty nonovercurrent
device settings
●
Recommendations
on improved relaying
systems, if applicable
Circuit breakers:
●
Adjustable pickups and
time delays (long time,
short time, ground)
●
Adjustable time-current
characteristic
●
Adjustable
instantaneous pickup

One-line diagram
Descriptions, purpose,
basis and scope of
the study

10
V3-T10-14

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

●

●

●

●

●

●

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Tabulations of circuit
breaker, fuse and other
protective device ratings
versus calculated shortcircuit duties
Protective device time
versus current coordination
curves, tabulations of relay
and circuit breaker trip unit
settings, fuse selection
Fault current calculations
including a definition of
terms and guide for
interpretation of the
computer printout
Arc flash analysis
calculations including a
definition of terms and
guide for interpretation
of calculated values
Recommendations for
system improvements,
where needed
Executive summary

In addition to the report, EESS
can provide field services
(at additional cost) to:
●

Arc Flash Results

●

Tabulations
The following tabulations
will be provided as part of
the study:

Source fault impedance
and generator
contributions
X to R ratios
Asymmetry factors
Motor contributions
Short-circuit kVA
Symmetrical and
asymmetrical fault currents

●

●

●

Adjust relay and protective
device settings according
to the recommended
settings table provided
by the coordination
study. Field adjustments
to be completed by the
engineering service
division of the equipment
manufacturer under the
startup and acceptance
testing contract portion
Make minor modifications
to equipment as required to
accomplish conformance
with the short-circuit and
protective device
coordination studies
Notify owner in writing
of any required major
equipment modifications
Provide arc flash solution
engineering and
recommendations to lower
the incident energy at
specific locations where
the hazard is unacceptable

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

10.2

Contents
Description

Page

Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies .
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-12
V3-T10-17
V3-T10-19

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study

10

General Description

10

Background
The primary function of
the electrical power
distribution system is to
provide real and reactive
powers demanded by the
various loads connected to
the system. Simultaneously,
the frequency and various
bus voltages must be kept
within specified tolerances,
even though the load
demands may undergo large
and unpredictable changes.
The Load Flow Study is an
analysis of the system
capability to supply the
connected load under steadystate conditions. Optimal
management of the power
system can be achieved
through the use of this
analytical tool. Necessary in
the planning or expansion of
electrical power systems, a
load flow study demonstrates
the distribution of power and
voltage levels throughout the
system for selected operating
scenarios. These scenarios
may include normal and
emergency operating modes,
present and future circuit
arrangements, and alternative
designs and equipment
components.

Study results include real
(kW) and reactive (kVAR)
power flow through
transformers and cables,
voltage levels at system
buses, power factor and
system losses. These values
allow the power system
engineer to identify
overloaded transformers
and cables, provide
recommendations for proper
transformer tap settings, and
determine the need for
power factor correction
capacitors.
The Load Flow Study is a
prerequisite to developing
optimum generating strategies
and systems controls.

Study Procedure
Investigate the system
loading conditions for the
normal and contingent
operating conditions. All
system loads (kW and kVAR
components) and power
sources are included in
the analysis.
The study is processed using
state-of-the-art software,
which utilizes an iterative
technique to calculate real
and reactive power flows,
and bus voltage levels
throughout the system.
The data base for the load
flow analysis is established
from existing design or
nameplate load data or by
monitoring the existing
feeders with a digital power
monitor. Each feeder is
monitored for a minimum
of two hours, during typical
operating periods. The
following system data is
utilized as input to the load
flow program:
●
●
●

Current and voltage
kW, kVAR and kVA
Power factor

The study for the electrical
system is based on both
present and future loading
considerations and switching
configurations. A maximum
of three load flow study
cases are performed to
analyze power flow, voltage
regulation, power factor,
transformer tap settings and
other load considerations.
An evaluation of the existing
utility billing contract will
determine whether power
factor correction should be
incorporated in the power
system. If power factor
correction is needed, the
appropriate hardware is
recommended and located to
maintain desired power factor
at the metering point. The
study also indicates any
switching of power factor
correction equipment that
may be necessary to maintain
proper voltage levels.
If the study results indicate
that power factor correction
equipment is necessary,
the approximate payback
period will be calculated
for equipment purchase
and installation.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-15

10.2
10
10
10

●

10
10
10

●

●

●

10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies

Results
The Load Flow Study includes
the following for each circuit
condition analyzed:

10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

●

Bus voltages, line
currents, power factor
and transformer loading
in actual quantities and in
percent of the device
base values
Recommended
transformer tap settings
Recommended generator
dispatch schedules
Complete set of capacitor
recommendations,
including calculated
payback period based
upon energy savings,
if additional shunt
compensation is
required for power
factor improvement or
voltage support
Recommended equipment
upgrades or circuit
reconfigurations to
optimize the power
flow from the source
to the loads

Data Requirements
In addition to the data
required for the short-circuit
study, the following data is
required to complete the load
flow study:
●

●

●

●

Design, nameplate or
measured load data
Ratings and connections
of all power factor
correction capacitors
Reactor impedance
and ratings
Power flow measurements
(when available) at
utilization transformers

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-16

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

10.2

Contents

Harmonic Analysis Study

Description

Page

Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies .
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . .
Harmonic Analysis Study
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-12
V3-T10-15
V3-T10-19

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Harmonic Analysis Study

10

General Description

10

Background
The operation of nonlinear
loads and in particular variable
frequency drives (VFDs) in a
power distribution system
creates harmonic currents
that flow throughout the
power system. When
considering VFDs, the
frequencies and magnitudes
of the harmonic currents are
functions of the number
of drive rectifier pulses,
as well as the AC system
impedances. Harmonic
voltages result from the
harmonic current flowing
back into the harmonic
impedances of the
distribution system. The
order of the harmonic
currents generated is np ± 1,
where n is any integer and p
is the number of drive pulses.
Therefore, for 6-pulse drive,
the order of harmonics is 5th,
7th, 11th, 13th, 17th, 19th,
etc. For 12-pulse drive, the
order of harmonics is 11th,
13th, 23rd, 25th, 35th,
37th, etc.

Harmonic studies can provide
calculation of the current
and voltage harmonics
throughout the electrical
distribution system when
the generated harmonic
current magnitudes and the
system 60 Hz impedances
are known.
Significant harmonic current
and voltage magnitudes can
have adverse effects on
system components and
overall system operation.
Harmonic currents cause
increased power losses in
transformers, motors and
cables. The higher power
losses increase equipmentoperating temperatures,
increasing the possibility of
overload, increasing thermal
stress on insulation, and
reducing overall system
efficiency.

Power factor correction
capacitor banks are
particularly vulnerable to the
detrimental effects of power
system harmonics. Most
capacitors are designed to
operate at a maximum of
110% of rated voltage and
135% of rated kVAR. Large
magnitudes of voltage and
current harmonics can
exceed these design limits,
and cause severe capacitor
bank damage. Since
capacitive reactance is
inversely proportional to
frequency, capacitor banks
act as sinks for current
harmonics in the system. This
often causes capacitor fuses
to open or capacitor damage
when fuses are not present
or improperly sized.

A serious condition, with
potential for substantial
damage, occurs as a result of
harmonic parallel resonance.
As frequency increases,
capacitive reactance
decreases and inductive
reactance increases.
Harmonic resonance occurs
at the frequency when the
inductive reactance of the
source-side circuit equals the
capacitive reactance of the
power factor correction
capacitor. Looking back into
the circuit from the harmonic
source, the capacitor is in
parallel with the substation
transformer. The circuit total
impedance (including the
capacitor) is very high at the
resonance frequency. If the
VFDs generate harmonic
current at the resonance
frequency, large harmonic
voltages will be developed at
the capacitor and transformer
bus, and serious equipment
damage can occur.
IEEE Std. 519-1992
establishes recommended
limits for harmonic voltages
and currents in power
systems.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-17

10.2
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

●

●

10
10
10

Existing system
configuration
System with new VFDs or
other nonlinear harmonic
creating loads in operation

The power system is
modeled for the fundamental
frequency and appropriate
harmonic frequencies.
System impedances are
calculated for the
fundamental frequency as
well as for each appropriate
harmonic frequency.
The following is calculated for
each study:
●

●

●

10
10

Power System Studies

Study Procedure
Harmonic analysis of the
electrical distribution system
for the circuit conditions
listed below.

10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

●

●

System harmonic voltages
in rms and % THD
System harmonic currents
in rms and % THD
An IEEE 519 analysis at the
point of common coupling
with incoming utility
Capacitor bank evaluations
on the basis of voltage,
current and kVA
The payback period of the
total cost (filter equipment,
installation and/or
relocation) for the three
most feasible filter options

In addition, the drive’s
harmonic generation based
upon the drive’s loading and
characteristics is calculated. If
specified, field measurement
of the VFD current harmonic
generation during the process
operation can be made. Each
harmonic component is then
successively injected into the
simulated system, and the
resulting harmonic currents
and voltages are computed
throughout the system.

Results
At the conclusion of the
Harmonic Analysis, the
following will be submitted
for each circuit condition
analyzed:
●

●

If the calculated magnitudes
of harmonic voltages and/or
currents are excessive, the
optimal corrective solution will
be determined to reduce the
harmonic quantities to within
acceptable limits.
When a harmonic filter is
recommended, a complete
equipment specification will
be provided. A final study
case is conducted to verify
that the harmonic filtering
equipment will reduce
harmonic levels to within
acceptable standards.

●

●

●

Description, purpose, basis
and scope of the harmonic
study and a single-line
diagram of the portion of
the power system that is
included within the scope
of the study
Tables listing the individual
harmonic voltages and
currents and total harmonic
distortions (THDs) for all
major buses within the
electrical distribution
system. Waveforms for all
of the calculated harmonic
voltages and currents will
be displayed
Plots of frequency versus
impedance (harmonic
resonance scans) for all
shunt capacitor locations
Complete
recommendations for
harmonic filters, shunt
capacitors and series
reactors, required for
harmonic suppression
All computer output and
an interpretation guide

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-18

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Data Requirements
In addition to the data
required for a load flow
analysis, the following data
is also required:
●

●

●

Complete text report of
each measurement
location sorted by voltage
and current, and listing
the individual harmonic
component and the total
harmonic distortion (THD)
Waveforms of each
measurement sample
Detailed harmonic
spectrums of the harmonic
generating loads

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

10.2

Contents
Description
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies .
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . .
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Analysis and Design Services
Transient Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Switching Transient Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transient Motor Starting Analysis . . . . . . . . . . .
Ground Grid Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical Design Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

10

V3-T10-12
V3-T10-15
V3-T10-17

10

V3-T10-19
V3-T10-20
V3-T10-21
V3-T10-21
V3-T10-22

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Advanced Analysis and Design Services

10

Transient Stability

10

Background
Power system stability is a
condition where the various
synchronous machines of a
system remain in synchronism,
or in step, with one another.
Instability is the condition
when one or more of the
machines fall out of step.

Study Procedure
The Transient Stability
Study provides an analysis
of the transient response
of the system and rotating
machines following system
disturbances, and the behavior
of the system in relation to
the power company tie.

With a sudden increment
in load, there is a definite
upper limit to the load that a
machine will carry without
pulling out of step. This is
defined as the transient
stability limit of the system
for the given condition.
The transient stability limit
may have different values
for the same system,
depending upon the nature
and magnitude of the
disturbance. Disturbance
types include a sudden
increase in load, by the
disconnection of a parallel line
or disconnection of the utility
source. The most severe
disturbance subjected to the
electrical distribution system
is a short circuit.
All transient stability
studies should include
computer simulations that
determine the effects of
short circuits upon the
system transient stability.

Data from the study can be
used to determine the effect
of generator and/or motor
performance, system voltage
and frequency, all as a
function of time. Generator
and motor performance are
affected by:
●

●

●

Abrupt changes in load
and including the starting
and accelerating effect of
large motors
Short Circuits, from which
effect the critical operating
time for protective relays
can be determined
Partial loss of generation or
loss of power company tie,
and the corrective effect of
a load shedding scheme

Study engineers will analyze
system disturbance scenarios
using state-of-the-art
software. Protective device
fault clearing times will be
included in the computer
simulations and the
generator, motor, and tie-line
protection and coordination
will be evaluated from a
system stability perspective.
Load-shedding schemes will
be evaluated or developed,
based upon the operating
requirements of the
customer facility.
Results
At the conclusion of the
Transient Stability Analysis,
Eaton will submit the
following:
●

Machine variables,
including turbine input
and generator output
power, accelerating power,
frequency deviation, rotor
angle, field voltage and
current, terminal voltage
magnitude and angle,
and generator current

●

●

●

●

and angle. These are
summarized for each
machine in time
increments over the
nominal transient time
interval of one or two
seconds. For the load
shedding study analysis,
the time interval would be
extended to five seconds
or longer
Plotted swing curves of
power angle over the
transient time period for
each machine
The magnitude and angle
of voltage and frequency
deviation for any bus in
the system
Summary of line currents,
power flows and apparent
impedance on any line
If required, details of the
load shedding scheme,
including the sequence
of load separation, critical
clearing time and type
of relay

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-19

10.2

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

10

Switching Transient Analysis

10

Background
A transient is initiated
whenever there is a sudden
change of circuit conditions.
This most often occurs when
a switching operation occurs,
such as capacitor switching,
transformer energizing and
fault current interruption.
Some of the most severe
and damaging transients are
produced by lightning strikes.
Voltage transients will result
when loads on an electrical
distribution system are
switched. Industrial and
commercial power systems
comprise capacitive and
inductive components. The
transient disturbance occurs
because the currents and
voltages do not reach their
final value instantaneously.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

The severity of a voltage
transient is a function of the
relative power level of the
load being switched, and
the available fault current
magnitude in the supply
circuit where the switching
takes place. Some circuit
components such as motors
and transformers are
adversely affected by the
speed (frequency) of the
voltage transient as well
as its magnitude. Voltage
transient magnitudes
should not exceed twice
the system voltage when
they occur from normal
switching operations.
Properly rated equipment
BIL provides adequate
transient or surge protection
for these instances.
Complex voltage transients
result from abnormal
switching operations and
current chopping, prestrikes
and restrikes cause these
disturbances. Voltage
magnitudes may approach
ten times the system voltage
and must be controlled by
surge arresters, surge
capacitors and/or resistors.
These surges can damage
the most rugged system
components.

Study Procedure
Eaton engineers will discuss
with customer personnel all
aspects of the disturbance
that is being investigated. The
circuit configuration
and system loading prior
to the disturbance and any
subsequent equipment
damage incurred will
be examined.
Engineers will develop a
computer model of the
electrical circuit with EMTP,
Electromagnetic Transients
Program. All circuit
components, including surge
capacitors, equipment
capacitance, bushing
capacitance, CT and PT
capacitance, and transformer
saturation characteristics will
be modeled in detail.
The suspect switching
operations, including all
reasonable perturbations such
as current chopping, circuit
breaker restrike and prestrike,
will be simulated with the
computer. Voltage and
current transient magnitudes
will be calculated, and the
waveforms will be displayed
for all of the transients caused
by the switching operation.

Results
At the conclusion of the
Switching Transient Analysis,
Eaton will submit the
following:
●

●

●

●

●

Detailed description of the
sequence of events that
preceded the switching
transient that disrupted the
electrical system operation
and caused equipment
damage
Magnitudes and
waveforms of transient
voltages and currents
calculated by the
computer simulations
Recommendations for
surge protection, such
as surge arresters, surge
capacitors, RC suppression,
damping resistors or
TVSSs, for all affected
equipment
Results of the insulation
coordination study to
evaluate the degree of
protection afforded by
the recommended surge
protection system
Appendix, including oneline diagrams, computer
program output sheets
and all other pertinent
supporting documentation

If excessive transient
voltages or currents are
observed, the study engineer
will propose corrective
measures, which may
include surge protection,
damping resistors or modified
switching procedures. These
measures will be analyzed
with additional simulations
to ensure that excessive
switching transients are
avoided or reduced to
acceptable levels.
Finally, an insulation
coordination study, which
compares surge arrester
ratings with equipment BIL,
will be completed to confirm
the recommended surge
protection system for the
circuit being investigated.

10
10
V3-T10-20

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Power System Studies

Transient Motor Starting Analysis
Background
A motor starting study is
conducted to evaluate the
motor’s impact on the power
system and the power
system’s impact on the
motor. Motor starting studies
are usually performed for
new motor installations
to ensure system reliability,
provide data for motor
protection, and to identify any
system modifications that
may be necessary to avoid
starting problems.
Starting a large motor on a
distribution grid with limited
capacity may cause severe
voltage reduction and not
produce enough motor
torque to accelerate the
motor. One of the most
noticeable effects is light
flicker during motor starting.
Voltage dips may cause
problems with voltage
sensitive electronic
equipment to such as
computers and
microprocessors.
The study will recommend
solutions to any problem
discovered. One possible
solution may be to install a
reduced voltage starter to
decrease the motor inrush
current and minimize the
voltage drop. A system
balance must be maintained
to minimize impact on the
system and allow sufficient
motor torque to perform
its function.
Eaton will investigate various
methods for minimizing
system disturbances when
starting of motors. These
methods include:
●

●

Reduced voltage starting
methods such as: autotransformer, reactor,
wye-delta, primary
resistor, part winding
and solid state
System modifications,
including paralleling
circuits, addition of shunt
capacitors, adjusting
transformer taps and
relocating loads

10.2

Ground Grid Analysis
Study Procedure
A Motor Starting Study will
determine the system effects
of starting and accelerating
the motor and associated
load from time zero to full
speed. The study will
calculate the terminal
voltages of the motor and
other buses when the motor
and load is started.
Eaton will develop the circuit
model on the digital computer.
The procedure requires
a Load Flow analysis to
be completed initially to
determine system conditions
prior to motor starting.
Computer simulations of
various motor starting
methods, motor starting
sequences and circuit
configurations will follow.
From these results, Eaton
will recommend the best
means of starting motors
at that circuit location.
Results
At the conclusion of the
Motor Starting Study, Eaton
will submit the following for
each method analyzed:
●

●

●

Tables listing voltages at
the motor terminals and at
other significant locations
within the electrical
distribution system
Plots of motor speed,
motor current, motor
torque, load torque,
accelerating torque,
accelerating time, power
factor, and voltages at
the motor terminals and
other significant locations
in the system
Recommendations of
various options to correct
any problems found in
starting and accelerating
the motor and load

Background
A Ground Grid Analysis
ensures that the ground grid
design provides adequate
safety for personnel during
ground fault conditions.
When fault current flows
through the earth from the
ground grid of the plant
substation, the potential of
the plant substation ground is
elevated. Voltage potentials
along the ground surface
may be severe enough to
endanger a person walking on
the surface, and dangerous
potential differences may
exist between grounded
apparatus, structures,
fences and nearby earth.
Study Procedure
Eaton engineers will evaluate
your switchyard or substation
ground grid to ensure that the
performance of the grid
adheres to IEEE Standard 80,
“Guide for Safety in AC
Substation Grounding.”
This will involve utilizing a
computer software program
that models the ground grid
under fault conditions. All
voltages at the surface are
calculated, allowing
evaluation of Step and Touch
potentials, to ensure the
safety of plant personnel.
The Ground Potential Rise
is also calculated to evaluate
the potential of damage to
interconnected equipment.
The following services are
available and are an integral
part of doing a complete
evaluation:
●

●

●

●

10
●

●

Substation ground grid
layout design, ground grid
equipment specifications,
bills-of-materials,
requirements to meet
IEEE Std. 80
Recommendations for
improving existing grids

Results
At the conclusion of the
Ground Grid Analysis, Eaton
will submit the following:
●

●
●

●

●

Executive summary,
including findings and
recommendations
Study procedures
Calculation results,
including GPR and Step
and Touch Potentials
Data summary, including
computer report output
Appendix, including oneline diagrams, computer
program output sheets,
and all other pertinent
supporting documentation

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Inspection and evaluation
of existing grid conductors
and connectors and
continuity
Soil resistive
measurements and
interpretation
Measurement of ground
grid impedance
Safety assessments—step
and touch voltage criteria

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-21

10.2
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton’s electrical design
services can extend from
the point of utility connect
to the equipment. Design
services are integrated with
analysis services, resulting
in a complete engineered
solution. The level of design
detail can be customized
from minimal design
consultation and advice
to a complete design
package with specifications
and drawings.

●

10
●

10
10
10
10
10
10

●

●

●

●

●
●

10
10

Typical construction drawings
and documentation for design
projects include:

Typical design services
include:

10
10

Power System Studies

Electrical Design Services

10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

●

Distribution System
Design—Design and
specification of the
electrical distribution
system from the point
of utility interconnection
to the downstream
utilization equipment
Substation Design—
Complete substation
design service is available,
including ground grid
analysis and design,
substation layout,
equipment specification,
protection and control
Protection and Control—
Design of advanced
electrical protection
and control, including
transmission line
protection, system
automation and
advanced metering
Renewable energy
design, including the
AC and DC distribution
systems, collector
substation and utility
interconnection design

●

●

●

●

●

Demolition plans for the
existing equipment and
building (if applicable)
New proposed switchgear
arrangement plans and
elevation views
Specifications for all
new AC and DC
distribution equipment
All necessary engineering
calculations (load flow,
short-circuit, etc.)
Single line diagrams for
the AC and DC distribution
and auxiliary equipment
Arrangement plans and
details for new structures,
bus systems, auxiliary and
DC equipment
Conduit raceway drawings
and schedules
Control panel and terminal
board panel design
drawings
Lighting and grounding
modifications for the
new installation
Building modification
for garage doors,
air ventilation, etc.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-22

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

10.3

Contents

Field Engineering Services

10

Description

10

Field Engineering Services

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Selection Guide
The following tables present the relationship between Eaton’s Electrical Sector capabilities and the user’s needs:

10

Consulting and Turnkey Project Management

10

Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

New substation design,
management and construction

Support consultant or end-user by offering one-stop
shopping and an exclusive 2-year warranty on all
Eaton products supplied.

—

Electrical, mechanical and
instrumentation services

Through networking the experiences of our
many service locations, we can add mechanical
and instrumentation services to our
construction capabilities.

—

Design and construction costs are reduced by a
single-source contract. In addition, end-user internal
engineering resources can be applied to core-business
process improvements, rather than the electrical
distribution system.

Power system studies
Short circuit
Device evaluation
Coordination
Load flow
Power factor
Harmonics
Power quality
Grounding
Reliability
Switching transient
Others

New construction requires the proper set of
power system studies. We can review your current
and future power needs: reliability, loading profiles,
emergency power requirements, etc., and determine
the necessary studies.

A short-circuit study is required for protection of
personnel and equipment. In addition, coordination
studies reduce downtime by limiting the power loss to
only the faulted feeder. Power quality studies are
necessary due to the many new nonlinear loads and
their potential effect on critical equipment.

Failure/root-cause analysis

—

Equipment relocation

Extending the life of an electrical distribution system
should include an updated single-line diagram and the
proper complement of Power System Studies to
address your current and future needs.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Changing production needs can be satisfied by
the relocation of power distribution components,
either by use of internal or sister-plant equipment.

Electrical outages can result in extensive downtime
and loss production. Critical systems should be
investigated to determine the cause of such outages,
and corrective actions planned and implemented.

An investigation of critical outages can result in longrange cost reductions by preventing the repeat of such
occurrences, and allowing system improvements
while funding is available.

—

Costs can be reduced for new production projects
by the allocation of existing equipment, thereby
eliminating the need for new purchases.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-23

10.3
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

System Integration
Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

Plant monitoring, protection
and control
Digitrip
PowerNet
Advantage starters
DeviceNet
PLC interface

Plant-wide electrical power distribution system
monitoring and control can be cost-effectively
implemented during new construction. New
Eaton electrical products allow for communications
through all levels of the power distribution network.
Eaton’s PowerNet system allows for plant-wide
monitoring and control from a single workstation
or from any number of workstations connected to a
plant LAN, company, intranet or Internet.

Real-time monitoring, and remote control of circuit
breakers can greatly improve reliability by providing
immediate indication of a problem, allowing for a
quick resolution; and if necessary, remote control
of power distribution equipment.

Plant electrical distribution systems are being
subjected to higher loads, and greater harmonics.
Plant-wide monitoring can help identify these areas
of rapid deterioration, and implement corrective
actions to extend the life of the electrical system.
Taking such action will also prevent costly outages
and the resultant downtime. In addition, with the
advent of utility deregulation, having accurate power
usage values will allow for improved negotiating on
power purchases.

PLC/PC control and open
automation systems

New process and discrete control systems
currently employ PLCs for control and monitoring.
Eaton PC control and open automation products
can be applied for many of these systems with full
integration into plant-wide control and information
management systems. Integration to other OEM’s
equipment is also available.

The real-time, self-diagnostic information
available with a PC control/open automation
system significantly reduces system downtime
by allowing the operator to proactively respond to
system problems before a shutdown occurs.

PC control/open automation systems provide the
greatest level of flexibility when implementing a
control system. The open automation concept allows
the user to select the “best in class” components
without being tied to a single OEM. PC control systems
can provide a wealth of information that
can be easily integrated into manufacturing and
enterprise systems allowing the user to optimize
process efficiency.

Drive systems motor control

Eaton drive systems, as well as modernized
motor control, provide critical hardware for
new efficient process system construction.

Modern drive systems and motor control will
greatly improve system reliability by the application
of new technology, and allowing for plant-wide
communications and control.

The electrical portion of the process-line can have
extended life, and develop a lower cost of production.
This can be combined with the life extension of the
mechanical components.

Energy management
load shedding

Eaton maintains application expertise and a full
—
line of products to support energy management
systems. Our energy management experts can
design and implement an energy management
program including financial analysis and justification.

Generator/emergency
power systems

New power reliability needs may require modern
emergency power systems.

Reliability can be improved for critical processes
with improved standby power systems.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

With the advent of utility deregulation, in-house
power generation and load shedding capabilities
can aid your negotiations for reduced electric rates.
In-house generation voltage regulation and excitation
systems can also add to system life.

10

Training

10

Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

New product training
Electrical power equipment
Drive systems
PLC systems

Training is offered on all new products supplied
by Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The construction
phase is a beneficial time to incorporate training,
from equipment and a funding standpoint.

—

—

Distribution systems
analysis training

—

Plant engineers require an understanding of the
dynamics of electrical power distribution systems.
This training addresses topics to improve existing
electrical systems, as well as plan for future
expansions.

Life extension of the power distribution system
requires a proper analysis by the plant electrical
engineer. Appropriate investigations can be completed
and recommendations planned for implementation.

Power quality and
grounding training

—

Power quality and grounding issues are affecting
new sensitive process equipment. This training
can provide short- and long-term solutions, as well
as recommending methods to accurately measure
power quality.

—

Electrical equipment
maintenance training

—

Completing proper and timely maintenance on
electrical equipment will improve reliability and
reduce downtime. This training shall identify simple,
yet effective, maintenance tasks, which can be
completed by plant personnel.

Proper equipment maintenance will result in system
life extension, indirectly by reducing failures. In
addition, training in-house personnel to complete
several maintenance duties can reduce costs.

Customized training
Scheduled
On-site

In conjunction with new construction, training can
also be integrated to include existing electrical
components, regardless of manufacturer. This allows
for effective one-time training, on-site if desired, and
incorporated into the construction project. A site review
would be conducted to identify the training needs, and
associated equipment.

A plant-wide custom training program can
address specific reliability needs, as well as
goals for reduced downtime.

Cost reductions can be achieved by providing
maintenance training to operation personnel, thereby
possibly combining operating and maintenance duties.
This training will also provide operators with a
better understanding of the needs of electrical
equipment, thereby resulting in life extension
through reduced fatigue.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

V3-T10-24

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

10.3

Startup and Commissioning

10

Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

Installation support
and supervision

Electrical construction of sophisticated power
distribution equipment requires support and/or
supervision by factory trained personnel.

Proper installation techniques have been proven
to reduce short-term operation problems and the
resultant downtime.

Proper installation will result in an extended life,
through the proper application of stress and
tensions on various electrical components.

Acceptance testing
Electrical power
equipment:
Switchgear
Outdoor units
Circuit breakers
PowerNet, etc.
Starters
Motor control
Transformers
Tap changers
Network protection
Drive systems
PLC systems
Nuclear safety related 1E

Startup testing should be completed by an
independent division of a major electrical
equipment manufacturer. Eaton provides an exclusive
2-year warranty on all Cutler-Hammer brand products
supplied, when EESS completes engineering studies,
startup and acceptance testing.

Proper acceptance testing provides baseline
data for future maintenance. This allows the
development of predictive maintenance programs,
thereby anticipating outages, and identifying
correction actions. EESS offers comprehensive
ongoing predictive and preventive maintenance
programs.

Proper acceptance testing will identify any areas
requiring corrective action, thereby resulting in a
system with the longest life expectancy.

Startup, training and
warranty support

Trained individuals should complete equipment
startup. Voltage levels, phasing and proper
grounding requires attention to ensure a safe
startup. Specific equipment testing and adjustments
are also necessary to ensure all electrical safety
interlocks are operational and ready for long-term
service. Training can be provided immediately
following, or during the startup process. Warranty
issues can be quickly identified and corrected by
factory trained personnel.

Exclusive 2-year warranty

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Long-term reliability is ensured by the proper
startup, training and warranty support, all of
which are provided by EESS.

Eaton has identified that warranty-related costs may be associated with improper startup and acceptance
testing by groups that are not factory trained. This results in construction delays, as well as possible
long-term reliability issues. Eaton offers an exclusive 2-year warranty on Cutler-Hammer
brand products, when all engineering studies, startup and acceptance testing is completed by EESS.

Allowing the training cycle to commence
immediately following, or during, the startup
of the equipment can reduce training costs.
Travel and setup costs are minimized, and
plant personnel witness the operation of all
associated electrical equipment, as part of the
training session.

Startup costs are reduced by allowing EESS to
complete all functions since the required OEM
presence for equipment installation support can
be incorporated into the acceptance testing.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Predictive and Preventive Maintenance
Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

PM program design and
implementation
Electrical power equipment:
Switchgear
Outdoor units
Circuit breakers
PowerNet, etc.
Starters
Motor control
Transformers
Tap changers
Network protection
Medium voltage generators
Medium voltage motors
Drive systems
PLC systems
Nuclear safety related
1E equipment

Following construction, EESS can develop a
long-term predictive/preventive maintenance
program. This allows for recording of the necessary
baseline data required for effective predictive
maintenance programs.

Predictive maintenance involves identifying
measurable parameters, which when trended,
provide an indication of the reliability and the life
expectancy of the subject equipment.

A properly designed program will take advantage
of in-house personnel, thereby providing a costeffective plan. Program implementation and
required corrective actions will result in the
longest life expectancy possible.

Partial discharge sensors installed in new medium
voltage switchgear provide years of predictive
diagnostics.

Preventive maintenance includes specific
maintenance tasks that extend the useful life
of the subject equipment.
A comprehensive program can be developed,
whereby plant personnel complete portions,
supplemented by EESS personnel. Plant personnel
would perform observations, minor maintenance
and data recording. Tasks would be developed to
complement plant personnel’s existing daily duties.

EESS can provide a complete short- and longrange PM program to satisfy your life extension
and cost reduction needs.
Partial discharge detection identifies insulation
deterioration prior to permanent damage and
ultimate failure. Efficient outage correction
actions can be implemented.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Periodic reports would be issued addressing
all trends. Immediate corrective actions would
be identified, as well as long-term predictive
maintenance requirements.

10
10

Reliability is improved and downtime reduced
by the proper and regular implementation
of predictive and preventive maintenance programs.

10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-25

10.3
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

Electrical System Modernization
Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Switchgear bus
MVA upgrading

Existing switchgear and bus duct can be
retrofitted with partial discharge sensors,
therefore allowing for online predictive
diagnostics.

With possibly greater utility fault currents, new in-house cogeneration and additional motor loads
available, existing bus MVA ratings may be exceeded. Engineering inspection, testing and analysis are
employed by experienced engineers to determine corrective measures to improve bus MVA ratings. Life
extension is achieved for the entire switchgear lineup when combined with breaker MVA upgrading by
vacuum replacements.

Bus insulation systems

Existing switchgear and bus duct can be
retrofitted with partial discharge sensors,
therefore allowing for online predictive
diagnostics.

Replacement fluidized insulated bus systems are supplied to improve the reliability and extend the
life expectancy of the switchgear bus system. During the preliminary inspection, the sources of
bus contamination, or environmental factors, are reviewed and long-term system corrections are
also implemented.

Medium voltage vacuum
retrofit and low voltage
Digitrip RMS retrofits

—

As presented in Circuit Breaker Specialized Services, medium voltage vacuum replacements improve the
reliability and life expectancy of medium voltage breakers; as well as low voltage Digitrip RMS retrofits do the
same for low voltage breakers.

Low and medium voltage
motor starting upgrades

—

Eaton’s Cutler-Hammer aftermarket products
include AMPGARD® retrofit kits with air to
vacuum replacements. In addition, for low voltage
motor control and DS switchgear, replacement
units are manufactured as direct replacements for
Westinghouse and other OEM’s MCC buckets.
Reliability is improved by the replacement of the
operating coils and associated contact assemblies.

Life extension is achieved for medium and low voltage
motor control centers by replacing the worn
components with new production units. In addition,
improved motor protection and communications can be
incorporated into the upgrade package.

Low and medium voltage
cell retrofit

—

To assist in improving reliability of individual
feeder cubicles, Eaton can supply a complete
circuit breaker and supporting cell for installation
into existing switchgear. The result is a new
production unit, custom installed into an existing
older vintage switchgear lineup. A site inspection
is required to determine the best breaker/cell
combination to satisfy the system requirement.

Costs are reduced in comparison to modernizing
the entire switchgear lineup. Life extension is
achieved for a single cubicle feeder only.

Molded case circuit
breaker upgrades

—

Older style molded case breakers can be replaced
with new Eaton standard or the high interrupting
Series C® class of molded case breakers.
Long-term reliability is improved.

Life extension is achieved for the entire lineup by
application of new production units into the existing
switchboard lineup.

Plant monitoring, protection
and control
Digitrip
PowerNet
Advantage starters
DeviceNet
PLC interface

—

Real-time monitoring and remote control of
circuit breakers can greatly improve reliability
by providing immediate indication of a problem,
allowing for a quick resolution; and if necessary,
remote control of power distribution equipment.

Plant electrical system life extension can be achieved
by improving the monitoring, protection and control
of the individual components in a planned and unified
manner. Plant electrical distribution systems are being
subjected to higher loads and greater harmonics.
Plantwide monitoring can help identify these areas of
rapid deterioration, and implement corrective actions
to extend the life of the electrical system. In addition,
with the advent of utility deregulation, having accurate
power usage values will allow for improved
negotiating on power purchases.

Power factor control
and correction

—

—

Utility rates, as well as internal electrical system
losses, are related to power factor. Cost reductions
are achieved through proper power factor control
and correction. For systems with harmonics, filtered
power factor capacitor banks should be designed
and installed.

Ground fault detection
systems

—

Improved system reliability and personnel safety
are achieved by a properly applied ground fault
detection system. Systems can be applied at MV,
or low voltage levels by the use of Eaton products.

Costly outages, and faults related to repeated arcing
grounds, can be eliminated, as well as providing an
improved environment for personnel safety.

High resistance grounding
and detection

—

High resistance grounding systems can be
installed on ungrounded systems. These systems
will limit the ground fault current, thereby reducing
ground fault damage. The advantages of an
ungrounded system are maintained with the
added feature of ground detection and correction
while maintaining system operation.

Costs are reduced by limiting the damaging
effects of ground fault current and reducing the
troubleshooting time to locate grounds. Ground
fault pulsing allows for locating the ground,
with portable hand-held sensing devices, during
online operation.

Surge/lightning
protection systems

—

Outages can be prevented, related to surges
or lightning by the proper application of
protective devices.

Costly equipment damage can be eliminated.

Automatic transfer
scheme upgrades

—

Older automatic transfer schemes employ
old relay systems. The relay coils may be at
the end of their useful life, and operation can
not be assured for the next required automatic
transfer. Unfortunately, most defective transfer
schemes are not detected until a failed operation
has occurred.

Cost reductions related to downtime are eliminated,
by a review and upgrade of older transfer schemes,
before the first failed automatic transfer operation
occurs.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-26

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

10.3

Electrical System Modernization, continued

10

Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

Network protector
service/relaying systems

—

Network protector relaying systems require
service and testing to ensure continued proper
operation. Older relaying systems can be upgraded,
and complete network protector service is
available to improve reliability.

Life extension is achieved by proper servicing,
and/or upgrading of network protector components.
Complete network protector reconditioning is also
available from Eaton.

Generator voltage regulation
and static excitation systems

—

Many older in-house cogeneration units have
antiquated voltage regulation and excitation
systems. These older systems can not function
with the precision of modern replacements, and
often require extensive maintenance. Eaton offers
a complete range of products to apply to these
older systems, thereby improving overall system
reliability and reducing downtime.

With the advent of utility deregulation, in-house
cogeneration has become a critical source of
supplemental electrical power, for peak-shaving
and negotiating competitive power usage rates.
With the associated maintenance of the mechanical
and rotating components, the life expectancy can be
extended with the inclusion of a modern electrical
control system.

Reduced voltage and
soft starters

—

Application of current production starters will
improve reliability due to the new components
installed.

Starter retrofits can be easily justified based on
energy cost savings, and reduced wear-and-tear
on the process line during starting.

Synchronous motor
field application

—

Many older synchronous motors employ field
application panels that are obsolete, with parts
support no longer available. Applying a new Eaton
field application package will improve reliability
and reduce future downtime.

Life extension can be achieved for the synchronous
motor field application system by applying new
Eaton products.

Retrofitting older drive and relay-logic process
systems with new drives and PLCs provides for
greater reliability and reduced downtime. Older
devices are eliminated, thereby eliminating
nuisance control problems.

Process cost reductions will be realized by drive
system PLC improvements due to greater control
of production parameters. Eaton sensors, in
conjunction with drive and PLCs, can provide a
complete modernized production system.

Drive systems PLC
process systems

—

All OEMs upgraded
—
Westinghouse/GE/ITE
BBC/ABB/Square D
Allis Chalmers/Siemens/
Federal Pacific/Roller Smith

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Field personnel are experienced in Eaton equipment, as well as other manufacturer’s equipment.
This cross-OEM experience allows the application of singular new products to satisfy many OEM
upgrading needs and provide uniformity across the various OEM’s equipment.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-27

10.3
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Field Engineering Services

Circuit Breaker Specialized Services
Engineering Services
Capabilities

New Construction
and Facility Growth

Improved Reliability
and Reduced Downtime

Life Extension
and Cost Reductions

Low and medium voltage
replacement circuit breakers

Spare cubicles, part of new construction with
a planned expansion, can be equipped with low
voltage and medium voltage replacement breakers.
Eaton circuit breakers and other OEM circuit
breakers can be supplied.

Downtime can be substantially reduced by
allowing our Aftermarket Centers of Excellence
to provide spare replacement breakers.

Aging circuit breakers can be replaced with direct
roll-in replacements, thereby extending the life of
the entire switchgear assembly.

AR-Series low voltage
replacement breakers
Westinghouse
Allis-Chalmers
Federal Pacific
and others

—

Eaton’s AR-Series low voltage replacement
breakers provide a solution tailored to meet
safety and reliability concerns while eliminating
the need for new switchgear. AR-Series breakers
are 100% new and are designed to be electrical
and mechanical equivalents of the vintage
breakers they replace. They are not “retrofits”
and do not reuse any parts from the original breaker.
The same safety, reliability and maintainability of
new switchgear are obtained for a fraction of the
total installed cost.

Life extension is achieved by upgrading existing
breakers to the most current breaker technology. The
AR-Series solution will result in a number of reduced
costs associated with maintaining or replacing vintage
equipment. These cost reductions include: reduced
maintenance time, decreased outages due to readily
available parts, elimination of field engineering costs,
reduced spare parts investment increase safety.

Low voltage retrofits
Digitrip RMS kits
Westinghouse
Cutler-Hammer
GE
ITE/BBC/ABB
Allis-Chalmers
Siemens
Federal Pacific
Square D
Roller Smith

—

Eaton Digitrip RMS kits have been widely used
to modernized low voltage circuit breakers. They
offer advanced RMS sensing, digital display of
current, improved protection, fault indication,
self-testing and communications to Eaton’s
PowerNet system. Retrofits greatly improve
reliability by applying the latest technology to
existing circuit breakers.

Life extension is achieved by upgrading the critical trip
system on low voltage circuit breakers. In addition,
future testing costs are reduced, and in-house testing
can be applied by the purchase of a portable test set.

Medium voltage vacuum roll-in —
circuit breakers
Eaton new production
breaker element
Full ANSI design testing
Increased MVA
ratings available
Field installation and startup

Older air circuit breaker contacts, arc chutes,
mechanisms, secondary disconnects, etc.,
are replaced with current production vacuum
breakers, incorporating all of the above into a
single, fully ANSI tested device. Long-term
reliability is improved.

Life extension of medium voltage switchgear
assemblies can be accomplished by the replacement
of existing air circuit breakers with new vacuum
breakers. Eaton’s Electrical Sector manufactures
widely used vacuum breaker elements for this
purpose.

—

10

Low and medium voltage
recondition
Aftermarket centers of
excellence (ACE)

10

All components are refurbished, or replaced,
depending on the extent of service contracted.
Spares are available for interchanging units during
scheduled outages, resulting in long-term reliability
gains without costly unexpected outages.

The low and medium voltage breaker life is
substantially extended. In addition, the service can
include the application of modernized rms sensing trip
systems. Specialized Navy, or Nuclear Safety Related
1E units are also serviced.

MCC motor starter buckets

—

Replacements provide all new components and
added reliability.

Spares are available to provide extended life,
during schedule outages.

MCC replacement buckets
for other manufacturers

Add buckets or increase starter sizes in
existing equipment.

Replacement units are newly manufactured
including stabs and all breaker and control
components. They utilize state-of-the-art
technology increasingly reliability and uptime.

Many designs of vintage MCC are no longer
supported. Eaton’s replacement units offer a costeffective means to extend the life or modernize
existing equipment without the need to replace the
original MCC.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

V3-T10-28

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Predictive Diagnostic

10.4

Contents

Partial Discharge Testing

Description

Page

Predictive Diagnostic
Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium and High Voltage Predictive
Diagnostics Online Monitoring and
Partial Discharge Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-29

V3-T10-32

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Partial Discharge Testing

10

General Description

10

Application
Eaton’s Electrical Services &
Systems has developed
state-of-the-art technology
to allow for the long-term
predictive diagnostics of
medium voltage equipment.
New or existing medium
voltage switchgear lineups
are equipped with partial
discharge (PD) sensors to
measure PD within the
cubicles. The sensing
technology provides
measurement of all
discharges through
noninvasive sensing of
the electrical power signal.
Measurements are performed
online, while switchgear
equipment is energized under
normal operational conditions,
using measurement
equipment specifically
designed for this purpose.

Functionality
PD sensors detect partial
discharges, which are the
initial indicators of corona
or surface tracking. Corona
and surface tracking are
the primary root-causes of
insulation deterioration in
medium voltage electrical
equipment. The sensitivity
of PD sensors and
measurement technology
is sufficient to detect
early stages of defect
development by measuring
PD of low levels (less than
50 pico-coulombs). PD
occurring within the cubicles
as well as PD emanated
by external sources (cable
terminations, cables,
bus ducts, connected
transformers, motors, etc.)
within a limited distance is
identified. Sensors allow for
periodic partial discharge
sensing from the front of
each switchgear cubicle
without the need to open
cubicle doors, using
measurement equipment
specifically for this purpose.

Eaton provides a PD sensor
for each cubicle within the
switchgear lineup. Sensing
for PD at the ends of the
switchgear lineups only is
not acceptable due to the
signal attenuation of PD. The
sensing must occur in each
individual cubicle to ensure
maximum sensitivity and
predictive value of the
measurements.
Calibration and Baseline
Measurements
New switchgear can be
monitored at the factory
prior to shipment, and a
baseline signature of PD is
provided with the switchgear.
Field startup service includes
obtaining a post-installation
signature of the PD. In-service
medium voltage switchgear,
which is retrofitted with PD
sensors, will have an initial
baseline measurement
obtained, whereas our
database of switchgear PD
measurements does allow
us to provide immediate
results concerning the
insulation condition.

PD Analysis Instrumentation
(for use during periodic
PD measurements)
Eaton measurement and
analysis instrumentation is
capable of periodically
detecting partial discharges
related to medium voltage
switchgear, medium voltage
motors and generators,
medium voltage cables,
transformers and other
medium voltage electrical
equipment. It completes
concurrent sampling of a
minimum of four channels,
able to effectively suppress
electrical noise, eliminate
cross-coupling of measured
PD signals, maintain a
detection sensitivity of 50 pC
or better, and disseminate
the type of discharge
measured. Immediate
report documentation is
incorporated within the
instrumentation software,
with analysis and
recommendations included
in the final report.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-29

10.4
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Predictive Diagnostic

Transformer
Predictive Diagnostics
(Bushing Power Factor, Partial
Discharge and Vibro-Acoustics)
Transformers, with a primary
voltage at or above 68 kV,
and containing capacitive
taps on the primary bushing,
should be equipped with
a continuous monitoring
system to allow for pre- and
post-shipment measurement
of bushing power factor and
internal PD. In addition,
vibro-acoustics testing can
be completed both prior to
shipment and after final
installation. Vibro-acoustics
testing will indicate any initial
internal winding or core
looseness prior to shipment,
and confirm that no additional
internal stress has occurred
during shipment and
installation. This additional
field-testing provides for
immediate indication of any
problem related to the
manufacturer, transportation,
installation and startup. Vibroacoustics also provides
indication of internal
looseness related to overdrying out of insulation during
oil processing, and
can provide diagnostic
information in preparation
for a transformer internal
inspection. In addition, these
systems provide a method
to complete future predictive
diagnostics, online, without
any equipment outage,
therefore providing
extended life and increased
equipment uptime.

10
10
10
10
10

Transformer Bushing Monitoring System
Eaton’s system monitors
the changes in the bushing
insulation, for the set of
three bushings in a group,
based on changes in bushing
capacitance or bushing
power factor.
The system detects changes
of the power frequency
current through the bushing
insulation. If the transformer
has 6 or 9 bushings (two or
three windings), additional
systems can be installed
as required. The measured
current through the bushing
insulation can not be less
than 2 mA. The system
also provides provisions
for the connection of
instrumentation for periodical
PD measurements using
portable equipment without
requiring a transformer
outage, or any modifications
to the sensing circuit.
Sensors
The power factor (PF)
sensors are connected to the
bushing capacitance taps. All
sensors are designed for
outdoor installation within the
ambient temperature minus
50°C to plus 50°C. Insulation
level (withstand 1 minute
AC voltage) between primary
and secondary circuits is:
bushing sensor 1.5 kV plus
overvoltage protection;
neutral sensor 15 kV;
tank, core or cable shield
grounding 2.5 kV; and
5 sheath 1.5 kV. The sensor
system also includes
overvoltage protection to
suppress all overvoltages,
arising during transformer
operation, below this level.
Temperature sensor, if used
with a digital device, is of a
standard RTD type. Sensors
also provide provisions for
periodic PD measurements
online, using separate
instrumentation designed
for this purpose.

10

Instrumentation
Eaton’s predictive analysis
instrumentation is capable
of precise continuous
measurement of the
capacitive current through
the bushing insulation while
the transformer is energized.
The minimum detectable
change in current is 0.1%
of the initial current. The
temperature deviation of
the signal is the same order.
The display is available from
the bushing monitoring
instrumentation for one
complex PF signal per
bushing group, which will
include the display of the
current PF value. The
following output signals
can also be provided as
required: Two alarm signals
(dry contacts) for a local
alarm system, and
additionally 4–20 mA DC
output for an analog retransmitting or serial interface
for digital re-transmitting.
Instrumentation is completely
isolated from high voltages
and feature immunity to
high voltage transients.
Full field calibration
procedures are supplied
with the instrument’s
operation manual. All
necessary connections for
the selected options are
supplied with startup and
baseline calibration.
Software (Digital Option)
Eaton’s monitoring software
is compatible with Microsoft®
Windows® 95 or high O/S
based systems with the
following features: display
of the PF value for the group
of three bushings (up to three
groups), storage and trending
of the PF value for all
monitored groups (up to
three), trending PF readings
versus temperature, alarm
threshold setting, alarming
upon PF reaching the preset
thresholds, printing and
plotting of the historical data.

10
10
10
V3-T10-30

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Calibration, Manuals and
Baseline Measurements
Eaton provides full field
calibration and startup. A
separate independent PF
test is performed of each
bushing as part of the startup
and calibration process.
Transformer bushings are
calibrated and baseline
measurements obtained.
Part of the field startup
service includes obtaining a
post-installation baseline
measurements to ensure
no detects have resulted
during bushing installation
and/or transformer
transportation, installation
and startup. A report with
any recommendations is
also provided. A complete
manual is supplied for
both the instrumentation
and the software describing
the operation of the
instrumentation, calibration
and troubleshooting.
Remote Monitoring
Eaton can monitor any asset
using partial discharge
equipment by several secure
methods including cellular,
Ethernet or dial-in. Eaton has a
secure APN that enables the
most secure connections
available and can provide
monthly reporting, alarms
and product support.

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Predictive Diagnostic

10.4

Online Transformer Partial Discharge Monitoring
Eaton also installs PD
sensors to allow for online
PD measurements within
a transformer. PD
measurement can be
periodically obtained while
the transformer is online and
in normal operation, using
separate instrumentation
designed for this purpose.
The measurement system
can assess the insulation
condition based on PD
measurement of the
bushings and the transformer
windings insulation. The
system is also capable of
detecting sparking in the
core, sparking associated
with connections, and
sparking associated with the
static electrical discharges.
Sensors and Instrumentation
Sensors are noninvasive and
have no connection to the
energized components.
Sensors are designed for
outdoor installation within the
ambient installation within
the ambient temperature
–50ºC to +50ºC. Sensors are
connected, as required based
on the field conditions, to the
following locations: bushing
capacitor taps, transformer
neutral connection, tank
grounding, core grounding,
electrostatic shield
grounding, surge arresters,
isophase bus enclosure
bonds and grounds. The
sensor frequency range
of operation is 500 kHz to
50 MHz. Insulation level
(withstand 1 minute AC
voltage) between primary
and secondary circuits is:
bushing sensor 1.5 kV plus
overvoltage protection;
neutral sensor 15 kV; tank,
core or cable shield grounding
2.5 kV; and isophase sheath
1.5 kV. The sensor system
also includes overvoltage
protection to suppress all
overvoltages, arising during
transformer operation, below
this level.

Part of the field startup
service includes obtaining
post-installation baseline
measurements to ensure no
defects have resulted during
bushing installation and/or
transformer transportation,
installation and startup.
A report with any
recommendations is
also provided.
Measurement Parameters
Eaton’s instrumentation
measures the following:
apparent PD magnitude of
each impulse, number of
impulses per cycle, phase
position of each discharge
impulse, impulse repetition
rate, impulse discharge power,
and peak discharge magnitude
of the impulses. The following
quantities are plotted and
displayed in a report format:
apparent discharge magnitude
of each impulse, number of
impulses per cycle, phase
position of each discharge
impulse, impulse repletion
rate, impulse discharge power,
peak discharge magnitude of
the impulses, impulse count
and PD magnitude vs. phase
position representation and
impulse PD power. The above
information is provided to
support the findings and
recommendations, which are
contained in a field report.
Vibro-Acoustic Analysis
of Transformers
Eaton can perform vibroacoustics testing prior to
shipment and after final
installation. Vibro-acoustics
testing indicates any initial
internal winding or core
looseness prior to shipment,
and confirms that no
additional internal stress
has occurred during shipment
and installation.

Periodic Partial Discharge
Analysis Software
Eaton’s expert monitoring
system applies analysis
software, during periodic
measurements, with the
following features: display
of PD data, statistical
processing of the PD data,
data storage and editing,
and instrumentation control.
All data from the test is
automatically saved to a hard
disk in a database format.
The stored data format is
compatible with Microsoft
Windows applications Word®,
Excel®, Access® and others.
All standard “Microsoft
Windows” control functions
such as printing, and cut and
paste operations are available
within the software. Upon
initiation, the software
performs self-diagnostic
procedures to ensure all
components are operating
correctly.
Calibration, Manuals and
Baseline Measurements
Part of the field startup
service includes obtaining
post-installation baseline
measurements to ensure no
defects have resulted during
bushing installation and/or
transformer transportation,
installation and startup. A report
with recommendations is also
provided.
Measurements
Vibro-acoustics is based on
collecting steady-state vibroacoustic data from the outside
of the transformer tank under
two load conditions and
subsequent automated
analysis of the energy
distribution among different
frequencies in this vibration
data. The first measurement
at no-load will be obtained prior
to shipment. A subsequent,
post-installation, no-load, vibroacoustic measurement is also
completed on-site to verify
no internal stresses resulted
during shipment or installation.

After the unit is loaded to
approximately 50%, or greater,
a second set of measurements
shall be obtained. Two
subsequent measurements,
at 6 and 12 months, following
continuous online operation,
are recommended. Further
follow-up measurements will
be on an as-determined basis.
Measurements are made at
12 locations on the transformer
tank, 6 on the HV side of the
transformer tank and 6 on the
LV side (the HV side indicates
the side with HV bushings, and
the LV side indicates the side
with the LV bushings).
Traditional Transformer Startup
and Acceptance Testing
The above transformer
predictive diagnostic
systems and field startup
testing is completed by
Eaton in addition to traditional
transformer factory and
field acceptance testing in
accordance with ANSI, IEEE,
and other applicable testing
standards. For example, a
separate independent power
factor test is required of each
bushing as part of the startup
and calibration process.
These additional tests provide
for immediate indication
of any problem related to
manufacturer, transportation,
installation and startup. In
addition, Eaton’s predictive
diagnostics provides a
method to complete future
predictive diagnostics, online,
without any equipment
outage, therefore providing
extended life and increased
equipment uptime.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-31

10.4
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Predictive Diagnostic

Contents

InsulGard Predictive Relay

Description

10

Page

Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics
Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Application Description

Eaton’s predictive diagnostics
offers predictive diagnostic
equipment and systems for
medium and high voltage
equipment. Much of Eaton’s
technology is based on the
measurement and analysis
of partial discharges (PD).
PD is a well-known and an
industry-accepted indicator of
insulation deterioration that
leads to equipment failure.

Certainly, a well-designed,
time-based preventive
maintenance program will
have a profound positive
effect on failure rates, but
they are generally invasive
in nature. This invasiveness
has a tendency to increase
failure rates due to the
introduction of new defects,
resulting in infant-mortality
failure patterns.

Studies have shown that
approximately 80 percent of
all equipment failures occur
on a random basis and are not
age related. The statistic
indicates that whatever we
are doing today in terms of
preventive maintenance is
not overly effective and that
there are opportunities for
major improvements.

With industry moving toward
fewer and shorter outages,
companies are looking for
alternative and predictive
technologies to protect
their investment, lower
maintenance costs and
increase system reliability.
Use of the technologies
provided by Eaton will do
just that.

InsulGard Predictive Relay for
Continuous Monitoring and
Analysis of PD
Applications of the InsulGard
system are available for
equipment that are rated
for 4000V to 38,000V
and include:
●

●
●
●
●
●

Motors/generators (RTDs
are also used as sensors)
Switchgear systems
Bus ducts
Power center transformers
Gas insulated substations
Splices and terminations
of cables

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-32

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-29

V3-T10-33

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Predictive Diagnostic

10.4

Features, Benefits and Functions
InsulGard—Transformer
Monitoring System
Data gathered from Doble
conferences and other
scientific papers indicate
that bushing failures are
responsible for up to
35 percent of all large
power transformer failures.
This data also states that
52 percent of bushing failures
are violent in nature, which
presents safety concerns, as
well as concerns related to
environmental damage.
Among Eaton’s capabilities
is the ability to continuously
monitor the changes in the
C1 capacitance, as well as
any changes in the dielectric
losses of the bushing (bushing
power factor). It’s like having
a continuous online Doble
test of the bushings under
true electrical stress and
temperature. We also have
the ability to test the bushings
and the power transformer
windings for PD on a periodic
basis, while the equipment
is in operation.
Eaton’s comprehensive
transformer monitoring
system incorporates
permanent PD sensors to
timely detect a wide range
of electrical problems (PDs,
surface tracking, arcing,
sparking) in bushings,
winding insulation, core,
laminations, tap changer
connections, ground
connections, pressboard
barriers, etc. Ideal system
for critical transformers or
to keep your troublesome
unit out of trouble!
Implementation of Eaton’s
predictive diagnostics
provides an analysis of
your critical equipment to
reduce the risk of failure and
increase uptime.

10
Benefits of Using the
InsulGard System
●
Saves money
●
No labor is required to
conduct test
●
More efficient deployment
of personnel. Labor can be
reallocated to fix problems
(instead of look for them)
and take care of other
important matters
●
Tests are performed online
●
No loss of asset
productivity
●
More accurate data as
tests are conducted under
actual operating conditions
●
No infant-mortality patterns
that are commonly
introduced
via invasive testing
procedures
●
Tests are continuous
●
Finding a problem is not
left to chance (like interval
testing). You will know
when a problem started
and how rapidly it is
progressing
●
No surprises and no
forced outages. Increased
safety—you will always be
aware of conditions/
problems
●
Allows trending of other
variables that affect PD
activity such as load,
temperature and humidity
●
Unnecessary maintenance
is reduced because you are
constantly testing and have
more accurate data on
which to base decisions
●
You have achieved
predictive/conditionedbased maintenance
versus interval/chance
maintenance
●
You can prioritize which
equipment receives
service first—a true
maintenance planning tool

Benefits of Remote Monitoring
●
Relieves the burden
of data analysis
●
Experts are readily
available
●
Safe, secure and reliable
data collection
●
Cost-effective—eliminates
cost of expert traveling
to site
●
Automatic, easy to
understand reports

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-33

10.5
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Contents

VR-Series Breakers

Description

10

Page

Retrofit Services
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . .
V3-T10-39
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T10-41
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . .
V3-T10-46
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T10-50
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V3-T10-52

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers

10

Product Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

History and Technology
Most medium voltage air
magnetic power circuit
breakers have been in service
for 25 years and some for as
long as 60 years. They were
reliable and for many years
maintainable. Increased
short-circuit capabilities in
utility and industrial power
systems have created “overduty” situations with many
of these breakers. Parts
availability has also increased
the cost of maintaining the
breakers in peak condition.
In the mid 1970s, circuit
breaker manufacturers
began introducing vacuum
technology for medium
voltage power circuit
breakers. It was desirable
and feasible to incorporate
the advantages of vacuum
technology into replacement
breakers that would directly
interchange with the existing
medium voltage air magnetic
power circuit breakers to
extend the useful life of their
existing switchgear. Most
users wanted a replacement
that was functionally
interchangeable, both
electrically and mechanically,
with their existing medium
voltage air magnetic power
circuit breakers.

V3-T10-34

Application Description
The market responded by
offering “retrofits” that
utilized the existing breaker
trucks (frames) and vacuum
circuit breaker modules.
These alternatives provided
extended life for electrical
equipment, reduced
maintenance, and allowed
increased capabilities for
many distribution systems.
IEEE/ANSI established
a standard for retrofits
(IEEE/ANSI C37.59) in 1991
that put consistency in the
retrofit process. However,
retrofits were costly, caused
inconvenience for users,
required months to complete,
and the lack of configuration
control made it difficult to
standardize designs.

Eaton’s vacuum replacement
(VR) circuit breakers are fully
engineered and tested to
provide the user with a means
of modernizing electrical
power distribution systems,
and in most cases, extending
the life of the equipment while
improving performance and
system reliability.
Medium voltage Type VR
circuit breakers are available
for 5 kV through 15 kV
distribution systems.

Eaton now offers new VR
circuit breakers that can be
supplied in place of the old
retrofit technology. Unlike
retrofits, VR power circuit
breakers are new from the
ground up and offer improved
performance, maintainability
and convenience over
retrofits. They can be
supplied in large quantities to
facilitate complete substation
upgrades in a single outage.
System upgrades to handle
higher short-circuit levels
are available.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

10.5

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Features, Benefits and Functions
Eaton is a world leader in
circuit breaker technology.
The same reliable vacuum
technology is used
in our VR circuit breakers.
Eaton’s vacuum interrupter is
used in many manufacturers’
switchgear breakers
worldwide. Many of the
components and subassemblies in Eaton medium
voltage VacClad-W metal-clad
switchgear are the same as
those used to manufacture
the VR product line. This helps
reduce spare parts inventories
and the amount of required
maintenance training.
Eaton vacuum technology
reduces maintenance since
the contacts are sealed
from contaminants in the
environment, no adjustments
or cleaning of the main
contacts are required, and
the main contacts require
no special gauges or devices
to measure wear or contact
pressure. Annual lubrication
and testing can be performed
in a fraction of the time
required for air magnetic
circuit breakers.
Eaton’s non-sliding current
transfer system eliminates
the need to check and tighten
connections between the
vacuum interrupter stem
and the main conductors
or the circuit breaker. The
connection is permanent and
provides high conductivity
without creating hotspots and
Holm effect as found in halfclamp connections.
SURE CLOSE MOC operators
are available to provide
dependable MOC operation
that is decoupled from the
main closing function of
the VR circuit breaker
mechanism. This prevents
the VR circuit breaker from
stalling or failing to latch
during the closing operation.
SURE CLOSE mechanisms
also have adjustable stop
positions to control overtravel of MOC switch
operators.

Detailed Requirements
Service Life
Most medium voltage air
magnetic circuit breakers
have been in service for
25 to 60 years. As long
as the bus structures,
insulation systems and
general mechanical condition
of the switchgear cells/
structures are maintained in
good condition, equipment
life can easily be prolonged
with the addition of VR
circuit breakers.
Availability
VR breakers are available in
a wide range of ratings and
models to replace medium
voltage, air magnetic circuit
breakers originally
manufactured by:
●
●
●
●
●
●

Westinghouse
General Electric
Allis-Chalmers/Siemens
Federal Pacific Electric
ITE/ABB
McGraw-Edison

Required Information
In order to obtain the correct
VR circuit breaker, the
following information should
be provided to Eaton:
●

●

●

●

●
●

●

●

●

Original switchgear
manufacturer
Original breaker
manufacturer
Breaker type or
catalog number
Maximum voltage rating
continuous current rating
and maximum short-circuit
or MVA rating
Control voltages
List of options and/or
modifications
Copy of schematic and
wiring diagram
Year of manufacture of
original breaker and
switchgear
MOC requirement

General
This section covers the
design, testing and
manufacturing requirements
for new vacuum replacement
(VR) circuit breakers for use
in medium voltage metal-clad
switchgear. The VR circuit
breakers will be functional
replacements (both
mechanically and electrically)
for the air magnetic circuit
breakers they replace. The
VR circuit breakers will be
interchangeable (within
the limits of the original
switchgear) between
different types of cells
(structures) of the same
voltage, MVA and ampere
class without cell (structure)
modifications.
Note: Retrofits, as defined by
IEEE/ANSI C37.59-1996 6.1.4.2
are not covered and will not be
considered as an alternative or
substitute for new VR circuit
breakers.

Scope of Work
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
will provide all project
management, factory and
field engineering, short-circuit
and coordination studies (if
required and at an additional
charge), supervision, labor,
material, tools, rental, test
equipment and transportation
as defined for a complete VR
circuit breaker replacement of
the required existing medium
voltage switchgear circuit
breakers. The VR circuit
breakers will be designed for
maximum voltages of either
4.76 kV, 8.25 kV or 15 kV
as required.

10
MVA Ratings
The available MVA rating of
the VR circuit breakers are
as follows:

10

All Eaton switchgear
structures designated for
VR circuit breakers with
increased MVA levels will
have the existing bus bracing
analyzed. EESS will determine
if bus bracing is capable of
withstanding the maximum
(peak) momentary ratings
per ANSI C37.09 and
ANSI C37.20.2 capabilities
of the new VR circuit
breakers. EESS will provide
documentation to verify
that the switchgear bus is
sufficiently braced to handle
the new ratings or supply the
cost as a separate item to
increase the bus bracing of
all designated switchgear
structures in the lineup to
comply with the increased
MVA ratings. Following the
study and/or the bracing
modifications, Eaton’s
service engineer will affix
a nameplate to each
switchgear structure stating
the new MVA rating, the
manufacturer’s name and
the date of verification
or upgrade.

10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

VR Ratings
Volts
kV

Original
MVA 1

New
MVA

4.76

100–250 2

250

4.77

100–250 2

350

8.25

150–500

500

15

150–500

500

150–500

750

150–500

1000

750

1000

150–1000

1500

Notes
1 MVA is obsolete switchgear terminology
and is used for reference only in this
document.
2 26-inch (660.4 mm) wide cells only.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

For site-specific
specifications, contact your
local General Field Sales
Force office, or your local
Engineering Services center.

10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-35

10.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

VR circuit breakers with
upgraded/increased MVA
or continuous current ratings
do require modifications to
the cubicle coding system
to prevent the insertion of
breakers that do not have the
same ratings as the upgraded
VR circuit breakers.
Applicable Standards
All VR breakers will be
designed, manufactured and
tested in accordance with the
applicable sections of:
●

●
●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Retrofit Services

Cubicle Modifications
The VR circuit breakers
are designed to be
interchangeable with
existing breakers of the
same continuous current
and MVA ratings without
required modifications to
the existing cubicles in most
cases. Any required cell
modifications are designed
to be reversible. Existing cell
coding systems are retained
where possible.

10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

●

●

IEEE C37.59-2007
(cell interface and
testing criteria)
IEEE C37.04
IEEE C37.06
IEEE C37.09
IEEE C37.20.2
IEEE C37.100
IEEE C37.100.1
IEEE STD 4-1995

Materials
All materials used in the
manufacturing of the new
VR circuit breakers will be
new and unused. No parts
or materials from the original
air-magnetic circuit breakers
will be reconditioned and
reused in the manufacture of
the new VR circuit breakers.
All components used in the
manufacturing of the new
VR circuit breakers including,
mechanism, vacuum
interrupters and frame
components will all be
manufactured by Eaton
to ensure single-source
reliability and responsibility.

Manufacturer’s Qualifications
Eaton is currently engaged in
the design and manufacturing
of medium voltage vacuum
circuit breakers and
switchgear structures. Eaton
has a minimum of 50 years
experience in switchgear
manufacturing, is a member
of the National Electrical
Manufacturers Association
(NEMA), and has representation
on IEEE C37 Switchgear
Working and Balloting
Groups, and owns and
operates an engineering
services organization.
Eaton’s Electrical Services
& Systems (EESS)
●
Experienced, factorytrained field engineers and
technicians familiar with
the installation and startup
of medium voltage VR
circuit breakers
●
A minimum of 30 field
service locations staffed
with engineers that are
available on a 24-hour basis
for emergency service
●
Capabilities of on-site cell
alignment, breaker levering
system repairs and control
system modifications
●
Capabilities to perform
computer-generated shortcircuit, coordination and
load flow studies for final
breaker trip settings. All
studies will be conducted
under the supervision and
approval of a registered
professional electrical
engineer skilled in
interpreting studies and
test results regarding
medium voltage VR circuit
breakers. The Registered
Professional Electrical
Engineer is a full-time
employee of EESS
Vacuum Circuit Breaker
Module Features
The VR circuit breakers will
utilize vacuum circuit breaker
modules manufactured by
Eaton. Acceptable conversion
modules are the VCP-18WR,
VCP-20WR, VCP-29WR and
the VCP-29WRSE.

10
10
V3-T10-36

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Common Pole Shaft
The circuit breaker
mechanism will open and
close all three phases and
any auxiliary devices via a
common operating shaft
to ensure consistent and
simultaneous operation of
the main contacts. The
shaft will be supported at
the ends and along its
length with bearings. The
main drive shaft will be
connected to the individual
vacuum interrupters via
insulated drive links.
Insulated Drive Links
The mechanism drive shaft
will be connected to each
moving contact via an
insulated drive link made of
glass-reinforced polyester for
element types VCP-18WR,
VCP-20WR and VCP-29WR
and cycloaliphatic epoxy for
the VCP-29WRSE. The
insulated link material is nonhydroscopic and meets the
flame-retardant requirements
as set forth in IEEE C37.20.2.
The drive links are easily
removable with single clevis
pins at each end and spring
retaining clips.
Shock Absorber System
The mechanism will contain
a shock absorber system to
dampen the opening force
of the circuit breaker. The
shock absorber has sufficient
resilience to prevent contact
bounce that could cause a
restrike of the main contacts
during the opening of the
circuit breaker or during
a spring discharge. The
VCP-20WR, VCP-29WR
and VCP-29WRSE vacuum
conversion element’s
mechanism consists of a
series of parallel steel plates
with spring separators that
spread the plates during
breaker opening. The shock
absorber has a design life of
10,000 breaker opening and
closing cycles without the
need for repair, replacement
or adjustment. The VCP18WR has a sealed
replaceable shock absorber
and is capable of being
adjusted if replaced or during
initial mechanism assembly.

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Manual Trip and Close
The mechanism has front
accessible manual close and
trip operators that are directly
connected to the breaker
operating mechanism and
are an integral part of the
electrical close and trip coils.
Operations Counter
Each VR circuit breaker
mechanism has a five digit
non-resetting mechanical
operations counter connected
to the operating shaft.
Spring Charged Indicator
Each operating mechanism
will be equipped with a
visible indicator to show the
state of the stored energy
mechanism. The indicator will
show when the spring is fully
charged or discharged.
Auxiliary Contacts
The breaker will have a
low inertia, rotary operated
auxiliary switch connected
to the main pole shaft
assembly. Connections
will be made via insulated
ring-tongue terminals.
Vacuum Bottle Assembly
The vacuum bottle assembly
will be constructed from
virgin materials and
manufactured by Eaton. The
contacts will be principally
composed of powdered
metal, chromium-copper
contact material. The
powdered metal is fused
under high pressure to form
a consistent contact material.
The contacts are machined to
form spiral petal contacts to
assist in the swirling of the
arc during interruption.
The edges of the ceramic
components will be
“metallized” and fired
prior to assembly. The
components are inspected
and assembled in a Class
1000 clean room prior to
sealing the components. The
components are inserted into
a vacuum heat chamber and
sealed under vacuum. No
“pinch tubes” are used.

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

A stainless steel corrugated
bellow achieves isolation
of the ambient air and the
vacuum. The moving
contact stem of the vacuum
interrupter has a machined
groove to prevent rotation
of the contact within the
vacuum chamber.
The vacuum interrupter has a
visual method of identifying
contact wear without the use
of gauges or other devices.
In addition, a separate visual
“T-cutout” is used to verify
that the mechanism is
applying adequate spring
pressure to the contacts
when the breaker is in the
closed position.
The contacts are selfaligning and do not require
adjustments for the life of the
vacuum interrupter assembly.
The contacts also have
a spring system to apply
proper contact pressure.
The operation of the contacts
cause a wiping action to clean
the contact surfaces.
Insulated Pole Assemblies
Pole assemblies are insulated
from ground with nonhydroscopic insulating
materials manufactured from
glass-reinforced polyester.
Current Transfer System
The current transfer from the
conductor stem to the primary
bushing assemblies is via a
non-sliding current transfer
system consisting of a fused
stem assembly and a V-Flex™
silver-plated copper leaf
conductor or folded leaf
copper shunts. The stems
have the adjoining conductors
mechanically fused with the
stem material. This junction
forms a solid current transfer.
Trip-Free Operation
The new VR circuit breaker
operation mechanism is a
“true Trip-Free” design.
When the trip function is
mechanically engaged and
held, and the close function
is initiated either electrically
or mechanically, the contacts
do not close. The contacts
are restricted to 10% of the
total travel.

Mechanical Status Indicator
Each new VR circuit breaker
has a mechanical status
indicator with the word
“CLOSED” on a red
background when the
breakers are closed and the
word “OPEN” on a green
background when the
breakers are open.
Breaker Truck/Frame Assembly
Frame Materials and Plating
The frame is constructed
from steel, utilizing a
combination of bolting and
welding to assemble the
frames. All frames are
zinc-plated with a yellow
dichromate finish (commonly
referred to as yellow-zinc
dichromate).
Wheels and Casters
for Transport
VR circuit breakers are
supplied with a transport
system that is a functional
replacement of the
transport system of the
original design. The transport
system conforms to the
requirements of the original
design.
Hardware
All hardware is a minimum
grade five, zinc-plated with a
yellow dichromate finish or
black oxide.
Bushing and Interface
Conductor Material
Primary and power frequency
interface conductors are
constructed of 100% IACS
electrical grade conductive
copper. Conductors are
either silver- or tin-plated to
a thickness of 0.0001–0.0002
for non-sliding surfaces and
0.001–0.002 for sliding
surfaces. The power
frequency conductors are
sized to carry the full load
ampacity of the circuit
breaker without exceeding
the temperature rise
established in IEEE C37.09.

Insulation Systems
All bushings utilize either
glass-reinforced polyester
or molded cycloaliphatic epoxy
insulation systems or engineer
approved equal. Fluidized
epoxy coatings are used to
insulate interface conductors
when necessary.
Phase barriers are
manufactured from GPO-3
glass-reinforced polyester or
equivalent and designed to
isolate individual phase
conductors. Openings are
minimized to reduce the
possibility of ionized gas
propagation between phases.
Corona Shields
All 8.25 kV and 15 kV class
breakers have internal corona
shields when bushings are
mounted on metallic back
planes. The corona shields
are permanently grounded.
Bushings mounted on
nonmetallic back planes
do not have internal
corona shields.
Primary Connections
Primary connections
(finger clusters) are new
and designed to carry the
full nameplate rating of the
replacement breaker without
exceeding the allowable
temperature rise as stated
in ANSI C37.04.5.4.2-1979.
In addition, the primary
connections are capable
of withstanding the full
momentary/close and latch
rating as well as the K*I
current rating for two
seconds without melting,
arcing or pitting the
contact surface.
Ground Contacts
A metal-plated, self-coupling,
separable grounding contact
shall be supplied.

10.5

Control Circuit Wiring
Control wiring is SIS
cross-linked polyethylene,
#14 AWG minimum except
for short runs such as coil and
motor leads. Insulated ring
tongue terminals are used.
Solder or “fast-on” type
connections are not used.
Upfront, easy access
terminal blocks are provided
for maintenance and
troubleshooting.

10

Stored Energy Discharge
The replacement breaker
incorporates a manual and
an automatic system to
completely discharge all
stored energy before the
circuit breaker is fully
withdrawn from the
switchgear housing.
The system will never
intentionally discharge the
stored energy while in the
connected position.

10

Passive Interlocks
The mechanism will have
a passive interlock to block
the insertion or removal of a
closed breaker. The system
also prevents the insertion
of the levering tool at any
time the breaker is in the
closed position.
Active Interlocks
Each breaker has an active
interlock system. The system
is operated by the insertion or
removal of the VR circuit
breaker. In the event the
passive interlock is defeated,
active interlock system will
trip and open a connected,
closed breaker if an attempt
is made to remove it from
the connected position.
The system also holds the
breaker in the “trip-free”
position at all times between
the test and fully connected
positions.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-37

10.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Locking Means
Locking means is provided
to lock the circuit breaker
while in the fully connected
or disconnected positions.
The lock prevents the
insertion or removal of the
breaker. The lock will not
prevent the breaker from
being operated while in the
fully connected position.
Secondary Contact Block
Control wiring connections
between stationary structure
and the removable breaker
are provided with automatic,
self-coupling contacts. The
secondary blocks will be mold
cycloaliphatic epoxy
insulation. The pins are
drilled and tapped to accept
standard 8-32 screws for
ease of maintenance
and wiring changes. The
secondary contact block is
made of cycloaliphatic epoxy.
MOC Operator
All breakers will be furnished
with MOC operators unless
specified. The MOC operator
will have sufficient power to
operate the largest MOC
switch or combination of
switches in the switchgear
lineup without affecting the
breaker’s ability to completely
close and latch. The MOC
driver is completely
“decoupled” from the main
breaker operating shaft and
shall be powered by separate
operating springs. The
system is SURE CLOSE as
manufactured by Eaton’s
Electrical Sector.
Cell Coding System
Eaton will supply or interface
with the cell coding system
to prevent the accidental
insertion of a breaker into
a cell of a different voltage,
current, interrupting capacity
or physical arrangement
than the type intended for
the switchgear cell receiving
the breaker.

10
10
10
V3-T10-38

Design and Certification
(Type) Testing
Each new VR circuit breaker
supplied will have type tests
performed on its base design
to certify it to IEEE/ANSI
standards. All Certification
(Type) shall be performed in
a switchgear cell/structure
when required or an
equivalent structure where
permitted by ANSI C37.09.
Written test reports, data logs
and digital reproductions of
the pulse used to perform the
BIL test will be on hand for
review by the buyer.
BIL—60 kV for 4.76 kV
applications, 95 kV for
8.25 and 15 kV applications
as a minimum> crest with
1.2 μsec x 50 μsec x 50%
wave shape per IEEE C37.09.
The tests will be conducted
per IEEE STD 4-1995. This
test shall be performed in a
breaker cell or cell equivalent
with controlled humidity
levels. Corrections for
barometric pressure and
ambient temperature will
be applied to the test
parameters. The breaker
must pass a total of 54 shots.
Mechanical operations
tests of each breaker
design are performed in
a switchgear cell designed
to accommodate MOC
switches. The maximum
number of auxiliary MOC
devices or their equivalent
force will be applied during
the test to ensure that the
vacuum breaker has
sufficient power to operate
the auxiliary devices,
successfully closes and
latches during each
operation, and that no
fatigue or failure occurs.
Consideration is given to
designing a system that
will not damage the MOC
switch in the switchgear
cell structure.
Momentary tests per IEEE
C37.20.2 will be performed
of the completed vacuum
replacement breaker including
the vacuum breaker element,
bushings, primary disconnects
(finger clusters), all bus in the
breaker unit, and all insulators
and braces per IEEE C37.09.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

This test is to prove the
mechanical strength and
integrity of the conductor
and frame assembly of the
complete new vacuum
replacement breaker.
This test is performed in a
switchgear cell designed
to accommodate the circuit
breaker being tested. Antirotation devices may be added
to the cell if required
to prevent rotation. If antirotation devices are used in
the test breaker, then they
will be installed in all the
switchgear cells intended
to accommodate the
new breakers.
Short time current tests for
three seconds at K*I current
will be performed to confirm
the breakers I2t capability.
The test will be performed in
a switchgear cell.
Continuous rated current
testing per ANSI C37.04-1979
without exceeding 65°C
hotspot rise with a maximum
ambient not to exceed 40°C.
This test is performed in a
breaker cell or a cell structure
of the same equivalent
volume, dimensions and
ventilation as the original
switchgear structure.
Low Frequency Withstand—
19 kV rms for 4.76 kV
applications, 36 kV rms
for 8.25 kV and 15 kV
applications—per
IEEE C37.09.
Interlock functional test per
IEEE C37.20.2.
All production tests as stated
in IEEE C37.09. Timing values
per pole will be provided for
the vacuum element in msec.
Execution
Eaton’s factory trained
and certified field service
engineer(s) can perform the
commissioning of each
breaker at the customer’s
site. The field engineer will
be familiar with the VR circuit
breaker to the point that he/
she can offer initial training to
the owner’s on-site operators
and maintenance personnel
while performing the
commissioning.

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Technical Data
and Specifications
Ratings
●
Maximum voltages:
4.76 kV, 8.25 kV and 15 kV
● Interrupting ratings:
4.76 kV: 250 MVA (29 kA)
4.77 kV: 350 MVA (41 kA)
8.25 kV: 500 MVA (33 kA)
15 kV: 500 MVA (18 kA)
750 MVA (28 kA)
1000 MVA (37 kA)
1500 MVA (63 kA)
●
Continuous current:
1200A, 2000A, 3000A
(5–15 kV)
4000A forced cooled
(5–15 kV)

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10.5

Contents

AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers

Description

FP-25 Original Magnetic
Circuit Breaker

FP25-AR Air
Replacement Breaker

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-40
V3-T10-40
V3-T10-41
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-46
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-52

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers

10

Product Description

10

Application
Maximum life extension. All
AR-Series breakers are brand
new from the ground up. They
are designed to be electrical
and mechanical equivalents
of the breakers they replace.
Cell modifications, if required,
are kept to a minimum. They
are not “Retrofits” and no
parts are reused from the
original breakers. This reduces
out-of-service time, yielding
consistent product designs,
while reducing initial
installation costs. AR-Series
breakers correctly interface
with compartment cell
switches, and safety
interlocks are maintained
or improved.
Solve Parts Availability
Problems for Old Breakers
Replacement parts for
old breakers are becoming
harder and harder to find
as technology continually
advances. Parts availability
issues are basically
eliminated with AR-Series
breakers. Mechanism parts
and control components are
current production items and
are in stock. Additionally,
AR-Series breakers use
common components
across the product line.
This can save in future spare
parts investment.

Reduce Maintenance Cost
and Downtime with Reliable
Magnum™ DS Breaker
Technology
Maintenance procedures
commonly associated with
vintage air magnetic circuit
breakers take 8–12 hours
on average per breaker.
Eaton’s Magnum DS breaker
technology reduces normal
maintenance to 2–6 hours per
breaker. The arc chutes,
contacts, mechanism and
control components can be
easily inspected and minor
maintenance (such as
lubricating the mechanism)
can be easily accomplished.
Arc chutes can easily be
removed with two bolts and
visually inspected or replaced.
By removing the arc chutes,
viewing the main contacts
along with their contact wear
indicator results in a quick and
simple decision to replace if
necessary. Spare parts
inventory is considerably
reduced because AR-Series
breakers use common parts
throughout the entire product
line, including new Magnum
DS Switchgear assemblies.

Increase Interruption Rating
Dynamic changes resulting
from larger transformers,
bus ties, parallel generation,
and new sources of incoming
power can drastically
increase the level of available
short-circuit current in low
voltage power distribution
systems. The bus system’s
momentary capability can
be increased and the entire
switchgear structure can
be re-certified to the new
higher levels by Eaton’s
factory qualified service
engineers. Many of the
AR-Series breakers are
available to increase
interrupting capabilities
while still maintaining the
original circuit breaker
dimensions. This provides
a savings versus the cost
of replacing the switchgear.
Cell-to-breaker coding
systems are maintained or
corrected to comply with
IEEE/ANSI standards.

Increase Continuous
Current Rating
Changes to industrial and
commercial facilities, such
as increased manufacturing
operations, will typically
increase the demand for
electrical power within the
facility. Often, an increase
in electrical demand can
cause the load on a circuit to
exceed the circuit breaker’s
continuous current rating.
Eaton’s factory qualified
service engineers can inspect
existing low voltage metalenclosed switchgear,
including the existing breaker
cubicles, line and load power
stabs, load cables, and
bus system to verify the
application for a circuit
breaker ampacity upgrade.
Many of the AR-Series
breakers are available
with increased continuous
current ratings.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

For more information
on Magnum DS breaker
elements, see
Volume 3, Tab 4.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

10

10
10
CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-39

10.5
10

●

10
●

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Retrofit Services

Features

10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

●

Standards and Certifications

AR replacement breakers
are 100% rated, UL listed
(check factory), and built
and tested in an ISO 9001
and 14001 certified facility
Safety: the cell door can
remain closed with the
breaker in connect, test
or disconnect position.
Simultaneously, the trip
unit, open-close controls,
and breaker nameplate
data are all readily visible
Designed for easy access,
inspection and minimal
maintenance. The stored
energy mechanism, control
devices, accessories and
secondary contacts are
easily accessible by
removing the front cover.
The contact wear indicator
eliminates the need for
elaborate testing to
determine if the contact
assembly needs replacing.
The arc chutes can also
be easily removed and
inspected

●

All AR-Series low voltage
power air circuit breakers are
designed and tested to meet
or exceed IEEE/ANSI C37.592002 standards. This ensures
compatibility with existing
installations and IEEE/ANSI
application guidelines.
IEEE/ANSI certification and
certified factory production
test reports are available.

Availability
Designs available for:
●
●
●
●

10

Installation savings and
robust interface reduce
installation and
commissioning time with
our unique design concept.
No modifications required
to the original line/load
power stabs or secondary
disconnect contacts.
Modifications to the
original cubicle are often
eliminated with an easy-toinstall cubicle adapter
(cassette). The cassette
includes new extension
rails and levering-in
adapters, resulting in a
more robust breaker-tocubicle interface. We also
provide a new door to
match the replacement
breaker

●

Westinghouse
General Electric
Allis-Chalmers
Federal Pacific
ITE/ABB

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-40

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning

10.5

Contents
Description

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39

V3-T10-44
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-46
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-52

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning
General Description
Low voltage power circuit
breakers are designed to
be serviceable devices over
a long service life. These
breakers and the associated
switchgear have been
available in the industry for
over 50 years, and a large
installed base of equipment
by many manufacturers
exists throughout the
United States and Canada.
The low voltage switchgear is
essentially static. It consists
of structures, buswork,
control wiring and metering
components. If periodically
cleaned, it will last almost
indefinitely.
The low voltage power
breakers are the essential
elements of the switchgear.
They are required to properly
conduct the normal load
current for the vast majority
of time, and still provide the
means of interrupting an
overload or fault current
whenever it may occur.

These breakers contain
insulation systems (600 Vac
normal three-phase voltage or
less), conductors (from 225 to
over 5000A continuous),
a mechanism to open and
close the breaker, a trip
system to provide protection
of the circuit and the circuit
breaker, and an interruption
system (arc chutes and
contact structures) that can
handle fault currents as high
as 100,000A.
While some breakers are
fixed mounted (bolted into the
switchgear), the vast majority
are drawout for ease of
inspection and maintenance
of the breaker, as well as to
provide maximum isolation
of the load. These drawout
breakers include primary
disconnects (for the threephase conductors), secondary
disconnects (for breaker
control wiring), a levering-in
mechanism (to assist in the
insertion and withdrawal of
the breaker) and an interlock
system (to ensure that a
closed breaker cannot be
inserted or withdrawn from
the connected position).

Additional common options
to low voltage power circuit
breakers include electric
operation of the mechanism,
shunt trip and close coils for
remote operation of the
breaker, undervoltage trip
systems, and additional
auxiliary switches for
annunciation and control
schemes.
Factors that affect the life
of these circuit breaker
subsystems include time,
ambient temperature,
humidity, cleanliness of the
environment (contamination
and corrosive elements),
number of normal load
operations, number of fault
current interruptions, load
current magnitude, and
maintenance cycle.
While periodic maintenance,
cleaning, lubrication and
testing of the circuit breaker
can and will prolong its life,
at some point, the circuit
breaker must either be
completely reconditioned
or replaced. Failure or misoperation of any of the
breaker’s subsystems will
render it to be ineffective
for its intended purpose and
dangerous for personnel or
downstream equipment.

Class 1 reconditioning of the
low voltage power circuit
breaker is a cost-effective
method to restore all of the
breaker’s subsystems to full
functionality and prolong the
life of the breaker for many
additional years.
Manufacturers
Class 1 reconditioning is
available for all major
manufacturers’ low voltage
power circuit breakers that
have been produced over the
last 50 years. These breakers
are rated at 600 Vac, 225 to
5000A continuous, 15,000 to
100,000A interrupting. The
manufacturers include, but
are not limited to:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

Westinghouse
Cutler-Hammer
General Electric
ITE
ABB
Allis-Chalmers
Siemens
Square D
Federal Pacific
Federal Pioneer

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-41

10.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Advantages
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
is the world leader in low
voltage power circuit
breaker and trip systems
technology. EESS is uniquely
positioned to provide Class 1
reconditioning of low voltage
power circuit breakers.
All Class 1 reconditioning is
done at facilities dedicated
to the purpose. These are
known as Aftermarket
Centers of Excellence (ACEs).
These facilities utilize stateof-the-art equipment in
cleaning, plating, assembly
and testing of the breakers.
Each facility utilizes identical
standards and procedures in
the reconditioning process.
The reconditioned breakers
are tested to the same
standards as new production
breakers. The breaker test
results are stored in a North
American database (Pow-R
Test), facilitating predictive
maintenance and trending.
All manufacturers’ breaker
information is stored in our
Pow-R Master Database
and available to every ACE
performing the work. Breaker
trip systems are upgraded to
the latest Digitrip technology,
the same trip system used
in new production DS and
SPB breakers. Original
OEM replacement parts are
exclusively used to replace
broken, out of specification
or missing components.

Quality Control and
National Standards
All reconditioning will be
conducted under the
direction of a quality control
and reconditioning standard,
pursuant to ISO® 9001
certification. A quality
certificate will document the
progress of each breaker
through the reconditioning
process. Eaton has multiple
locations (minimum of five)
strategically located
throughout North America
that share best practices of
reconditioning and work to a
consistent national standard.
They utilize the same taskspecific equipment for
cleaning and testing at all
locations to ensure the quality
of the product.

●

●

●

10
10
10
●

10
10
10

●

Receiving and Data Collection
Upon receipt at the
reconditioning center, the
following process will be
performed on each breaker.

10

10

Preliminary Testing
and Inspection
The breaker will be manually
and/or electrically operated.
The following tests will be
performed.

Assign a unique job and
breaker identification
number
Record all nameplate data,
customer identification,
existing trip settings, and
all numbers unique to each
breaker by direct entry into
a national computer
database archive for future
use and retrieval
If electrically operated,
record all accessories
included on the circuit
breaker, as well as the
close, trip and charge volts.
The latest copy of the
customer’s control
schematic will be obtained
prior to disassembly and/or
test. Eaton will have the
capability of retrieving
control schematics for the
breakers it manufactured
The circuit breaker will be
inspected for physical
damage. Parts that need to
be replaced will be
recorded. A quotation will
be issued to the customer
for replacement of the
defective part(s)

●

All breakers:
●
Each primary pole
insulator will be tested
for dielectric integrity
by applying 1000 Vdc
between each
conductor and ground
and between line
and load
●
With the breaker closed,
the contact resistance
using a 10 ampere
conductor will be
measured
●
Measure the trip bar
force using a force
gauge
●
Measure the trip button/
actuator device force
using a force gauge
●
Verify continuity of
current limiting fuses (if
equipped) and measure
the resistance using a 10
ampere conductor;
check blown fuse
indicators’ integrity
●
Verify overcurrent trip
device operation via
primary injection (not
required if a trip unit
retrofit is to be installed)
Additional tests for
Electrically Operated
Breakers:
●
Charge the breaker;
close and trip electrically
●
Verify undervoltage,
pickup and dropout (if
equipped)
●
Check auxiliary switch
operation and condition

10
10
V3-T10-42

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Centralized Database
The results of all the above
tests and measurements shall
be entered into the Eaton
centralized database.
Breaker Disassembly, Cleaning
and Preparation
●
The circuit breaker will be
completely disassembled
to its component parts. All
parts will be inspected for
wear and physical damage
●
All heavily carbonized
components will be
cleaned and degreased in a
Vaque® Wet Blast System
to produce a smooth finish
without degrading the
component’s surface
●
All current carrying parts,
main/arcing contacts,
ground contacts and
primary disconnects will
be cleaned, burnished
and polished in a TOREX®
vibratory system loaded
with a medium specifically
designed to clean silver
plating. Dry blasting or
other abrasive cleaning
systems that can remove
silver plating or distort the
contacts’ surfaces will not
be used
●
All pole piece moldings and
insulating components will
be cleaned in a Giant™
ceramic polisher that
cleans and polishes the
components surface
without scratching

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

●

●

●

●

●

After cleaning, each
component shall be dried
to obtain 1000 megohms
when megger tested at
1000 Vdc. They will be
sealed with a dielectric
grade sealant
All heavily soiled and/or
greasy items including
mechanisms will be initially
cleaned in a non-abrasive
agitator filled with a
biodegradable cleaning
solution capable of
degreasing, de-scaling
and de-burring without
degrading the components
surface and without the
introduction or embedding
of grit or other abrasive
materials
All frames will be stripped
to bare metal in
preparation for plating
After cleaning, all ferrous
metal frames, mechanism
parts and linkages will be
yellow zinc dichromate
plated to provide superior
rust resistance to exposed
and hidden surfaces.
Painting of covers, handles
and indicators will be done
A detailed inspection will
be performed of all
mechanism components
and linkages to detect
stress fractures and
excessive wear that can
cause premature failure.
Magnification will be used
on small components if
necessary

●

●

●

Arc chutes will be handwiped and cleaned with a
clean dry cloth. They will
be megger tested at 1000
Vdc. If the megger value is
less than 1000 megohms,
the arc chute assembly will
be dried and retested. If the
retest value is greater than
1000 megohms, then arc
chute surface will be sealed
with the manufacturer’s
recommended dielectric
grade clear sealant. If the
retest value is still less
than 1000 megohms,
then the arc chute will
be replaced
Charging motor (if so
equipped) will be removed.
The drive shaft bushings
will be inspected and
replaced if worn. The
motor will be cleaned and
reconditioned. All ratchet
pawls and springs will be
inspected and replaced or
repaired if necessary.
Gearbox (if equipped) will
be removed, disassembled
and fully inspected. Any
defective or leaking
components will be
repaired and cleaned

Circuit Breaker Reassembly
and Adjustment will Include:
●
The circuit breaker frame
will be reassembled using
new yellow zinc dichromate
plated hardware
●
A database of instruction
books that list the original
manufacturer’s information
on recommended
lubricants. When the
recommended lubricants
are no longer available or
have been changed, the
reconditioner’s new
breaker design group may
analyze and recommend
newer, high technology
lubricants as a substitute
●
The operating mechanism
will be reassembled,
lubricated and reinstalled
on the circuit breaker
frame
●
Reassemble and install the
main and arcing contact
components, and lubricate
as recommended by the
original manufacturer’s
information
●
Reassemble, lubricate,
install and align the racking
mechanism and the
electrical and/or
mechanical charging
mechanism (if applicable)

●

●

●

●

●

10.5

Install all electrical
components and secure
wiring harness (if
applicable)
Align the contacts for
proper surface wipe and
mating. Perform a contact
wipe test. Verify that the
percent contact wipe and
the wipe width are per the
original manufacturer’s
information
Adjust the main contacts
for proper gap, pressure
and contact resistance,
and adjust arcing contacts
for proper gap per the
original manufacturer’s
information
Install new Eaton Digitrip
microprocessor trip system
where specified
When a new trip device is
added to the breaker or
when changes are made to
the original mechanism or
arc interruption system, an
additional nameplate shall
be installed in accordance
with IEEE/ANSI C37.591996 Section 8.3 and shall
include the unique serial/
identification number

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-43

10.5
10
10
10
10

The retrofitted breaker will
be designed, manufactured,
applied, installed and
certification tested in
accordance with the latest
applicable sections of:
●

10
10

●

●

●
●
●

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10

●

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

●

●

●

●

●

●

General Production Testing
Each reconditioned low
voltage power circuit breaker
will be tested to the applicable
sections of IEEE/ANSI C37.50
Section 6 and UL 1066 if the
breaker was originally UL
labeled. The testing will
include, but not be limited to:

●

10

direct output of the test
results to a printer or storage
device. The applicable tests
will be performed.

●

●

10

IEEE/ANSI C37.13
IEEE/ANSI C37.16
IEEE/ANSI C37.17
IEEE/ANSI C37.50
IEEE/ANSI C37.59-1996
IEEE/ANSI C37.100
UL 1066 (For originally UL
listed and labeled designs)

Test Procedures

10

10

Retrofit Services

Standards and Certifications

●

10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions

Measuring and recording
trip bar force
Setting of the
microprocessor trip
Performing control and
secondary wiring and
device check tests
Performing dielectric
withstand tests
Performing no-load
operations tests
Verifying interlock and
cell interface
Test position dielectric
withstand (original UL
labeled breakers only)

Trip Bar Force Measurement
Measure and record the circuit
breaker’s trip bar force.
Microprocessor Trip
Device Setting
Direct-acting trip devices
will be tested/calibrated to
determine their conformance
to published trip characteristic
curves. Each breaker will be
primary injection tested using
a sinusoidal-wave-shape,
single-phase 60 Hz current
at a convenient voltage. The
primary injection test device
will be computer controlled to
ensure accuracy in the applied
currents. The primary injection
test device will be capable of

V3-T10-44

Long-time-delay-element
pickup
Short-time-delay-element
pickup
Instantaneous-element
pickup
Time delay of long-timedelay-element
Time delay of short-timedelay-element
Ground-element pickup
Time delay of the ground
element

Control, Secondary Wiring
and Devices Check Test
Perform control, secondary
wiring and devices checks
per IEEE/ANSI C37.50.6.3
to verify that all connections
are correct per the wiring
diagram. Those circuits for
which operation or testing is
not feasible will be checked
for continuity.
Dielectric Withstand Tests
Perform dielectric withstand
tests per IEEE/ANSI
C37.50.6.4. The applied test
voltages will be essentially
sinusoidal (within 20% of the
rated frequency of the circuit
breaker being tested) and
will have a minimum crest
value equal to 1.414 times
the specified test voltage
potentials. The potential
will be increased gradually
from zero so as to reach the
required test value in 5 to
10 seconds, and will be held
at that value for 1 minute,
except for the momentary
control voltages (listed in
number 4 below). The
following test values
are applied to Class 1
reconditioned low voltage
power circuit breakers.
1. 2200 Vac for the primary
circuit of a completely
assembled circuit breaker.
2. 1500 Vac for secondary
control wiring and control
devices, including
current sensors and
magnetic latch, except
(3), (4) and (5).

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

3. 1000 Vac for new or
reconditioned motors.
4. 500 Vac momentary
for control devices and
circuitry operating at
80 Vac rms (110 Vdc)
or less that are not
connected directly to the
primary circuit or external,
secondary control circuits.
5. Twice rated voltage
plus 1000 Vac for
undervoltage trip devices
operating at a voltage
above 250 Vac.
No-Load Operation Test
Perform no-load operation
test per IEEE/ANSI
C37.50.6.5.1 (for electrically
operated breakers).
●

●

●

●

Five closing and five
opening operations at
minimum control voltage
Five closing, five opening
and five trip-free operations
at maximum control voltage
Two operations to check
antipumping, which will be
performed in the following
manner:
●
Apply uninterrupted
control power to the
closing circuit of the
open circuit breaker
as the closing signal
●
Trip the circuit breaker;
the circuit to remain
open until closing
circuit power has
been interrupted and
then restored
Check all other devices,
both electrical and
mechanical, for proper
operation

Perform no-load operation
tests per IEEE/ANSI
C37.50.6.5.2 (for manually
operated breakers):
●

●

●
●

Five closing and five
opening operations
When shunt trip is used, a
minimum of five openings
using the shunt trip at the
minimum control voltage
specified for the coil
Five trip-free operations
Check all other devices
for proper mechanical
operation

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Interlock and Cell Interface
Verify the functional
operation of all circuit breaker
interlocks and cell interfaces
in a cell structure, preferably
a cell in the reconditioner’s
facility.
Test Position Dielectric
Withstand (UL Listed
Breakers Only)
Original UL listed breakers
will have their dielectric
withstand verified by placing
the breaker in the test
position, closing the breaker,
and applying 2200 Vac across
the cell’s primary conductors
for 1 minute. No dielectric
breakdown shall occur.
Open-Fuse Trip Device
(If Included)
Test the trip device
mechanically or by application
of proper voltage to the device
to establish positive tripping of
the fused circuit breaker.
Undervoltage Test
The undervoltage device
will be tested for pickup and
dropout voltages.
Breaker Data History
All breaker information,
unique identification number,
and Eaton test results
shall be recorded on the
reconditioner test form
and in the Eaton centralized
database to track each breaker
for predictive maintenance. A
copy of the test form, with
the test results and a quality
certificate, shall be delivered
with each circuit breaker.
Warranty
Each Class 1 reconditioned
low voltage power circuit
breaker will include Eaton’s
2-year warranty.

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10.5

Contents

ARMS Conversions

Description

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39
V3-T10-41

V3-T10-46
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-52

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™ Conversions

10

Product Description

10

A circuit breaker equipped
with an Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System retrofit
can improve safety by
providing the worker with a
simple and reliable method to
reduce fault clearing time. A
lockable switch that can be
incorporated into a Lock Out
Tag Out (LOTO) procedure
controls the Arcflash
Reduction Maintenance
System. Workers can easily
create and control fast
tripping time at the work
location by using this new
solution. Work locations
downstream of a circuit
breaker with this retrofit
can have a significantly
lower incident energy level.
The Arcflash Reduction
Maintenance System can
be applied to any retrofitted
low voltage power breaker
by modifying an existing
Digitrip trip unit or retrofitting
a breaker with a Digitrip
retrofit kit.

Features, Benefits
and Functions
●

●
●

●

●

●

●

10

Increases worker safety
by limiting exposure to
arc flash energy
Extremely easy to use
Enabled with the circuit
breaker door closed by a
door-mounted lockable
switch (no special
PPE required)
Used only for the time
required to perform the
work and is not enabled
continuously
Preserves overcurrent
coordination under
normal conditions
Reduces the arc flash
hazard level for the time
to perform the work task
Improves worker comfort
and mobility via reduction
in incident energy levels
that may permit reduced
levels of PPE

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-45

10.5
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Contents

Retrofit Kits

Description

10

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39
V3-T10-41
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-47
V3-T10-49
V3-T10-49
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-52

10
10

Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits

10

Product Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Application
Eaton’s Digitrip RMS retrofit
kits are fully engineered, field
installable retrofit kits that
enable the user to completely
replace an existing tripping
system. They are applicable
to (600 Vac) low voltage
power breakers and are
designed for application
on both Eaton power
breakers and non-Eaton
power breakers.
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
provide true rms sensing, the
most accurate and current
state-of-the-art technology for
measuring amperage loads.
True rms sensing removes the
possibility of false tripping due
to harmonic distortion of the
power waveform and enables
greater accuracy in selective
coordination of the power
distribution system. The
microprocessor-based Digitrip
trip unit also allows
communications for remote
monitoring to a host computer
or local AEM via the
PowerNet communication
system.

Ratings
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
available for a wide variety of
both Eaton and non-Eaton
low voltage power breaker
frames. Ratings range from
100 to 4000A. Digitrip retrofit
kits provide the user with
adaptive flexibility due to
multi-tapped current sensors
and interchangeable rating
plugs and programmable
pickup and time delay
settings.
History and Technology
In the past, there have been
three types of automatic
control for low voltage power
breakers. Electromechanical
(EM) trip units, solid-state
peak sensing trip units, and
state-of-the-art true rms
sensing trip units.

EM trip units were initially used
in the early 1950s and phased
out by all manufacturers in the
mid-1970s. EM trip units were
composed of a solenoid,
springs, a diaphragm, seals and
air venting apertures. Three
trip units were required per
breaker. Due to age or harsh
environments, these devices
would fail or lose calibration.
They required a great deal of
preventive maintenance.
Peak sensing trip units
were an improvement and
provided improved reliability
and accuracy. Only one
trip unit was required per
breaker; however, peak
sensing trip units were not
able to handle harmonic

conditions. They caused
nuisance tripping and
unnecessary downtime.
True rms trip units enable
the measuring of current
rather than the sensing
of current. Since they are
microprocessor-based digital
devices, they are capable of
taking discrete samples of
the current waveform in
each phase. By applying a
mathematical algorithm,
the current is accurately
mapped out and measured.
This method of measurement
provides the ability to adapt
to a changing harmonic
content while providing
repeatable and reliable
protection.

10
10
10

Kit Components

V3-T10-46

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10.5

Features
Digitrip retrofit kits come
in several different model
types. Among these types,
they provide a variety of
accommodating features
(see Kit Type table on
Page V3-T10-48).
True rms measurement
and protection. Extremely
accurate and able to
accommodate harmonic
content and disturbances.
Ground fault protection
may be added to an existing
power breaker. Ground
fault protection is offered
in a three-wire and a fourwire version.
Zone interlocking is available
on the short time and ground
fault modes of protection.
This enables enhanced
selectivity for high fault and
ground fault coordination
between the main and feeder
breakers.
Local monitoring via a
display. A red LED display
enables the user to step
through and read currents
and energy readings for
each phase and ground.
Communications via
the PowerNet system.
This allows all pertinent
information, regarding static
and dynamic operation of
the breaker, to be remotely
monitored either by a host
computer or local display
monitor. This facilitates
energy management and
power management.
Remember: “If you can't
measure it, you can't
manage it.”

Trip Functions
All Digitrip RMS retrofit kit
types are available with the
necessary combinations of
long, short, instantaneous
and ground fault (LSIG)
modes of protection as
depicted and deemed
necessary by industry
standards.
The combinations of modes
of protection are:
●
●
●
●
●
●

LI
LS
LSI
LIG
LSG
LSIG

The Packaged Kit
Each Digitrip RMS retrofit
kit includes a Digitrip trip unit,
an auxiliary CT module, a
Direct Trip Actuator (DTA),
quantity (three or four)
current sensors, a rating
plug, interconnecting wiring
harnesses, mounting
brackets, copper connectors
(when required), hardware
and installation instructions.
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits are
complete tripping systems
specifically engineered for
each breaker type and frame
rating. All kits are designed
for field installation.

Application and
Service Condition
In order to ensure that
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
are successfully applied,
installation must only be
done by a qualified individual.
Appropriate testing must
be performed to qualify the
retrofitted breaker prior to
placing the breaker in service.
Digitrip RMS retrofit kits
will provide protection in
accordance with their
published time-current
characteristic curves and in
accordance with the original
breaker manufacturers
specifications on breakers
that have been properly
maintained and operate in
accordance with the original
manufacturer’s operating
instructions.

Availability
Digitrip retrofit kits are
currently available for select
breaker frames for the
following manufacturers:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●

10
10
10
10

Eaton
Westinghouse
General Electric
ITE
Allis-Chalmers
Federal Pacific
Roller Smith
Siemens-Allis

10
10
10

Additional Offerings
●
Retrofit kits using
OPTIM™ 750 and 1050 trip
units are available for use
on DS breakers

10
10
10
10
10

Service Life
The physical structure, the
bus assemblies and control
wiring of switchgear are
normally in good condition.
The replacement of the trip
system coupled along with
either refurbishment or
reconditioning of the breaker
will prolong the life of the
switchgear and provide
modern state-of-the-art
protection.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Retrofit Breaker

10
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-47

10.5

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10

Kit Type

10

Digitrip Kit Features

RMS
510

RMS
510 Zone

RMS
610

RMS
810

RMS
910

Cause of trip LED indicators

■

■

■

■

■

10

Integral self test

■

■

■

■

■

10

Trip reset button

■

■

■

■

■

Thermal memory hardware driven

—

—

—

—

—

10

Thermal memory software driven selectable (on/off)

■

■

■

■

■

Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes

—

—

—

—

—

10

Discriminator circuit on LS and LSG protection modes selectable (on/off)

■

■

■

■

■

Zone protective interlocking for short-time and ground fault modes of protection

—

■

■

■

■

Auxiliary contact for long time, short-circuit and ground fault functions

—

■

■

■

■

Local display of phase currents

—

—

■

■

■

Local display of ground currents

—

—

■

■

■

Local display of cause of trip

—

—

■

■

■

Local display of energy (MWh)

—

—

—

■

■

Local display of peak demand (MW)

—

—

—

■

■

Local display of present demand (MW)

—

—

—

■

■

Communication with PowerNet communicated data includes:
All display values
Trip unit status
High load alarm
Cause of trip
Rating plug status
Breaker status
Reason for breaker status

—

—

—

■

■

Trip settings

—

—

—

■

■

Power factor

—

—

—

■

■

10

Control via the PowerNet system (open/close)

—

—

—

■

■

Voltage phase-to-phase, displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communication

—

—

—

—

■

10

Total current harmonic distortion (THD); phase A, B, C. Displayed on trip unit and communicated via
PowerNet communication

—

—

—

—

■

10

Total current harmonic distortion per harmonic from the 2nd through the 27th harmonic displayed on trip
unit and communicated via PowerNet communication

—

—

—

—

■

10

System power factor. Displayed on trip unit and communicated via PowerNet communication

—

—

—

—

■

Waveform analysis data to PowerNet computer

—

—

—

—

■

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-48

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Reference Information
Sales Brochure for
Digitrip RMS Retrofit
Kits: B.22D.01.S.E
Instructions for the
Application of Digitrip RMS
Retrofit Kits on Power Circuit
Breakers: AD 33-855- 4

Product Selection

10

Customer Required Information
In order to obtain the proper
kit, the following information
should be provided to Eaton:

10

Breaker nameplate
information:
●
Manufacturer
●
Breaker type
●
Ampere frame size
●
Manually or electrically
operated
Drawout or fixed mounting
Fused or non-fused
Digitrip trip unit type
required: 510, 610, 810, 910
Protective functions
required: LI, LSI, LS, LIG,
LSG, LSIG
Continuous current rating
required (trip rating of
breaker)
Three-wire or four-wire
system (determines
number of sensors
required)

10

●

Digitrip RMS 510
Trip Unit: IL 29-885-B
Digitrip RMS 610
Trip Unit: IL 29-886-A
Digitrip RMS 810
Trip Unit: IL 29-888-A

●

Digitrip RMS 910
Trip Unit: IL 29-889-A

●

Time Current Curves
for DS and DSL Circuit
Breakers: AD 32-870
Retrofit Kit Product Guide
call 1-800-937-5487:
Doc. #9375487

10.5

●

●

●

●

Illustrates catalog number
system for each engineered
kit: YES Catalog Tab 17

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

To properly select options,
the following questions need
to be answered:
●

●

●

●

10
10

Will customer supply
120 Vac control power or
is breaker-mounted CPT
needed? Applies only to
Digitrip 610, 810 and 910
Are zone interlocks
required?
Does the application
require relay outputs from
the Digitrip 610, 810 or 910
for remote indication?
Does the breaker have an
existing Amptector or
Digitrip trip unit installed?
If so, what is it?

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-49

10.5
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

Contents

DB-25 LV-VSR

Description

10

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter
Replacement
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39
V3-T10-41
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-46

V3-T10-51
V3-T10-52

10
10
10

Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton’s low voltage VSR
is a self-contained vacuum
starter replacement for a low
voltage drawout air circuit
breaker used for motor
starting applications.
In some cases, LV air circuit
breakers are used for motor
starting applications. Air
circuit breakers are not
designed to withstand the
frequent switching service
and mechanical stresses
associated with repetitive
motor starting duty. This is
due to the breaker mechanism
that must be designed to
close and latch against a
fault. In order to meet these
requirements, the mechanism
must close at high speeds
with a great deal of force.
Frequent closing operations
stress and deteriorate the
breaker mechanisms.
Eaton’s LV-VSR is a selfcontained replacement
vacuum starter for an LV
drawout air circuit breaker.
The LV-VSR is interchangeable
with the drawout breaker
element and requires no
cell modifications.

Features
Advantages
The use of an LV-VSR
vacuum starter can prolong
device life and significantly
reduce maintenance repair
and downtime.
A low voltage air circuit
breaker has an effective life
of 4000 operations while an
LV-VSR vacuum starter has
an effective life of 1,000,000
operations. For example, a
motor starting application that
required two starts per hour
on continuous duty would
require a major rebuild of
the LV breaker within three
months. The expected life of
an LV-VSR vacuum starter
would be over 50 years.
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
uses state-of-the-art Eaton
vacuum interrupters. The
interrupters employ the
latest vacuum technology
with long life, resistance to
environmental contaminants,
and positive contact wear
indicators.

10
10
10
V3-T10-50

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

The integral, solid-state, trip
units used on the air circuit
breakers are designed
primarily for cable and
transformer protection.
Motors require more precisely
set overcurrent devices that
prevent motor damage as well
as avoiding nuisance tripping.
A solid-state relay, Eaton
Type C440, provides
overload protection and
phase unbalance protection.
This relay was exclusively
designed for motor protection.
Motor Starter
The LV-VSR consists of
an Eaton V201 vacuum
contactor, Class J current
limiting fuses, multi-function
motor protective relay,
three current transformers
and an integral control
power transformer.
Vacuum Contactor
Eaton’s V201 vacuum
contactor is designed for
starting and controlling
three-phase, 50/60 Hz AC
motors. Current interruption
is contained within the
vacuum bottles and no arc
byproducts are vented to
the outside environment.
Contact condition is given
by wear indicators.

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Series Current Limiting Fuses
Class J current limiting fuses
provide short-circuit
protection and allow a
combination rating of
100 kA at 480 or 600V.
C440 Electronic Overload Relay
Eaton’s C440 multi-function
electronic, motor protection
relay provides the following
features:
●

●

●

●
●
●
●

Overload protection,
Class 10A, 10, 20 or 30
Phase unbalance
protection, selectable
(ON/OFF)
Ground fault selectable
(ON/OFF)
Remote reset
Alarm relay output contact
LED status indication
Communication modules
●
Modbus RTU RS-485
●
DeviceNet with IO
●
PROFIBUS with IO

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

VSR Designs
●
Westinghouse DS
●
GE
●
ITE
●
and others

Safety Features
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
retains all the safety features
of the LV switchgear including:
●

Contact EESS at 877-276-9379
for more details.
Life
Exceptional electrical and
mechanical life is offered
by the V201 contactor—
up to 1,000,000 electrical
operations and 2,500,000
mechanical operations, even
under harsh conditions.
Drawout Capability
The LV-VSR is mounted on a
drawout frame and maintains
the safety interlocking
system of the LV switchgear.
Ease of Installation
The LV-VSR may be inserted
into a standard breaker
compartment without
modification to the
compartment. The primary
and secondary contact
structures and drawout
mechanism are identical.
The LV-VSR control scheme
will interface with standard
switchgear wiring with no cell
modifications and remote
control schemes, if existing,
are maintained.

●

●

●

●
●

Racking the LV-VSR
vacuum starter is
prevented while the
contactor is in the closed
position. Closing the
LV-VSR vacuum starter is
prevented while racking
Breaker position indication
is provided (connected,
test, disconnect, remove)
The LV-VSR vacuum starter
is padlockable (optional) in
either the connect, test or
disconnect positions
Positive ground connection
is maintained
Closed door tripping
Closed-door control, if
existing, can be maintained

LV-VSR Control Features
LV-VSR vacuum starter offers
the following standard control
features. Other devices can
be supplied on request.
●

●

●
●

●

●

●

Start-stop pushbuttons
and run pilot light
Eaton C440 electronic
overload relay
2A/2B auxiliary contact
1A/1B trip contact
(overload or short circuit)
Provision for remote
control operation
Integral control power
transformer
Custom designed wiring
schemes

10.5

Technical Data and
Specifications

10

Ratings
The LV-VSR vacuum starter is
rated as follows:
●

●

●

●

●

●

Maximum continuous
current—425A
Maximum voltage
rating—600V
Short-circuit rating at
240–600V 200 kA
Maximum motor hp at
480V 235 hp
Maximum motor hp at
240V 117 hp
Maximum motor hp at
600V 294 hp

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Ease of Maintenance
The LV-VSR control
components are front
mounted for easy access.

10
10

The LV-VSR uses the
same line and load finger
clusters, secondary contact
assemblies and drawout
mechanism as the original
circuit breaker. Renewal
parts are readily available.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-51

10.5
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

ITE 5600 Series Motor Control Center Replacement Unit

Contents
Description

10

Page

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit
Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . .
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker
Reconditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System™
Conversions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits . . . .
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC Replacement Units
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10
10
10
10
10
10

V3-T10-34
V3-T10-39
V3-T10-41
V3-T10-45
V3-T10-46
V3-T10-50
V3-T10-54
V3-T10-54

10
10
10

MCC Replacement Units

10

General Description

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton’s motor control center
(MCC) replacement units
are newly manufactured,
UL labeled units designed for
easy installation into existing
MCCs. We manufacture units
to fit into Westinghouse,
Cutler-Hammer and other
manufacturers such as GE,
Square D and ITE.
Replacement units allow
new starters and feeders
to be added to existing
motor control centers to
replace defective units or
to upgrade units.
Advantages
Motor starters are used in
applications where continuous
operation and frequent
opening and closing are
required. These conditions
lead to eventual mechanical
failure of contactors despite
best maintenance efforts.
Replacement MCC units are
the most time-efficient and
cost-effective way to restore
the original assembly to
operational condition.

Features
Complete replacement
of the MCC involves costly
demolition, removal and
re-installation. Downtime
is extensive. The MCC
assembly often is in good
condition since there is very
little deterioration of the
enclosure, the bus or the
control wiring with normal
maintenance and proper
installation.
Replacement units are
newly manufactured and
have no used or fatigued
parts. Because they can be
manufactured to existing
wiring diagrams, the
installation time is minimal.
Only the power connections
and those wiring terminations
external to the MCC are
required to be disconnected
and reconnected. The
replacement unit
interchanges with the
existing unit without field
modifications. Downtime is
significantly reduced.

Brand New Replacement Unit—
Not a Retrofit
All motor control units,
removable or fixed mounted,
are assembled with Eaton
components of proven
safety, quality and reliability.
All components are wired in
accordance with NEMA and
UL 845 standards.
Eaton has specifically
designed bus stabs to form
a standardization plug-in cell
that meets the highest safety
standards. These units fit into
the existing space of the
customer’s original MCC.

HMCP, HFD, HJD, HKD
breakers and 10250T series
pilot devices will provide
the customer with standard
features and current product
to adequately maintain their
MCCs for many years
to come.
For additional information,
contact 1-800-OLD-UNIT
or your local Eaton
Service Center.

10
10
10
10
V3-T10-52

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Solve Parts Availability
Problems for Old
Unsupported Products
We can also provide
additional inventory reduction
for the customer by using
components, such as
starters, which are currently
being used in other Eaton
MCCs. Unit starter types
include many options
including: Freedom, A200
and Soft Start. Additional
modifications include solidstate overloads,
communication possibilities
and several cover control
options.

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10.5

New Stab Design
●
Tin-plated clip surface
●
Spring clip for extra
pressure
●
Sufficient insulating surface

10
10
10
10
Eaton FlashGard®
(2008 to Present)

F2100 Replacement Starter Unit
(1995 to Present)

Advantage Replacement Starter Unit
(1992 to Present)

10
10

Eaton Designed Stabs

Unit Features
●
Holes for top and bottom
incoming line
●
Self-aligning stab to bus
●
Door device panel
●
Knockout for terminal blocks

10
10
10
F-10 Unitrol Replacement Starter Unit
(1972 to 1989)

Freedom Unitrol Replacement Starter
Unit (1988 to 1994)

9800 Unitrol Replacement Starter Unit
(1956 to 1974)

10
10
10
10
10

11-300 Replacement Starter Unit
(1935 to 1965)

Side Item Stab

Door Features
●
Door latch—1/4 turn
●
Door hinge opens farther

Door Latch Closed

Unit Features
●
Easy lock-out handle
mechanism
●
Easy lock-in bucket tabs
●
HMCP/HFD breakers
65k rated
●
Additional ground clip
●
10250T series cover
controls

Type W Replacement Starter Unit
(1965 to 1975)

5-Star/Series 2100 Replacement
Starter Unit (1975 to 1995)

10
10

UL 845 Eaton MCC Aftermarket Units
Name Brand

MCC

Vintage Type

Westinghouse

11-300

1935 to 1965

Cutler-Hammer

9800 Unitrol

1956 to 1974

ITE

5600 Series

1957 to 1976

Gould

5600 Series

1957 to 1976

Telemecanique

5600 Series

1957 to 1976

Westinghouse

Type W

1965 to 1975

Cutler-Hammer

F10 Unitrol

1972 to 1989

Westinghouse

5 Star

1975 to 1986

Cutler-Hammer

Freedom Unitrol

1989 to 1994

Westinghouse

2100 Series 1

1986 to 1995

Westinghouse

Advantage™ 1

1991 to present

Cutler-Hammer

Freedom 2100 1

1995 to present

Cutler-Hammer

IT. MCC

2002 to present

GE

7700/8000

1975 to present

Allen-Bradley

Centerline

1971 to present

Square D

Model 6

1992 to present

Siemens/Furnas 89

Series 89

1979 to 2001

Eaton

IT. FlashGard

2006 to present

Eaton

Freedom FlashGard

2007 to present

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Note
1 FlashGard replacement units available.

10
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-53

10.5

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Retrofit Services

10

Standards and Certifications

10

Designed and Tested to
NEMA/UL Standards
Eaton MCC replacement
units have passed all UL
required short-circuit and
heat tests. This high standard
of testing is important to
provide confidence to our
customers that UL 845 units
mean something for the
upkeep of their equipment.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Product Selection

10

Availability
Replacement units are
available for all MCCs
manufactured by Eaton,
Cutler-Hammer or
Westinghouse. Units are
available as follows:

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Eaton:
●
●

●
●

F2100: 1995 to present
Freedom Unitro:
1988 to 1994
F-10 Unitrol: 1972 to 1989
9800 Unitrol: 1956 to 1974

Communication Capability
Eaton’s MCC communication
solutions include DeviceNet,
EtherNet/IP, Modbus RTU,
Modbus TCP, PROFIBUS,
and Web interface using
Eaton’s Power Xpert®
Architecture.
Information Required
In order to obtain the
proper replacement unit,
the following information
should be provided to Eaton:
●

Westinghouse:

●

Advantage: 1992 to present
Series 2100: 1987 to 1995
●
5 Star: 1975 to 1987
●
Type W: 1965 to 1975
●
11-300: 1935 to 1965
All replacement units utilize
Eaton HMCP motor circuit
protectors allowing the units
to be UL 508 combination
rated 65 kA. The units can
be supplied with either
Freedom, Advantage,
A200 or Citation starters.
●

●

●

●

●
●
●

MCC manufacturer
MCC type
Required starter hp rating
Type of starter (i.e., FVNR,
FVR, 2S2W, etc.)
Desired protective features
Desired control devices
Desired control scheme

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-54

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Performance-Based Maintenance Services

10.6

Contents

10

Description

10

Performance-Based Maintenance Services

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Performance-Based Maintenance Services
General Description
Approximately 80 percent of
all equipment failures occur on
a random basis and are not
age-related. Certainly, a welldesigned, time-based
preventive maintenance
program can reduce failure
rates, but what about these
80 percent of equipment
failures that occur on no
timetable? You could increase
the rate of preventive
maintenance activities, but
that is no panacea. These
maintenance activities tend to
be invasive, introducing new
defects that can actually
increase failure rates.

Performance-Based Maintenance (PBM) Program
Under pressure to deliver
ever higher levels of
availability, facilities
managers are looking for a
better way. An optimal
maintenance program would:
Enable you to schedule
maintenance based on
actual device operation
history, rather than
arbitrary calendar dates
●
Eliminate unnecessary
maintenance work and
related production outages
●
Reduce spare parts
requirements due to
increased accuracy of
equipment history
●
Reduce overall
maintenance costs
You can achieve these results
by having Eaton apply
predictive analytic
technologies to the
maintenance program. The
result is a strategy that Eaton
calls “Performance-Based
Maintenance.” Services are
scheduled and performed
based on actual device
operating history, not on
arbitrary calendar dates. This
knowledge-based approach
reduces maintenance time,
cost and spare parts
requirements.
●

Eaton offers PerformanceBased Maintenance (PBM)
solutions that fit various
project needs, for single sites
or multiple sites, and a full
range of equipment types.
This maintenance strategy
actually integrates four
proven maintenance
programs to deliver
quantifiable results at a
guaranteed price:
●

●

●

●

The Planned
Maintenance Module
addresses operational
performance, as-left
conditions, environmental
considerations, and testing
and calibration results
The Predictive Diagnostic
Module focuses on visual
observations,
environmental and thermal
conditions, and predictive
indicator results
The Reliability-Centered
Maintenance Module
concentrates on the
potential for injuries,
environmental hazards and
product losses or process
interruptions
The Periodic
Observations Module
centers on equipment
loading, and visual and
environmental
observations

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

It is easy to get started
on Performance-Based
Maintenance program.
EESS engineers visit your
facility and perform a
comprehensive site audit
and needs assessment.
While implementing
electrical system testing
and maintenance, EESS
engineers review both the
“condition” and “criticality”
of each component with plant
personnel. The condition is
determined via traditional
preventive maintenance
procedures (industrystandard, time-based)
combined with predictive
diagnostic technologies. The
criticality rating of each
component is established
through application of a
reliability-centered
maintenance approach, taking
into account its potential
impact on critical processes,
safety and the environment.
Then, EESS engineers
recommend a maintenance
interval (short-, mid- or longterm) for each component, as
well as work scopes and
periodic observation
frequency.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

www.eaton.com

V3-T10-55

10.6
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Power System Studies, Field Services and Conversions
Performance-Based Maintenance Services

You save money when this
analysis reveals an
opportunity to lengthen
maintenance interviews or
reduce the scope of
maintenance work performed
during scheduled outages.
You improve uptime and
reliability when this analysis
reveals components on
which preventive
maintenance should be
performed more frequently.
You can increase reliability
even more by redirecting
some of your cost savings
into additional predictive
diagnostics and equipment
modernization. EESS delivers
a periodic scorecard to plant
personnel, summarizing
the recommendations,
performance and results
of the program.

10
10
10
10
10
10

Elements of a PerformanceBased Maintenance Program
●
Site audit and maintenance
needs assessment
●
Condition-based
maintenance
●
Reliability-centered
maintenance (RCM)
●
Predictive diagnostics
●
Efficient algorithms to
integrate equipment
condition results, RCM
input, predictive
diagnostics and periodic
observations
●
Recommendations for
immediate action,
automation, remote
monitoring, life extension,
spare parts or upgrading
●
Periodic observations while
energized and operating
●
Maintenance implemented
based on equipment
condition and criticality
●
Root-cause failure analysis
●
Periodic scorecard and
customized reporting
of results
●
Continuous improvement
●
Optional ensured
performance
improvements and
ensured savings—typically,
15 percent savings over
two performance cycles

Our knowledge management
practices—when applied to
optimize the maintenance
program—reduce the
potential for outages by
predicting equipment failure
or system problems,
decrease the duration of
outages by providing 24/7
remote troubleshooting, and
reduce operating and
maintenance costs by basing
service on real-time
equipment information rather
than arbitrary timelines. The
bottom-line is more effective
maintenance service at
lower cost.

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
V3-T10-56

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2013

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Contents

Eaton Terms & Conditions

Description

Page

Terms and Conditions of Sale. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-A1-1
V3-A1-2
V3-A1-3
V3-A1-3

Selling Policy (Supersedes Selling Policy 25-000, dated February 20, 2006)
Terms and Conditions of Sale
The Terms and Conditions of
Sale set forth herein, and any
supplements which may be
attached hereto, constitute
the full and final expression
of the contract for the sale
of products or services
(hereinafter referred to as
Product(s) or Services by
Eaton Corporation
(hereinafter referred to as
Seller) to the Buyer, and
supersedes all prior
quotations, purchase orders,
correspondence or
communications whether
written or oral between the
Seller and the Buyer.
Notwithstanding any contrary
language in the Buyer’s
purchase order,
correspondence or other
form of acknowledgment,
Buyer shall be bound by
these Terms and Conditions
of Sale when it sends a
purchase order or otherwise
indicates acceptance of this
contract, or when it accepts
delivery from Seller of the
Products or Services.

THE CONTRACT FOR SALE
OF THE PRODUCTS OR
SERVICES IS EXPRESSLY
LIMITED TO THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF SALE
STATED HEREIN. ANY
ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT
TERMS PROPOSED BY
BUYER ARE REJECTED
UNLESS EXPRESSLY
AGREED TO IN WRITING BY
SELLER. No contract shall
exist except as herein
provided.
Complete Agreement
No amendment or
modification hereto nor any
statement, representation or
warranty not contained herein
shall be binding on the Seller
unless made in writing by an
authorized representative of
the Seller. Prior dealings,
usage of the trade or a course
of performance shall not be
relevant to determine the
meaning of this contract even
though the accepting or
acquiescing party had
knowledge of the nature
of the performance and
opportunity for objection.

Quotations
Written quotations are valid
for 30 days from its date
unless otherwise stated in
the quotation or terminated
sooner by notice.
Verbal quotations, unless
accepted, expire the same
day they are made.
A complete signed order
must be received by Seller
within 20 calendar days of
notification of award,
otherwise the price and
shipment will be subject to
re-negotiation.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100002E—December 2011

Termination and Cancellation
Any order may be terminated
by the Buyer only by written
notice and upon payment
of reasonable termination
charges, including all costs
plus profit.
Seller shall have the right to
cancel any order at any time
by written notice if Buyer
breaches any of the terms
hereof, becomes the subject
of any proceeding under state
or federal law for the relief
of debtors, or otherwise
becomes insolvent or
bankrupt, generally does not
pay its debts as they become
due or makes an assignment
for the benefit of creditors.

www.eaton.com

V3-A1-1

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Prices
All prices are subject to
change without notice. In the
event of a price change, the
effective date of the change
will be the date of the new
price or discount sheet, letter
or telegram. All quotations
made or orders accepted
after the effective date will be
on the new basis. For existing
orders, the price of the
unshipped portion of an order
will be the price in effect at
time of shipment.
Price Policy—Products and
Services
When prices are quoted as
firm for quoted shipment, they
are firm provided the following
conditions are met:
1. The order is released
with complete
engineering details.
2. Shipment of Products are
made, and Services
purchased are provided
within the quoted
lead time.
3. When drawings for
approval are required
for any Products, the
drawings applicable to
those Products must be
returned within 30*
calendar days from the
date of the original
mailing of the drawings
by Seller. The return
drawings must be
released for manufacture
and shipment and must
be marked “APPROVED”
or “APPROVED AS
NOTED.” Drawing
re-submittals which are
required for any other
reason than to correct
Seller errors will not
extend the 30-day period.

If the Buyer initiates or in
any way causes delays
in shipment, provision of
Services or return of approval
drawings beyond the periods
stated above, the price of the
Products or Services will be
increased 1% per month
or fraction thereof up to a
maximum of 18 months from
the date of the Buyer’s order.
For delays resulting in
shipment or provision of
Services beyond 18 months
from the date of the Buyer’s
order, the price must be
renegotiated.
Price Policy—BLS
Refer to Price Policy 25-050.
Minimum Billing
Orders less than $1,000 will
be assessed a shipping and
handling charge of 5% of the
price of the order, with a
minimum charge of $25.00
unless noted differently on
Product discount sheets.
Taxes
The price does not include
any taxes. Buyer shall be
responsible for the payment
of all taxes applicable to, or
arising from the transaction,
the Products, its sale, value,
or use, or any Services
performed in connection
therewith regardless of
the person or entity
actually taxed.

Terms of Payment
Products
Acceptance of all orders is
subject to the Buyer meeting
Seller’s credit requirements.
Terms of payment are subject
to change for failure to meet
such requirements. Seller
reserves the right at any time
to demand full or partial
payment before proceeding
with a contract of sale as a
result of changes in the
financial condition of the
Buyer. Terms of Payment are
either Net 30 days from the
date of invoice of each
shipment or carry a cash
discount based on Product
type. Specific payment terms
for Products are outlined in
the applicable Product
discount schedules.
Services
Terms of payment are net
within 30 days from date of
invoice for orders amounting
to less than $50,000.00.
Terms of payment for orders
exceeding $50,000.00 shall
be made according to the
following:
1. Twenty percent (20%) of
order value with the
purchase order payable
30 days from date of
invoice.
2. Eighty percent (80%) of
order value in equal
monthly payments over
the performance period
payable 30 days from
date of invoice.

Except for work performed (i)
under a firm fixed price basis
or (ii) pursuant to terms of a
previously priced existing
contract between Seller and
Buyer, invoices for work
performed by Seller shall
have added and noted on
each invoice a charge of 3%
(over and above the price of
the work) which is related
to Seller compliance with
present and proposed
environmental, health, and
safety regulations associated
with prescribed requirements
covering hazardous materials
management and employee
training, communications,
personal protective
equipment, documentation
and record keeping
associated therewith.
Adequate Assurances
If, in the judgment of Seller,
the financial condition of the
Buyer, at any time during the
period of the contract, does
not justify the terms of
payment specified, Seller
may require full or partial
payment in advance.
Delayed Payment
If payments are not made in
accordance with these terms,
a service charge will, without
prejudice to the right of Seller
to immediate payment, be
added in an amount equal to
the lower of 1.5% per month
or fraction thereof or the
highest legal rate on the
unpaid balance.

* 60 days for orders
through contractors
to allow time for their
review and approval
before and after
transmitting them
to their customers.

V3-A1-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100002E—December 2011

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Freight

Warranty

Freight policy will be listed on
the Product discount sheets,
or at option of Seller one of
the following freight terms
will be quoted.

Risk of Loss
Risk of loss or damage to the
Products shall pass to Buyer
at the F.O.B. point.

F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd. and
Invoiced
Products are sold F.O.B. point
of shipment freight prepaid
and invoiced to the Buyer.

Concealed Damage
Except in the event of F.O.B.
destination shipments, Seller
will not participate in any
settlement of claims for
concealed damage.

F.O.B.—P/S—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
Products sold are delivered
F.O.B. point of shipment,
freight prepaid and included
in the price.
F.O.B. Destination—Frt./Ppd.
and Allowed
At Buyer’s option, Seller will
deliver the Products F.O.B.
destination freight prepaid
and 2% will be added to the
net price.
The term “freight prepaid”
means that freight charges
will be prepaid to the
accessible common carrier
delivery point nearest the
destination for shipments
within the United States and
Puerto Rico unless noted
differently on the Product
discount sheets. For any
other destination contact
Seller’s representative.
Shipment and Routing
Seller shall select the point of
origin of shipment, the
method of transportation, the
type of carrier equipment and
the routing of the shipment.
If the Buyer specifies a
special method of
transportation, type of carrier
equipment, routing, or
delivery requirement, Buyer
shall pay all special freight
and handling charges.
When freight is included in
the price, no allowance will
be made in lieu of
transportation if the Buyer
accepts shipment at factory,
warehouse, or freight station
or otherwise supplies its own
transportation.

When shipment has been
made on an F.O.B. destination
basis, the Buyer must unpack
immediately and, if damage is
discovered must:
1. Not move the Products
from the point of
examination.
2. Retain shipping container
and packing material.
3. Notify the carrier in
writing of any apparent
damage.
4. Notify Seller
representative within
72 hours of delivery.
5. Send Seller a copy of
the carrier’s inspection
report.
Witness Tests/Customer
Inspection
Standard factory tests may be
witnessed by the Buyer
at Seller’s factory for an
additional charge calculated
at the rate of $2,500 per day
(not to exceed eight (8) hours)
per Product type. Buyer may
final inspect Products at the
Seller’s factory for $500 per
day per Product type.
Witness tests will add one (1)
week to the scheduled
shipping date. Seller will
notify Buyer fourteen (14)
calendar days prior to
scheduled witness testing
or inspection. In the event
Buyer is unable to attend, the
Parties shall mutually agree
on a rescheduled date.
However, Seller reserves
the right to deem the witness
tests waived with the right to
ship and invoice Products.

Held Orders
For any order held, delayed
or rescheduled at the request
of the Buyer, Seller may, at
its sole option (1) require
payment to be based on any
reasonable basis, including
but not limited to the contract
price, and any additional
expenses, or cost resulting
from such a delay; (2) store
Products at the sole cost and
risk of loss of the Buyer; and/
or (3) charge to the Buyer
those prices under the
applicable price policy.
Payment for such price,
expenses and costs, in any
such event, shall be due by
Buyer within thirty (30) days
from date of Seller’s invoice.
Any order so held delayed or
rescheduled beyond six (6)
months will be treated as a
Buyer termination.

Warranty for Products
Seller warrants that the
Products manufactured by
it will conform to Seller’s
applicable specifications and
be free from failure due to
defects in workmanship and
material for one (1) year from
the date of installation of
the Product or eighteen (18)
months from the date of
shipment of the Product,
whichever occurs first.

Drawing Approval
Seller will design the
Products in line with, in
Seller’s judgment, good
commercial practice. If at
drawing approval Buyer
makes changes outside of
the design as covered in their
specifications, Seller will then
be paid reasonable charges
and allowed a commensurate
delay in shipping date based
on the changes made.

Seller requires all nonconforming Products be
returned at Seller’s expense
for evaluation unless
specifically stated otherwise
in writing by Seller.

Drawing Re-Submittal
When Seller agrees to do so
in its quotation, Seller shall
provide Buyer with the first
set of factory customer
approval drawing(s) at Seller’s
expense. The customer
approval drawing(s) will be
delivered at the quoted
delivery date. If Buyer
requests drawing changes
or additions after the initial
factory customer approval
drawing(s) have been
submitted by Seller, the
Seller, at its option, may
assess Buyer drawing
charges. Factory customer
approval drawing changes
required due to
misinterpretation by Seller
will be at Seller’s expense.
Approval drawings generated
by Bid Manager are excluded
from this provision.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100002E—December 2011

In the event any Product fails
to comply with the foregoing
warranty Seller will, at its
option, either (a) repair or
replace the defective
Product, or defective part or
component thereof, F.O.B.
Seller’s facility freight
prepaid, or (b) credit Buyer
for the purchase price of the
Product. All warranty claims
shall be made in writing.

This warranty does not
cover failure or damage
due to storage, installation,
operation or maintenance not
in conformance with Seller’s
recommendations and
industry standard practice
or due to accident, misuse,
abuse or negligence. This
warranty does not cover
reimbursement for labor,
gaining access, removal,
installation, temporary power
or any other expenses, which
may be incurred in connection
with repair or replacement.
This warranty does not
apply to equipment not
manufactured by Seller.
Seller limits itself to
extending the same warranty
it receives from the supplier.

www.eaton.com

V3-A1-3

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Extended Warranty for Products
If requested by the Buyer and
specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, the
foregoing standard warranty
for Products will be extended
from the date of shipment for
the period and price indicated
below:
●

●

●

24 months—2% of
Contract Price
30 months—3% of
Contract Price
36 months—4% of
Contract Price

Special Warranty (In and Out)
for Products
If requested by the Buyer
and specifically accepted in
writing by Seller, Seller will,
during the warranty period
for Products, at an additional
cost of 2% of the contract
price, be responsible for the
direct cost of:
1. Removing the Product
from the installed
location.
2. Transportation to the
repair facility and return
to the site.
3. Reinstallation on site.
The total liability of Seller for
this Special Warranty for
Products is limited to 50%
of the contract price of the
particular Product being
repaired and excludes
expenses for removing
adjacent apparatus, walls,
piping, structures, temporary
service, etc.

V3-A1-4

Warranty for Services
Seller warrants that the
Services performed by it
hereunder will be performed
in accordance with generally
accepted professional
standards.
The Services, which do not
so conform, shall be
corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within one (1) year
after completion of the
Services.
Unless otherwise agreed to in
writing by Seller, Seller
assumes no responsibility
with respect to the suitability
of the Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment or
with respect to any latent
defects in equipment not
supplied by Seller. This
warranty does not cover
damage to Buyer’s, or its
customer’s, equipment,
components or parts
resulting in whole or in part
from improper maintenance
or operation or from their
deteriorated condition. Buyer
will, at its cost, provide Seller
with unobstructed access
to the defective Services,
as well as adequate free
working space in the
immediate vicinity of the
defective Services and such
facilities and systems,
including, without limitation,
docks, cranes and utility
disconnects and connects,
as may be necessary in order
that Seller may perform its
warranty obligations. The
conducting of any tests shall
be mutually agreed upon and
Seller shall be notified of, and
may be present at, all tests
that may be made.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

Warranty for Power Systems
Studies
Seller warrants that any
power systems studies
performed by it will conform
to generally accepted
professional standards. Any
portion of the study, which
does not so conform, shall
be corrected by Seller upon
notification in writing by the
Buyer within six (6) months
after completion of the study.
All warranty work shall be
performed in a single shift
straight time basis Monday
through Friday. In the event
that the study requires
correction of warranty items
on an overtime schedule,
the premium portion of such
overtime shall be for the
Buyer’s account.
Limitation on Warranties for
Products, Services and Power
Systems Studies
THE FOREGOING
WARRANTIES ARE
EXCLUSIVE EXCEPT FOR
WARRANTY OF TITLE.
SELLER DISCLAIMS ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
CORRECTION OF NONCONFORMITIES IN THE
MANNER AND FOR THE
PERIOD OF TIME PROVIDED
ABOVE SHALL CONSTITUTE
SELLER’S SOLE LIABILITY
AND BUYER’S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR FAILURE OF
SELLER TO MEET ITS
WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS,
WHETHER CLAIMS OF
THE BUYER ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY), OR
OTHERWISE.

CA08100002E—December 2011

Asbestos
Federal Law requires that
building or facility owners
identify the presence,
location and quantity of
asbestos containing material
(hereinafter “ACM”) at work
sites. Seller is not licensed to
abate ACM. Accordingly, for
any contract which includes
the provision of Services,
prior to (i) commencement of
work at any site under a
specific Purchase Order, (ii) a
change in the work scope of
any Purchase Order, the
Buyer will certify that the
work area associated with the
Seller’s scope of work
includes the handling of Class
II ACM, including but not
limited to generator wedges
and high temperature gaskets
which include asbestos
materials. The Buyer shall, at
its expense, conduct
abatement should the
removal, handling,
modification or reinstallation,
or some or all of them, of said
Class II ACM be likely to
generate airborne asbestos
fibers; and should such
abatement affect the cost
of or time of performance
of the work then Seller shall
be entitled to an equitable
adjustment in the schedule,
price and other pertinent
affected provisions of
the contract.
Compliance with Nuclear
Regulation
Seller’s Products are sold as
commercial grade Products
not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed
by the United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission for
atomic purposes. Further
certification will be required
for use of the Products in any
safety-related application in
any nuclear facility licensed
by the U.S. Nuclear
Regulatory Commission.

www.eaton.com

Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions
Effective Date: November 1, 2008

Returning Products
Authorization and shipping
instructions for the return
of any Products must be
obtained from Seller before
returning the Products.
When return is occasioned
due to Seller error, full credit
including all transportation
charges will be allowed.
Product Notices
Buyer shall provide the user
(including its employees) of
the Products with all Seller
supplied Product notices,
warnings, instructions,
recommendations, and
similar materials.
Force Majeure
Seller shall not be liable for
failure to perform or delay
in performance due to fire,
flood, strike or other labor
difficulty, act of God, act of
any governmental authority or
of the Buyer, riot, embargo,
fuel or energy shortage, car
shortage, wrecks or delays in
transportation, or due to any
other cause beyond Seller’s
reasonable control. In the
event of delay in performance
due to any such cause, the
date of delivery or time for
completion will be extended
by a period of time reasonably
necessary to overcome the
effect of such delay.
Liquidated Damages
Contracts which include
liquidated damage clauses for
failure to meet shipping or job
completion promises are not
acceptable or binding on
Seller, unless such clauses
are specifically accepted in
writing by an authorized
representative of the Seller at
its headquarters office.

Patent Infringement
Seller will defend or, at its
option, settle any suit or
proceeding brought against
Buyer, or Buyer’s customers,
to the extent it is based upon
a claim that any Product or
part thereof, manufactured by
Seller or its subsidiaries and
furnished hereunder,
infringes any United States
patent, other than a claim of
infringement based upon use
of a Product or part thereof in
a process, provided Seller is
notified in reasonable time
and given authority,
information and assistance
(at Seller’s expense) for the
defense of same. Seller shall
pay all legal and court costs
and expenses and courtassessed damages awarded
therein against Buyer
resulting from or incident to
such suit or proceeding. In
addition to the foregoing, if at
any time Seller determines
there is a substantial question
of infringement of any United
States patent, and the use of
such Product is or may be
enjoined, Seller may, at its
option and expense: either (a)
procure for Buyer the right to
continue using and selling the
Product; (b) replace the
Product with non-infringing
apparatus; (c) modify the
Product so it becomes noninfringing; or (d) as a last
resort, remove the Product
and refund the purchase
price, equitably adjusted for
use and obsolescence. In no
case does Seller agree to pay
any recovery based upon its
Buyer’s savings or profit
through use of Seller’s
Products whether the use be
special or ordinary. The
foregoing states the entire
liability of Seller for patent
infringement.

The preceding paragraph
does not apply to any claim of
infringement based upon: (a)
any modification made to a
Product other than by Seller;
(b) any design and/or
specifications of Buyer to
which a Product was
manufactured; or (c) the use
or combination of Product
with other products where
the Product does not itself
infringe. As to the aboveidentified claim situations
where the preceding
paragraph does not apply,
Buyer shall defend and hold
Seller harmless in the same
manner and to the extent as
Seller’s obligations described
in the preceding paragraph.
Buyer shall be responsible for
obtaining (at Buyer’s
expense) all license rights
required for Seller to be able
to use software products in
the possession of Buyer
where such use is required in
order to perform any Service
for Buyer.
With respect to a Product or
part thereof not manufactured
by Seller or its subsidiaries,
Seller will attempt to obtain
for Buyer, from the supplier(s),
the patent indemnification
protection normally provided
by the supplier(s) to
customers.

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100002E—December 2011

Limitation of Liability
THE REMEDIES OF THE
BUYER SET FORTH IN THIS
CONTRACT ARE EXCLUSIVE
AND ARE ITS SOLE
REMEDIES FOR ANY
FAILURE OF SELLER
TO COMPLY WITH ITS
OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER.
NOTWITHSTANDING
ANY PROVISION IN THIS
CONTRACT TO THE
CONTRARY, IN NO EVENT
SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE FOR DAMAGE
TO PROPERTY OR
EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN
PRODUCTS SOLD
HEREUNDER, LOSS OF
PROFITS OR REVENUE,
LOSS OF USE OF
PRODUCTS, COST OF
CAPITAL, CLAIMS OF
CUSTOMERS OF THE
BUYER OR ANY SPECIAL,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,
REGARDLESS OF WHETHER
SUCH POTENTIAL
DAMAGES ARE
FORESEEABLE OR IF
SELLER HAS BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
THE TOTAL CUMULATIVE
LIABILITY OF SELLER
ARISING FROM OR
RELATED TO THIS
CONTRACT WHETHER
THE CLAIMS ARE BASED
IN CONTRACT, IN TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR
OTHERWISE, SHALL NOT
EXCEED THE PRICE OF THE
PRODUCT OR SERVICES
ON WHICH SUCH LIABILITY
IS BASED.

www.eaton.com

V3-A1-5

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
A
ARII . . . . . . . . . . .

M05 . . . . . . . . . .
M06 . . . . . . . . . .
M08 . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-291

B
BIM . . . . . . . . . . .
BLR . . . . . . . . . . .

P

V3-T9-295
V3-T5-5

D
DIM . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . .
DP4 . . . . . . . . . . .
DT3 . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-289
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-89
V3-T9-210

E
ELC-P . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-267, V3-T9-273

F
FP6 . . . . . . . . . . .
FTA . . . . . . . . . . .
FTE . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-165
V3-T2-70
V3-T2-70

G
GFR . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-251, V3-T9-252

V3-T2-51
V3-T2-50

V3-T9-299
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-285
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-132
V3-T9-89
V3-T9-258
V3-T9-116
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-134
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89
V3-T9-95
V3-T9-55, V3-T9-62, V3-T9-67
V3-T9-77

V3-T2-42

L
LDIS . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-298

M
MD3 . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII . . . . . . . . .
MP. . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . .
MP3. . . . . . . . . . .
MP4. . . . . . . . . . .
M00. . . . . . . . . . .
M03. . . . . . . . . . .
M04. . . . . . . . . . .

Q
V3-T9-135

SP1 . . . . . . . . . .
SP2 . . . . . . . . . .
SRT . . . . . . . . . .
S02. . . . . . . . . . .
S05. . . . . . . . . . .
S06. . . . . . . . . . .
S08. . . . . . . . . . .
S09. . . . . . . . . . .
S21. . . . . . . . . . .
S61. . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-22, V3-T5-5
V3-T2-24
V3-T2-34, V3-T2-35
V3-T9-123
V3-T9-123
V3-T9-123
V3-T9-123
V3-T9-123
V3-T5-5
V3-T5-5

U
URTD . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-255

Numerics

J
JMR. . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-39
V3-T2-60
V3-T2-39
V3-T2-46–V3-T2-49
V3-T9-19
V3-T9-43
V3-T9-273
V3-T9-267
V3-T9-281
V3-T9-278
V3-T9-267
V3-T9-267
V3-T9-43
V3-T9-55, V3-T9-62
V3-T9-43
V3-T9-19
V3-T9-19

S

I
IMPC . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI. . . . . . . . . .
IQA . . . . . . . . . . .
IQD . . . . . . . . . . .
IQDC . . . . . . . . . .
IQES . . . . . . . . . .
IQF . . . . . . . . . . .
IQM . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ2 . . . . . . . . . . .
IQ25 . . . . . . . . . .
IQ3 . . . . . . . . . . .

PCRMA . . . . . . .
PCSR231 . . . . . .
PHRMA . . . . . . .
PMURF . . . . . . .
PX . . . . . . . . . . .
PXD . . . . . . . . . .
PXE . . . . . . . . . .
PXGA . . . . . . . . .
PXGX 2. . . . . . . .
PXGX1 . . . . . . . .
PXG4 . . . . . . . . .
PXG6 . . . . . . . . .
PXM . . . . . . . . . .
PXM2 . . . . . . . . .
PX-P . . . . . . . . . .
PXR . . . . . . . . . .
PXS . . . . . . . . . .

Q250 . . . . . . . . .

H
HMURF . . . . . . . .
HURF. . . . . . . . . .

V3-T9-124
V3-T9-125
V3-T9-125

V3-T9-204
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89
V3-T9-83, V3-T9-89, V3-T9-287
V3-T9-190
V3-T9-201
V3-T9-124
V3-T9-125
V3-T9-125

100M . . . . . . . . .
100T. . . . . . . . . .
1000T. . . . . . . . .
1100T. . . . . . . . .
1200T. . . . . . . . .
1234. . . . . . . . . .
125M . . . . . . . . .
125T. . . . . . . . . .
1255. . . . . . . . . .
1256. . . . . . . . . .
1257. . . . . . . . . .
1283. . . . . . . . . .
150M . . . . . . . . .
150T. . . . . . . . . .
175M . . . . . . . . .
179C . . . . . . . . .

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T9-252
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60
V3-T9-251
V3-T9-251
V3-T9-251
V3-T9-251
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-56
V3-T9-251

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-A2-1

Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index
200M . . . . . . . . . .
200T . . . . . . . . . .
225M . . . . . . . . . .
25M . . . . . . . . . . .
250M . . . . . . . . . .
250T . . . . . . . . . .
300M . . . . . . . . . .
300T . . . . . . . . . .
350T . . . . . . . . . .
400T . . . . . . . . . .
450T . . . . . . . . . .
50M . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-A2-2

V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-56

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

500T. . . . . . . . . .
550T. . . . . . . . . .
600T. . . . . . . . . .
660T. . . . . . . . . .
700T. . . . . . . . . .
720T. . . . . . . . . .
75M . . . . . . . . . .
75T. . . . . . . . . . .
752B . . . . . . . . .
800T. . . . . . . . . .
840T. . . . . . . . . .
900T. . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61, V3-T2-65
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-56
V3-T2-60
V3-T9-252
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61
V3-T2-60, V3-T2-61

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
A
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Automatic Insulation Tester (Motorguard) . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
DIN Rail Mounting Bracket. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Rack Mount Tray, 19-inch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Control and Distribution Equipment Packaging. . . . . . . V3-T3-7
FlashGard Locking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
FlashGard Remote Racking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Ground and Test Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Standard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Supplemental Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series
Panel Mounting Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter
Panel Mounting Adapter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Metering Devices, IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
IQ Auxiliary Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83
Metering Devices, IQ DP-4000 Series
I/O Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Panel Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Communication Expansion Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Digital I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Graphic Display Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Panel Mounting Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 License
Upgrade Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000
Drawout Case. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Dual-Source Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Ammeter Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Face Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Ground Fault Warning Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Shunt Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Test Panel (120 Vac). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Protective Relays, MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . V3-T9-190
Protective Relays, MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . V3-T9-201
Protective Relays, Universal RTD Module . . . . . . . . V3-T9-255
Voltage Presence Indicator (VoltageVision). . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71

Aftermarket Products
11-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9800 Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advantage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F10 Unitrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freedom Unitrol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series 2100/5 Star . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Type W . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
XT and XT FlashGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3
V3-T3-3

Ammeter Kit
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . V3-T5-2–V3-T5-6
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-39
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-12
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System Conversions
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Arc-Resistant AMPGARD
AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Automatic Insulation Tester (Motorguard) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
AUTOVAR 300
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-55
AUTOVAR 600
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
AUTOVAR Filter
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-63

B
Bid Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II)
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity . . . V3-T9-293
Busway Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1–V3-T1-7
Medium Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7
Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated
Phase Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7

C

Addressable Relay II
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-290

C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit
High Resistance Grounding System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18

Advanced Analysis and Design Services
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19

Circuit Breaker Specialized Services
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-28

Advantage
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

Clamp-On Current Transformers
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131

AEGIS Powerline Filters
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25

CM52
Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-A3-1

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Commercial and Light Industrial Surge Protection
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
Communication Expansion Card
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Connectivity Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259–V3-T9-299
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity
Addressable Relay II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Breaker Interface Module II (BIM II). . . . . . . . . . . . .
DPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM) . . . . . . . . . .
IMPCABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IPONI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MINTII RS-232 Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
mMINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MPONI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—
Power Distribution Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card—
Uninterruptible Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Xpert Gateways . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD) . . . . . . .

V3-T9-290
V3-T9-293
V3-T9-286
V3-T9-288
V3-T9-299
V3-T9-285
V3-T9-284
V3-T9-282
V3-T9-287
V3-T9-272
V3-T9-276

Drawout Case
Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210
Dual-Source Power Supply
Protective Relays, Digitrip 3000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-210

E
Eaton Terms & Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms and Conditions of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Terms of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T1-1
V3-T1-3
V3-T1-5
V3-T1-1
V3-T1-2
V3-T1-3

EDR-3000 Feeder Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
Electrical System Modernization
Field Engineering Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-26
Electronic Self-Enclosed Meters
IQ 150S/250S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71

V3-T9-279
V3-T9-259
V3-T9-297

Electronic Voltage Regulator
Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36

Consulting and Turnkey Project Management
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-23

Enclosed Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136

Control and Distribution Equipment Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7

ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237

Critical Load Protection
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2
Current Transformers (CTs)
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122

F

Customer Manufacturing and Solutions Centers . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2

F10 Unitrol
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

Customized High Resistance Grounding Units
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-11

Face Plate
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252

CVL Surge Protective Device
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16

Field Engineering Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-23–V3-T10-28
Circuit Breaker Specialized Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-28
Consulting and Turnkey Project Management. . . . . . V3-T10-23
Electrical System Modernization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-26
Predictive and Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
Startup and Commissioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
Training . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24

CVX050/100
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18

D
Digital I/O Card
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Digitrip 3000
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-46

FlashGard Locking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
FlashGard Remote Racking Accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
FP-4000 Feeder Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-180
FP-5000 Feeder Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172

DIN Rail Mounting Bracket
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273

FP-6000 Feeder Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162

DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-221

Freedom
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

DPONI
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-286

Freedom Unitrol
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design
Network Protectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2, V3-T8-3

Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and Freedom FlashGard
Motor Control Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-8

V3-A3-2

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
G
Graphic Display Module
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Ground and Test Device
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Ground Fault Relay
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
Ground Fault Warning Indicator
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252

H
Harmonic Analysis Study
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17

IQ Flange
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
IT.
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

L
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum Starter Replacement
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-41
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Primary Unit Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secondary Unit Substations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T4-1–V3-T4-8
V3-T4-2–V3-T4-6
V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8

High Resistance Grounding System
C-HRG Free-Standing NEMA 1 Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18–V3-T7-26

M

I

Main Breaker AMPGARD
AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3

I/O Devices Digital Input Module (DIM)
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-288
I/O Module
Metering Devices, IQ DP-4000 Series
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-89

Magnum DS Metal-Enclosed
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-2–V3-T4-6

MCC Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
MCC Replacement Units
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52

IMPCABLE
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-299

MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay
Protective Relays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-204

Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2

Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics
Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis
Predictive Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32

Instant Response Center Services
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10

Medium Voltage Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1–V3-T1-7
Nonsegregated Phase Bus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2

IPONI
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-285

Medium Voltage Busway—Nonsegregated Phase Bus
Busway Products. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2–V3-T1-7

IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258

Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . . . . V3-T6-1–V3-T6-11
Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB . V3-T6-4, V3-T6-5
Medium Voltage Switch—MVS . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-2, V3-T6-3
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-6, V3-T6-7
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—
MVS-C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-10, V3-T6-11
Unitized Power Centers—UPC . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-8, V3-T6-9

IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-66
IQ 210/220/230 Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-60
IQ 35M
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79
IQ Auxiliary Power Supply
Metering Devices, IQ Analyzer
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-83
IQ DP-4000 Series
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ Energy Sentinel
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112

Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies . . . . . . V3-T5-1–V3-T5-6
AMPGARD Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2–V3-T5-6
Arc-Resistant AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Main Breaker AMPGARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T5-2
Medium Voltage Switch and Breaker—MSB
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . V3-T6-4, V3-T6-5
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-1–V3-T7-26
High Resistance Grounding System . . . . . . V3-T7-18–V3-T7-26
4200V Delta Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
4200V Wye Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . . . V3-T7-7

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-A3-3

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6

MPCV
Network Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4

Medium Voltage Switch—MVS
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches . . V3-T6-2, V3-T6-3

MPONI
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity . . . V3-T9-287

Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement Circuit Breakers
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34

N

Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Medium Voltage Switchgear
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear . . . V3-T7-7
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8

Network Protector Aftermarket
Rebuild and Parts Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5

Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear, VCP-W
Accessories
Ground and Test Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17
Metal-Enclosed Breaker—MEB
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches . . V3-T6-6, V3-T6-7
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21–V3-T9-78
Clamp-On Current Transformers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-131
Current Transformers (CTs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-122
Enclosed Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-136
IQ 130/140/150 Series Electronic Power Meters . . . . V3-T9-66
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71
IQ 210/220/230 Meters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-93
IQ 250/260 Series Electronic Power Meters. . . . . . . . V3-T9-60
IQ 35M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-76
IQ Analyzer 6400/6600 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-79
IQ DP-4000 Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-87
IQ Energy Sentinel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-112
IQ Flange. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-134
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series
and PXM 2000 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-30
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-49
Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-22
Metering Devices, Protective Relays, Software and
Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-1–V3-T9-299
Connectivity Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-259
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-21
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-2
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158
MINTII RS-232 Converter
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-284
mMINT
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-282
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14–V3-T9-20
Power Xpert Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14
Motor Control Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-1–V3-T3-39
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Freedom, Freedom Arc-Resistant and
Freedom FlashGard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-8
MP-3000 Motor Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188
MP-4000 Motor Protection
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198

V3-A3-4

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

NEMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18

Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-1–V3-T8-5
CM52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2
Drawout Air Circuit Breaker Design. . . . . . . . . V3-T8-2, V3-T8-3
Network Protector Aftermarket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
Network Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Network Relay
MPCV. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Network Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-4
Nonsegregated Phase Bus
Medium Voltage Busway. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-2

O
OEM Medium Voltage Switch Components—MVS-C
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed
Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T6-10, V3-T6-11

P
Panel Mounting Adapter
Metering Devices, IQ 130/140/150 Series
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-67
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Panel Mounting Adapter Kit for IQ 100/200 Series and
PXM 2000 Meters
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-135
Panel Mounting Bracket
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43
Partial Discharge Testing
Predictive Diagnostic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters
Commercial and Light Industrial Surge Protection . . . .
Critical Load Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Industrial and Commercial Surge Protection . . . . . . . . .
Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V3-T2-2
V3-T2-2
V3-T2-2
V3-T2-3

PM3 Monitoring and Metering Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-121
Power Conditioning
Electronic Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-36
PF Capacitors and Harmonic Filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-3
Sag Ride-Through . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2–V3-T2-37
Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Active-Harmonic Filter-Harmonic Correction Unit—
NEMA 1 Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-71

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
AUTOVAR 300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-55
AUTOVAR 600 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-58
AUTOVAR Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-63
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-38–V3-T2-77
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor
Correction Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
UNIPAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-44
UNIPUMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-41
Power Supply
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Power System Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19–V3-T10-22
Advanced Analysis and Design Services . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-19
Arc Flash, Short-Circuit and Coordination Studies. . . V3-T10-12
Harmonic Analysis Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-17
Load Flow/Power Factor Correction Study . . . . . . . . V3-T10-15
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-1–V3-T10-54
Asset Optimization, Knowledge Management and
Product Life Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-5
Customized High Resistance Grounding Units . . . . . V3-T10-11
Instant Response Center Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
Overview of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-10
Power Systems Automation Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Power Systems Automation Group
Power System Studies, Field Services and
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-8
Power Xpert 4000/6000/8000 Series
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-30
Power Xpert Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-2–V3-T9-13
Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-272
Power Xpert Gateway Series 1000 Card—Power Distribution Unit
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-276
Power Xpert Gateway Series 2000 Card—Uninterruptible
Power Supplies
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-279
Power Xpert Gateways
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-259
Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-49
Power Xpert Meter 4000 to 6000 License Upgrade Key
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 4000/6000/8000
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-43

Primary Unit Substations
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158–V3-T9-258
Digitrip 3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-207
DP-300 Current Differential Protection Relay . . . . . . V3-T9-221
EDR-3000 Feeder Protection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-226
ETR-4000 Transformer Protection Relay . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-237
FP-4000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-180
FP-5000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-172
FP-6000 Feeder Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-162
Ground Fault Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-250
IQ 125 Volt DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-258
MD-3000 Motor/Generator Differential Relay . . . . . . V3-T9-204
MP-3000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-188
MP-4000 Motor Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-198
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-158
Universal RTD Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217
PXM 2000 Gateway Upgrade Kit
Metering Devices, IQ 250/260 Meter
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-62
Metering Devices, Power Xpert Meter 2000 Series
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-55

R
Rack Mount Tray, 19-inch
Connectivity Options, Power Xpert Ethernet Switches
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-273
Rebuild and Parts Program
Network Protector Aftermarket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T8-5
Reduced Voltage Solid-State Starters
AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-3
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
Retrofit Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34–V3-T10-54
AR Series Low Voltage Replacement Breakers . . . . V3-T10-39
Arcflash Reduction Maintenance System
Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-45
Digitrip Microprocessor Trip Unit Retrofit Kits. . . . . . V3-T10-46
Low Voltage Breaker Drawout Vacuum
Starter Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-50
Low Voltage Power Circuit Breaker Reconditioning . V3-T10-41
MCC Replacement Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-52
Medium Voltage Vacuum Replacement
Circuit Breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-34

S

Power Xpert Multi-Point Meter
Metering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-100

Sag Ride-Through
Power Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-30

Power Xpert Software
Monitoring Software and Reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-14

SC 9000 Adjustable Frequency Drive
AMPGARD Motor Control
Medium Voltage Motor Control Assemblies. . . . . . . . V3-T5-2

Predictive and Preventive Maintenance
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
Predictive Diagnostic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-32–V3-T10-33
Medium and High Voltage Predictive Diagnostics
Online Monitoring and Partial Discharge Analysis . V3-T10-32
Partial Discharge Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-29

Secondary Unit Substations
Low Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T4-7, V3-T4-8
Seismic Qualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-2
Self-Enclosed Electronic Meters
IQ 150S/250S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-71

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com

V3-A3-5

Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index
Series 2100/5 Star
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

Unitized Power Centers—UPC
Medium Voltage Metal-Enclosed Switches. . . V3-T6-8, V3-T6-9

Shunt Trip
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252

Universal RTD Module
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-254

SP1 Surge Protective Device
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21
SP2 Surge Protective Device
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23
SPD Series Integrated Units
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7
SPD Series Sidemount Units
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-1–V3-T2-77
Power Conditioning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-2–V3-T2-37
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-38–V3-T2-77
Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5–V3-T2-22
Startup and Commissioning
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-25
Sub-Network Master Local Display (SMLD)
Connectivity Options, Software and Connectivity. . . V3-T9-297
Supplemental Devices
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-6
Surge Protective Devices
AEGIS Powerline Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-25
CVL Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-16
CVX050/100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-18
SP1 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-21
SP2 Surge Protective Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-23
SPD Series Integrated Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-7
SPD Series Sidemount Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-11
SPD, Power Conditioning, PF Capacitors and
Harmonic Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-5–V3-T2-22

V
VCP-W, Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Medium Voltage Switchgear . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-4–V3-T7-17
Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T1-1
Voltage Presence Indicator (VoltageVision) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-7
VR-300 Multifunctional Voltage Relay
Protective Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-217

X
XT
XT and XT FlashGard
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

Numerics
11-300
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3
26-Inch Wide, 5 kV, 250 MVA, 1200A Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-7
38 kV Metal-Clad Switchgear
Metal-Clad Vacuum Switchgear
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-8
4200V Delta Systems
High Resistance Grounding System
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
4200V Wye Systems
High Resistance Grounding System
Medium Voltage Switchgear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T7-18
9800 Unitrol
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

System Integration
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24

T
Test Panel (120 Vac)
Protective Relays, Ground Fault Relay
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T9-252
Training
Field Engineering Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T10-24
Transient-Free Static Switching Power Factor Correction Units
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T2-67
Type W
Aftermarket Products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V3-T3-3

U
UNIPAK
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-44–V3-T2-54
UNIPUMP
Power Factor Correction Capacitors . . . . . . V3-T2-41–V3-T2-43

V3-A3-6

Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies

CA08100004E—June 2014

www.eaton.com



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : No
Author                          : Eaton Corporation
Create Date                     : 2011:07:24 09:30:10-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2014:06:24 09:15:50-04:00
Subject                         : CA08100004E
Has XFA                         : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2014:06:24 09:15:50-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS4 (6.0)
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : Volume 03—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies
Creator                         : Eaton Corporation
Description                     : CA08100004E
Document ID                     : uuid:e56b0b11-be98-42f7-b4d3-80266d98b2ce
Instance ID                     : uuid:8d88b6fc-f585-42b1-a8b9-f192e18237dd
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 9.0
Page Layout                     : SinglePage
Page Count                      : 552

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools